155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. T... Show more
155
I
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE/MINNEAPOLISs MlNNESOTCl
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1964-65 AND 1965-66
1
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
-
AFFILIATION
Augsburg College is a fouryear Liberal Arts College affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
--
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields o~f engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
-
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council o'n Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor of Arts
degree offered in 28 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
-
SETTING
The thirteen-acre Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings to the
Augsburg College campus.
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall a t the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and 0ther interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 P.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone
in advance is recommended.
Write t o the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 338-0501.
3
C p u ' / d-
-u-.
---A&
+-P
A
L
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1966-1967
9'
t
I
AUGUST 1966
A T W T F S
SEPTEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
FEBRUARY 1967
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1967
S M T W T F S
DECEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
APRIL 1967
S M T W T F S
. . . (Wed.-Mon.)
Sept. 3, 5 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.)
Aug. 31-Sept. 5
.....Freshman
MAY 1967
S
M
T
W
T
F
.... .Registration
...........(Tues.) ..........Classes begin
Oct. 2M3 ......................... Homecoming
pi
1619 . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
N u 9 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ..........Classes begin
eov. 28
..................... Christmas recess begins
Jan. 4, 7:45 a.m. ...(Wed.) .......... Classes resume
Feb. 20-23 . . . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
Dec. 21, 9 p.m.
g Term 1966-1967
2.
,jP*'
a& 7
March
6
-
F a y 22-27
........
. . . . . . . . . . .(Sun.)
/d
, - #dl6, 7
..........(Mon.) ..........Registration
March 22, 9' p.m. .
'March 28, 7:45 a.m. (Tues.)
May 28
. . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.)
S
Welcome Week
Seut. 6
?r Term 196G1967
%-?4&.
NOVEMBER 1966
S M T W T F S
I
I
1
ANUARY 1967
( T W T F S
-.
OCTOBER 1966
S M T W T F S
Easter recess begins
. . . . . . Final examinations
........... Baccalaureate Service
. . . . . . . . . . .Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9101112
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17181920212223
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
OCTOBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22232425262728
29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1967
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30
JANUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29
MARCH 1968
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
APRIL 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
Fall Term 1967-1968
S
2
9
16
23
30
DECEMBER
S M T W 1
3 4 5 6 7
10 11 12 13 14
1719192021
24 25 26 27 2E
31
MAY 19t
S M T W T
1 2
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
19 20 21 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
. . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . .Freshman Welcome '
Sept. 2, 4 . . . . . . . . . (Sat., Mon.) . . . . ..Registration
Aug. 30-Sept. 4
Sept. 5 . . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . ..Classes begin
Oct. 19-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
Nov. 13-18
Winter Term 1967-1968
Nov. 27
Nov. 28
. . . . . . . (Mon.-Sat.) . . . . . .Final
. . . . . . . . . .(Mon.) ..........Registration
. . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Classes
begin
.
Dec. 20, 9 p.m.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas
.
Jan. 3, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Wed.)
Feb. 19-24
Spring Tenn 1967-1968
examinations
recess beg
..........Classes resume
. . . . . . . .(Mom-Sat.) . . . . . .Final examinations
............(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . .Registration
............(Tues.) . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
April 10, 9 p.m. ....................Easter recess begins
April 16 . . . . . . . . . .(Tues.) ..........Classes resume
May 20-25 . . . . . . . .(Mon.-Sat.) ...... Final examinations
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Servic
May 26 ...........(Sun.) . . . . . . . . * . .Commencement
Mar. 4
Mar. 5
C
5
HISTORICAL SKETCH
--
Augsburg was begun as a
seminary in 1869, at Marshall,
Wisconsin. It was the first theological school founded by
Norwegian Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with
a private institution known as
Marshall Academy, the Seminary
was at first housed in the academy building. Students who
needed further preparation in
academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. In
the autumn of 1872 Augsburg
Seminary was removed to Min. neapolis, Minnesota, where a
build,ing had been erected for
its use. In the same year the
. school was incorporated under
the laws of Minnesota. Its aim
was t o train ministers for the
Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in grow. ing numbers in the pioneer set' tlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The College was established
.when it became evident that in
order to get students who were
adequately prepared for theological study a college department
was needed. In 1874 a curriculum was planned which provided
for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work alqng two lines, a
classical course t o prepare students for theology, and a scientific course t o prepare for other
professions. The first college
students were enrolled in 1874
and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course
covering three years was established which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year
course. This was discontinued
in 1933. In the years 1916-1919
the college course was thorough-
ly revised. As a result of this
and of subsequent growth, the
earlier classical course was
greatly modified and supplemented by social and scientific
studies and a more general emphasis upon the study of the
humanities. In recent years
there has been continuous study
and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to
meet the developing needs of
the students. The divisional organization was adopted in 1945.
At the present time 28 majors
are offered.
Coeducation was introduced
in the College in 1922.
In February, 1963, with the
merger of the Lutheran Free
Church into The American Lutheran Church, Augsburg College became affiliated with the
latter church body. At the close
of its ninety-third academic
year, in the spring of 1963,
Augsburg Theological Seminary
merged with Luther Theological
Seminary, St. Paul, one of the
seminaries of the merged church.
Augsburg is making plans to
celebrate its Centennial in 1969.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Executive
Director of Lutheran So'cial Service of Minnesota and vice chairman of the Board of Regents,
heads the Centennial Steering
Committee. A Centennial Commission of eminent people
around the world who are interested in Augsburg has been
formed with Dr. Theodore Blegen, Dean Emeritus of the Graduate School, University of Minnesota and distinguished alumnus
of Augsburg College, as Honorary Chairman. Actual observance
of the Centennial will take place
in the fall of 1969.
Seven presidents have served
GENERAL
INFORMA7
7
Augsburg during the course of
its history:
August Weenaas . . . . . . . . . 1869-1876
Georg Sverdrup . . . . . . . . .
Suen Oftedal . . . . . . . . . . . .
George Sverdrup . . . . . . . .
H . N. Hendrickson (Acting)
Bernhard Christensen . . . .
Leif S . Harbo . . . . . . . . . .
Oscar A . Anderson . . . . . .
1876-1907
1907-1911
1911-1937
1937-1938
1938-1962
1962-1963
1963present
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a co,mmon search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college stuAIMS
AND
O
B
J
E
C
T
I
V
~
dents
of high ability and genu- -ine religious concern who can
Augsburg College is a Chrisreap the maximum benefit from
tian liberal arts college of The
a program of Christian higher
American Lutheran Church. The
education.
faculty and the Board of ReTo provide a campus setting
gents of the College affirm the
that is conducive to the spiritual,
following as their understandmental, moral and physical welling omf the aims, philosophy, obbeing of its students.
jectives and character of this
To stimulate its students' ininstitution.
tellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
ULTIMATE AIMS
skills necessary for sound acaTo contribute to the true good demic work.
of human life and society.
To acquaint its students with
To contribute to the building the spiritual, cultural and intelof free and living congregations lectual riches of mankind, both
in the community of the Chris- for the sake of the enrichment
tian Church.
of their own lives and, thro'ugh
them, for the enrichment of their
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
homes and communities.
The Christian message conTo lead its students to a deepcerning the redemptive act of er understanding and experience
G& in Christ constitutes the of the Christian Gospel in its
greatest potential for good in relati,on to every area of life
human life and society; but this and learning.
potential is realized only insofar
To aid its students in disas it is actualized in the minds covering and clarifying their
and hearts of individuals.
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
The redemption o,f the mind and t o provide training and
constitutes the unique education- counsel that will asslist them
al task laid upon the Christian in preparing for a life work apChurch; in seeking to relate all propriate thereto.
learning t o the truth of the
To aid its students in the deChristian faith, the Christian col- velopment omf Christian attitudes
lege performs its greatest serv- and Christian qualities of charice both to the Church and to acter; and to encourage each
society.
student to look upon his life
Where there is an atmosphere as a Christian vocation, and an
of free and honest inquiry, truth opportunity for service t o God
has the overwhelming advantage; and man.
To confront our students
with the problems and benefits
of living and serving in an increasingly urbanized culture.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augs.burg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t,o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve th$ enduring values of this hekitage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students to an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administratio'n offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, physics, and biology; the bookstore;
a medium-sized
auditorium;
and several classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa Odland 0.bservatory, on the roof of Science
Hall, was completed in the sum-
mer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Theta, previously a small dormitory house, was remodeled in
the summer of 1965 and contains
a number of offices.
Si Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled t o serve the
needs of the music department.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speeoh activities.
The Art Building was acquired
in 1963 and remodeled to provide excellent space for t,he art
program. It has one large classroom and studio and laboratory
facilities for drawing, painting,
and sculpture in the rooms on
the ground and first floor. The
second floor of the building
houses the Development Offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, is a dormitory affording living quarters
9
for about 130 men. On the
ground floor of this building is
the college cafeteria and dining
hall.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, erected
in 1955, provides housing for
about 175 women students, as
well as apartments for the resident head and her assistant. The
dormitory incorporates the former Sivertsen Hall, remodeled
as a wing of the larger dormitory.
The Studio Building was erected in 1964-65 as temporary Student Center. It will house the art
department after completion of
the college center.
Alpha Pi, Beta Phi, Chi, Delta,
Edda, Epsilon, Iota, Kappa,
Lambda, Miriam, Omega, Omicron, Pi Mu, Rho, Sigma, Tau, Xi
Phi and Zeta are small dormitory houses, each accommodating from 8 to 20 women
students. A large number of
dwellings have also been acquired in recent years in the expanded campus area, and are in
use for faculty, staff, men students, and married student housing.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
=
=
-
-
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
--
-
--
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains ab'out 65,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
5000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either o~f the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All boo~ks are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing corner is provided in the
first floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
about 500 of the best periodicals
dealing with a large variety of
subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-0.f-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
-The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for biology are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
11
INANCIAL
IRMATION
A considerable part olf the income on which Augsburg operates
is derived from endowments and from gifts. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who believe
in and support the work of the schoo'l.
TUITION
I
1'ci
3'
,Q,
The tuition charge for freshman students enrolling at Augsburg f n 1
the fall of 1966 will be $1,250. In order that students and t
parents may plan their expendsitures for tuition with certainty, the
college will guarantee the tuition rate a t $1,250 for each year the
student is enrolled up t o five years from the date of enrollment.
With normal progress the student can expect to complete his work
in four years. However, the plan has been extended to five years
to guarantee the tuition rate in the event that the student may
lose un to a vear for illness, accident, or other causes.
A Student Union fee of $15 a year is required of all full-time students. Part-time students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Personal expenses, such as books, clothing, entertainment, and
transportation, vary from student to student. In planning a yearly
budget, a student should add $300.00 to $400.00 for such items.
BOARD AND ROOM RATE FOR 1966-67
WOMEN
MEN
Room (September through May)
Board (September through May)
Key and breakage deposit (refundable)
TOTAL ROOM AND BOARD
:': The charges for board, indicated above, are minimal charges. For
those students who take most or all of their meals in the cafeteria:
it may co'st up t o $325 for women and $450 for men.
SPECIAL FEES
$ l.0C
Locker (per term)
Application fee
l0.0a
Change of registration (after first three days of c l a s ~ ~ ~3 nr
~
Graduation fee
15.00
Improvement of reading course
25.00
Final examination taken a t an hour other than the one
scheduled
5.00
Examination making up a n incomplete on a condition
5.00
Transcript of credits (after first one, which is free)
1.OO
Student teaching
20.00
Comprehensive examination, per credit, for students
enrolled
5.00
Com~rehensiveexamination.. per
- credit, for students not
10.00
currently enrolled
,fl ,'
7
A
,
MUSIC FEES PER TERM
A
'
3
1
Music majors: See under Department of Music
Private leslsons d $ e r term)
Organ rental (one hour per day)
Piano or voice studio rental (one hour per day)
.-4/d~o
0
12.00
5.00
METHODS OF PAYMENT
Each student's charges for the academic year are determined in
advance of the fall registration with deposits, scholarships, grants,
and loans credited against the total bill. The remaining balance is
paid as follows: 1/3 a t the time of fall registration, 1/3 a t the beginning of the winter term, and 1/3 due a t the beginning d the spring
term.
A time-payment plan is available for those who prefer more frequent and smaller payments. On this plan, after depas,its, scholarships, grants, and loans have been deducted from the total charges
for the year, 20% of the remaining balance is due by September 2.
The remaining 80% is due a s follows: 10% on October 1 and
10% on the first of each subsequent month with the balance due
May 1. The service charge for this plan is $15. There is a fee of
$1.00 for late payments.
A student's transcript of credits and diploma are issued only after
all bills are paid. Registration for a term is not permitted if there
is a balance due from a previous term.
REFUNDS
If a student must cancel his registration, refunds of term fees,
tuition and room charges are allowed as fdlows: during the first
week of classes, 80%; during the second week, 70%; during the
third week, 60%; during the fourth week, 50%; and during the
fifth week, 40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week. Refunds for board are made on unused meal-book couponls.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because of accident
or illnes's during the first five weeks emf the term, the charge is
one-half ,of the rate indicated above.
Students required to enter military service will receive a full re-
13
fund of fees and a proportionate refund on board and room charges.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment are available at Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy o'f the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students preparing for theological study.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by
the Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends
loans to students preparing for the ministry.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available to students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of enddrsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance.
A grant to the College by the Gamble and Skogmo Foundations provided the funds to establish the initial reserves required.
--"
.,.-
I..
, -.-
15
'
SCHOLARSHIPS
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances. Freshmen are not eligible for this program.
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon'ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). To
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.75 (B minus
average). Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry t o students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school perfomrmance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational osbjective.
Summer Research Awards are also available to students in chemistry. With this award a stipend of $600 is provided for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted to Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award. These awards range in amount from $100 t~ $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of variable amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their major department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Upper-class Schohrships of $300 are awarded each year to selected
students with a grade point average of 3.4 or better who apply to
the Student Personnel Committee.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, s,ophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scho'larship fund, which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scho'larship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying chohal music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memo'ry of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the seni,or class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 1961 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scho,larships are
awarded annually to able and d'eserving junior or senior students.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships eaoh year to deserving students from other c,ountries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapoli's in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is t o be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount oaf $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
17
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members o'f the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually to a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promi'se of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Two Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount omf $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory olf Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Cthoir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subj'ect in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to fres'hman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, bus!iness administrator o'f the c,ollege from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems oP social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social !&mice Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors d ~e Lutheran faith who are enro1,led in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a s'tudent's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne SoLberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her delth in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Sollberg and her brother, Dorvan.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton' Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
19
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends to honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
d variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was establislhed in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undeslignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship ommittee selects students who are able and deserting.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundations' Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possiible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald d Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to study a t Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
sek up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry to honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 to 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field af chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor of chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 t o 1942. The
annual award is made t o a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Sandstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of biochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a stu-
dent whose academic backgro,und indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augslburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
esbablished in 1963. This annual award is made to a studen,t whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of ohemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus d Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects d graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory olf
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
*awardedannually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and abi1,ity who pl,ans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
21
GRANTSIN-AID
STUDENT
EMPLOYMENT
Grants-in-aid are available to students in good ,standing who are
in special need of financial assistance. In awarding these grants,
the Student Personnel Committee gives primary consideration to
demonstrated financial need which is determined by examining a
statement of the resources and anticipated expenses of both the
student and his family.
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assis,ts studen.ts in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer.
Augsburg College seeks t o enroll students who are genuinely interested in and can beneflt most from the program of Christian
higher education which it offers.
ADMISSIO:
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
as soon as they have completed their junior year in high school,
and preferably-before ~ ~ r1 ipreceding
i
the fall in which the student 8ad@tislsfon,The cb* date for making applica4lon for
sent to a student as soon as the application is complete.
Instructions for applying for admission:
(1) Obtain an application for admission by writing or visiting:
Office of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
(
cript of your high school record and all test results. Transfer students will request the previous college or cdleges
to send an official transcript of grades together with results #ofstandardized tests taken.
(3) The Schtolastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the Gollege Entrance Examination Board is required for admission. The
test should be taken early in the senior year. See your
counselor or principal about registering for the SAT or
write t o College Entrance Examination Board, c/o Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey.
Transfer students are not required t o take the SAT.
-J
r those ndmitted! thereater, lt is
thin tw
ES of notification d acceptance. Preference in the assignment d campus housing will be determined by the order in which the $100 tuition deposits
are received.
(5) An interview on campus is encouraged but not required.
I
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high schml, type d course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendati~onsare impontant factors in considering a n
application f,or admissi0.n. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high sohool graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
23
It is recommended that a student have a leasast12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a Lreign Ianu a g e , social studies, mathematics, and s c i e n c ~A-unit is defined
as a course coverirlg one academic year and e q u i v a I g Lo-gt IczJhoursof classworlr.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks to be filled out and rZurned to' the Student
Personnel Office by August 1. The health report must be received
befolre the student will be permitted to register.
i
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory and
u they are in golod standing. College credit is granted for liberal arts
courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. For graduation the total grade point average is computed on the basis of
transferred together with that taken a t Augsburg. A maxium of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a j u n i o r -
\
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, t o enroll in cwrses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted to high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided~theyreceived a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in college. While the exercises d classroom, labolratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need t o be supplemented by other than academic 6orces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate d an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance olf a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian college. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life
and to the fellowship in whioh it is nourished should lvot seek
to be enrolled a t Augsburg.
25
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily chapel service, where the faculty and students gather for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
RECREATION STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
Introduction
At Augsburg all the work of the college rests on certain Biblical
affirmations about human nature and man's relation to God. The
college regards the Christian life as the truly significant life. This
life implies not only a relationship to the person of Christ, but
also a relationship 4'0 people, to events, and to things. The fact thhat
God nolt only created the world but became Man gives evidence
that life in this world is not to be despised.
The Christian liberal arts college takes seriously these relationships
and therefore seeks to educate the who,le man. It follms that one
of its important responsibilities is to establish recreational programs and policies that contribute to this end. The recreational
program must be in the context of, and congruent with, the major
intellectual quests of the college; and both must have as their goal
to help the individual to live an effective Christian life in the
world.
The Program
In setting up a recreational and social program, Augsburg is conscious of its position as a coeducational Christian college of liberal
arts and seeks to offer a varied recreational and social program.
The social program includes a number of organized all-school events
combined with many less-structured activities designed for specified smaller groups. In attempting to meet the needs and interests
of all Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on
campus and many of those which are available in $he Twin Cities
area.
In seeking to devdop a colnstructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed upon certain activities. The college
is opposed to all forms of gambling. It forbids the possession or
consumption ,dalcoholic beverages in residence halls, in any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored event.
Stud,ents are encouraged to be discriminating in all types of recreation in which they engage.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college regards it as its right to ask its students to adapt themselves to the social program approved by the college and t o follm
it as members of the college community. It reserves the right to
dismiss any student whose continuation in college is deemed un-
desirable for social as well as for academic reasons. It is the policy
of the college that such action shall be taken only after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial processes have
been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first dealt with through
counseling. Those not solved in this way are channeled to a facultystudent Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean olf Students. In all such cases, careful investigation and the privilege of
a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAM
The Religious Life Commission, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg co~mmunity. Chairman of this
council is the student Commissioner of Religious Activities. Areas
for which this committee carries primary responsibility are the
Mid-Week services, Faith and Life Weeks, prayer meeltings, and
informal group meetings and discussions.
This Commission al'so serves as a coordinating ageacy for all
voluntary Chri,stian organizati,ons on campus. The principal organization is the Student Christian Fellowship. The SCF seeks to
serve as a stimulus and outlmet for Christian faith and life. student,^
participate in regional and natio'nal Lutheran Student Association
cuf America Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on
campus.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
Students are given many opportunities for a varied social and recreational program at Augsburg. Teas, banquets, all-sohml parties, dances, picnics, and talent shows are some of the activi,ties students enjoy throughout the year. Tradi.tiona1 highlights d the social program are Homecoming, Sno Days, and the
formal Junior-Senior Banquet.
The major social planning for the campus is handled by the Program Commission of the Student Society.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies
are small groups which provide a natural contact between
upperclass students and freshmen, and commuter and residence
students, as they plan activities. The society system is governed
by the Inter-Society Council which, in turn, is responsible to the
Student Council.
27
Recreational facilities such as pool, table games, and ping-po'ng
are available in the Studio Building.
Student Activity Cards pennit students to attend 'home athletic
events, and all on-campus dramatic and musical programs performed by Augsburg Cdlege groups.
MUSIC
AND THE
FINE ARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapoli,s Institute o,f Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum
in St. Paul gives access t,o large collections d historical material.
The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for olther University concerts
and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone Guthrie
Theater.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student So'ciety consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled at Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to this
broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense d community, folstering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. The Executive Council consisits of seven commissioners-each responsible to the president ffcrr one of the major
areas d student life. Eight boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vike-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own qficers and harticipates in student government through its representatives on $he council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings
are subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as a
whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Asisociatim, the largest representative national uni'on of students in
the United States. Through this organization the students receive
programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to
the voice of all American students before the national government
and &her organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projeots of interest t o
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Academic Freedom Week, College Union Study, and Development Council. Counseling of fre~~hmen
by upper-class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister Program as a part of Freshman
Orientation.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides olpportunity for the women t o develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims t o create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to
promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in
personal conduct, and it encourages parrt,icipation in all college activities. It is affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women
Students, a natieonal organization.
The college nmspaper, The A u g s h g Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves a~,a voice of the student body as well
as a medium d information. It prwides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalisltic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and t$heEcho. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is t o select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
ef
.L
The .A
' 9' Book is a student handbook which is compiled by a student
editor in conjunction with :he Office 4f Student Personnel Services.
The Auggie is a d&ectory of studenlb, 'staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction d the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them t o pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united t o form clubs.
CO-CURRICULA
PROGRAM
29
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New
clubs are formed a s the occasion demands.
The Art Club is an informal organization to satisfy the s'tudents'
creative urge in the field of art and t o promote an interest in art.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics in
this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children
in the field of elementary education.
Augsburg College Chil'dren's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal involvement.
The Augsburg Republican Club and Democrat Club aim to stimulate interest in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and nati,onal politics, and in other
human-relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportuni,ty to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open only to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major A a t Augsburg. The aim of this organizatimon is "to bind the 'A' men of the
past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of fellowship,
and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
The Biology Seminar furnishes opportunity for informal study in
the biological sciences.
The Business Club draws membership from ,the business and secretarial classes. The development of professional interests is the
major objective.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign sand American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and people d various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activilty a t Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members d the club represent Augslburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club ils composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or have
studied German. In addition t o providing opportunity for conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and customs.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music, ant and
history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students a t Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints 'ts memfbers with the vocation
off the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interes)t in various fields of psychology.
The Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture
to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers t o its members associate membership in professional
education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with
the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
far public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in vari,ous forms olf writing. The members share their literary
efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism. They publish "The Arkai," a collection of the best creative
writing each year.
The Women's Athletic Association at Augsburg is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Memb'ership in
this organization is gained by participation in individual and group
recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg College Choir has about sixty members selected from
all classes. In addition to local concerts, the clhoir goes on tour each
year to various pal;ts osf the United States and occasionally to
Canada. In 1965 it toured Norway and otiher countries in Europe.
The Augsburg College Concert Band makes an annual tour and presents public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also Instrumental
Ensembles and a Repertoire Band.
MUSICAL
ORGANIZATIOl
31
The Augsburg College Choral Club participates in school programs
and concerts, sings at various churches in the Twin Cities area,
and makes short tours in the vicinity. Membership is by audition
or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra performs frequently on campus.
The orchestra gives programs of standard repertoire for orchestra
alone as well as with soloists and choral groups.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged t o participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, bennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs t o be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute t o the development d
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character a s sdf-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational gola1 or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must eitmher contribute directly to this goal or be camplementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
,
I!'
33
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such a s self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation o t high-grade pe~.rformanceon the part d both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or obher co-curricular acrtivities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place d a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in cevtain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
should check eligibility olf candidates by submitting a list t o the
Director of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility for participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probabion may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible (to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government offices or chairmanships. This list is not in(clusive and other activi,tiesmay be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each student who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for at least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who h a w earned a 3.5 grade point average
accumulative are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges. Applications for membership are made at the Registrar's
Office at the beginning of the sem&er in which the student is
eligible.
%~7/
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization t o recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular aotivities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 o'r better in the previous .pmeskz of work a t Augsburg
/PC.~
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded t o the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually t o the student who is judged t o be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented t o the college as
a prize to arouse interest in orabory. The name omf the winner of
the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain
in the possession of the college.
35
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
Institutional services t o students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
admtinistration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling is available from qualified personnel in the
Office of Admissions. Counseling can be obtained either on campus
or in schools and homes as the counselors travel throughout the
Upper Midwest. Prospective students are encouraged to visit the
campus if at all possible.
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences
offered at Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty over
vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty,
health, financial prolblems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning process and are
dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on at several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
eauh new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time, the
major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are faculty members who have specialized training in counseling and
techniques for dealing with problems olf adjuskment. The personnel
deans serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated by the Office ol the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
Students who have perslonal pro~blemsare encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops which
demands pro~fessionalskill, the student is referred t o the offices of
the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain,
or the College Physician.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classe~s,inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered fo'r interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervisi'on of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achieve'ment, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roioms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
HOUSING AND FOO,D SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the Director
37
of Residences for Women, the head residents, and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource pewlme for
these counselors and handle cases referred t o them.
g at hame are
rfifl
I
the Student Personnel Office. All stud'ents living in the residences
and most students in off-campus h,ousin,gtake their meals in the cdlege dining room. The college al.so provides a number of houses for
women with a cooperative house plan.
Residence ha1l:s are open t o students a day before regular schedules
beoome e'ffective, and they close a day after the term closes. Students whjo wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply
for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, .towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each
residence. B,ed linens and bowels may be rented with laundering
service a t a reasonable cost. Thi,s service is required of all
women students in Gerda Mortensen Hall. An optional linen smvice is available to o'ther students.
Students engage a rood- ~t the bc~inninrrfdthe fall term for the
entire school vear,
i room
h S~UOflice
h
n cannot play the fee by that time must be
*.*-J m.
sure t o make arrangements with the Treasurer's Office by May
15 for later payment of the room depotsit. Students who have not
paid the room deposit by this date alle automatically removed
from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
r
All men living in Memorial Hall are required t o pay a $16 key and
breakage fee at th'e beginning olf each school year. At the end
,dthe year the fee is refunded if the condition olf the room and
furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions at the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
to graduating sen,iors. Alumni seeking the services oP the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
COORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to maintain effective functioning d student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
advisers to student organizations are approved by the Coordinator.
The program o~fstudent activities is a primary responsibility o'f
the Executive Council and the Student Council which is the legislative body of the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin d events is prepared for the Echo by the Student
Personnel 0,ffice. The college Master Calendar is kept by the Director of Student Activities assisted by the chairman of the C o m ~ i s s i o n
on Student Organizations.
39
-
FpU,pwing are the requirements for
Arts degree
A-urg
College:
,L,,,,,A,.A
..Aththe Bachelc-
ADMINIST
,
I,
e r a 1 Educat
Requirement?
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program at Augsburg College consists of
oore and distribution requirements as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 credits
History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Physical Education 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. credit
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 credits
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 credits
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18 credits
Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 credits
Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 credits
Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 credits
-
7&<A
/Mf
3
/
LFL-~,
-5
N L ~ - (
<-&--
dLLd
4- -'<
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
ycar&eligion 21 is required in the sopl~omoreyear. It is recornmended that the general education requirements be completed in
the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
Cc-
A
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
5y proficiency examinati~ons.The student is required t o have the
quivalent of four terms of a foreign language for pduation, that
course
B, two terms of the ,beginnj
ems of the inter
~ e d i a t elevel course.
n the natural sciences, two
chemistry, mathe
mati-, or physics satisfy he requirement. It is recoaltnenriei
, or 13 in the first cc
a
41
I .
-
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for bhe second course.
For the fine arts requirement, students may select Music 30 or Art 1.
Philosophy 21 is designed to meet the philosophy requirement.
30
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Ikonom-
ol 8.3 ics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature may be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literalture course by permission
of the instructor.
The following majors are offered:
Art
Biology
Business Administration
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
+Physical Education
Health and
Physics
hysical Education Political S ~ i e n c e History
Psychology
Mathematics
Religion
Medical Technology Scandinavian Studies
Music
Social Sciences
Natural Science
Sociology
Philosophy
Spanish
Speech
C
B
Students are required to make application for the major t o the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
El'ementary Education and Medical Telchnology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
/A!/
Av*4.,.Ad
1
,
1J
I.
A',-
sophomore ye~arand must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order t o qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as f,ollows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1-3.49+ grade average
+
GRADE VALUES
. . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
....
Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
. . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Condition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
. Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
.A cotldilirl~l
- . . . . . . or
. . .an
. . incorrlj~letereceive< at the end r ~ hif terrli must
be
removed
within
the
-firs,t five weeks olf classes osf the following
.term. If conditions and incolnp!eies-are not ~'emoveclwithin five
weeks d the following term, the condition auton~nticallybecomes
a failure and the incol-r~~lete'
- .
becomes
.the grade submitted by the
t-eicher filj6ng wi tI; the IncompIelc. The final gr:lde after the conldition examinatinn is t,al&n Inty not I,)e 1ligiler than y). A fee olf
$5 is-charged
.
f@ an exatninaiion making _up_-% incomplete'~or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
*,
43
I
ns established by the school.
credi't will be given a student for any subject for which he has
college reserves the right to cancel any course for which there
ot 'sufficient registration.
,A
credit hour is normal-
tion accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires t o make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
ach change of registration aftel
fee of $2 i s charge
three days of class4
course may be added after *"'
-
ancelled durll16 the first four weeks ur u a a a c c
Eollowed by W. Af.ter the first four weeks and before the last
ree weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a gra
is passing and WE if he is failing the course
1 'udent who finds it necess'ary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION
ying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
n. c l . < , : I a t .: , , is based on
of credit hours with a t least twice that
u ! , r c
Sophomore
Junior
Senior
,--ents are cl,,,.,.,.
rtntion
......each-
Credits
36
84
130
Grade Points
72
168
260
Students registered Po'r less than 12 credits are cl~as.s~ified
as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
k
A student is placed on scholastic probation at the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The Polllowing guidelines are used in placing a student on probation:
First-year students with a grade point average d 1.5 or belolw
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or bellow
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits olf F.
In order to be remtoved from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point avepage of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
Lv
will be dropped for low scholarship.
I
--
CLASS ATTENDANCE
B@.ar class attendance is required of all students in lolwer divicourses is Wwt
#on courses, hndaxpce in upper
for iuniors aad s a r i unlers r e ~ W
bu the
of'%
a
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are su~bmittedto the Registrar.
S,tudenks whlo find it necessary to be absent because .of illness or
for other seasons should report the.reasons for the absence t o their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may ob,tain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
45
S&denh with an excessive number of absences not excused by the ,,
tpFher
be dropped from *ha course with a
af: F,
I
Absences for tours, field trips, and othe~r'instructor-arranged activities are cleared with t,he Dean of the C'ollege. Lists of participants, with information as to exact perimods absmt, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is sftill responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immedi,ately t o the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permiasi~onfrom the Dean of the College
to take a final examinatimon at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged s fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
commititee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Offioe of the Registrar. A fee olf $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is oharged o
ft-r
ta in aavatace, mmmaflan
,h& and lawf
answers WI"
~ e g w t r a f pOffice.
UR:
By
-
arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students ma:
nust not exceed
1
1 . n e ~ t s ~ s ~ 8 ( 1 a t t a
College and counted towards graduation.
pe twmferred to Prugsburg
47
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1966-68 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUMBERING. OF C0,URSES
Courses numdered below 50 are lower d,ivision courses; those numbered above 50 are classified as upper division. In general, courses
numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for sophomores;
50-74 for j~mirrrs;and 7r599 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
shown are in terms olf quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a Four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and min~orrequirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department d English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
[3 DIVISION
cd NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Department of Health and Physical Education
Department of Mathematics
Department o,f Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Paul G. Sonnack, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
PA;/
L
QC/~,
C ~ O ha.?
~ A
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Department of History
Geography
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOLDER
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ART
In addition to the courses offered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss with August Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to painting and the making of stained glass
windows.
The department reserves the right to keep for three years examples
of student art work for exhibition purposes.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 94.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84.
Majors preparing for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1 disc. Fall, Spring,
1966.67. Winter, 1967-68.1
49
2
*,&3', p.acA-+x?orids.
:diz~fl
#'
.
4 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. 14 double
Fall, Spring, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Winter, 1966-67.Fall, Winter, 1987-68.1
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1966.67. Fall,
Spring, 1967-68.1
2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. 14 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. [4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. C4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Spring.]
55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : Ilt, 18. Spring, 1966-67.1
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. [2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
67 PRINT MAKING I
4 crs.
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq. : 7. Fall.]
68 PRINT MAKING II
4 crs.
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : 12,67. Spring.]
78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, or fiberglass. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 21.
Winter, 1966-67.Bprhg, 1967-68.1
83 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to modern. [Winter, 1966-67.
Spring, 1867-68.1
94 STUDIO Ill
4 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art major will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [4 double labs.
Prereq. : second course in the studio area and# .I
-
-
/ U
MR. NASH, chairman, MR. MICKELBERG, MR. SULERUD,
MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Biology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a wide variety
of students. For the non-science major the aim is to provide a reliable
basic understanding of biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scientific knowledge. The more advanced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
D E P A R m
OF
BIOLOGY
All students who plan to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. I t is important that a prospective biology major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon as possible. In
general, a broad background in the supporting sciences and in mathematics is essential. The graduation major given below requires a
minimum number of these supporting courses. Students who intend
to enter graduate or medical school or to teach secondary school upon
graduation should follow the appropriate recommendations. Recommended specific four-year programs for such students are given under
Curriculums in this catalog as are programs for pre-dental, prenursing, and medical technology students.
Major: 46 credits, including 11, 12, 51, 68 or 74, 71 or 73, 91; and
16 additional credits in biology; Uhem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6 ) , 61, 52; Math.
13, 14 or equivalent.
For students preparing for graduate school: The graduation major plus
Physics Zl, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
For students preparing for medical school: 36 credits, including 11, 12,
51, 91; and a t least three of 64, 68, 71, 73, 74. Also required: Chem. 52,
53,61; Math. 41, 42; Physics 21,22,23.
#o
For students preparing for secondary school teaching: .A& credits,
including 11, 12, 51, 56, 67, 91; and &additional credits in biology;+2;) '(0 A'
Chem. 2+5& This gives the recommended chemistry minor. A chemistry
or other science minor is required with a biology major for a Minnesota
Teacher's Certificate.
Minor: 30 credits, including: 11, 12; and 18 additional credita in biology;
(Ihem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in
biology.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in science or mathematics. Credits do not apply toward
a major or minor in biology. C4 lect., 1 double lab. Must be taken
in sequence. 1,Fa,Spring. 2, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses. [2 lect., 2 double lab. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
5 crs.
6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of
the human body. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Spring.]
51
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
The study of bacteria, viruses and a few other human pathogens, their
characteristics, role and control, especially in the fields of medicine
and sanitation. For student nurses. [3 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
Chem. 3. Winter, Spring.]
W 1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For science and
mathematics majors. First term: cellular and molecular biology, vertebrate anatomy and physiology, genetics, and evolutionary mechanisms.
Second term: relationships of organisms. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Must
be taken in sequence. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or 15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
W 5 1 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular, cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosophila
and certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit.
15 lect., I double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 53 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1966-67.1
56 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities, a reciprocal rela-
tionship between organism and environment. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 64 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micro-organisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Chem. 23 or 51 strongly recommended. Fall.]
66 MINNESOTA FLOWERING PLANTS
6 crs.
Field collecting and classifying some of the flowering plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq. : 12. Spring, 1967-68.1
H 67 PLANT MORPHOLOGY AND MORPHOGENESIS
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. 14 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1967-68.1
H 68 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and
evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect. 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12. Winter.]
H 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Uhem. 23 o r 52. Fall.]
-791
H 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals
with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
L*//l
/ ,,L,
'
.
and Chem. 23 o r 52. Winter.]
H 74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the experimental as well as descriptive approach
to the development of animals with emphasis on the vertebrates. [5
lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
H 91 SEMINAR
0 crs.
Juniors and seniors working toward a major in biology are required
to participate in bi-weekly discussions on topics of current biological
interest. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
,.jy
f44pdd,;,
,
&
&A
/-2 w
t
(
;
~ 9 - 4 dc//a I
,is))-t
MR. HEMMINGSON, chairman, MR. BUDGE, MR. HADJIYANIS,
MISS LUND
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
Major: 61 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31; Econ. 22, 23, a,58 o r
91 o r 92; and either Bus. Ad. 62, 63, 81, 83 for the accounting specialization, or 41, 73, 78, 79 for the finance specialization. Soc. 61 also required.
'
DEPARTMENT
OF
BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATI'
ECONOMICS,
AND
BUSINESS
--97u
7
JA
*: A
Minor: 26 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Econ. 22, 23; a n d two
courses from Bus. Ad. 41, 62, 63, 73. Other combinations m a y b e
allowed by permission.
H 1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
53
W 3 1 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
CFall.1
41 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital xtrwturcs of fi~rsinessorganizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising nnd cnnmo1 of sl~orl~
and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prercq.: X, 2. Fn811.3
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1,2. Winter.]
1 63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
W 73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short- and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 41. Spring.]
W 78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. : 41. Winter, 1967-68.1
1 79 MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE
Basic mathematical techniques used in
5 crs.
financial analysis. [Spring,
lM7-68.1
W 8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. : 1, 2. Fall, 1967-68.1
1 82 TAX ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
1 83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 40 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2; Kcon. 22, 25, 51, 51, ant1
three courses from 52, 53, 91, 92. Soc. H I n k n r~qnired.Math~rmatlcs
through course 43 is highly recommended Zor tl~oscrpInnning Irn ~ i u l u n t e
study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, and three courses from 51,
52, 53, 58, 91, 92.
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopoly, inflation, role of government. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
1 2 3 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
'Micm. 'ant1 mac.meronr~ntic!l h ~ o s ycxamincr7 with the analytical tools
of econnmics. Topics include rleterminaiion of the level of national
income ant1 employment, rnrlnpy and hnnlting, monetary-fiscal policy,
econonllcs of Ihc firm, prwluci and rcsouscc pricing and allocation, etc.
dEwm++% Spring.]
1 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
UPPER DIVISIOI
23. Fall.]
1 52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations as to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 1966.67.1
1 53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or #. Spring.]
1 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macro-measurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1967-68.1
W 9 1 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq. : 22 o r #. Fall.]
1 92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
1 95 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-2 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses are planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
55
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect four other credits in the
business field.
I I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
I 8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. C4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
I I0 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION,AND
4 crs.
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit dilplic~ting muchines. An introduction to and application of basic principles rif filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hours. l'mreq.: 1 ar equiv.
Spring.]
I 21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Funrlam~ntals uE G r c a shorfhnncl (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
Introduction to transcription.
on thcory, reading and writing sl~orLl~and.
Not open to sf.udenls tvho [law had onr year of shorthand in high
school, f 5 h u r s . I'rercq.: I ur eqnlv, E I R . I
11 22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing material dictated at
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. [5 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.]
PPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Winter.]
W 53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated at speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
I 63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
I 65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and informal discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
CSpring.1
MR. AGRE, chairman, MR. ALTON, MR. ,OOFFMAN, MR. HOLUM,
MR. LYLE
DEPARTMENT
OF
It is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
i
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts
education, but also to prepare for: (1) high school teaching, (2) the
study of medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing
and allied professions, (3) graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is certified by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to major in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff at the earliest possible time.
Major: 41 credits. Strongly recommended are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math.
41, 42.
For those planning to teach ch ' try in high school, the major will
21. 22, 23: Chem. 15. 16 (or
include Math. 13 and 14, or l&%ysics
5, 6), 51, 52, 53, 61, and 'one of 62, 81, or 83.'
54,3'5
c 4 4'
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16,,53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 23 credits.
A teaching minor must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete
credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
%
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. [3 lect., 1 double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
&W
-*
Fm
6, 6 crs.
5, 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
For non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double labs. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
An intensive course for majors in chemistry and pre-medical students;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
57
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
.
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Prereq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
23 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 crs.
Designed for medical technology and other students who desire less
than the very intensive year-course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds
with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 3 hrs. lab. Prereq.:
5 or 15. Spring.]
5 I , 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6- ,. b- crs.
-- -Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs: Prereq. :6 or 16.51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 or 6 crs.
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. C4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 6 or 16. Spring.]
6, 6 crs.
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, so tions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
lab. Prereq.: 53, Math. &. 61 Fall.
and colloids. [3'lect., 3 &hour
62, Winter.]
5
Y ~ J
23
~b.
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used; as chromatography intraduced. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs. Prereq..>62, and some reading
knowledge of German. Spring.]
&
72 QUANTUM MECHANICS
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrsdinger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems,
magnetic resonance. [4 lect. Prereq.: 61 or #. Winter.]
81 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
C4 lect., 1 four-hour lab. Prereq.: 62 or #. Fall.]
.
83 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY AND
SPECTROSCOPY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectro photometric, electrc+analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
C3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq.: 53, 62. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. COLACUI, chairman, MR. HELGELAND
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
students to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
DEPARTMENT
OF
LANGUAGES
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take at the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Classics, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
59
.
.
.
.
1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis on morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. [Prereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or
#. 11, Fall,
12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq.: 12. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1, 52 N E W TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Winter, 52, Spring, 1966-67. 51, Fall, 52, Winter, 1967-88.1
46, 54. 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
0
&&, 3 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the synactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. C196667 .I
,
..,'I
:
-[,:
'.'
I ?fL3*'
59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. Survey of the
classical period. [Prereq. : 52. Spring.]
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered onIy if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor map be comflrted al the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman al: Augsburg..
.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered at Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered abeve 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study d Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading and parsing of selections from
Caesar's "Gallic War," St. Augustiie's "Confessions" and Medieval Latin
writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by placement test. 3, Fall,
.
.
Spring; 4, Winter, 1966-67. 3, Spring, 4, Fall, 1967-68.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VIRGIL
5 crs.
Selections from Virgil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
See under Departmemt of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MRS. HANSON, MISS MATTSON, MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
awwroved bv the Committee on Teacher Etlucation. Application must
be made d;ring the second semester of the sophomore-year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a minimum in scholastic achievement. E&
mentary candidates are required to-have a 2.5 g?acle point-averagc
:FC.rTgc sc c oi311
ry
IFlie i r al:inT- FOnEijiid i{>y-?idx
b
c G r ~ i ~ s ~ E 1 i s 1 - h i v2.5
c in their-proposcd m r l jnr--and a-$.fl-- &rrall
a\.Pl'ilr~.' f i t i c l i r 1 : 1 1 ~ ~r t 3 r.Fl'lilit:a Iion In rlimenI:i~-y xnrl srconcl:iry cdu~â¬3fiz5.re als9 required to make application for student teaching during
the junior year. ~ & ~ % c n t s for student leaclilng- are: 2.5 ~ : _ l . + d ~ p o i ~ t .
average in the malor. nntl W o F l X I -
a.
.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major:
credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required : Psych. 5 ; Hist. 21,W
W,w;
Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities
(Ed. 52, 53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 52, 5 3 , 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
1 55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools : philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
See under Department of Art.
4 crs.
.
61
63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
t
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq.: 55, 66.
Spring.1
$lU
H 64
METHODS AND MATERIALS: LANGUAGE ARTS
6 crs.
Ol?jeclivrs :untl tcr:lir~icl~rr:sin lhc I : ~ n ~ t ! i l ;u'ls:
~c
lisfcning, speaking,
writing, and ~~cacling.
hpplivalion of l>rhnciplcsOF le:~~.ninfi
in acquisition
oF sltills, inIr.lhesls, ;IT l ii 4 ~ r l e s . P:xn~ninalinns of morlrrn tllethods and
r n i h c ~ i n l s . IPrrr~rl.:O5, 513. tQbU, BprItig. 196fM7. SptaBlg, 196'7-68.1
1 65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
4 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
W 77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
15 crs.
St.urlrnl spcnris Icn tvt?elis i l l Ihe cl;iss~'oun~,
~tssistingthe rcgtil:~rleachcr, and do in^ actl~;tlIcuching. S~rl~t~rvisiorl
is r:arriccl onl: by 111scnoperal,
ing I.eacher ;lntl lhc c':ollcge slam. 'I'his is lollowctl by onc wcclr UI
seminar wi Ui discussion nf problcrns ~ n c r ) u n t c ~ cind I f ~ r -rlassronin.
~
[rra.req.: #. Willtor, IDtifl-07. IG:di, Wlrltrr, fW7-UB.1
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3
4 oJ
P"(~
4 crs.
Study of litcl.illure suitable 1.0 11-tr olcrncnla~y scl~ool cilild. Role of
literature in thin cl:issrtron~,i r ~life oritsirlrb oC sch(7nl. Exfe~lsivt-areading
and evalu;lt.ior~ol' vhilrll-cli'w buolts, compiling bi hliogrnphy. I L'r~req.: 55,
56 or #. Fall, S l r r i n ~ ,lVW.U7. Sllrulg, IR(i7-nB. 1
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate shirlcnts :Ire required to compl~fr!28 r:~.edilsin professional education ctnlrhscs invlurting 50, 52, 53, 54,
59- 83, 84, 87. All students must register 101. lhrcc Irl-nls ol' Group Activity lEclucati<)n 52, 53, 54). Secondary crlucnticr~r stiiilrnls must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
H 52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. Includes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems a t the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the student's
major field. [Prereq.: M). Spring.]
W 68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
4 crs.
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
CPrereq. : 50. Spring.]
1 83 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
CPrereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
W 84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
8 7 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
1 91 TEACHING OF HOME ECONOMICS IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL
3 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of home
economics. [Fall, 1966-67.1
W 99 TOPICS
2 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and resents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, A d future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective ,management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
W 45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, inclcding cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
63
46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques d selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. [3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Charactel-Jstlcs and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of b k lists, book talb, ~tary-tellingand a wide exposure
to inclfvidual titles of books and ~ a t e materials.
d
Emphasis on preparaklon of papers and bibliographies. C3 l e a k F a 1
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
of a librarian. Laboratory work. [3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. RER(;STROM, MKS. CHRISTENSEN,
MR. DAHLEN, MR. HANSON, MISS LARSON, MISS LUAIAEHEI,
MRS. LIVINGSTON, MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI,
MISS P1~~1~1~:1180N,
3lIC.S. '1'Rl\lT'i'Wb:tN
is to develop thc student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literaturc, to acquaint him with the beginnings of Western
literature and its development, especially in England and America, and
to stimulate his' appreciation and understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
seminar, one modern literature course, and electives.
Teaching major for secondary schools: 54 credits above 15, including
course 55 in addition to those listed for the major. Crcdits ill sn~~crli
are
also required for certification.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and at least
one term of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 31, 35, 4.5, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus
course 55 in addition to those listed
[or the minor.
47 fl*
5- 3-
factory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Course 11 is prerequisite to 12; course 1 2 or 15 is prerequisite to all
other English courses.
4 crs.
I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository essays and selected short stories. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
5 crs.
12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of such types of literature as drama, poetry, novel. [Fail, Winter, Spring.]
15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
[Winter.]
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
An advanced course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITI,ON
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
65
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
qenaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
W 45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 865 Fall.]
I/
lJPpER DIVISION
COURSES
+/a,0% si'
CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
1 5 2
W 55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English structure, viewed from a historical perspective, with extensive reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed
to give the student an introduction to structural linguistics. [Spring.]
W 6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers fro'm the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. : 35. Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 35. Winter.]
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter, 1967-68.1
W 74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Winter, 1966-67.1
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative works of selected American novelists from the beginning to the present. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies,
histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Other plays assigned for reading. [Prereq.: 47. Spring.]
1 86 MILTON ."'
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the in-
.
tellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.:
61.
Spring, 1967-68.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of Chaiucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Can3 , 3, 3, crs.
American studies; 92, studies in criticism. 90 and 92 open to English
majors and minors of junior or senior rank; 91 open, with limited
enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the instructor.
[SO, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
9 5 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
MR. ANDERSON, ohairman, MR. NELSON, MISS OLSON,
MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. P F E F F E R , MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
DEpARmT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 1, 2, 3, 11 o r 13, 23,
31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 or 13, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 62, 71, 72,
73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 11 o r
13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 82, 59, 71, 72, a n d Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 1, 2, 3, 10, 83,
31, 32, 43, and 72.
Health teaching minor: 31 credits including 10)
31, and Biol. 6.
67
Cvaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are required to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
.
.
.
.
1 , 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Fall, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. L2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. C10 hrs. per wk. Spring.]
3 1 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs, per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreationd activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, rnodjRed gmea, simple rhythmic games, folk and square danc-
ing. Iff hrs, per wk. mmter.1
W 43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
.
.
.
.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KlNESlOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. C5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq.: Biol. 6. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS 2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 57 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
69
5 9 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
,
,,,\U''
?>//
I
I
1'
I/
'
2 crs.
Method3 and mntcrinls. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Erliicatlon. Separate sections for men and women.
I spring.l
6 2 COMMUNITY RECREATION
4 crs.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program
planning, a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational work. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
1 7 2 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. [8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
1 73 SCHOOL HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Principles and curriculum of school health and safety education.
[Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
~ 7 - 4 8Ooi.rn-~J
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR.'GISSELQUIST,
MRS. JENSEN, MR. LAUE, MR. OLSON
MR. GUSTAFSON,
The Department of H i d a y aims to introduce studcnts to the sludy of
histmy as an Intclleclunl discipline; to prepnre studcnte, for secondmy
teaching and gr:tduatc worlc; tn dccpcn atucl~nts'understanding and ap
precintion or t h e i ~own and other civilizations: anif fo enhance shrclcnts
cffrcIiveness as cnnlribui ing mcrnbers of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2 , 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
4, 4, 4 crs.
SETTING
Western civllizatlon from lis b e m n i n m in t.tre Ancient Nznr East Po
the prr?sr?nt. Other great world civilizations and their relatifinship to the
West are surveyed. Cnursc L carr-ics 1Rc survey In 1300; coursc 2, to
1815; nnd course 3, lo the prescnt, becumes a survey 01 world civilbation. Sludcnts m a y take any one. m y two, or nll three courses. [All off e r d eeclb Zarm.1
2 1, 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
5 , 5 crs.
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. [21, Fall, Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
.
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 55 CONTEMPORARY UNITED STATES
The United States from 1900 to the present. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 56 AMERICAN DIPLOMATIC HISTORY
4 crs.
The development of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to
the present is emphasized. [Spring.]
W 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on nm-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
4 crs.
58 THE MODERN MIDDLE EAST
Breakup of the Ottoman Empire, rise of Arab nationalism and modern
Zionism, and development of new national states. Survey of cultural
institutions. Continued interest of the major world powers in this area.
[Spring. I
W 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizaticms and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
W 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
4 crs.
W 66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
W 68 HISTORY OF CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE 1850
4 crs.
The traditional institutions within Chinese and Japanese societies, Wesb
ern impact, political and social changes, diplomatic and military crises
of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
\ W EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION, 1780's to 1850 4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands lor chan~e.[Fall.]
4, 4 crs.
W 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the nm-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
4 crs.
W 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Spring.]
3 crs.
W 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
W 14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography fallowed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
71
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
1
MR. HAUGSBY, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD
The Department of Mnth~lnatics~timsto develop Ihr! slndcnt's knowledge
and skill in tlrc tn:l,jnr branchrs oC rlemcnlary a11d h i g h ~ rmathematics,
an appreciation ol jls cullural ant1 pl'acticnl trali~es,and the background
for teaching and for plu~lcssional and m.adu;ttr study.
See under Uurriculums for suggested course of study.
1 3, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE MATHEMATICS 5, 5 crs.
A terminal course in mnthcmntics will? sufTicied r:ontenl to pt-epnrc
[or caleuIus. An:ilaytia geometry, almiracl nlgcl>ra, logic, mathcrrlalical
stalistics, differ~nlialand intc,pal cnlculus. [ Frcrcq. : 3 yrms of IdgIi
schml mntl~e~na
tic?^. 13, Fall, WinCr. 14, Winter, Nl1rhr.1
19 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS
5 crs.
'I'renlmcnt of college algebra with work in annlytic ~eonlctry,modern
algebra ancl math&ntzticnl st~tististlcs.Intended for stuienls wit11 a ~mcl
rnathcmatical backcround but who do not mler calcult~sdil+r?ctlv.Studcnls mny not rccclve ctaedll r01. this cutrrsc if they have credit for 13,
14. LProrq. : Higiler A l ~ e h mand mntliematlcs plm~rncnt kst. Fall,
Wlntnr. I
4 1 , 4 2 , 4 3 CALCULUS AND ANALYTIC GEOMETRY 5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elcments of plane and solid analytic geometry integrgted
with diffcren4inl and internal calculus inclciding calculus of sevcral variallEcs, npplications, nnd scries, rPmroq.: 111 clr 1fi or 4 y r R . N.S. math
ant1 mntl?. placement test. 4 I , IblI, WlnCor. 48, \VirltPr, S p r h ~ 43,
. Spring,
Fa,Il.1
P P E R DIVISION
WURSES
.
56 BASIC CONCEPTS O F ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary diFPercnPia1 equations with applications, series solutions, sysk m s of dilerential equal.ions; solution by special transforms; numerical
meihods; and an int~oduclionto partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory a r e stressed
a s tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
The basic algehl-:iic systclns p r ~ s c n t e diron1 an ;ibstract point of view.
Topics include t h ~t t ~ c n r y ol' glntrps, rinb:h, f i r l r i s , vector spaces and
A drvclnpment of the real and
modules, and line:11' I~h:msfoi~r~~;itions.
complex numbcr syslib~~
I S . Il'rw+r,tl. : 13. 72. W~II~PI..
73, Spring.]
80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq.: 43, U h k w . I
+
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real'and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
92 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-4 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. 1*'1k11,
Wi~lt~S
r .I I P ~ ~I I R .
,-/
f..
cd
, , . L , .
:7
P
, , , . . . ' t l
(,
.. .,,.. <' ,
((,,!,
-.,
6 , s
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, c l ~ a i r ~ n a nMISS
,
AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MISS BINFORD, MR. CANNON, MR. CREPEAU, MR. HANSEN,
MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MRS. NASHAN, MISS ROZENTALS
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGES
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language: its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic interest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching a t the junior and senior high school level and for graduate
study.
Thc beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. TWOterms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
73
FRENCH
.
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, G4, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience jn understanding, speaking, and reading
French with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns
of the language, both in class and laboratory assignments. [I, Fall,
Winter. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3,4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading, and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Winter, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, 1967-68.1
I
gb
5 fOj'
A.NJ
1 4 ~
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Cnnlinu~s Lrniniog in cornprphrnsir~n, vonversxtion ant1 wading skills
with g~.trmm:jr revirw a s a metlns to accuracy and facility in oral and
ivriilen rxpl*esslr>n.Cflnss disc~~ssion,
sclrclrrl rr:itlit\g, and lal~orato~y
n
~ ~ ~ e wr i it ,a ~<:u:ium~~ r n j ~ a s i sR, P ~ L I ~ Y Wfor
I
contin~in. s ( d y in
FI-cnct~.I Prcrr:~.:2 or rquir. 5. Fn11, S l w i n ~ .0, Urintet, 19M-67. Fall,
Winter, 1%G7-GB.1
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphasis on
vocabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
LPrereq.: 6 or
#. Fall, Spring,
1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
Thc study of mnjnr French authors nnrl literary movements in France,
tvilll Ihr rendlng nf w l i n l ~literilly wnrlts where possible. Lectures, disruasion, oral iind rvrillrn reports in Ihc language. Both terms required
f o ~
the major: one term minimum for the minor. [Prereq. : 65 or equiv.
.
63, Paall. E l , W)ntor.l
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with lec-
ture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1966-67.1
H 74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. CPrereq.: 63, 64 or
#. Spring,
1967-68.1
H 84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55. Fall, 1967-68.1
i #3
[YL,
H 9 1 DIRECTED READINGS
4-5- crs.
Study within a given topic or genre for enrichment or, if necessary, to
replace French 72 or 74. Offered in any term, but no more than 3 credits may be earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 63, 64, or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
H 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading
the German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German.
Provides a foundation for a reading knowledge adequate for cultural
and professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall, Winter.
4, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
H 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. CPrereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
55 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION 5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory
recommended. Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq. :
UPPER DIVISIO
COURSES
6 or equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
5, 5 crs.
H 63, 64 SURVEY AND REPRESENTATIVE READING
From the beginnings up to modern times. Reading of significant authors
in German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development
of German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected
works. Both terms for majors; one minimum for minors. [Prereq.: 55 or
equiv. 63, Fall. 64, Winter.]
75
W 72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. For teachers and majors. [Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of outstanding dramatic works in
thr; vario~nrepresentalive periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
imprcssionfsm, expressionism). For teachers and majors. [Prereq.:
R3, 64 or nq~flv.Upring, 1967-68.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq.: 55.
Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1
-3
(11s
I--5--c r s
.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary, and for
enrichment. It is suggested that no student register for al.l-&ve c edits
4 2 c e z,
, D!/rz, c .
within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6. .
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
5, 5 crs.
Introduction of thc four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
rending, ant1 writing. Skcss m spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
2, WInter, Plprlng.1
m.
4, 4 crs.
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course Tor sllrilcnis not Intending to conCinuc with Norwegiarr lnnguagc study. Vocahulaly building <andstudy of syntax through
extensivr rcadings in Norwegian Iitel'ah~re. Sotnp cxzcricnce in oral
rxprcssion. [lyrereq.: 2 ar cqui\+. 3, Fall, 4, Wintrr.1
4, 4 crs.
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued convct-sation and compsiiion to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Sclccterl rendil~gsin Nonvegian used as Ilnsis for
class discussion and cxercfses. RI-iel litcraturc silrvcy. I,ahorato~y ~ w l ' k
expected. I Prereq.: L or eqr~iv,5, I W l . 6, Wlnter.1
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
1967-68-1
W 26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1967-68.1
W 55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
UPPER DIvIsIor
OOURSES
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensiv~practice in spoken Norcveginn with emphasis on pronunciation and odgiual composition. Somc attention given to regional variations h spokrn Norwegian and to diifewnces between the two official
Ictnguagcs of Norway. Labraloly work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission of the d e ~ a r t m ~ n t
chairman. [Spring.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
W 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 1966-67.1
1 74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will include dramatic works by Ibsen, Bjernson,
Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk, and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures will stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to
do assigned readings and written work in the Norwegian language.
-
[Spring, 1966-67.1
1 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive training in oral and written expression in Norwegian.
Some attention given to the other Scandinavian languages and to the
historical development of Norwegian. Laboratory work. Required for
all majors and teaching minors. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv. Fall, 1967-68.1
91 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, though it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must be
written in Norwegian. Available any term to majors and minors. [Fall,
0[it i;
J7P ,
b.
i
yt,.3~t-
Winter, Spring.]
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 63, 64, 72 or 74, 84.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and two of 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work an inteffral
part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 3,4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4.4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3,
?n:;//,:j,-"
--id ;*
I
Jf
r
Fall, Winter, Spripg. 4, Winter, Spring.]
1 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression. Selected readings with cultural emphasis for class discussion in Spanish. Further laboratory work.
77
C'
t',-
/
-"r,i,r]
ylrk
Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall.
6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
CXXJRSES
.
.
55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory work. [Prereq.: 6 o r equiv. Fall, Spring, 1966-67. Spring, 1967-68.1
63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
h shidy of rcpmsentrrtive authors in Spanish litemture, supplcmentctl
by lcclures on Ihf Iitcrnry movPrnPnts ant1 development or Spanish literature. Lectures, disctissian, written imd tnnl reporfs in ihc lungunge.
Laboratory ti~orlc. Roth Lerms I-cquirerl Car ihr nlajor, nnc [elm minjmum for the minor. I P r ~ r ~ r lk.':i or pqulv. 63, Fs11. O f , Winter.]
72 THE SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists in Spain. Emphasis on the Golden
Age and the modern period. Oral and written reports in the language.
[Prereq.: 63, 64. Spring, 1966-67.1
.
.
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Emphasis
on the Golden Age and the contemporary period. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63, 64 o r #. Spring 1967-68.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION AND
5 crs.
COMPOSITION
Aims to give an cxtensivt! training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stvlislic rrfincment. Annreciatinn of dilferenccs
ng
Laboratory work
in speech existent in the - ~ ~ a n i s h - s ~ e x l t icointrics.
required. For majors and those inlei?ding fn leach Spanish. CPrereq.:
55. Fall. 1867-68.1
1-3
CN,
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
-I4crs.
Study of rrprrsentntive Hispanic American writers. Available any term.
Mny serve as suhslitutc foi- Spanlsh 7 2 , ~ ~ ~ 7if1 ,necessary. I t is suggested that no student rcgistcr inr"il(--five 21-cdits within one term.
IProroq.: 83, R4, or
DEPmmNT
OF
MUSIC
#.
FdI, Wintor, Sprlng=l
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. DAVENPORT, MR. GABRIELSEN,
MR. O N , MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN, MR. SAVOLD,
MR. SUTYAK, MRS. THUT, MR. THUT
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
01- ~ v l ~
me
o primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for f hose who e?rppd. to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 o r 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 traits in applied music, and two y e a r s as a m e m b e r of one of
t h e college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 60 or 63, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits i n applied music, a n d two years a s a m e m b e r of one
of t h e college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the monthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals a r e encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be givcn in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the monthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen a r e encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency ekamination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: ( a ) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory: (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; ( c ) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces ( b or c ) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
a s a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums lor suggested courscs of study.
79
1 THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and Iheir applicntion in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-~inging. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance tcst. FaIl,l
W 2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
W 3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and dl. Lasso. Writing twcr, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
W 20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 2 1 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Kighteenth cenl.ury counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. iJ. &ch; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntd writing. Writing
two- nnrl three-part invenlions. a four-voice fuguc, and a chorale prelude, [Prereq.: p&. Wintnr.1
W 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music From 1GO to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. E~nphasis
is placed uupon relationships between music m d the othcr fine arts.
Participatiml in Chr cultural life of tIlc community leading towards
appreciatian and criiicism. For the non-music major. [\Vinter, 1WD-67.
Fall, RprEng. 1W7-M.1
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods,
materials, and techniques. CSpring.1
4 crs.
W 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
4 crs.
W 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
W 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques 13conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administiation of choral ensembles. C3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
W 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. 13 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
1 70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall,
1966-67.1
E 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. C4 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertory of musical excellence. [One evening per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
+
0
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners
must complete two terms of private lessons in order to receive credit.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
I-'
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
d
A
-'r
81
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE
Membership is by audition or consent of director. t2 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJORS
See under Curriculums.
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
MR. HALVERSON. chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. JOHNfiRUD,
MR. S ~ H M I E G E
fib,
.-&?-&
ai~ntz
Sondid
f
Ch
The courses in ~hilosovhvseek to assist the student to become conversant wit11 ill& g r c a t - i e n and intellect~~al
movements in the history
of Western civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles
of so~mcl reasoning, and to develop :I mattire understanding of the
foundations of nln. knowledge in such arcas us ucicnc~, religion, and
~Thica.
Major: 46 credits, including 21, 23, 41, 42, 43.
Minor: 32 credits, including 21, 123, 41, 42, 43.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2 3 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include:
the nature and functions of language; fallacies in reasoning; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
4 crs.
4 1 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdowri of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Prereq.: 43 or
#.
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
Fall, 1966-67.1
W 63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A study of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
W 71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Prereq. : 43 or
#. Winter,
1966-67.1
W 73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An enquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Winter 196268.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An enquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
43 or
#. Fall,
1967-68.1
81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq.: 43 or #. Spring.]
9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. [Prereq. 43 or #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. MOYER
Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHYSICS
83
arise. be mel, and s o stimulate ~ n u n dthinking, perct-ptlv~ jutlgment,
and nn interest in experimenlal teclmiqur?~.Tn this end ttle rlcpw+rncnt
prepnres some students lor ~ ~ a d u a studies
le
nnd some for the tcaclling
pmfcsaion. The li bcral nrts tradition js s e r v ~ dhy offering ctlurses illat
will r n a b k a strident l o fouo~rdrvclopm~nts\ r ~ i t h somp clemec of comprchensic~n.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 1, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
W l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A dcscripliv~ course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments
arc rxplnir~etl,and use is made d a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
niffhl virwing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.]
5, 5 , 5 crs.
W 2 1 , 2 2 , 23 G E ~ E R A PHYSICS
L
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [ 5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41, 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
50 NUCLEAR LABORATORY
I cr.
For non-physics majors who have the equivalent of Course 3. Dealing
with methods for detecting and measuring radiations from radioactive
substances using geiger tubes, windowless counter, gamma ray spectrometer, and scaling circuits. [2 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
51, 52 MECHANICS
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
'23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
5 3 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
61 ELECTRONICS
4 crs.
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing the electron tube
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes and
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [Prereq.: 23, Math.
43. Fall.]
62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
4 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [Prereq., 23, Math. 43. Spring.]
75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
I cr.
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, optics, nuclear physics. Students may take
this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. 13 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal p~operties,using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low tempcrature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions: classical thermodynamics, kinetic theoly, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, ,Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
8 3 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A sl.udy of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. IPrerecl.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
85
DEPARTMENT
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MRS. NOONAN
OF
in poliiical science are intender1 In Fncilltate an
POLITICAL A~gs:,Sh~wg'moH'crlngs
undcmtnnding
of
If~e
p
r o c ~ s s ~ sconr:epls,
,
anrl instilittions of governance;
S C I E ~ ~ ~
Lo prwidc nn i n l c k c h ~ n lbasis for ~ f f c e t i v eand informed citizenship;
anrl lo help prrpnro i n l c ~ ~ s l c rstudunts
l
lor ar~clitlonal wwk at tlie
graduate or prbrrssionnl Irvel, fn such :ll-Pas as Inrv, political science.
p~~ljlic:
ndmlnisl ralirln, mrf inIelhnatinnill relations.
IMRjor: I 5 cwdlts, i~irludlngZR, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of tlics fn~rr:crratls indir-nlvd hy l,l~e
numbering. Courses numbered in the
50's art. in thp uren of Cnnqrnrntive Government; GO'S, International
Itelat3nns; 7n'%, Plrhlicn l,i~w: t ~ r ~go's,
d
Political Theory.
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
k mnxi~nurnuf nine r:r~tiifstnwnrrl fi political science major may be
cnrnefl Ircsni among ceftr~inspecific courses offered by the departments
nf hislrwy and rr-c~nomiss.Fnr inrownation, see the Chairman of the
Jh?pnrEm r n l oT P(11iticel Scicnrc.
.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
1nt~~oilusl~~r.y
c.~lorallon oE the nature, assumptions, and conditions
of democratic dcvclopmml in the United States. Historical, economic,
,mrl lrlgnl factors are considered. The American
sorinl, iclrolu~ir~:~l
system is compared with democratic and non-democratic alternatives,
including Communism. [Fall.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
h dcscriiptivc, analylicnl, and critical approach to the roles and functions
oS ihr F~~rsjdenr:y,
the bureaucracy, the Congress, and the Supreme
Cotrrt in thc Amer~cnnpolitical system. [Winter.]
22 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
POLITICS AND THE FEDERAL SYSTEM
5 crs.
The political pmcrss Is P ~ I I O I ~ Cin~ the \vol'kin~!of Chc two-pal* ~ystcm
anrl in llle impncl of -pl+rsslnqrgroup< in llie clcterlniniltion of pulllic
policy, Thc pnrhlcms 01 si:ite nnrl InclrtI govcrnlnents and Il~echanging
llaifcrnk n l i n f e ~ ~ g r ~ v ~ r ~ ~ ircl;~
~ i eticn.;Iiip
nlal
arc exntninrtl. I SprIng.1
X P E R DIVISION
.
50 WESTERN EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected European states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter, 1966-67.1
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS 4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms ol Idrologicnl assumptions, the party role and
institutional for~ns.Cornmlrnjst practices are compared with those of
democratic governments. [Prcmq.: E crs. in Am. Gov't, o r #. Offered
on demand, 1Vlnl~r.I
60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
The basic factors involved in international relations, the formulation
of national foreign policies, and the implementation of policy through
diplomacy and other means. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall. 1966-67.1
6 1 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
4 crs.
The evolution and functions of international organizations, emphasizing
the assumptions, activities, procedures and role of the United Nations.
[Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #. Offered on demand, Fall.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 10 crs. in
Am. Gov't or
#.
Fall, 1966-67.1
71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
4 crs.
A continuation of course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individual rights and liberties under the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [2 double hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 70. Winter, 1966-61.1
,
80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato through Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [2 double hrs. per wk. Fall, 1967-68.1
81 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. 12 double hrs. per wk. Winter,
1967-68.1
84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of ~plected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosoplilcal nnd melhodological assumptions. For majors in political scjcnce, rOfPercrl rm demand. Spring.]
90 INDEPENDENT STUDY
3 crs.
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
95 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq.: #. Spring.]
87
U4k44-4-
DEPARTMENT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS.
,-
chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MRS. HOWARD
Thc nbjectives of this dcpflrtrnent are: (1)To acquaint the student with
the piinciples anrl melhods In Ihc scientinc study of behavior; and (2)
to ennble ihc &dent to h i t c r untlcrstnnrl Ihe processes which influence
heh:tvinr. Emphasis is o n the study ol humnn behavior.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 84, and 91. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
W 5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered i.n connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
JPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Secondary Education.
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I1
4 crs.
Adminis~nfionand inivrpretnlion of standardked tests of intelligence,
nptitude, inlcresl, acllievcment and pcrsonnlily. Spvcial emphasis given
l o the use of the Revised Stanforcl-I3inct ant1 Wecl'lsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in stlpcrvi~erlpracticr sitl~aiions. [Prereq. : 69. S p r i n ~ . ]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY
4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental methodology in psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
W 81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
84 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
#.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq.: 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heqedity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
'17 crs. in psych. or #. Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. DUMPYS, MR. HUSFLOEN, MR. MANDSAGER, MR. SKIBBE,
MR. SONNACK.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and a t least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take- course 11: sophomores, course
21. Courses 11 and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
89
Minor: 26 credits.
I I I INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 2 1 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, 1966-67. Fall, Winter, Spring, 1967-68.1
.
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church. The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
JPPER DIVISION
FIIRSKS
,
W 52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
'
4 crs.
sludy of lIle origin of Christian worship, the development of the var-
fl
ious lilur.~ic:ll traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
fJ ' / L
W 53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS II
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the relation of religious values to institutional aspects of the social structure, particularly church organization. Some implications for contemporary theological thought are explored. [Fall.]
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain fundamental theological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
W 63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
h
-
--
>.--
-
=
-
-
- - - --
a-L
-I
<----_ICL
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Spring.]
W 72 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
4 crs.
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and so e of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Sping.l W i s 2 : f i
7
f3~4-6
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. kWnkr.1
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
5$~~;i~41966 - 6 7
4 crl.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
as related to history and science. ISpring.1
1 81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology as expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]'
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT 4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
W 86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
87 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
See under Curriculums.
91
DEPARTMENT
OF
S°C1OLQGY
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. ANDERSON, MR. BLOOM,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NEVASKAR, MR. NORDLIE
Thc ohjceilver nl this d~ptpnrtrncd are lu help rtudmlr nnah a bettpr
rmderslarltling
- of socirlv. i t s urrlelu :inti lorces trl cl~sn.rc.a s well a s lo
preparr studcnls TI^ soclnl senlice and Cor g r a d ~ ~ a tIrnining
e
in social
w o ~ kand in sot-iolnpy. Reynnd t h r i~ndurslanrlirl~ socicly and beyontl
acndcmir: competence, tllc rlcpr~rlnlrhl r ~ f n l stn explorr the I-elevnncc
of Christianily t o effecUv~social servicc
lo relate itself fo the rnodc~m
metropolis through research and participation in the community.
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits and 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 75, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world a s seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
3 1 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
Social and cultural configurations of family systems. Thc life cycle
of the family including mate selection, marital interaction and adjustment, parent-child relationships, and the later years of married life.
The family, society, and social change. [Winter, Spring.1
41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The European and American roots
of the United States rural community, rural social movements, and
rural life in the world perspective. [Winter.]
43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one
additional credit on approval of instructor. [Spring.]
51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
registration
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Cono~~rrent
in 54. Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIO
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social. workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq. : 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54, 55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
93
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. CM, Fall. 55, Winter.
&6, Spning.1
W 59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
See Religion 59.
4 crs.
W 6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and hyp*
thesis testing. [Prereq.: high school algebra or equiv. Fall, Spring.]
W 62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research process. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering inols. [Prereq. : 61. Winter.]
73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquency, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
5 crs.
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority fgm~prelatirms. Major atkntion is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civjl rights in the American setting. Seminar offered in
connection with this course may Iw tnkrn for one additional credit on
approval d instructor. FWtntcr.1
1 83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5 crs.
Large-scde organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making, formal and informal organizational structure and
\
*re*@4~
4
D
labor-management relations. 1Bpring.I
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Seminar offered in connection with
this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval of
instructor. [Fall.]
7
$
<7
we
n
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
d w e l ~ pplatform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening habils. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 or 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: 11, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fulfill the literaturelspeech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
H I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
H 12 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
4 crs.
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMhTICS
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 1966-61.1
H 21 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercollegiate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
2 8 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
3 2 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
H 51 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. I t is
recommended that students take logic before taking this course. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISIOI
COURSES
52 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
5 crs.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches;
practical work in speech writing. [Prereq.: 11. Winter.]
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership ; principles and types of discussion ; practice in discussion techniques. [Spring, 1966-67.1
H 60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Winter.]
95
1 61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
1 66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in
planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
1 67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
1961-68.1
1 68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1967-68.1
1 76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
CSpring.1
1-3 crs.
1 9 1 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Selected topics in oral inteqretation, acting, theater hislory, f ~ctorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on
the use of primary sources and methodology of research. [F~cll,Wintor,
Spring.]
I
.
SPECIAL
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
PROGRAMS
OF
STUDY
Student nurges in the Suhools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Deaconess, Swedish, Fairview, and Methodist Hospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction a t Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
'a MEDICAL
TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
oollege degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
ears of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed at one of the two hospitals.
0 SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
7
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD
An arrangement has been made with the University of Oslo in
Norway under which students entering their junior year in college
may spend this year at that University. Students may also participate in other approved programs. Applications must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
The plan is available only to students with good scholastic records
whose special field of study can be followed satisfactorily at the
institutions chosen. Some possible fields are Norwegian language and
literature, history, religion, and philosophy,
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students, who
complete a major in Physical Education at Augsburg. The program
requires 250 hours of clinical o'bservation, practice, and orientation under the direction o'f the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior students, special sections or seminars are offered.
Students of high ability are invited t o write to the Director of the,
H,onors Program for information regarding which honors programs
may be open to them. Ho~norstudents are selected on the basis of
previous academic achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
s'tudents of Augsburg Colllege and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify fo,r the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the Presiden,t of the Student S~ociety.
97
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
CURRICU
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be fol1owe.d to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
fo,r the majo'r field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
F'RESf,lMAN
Retl~ion I1
E ~ ~ g l i slhl a 12
'VVc~tcr~lC l ~ ~ l l l z a t l o n
Soriolopy 11
F'c~rrian L L I ~ E L I ~ E Q
E:l<sclivep.
P h y s w a l ActivtMea
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5 4 - 4
5
5
5-6
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. C r , Cr.
4
- 4
4
12 12 12
- -
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Economics or Pol. Sci.
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4
4
5-6 5-6 .
-
6
-
4-5
6
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
a r e urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloev
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawing
Composition
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5
5
5
- - 4
4 - - 6
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
A r t History I. I1
P r i n t Making I , I1
Ceramics I
Health and First Aid
Educational Psvcholozv
-Group ~ c t i v i t ?
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Music 30
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems ot Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Sculpture I
Painting I. I1
General Psychology
SENIOR
Relieion
Student Teachine
seminar for ~ t l y d .Teach.
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculwture I1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
5
4
5
-
-
4
-
4
4
-
-
4
-
-
.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Drawine
compo&ion
Sociology
Physical Ed~lcation
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r e i g n ~ai&iHge
Nat. Science or Math.
Problems of Philosophy
Sculpture I
Painting I , , I1
Western Civilization
Ancient History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
99
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ r t - ~ l s t o r I.
y 11
Print Making I, I1
Ceramics I
Western Civilization
U.S. History
Speech or ~ i t e r a t u r e
Music 30
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
~- -4
4 4
4
- 4
4
4 - 5 5
-
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Studio I11
Sculpture I1
History Seminar
History 71
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where biology electives are indicated
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is often desirable. In considering the biology electives the students must also
be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Binlogy 11, 12
Cl~cniistn. 5 5nr. 15
C h r ~ n i s t l .6~ nr 16
Ph.v>lv;hl Ed1 ~ r n l i o n
SUNIOR
Rcli~torr
F o r e t ~ n 1,nngzlage
Physics 21, 22, 23
Genetics
Microbiology or Bio. Elect.
Physiology or Bio. Elect.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Speech or Literature
Organic Chemistry 51,
Chemistry 53
Calculus
Math. Analysis 19
Comparative Anatomy
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 5 5 5 5
6
-
-
-
6
6
-
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Cellular Biology
Embryology or Bio. Elect.
Seminar
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
In preparing for teacher certification in Minnesota, a student with
a major in biology must complete a minor in another science. Ordinarily this minor will be chemistry. The program suggested below provides for this minor as well as for a goo'd background in
the biological sciences. When making the choice of biology electives shown, the student should be certain that the option requirements of the biology major are met.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
JUNIOR
Religion
s ~ e e c hor Literature
A& 1 or MU&
30
Foreign Language
Educational Psychology
Teaching Methods
Biology Elective
Ecology or Elective
Group Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
General Psychology
Chemistry 23
Chemistry 53
Math. 13 or Elective
Math. 14 or 19
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
P l a n t Morph. or Elective
Biology or Elective
Health and First Aid
School a n d Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. The following program is a suggested
course olf study with a specialization in accounting. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 1 2
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Inter. Accounting
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I , I1
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
-
4
-
5
5
-
5
5
4
5
5
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
4
-
4
5
-
4
4
4
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Cost Accounting
Auditing
Electives
MAJ0,R IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Principles of Accounting
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Elective
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Financial Mgt.
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Business Law
Prin. of Economics I. I1
Fund.
Finance
- - - ~ of
-- - - Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Investments
Math. of Finance
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theolog
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Elem. Typewriting
Bus. Ed. 10
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
,
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Princiules of Accounting
~ d v a 6 c e d Typewriting Prin, of Economics I, I1
Secretarial Procedure
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teachin2
Seminar for stud. Teach.
School and Society
Business Law
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
17
Term
I I1 1x1
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
101
0 CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Mathematics 19
Chemistry 15, 16, o r 5, 6
Calculus 41, 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Physical Chemistry
Adv. Organic Chemistry
Adv. Calculus 83
Foreign Language
Quantum Mechanics
Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Organic Chemistry
Quantitative Chemistry
General Physics
Calculus 43
Sociology
SENIOR
Religion
Adv. Inorganic Chemistry
Chemistrv 83
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Seminar
Electives
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
A
The follo sc edule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Calculus 41
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5. 6
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
-
4
5
-
- 6 6
6 -
6
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Political Science
Speech or Literature
Psychology
Organic Chemistry 51, 52
.General Physics
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 5 -
-
-
5
-
5
- 6 5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
6
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civilization
Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Prin. of Economics I
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
4
-
5-6 5-6
- 4
-
-
-
-
4
8
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
A r t 1 o r Music 30
Prin. of Accounting
Prin, of Economics I1
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Intro. to Soc. Statistics
Inter. Microecon.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
4 4
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
n
Students planning to prepare for elementary school teaching are
required to complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
education requirement, e&one course in
in physical science. For the erre,uLement
- in general education, t v-n p required t o take Begnnmg Spee-ernpted.
F_Or=seiencelnafhematicsral
V
m e n m y education stud.enis. are required tu-F&e
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required to complete a minor. Variations in the requirements omf
the minor from those described by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Biological Science
Health and First Aid
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Elective (minor)
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5
4 - 5 5
- 4
5
- - 5
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- 4 -
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Physical Science
Political Science
Music 30
U.S. History
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
~ r o f TLab Experience
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech 11
Children's Lit.
School and Society
Education 64
Electives lminorl
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
-
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING [7
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined belo'w satisfies the requirements for
certification at the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply to the Committee on Teacher Education for admission to the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
103
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
la'
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech or L i t e r a t ~ ~ r e
Education 50, 59
Education 52. 53, 54
Physical Education 10
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or A r t 1
Natural Science or Math.
Economics or Pol. Sci.
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in t h e major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning to enter this
program should have completed fo'ur years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minneso'ta will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session at the
U, of M.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
s ~ c i o l o -11
g~
-~
Calculus 41. 42
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5 , 6
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Modern Physics
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab.
Math. 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or Elect.
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4
5
- 4
- 4
5 5
6 6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Western Civilization
1,iterattlresociology 12
General Physics
Math. 43, 58
Physical Activities
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
-
-
-
-
4
- - 4
5 5 5
5 4 1/3 1/3 1/3
ENGLISH MAJOR 0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
English.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relielnn
-.
.
---.
.
--
A r t 1 or Music 30
English 61 62 84
English 72'or '74
English Elective
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Speech 11
Prob of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or Eng. elec.
English 47, 31
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
5 5 5
-
- -
-
SENIOR
Religion
English ?O
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
Electives recommended for students planning t o enter graduate school: English 30
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign languages.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11 or 15
English 12 or 35, 45
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Relialon
Gemera1 PsyChoIogy
Erluc. P~ychnlogy
Group Acllvily
Mcti~odnIn Src. Educ.
En~rllsh B1, 02, 55
E,nl:IlsIi 72 u! 74, 84
tlrrtlves
-
5
- -
4
0
4
0
-0
5
5
4
5
-
- -
-
5
-
5
5
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Nat. Sci. or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Health and First Aid
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English Seminar
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 10 5
- - 4
-
4
3
5
-
5
4
4
-
-
-
-
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
~ e g ~. o r e i g nLanguage
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Inter. Foreign Language
Conversation and Com~osition
Speech or Literature
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Health and First Aid*
Electives
105
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a l Psychology*
Group Activities*
Methods in Sec. Educ."
General Psychology*
Literature 72 or 74
Survey 63, 64
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
4 - 4 0 0 0
-
-
-
5
5 .
-
-
5
5
5
5
-
5
5
SENIOR
Relieion
~ t u d G n tTeaching'
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
School a n d Society'
Adv. Conv. a n d Comu. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Independent Study 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
10
5
-
1-2
5 -
-
4
1-2
5
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives
f o r these courses.
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Western Civlllzation
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
- 4 5
4 4
5 5 5
4 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 8
8
- -
-
SOPHOMDRE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Greek 11. 12, :3
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5-6 5-6 5 5 5
4 - - - 4-5
. 4
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Health and First Aid
Team Sports
Swim. a n d Aquatics IW,
Physical Activities
JUNIOR
Reliaion
~ d u c a t i o n a lPsychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Phy. Ed. 57.
Kines and Phys. of Exercise
Phy. Ed. Programming
Adapted P h y . Ed. and Eval.
Self-Testing Activities
Phy. Ed. 82 or Soc. 31'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Human Anat. and Physiology
Chemistry 5
Indiv. a n d Dual Sports
Hist. a n d Prin. of P h y . Ed.
Rec. Act. and Rhythms
Instr. First Aid*
I
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- . 4
4
0
-
-
6
5
-
-
0
2
-
-
4
4
4-5
0
5
4-5
4
-
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
-
4
1
-
-
6
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
s t u d e n t Teaching
Seminar i n S.tud. Teach.
School a n d Society
Prob. of Philosophy
Sch. Health and Safety Educ.*
Community ~ e c r e a t f o n *
Speech or Literature
Electives
10 -- -5 - - 44
- - S
4
4
- -3
- 4
-
* Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
b u t m a y be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
107
0 HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department olf History.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Pol. Science or Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Historv
~coGhics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
SOPHOMORE
-
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Economics
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S, History
Proh. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Social Problems
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar in History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The f~llo~wing
course of study is designed fo'r students who have a
s'trong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Math. 13, 14, or 19
before registering for Calculus 41.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology
Calculus 41, 42, 43
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Adv. Calculus 83, 84, 85
Modern Algebra 72, 73
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Pol. Sci, or Economics
S ~ e e c hor Literature
~ o r e i g n~ a n g u a g e
Prob, of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Differential Equations
Modern Geometry
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Prob. and Statistics
Independent Study
Electives*
Foundations of Mathematics recommended.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Math. Analysis 19
Calculus 41. 42
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Educational Psychology
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Advanced Calculus
Modern Algebra
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Group Activity
Prob. of Philosophy
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5
5
-
5
-
-
4
-
5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-4
4
5
4
-
-
4
4
-
-
- 0
-
.
0
-
-
Biblical Studies
- - ---Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Calculus 43
Differential Equations
Modern Geometrv
Physics or heh his try
-
4
5
0
4
4
-
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
5
-
-
4
-
5-6 5-6
4-5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr, Cr.
4
. . 4
10
- 5 4
- - 4
SENIOR
Religion
School and Society
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. Teach.
Foundations of Math.
Prob, a n d Statistics
Independent Study
Health and First Aid
Electives
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
-
-
-
-
2-4
5 4 4-6
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may complete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor omf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work at Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. The program outlined prepares such students
for certification in medical technology, and it also includes the
Augsburg graduation requirements. A minimum of 24 credits each
of chemistry and biology, and one term of mathematics, is required.
In the senior year students taking this program must register at
Augsburg as well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Inlroducllon lo Theology
Enblieh 11, 12
Wt-qte1.n Ulvilizntion
~jocio1oRy 1 1
T3inlngy 11, 12
C h c ~ n i ~ t r5y ilr 15
r l l r n t l s t r y 5 or 16
Pl~,vslc:~l Rrlur.:~lion
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
Microbiology
Cellular Biology or Elect.
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4
- 5
- 4 - - 4
6
6
6 - 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Genetics
Organic Chemistry 23
Comp. Anatomy or Physiol.
Chemistry 53
Mathematics 13. 14
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
. 5
5
5
- - 6
6
6
6 5
- 5
SENIOR
I
Lectures, laboratory and practical work a t General or Swedish
Hospital for 12 months
I1 I11
45 crs.
MEDICINE
Since most pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
109
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission t o the medical school t o which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, a s translated into courses a t Augsburg College, a r e
as follows:
Biology 11, 12
General Chemistrv 15. 16
Ovganic chemistr;
51,'52
Quantitative Analysis 53
Frcshlnan English 11, 12
Literature elective
Mathematics 19 for 13, 14)
Physics 21, 22, 23
Social Science a n d Humanities
Credits
12
12
E l.
~.r..t. i.
v
-r
--
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry
Cnlculus 41, 42
61
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. The University of Minnesota very strongly recommends to prospective students that they study physical
chemistry, a t least two advanced courses in biology, and psychology
a s well as broad studies in the humanities.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major a r e
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged t o consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilizat~on
Theory 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
~ d u r a t i o n a l Psychology
Group Activities
Teaching of Music
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1
Instr. Techniaue'
History and i i t . I n ~ t ~ s i c )
Conducting
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
5
5
5
. 4
4
5 4
1 1
1
1/3 1/3 1/3
Tcrm
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar in Stud. Teach,
School and Society
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Health a n d First Aid
Prob. of Philosophy
Music Organization
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4
4
4
5
- 5-6 5-6
4 4 4
1
1 1
Tern1
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
MUSIC MAJOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Theory 1. 2, 3
Applied Music
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
ist tory and Lit.
(music)
Instrumental Technique*
Conducting
Applied Music
Music Organization
Scandinavian Music
Electives
*
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Theory 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob, of Philosophy
Orch. and Choral Arr.
Applied Music
MuSic Organization
Speech or Literature
Electives
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique i n the fall term
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHO08LS
A major in natural science co,nsists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 credits in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language,
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Natural Science
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Prob. of Philosophy
Speech or Literature
Education 50. 59
Nat. Science 'or Math.
Group Activities
Health and First Aid
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
4
5
5
5
-
-
5
4
5-6 5-6
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Nat. Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. or Economics
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Nat. Sci. or Math.
Student Teaching
Sem. for Stud. each
School and Society
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 4
- - 4
5-6 5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
5 - -
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign ~ a n g u a g e
Western Civilization
Sociology
Prob. of Philosophy
Phssical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
5
5
-
6
4
-
-
5
6 10
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
~ o r i i Language
c
Nat. Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Science or Economics
Logic
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
SENIOR
Religion
Philosophy 91
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
5
-
-
-
5-6 5-6
- - 4-5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
111
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
The following program is a suggeste'd course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Introduction lo Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Political Science 20, 21, 22
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Political Science 70 or 80
Political Science 71 or 81
Political Science 95 or 84
History 1 or 21
History 2 or 22
History 3 or 56
Social Statistics
Social Research
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
- 4 5
5-6 5-6 -
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Social Problems
Political Science 50 or 51
Political Science 60 or 61
Economics 22. 23
SENIOR
Religion
Political Science 80 or 70
Political Science 81 or 71
Political Science 84 or 95
History 21 or 1
History 22 or 2
History 56 or 3
~iterature
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5 5 - 4 - - 4
- 5
4
- 4 4 - 4 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosophy
Pol. Science or Economics
A r t 1 or Music 30
Speech or Literature
General Psychology
Electives
N ~ Escience
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreinn Lannuaae
-
~ --
-
~
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-----
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4 - History and Theory (psych.)
4 Research Problems
- 2-3 Seminar in Psychology
3
- 4 Psychology Electives
Electives
8 8 12
SENIOR
-
Psyc. Measurement
Experimental Psychology
Personality I
Personality I1
Psychology Electives
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The fo11,ofwingprogram is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
FRESHMAN
Introduction t o Theology
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
Math. 14 or 19
Math. 41, 42
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
General Physics
Mathematics 43
Differential Equations
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5 5 5
5
- 4 - - 4-5
- 4 -
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Electronics
Mechanics
Advanced Calculus
Art 1 or Music 30
Electricity and Magnetism
Physics Lab
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr, Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Thermal Physics
Phvsics Lab
speech or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
4
-
4
1
1
-
1
4
8
-
11 11
RELIGION MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Nat. Science or Math.
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Electives
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
General Psychology
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
6 6
4 4
-
-
-
- -
-
4
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
8 4 4
4 4
- 4 4
5 - - 4 6
-
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 4 4 4
5 5
- 4
-
- 4 - 4 - - 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 -
SENIOR
Religion
Seminar
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Beginning Norwegian
Western Civilization
Nat. Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
General Psychology'
Educational Psychology*
Group Activity*
Methods in Sec. Educ:
Modern Scand. Novel
Prob. in Philosophy
Modern Scand. Drama
Scand. Music
Electives
*
Term
I I1 111
Cr.
Cr.
.-Cr.
--
-
4
5
4
-
-
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
5-6 5-6
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Intermediate Norwegian 5, 6
Norwegian Conv. and Comp.
Modern Scandinavia
Scandinavian History
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Health and First Aid*
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
-
5
4
-
-
4
-
4
-
-
F
-
5
i
-
- 4-5
-
-
6
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
4
Student Teaching*
10
Seminar for Stud. Teach.*
5
School and Society*
- - 4
Adv. Norw. Conv. and Comp. 5
Independent Study
1-2
1-2
10
Electives
5
SENIOR
-
- - -
Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f,ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the sub'ject. An outline of the requiretments for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
113
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Introduction to Theology
Enelish 11. 12
~ l e h e n t a r y~ y p c w r l t i n g
Advanced Typewriting
Elementary Shorthand
Interm. Shorthand
Advanced Shorthand
Bus. Ed. 10
Electives
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
-
SECOND YEAR
Biblical Studies
General Psychology
Speech
Principles of Accounting
Secretarial Procedures
Calculating Machines
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SEMINARY
C,ompletion o'f the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the s,tudent for admission into a theologi,cal seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Western Civilization
Foreign Language*
Sociology 11
Physical Education
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Prob. of Philosowhv
Pol. Sci. or Econimics
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
History of Philosophy
Speech
Electives
4
5
4
4
-
5 4-5
4
- -
8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
8
Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek, students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists o,f 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreien Laneuane
JUNIOR
Religion
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography
American Government
Health and First Aid
Economics I1
History
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
4
5
5
5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
0
-
4
-
5
-
4
- -
4
0
-
0
5
- - 5
- 4
4
-
4
5
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
U.S. History
Prob. of Philosophy
General Psychology
Nat. Science or Math.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teaching
School and Society
Soc. Prob.
Speech or Literature
History
Seminar
Electives
-
10
5
-
4
-
-
4
4
3
4
- - -
-
4
-
4
4
-
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in h,istory; and 4 cred,its in each d the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate school.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Social Problems
Art I or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy of Science
Marriage and Family"
Social Statistics*
Social Research*
General Psychology
Speech
Electives
*
Required for the major.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
5
5
-
- - -- 5
5
-
4
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
Biblical Studies
Nat. Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Intro. to Anthropology
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Electives
SENIOR
Religion
Social Psychology*
Sociology 82
Industrial Sociology
Modern Sociology Theory*
Electives
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
-
5
5
4
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
12
115
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theoloav
-"
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Relieion
socilology 51 52 53*
Sociology 54: 55: 56*
Sociology 61:
Psychology 5'
soCiology~31
Electives
*
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
5 5 4
4
4 - - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 -
SOPHOMORE
Biblical S ~
I.~ ~ P S
... I .
Foreign Language
Nat. Science or Math.
Speech or Literature
Pol. Science or Economics
Prob. of Philosophy
Rural American Community
Modern Urban Community
Elective
SENIOR
Religion
Sociology 75, 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4
5-6 5-6
-
4-5
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
-
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of .study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Introduction to Theology
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
Western Civilization
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
Physical Education
JUNIOR
Religion
Intro. to Dramatic Arts
Pol. Science or Economics
Interpretive Reading
Speech 51 or 55
Educational Psychology
Group Activity
Methods in Sec. Educ.
Health and First Aid
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
5 5 4
4
-
--
- -
4
-
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Biblical Studies
Foreign Language
Speech 11
Nat. Science or Math.
Prob. of Philosophy
Logic
Speech 12 or 52
Acting
General Psychology
SENIOR
Religion
Soeech 16 or 67
~ h e e c hpathology
Stage Direction
Student Teaching
Seminar for Stud. Teach.
School and Society
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
117
CRSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
.... Vice-chairman
Mrs. George Nelson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson ............................Treasurer
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Diversified Church Services
Mr. Jerome Formo, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnes'ota
Medical Doctor
Dr. George Hager, Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Education, University of North Carolina
Dr. Philip C. Helland, Burnsville, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Junior College Board
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools, Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director Sales Training, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Mr. R. E. Myhre, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Manager, South Side Insurance Agency
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, St. Paul, Minnesota
Professor, Luther Theological Seminary
Mrs. George Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Vice President and Legal Counsel, Aid Association for Lutherans
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Presdent Oscar A. Anderson
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern Martinson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
ADMINISTRATI
119
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Public Relations Assistant
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Admissions
Jim Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Arthur Nelson ................... Supervisor of Plant Services
Vernon Chilgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Housing Services
Richard L. Berg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comptroller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
Eugene Ecklund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Public Functions
Irving Hoe1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Book Store
Frank A. Gruver, M.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College Physician
Orlin Mandsager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Campus Pastor
Bjame Landa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Student Activities
OMMITTEES OF
THE FACULTY
President's Cabinet: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, Fosse, Fagerlie, G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Mandsager, A. Nelson, Sorlien
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, SkiWe, Sonnack, Thompson,
Nicholl, Hemmingson, Gisselquist, Agre, Haugsby
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0.Anderson, P. Quanbeck, Sonnack,
Miss Pederson, Karlen, Alton, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Ozolins,
Miss Joel
Library: Hanwick, Ozolins, J. Thut, Fardig, Skibbe
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, P. Anderson, Miss
Pederson, P. Quanbeck, Mrs. Hinrichs
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, Bailey, Miss Cole,
Holum, Hansen, R. Anderson
International Education: Mrs. Jensen, Miss Joel, Follingstad, Jenson;
Nicholl (Advisory)
Athletics: Mickelberg, E. Anderson, Savold, Dahlen, Laue
Faculty Social F'unctions: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs.
Anderegg, Saugestad
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, Savdd, Dumpys, Mrs. E. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Budge. Holum, E. Johnsm, Mrs. Jensen,
Sulerud
"Judicial Council: Nelson, C,hrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Mrs. I.
Hanson
*Student-Faculty Council: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johns'on, Miss
Martinson, Pearson, Crepeau
"Convocations: Urdahl, Agre, Miss Aas,kov, Sateren
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
*
Joint Student-Faculty Committees
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
THE FACULTY
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnes'ota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; M.S., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
*Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnemta, 1945; M.A., Nortmhwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), P r ~ ~ f e s s oofr Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
*Hildur Anderson (1965), Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesolta, 1941.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor of Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Colllege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President olf the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Paul S. Anderson (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology and Director of Research Center
B.A., 1957 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S.,1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University d Minnesota.
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion (on leave 196567)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., Columbia University, 1961.
William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University o,f Minnesota.
R o b e a K. Binford (1964), Instructor of French
B.S., Hamline University, 1961; B.A., University of Minnesota, 1963;
M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
"Oscar Blegen, Jr. (1963), Assistant Football Coach and Head Wrestling Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961.
* Part-time
faculty
121
*Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
*L. David Brown (1966), Lecturer in Religion
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; B.A., Concordia College, 1948;
C.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1951.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
*James Burtness (1965), Lecturer in Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; D.Th., Princeton University, 1958.
*Harold Cannon (1962), Instructor sf Spanish
B.A. and B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Pro,fessor of History and Political Science
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
"Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Robert E. Coffman (1965), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1953; M.S., University of California,
1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Mario Colacci (1952), Pro,fessor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), A'ssociate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Kenneth L. Davenport (1962), Instructor of Music (String Instruments)
B.M., Hamline University, 1932; M.M., Minneapolis College, 1938.
Hans Dumpys (1965), Instructor of Relligion
B.A., Augsburg Cocllege, 1956; B.D., Chicago. Lutheran Seminary,
1960; M.Th., Harvard Divinity School, 1965.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Instructor o'f Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University d Minnesota.
*John Eiler (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg Cdlege, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., Northwestern University, 1952.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Pro,fessor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
"Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor of Music (Director of Male
Chorus)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963.
'kDaryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History (on leave
1965-66)
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University o,f Minnesota.
Frank A. Gruver (1963), College Physician with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; M.D., University o'f U'tah,
1959; PARS Certificate, Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63), Assistant Professor of History (on
leave 1963-66)
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Demos P. Hadjiyanis (1965), Lecturer in Economics
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1953; M.S., Ohio University, 1954.
William H. Halverson (1955-56, 1959), Professor of Philosophy and
Religion (on leave 1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1951; .B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1955; M.Th., Princeton Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957; M.A.,
1959 and Ph.D., 1961, Princeton University.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
123
Irene Hanson (1963), Associate Professor of Education
B.S.Ed., 1946 and M.S.Ed., 1948, Temple University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota, 1965.
*L. David Hanson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
Orvald B. Haugsby (1961), Assistant Prolfessor o,f Mathematics
B.A., Wisconsin State College, Superior, 1952.
"John Helgeland (1964), Instructor of Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1962.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Prolfessor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
A. Robert Hemmingson (1957), Assistant Professor of Economics
and Business Administration
B.A., Dana College, 1953; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1957.
Grace Hinrichs (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor olf Art
B.A., Conoordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemisitry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
*Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Pro'fessor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State Co'llege, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952.
Ri'chard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Instructor of Re1,igion
B.A., Augsburg Colllege, 1961; B.Th., Augs:burg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princelton Theological Seminary, 1964.
"Clifton Jackson (1965), Instructor of Music
"Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor o,f German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History and Political Science
B.A., Rangoon Universi.ty, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
John Jenson (1956-57, 1961), As.sistant Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank o~f Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0.Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Selminary, 1959.
"James Johnson (1961), Instructor olf Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
"Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
*Sherman Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965), Instructor of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf Co~llege,1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
*Eunice Kacalek (1966), Instructor o'f Home Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1940; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Robert Karle~n(1959), Assistant Prolfessor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish (on leave
1965-67)
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bernhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
*Emma Kydd (1960-61, 1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1958 and M.S., 1960, University of Minnesota.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Joanne Larson (1965), Instructor of English
B.A., Gustavus Adolplhus College, 1961; M.A., University d Georgia,
1962.
Richard Laue (1963), Instructor of History
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1955, University of Minnesota.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
(on leave 1965-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
125
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minneslota.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant of Chemistry
B.A., A,ugsburg College, 1964.
Orlin L. Rlandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse Universi'ty, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augs,burg Cdlege, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
*Michael McCabe (1965), Lecturer in Makhmatics and Physics
B.A., 1959 and M.S., 1965, Universi.ty of Minnesota.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg C,ollege, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
"Darlene Moland (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., North Dakota Agricultural College, 1956; M.A., North Dakota
State University, 1964.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Res.idence and Instruator of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
Donald F. Moyer (1965), Instructor of Physics
B.A., 1960 ,and M.A., 1962, Miami University, Ohio.
Arthur Nash (1922), Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
*Emma L. Nashan (1963), Instructor of German
B.A., Duke University, 1953; M.A., Indiana University, 1963.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Balwant S. Nevaskar (1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on
leave 1965-66)
B.A., Wilson College, 1946; B.D., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Jean Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Modern Languages
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
"Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Magne Olson (1961-62, 1965), Instructor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1966-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1961.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
"Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S. Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
"Katherine Peterson (1956), Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of
Iowa, 1939.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor d Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University of Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion (on leave 1966-67)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1958 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
127
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor o~f Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., U n i ~ e r s ~ i t09
y Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor o'f Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Oscar Schmiege (1965), Instructor olf Philosophy
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956; B.D., Chicago Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
"Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Assistant Librarian with rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minneso~ta,1961.
Dennis Sjogren (1965), Teaching Aide in Bio'logy
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assis'tant P r ~ ~ f e s s of
o r Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Paul G . Sonnack (1949), Professor of Rdigion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., 1945 and B.Th., 1947, Augsburg
Theological Seminary; M.A., University olf Chicago, 1960.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Prolfessor o'f Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Gladys Stone (1965), Associate Pro,fessor of Sociology
A.A., Modesto Junior College, 1942; B.S. and B.A., Was,hingto,n
University, St. Louis, 1944; M.A., University of Ch,icago, 1946; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1956.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor o'f Biology
B.A., Concordia Co,llege, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
"Michael Sutyak (1965), Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory of Music, 1956.
"Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iolwa State University, 1958.
"Elvira Thomson (1965), Lecturer in Home Economics
B.S., 1929 and M.S., 1947, University of Minnesota.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor olf Music
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor of Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Circulation Librarian
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1962.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor o'f Sociology (on leave
1965-66)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Pro'fessor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Ur&ahl(1943), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Ins.tructiona1Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Peter H. Armacost (1959-61, 1963-65), Ass,istant Professor of Psychology and Dean of Students
B.A., Denis'on University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Emil Balz (1963-65), Instructor of Modern Languages
Abitur, Friedrich Schiller Oberschule, Germany, 1937; Akad, Geprufter Ubersetzer, Heidelberg Univers,ity, 1949.
"Merrilyn Belgum (1960-65), Instructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1946; M.S.W., University o,f Denver,
1956.
*James Boyce (1964-65), Instructor of Latin
B.A., Luther Coll,ege, 1964.
'i'Jacqolyn Cherne (1960-62, 1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958.
*Linda Crawford (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1960.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964-65), Instructor of Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962; M.S., Michigan State University,
1964.
129
S. Hugh Fitch (1964-65), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., 1949 and M.A., 1951, University of New Mexico.
Kirsten Giving (1964-65), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., St. Olaf College, 1960; M.A., University d M,innesata, 1964.
"Patricia Hatteberg (1965), Instructor of Home Economics
B.S., Eowa State University, 1948; M.S., University of Minnesota,
1952.
*Evelyn Irving (1964-65), Visiting Professor of Language Methods
B.A., 1941 and M.A., 1947, Florida State University; Ph.D., University
of Illinois, 1950.
"Dennis Lane (1960-65), Instructor of Music (Organ)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
*Frederick Z. Lesher (1963-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Carthage C,ollege, 1958; M.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Iver B. Olson (1945-65), Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Auggburg College, 1935; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago
Lutheran Theo1,ogical Seminary, 1957.
Joseph W. Richen (1964-65), Ins~tructorof Speech
B.A., Berea College, 1960; M.A., Ohio University, 1962.
* R d d R. Ricketts (1964-65), Instructor of Music (Brass Instruments)
B.M., 1954 and M.M., 1955, Manhattan School of Music.
Donna Schlorf (1961-65), Instructor d Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; M.A., Universi~tyof Minnesota, 1964.
Ruth Segolson (1944-65), Professor of Home Economics
B.S., 1925 and M.A., 1938, University of Minnesota.
"MertonStrommen (1947-65), Instructor d Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1942; C.Th., 1944 and B.Th., 1950, Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.A., 1954 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
"Joyce Tester (1963-65), Instructor d Home Economics
B.S., 1955 and M.A., 1959, Univers,ity of Minnesota.
"MargaretUroff (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Middleburg College, 1956.
"HelenWatkins (1964-65), Instructor of English
B.A., Radcliffe College, 1960; M.A., Yale University, 1962.
131
GRADUATES
1964
Aadland, Carolyn Irene . . . . . . Westbrook
Laycock, Ronald George ... Miniaeapolis
Aarsvold, Dawn Joanne Asp Mii~neapolis Lee. Lance Jerome ......
Minneapolis
Almer, Charles E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Leifgren, Joyce Michele .. Fwderic, Wis.
Anderson. Donald A. . . . . . Ilzidson. Wis.
Lindberg. Curtis Martin . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, Luther Leroy ... Miitneapolis
Lindell, Sharon L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Anderson. Orville Keith . . V ~ n t q r r n In.
Lindgrcn, Mary Margaret . . Miinteapolis
~ i ~ ; ~ l ~ i ~
~ ~ i iDavid
;
~ n d e r s o n ;~ i c h a c d - ~ : - - . -..:.
.
Lobben.
Charles . . . . . Minneapolis
Arends, Myra Mildred . . ..,.. Wabnsso
Long. J o h n H. . . . . . . . . . ..
S t........
Pnqrl
Armstrong, Kenneth B . . . . Mii~necipolis ~ u n d Richard
.
Allan . . . . . . . .~ i n n e a p o l i s
Lundby, Kathyrn Ann . . . Spriiag V a l l e ~
Bakke, David Allen . . . Mii~neanr
Ais
Lyle, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mii~iaeal,olis
Bakke, Karlton ............... Ztintbrota
Berg, Andrew Melford . . . . . . . Willnaar
Marti~lson. Anltn Louise . . . . . . . . Caiab?~
Bjorndahl, Vern Roland . . . . . Minllcnpolis
Matliisrl~i, I>I*:>IByr'ran . . . . . . . . Bngle!~
Bloedel, Karen Lee . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
McTVaIlt!t'. Ivv .Tea11 . .............
H o r n ~ ~ r ~ o, o.Ill.
..r.l
Borsgard, Dorothy Diane Saia Jose, Calif.
Mi1lt.r. O < ~ ; I I ; WTIPP
I
. . . . . . Mi?~iaecipolis
Braaten. Bruce E. . . . . . . C n i ~ i l o i ~Falls
Mo1.11id. Ilritl, Rlnllic . . . . . . . . . Malta, Ill.
Bruget, Mur iel Marie . . . . . . . . Miiu~eapolis Moore, Cleve J., J r . ..... Escni~aba.Micll.
Munson, Mary Helena . . . . . St. ~ n G Pl a r k
Carlson, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . .Mi?ti~eapolis Murdock, Peggy L. Snn F ~ a n c i s c o .Calif.
Chartrand. William Roger Escanabn, Mich.
Museus, Rodger Raymond . . . Mini~eapolis
Clomau, Pearlie M. . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Myrvik, Wayne E. ... Edinore, N. Dalc.
Cotton, Sheldon Eugene . . . Volga, S. Dak.
Nelson, Joyce Marlene . . . . . Minncnpolis
Daggett, Charles Marshall . . . . Riclafield
Nelson. Loren Carlyle . . . . Minnrupolis
Damcke, David Robert . . . Minneapolis
IVfx.
Nevin, Robert Samuel . G~rtrrl~crlrir~rl.
Daniels, Diana . . . . . . . . . Jnii~estozun,N.Y.
Nordin, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . I.frl:rh I.lll!rtr~
Day. Dallas Charles ......... St. Paul
Nordin. Ronald James . . L!rlr<, Lilltori
Denny, Daren Gladys . . . . . . . Minneapolis
.
DesChaine, J u d i t h Ann . . . . . Minneapolis
Oltedahl. Harry Arlan . . . . . . . Bagley
DeVrieze, J e r r y Dean ........ H n ~ f i e l d Olson, DeLoy M. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Duerr. Allan J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Min?~enpolis Olson, DonaeBill Glen . . . . Minileapolis
Dyrud, Philip M. ........... Ne~ufoldeit Olson. Merlin Iver . . . . . . . . Minneanolis
Olson. Theodore W. . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f n a a n
Engwall. Paul R. ............ Minnenpolis
Ostenhus, Stephen . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson, Dennis John . . Serittle, Wasl~.
Erickson. Ronald W. . . Colziinbin H e i g l ~ t s Parks, J a m e s Wayne
....... Mi?t?aeapolis
Paulson, Ellen A n n . . . . . . . . Clitherall
Fenrick, Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Truiiaaia
Pearson. Lloyd Allen . . . . . Payilesville
Formo, David Jerome . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pedersen. Arla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneanolis
Fosland, Barry Duane . . . . . . St. P a u l
~ e d e r s o n : Patricia Streckpr ..... s e d a n
Friederichs, Suzan Barbara . . Mi?u~eapolis petersen,' ~ i a n ~e v e l i n . M i i ~ i ~ e a p o l i s
Peterson, K i m Lowell ...... Minneapolis
Gerdeen. Charlotte Ann Escctnabci. Mich.
Peterson, Marie Annette ... Mini~enpolis
Gesche. Connic Rae
~ l 7 , c '1~:nrflr Pfeiler, J e a n S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rrtshford
Gilbcrtson, Diane M,arie . . M17111e~c]iolrs Pfleider, Carol J e a n . . . . . . Minnennolis
lis
Grow, R o ~ ~ a Fl ~
r ai n c ~ s. . . . . . M ~ t l ~ ~ c t ~ l ~ oPiper,
Charles Michael . . . . . .
iaeaiolis
. . n l ; ~ r i r r o p ~ ~ l r sPoeschel, Ronald E. . . . . . . ..~.i nExcelsior
Grotli, IIenry Frcdrick
Gustafson, Dale Leonard . . . . . ~ i c l l J i e l d Prigge, Robin William .... . . , St. Pnzil
.
-::::
Habeck. Marearet Jeanne . . . Minneanolis
Quanbeck, Helen M. ........ St. Paul
11alvrrs~n. 1i: Lester . . . . ~ i i ~ ? ! i ~ n ~ o l i s
Hamilton. Linda Marie . . . . n'liitnc~clinlis Rake, Larry Burton . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hammar. Hobcrt C.. J r . . . . . nl711i1cr1poli.v Ranum. Bruce C. . . . Thief River Falls
Hanse, Susan Lynn . . . . . . . . . . . . Morris
Ercvlwor
R ~ f e D ~ a n- e K
--a
- v
. . . . ..........
Hanson. Betty Elaine . . . . . . Robbiilsdale
~ i ~ ~ d a Rondi
hl.
anic ice . . . . . . . . B r o o t o ~
Hanwick, Linda C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
robin so^^. Ricl~ardIIenry . . . M~nnenpolis
Heide. Marilvn B. . . Alkabo. N. Dnk.
Rosenq~tist, Stclla Kyllo . . . Wanniningo
11jeln;eland. ' ~ a u r e n e Carol ~ i ~ & r c c r ~ , ~ lRosvold,
rs
Ann Elaine ...... Cottonwood
IIoel. Avis Corrine . . . . . . . . . . Miltllra~~ulls Rundell, Dale Michael . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Hollstadt, Ronald Norman
Holter, 0 Trygve . . . . . . . . . . .Min?teapolis
Saari, Geoffrey W. ....... Sleepy Eye
Hoversten. Allen R. . . . . . . . . Mini~eapolis Schmid, Lesley Kay
Braham
Hovland, Virginia Louise ...... St. Pazil
Schornstein, James Arthur ... St. Paul
Husby, Marvin Louis, J r . Menonlonie, Wis.
Schutz, Charles W. . . . . . . . . . . . Zrinabrota
St. P a u l
Schwantes. George W.
Jackson, Raul Anthony . . . Bro?ax, N.Y.
Sidney. David Theodore Grafton. N. Dak.
Jacobsen, David C.
Miianeapolis
Simonson. Fave L . Newinan Grove.. -Neb.
- Jacobson. Loren Varland Mason City, In.
Simpson, . ~ a i d r a A. ........... Spicer
Jenke, James Michael ...... Ozuatoitna
Spangenberg, Stanley Fred . . Fairmont
Johnson. A n n Louise ......... St. P a u l
Spiess, J a m e s Ronald ...... Minneapolis
Star, Deanne M. ............ Minneapolis
Steenson, Karen Henry . . . . . . Webster
Stordahl. Sharon Ann . . . . . . Madelia
l
Strom. William F. . . . . . . . . . St. P
- au
~.
Johnson, Roger Gerald . . . . . . Wayzatn
~11tld111h.
Mary Y\.onne
. Miilncopolis
Jorenby, Verlie Ann Block . . Minneapolis
Sucloli, S n t o r ~.~ . . . Tsil C i t ~ Japan
,
J u n g , Wei Hin Kelowna, B.C., Canada
swan so^^. Sharon ~ e e. . . . . . Goodridge
Szepanski, William . . . . . . . . . Ricl~field
Kalbcrg, Diane Carol . . . . . . Orloi~uillc
Kasberg, Lee Carolyn . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Dagmar V. Tacoma. Wash.
Kelly. J n r k William . . . . Plrlnier, nlicl~. Thomuson. Lana Marie
. . . . St. Paul
Kelsey, Robert Carleton . . . . . . St. Paril
~ h o m p s o h ; ~ a r i l y n ~ ~ i a n i e - Lldii
Klaman. Patricia J e a n ....... Minneanolis
Marinette, Wis.
Tjaden, Ann Marie
~ l a m m b r . Karen K a v ..... ~ u t c h ~ n s o l Todem.
~
Allen Krist ........ DeKalb, 111.
~ l e v o s .w
- ~ ~ i i~i ri. t h ; ~ r. ~1rh-eL ~ l l i a n Tonder, Paul Larry ........ Minneapolis
Kohout. Karen Lu Verne . . . Mtni~eapolis Torstenson, Dorthea A. Hake Alexandria
I<rogsrud. Karla 1,isbcth ... Mri~ncapolis
Kuehne, Richard E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vadis, J a m e s Roger ......... Minneapolis
Kyllonen. Donna J e a n ...... Minneapolis
Vesterso, Anne B. ... Egeland. N. Dak.
Kyvig. Margery L. ......... Starbtick
Waldner, Garrett Warren . . . . . . Hector
I.andeen, Richard Frank . . . S l i l l w u l e ~ ~ Walgren, Carla Rae ........ Minneapolis
I.angager, Bruce Allen ..... Mii~neupolrs Walgren, Michael William . . Minneapolis
..... Still~uater Wallin, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minnenp,olis
Lynn
L ~ ~ n g n e s sGary
.
........
......
..........
...
.:.
W e s t p h a l , W a r r e n A. ...... Minneapolis
W h e e l e r . M a r k D. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
W o l d , Eunice M. . . . . . . S i o u x C i t y , l a .
..
Roseville
A n d e r s o n , A l f r e d E d w i n R u g b y , N. D a k .
Anderson. Daniel W . ...... Eaule B e n d
Anderson. G a r v V . . . . . . . .
Richfield
Anderson. ~ o y c eMarie ~ p ; . i n g L a k e Park
A s p l u n d , Lowell H . ......... Minneapolis
A u g s t . Bonita A n n ...... Montgonteru
A u s t i n , George Lionel ...... B r i d g e t o w n ,
B n ~ b n d o s ,Britisla W e s t Indies
Bacon, N a n c y L e e ............ W i n d o i n
B a u m , Donald F. ...... Z i o n G r o v e , Pa.
B e r g , A r v i d S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brainerd
Berg. E d y t h e E . . . . Czintberland. W i s .
B e r g , M a r y A n n Holland . . . Minnenpolis
B e r g h , Marie K . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
B e r g m a n , Eunice V . ...... M i n n e n ~ ~ o l i s
Blosberg, G a r y K . ... Col7~ntbinHeights
B o d i n , B e t t e Jane . . . . . . . . Riclafield
B r o d i n , Peter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dnssel
B u b o l t z . Larry G e n e . . Bnffrllo L a k e
B u r r i , Phyllis Darlene . . . Decorah, In.
Carter, Darryl G . . . . . . Coltlnl bin Heights
Chilgren, K e i t h V . ........ Minneapolis
Christopherson, A n i t a M. Elk M o u n d , W i s .
Cogelow, Mary A n n . . . . . . . . . Willntnr
C o l t v e t , Cordelia Elizabeth Estheruille. In.
Dahl, Gerald A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dittbenner, S h a r o n J e a n .... S p e e p u E u e
Dooies, Douglas K e i t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
D y r u d , David L . . . . . . . S i l u e r t o n , O r e .
D y r u d , K e i t h P . ............ N e w f o l d e n
W o o l s o n , S h a r o n A n n . . . . . . . Hastings
Y u e , H e n r y K a - H e n . . . . . . . . .Hong K o n g
Z i e m a n n , K e n n e t h Charles
Welconle
...
Johnson, K i n n e y L e e . . . . . Minneapolis
-- J o h n s o n , Ronald Howard
Colz~nabia Heioltts
.Tohnson. Sylvia Marie . . . \ V ~ I I ( I I I I ~ ; I ~ O
K n m g , Kcndall A. . . . .
nlinnen~~ol~s
K e m h c s , Throdorc?
~;lcr,ts, ~ : r e ~ , c r
Kildal. S h a r o n N a n c y Christensen
P ~ n e Czl!j
K i n e s b u r v . Richard W i l l i a m Minneanolis
~ l a g ~ Neil
e , Owen ......... ~ i n n e a p o l i s
K l e m e n h a g e n , R o b e r t J . . . . . . . . Olivin
K l e v e n , Carol J e a n ......... Minneapolis
K r a n z . T h o m a s W . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
K u n z e , S h a r o n Mae . . . . . . . . . S t . Pazll
K y l l o , S u s a n Lucille ......... Long L a k e
L ~ n c l r y . Leonard R c v a e G o l t l e ~ l Vnlleli
Langness. Carol J e a n W e l c h .
Da?uson
1.al.son. Marilyn J O A I I I I. . . B!/<'I's,Colo.
Larson, Merlin E . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hnnska
Larson, Paul E d w i n ......... Minneapolis
Larson. Ronald M. .............. Morn
L e w i s , ' ~ m l i nF r a n k , Jr. . . . . . L i n d s t r o m
L i n d b e r g , W a r r e n B . ........ Zim?ner?nan
Livingston, F r a n k H e n r y . . Minneapolis
L o f s t e d t , L i n d a E. . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
L u o m a , J o h n K e n n e t h . . . . . . Minneapolis
L u t h a r d , Lois Elaine ......... H o f f m m a
Martinson, Gerhard . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martinson. L e R o v J. . . . . . . . . . . . . Edina
Eberhart, T h o m a s V . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
E d i n , Richard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Staples
Mattson. Janice I . ........... Alexand?-ia
Eiler, J o h n E . . . . . . . . . Cn?anoia Falls
McDonald, S t a n l e y A l l e n . . . M t . L a k e
McIntyre, John A . . . . . . . . . . . . Owatonna
E k e r e n , Constance Margit T h i e f R i v e r Falls
Meyers. Daniel K . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ellis, G a r y M. . . . . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
E l m e r . K a t h l e e n A n n . . . A r u..
~ i l e .W i s .
Miller, M a r y A n n ......... E d e n , S . D a k .
Miller, S a l l y S u e .......,
Minneapolis
Engebretson, B r u c e A l a n
Col?i?nbiri Heights
Morreim, Dennis C l i f f o r d . . . Manclaeqter
E n g e l , Dale L . ......... H o w a r d L a k e
Nelson, L a r r y Charles ... G o l d e n V a l l e y
E n s e r , Martha J a n e N e w R i c h m o n d , W i s .
Nesland, J e a n Marie Bergenfield, N.J.
Erickson. David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Par11
Ness. Marcia Ellen ......... H i n c k l e y
E r v i n .. V i r g-i n i a M . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fehlandt, Wayne A, . . . . . . . . . Hop-kins
N e w h a m , Richard D.
Minneapolis
Scandia
Nielsen, Marilyn Doris
~
i
~ steven
l
~ ~~d~~~
~
~ ......
,
M~~~~~
Feig, Charles T h o m a s . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fieldhammer. Paul A l a n ... B l o o m i n g t o n
Minneapolis
N o b l e , T h e o d o r e G., Jr.
Flittie, William Tron . . . N e w Brighton
Fornell, Natalie Sheryll . . . B a r r o n , W i s .
Ohlson, K a r e n Marie ...... Minneapolis
Forslund, Margaret Christine . . C h a m p l i n
Olson, D w i g h t C . .......... S t . Paul
Francis, Donald R o b e r t . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Olson. G a r v K . . . . . . . . . . .C a n n o n Rails
Frederickson, K a t h r y n A . Poulsbo, W a s h .
0 l s o n : ~ t ~ t l i tMarian
h
. . . . . . Minneapolis
Fredine, G a y L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson. I.ylc G c n c . . . . . . . . Minnenr~olis
Freeberg, B r i a n M a r t i n . . L e w i s , W i s .
Onstad, Peter Charles ....... Minneapolis
Friberg, T e r r y l L . ........... Clarkfield
Oppegard, Dawn Joyce Johnson
W6nnonnnlin
Friederichs. H e l e n M . . . . . . Minneapolis
p"...
Fundingsland, R o b e r t Arnold ~ i n n e a p o l i s osmundson. l g i z a b e t h
.. ~
i
~
~
~
~ j u d li t h i
~ .~. ~ ,
l w i s , ~ O s t r o m~. ~ i t r i~c i a Louise
~
. . . . ,. . Ogilvie
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Gjerde. Mark Luthard
Richfield
O y e n , Hildur Marie
Poulsbo. W a s h .
G r i n d a l , Gracia Marie ...... Richfield
G u d m e s t a d , Julie Ann ...... Minneapolis
Patenaude, David L . . . . . . . . . . Lakeville
Paulson, Leslie N.. J r . R i v e r Falls. W i s .
G u n d e r s o n , David G l e n . . S t . P a z ~ lPark
G u s t a f s o n , Gail E t h e l y n . . . . . . . . D u l u t h
P a u t z , Roger Carl . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
G u s t a f s o n , Gerald L . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Pearson, Lois A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C a n b y
Pedersen. Elizabeth Jane Chicago, 111.
P e r k i n s , ' ~ a m u e l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excelsior
Halvorson. J o A n n Margaret . . . Brainerd
Peterson, C a l v i n A. . . . . . . . . C l a r k f i e l d
H a m b e r g , G l e n n E . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson. Joanne K a t h e r i n e Minneapolis
Hamilton. Lois L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Peterson, Lois J . . . . . . . . . . Decorah, l a .
H a m l i n , iferald B . . . . . . . . . B l o o m i n g t o n
Peterson, Mary Carolyn ... Minneapolis
Hanggi, Marlene L . . . . . . . . . . . . . S t . Paul
Peterson, Philip L u t h e r . . . Minneapolis
Hansen, A n n e Marie M o n t e n Minneapolis
Petroskey. J o h n Ernest . . . . . Robbinsdale
Hanson, J o y c e A n n . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B e n s o n
Hanson. Philip Laurel . . . . . . Minneapolis
R a s m u s s e n , L i l a h Ann . . . . . . Minneapolis
H a r p , Lois Jane . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
R e u s s . G a r v D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H o f f m a n
Heere.
Gelene ... Buffalo Lake
-- .
-..
, Marearet
- - -H i n z , ~ o b e A ~ i d n e y l , : .. . . . ~ o i i t hH a v e n
~ e u i s ; G U ~ D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ o f f m q n
R e y n o l d s , J u d i t h A r l e n e . . . . . Minneapolzs
Hochsteller. N a n c y ...... A n t e r y , W i s .
R i d g e w a y . L e e A n n . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, George W . . . . . . . . . . . . D a w s o n
R o b a c k , I. Patricia S t e e n s o n Minneapolis
Hoseth. Donald M . . . . . . . . . T w o Harbors
N e w Prague
R o b i n s o n , K e n n e t h B r u c e . . . Minneapolis
H u b e r , Sandra L .
Robinson. Paul W a y n e ... C a n n o n Falls
H u s e b y , J a n e ................. P e n n o c k
R o s e , Richard C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hustad, Ronald C . ........... Minneapolis
....
......
......
.....
.........."
.........
~
~
133
~
~
Sather, James Kent ........ Minneapolis
Savolainen, James William
Negaunee. Mich.
Scholla. Larrv Richard . . . . . . . . . Hector
Schoumaker, Linda Jeanne . ~ i n n e a p o l i s
Seburg, E. Cheryl Domeier Minnetonka
Shelstad, Jeffrey Milo . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sideen, Neil Charles ......... St. Paul
Simonson. Terry Arnold . . . Minneapolis
Skurdahl, Clayton 0. ......... Madison
Stephen, Linnea Marie . . . . . Minneapolis
Stiefel, Winslow Alan . . . St. Paul Park
Stone, Dale Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . Fridley
Minneapolis
Stone, Howard Walter
Strecker, Priscilla A. . . . . . . . . . . . Sedan
Strommen. Steven Terrance St. James
Svanoe, Miriam Kareen . . . . . . . . Edina
Swanson, Shirley Marie ... Red Wing
Swenson, David Adair . . . . . Minneapolis
......
Taeger, David Alan Elroy
Trout Creek. Micl~.
Tessman, William Richard . . Minneapolis
Thompson, Byron Thomas . . . Benson
Thompson, Charles R. . . . . . Northfield
Thompson, Judy Rae Ann . . Brainerd
Thyren, Gary W. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Karen D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Tofte, Sharon Ann . . . . . . Wallace, S. Dak.
Tolzman, Virginia Joyce . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Carol Phyl . . . . . . Minneapolis
Torstenson, Robert J. . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Triden, Kathleen Ann ...... Minnetonka
Tyson, Robert W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Uden, Larry Arthur
Urban, Darrell B.
......... Minneapolis
......... Robbinsdale
Vagle, Virgil David . . . . . . . . Lake Bronson
Viken, Gary Arthur . . . . . . Minneapolis
Vincent, Thomas Lowell . . . . . Minneapolis
Volden, Kristina Mae
......
Viroqua, -Wis.
Wagner, Wanda . . . . . . . . . Dwight, Ill.
Walker. Mary Ann . . . Clear Lake. Ia.
Warren, David Bruce . . . New Brighton
Wehner, Catherine Ann . . . Bloomington
Wessman. Quentin Frederick. I1
Minneapolis
West, Lyndon W. . . . . . . . . . . . Clarkfield
Wiegers, Haven Fairmont Sauk Centre
Wiger. Loren D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cyrus
Wilson, Joy R. . . . . . . Clear Lake, Wis.
Wulkan, Paul D. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Zeller, Robert Mitchell
. . . . . . . . . St.
Paul
SUMMARY OF
GRADUATES
Graduates - 1870-1963 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3112
Graduates - 1964 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Graduates - 1965 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3496
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1964-1965
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Wolmen Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior ...................
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman ................
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurs'e (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121
140
151
278
40
0
0
0
0
87
208
121 261
161 312
244
522
-43
84
41
41
49
49
41
41
88
88
TO875 160%
108
128
155
263
34
0
0
0
0
688
85
193
115 243
153
308
235
498
28
62
,39
39
42
42
25
25
82
82
- 804 1492
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ............................. . 123
Junior ............................... 144
Sophom,ore .......................... 157
Freshman ............................ 285
Special .............................. 49
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) ..................... 0
Fr.Nurse(M.H.) ....................
0
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) .....................
0
Total ............................... 758
Women
Total
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1964-1965
Men Students ......................................
758
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 889
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1647
Deducting those clounted more than cmce .................
2
.
1645
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE. 19651966
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Men Women Total Men Women Total
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore ..............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr . Nurse (D H.) .........
Fr. Nurse (F. H.)
Fr . Nurse (M H.) .........
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) .........
Total ....................
.
..........
.
131
132
209
292
41
0
0
1
0
101
132
171
267
24
42
42
39
80
232
264
380
559
65
42
42
40
80
106
128
194
288
32
0
0
0
0
806
898 1704 748
89
195
126 254
169 363
259 547
26
58
42
42
36
36
35
35
78
78
860 1608
TOTAL ACADEMIC YEAR
Men
Class
Senior ...............................132
Junior ...............................136
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Freshman ............................ 302
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Fr . Nurse (D H.) ..................... 0
Fr . Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0
Fr . Nurse (M. H.) ..................... 1
0
Fr . Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
.
Women
Total
101
134
178
273
33
43
42
39
80
923
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1965-1966
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . ............................
923
.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1756
135
INDEX
Academic Administration
Accounts. Payment of
Accreditation
. . .
Administration . . . .
Admission . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement .
Advanced Standing . . . .
Affiliation
. . . . . .
Aims and Objectives
.
Archives, The .
Art. Department of . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . .
.
Biology. Department of . . 51. 100
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . 12
Board of Regents .
.
. 118
Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . 9
Business Administration . 53. 101
. . . 55. 101
Business Education
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . 44
Chapel Service. The
. . . 26
. . . . . . . . . . 57. 102
Chemistry
Classical Languages . . . . 5 9
Classification of Students
. 44
30
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coaching Endorsement
68
Co-curricular Program . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . 120
Comprehensive Examinations . 46
43
Conditions . . . . . . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Corrective Therapy . . .
97
Costs
. . . . . . . . . . 12
Counseling . . . . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . 48
Courses of Study
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . 99
Art
. . .
. . .
99
Biology . . . . . . . . 100
Business Administration . . 101
Business Education
. . . . 101
Chemistry . . . . . . . 102
Dentistry
. . 102
Economics . . . .
. 102
103
Elementary Education .
Engineering
.
.
104
English
,105
French . . . . . . . . . . 105
General Liberal Arts
.
99
105
German . . . .
Greek . . . . .
. . . 106
106
Health and Physical Ed.
High School Teaching . . . . 103
History . . . . . . .
.
.
108
Mathematics
1 0 8
109
Medical Technology . .
Medicine . . . . . . . . . 109
Ministry . . . . . . . 114
Music . . . . .
. . . . . 110
..
11 1
Natural Science
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . 111
. . . . . . . . . . 112
Physics
.
112
Political Science
Psychology
. . . . 112
....
. . . . 113
Religion
Scandinavian
. . . . 113
. . . 113
Secretarial Work
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 114
. . 115
Social Science . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . 115
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . 102
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
43
Distinction. Degree with . .
. . 48
Divisional Organization
.
. 30. 96
Dramatics .
54. 102
Economics . . . . .
Education. Department of . . 61
Education. Elementary
. 61. 103
Education. Secondary . . 62. 103
42
Electives . . . . . .
. . 34
Eligibility Requirements
Employment
. . .
22
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course .
. . . . . 104
English. Department of . . 63. 105
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Entrance Requirements
23
. .
46
Examinations .
..
. .
12
Expenses
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73. 105
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 965).
Summary of . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Grants-in-aid . . . . . . . . . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Numbering of Courses . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
. - 9 6
Schools of . . . .
Objectives and Aims . . . . .
Organizations. Student . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Health and Physical Ed . 67. 106
Health Service . . . . . 37
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . 103
. . . .
7
Historical Sketch
History . . . . . . . . . . . . 70. 108
Honors . . . . . . . .34. 43. 97
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . 96
37
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . . 48
. . .
.
.
43
Incompletes
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . 32
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
,
.
.
65
97
Laboratories. Natural Science 11
60
Latin . . . . .
Liberal Arts Curriculum
99
. . . . . . . . 10
Library
..
63
Library Science . . .
.
. . .
14
Loan Funds
Location
. . . . . . . . . 2, 3
Majors . . . .
. .
Mathematics . . . . .
Medical Technology
Medicine. Pre-Medic
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ministry, Preparation for the 114
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages,
Department of . . . . . . . . . 73
Music, Department of . . . 78, 110
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31, 81
. . . . . . 42
. . . 72. 108
. . 96. 109
Courses 109
8
30
36
Payment of Accounts . . . . . 13
36
Personnel Services. Student .
Philosophy. Department of 82. 111
. 32. 67
Physical Education
Physics. Department of . . 83. 112
Placement Service for
.
. . . 39
Graduates
9
Plant. The Physical . . . .
Political Science . . . . 86. 112
Pre-Seminary Curriculum
. 114
Probation . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of
. . 88. 112
Publications . .
. . . . . 29
,
Records
Recreation . . . . . . . . . . . 26.
Refunds
.
....
Regents. Board of
..
Registration . . . .
Registration. Change of . . .
Religion. Department of . 89.
Religious Program
Repeating Courses .
.
Requirements. Graduation
Room Costs
37
32
13
118
4 3
44
113
27
43
41
12
Scandinavian Studies
76. 113
. . . . . . . . . 16
Scholarships
Secretarial Courses
56. 113
137
Social and Recreational
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Activities
Social Sciences. Division of the 49
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Sociology. Department of 92. 115
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77. 105
Special Programs of Study . . 96
Speech. Department of . . 94. 116
Student Activities.
Coordination of . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . . . . 28
Student Personnel Services .
36
Suspension of Students . 26. 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . . . 61. 103
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . .
24
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . 12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements .
46
41
American Studies
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
An Interdepartmental Major Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the student's understanding of American culture, past and present, in breadth as well as some
depth. The major is interdepartmental, built primarily upon American area
courses now offered in various departments.,
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies
in law and the ministry, for the M. A. in library science and the M. A. T. in
secondary school teaching. The major would also provide a good background
for careers in the U. S. Government, particularly civil service positions
and the foreign service.
MAJOR:
56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of founaation cou se (29 cr8 .);
a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and
American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar
Be
of concentrated study.
m
e
The required core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science and Religion, aim to give the student a broad
foundation of subject matter in major areas of American culture, past and
preserit, and introduce him to tile methodologies of various disciplines.
English 35: Major .American Writers (5crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1 or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of Amer* lkm. (5 cre.)
Political Science 21: American Gov't 11, American National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
In his program of elective courses, to be talcen in a minimum of three
departments, the student would attempt to achieve a measure of integrated
study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent
Study would attempt to accomplish this.
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 32: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 35
History 55: Twentieth Century United States (4 crs.)
History 56: History of U. S. Foreign Policy (4 crs.)
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, Politics and the Fed. System (5 crs.)
Prereq. Political Science 20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq. Pol. Sci. 20-21
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (4 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psyc. 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) with permission of instructor.
Religion (Sociology) 55: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and 21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Sociology 43: The Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full descriptions of
the above elective courses in the program.
(over)
p?
139
American Studies .courses required:
I
95 Seminar
.#
,"
4 crs.
1 - 3 1
Focuses ob a,limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture.
Use of primary source materials from various dieciplines. Practice in the
integrated use of these materials for an understanding of the topic in
depth. To be taken in the senior year.
.,... .
"I
*A
5 crs*, ,I-.
99 Independent Study
.,
Major themes or topics cutting across course,s;elected in the program are
chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing of several
papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the senior year.
Sample Curriculum in American St1
Term
I1
Freshman year
a
I11
Sophomore year
.
: 5
e : u b , I ,I
Religion 11
- I Religion 21
.I:
!
n.
.
.
.
!
.
4
Englfsh 11-12
-.
Foreign Lang.
History 1,or 2 or 3 4 '
i!.&1FlNat. Sci. or Math.
Sociology 11
4
Phil. 21
Foreign Lang.
5
5
Eng. 35
History 21-22
5
5
Pol. Sci. 20-21
Phys. Act.
1
1/3 - 113
Total
13 113 15 113 14 113 Total
I
Term
I1
5
- . , , p +
,
'I
Junior year,
Economics : .22'.
Speech or Lit .,
(exc. Eng. '87)
Art I or Music 30 I'
Hist. 55
Psych. 81
SOC. 42
soc. 43
Religion 6 3 . .
Phil. 65
Electives
(non-maj
Total
.:
..
Senior year
,
'
*
*
*
*
*
4
4
4
4
or)
, A .
16
*~lectiv~s
in: the major
* Religion 59
* pol.-sci. 70
* Hist. 56
* Educ. 87
* Educ. 82
* Pol. sci; 22
:,
Amer. Studies 95
h e r . Studio8099
Electives . .
(ndn-major)
Total
'b
I11
4
5-6
4
4
5
NEW COURSES OFFERED I N 1967-68
A r t 40
Speech 40
-- IIntroduction
n t r o d u c t i o n t o Cinema A r t s
t o Cinema A r t s
Winter Term
Winter Term
Analysis and c r i t i c i s m of s i g n i f i c a n t . f i l m s ; emphasis on
t h e r o l e of f i l m i n s o c i e t y and on a p p r e c i a t i o n of film a s an
art form
.
Math.
61 -
Linear Algebra
F a l l Term
A course intended t o a i d i n making t h e t r a n s i t i o n from t h e
concrete t o t h e a b s t r a c t . Such, t o p i c s as elementary matrix
a l g e b r a and i t s a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e physical and s o c i a l sciences;
l i n e a r equations; v e c t o r spaces and l i n e a r transformations;
u n i t a r y and orthogonal transformations; t h e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
equation of a matrix and b i l i n e a r , quadratic, and Hermitian
f o r m a r e presented. /&ereq. : 43, ~
3
1
1
7
-
Computer
F a l l , Winter
Science 45- I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Computer Science
Theory of modern d i g i t a l computers. Terms as algorithms,
flow c h a r t s , s t o r a g e , c o n t r o l , input-output u n i t s , and
simulation a r e defined. Includes a survey of computer a p p l i c a t i o n s .
A p a r t i c u l a r computer language i s presented and used t o solve a
v a r i e t y of problems. /&ereq. : Math. 42, F a l l term; None, Winter.
F a l l , Winter 7
Fall. term, tcis course i s intended f o r those who have had Math. 42.
Winter term, t h i s course i s open t o a l l students.
P h i i . zr
- Introductions
t o Ethics
Desfgned p r i m a r i l y f o r non-majors
P h i l . 51
- Symbolic Logic
Spring Term
d e s i r i n g a second course
i n philosophy. Approaches e t h i c s through a consideration of
movements, such as r e l a t i v i s m , naturalism, e t c . ; o r problems,
such a s t h e nature of t h e good, conscience, e t c . ; o r important
f i g u r e s , such as P l a t o , Kant, Hume, e t c .
P r e r e q u i s i t : Phil.. 21
Winter Term
T r e a t s deduction and t h e a n a l y s i s of statements by m a n s of
s p e c i a l symbolc. Topics include t h e method of induction,
p r o p o s i t i o n a l f u n c t i o n s and q u a n t i f i e r s , t h e l o g i c of r e l a t i o n s ,
t h e concept of a n axiom system. Prereq. 23 o r # Winter
.
P h i l . 65
- American
Philosophy
F a l l Term
American thought from c o l o n i a l times t o t h e present:
Puritanism, t h e Revolutionary period, transcendentalism,
idealism, pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. n e r e q . 21. F a l l .
Pol. S c i . 42
-
Communist Foreign P o l i c i e s
Spring
Analysis of t h e motivation. formulation, and implementation
of f,oreign p o l i c i e s of Communist n a t i o n s , w i t h emphasis upon
t h e Soviet Union and China. Prereq. : 51 o r 60.
141
.
5
la"
- Developmental. Psychology:
Psych. 52
-
_
:: m
d
Psych. 51
Psych. 53
. .
Ch'i.ld
F a l l Term
DBvelopment ,of p r s . o n a l i t y :and/or .behavior of children,
with emphasis on t h e o r e t i c a l consideratians and empirical
findings regarding s o c i a l i z a t i o n , cognition, family r e l a t i o n s h i p s ,
and general psychological development. LFrerequisite : Psych. 5
and c o n c u r r e n t , r e g i s t r a t i o ni n o r completion of s t a t i s t i c d
I3evelopmental Psychology: Adolescent
Winter Term
Development of personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
adolesce.nts, with, emphasis on theory and .empirical f i n d i n g s
regardi'ng physical and sexual deveLopment, paren%-child
relationships, i d e n t i t s i and t h e peer group, cognitive
development and achievement, and s o c i a l c l a s s d i f f e r e n c e s .
L g e r e q u i s i t e : Sane as above7
-
- Developmental
Psychology: Adult
Spring Term
Development of :personality and/or behavior p a t t e r n s of
a;dults, with s p e c i a l emphasis on young a d u l t s . Some theory
and empirical findings regarding personality, values, i n t e r e s t s
and vobational choice, s e x u a l i t y , adjustment and behavior
change. Adult Psychology w i l l close with a b r i e f discussion
of findings i n g e r i a t r i z psychology. @erequisite : same as
ab o v d
I
.
.
143
145
147
149
151
153
Show less
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ........ Show more
AUGSBURG
......................
Introduction
....................
Options
Visiting Students
2
-4
................5
Calendar ........................6
.................5
...................7
Lifetime Sports ...................48
Interim Abroad ..................49
Other Courses ...................52
About This Catalog
Interim Courses
Contents
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg
College. The College follows a 4- 1-4 calendar, with fall and
spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a
four-week January Interim. Interim is intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term.
Interim is an opportunity for intense concentration on a
single course of study. Since one Interim course equals a fulltime load, students should plan to spend the same amount of
time in class and preparing for class as they would for a fourcourse load during fall or spring semesters. Students should
be prepared for at least 40 class hours during the Interim and
should anticipate the equivalent of the normal two hours of
study for each class hour. Since the course length is only 3 112
weeks, attendance at every class is imperative. While it is
expected that students will attend every class period, instructors will establish the precise attendance policy for their
courses. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who
chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a
PassINo credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on
the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division
credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and students must select which is most appropriate for their needs.
Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees,
although intended to be accurate, may change; and students
should check with the instructor to verify the final costs.
Students are required to complete at least 33 course credits for
graduation. This course total must include two Interims for
students who enter with fewer than 14 courses. Freshmen are
required to take an Interim course their first year. A maximum of four Interim course credits may be counted toward
the 33 course credits required for graduation. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form or
consult the registrar for the number of Interim courses
required.
Day school students (3.0 credits or more for fall) can take a
total of 1.0 course credit. They may take two half-credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time students (fall term). If less than full-time, they will be charged.
Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim as a
cross registration but will be charged day school tuition $1630
per course credit. If they do so, they may take only 1.0 additional course credit in Weekend College for winter trimester.
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs,
except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed to Lora Steil, affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College,
221 1 Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454. She can be
reached by telephone, (612) 330-1023; or by e-mail,
<steil@augsburg.edu>.
Options
.
International Interim-Students are invited to participate in
the international Interim courses offered by the Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE)
and other consortia. These course opportunities are listed on
page 45. Some courses have early registration deadlines.
Internships deadline-Friday, December 10. January Interim
internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an
internship must meet departmental requirements and present
a signed internship-learning agreement plan to the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning (1st floor Memorial) by the first
day of Interim classes. The learning-agreement forms are
available in the same office. Internships during Interim must
involve full-time work placements for approximately four
weeks. Assistance for planning internships is available in the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
Independent study/research or directed study-Students
may elect a program of independent study (upper division
499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per
Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed
study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements
2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member and
the directedlindependent study registration form.
These forms must be submitted by December 1.
Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can
be obtained in the Office of the Registrar.
Interims at other schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4 institution that offers a reciprocal Interim
arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs are available
in the registrar's office. Registration for Interims at the other
ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other
4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may
not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general
education requirements or major requirements.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges, provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition
does not include special fees, housing, or board costs. Other
students will be charged $1,630 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim
should write to the Ofice of the Registrar for application
forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $25.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required
to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the
Office of Residence Life.
It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor
visiting students may register for 199,299,399, or 499 courses.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments in alphabetical order.
At the end of the book are listings of other courses not
offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim
credit. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports
listed at the end of the catalog. Courses that include travel are
marked with an airplane.
Interim Calendar 2000
November 15 to December 3
January 3
. . . . . . . . . Interim
.
registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .First
. day of Interim
Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day)
Time 11-1:15 p.m
January 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day to register or add a class or
cancel a class without a notation
January 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day for determining
grading option with registrar
January 14 . . . . . . . . . Last day for withdrawing from courses
January 17. . . . . . . . . . . . Martin Luther King Day-no
class
January 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim ends
January 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring semester begins
February 4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interim grades due to registrar
The time, number, and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to 11:45 (Note: on the first day, Time I classes
will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:15 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day-No class
For More Information
For more information contact Barbara Pappenfus in the
Interim Office at (612) 330-1150.
Calendar
Calligraphy I & II
ART 106-J
ART 306-J
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with
emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design
through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on proactive calligraphic concepts with special
attention given to foundation, italic, gothic, and uncial styles.
Three original projects are required and evaluation is based
on quality of work plus participation and growth factors.
Upper division students are required to complete examples in
three historical writing styles plus an expanded project.
Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler, and mat board.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-J
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figures will be depicted with graphite pencils in
various settings for varying lengths of time. Grades will be
based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of
$45 to be paid on the first day of class.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Marine Biology of the Florida Keys
BIO 140-J
BIO 340-J
Instructor: William Capman
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for study of natural
history and ecology of marine, coastal, and sub-tropical communities. This class will spend about 2 112 weeks in Florida at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine
Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities, ocean-going
research platforms, housing, and a dining hall. Field trips to
coral reefs (Looe Key National Park), tide pools, turtle grass
flats, mangrove islands, and upland hammocks will be led by
professional naturalists from the institute. Organisms and
communities will be studied on site and in the laboratory.
Research projects will be initiated shortly after arrival at the
station in order to provide opportunities to gather data over a
period of several days. Visits to Pennicamp State Park, Key
West, and the Everglades will be included. Evaluation will be
based on:
BIO 140: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) a final exam.
Prerequisite for 6'10 140: Any one of the following courses or their equivalents - BIO 101,
102, 103, 113, 114, or consent of the instructor.
BIO 340: (1) field and laboratory records, (2) personal journal, (3) quizzes at Marine Institute, (4) written report of the
research project, and (5) final exam.
Prerequisite for BIO 340: 810 351 or BIO 481 or consent of the instructor.
Estimated cost of the course: $2500 (includes airfare, all
ground transportation, housing and meals while at the institute). Contact the instructors for details.
Prerequisite: See Above
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Laboratory Biochemistry
BIO 368-J
Instructor: Karen Ballen
'I'his ct~i~rsc
is a n in trot1 uution l o tech~iicl~ius
c o m ~ n o n l yt~sccf
in bincIic.misiry. '1~chriic1~1c.s
includc (1,111 not li~llitcdto): ~ I . o w i n extrac~iun,dialysis, spectl-c.~phatomct
ry, S13S p01yair.ylamicle gel ciect rophorcsis, inn txchnngc cIll.clrn;~tclgl.alIhy,
Prerequisites:2.0 in 810 367
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Advanced Computing for Business
MIS 370-J
Instructor: Jim Kattke
Objectives are to learn concepts underlying creation of Web
pages and business communication via the Internet. Use of
relational databases for advanced queries, forms, and reports.
Basics of event-driven programming for solving business related problems. Students will complete three major projects and a
few minor assignments. The course requires significant effort
on projects and constant access to a computer. Cooperation
with fellow students in learning to apply concepts is encouraged. A good grasp of MS Access is required or the willingness
to exercise exceptional effort in learning the tool.
Prereqttlsit~s:MiS 175, CSC 170, consent of the instruct06 or Math Placement Group 3
Mnxltr~~nrr
Fnrollmant: 20
Time: I1
Room: Lindeli 16
Personal Finance
BUS 295-J
BUS 495-J
Instructor: Ashok Kapoor
This is an introductory course in personal financial planning.
Students will be introduced to budgeting, credit, income
taxes, insurance, real estate, investment and retirement planning. BUS 295: quizzes and exams. BUS 495: all of the above
plus some assigned case problemslpapers will be required.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 43
Chemistry for Changing Timer
CHM 100-J
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This course is developed from the perspective of a person
living in a modern, high-technology society such as the
United States. It assumes that before one can evaluate a moral
or societal issue of a scientific nature one at least must be able
to understand the science involved. Anything less is an
impression rather than an informed decision. As we develop
scientific concepts we will at the same time relate them to an
abundance of current issues. We live in a world of pesticides,
fertilizers, plastics, birth control, food abundance and food
shortage, food additives and processing and synthesis, organically and non-organically grown food, chemical dependency,
licit and illicit drugs, the energy crisis, and the debates about
sources of energy, the green house effect, and nuclear waste
storage, pollution, genetic engineering and much more. Many
of these problems are chemical in nature. Thus, in learning
about chemistry, via lecture and in-class discussion, we can
begin to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and
even some of the universe. The grade for the course is based
on a percentage of the score of total points on the daily
quizzes.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Polymer Chemistry and
American Plastic
CHM 104-J
Instructor: Ron Fedie
Previously there was the Stone Age, Iron Age, and Bronze age.
Now we live in the Age of Polymers (and Plastics). Without
this innovative technology, life as we know it would be much
different. The variety of polymer molecules and their properties make up many, diverse plastics and the variations are endless. Many items and materials in the areas of coatings, adhesives, leisure/sports equipment, building/construction, automobiles, furniture, clothes, medical supplies, cosmetics, and
others that are used every day come from different polymeric
materials made from polymer molecules. In this course we
will explore and discuss the world of polymer chemistry.
Polyethylene is one of the most commonly used synthetic
polymers found in "plastic" wrap and trash bags. A common
natural polymer, polyisoprene, is collected from the sap of
rubber trees and tires, golf balls, and latex gloves are just some
of the many uses. The class will focus on two books. One,
American Plastic: A Cultural History, by Jeffrey Meikle for the
historical perspective of our world of polymers. Themes from
the book, the different types of polymers used, and recent
themes such as the recycling of plastics will be discussed. A
second book, Giant Molecules, by Grosberg and Khokhlov, will
help with the previously mentioned themes and give more
depth to the broad world of polymers not covered in Meikle's
book. There will be six lab periods in which some polymer
molecules will be made and several of their interesting properties will be explored. Students will be graded on 25 group
worksheets, 6 quizzes, 6 reflection papers, 6 lab periods, and
an individual project and presentation.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Introduction to Computer Science and
Communications
CSC 160-J
Instructor: Larry Ragland
This course introduces the major areas of computer science
and computer communications. These areas are: algorithms,
algorithm design, algorithm efficiency, hardware, logical circuit design, computer organization, software and operating
systems, programming languages, operating systems, theory
of computation, mathematical foundations of computer science, Turing machines, computer communications and the
Internet, packet switching, Internet services, and operation.
This course will consist of lecture/discussion times with frequent in-class lab exercises on the topics above. Grading will
be based on examinations, labs, and homework. This is not a
course in computer applications or how to use computers,
although we may touch on these topics.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 202
UNlX and C
CSC 272-J
Instructor: Karen Sutherland
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming
language. It is assumed that the student has knowledge of
programming methods and has done programming in some
other language. Evaluation will be done on 10 programming
assignments, two to three quizzes and a final project. Grading
is done by combining the weighted grades of all assignments
and quizzes.
Prerequisite: CSC 170 or programming in some other language
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: Ii
Room: Sverdrup 202
Computer Science
Topics: Computer Science: An
Alternative Scheme One and Two
CSC 273-J/373-J
Instructor: Charles Sheaffer
This course is especially intended for students with no prior
exposure to programming in particular or computer science
in general. It will be a laboratory intensive, self-paced course
using the Scheme programming language. We will introduce
an alternative approach to some of the most important concepts of computer science including problem solving, simulation, object-oriented programming, functional programming,
procedural and data abstraction, and program interpretation.
Students with knowledge of programming will benefit from
exposure to the alternative paradigm represented by the
Scheme language and will acquire a concrete understanding
of how these important concepts are actually implemented in
real languages and machines. Students will be evaluated based
on a series of programming projects. CSC is a continuation of
CSC 273.
Graduation Skill Requirement: for CSC 373, Critical Thinking
Prerequisite: CSC 273. none; for CSC 373, CSC 273 or consent of the instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 205
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-J
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of the many problems facing
a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: crime prevention, health issues, discrimination,
education, etc. Basic microeconomics tools of analysis will be
developed in class. This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in economics, business
administration, accounting, or MIS. Three objective examinations.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 112-J
Instructor: Satya t? Gupta
The objectives of the course are to give students fundamental
principles of macroeconomics; national income analysis,
monetary and fiscal policy, and international trade. Simple
applications will be used. Students will take tests every week
and grades will be based on tests, participation in class and
problems solved.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Practicum and Seminar in Special
Education
EDU 491-3
Instructor: Susan O'Connor
A supervised field placement that serves people with disabilities, plus an on-campus seminar. Students planning to take
this course should consult with the special education coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.
Students must complete designated hours of fieldwork as well
as written and reading assignments.
Prerequisite: EDU 282, completion of courses for special education minor; or consent of
instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 9
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 4
Economics
I
American Dialects: Differences and
Attitudes
ENG 219-J
Instructor: John Schmit
Because language plays an important role in our socialization,
the way we speak tells others who we are and with whom we
identify. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economic
standing and our cultural background. In this course we will
explore the ways in which both personal and group identities
are reflected by the ways in which we speak. We will examine a
number of American varieties of English and will attempt to
describe the rules by which these varieties operate. Class sessions will include brief lectures, student presentations, and
student-led discussions. In addition to presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a
final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Theatre In and Around London
ENG 269-J
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
The purpose of this course is to study live theatre in London
and Stratford. For more information, contact Prof. Ron
Palosaari, (612) 330- 1005.
Topics: Introduction to Asian American
Literature
ENG 282-L
ENG 482-L
Instructor: Joan Thompson
In an essay about multicultural American literature, Walter J.
Ong writes that "literature is organized experience and consciousness. Since cultures organize experience and consciousness variously, the study of the literature of another culture
opens new vistas both into the exterior world and into the
human heart." This course will explore some of these vistas
through readings and discussions of nonfiction works, poetry,
short stories, a play, and a novel by Asian American authors.
Some ideas the writers take as subjects through their art
include definitions of an Asian American voice, explorations
of cultural and individual identity, visions of community, and
coming of age. Class sessions will include discussion of the
historical and social contexts that influence the writers studied. In addition to the reading, students will view at least one
Asian American film and possibly attend a relevant performance or reading. Course grades will be based on reading
journal, a short paper, a final exam, class attendance, and participation. Upper division students will read an additional
novel and write a research-based paper on it.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
English
I
Topics: Investigating the Victorian
Thriller
ENG 282-0
ENG 482-0
Instructor: Dallas Liddle
This course will study the phenomenon in 19th-century
Britain of the popular novel of suspense, mystery, and terror.
Early in the century these tales were generally either "Gothic"
(stories of horror and the supernatural set in Italy or Spain)
or "Newgate" novels (true-crime stories about the lower classes). By the 1860s, however, popular novelists including
Charles Dickens, Mary Braddon, and others were producing a
stunningly successful series of works in which the action was
set in the everyday world of the Victorian middle classes.
These novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising issues
that the more polite genre of domestic fiction could hardly
hint at, including gender roles and sexual transgression, class
and race oppression, obsession and madness, and the dark
sides of urban life. We will read several of the best of these
thrillers, at the same time actively investigating the culture
that produced them. We will read original reviews and
responses, including parodies, and learn about the context of
newspaper and magazine journalism in which several of the
novels appeared. While we investigate the power of the Gothic
and Sensation genres for their original audiences, however, we
will also work to determine why these novels have continued
to appeal to successive generations of readers. Course grades
will be based on class attendance and participation, two short
papers, a group presentation, and a final exam. Upper-level
students will read one additional novel, write a research-based
paper on it, and share the results of their research with the
class.
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal An3 Perspective: Western Heritage
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Foss 20
Topics: Cinema and Sexual Identity
ENG 2824
Instructor: Doug Green
What does cinema reveal about how the 20th century has
thought about sexuality?How do cinematic images affect our
sense of our own sexual identity? This topics course in
English examines films from the early years of cinema to the
present in order to explore depictions of and cultural
assumptions about sexual identity. We will, moreover, consider the impact of these images on audience perceptions and
expectations, including those of the self. We will pay special
attention to the various images and constructions of homosexual as well as heterosexual identity in English-language
cinema, especially Hollywood movies, and in some silent and
foreign films. Taking Celluloid Closet as a point of departure,
we will consider how film affects sexual minorities in the
audience as well as in film production.
There will be short readings on sexuality and film. At each
class there will be a full or partial film screening, followed by
small-group and whole-class discussions. We may go to one
or two films offcampus as well, so students should be prepared to buy tickets; these out-of-class screenings may not be
at the regular class time. There will be at least one typed
journal entry due at each class period. The class will meet
from 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the first two
weeks of Interim; 1-5 p.m., Tuesday through Thursday of the
third week; and 1-5 p.m., Monday through Thursday of the
last week.
Grading will be based on the completion and quality of all
journal entries and on class/film attendance, preparation,
and participation. Students missing more than two
classes/films and/or two journal entries may not pass the
course. All grades
are PIN option only (i.e., 2.0 is required
for course credit).
Prerequisite: ENG 111
Liberal Arls Perspective: Human Identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
English
Topics: Contemporary American Poetry
ENG 282-P
ENG 482-P
Instructor: John Mitchell
This course provides an introductory survey of contemporary
American poetry by poets whose works have come into
prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis
will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to
the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological
and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations
of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries
in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will
be given and two interpretive papers about three to five pages
in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student will also read and give a written class report on a book
that discusses contemporary poetry or a contemporary poet;
this choice, based upon recommendation, must be approved
by the instructor.
Prerequisites: for 482-R lntro to Literature or consent of instructol:
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Quantitative Journalism: Computer
Assisted Reporting and Research
ENG 347-A
Instructor: Cass Dalglish and Boyd Koehler
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data
in the writing of expository essays and news reports. Such
inquires will employ contemporary computer-based information searches coupled with data-driven quantitative assessment of a public issue of current concern. Students will prepare projects of publishable quality for presentation and critique. The course is designed for persons wishing to explore
the use of computer-assisted research for their particular
information development interests as well as those preparing
to enter the communication professions.
Prerequisites: Eng. 225 or Eng. 227, or consent of instructors. Math Placement Group 3.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Ouantitative Reasofling
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: T; Th 6-9 p.m. and Sat 1:30-4:30 p.m.
Room: Sat, Lindell Library 16; T; Th Sverdrup 204
Senior Honors Seminar: Hispanic
Christianity Along the Border
HON 401-J
Instructor: Margaret Madsen
An introduction to denominations with a special focus on
Hispanic communities along the US.-Mexican border.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 or Intercultural Awareness 1
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 208
-
Enalish
Dance (men
(0.5 course
HPE 232-M
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1- 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Dance (women only)
(0.5 course credit)
HPE 232- W
Instructor: Mary Ewert-Knodell
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the
course grade is based on dance practicals, a teaching assignment, and a written test. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be
taken simultaneously.
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: 1 - 1/3,1/4,1/5,1/6,1/7,1/11,1/13,1/18,1/20
Room: Melby Gym - center court
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries (0.5 course credit)
HPE 275-J
Instructor: Missy Strauch
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic
injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room
procedures. Note: HPE 232 and HPE 275 can be taken
simultaneously.
Prerequisite: HPE 114 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 24
Time: 1- 1/5,1/6,1/7,1/10,1/1I, 1/12,1/13,1/14,1/19,1/21,1/24,1/25,1/26
Room: Melby 119
Instructional Methods: Materials in
Health Education
HPE 390-J
Instructor: Patty Murphy
This course will cover principles and methods of instruction
applied to health education (5-12). Emphasis upon teaching1
learning strategies and student assessment. Development and
delivery of lessons/activities is included. Students are evaluated by their peers and the instructor on their ability to create,
deliver and assess health education lessons in a "real" classroom. Evaluationlgrading is also based upon the completion
of a "technology project", resource file, and exam.
Prerequisite: HPE 110
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Melbv 202
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-J
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
+
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested
in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will
take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student
will live aboard a 43'-46' fixed-keel sailboat with five to six
other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling
and wind surfing will be available on an optional basis. Some
classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the
Virgin Islands in January.
The course cost is $3,300, which includes airfare for Augsburg
day students and qualifying Interim exchange students.
Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in addition to
this course cost in order to receive academic credit. PIN
Health & Physical Education
I
ONLY. Applications may be picked up from the office of Joyce
Pfaff, Melby Hall 121, Augsburg College. They must be turned
in with deposit and appropriate signature before final acceptance is given.
Prerequisites: Permission from Joyce Pfaff, health and physical education department,
(612) 330-1247; no smoking is allowed; basic swimming skills
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sport, also one course credit upper division
Maximum Enrollment: 10 ( A waiting list will be kept after the original 10 spots are filled)
20th-Century South Asia
HIS 162-J
HIS 462-J
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This Interim experience is designed to look at the area of
South Asia (primarily India) that is home to one-fifth of the
people of our world. We'll use novels, films, some standard
historical writings, and current South Asia periodicals to consider the impact that colonialism, nationalism, and various
phases of modernization have had on this old, honored, and
traditional culture. We'll read the marriage ads and talk
about social structure, consider the spot at Ayodhya that has
prompted Hindus to massacre Muslims, think on the Christlikeness of a Gandhi, and perhaps have time to note one or
two of the contemporary religious phenomena. Looking at
South Asians helps us to see ourselves in a fuller perspective.
The course will include the usual pedagogical devices of lectures, discussions, some short reaction papers, and tests
(including a final). Students enrolling for upper division credit will be expected to have at least one prior college history
class, to complete a paper or project beyond the regular
assignments, and to be tested apart from lower division students.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Topics in History: The Great Men of
20th-Century Europe and Their Myths
HIS 195-J
Instructor: Sheldon Anderson
This course examines several important 20th-century leaders
and their impact on the course of European political and
diplomatic history. Topics will include Woodrow Wilson and
the Versailles Treaty after World War I, Neville Chamberlain
and the appeasement of Adolf Hitler at the Munich
Conference in 1938, Joseph Stalin's agreement to sign a nonaggression pact with Hitler shortly before World War 11,
Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill's alleged appeasement of Stalin at Yalta, Harry S. Truman's Cold War policies,
and Reagan and Gorbachev's diplomacy as the communist
systems of Europe fell from 1989-1991. The course will focus
on the popular myths that have developed about these leaders
and these conferences.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 20
Topics in History: Early Minnesota
History, 1849- 1900
HIS 195-1
Instructor: William Green
This course will examine the political, economic, and social
history of early Minnesota. The course will study life in
Minnesota among the Ojibway and Dakota peoples, through
the fur trading period which witnessed French, English, then
American settlements, through the territorial period (18491858), and finally statehood.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Foss 20
Remembering the 20th Century
HIS 440-J
Instructor: Jacqueline de Vries
As the millennium approaches, everyone-artists, politicians,
gossip columnists, historians-seems to have some opinion
about the waning 20th century. What has this century
wrought? The last hundred years have left a great many contradictions: two global wars that destroyed millions of lives
and swept away governments, but brought economic development; the decline (and recovery) of established religion; the
rise (and collapse) of a messianic faith in communism; great
increases in standards of living while famine and child labor
persist; technological breakthroughs that put teachers in space
and AK-47 rifles in the hands of children; new freedoms and
new forms of exploitation. In this course, we will together
attempt to make sense of the 20th century. Please note that
while the course will examine major events and developments
of the century, it will not offer a narrative history, nor will it
be exhaustive. Instead, it will explore a variety of possible
interpretive frameworks to help us better understand where
our grandparents have been and where we are today. Rather
than relying exclusively on (sometimes dry) textbooks, we will
explore the century through a variety of personal narratives,
both written and oral, and reflect on the shaping of both individual and collective memory.
Course materials will include several monographs and novels,
films, photographs, and guest lectures. Students will complete
three five-page papers, one of which will be an interview with
their oldest living relative.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Paideia Seminars
INS 120-J
Instructor: Anne Jensen
Students will participate in a series of seminars following the
Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and
Paideia Associates. Students will also view selected films for
seminar discussions; develop and lor hone skills of mature,
intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul public school; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; and
lead seminars. Students will be assessed on journal entries
including evidence of seminar preparation, reflection, peer and
self-evaluation, as well as a final summary paper.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Critical Thinking
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Foss 43
Technically Speaking
INS 21 1-J
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but
just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a
series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity
to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral
presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively
organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn
about other science topics and science policy from your fellow
scientist.
Prerequisite: One year of an introductory-level science course
Graduation Skill Requirement: Speaking
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Interdisciplinary
I
Introduction to Islam
INS 225-J
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his
perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover
the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political
systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be discussions on the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis,
Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). Some effort will be made to deal with the
similarities and differences between Islam and both
Christianity and Judaism. Students will also visit one of the
mosques in the Twin Cities. Evaluation is based on two tests
and a paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time; I
Room: Old Main 27
Topics: Minnesota Indians
INS 495-J
Instructor: Eric Buffalohead
This course will examine the experiences of the Dakota and
Ojibwe in Minnesota from the time of contact to the present
situation of both tribes. Each group's history and experiences
will be studied and compared to see how each group has
done since the time of contact. Major historical events will be
examined as well as significant events important to each
group. Students will learn how changing federal policy affected the two groups and how each of the groups has dealt with
things such as assimilation, termination, and/or relocation.
Other topics to be covered include health, education, welfare,
treaty rights, and economic opportunities. The main text will
be Indians in Minnesota by Judith Rosenblatt (ed). The students will be expected to demonstrate understanding of
major issues through written exams and research
projects/presentations. Upper division students will be
expected to do more comprehensive research.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Foss 21
Topics: A Civil Rights Immersion:
Experiencing History
INS 200-J
INS 300-J
Instructor: Garry Hesser & Joseph Young
During the 1950s and 60s a series of major events and fundamental social change occurred in the United States. For the
first two weeks, we will seek to develop a basic understanding
of race relations in the U.S. through readings, visiting lecturers,
videos, learning from each other, and the MLK, Jr. event on
January 17. Then, this intentionally diverse class will board a
bus for an intense, study-travel journey to Little Rock,
Memphis, Birmingham, Montgomery, Atlanta, Nashville, and
Chicago, the places where history was made and the museums
that chronicle those times. We will meet with and interview
participants in these critical events, as well as actively engage
one another in dialogue and collaborative learning. The course
objectives include learning about the history and sociology of
race and ethnic relations in the U.S. gaining insights from persons and places that mark the "turning points" of the 1950s
and 1960s, documenting our personal and group experiences
so that our insights and understanding can be shared with the
Augsburg community and others, and increasing our skills for
cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue. Upper and lower
division: students obtaining upper division credit will complete a research paper on a specific topic related to the course,
including an annotated bibliography with a minimum of 20
resources.
Cost estimate: $500, plus the cost of meals for 10 days (with
scholarships available, based upon need-contact Garry Hesser
at 330- 1664)
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 or Social World 1 or 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
**Note: All participants will go on a bus tour beginning
Monday, January 17, and ending on Wednesday, January 26.
Interdisciplinary
I
Work in the City Externship: Linking
Education and the World of Work
INS 298-K
Instructors: Lois Olson and Lynda Olson
This course introduces students to the nature of work, its role
and value to the individual and to society. Seminar format will
focus on work as viewed by this generation and the requirements to succeed both now and in the future. A special
emphasis will be on self discovery learning activities, visits to
Twin City businesses and community organizations, and discussions with panels of professionals. Students will be expected to research employment trends and career options; complete a portfolio of reflections, exercises, and self assessments;
and give individual and group presentations. Students will
also explore various organizations of the Twin Cities and
understand their role and impact in a major metropolitan
area. PIN grading only.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
Management Information Systems
(MIS)
See listing under Business, pg. 9.
Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-J
Instructor: Anthony Dunlop
How can an industry comply with air quality standard at the
smallest possible cost? Did you know that one of the first
applications (other than gambling) of probability theory was
in genetics (on the question of whether the recessive genotypes would eventually die out)? How do we build the most
cost-effective telecommunication network of satellites given
the cost factors between pairs of satellites?In Finite Math
we'll study the topics that give the answers to these questions:
linear programming, counting and probability, and graph theory. Finite Math is for students in Math Placement Group 3
or higher who need a Quantitative Reasoning course. Class
will be a mix of lectures and small group work. Evaluation
will be based on class participation, quizzes, and exams.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Math Elective for MIS major; economics major
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Science 108
Math of Interest
MAT 173-J
Instructor: Christopher Schwartz
Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or
car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to
have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities, and life insurance work, and more. Evaluation will be
based on classroom participation, quizzes, and a final examination.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 3 or consent of instructor
Graduation Skill Requirement: Quantitative Reasoning
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Mathematics
1
Modeling and Differential Equations
MAT 247-J
Instructor: Rebekah Valdivia
In Modeling and Differential Equations, we will cover a range
of mathematical topics with emphases on mathematical modeling, differential equations, and numerical methods. We'll see
connections between mathematics and "real world" problems
and get a feel for applied mathematics. We will discuss a variety of applications in class, and students will have opportunities to select applications of interest. Modeling and
Differential equations is a must for anyone considering
majoring in Applied Mathematics and is strongly recommended for students majoring in Physics or Chemistry. It is
also for anyone considering majoring or minoring in
Mathematics. Evaluation will be based on participation,
quizzes, projects, and a final exam.
Prerequisite: MAT 146 Calculus I1 or equivalent
Maximum Enrollment: 22
Time: I
Room: Foss MAC
Beginning German I
GER I l l - J
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
This course is for students with no previous background in
German. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening,
reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding German culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the
use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be
based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final
exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Beginning Norwegian I
NOR I1 I-J
Instructor: Becky Hegstad
This course is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for
understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses
on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use
of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based
on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 26
S anish and Latin-American Culture
T rough Film
I:
SPA 248-J
Instructor: Roman Soto
An introduction to the main cultural and political issues
(social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language,
exile, or immigration) that characterized contemporary
Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in films and plays. Developed mainly through the viewing of films and class discussions, the course is complemented
with brief readings and audio-visual materials on the historic,
literary, and social aspects that contribute to the background of
these films. Most of the films are in Spanish with English subtitles, and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is
based on class participation; brief weekly, writing assignments;
and a short term paper.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 23
Modern Languages
I
+
Topics: Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-J
Instructor: Roberta Kagin
This course provides an opportunity to visit some of the Great
European cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of music in the cultural life in the New World. For
more information, contact Prof. Roberta Kagin,
(612) 330-1273.
Topics: Sounds and Sights of China
MUS 295-S
Instructor: Robert Karlen
+
Music, art, and architecture, as expressions of Chinese culture
over its 5,000-year history, will be examined, studied, and
experienced in four of the most important cities of China. For
more information, contact Prof. Robert Karlkn, (612) 3301266.
Survey of Rock History and Musical
Style, 1951-1971
MUS 204-J
Instructor: 0. Nicholas Raths
An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology
as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s)
and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the
historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class
participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group
performance project. For non-music majors.
Liberal Ads Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Time: I1
Room: Music 3
Introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
MUS 235-J/THR 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
Music-theater exists in every culture, stemming from basic
human impulses to dance, sing, and express oneself. Join theatre professor Darcey Engen and music instructor Sonja
Thompson to discuss this interdisciplinary art form, and
develop your own basic skills of music-theater from China,
Japan, India, and other cultures. Course includes writing and
research, class discussion and exercises, small and large group
participation, memorization, and performance. Performers of
all levels are welcome, though some singing and acting ability
is required. Interested students will be auditioned in
December so that appropriate material can be assigned to
them. Course may be repeated with permission from the
instructors.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Topic: History of Caribbean Music
Studied in Miami and Jamaica
t
MUS 2 9 5 4
Instructor: Robert Stacke
Miami and Jamaica are considered the centers of Caribbean
music, where composition, recording, and world distribution
take place. The goal of this 19-day seminar is to examine and
reflect on historical, socio-political, and religious aspects of
Caribbean music. For more information, contact Prof. Robert
Stacke, (612) 330-1271.
Liberal Arts Perspective: intercultural Awareness 1
Maximum Enrollment: 30
Music
I
The Mysticism of Meister Eckhart
PHI 295-J
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
A study of some of the key texts of the great mystical philoso-
pher, focusing on the idea of detachment from worldly affairs
and the union of the soul with God while in this life. Students
will be expected to prepare brief written analyses of the
assigned readings and present two essays of Eckhart. Seminar
format.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Old Main I1
Science, Technology, and Values
PHY 117-J
Instructors: Mark Engebretson and Bruce Reichenbach
This course will focus on contemporary problems that arise
from our developing technological capacities. We will consider problems such as the causes and effects of global warming;
depletion of the ozone layer; social, economic, and ethical
concerns in pollution cleanup; agriculture, pesticides, and
genetic effects; the prospects and problems of genetically
engineering both our foodstuffs and humans, and the urban
implications of developing a light rail system. To get a satisfactory grasp on how to approach these problems, we will first
explore what science and the scientific methods are, how science (knowing) relates to technology (doing), the structures
used for ethical evaluation, and the resulting interactions
among the three. Grading will be based on two tests and a
major project.
Prerequisite: Math Placement Group 2
Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 205
Topics: Physics in Science
and Fantasy Fiction
PH Y 220-J
Instructor: J. Ambrose Wolf
This course deals with physics aspects in movies as well as in
science fiction and fantasy fiction literature on a conceptual
level. We will explore scenes and settings in which physics plays
an important role and also learn to discern if they are physically correct or not. This will also expand the awareness of physics
in everyday life, where it is encountered and how it works. The
math component of this course will be minimized in favor of a
better grasp of the concepts and thought processes involved.
Various scenes from movies and excerpts from literature will be
presented, after which the physics connection and understanding will be explored in discussions. The weekly papers will
cover one of the topics discussed in class during that week; the
long-term paper will cover a general topic from physics in
everyday life and bibliographic research. Students' papers and
reviews will also be discussed class. This course is designed for
those students who do not plan to major or minor in physics.
Grading will be based on active participation in class discussions, three (approx. weekly) short papers involving draft and
peer review (final paper and review graded) and one long
paper including a draft version corrected by the instructor.
Prerequisite: Effective Writing, Math Placement Group 2
Graduation Skill: Writing
Maximum Enrollment: 18
Time: I1
Room: Science 108
Physics
-.
I
Introduction to Space Science
PH Y 320-J
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course provides a survey of Earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and
upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic storms,
particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). Evaluation
will be based on two exams, class assignments, one research
paper, and at least one class presentation.
Prerequisite: PHY 245 or permission of instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: I
Room: Sverdrup 206
Social Justice in America
POL 140-J
Instructor: Andrew Kurvers Spalding
Students develop and defend their own standards of social
justice, using those standards to assess conditions in urban
America. Substantial participation in class discussions
required. The course has two goals: developing student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and increasing student
ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and
other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation
in discussion and other class activities, on two short (4-6
page) papers and on a final exam. Because of the compressed
time frame of the Interim schedule and the importance of
material covered on the first day of class, no one will be
admitted to the class who does not attend the first day of
class, unless receiving prior permission of the instructor.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Global Peace and Justice: Focus on
Northern Ireland
POL 295-J
Instructor: Joe Underhill-Cady
The course will examine the political, social, and psychological roots of international conflict and current efforts at preventing and resolving bloodshed and oppression. We will use
the class as an opportunity to prepare for the 2000 Peace Prize
Forum, which will cover topics of the conflict in Northern
Ireland. The course will begin with a study of a range of theories used to understand international conflict- including
power politics, psychological and cultural theories, Marxism,
liberalism, and feminism. Readings will include historical and
fictional treatments of the conflict in Northern Ireland, and
we will view some films related to the topic, including The
Crying Game. The class will also involve the use of simulation
and role-playing of international negotiations to give students
a feel for the difliculties and complexities of dispute resolution.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 26
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics:
Daughters or Stepdau hters: Russian
"Women on the Eve o the
Millennium"
9
POL 195-J
POL 359-J
Instructor: Nadezhda Shvedova
An overview of the situation of Russian women today. The
course will combine discussion and lecture on the situation of
women in Russia. Shvedova, a leading activist on women's
issues as well as an educator, will provide the distinctive perspective of her experience as a Russian woman. The course
will cover women in the economy, politics, in the mass media,
Political Science
I
etc. There will also be attention to issues such as women's
struggle to gain real equality and a voice in society, violence
against women, and the impact of Russia's economic crisis on
women. There will be two or three short papers, plus a longer
(10-12 page) paper at the end of the term. Readings will be
taken from books and articles.
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Principles of Psychology
PSY 105-J
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.
Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations
are emphasized. Evaluation will be based on means of two
tests and two lab reports.
Liberal Arts Perspective: Human identity
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
Psychology and Law
PS Y 335-J
Instructor: lVancy Steblay
Application of psychological principles and research methodology to legal processes and issues. The course emphasizes
three content areas: eyewitness issues (such as lineup and
interview procedures), courtroom procedures (jury selection,
jury decision-making, pretrial publicity), and psychological
profiles of offenders and victims. Grades will be based on
exams and one paper.
Prerequisite: PSY 105
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
REL 232-J
Instructor: Lyle Griner
Students will be instructed to train college, high school, and
junior high youth to serve as peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listenerlhelper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and
serving others within a Christian belief system.
Prerequisite: REL 111 or 221
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3
Maximum Enrollment: 40
Time: Jan. 10-13, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. and Jan. 4,6,18,25,27, 9:00 a.m -1 1:30 a.m.
Room: Murphy Place 100
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-J
Instructor: Mark Tranvik
Beginning with Martin Luther, this course will study the main
themes and figures of the Lutheran tradition. Class time will
include field trips, discussion, and lectures. Exams, student
participation, and papers will be the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite: REL 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Religion
Theology of Death and Dying
REL 390-J
Instructor: John Benson
This will be a multidisciplinary course, using materials from
biology, psychology, sociology, history, world religions, and
Christian theology proper. It will also be ecumenical, since
some of our theological material will come from Roman
Catholic as well as Protestant sources. Religious traditions
regarding death and the afterlife will be studied, and various
ethical questions related to death and dying will be considered. Field trips in the Twin Cities are also planned. We will
become acquainted with the field of mortuary science, the
hospice movement in the United States, and current medical
practices related to the terminally ill. Daily lectures, discussions, quizzes, and written assignments will be the format.
Grades will be based on class participation, two tests, and oral
presentation of a research project.
Prerequisite: Religion 111, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Varieties of Christian Spirituality
REL 440-J
Instructor: Janelle Bussert
A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition
and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spirituality,
especially prayer and meditation. Evaluation methods include
quizzes, experiential journals, class presentation, and a final
paper.
Prerequisite: Religion 11 1, 221, or 331
Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 11 1
Exploring Human Services
S WK 257-1
S WK 2 5 7 4
Instructors: Mary Lou Williams and Lois Bosch
Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in
a service agency or institution that they select. The placement
must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency
staff. The course is designed to help students learn about
themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in
the human services.
The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions that
assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings
that explore the historical development of social welfare as an
institution and the nature and value system of social work as
a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact
diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own
responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal
value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty
and the "isms." Detailed information will be sent to students
at the close of Interim registration.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 60, 2 sections
Time: I
Room: Foss 21 A and B
Topics: Child Welfare Social Work and
the Law
S WK 295-J
Intructor: Tony Bibus
This course will introduce students to social work practice in
the area of child welfare with special focus on the relationship
of child welfare laws, policies, and court to the lives of families and children. Students will study Minnesota statutes, meet
with key policy makers, observe court procedures, and discuss
practice and legal issues with child welfare social workers and
possibly with families and children as well. There will also be
opportunities to compare child welfare laws and practice in
the U.S. with those in Europe, especially Norway. The principles of permanency planning, family-centered practice, prevention and protection, and the twin goals in child welfare of
securing safety and nurturing children while preserving their
ties to their family will be examined. We will also explore
controversies and emerging issues in child welfare law such as
concurrent planning, "dual-track" service strategies, encouragement of the adoption of children of color by white families, and research related to the effects of poverty and oppression on the neglect of children's need. Students will analyze
the dynamic interplay of societal values, power, politics, facts
and myths as they manifest themselves in child welfare laws;
they will begin to form their own positions regarding an ideal
approach to supporting the welfare of children from a global
perspective. Evaluation of learning will be in the form of
assessments by instructors and students of the major paper or
project completed for the course.
Prerequisite: Social work majors or permission of Instructor
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 20
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
S WK 307-J
Instructor: Mike Schock
Junior social work majors are required to have 240 hours of
supervised professional experience in a social work agency.
This small-group seminar supports the first 120 hours of this
placement and is facilitated by the faculty member who serves
as liaison to the student's practicum field agency. The course
provides structure and process for students to integrate learning from their practicum and academic coursework focusing
on generalist practice with individuals.
Prerequisites: Candidacy status, SWK 301, and SWK 306
Maximum Enrollment: 12
Time: I
Room: Murphy 111
Social Work
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-1 (variable 1.0 credit or 0.5 credit)
Instructor: Maria Dinis
This is a continuation of Field Work 11; a total of 60 (for the
0.5 credit option) or 120 hours. Responsible, supervised professional social work experience, including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social service
agency. Integrative weekly seminar (two hours). Students will
be evaluated by: (1) weekly theorylpractice papers integrating
course content with work setting, (2) attendancelparticipation, and (3) field site supervisor's evaluation.
Prerequisite: SWK 462
Maximum Enrollment: open
Time: I (class will meet in small groups, no more than 11 at a time)
Room: Old Main 21
Human Community and
the Modern Metropolis
SOC 21 1-J
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course will examine the extent to which the experience
of the community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities metropolitan area. Each member of the class will be responsible for
a class presentation, which must reflect on-site observation in
a particular locale within the metropolitan area. In addition,
class participation and a final examination will be the basis
for evaluating performance in the course.
Liberal Arts Perspective: The City
Maximum Enrollment: 25
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Topics: Cultures of Violence
SOC 295-J
Instructor: James Vela-McConnell
Street gangs and warfare. Police brutality and genocide.
Domestic abuse and terrorism. What are the dynamics underlying these and other forms of violence?What do they have in
common? How do they differ? This course takes violence in
its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives. With
this in mind, we will compare different theoretical perspectives on violence, such as psychological, social psychological,
and socio-cultural perspectives. The course will involve a
combination of lecture and discussion based on readings and
videos, debate of current issues in the field, and guest speakers
from and field trips to local organizations dealing with problems of violence. Students will be expected to research, write
about, and present on the sociological dimensions of a particular form of violence. In addition, there will be short reaction
papers based on the readings, and classroom participation
will be an important part of grading. This course has a lab
fee of $25 payable the first day of class to the instructor.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I1
Room: Sverdrup 206
Sacialaav
Topics: Discrimination, Harassment,
and Communication
SPC 295-J
Instructor: Robert Groven
If you keep sending poems to an old flame at work, are you
harassing them? If your boss tells racist jokes at a bar after
work, are they guilty of discrimination? Why are neo-Nazis
allowed to march through Jewish neighborhoods, but they
aren't allowed to hurl racial insults at co-workers?
Discrimination and harassment are in the headlines regularly,
but most people don't know what they really mean. What
kinds of communication constitute discrimination or harassment and why? This course covers all forms of illegal discrimination including gender, race, disability, religion, and sexual
orientation. It focuses on the legal approach to discriminatory
communication, but also examines the reactions of employers, employees, and organizations generally. This course uses
the "case method" teaching approach, where many specific
examples are studied to produce general conclusions. The
course involves role-playing, game-playing, debate, and writing. Course work includes a few short papers, one project, and
one test.
Maximum Enrollment: 20
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Documentary Video
SPC 347-J
Instructor: Deb Redmond
Documentary video is a video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing
with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production
teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. The
production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary
piece. Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques, and a paper. This course requires additional lab time
for editing.
Maximum Enrollment: 16
Time: I
Room: Science 123
Introduction to Dance
(0.0 credit)
THR 002-T/HPE 002-T
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
With each session beginning with a rigorous physical warmup, this class offers an overview of various forms of dance,
including modern, ballet, Asian, and Latin forms.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Sporl
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
Modern Dance/lmprovisation
(0.0 credit)
THR 004-UHPE 004-2
Instructor: Sandra Agustin
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercise and will learn to travel through space using
level, volume, and floor pattern, culminating in the creation
of short, improvisational pieces.
Graduation Skill Requirement: Lifetime Spolt
Maximum Enrollment: 15
Time: 12:OO-1:00 M, T j W Th, F
Room: Sateren Auditorium
introduction to Music
Theatre Performance
THR 235-J/MUS 235-J
Instructors: Sonja Thompson and Darcey Engen
See course information listed under MUS 235-1.
Topics: Crossing Borders, Bridging Cultures
An Interdisciplinary course in Norway for
Students in Social Work and Education
January 6 - 27, 2000
EDC 495-P/S WK 295-P
Instructor: Hans Eriksson; Augsburg contacts: Tony Bibus or
Susan O'Connor
Will introduce students to modern Norwegian life, with particular emphasis on Norway's systems of education and health
and welfare services to children, youth, and families. Students
may take one of two separate but parallel tracks: "Winter
Recreation Programs with Children and Youth" or "Social
Work, Child Welfare Work, and Education." Lectures, field
study and practicum experience will introduce students to the
content and context of professional practice in Norway as well
as the unique Norwegian system of folk high schools. All
classes will be taught in English and will contain both U.S.
and Norwegian students.
Cost: $2465, which includes roundtrip airfare from
Minneapolis to Trondheim, Norway, all meals, lodging, program expenses, and course tuition.
UMAIE
SPP 201-J
3-
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper
Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, that offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further
information about the following courses can be obtained
from Cynthia Truitt Lynch at the Center for Global
Education, CB 307, Augsburg College, 221 1 Riverside Ave.,
Minneapolis, MN 55454, (612) 330-1650. These courses are
offered on a PIN basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
*Advanced Spanish Language and Culture in Argentina
'Br~irrttitigC;~tt~rrln
in Germany
"I,'oitvogi~i,q
C,'tdtrrres in Mexico's Yucatan Peninsula
Interim Abroad
*Egypt in Transition
*In the Footsteps of the Crusaders: from Jerusalem to Malta
*The Many Faces of Japan
*Poets and Their Places: Ireland's Literary Landscapes
*Psychology and the International Workplace in Britain
*The Rhine Frontier: On-Site Cultural History at the Heart of
the European Union
Other Interim Abroad Courses
HECUA
"Environment, Economy and Community in Guatemala
*Development and Community in Bangladesh
ACTC Creative Writing Workshop
at Augsburg College
Locating Yourself in the World Through Poetry
Course will carry upper division English credit
Instructor: Roseann Lloyd
This course gives advanced writing students new ways of
expanding their range in poetry. Students will develop their
range by intensive writing practice-poems in many forms:
lyriclnarrative poems, section poems, monologues, prose
poems, political poems. Students will keep a Voices Journal,
collecting language around town. In addition, each student
writer will conduct an interview of an older person and make
poems from that interview. The class texts focus on poetry
that observes the world, poetry grounded in a particular culture, such as Five Fields, by Gillian Clarke, Touching the Fire:
Fifleen Poets of Today's Latino Renaissance, edited by Ray
Gonzalez. Evaluation will take into account the completion of
process/exercises, class attendance, and a final portfolio. This
is an upper division class for writers who are committed to
their own writing and have already completed an introductory creative writing class at the college level. Each ACTC college may send three writers to the course, on the recommendation of the creative writing faculty. To be considered for
enrollment in this course, contact Cass Dalglish, (612) 3301009, or Roseann Lloyd, (612)330-1423,before registration.
Time: Monday through Thursday 12:OO-4:OOp.m. Fridays will be used for extra conferences, interview time, and group work.
Room: Anderson 100
ACTC
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses that are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a PIN basis.
The Washington Center 2000
Academic Seminars
Campaign 2000
January 3-14, 2000
POL 398-A
This is a two-week intensive session held in the heart of the
United States government that will focus not only on the new
millennium but on the beginning of a new presidential campaign. In the two-week session, the following will be the primary focus: Campaign Politics, and The Media Pursuit of the
Presidency
The Washington Center is offering the above two topics for
the session. Augsburg students must register for the whole
two-week session in order to receive credit (January 3-14).
Credit is available from the political science department for
this program. The course is a passlno credit course based on
participation in program activities including site visits, small
group seminars, and journals.
For further information about the program, contact Prof.
Underhill-Cady in Memorial Hall 112b or at (612) 330-1312,
or by email: <cady@augsburg.edu>. There are five scholarships available to cover registration and tuition costs based on
priority in registration through Prof. Underhill-Cady's office.
Other Courses
I
Show less
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students... Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS... Show more
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS
. . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . .
P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC
. . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports
1985
Interim Catalog
AUGSBURC
COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
january 1985
S M T W T F S
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
..................................................................................Interim Registration
............................................................................Late Interim Registration
.......................................................................................... First Day of Interim
November 5-9
December 10
January 3
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
Last day for withdrawing from full courses
Interim ends
...................................................................................
..............................
...................................................
....................................................................................................
fanuary 4
January 17
January 21
January 30
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
.....................
.
.............................. First group of half credit courses begins
January 3
January4
January 9
January 11
January 16
Ianr~ary17
January 1R
...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses
........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses
....................
.
.........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm
....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis
.................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins
..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es
janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses
January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses
Iant~ary30 ....................
........ .
.
.
.........*....................................... lnfcrim ends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged
the first day of class.
POSTMASTER
Volume 115, Number 4
Winter 1984
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer,
Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454.
Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on
the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least
three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time
enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At
the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized
by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses
are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are
under the following departments:
Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands
German-The Rhine Frontier
Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in
the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually
cannot be made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1985.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning
contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20.
Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study
(upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy
l
(lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers
or
arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent
direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by he supervising fac~~lty
memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms
before re~isiralior~
can be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution
whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted
in thr Interim O f f ~ c The
.
Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration
at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e
will
s b r donr at
Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I!
otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation
(ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim
witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn
to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial
fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course.
Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms
~
provided by the interim rlffice af their own
schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay
on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made
to the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national
or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230).
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
Courses
Art Interim '85: Washington
D.C. and New York
ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502
Instructor: Philip Thompson
This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in
Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait
Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in
New York to the studios of emerging artists.
Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be
spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip
will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete
personal projects or assignments.
Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a
directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit.
The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most
meals and tours.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I............ Room: O M 17
The Biology of Aging
B I O 185-4504
Instructor: Robert Herforth
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be
influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What
factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging
the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current
theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These
and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and
discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
The
idl log^ of
~~ricul'ture
B I O 234-4505
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the
relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing
too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted
from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature
of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning,
etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production?
Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on
one test, class participation and a log of readings.
Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9
Immunology
BIO 386-4506
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112
Time: II
Room: S 205
.............
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321 -4507
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business
functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large
and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what
students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will
encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week
and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material.
Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students
prepare and present.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I ............ Room: O M 11
r
Chemistr for Changing Times
CHM 100 - 4 08
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill
of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts
were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In
recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence
l
lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live
in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5,
vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs,
searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation,
and it goes on and on. Ernottons
and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged
out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature
of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to
~~nderstand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take
a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun
format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be
used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or
223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I.............. Room: S 315
Understanding International Trade and Finance
ECO 360-4509
Instructor: Ed Sabella
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on
the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: II..............Room: M 22
Elements of Mathematical Economics
ECO 353-4510
Instructor: Satya Gupta
In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will
be designed to help attain this goal.
Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved.
Evaluation will be through tests and assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 123
Time: II........... Room: O M 23
Teacher Education with New Boundaries
EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about
teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The
student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will
include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also
help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and
to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research:
1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job
market, salary scale and level of living.
2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers.
3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools
along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc.
Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum
or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive
study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district.
The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources
for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system.
As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education
projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be
submitted in completed form.
Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student
will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location
of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill
the requirements of the course.
Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor
Time: I .................. Room: L 6
m
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 451 1
EDS482-4512
EDS 483 - 4513
EDS 484 - 4514
EDE 481 - 451 5
EDE482-4516
EDE 483 - 451 7
EDE 484 - 4518
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading P/N only
Time: I .................. Room: L 4
The Short Story
ENG 240-4521, 340-4522
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories
will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C.
Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the
experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing
and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among
the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities.
Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the
short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate
the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of
approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would
be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college
level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on
a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay
exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: I ............... Room: M 23
Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem
ENG 362-4523
Instructor: John Mitchell
Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts,
for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe
p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants'
own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there
will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq
will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems
and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng
will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for
P/N credit.
Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and
submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor
Time: II........... Room: O M 13
Beginning French I
FRE 11 1-4524
Instructor: Ruth Askov
This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will
practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some
reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures
at a rudini~ntnrylevel.
are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng
and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion
Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic.
There w ~ l be
l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: II........... Room: O M 25
January 3-27, 1985
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333-4525
w d D zkh
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s
clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque
and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought
in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl
!
l~fe
and left so many monuments
between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this
area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen,
to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany.
The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites.
Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments
dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are
less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German
according to the student's entering level of competence.
P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German.
Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent
Cost: $1690
Distribution: Foreign Language
-
Beginning Spanish II
SPA 112-4526
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It
is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past
tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable
for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests,
exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I ............ Room: O M 25
a
? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying
GST 165-4527
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
edit
s
Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received
s are
s
. .
grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7
level
an ~lif-ithadL,,,I
and (2) to develop, in the process, competency
excellent
in writing/gaad papers.
Students will work with
I
such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation,
L U uC c
and
originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical
trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen.
G
The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based
degree of
(of?)
on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills.
Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been
submitted to him
Time: I............ Room: O M 22
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 - 4528
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade
is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
.of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4529
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 13
.........................
+
January 5-24, 1985
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-4530
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard
a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and
a final written exam will be given.
Cost: $21 00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-4531
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor
coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a 112 credit course.
Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481 -4532
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There
will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready
for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based
upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are
e no prerequisites,
it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4536
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe."
There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick
out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization
than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe
history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some
rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading
ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as
lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp
r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the
city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our
talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our
enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course
and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part
of the evaluation). There will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: II................Room: P 3
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162-4537
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably
a test.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: O M 16
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-4534, 320-4535
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and
social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems
ir
~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc,
Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups
r
will Involve
boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts.
Course w ~ lutilize
l
ethnir. sprakt~rs
(Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr
format. Tticre wilt
he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns,
films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all
l d
these arp
important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal.
There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc.
Prerequisites: Lower Division, None
Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History and Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: L 1
Introduction to Oral History
HIS 481-4538
Instructor: Rrchard Nelson
This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from
oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during
.the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication
of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based
on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn.
Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor
Trme: II................Room: O M 10
The Philosophy of Healing
INS 141-4547, 341 -4548
J
.+
522
Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer
Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the
body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness
Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon
that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the
mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either
diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question,
"How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve,
attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal
apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that
when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health.
I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng,
western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team
about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture,
biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on.
Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be
expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course
for lower drvisron credlt.
Time: II................Room: O M 16
Brush Up
MAT 103-4539
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students
scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u&
&
vdbe pmkuia'dh WI
forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w
of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine
study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to
deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs
completely rndividuallzed.
Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I ................Room: S 112
Mathematical Modeling
M A T 132-4069
Instructor: Paul Hulse
This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study
selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical
methods of mathematics to study these problems.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: S 2 13
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
M A T 136-4540, 336-4541
-
Instructor: Henrv Follinastad
An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life,
and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to
show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their
links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented
to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper
is required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will
present extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: O M 23
FORTRAN
M A T 270-4567
Instructor: Leo Lake
A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of
languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the
scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will
involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project
on which grading will be based.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175
or BUS 250)
Time: II................Room: S 112
Special Functions and Their Applications
in the Physical Scien~ces
M A T 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
(See description under Physics)
Introduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 1 10-4543
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce.
Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including
mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve
how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips,
classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in
Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5
participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation.
A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be
flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon.
Fee: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: I1................Room: M 24
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-4544, 329-4545
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students
will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I ................Room: M 4
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-4546
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care.
Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~
and written exam~nations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I ................Room: O M 12
el
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-4568
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the
principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing
the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be
included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an
elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions
per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project.
Prerequisites: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 31 5
Time: II................
1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science ~ i n i m e s t e r
PHY 322-4549
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation
of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I ................Room: S 24
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-4550
MAT 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will
acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre
polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a
complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer
will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I ................Room: O M 21
The United Nations
POL 166-4551, 366-4552
Instructor: Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of:
a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations,
d
b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member
states of the Sectlrily Council,
C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations.
d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil.
The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit,
Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance
in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory.
Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political
processes o l r h Security
~
Council.
Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil
Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence
Time: II................Room: M 23
Self-identity and Values
PSY 110-4553
Inslructot: Norman Ferguson
The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity"
(Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty
and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will
c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat
lssue~Illat relate to thc
conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as:
the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y
and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof
~ rsex
roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during
aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty
and spirilual grriwth,
Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~
participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual
experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and
possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a
rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology.
Gr~rlingP/N only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I ................Room: P 1
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-4554
Instructor: Bradley Hot!
This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be
introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
!he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian
Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies
in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and
discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: II ................Room: O M 18
i
W
January 2-26, 1985
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
REL 321 -4555
Instructor: John Benson
A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh
t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn
in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following:
r p ~ c l aatlenlinn
l
IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm
ntl
and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl
~on
i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese
Rutirllilsm ;n
I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st
~
oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons)
to 1 I i ~
P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts
l~.
will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse
cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t .
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal.
Grading: P/N only
Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Cost: $1 745
Distribution: Religion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-4556
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and
cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an
overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~
will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the
Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y,
s o c ~ o l o ~and
y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: I ................Room: M 24
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261 -4560
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has
functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies
in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the
extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin
Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class
will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic
community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a
final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I ................Room: M 22
Exploring the Human Services
SWK 257-4557
Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams
Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before
the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course.
Objec!tves:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving,
3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining.
4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls.
5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding
nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld.
Time: I ................Room: P 3
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559
(l/2
course)
Instructor. Maria Brown
The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5
wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal
work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving
process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional
praclice Interests, areas
of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn
the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5.
Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy.
Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week
in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If
for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
Imagination and Humor in Communication
SPC 165-4561, 365-4562
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication
thc lunctinns of
competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand
imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking;
and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor.
Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of
assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5
Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Time: II................Room: L 1
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285-4563
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by
the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2
Other Courses
These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College
but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost
$1 74.
POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change?
POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits,
and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington,
D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry
official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4571
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20 ................Melby
Running
HPE 002-4572
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
A U G S B U R G C O L L E G E C ATA L O G 2 0 0 6
TO
2008
www.augsburg.edu
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
2006 to 2008 Catalog
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College Catalog
2006-2008
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330... Show more
A U G S B U R G C O L L E G E C ATA L O G 2 0 0 6
TO
2008
www.augsburg.edu
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
2006 to 2008 Catalog
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College Catalog
2006-2008
OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer
most questions students have
about Augsburg College and
its curriculum. Although
information was current at
the time of publication, it is
subject to change without
notice. The written policies in
the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time
of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to
know the requirements and
academic policies in this
publication. If you have
questions about anything in
this catalog, consult
Academic Advising, a faculty
adviser, the dean of the
College, or the registrar. Key
offices are listed on page 8
for correspondence or
telephone inquiries.
Published May 2006
www.augsburg.edu
Photos by Stephen Geffre
A Greeting
from the President
Stephen Geffre
A college catalog is a wonderful text,
full of detail and data that offer all of us a
map to our lives together as a college
community.
What has prompted you to study this
map of Augsburg College? If you’re already
enrolled at Augsburg, I trust that you will
continue to find here the awe and wonder
of an educational experience that is meaningful and challenging. I hope that you will
be reminded of the relationships and commitments you have formed at Augsburg —
they will last a lifetime. I also hope that you
find in this map signposts of the progress
you have made in your vocational journey and that you will continue to believe that
you have rightly chosen Augsburg as the community in which you will spend time for
the next several years.
If you are studying this map to find out more about Augsburg College and an
Augsburg education, welcome. I believe you will find that they not only tell you about
the character and essence of our institution, but also about our mission of service, particularly about those whom we serve in a modern, vibrant city. Augsburg is located in
the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, and it is in the city that our
College both serves and thrives. As you study here, you will find a setting that not
only provides remarkable learning opportunities, but one in which you will be able to
share you own talents and skills. Augsburg’s challenging academic environment is
enhanced by both education and service experiences that transform theory into action
and unite the liberal arts with the practical in preparing students as faithful citizens in
a global society.
The experience you are undertaking at Augsburg — or thinking of undertaking —
will occur on a small campus in the core of a great city; it will be led by faculty preoccupied with your welfare and the emergence and refinement of your vocational plans.
As you join Augsburg College, or consider doing so, please know that those of us
who await you here find the College an exciting place, full of diversity and yet possessed of a community dedicated to higher learning and good living. Here you can
find your way in the world.
May this map be your faithful guide!
Sincerely yours,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President
Table of Contents
Academic Calendar – 4-7
Directory – 8
Introducing Augsburg – 9
Facts and Figures – 18
Undergraduate Admissions – 19
Day Program – 20
Weekend College – 21
Financing Your Education – 23
Student Life – 39
Academic Information – 53
Departments and Programs – 93
Includes majors, minors,
and course descriptions
College Information – 317
Board of Regents – 318
ELCA Program Unit for
Vocation and Education – 319
Faculty and Administration – 320
Faculty Emeriti – 339
Maps – 342, 343
Index – 345
4
2006-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND MPAS PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2006
Summer........................................Freshman registration
Sept. 3-5/Sun.-Tues. ....................New student orientation
Sept. 6/Wed. ................................Classes begin
Oct. 27/Fri. ..................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 13-Dec. 1/Mon.-Fri. ............Registration for spring
Nov. 23/Thurs. ............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 27/Mon. ..............................Classes resume
Dec. 15/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 18-21/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2007
Jan. 16/Tues..................................Classes begin
Mar. 19/Mon. ...............................Mid-term break begins
Mar. 26/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Apr. 2-13/Mon.-Fri. .....................Registration for fall
Apr. 6/Fri. ....................................Easter break begins
Apr. 27/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 30-May 3/Mon.-Thurs. .......Final exams
May 5/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
2007-2008 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
DAY PROGRAM (AND MPAS PROGRAM)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2007
Sept. 5/Wed. .................................Classes begin
Oct. 26/Fri. .................................Mid-term break (one day only)
Nov. 22/Thurs. .............................Thanksgiving recess begins
Nov. 26/Mon. ...............................Classes resume
Dec. 14/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Dec. 17-20/Mon.-Thurs. ..............Final exams
Spring Term 2008
Jan. 14/Tues..................................Classes begin
Mar. 17/Mon. ...............................Mid-term/Easter break begins
Mar. 25/Tue. .................................Classes resume
Apr. 25/Fri. ..................................Classes end
Apr. 28-May 1/Mon.-Thurs. .......Final exams
May 3/Sat. ....................................Baccalaureate/Commencement
5
6
2006-2007 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (EXCEPT MPAS AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2006
Class Weekends: Sept. 8-10, Sept. 22-24, Oct. 6-8, Oct. 20-22, Nov. 3-5, Nov. 17-19,
Dec. 1-3, Dec. 8-10 (WEC only)
Winter Term 2007
Class Weekends: Jan. 5-7 (MA Nursing and MSW only), Jan. 12-14, Jan. 26-28, Feb. 2-4,
Feb. 16-18, Feb. 23-25, Mar. 9-11, Mar. 23-25
Spring Term 2007
Class Weekends: Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr. 13-15, Apr. 27-29, May 11-13, May 18-20, Jun. 1-3,
Jun. 15-17, Jun. 22-23 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
2007-2008 ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
WEEKEND COLLEGE AND GRADUATE
PROGRAMS (EXCEPT MPAS AND MBA)
The academic calendar is subject to change. Refer to the registrar’s Web page
for updated calendar and registration information at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
Fall Term 2007
Class Weekends: Sept. 7-9, Sept. 21-23, Oct. 5-7, Oct. 19-21, Nov. 2-4, Nov. 16-18,
Nov. 30-Dec. 2, Dec. 7-9 (WEC only)
Winter Term 2008
Class Weekends: Jan. 4-5 (MA Nursing and MSW only), Jan. 11-13, Jan. 25-27, Feb. 1-3,
Feb. 15-17, Feb. 29-Mar. 2, Mar. 14-16, Mar. 28-30
Spring Term 2008
Class Weekends: Apr. 11-13, Apr. 25-27, May 9-11, May 16-18, May 30-Jun. 1, Jun. 6-8,
Jun. 20-22, Jun. 27-28 (MSW only)
NOTE: For Rochester programs, reference the registrar’s Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
7
8
DIRECTORY
Area Code
612
Access Center ..............................................................................................................330-1749
Academic Advising......................................................................................................330-1025
Academic Enrichment.................................................................................................330-1165
Academic Affairs .........................................................................................................330-1024
Undergraduate Admissions .........................................................................................330-1001
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-788-5678
Alumni Relations.........................................................................................................330-1178
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-260-6590
Athletics ......................................................................................................................330-1249
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) ...................................330-1053
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.....................................................................330-1148
College Pastor/Campus Ministry ................................................................................330-1732
Counseling and Health Promotion .............................................................................330-1707
Event and Classroom Services ....................................................................................330-1107
Development (financial gifts to the College) .............................................................338-0002
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-273-0617
Enrollment Center ......................................................................................................330-1046
Toll-free number .......................................................................................1-800-458-1721
Facilities Management ................................................................................................330-1041
Financial Aid (scholarships and other aid) ................................................................330-1046
General Information (other office numbers; business hours only) ...........................330-1000
Fax ..................................................................................................................330-1649
Graduate Programs .....................................................................................................330-1150
Human Resources .......................................................................................................330-1058
Lost and Found ...........................................................................................................330-1000
Marketing and Communications ................................................................................330-1180
Parent and Family Relations .......................................................................................330-1525
President’s Office .........................................................................................................330-1212
Registrar ......................................................................................................................330-1036
Residence Life (Housing)............................................................................................330-1488
Rochester Program...............................................................................................507-288-2886
Student Activities and Orientation .............................................................................330-1111
Student Affairs.............................................................................................................330-1160
Student Government...................................................................................................330-1110
Summer Session ..........................................................................................................330-1046
TRIO/Student Support Services ..................................................................................330-1311
Weekend College ........................................................................................................330-1101
Mailing address:
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Website:
www.augsburg.edu
Introducing
Augsburg College
About Augsburg – 10
Weekend College – 12
Rochester Program – 13
Campus Location – 14
Facilities and Housing – 14
Associated Support
Organizations – 16
Policies – 17
Accreditation and
Memberships – 17
Facts and Figures – 18
10
ABOUT AUGSBURG
A
t Augsburg College, we believe that
the college experience should be a time of
exploration, of discovery, of new experiences, and new possibilities. We also
believe that a liberal arts education is the
best preparation for living in the fastpaced, changing, and complex world of
today and tomorrow. Augsburg graduates
will be able to demonstrate not only the
mastery of a major field of study, but also
the ability to think critically, solve problems, and communicate effectively.
Discovering your Gifts and Talents
The heart of an Augsburg education is
the Augsburg Core Curriculum — designed
to prepare students to become effective,
informed, and ethical citizens. Through
“Search for Meaning” courses, students
explore their own unique gifts and interests and find where their own talents intersect with the needs of our global society.
At the same time, courses across all disciplines stress the skills that will serve for a
lifetime—writing, speaking, critical thinking, and quantitative reasoning, to name a
few.
Thanks to Augsburg’s prime location in
the heart of a thriving metropolitan area,
many courses are able to offer rich and varied learning opportunities in real-life situations through academic internships, experiential education, volunteer community service, and cultural enrichment. In a sense,
the resources of the Twin Cities are an
extended campus for Augsburg students.
Selection from over 50 Majors
Augsburg offers more than 50 majors—
or you can create your own major, either
on campus or through the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). (See
page 58 for a complete list of majors and
minors.) This five-college consortium
allows day program students to take courses on other campuses without charge while
a full-time student at Augsburg. The ACTC
includes Augsburg College, the College of
St. Catherine, Hamline University,
Macalester College, and the University of
St. Thomas.
The Weekend College Program offers
19 majors and five certificate programs.
MISSION STATEMENT .
Students who graduate from Augsburg
are well prepared to make a difference in
the world. They stand as testaments to the
College motto, “Education for Service,”
and to the mission of the College:
“To nurture future leaders in service to
the world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in
the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian church, by the
context of a vital metropolitan setting, and
by an intentionally diverse campus community.”
HISTORY .
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America,
named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in
1530. Augsburg opened in September
1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved
to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
About Augsburg 11
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
The Focus Changed
August Weenaas was Augsburg’s first
president (1869-1876).
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911, George Sverdrup, Jr.,
became president. He worked to develop
college departments with an appeal to a
broader range of students than just those
intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of
Gerda Mortensen, dean of women. She
spent the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway—Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate
Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such “college” studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students;
and third, educate the farmer, worker, and
businessman. The statement stressed that a
good education is also practical.
Augsburg’s next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts
of education. This commitment to church
and community has been Augsburg’s theme
for over 130 years.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg’s second
president (1876-1907), required students
to get pre-ministerial experience in city
congregations. Student involvement in the
community gave early expression to the
concept of Augsburg’s motto, “Education
for Service.”
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was a
group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and
personal Christianity. This change made
Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. The college division, however, was still important
primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The College’s mission assumed a double character—ministerial preparation
together with a more general education for
life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected
Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and
scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and
civic circles made Augsburg a more visible
part of church and city life.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and improve
academic offerings. Now the College was a
larger part of the institution than the seminary and received the most attention.
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern
college program based on general education requirements and elective majors.
With curriculum change came a concerted
effort to become accredited. Full accreditation was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College’s
mission as serving the good of society first
and the interests of the Lutheran Free
Church second. The seminary moved to
Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther
Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963 when the
Lutheran Free Church merged with the
American Lutheran Church. Subsequently,
the American Lutheran Church merged
with two other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to
form the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America.
12 About Augsburg
A College in the City
AUGSBURG TODAY .
President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg’s emphasis on
involvement with the city. He wanted to
reach out to nontraditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for
all people. During his years of leadership
the College became a vital and integral part
of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg
added the Music Hall, Mortensen Hall,
Urness Hall, Christensen Center, Ice Arena,
and Murphy Place.
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders
who believed:
Dr. Charles S. Anderson led the College
from 1980 to 1997. He guided Augsburg’s
commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in
enrollment and programs, and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city
as extensions of campus and classroom.
Some of the accomplishments during his
tenure include instituting two graduate
degree programs, hosting national and
international figures at College-sponsored
forums and events, increasing accessibility,
and the addition of the Foss Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication; the
Oscar Anderson Residence Hall; and the
James G. Lindell Family Library.
• The city—with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled
learning laboratory for Augsburg students.
Dr. William V. Frame became president
in August 1997 and retired in 2006. Under
his leadership, the College sharpened its
identity as a college of the city, providing
an education, grounded in vocational calling, that provides students both the theoretical learning and the practical experience to succeed in a global, diverse world.
Augsburg also offers graduate and
undergraduate level nursing courses as
well as supporting degree courses through
its Rochester Program based in Rochester,
Minnesota.
Dr. Paul C. Pribbenow became the 11th
president of Augsburg College in July
2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages — in
the midst of a great city — to be faithful citizens of the world.
• An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community and
church;
• Education should have a solid liberal
arts core with a practical dimension in
order to send out productive, creative, and
successful citizens;
Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution
set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.
There are now over 18,000 Augsburg
alumni. In a world that has changed much
since those first days of the College,
Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and work.
In addition to undergraduate liberal
arts and sciences, Augsburg offers master’s
degree programs in business, education,
leadership, nursing, physician assistant
studies, and social work.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Augsburg’s Weekend College program
provides an educational alternative to
adults who want to complete a baccalaureate degree but who work or have other
commitments during the week. It is a
means by which men and women can gain
skills for professional advancement, prepare for a career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the
liberal arts.
About Augsburg 13
Weekend College began in 1982 with
69 students taking courses in three majors.
Eight courses were offered in the first term.
Today with approximately 1,000 students
enrolled each term and 19 majors,
Augsburg’s Weekend College is one of the
largest programs of its type among
Minnesota private colleges. Faculty in
Weekend College are full-time Augsburg
professors as well as adjunct faculty who
bring professional experience to their
teaching. The Weekend College student
body is involved in student government,
and students participate in academic and
extracurricular activities such as the student newspaper, travel seminars, and student organizations.
Augsburg Weekend College continues
its tradition of innovation to meet the
needs of the adult and nontraditional student.
The Adult as Learner
Augsburg Weekend College is based on
the assumption that working adult students are mature, self-disciplined, and
motivated learners who seek a combination of classroom experience and individual study. Each course includes periods of
concentrated, on-campus study as well as
time for independent study and class
preparation. Most courses include a Webbased course management site.
Alternate Weekends
To accommodate this learning format,
classes generally meet on alternate weekends for three and a half to four hours on
either Friday evening, Saturday morning,
Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.
Laboratory sections or additional class
hours may be scheduled during the week.
Weekend College students may take from
one to four courses each term. Selected
courses are also available on weekday
evenings and are open to both day and
Weekend College students. The academic
year for Weekend College is divided into
three trimesters.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s
Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. This community
is enriched by the presence of men and
women with a variety of work and life
experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages
Weekend College students to make use of
College facilities such as Lindell Library
and the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music and
dramatic presentations and athletic events.
Weekend College Faculty
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty
hold the doctorate or other terminal degree
and all consider teaching to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support
and are secondary to their teaching.
Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic
faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching
and learning techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s small classes encourage its
tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in
campus activities.
■ ROCHESTER PROGRAM
Augsburg has established a branch
campus in Rochester, Minnesota. Classes
in Rochester meet on an evening schedule,
making them accessible to working adults.
14 About Augsburg
There are three trimesters in each academic
year. Several complete degree programs are
available through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety
of other majors through a combination of
Rochester-based courses and courses taken
in the day or Weekend College program on
the Minneapolis campus. Students who
enroll in Rochester courses are required to
use technology in the learning and communication process through the online
course management system. Further information may be obtained from the
Rochester program website at
www.augsbur g.edu/rochester> or by call<w
ing the Weekend College Admissions
Office at 612-330-1101.
■ CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg’s campus is located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding
Murphy Square, the first of 170 parks in
Minneapolis, the “City of Lakes.” The
University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city’s largest medical
complexes—Fairview-University Medical
Center—are adjacent to Augsburg, with
the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theatre district just a few blocks
away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul,
home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and recreational opportunities, are
just minutes west and east via Interstate
94, which forms the southern border of the
campus. (See map on page 343.)
Convenient bus routes run throughout
the city and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away from
two Hiawatha Line light rail stations.
Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most
airlines provide daily service to the
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport,
and bus or train connections can be made
from all areas of the United States.
■ FACILITIES AND HOUSING
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located near
each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system
connects the two tower dormitories, the five
buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music
Hall, Murphy Place, Lindell Library, and the
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication.
Admissions Offices — The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions for the day program is located on the first floor of
Christensen Center. The Weekend College
Admissions Office, Rochester admissions,
and the Graduate Studies Admissions
Office are located at 624 21st Avenue
South.
Anderson Hall (1993) — Named in
honor of Oscar Anderson, president of
Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this
residence hall is located at 2016 S. Eighth
Street. Anderson Hall contains four types
of living units and houses 192 students, as
well as the Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies; the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning; and the Office of
Marketing and Communications.
Campus Auxiliary Building —
Located on the corner of 25th and
Riverside Avenues, this building provides
guest housing for visiting faculty, as well as
retail space and additional campus office
space.
Counseling and Health Promotion
— The Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion (CCHP) offers programs and
services that enhance student learning by
promoting personal development and wellbeing. The center occupies the house located at 628 21st Avenue South.
Christensen Center (1967) — The
College center, with spacious lounges and
recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore,
art gallery, and offices for student govern-
About Augsburg 15
ment and student publications. The Office
of Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor.
Edor Nelson Field — The athletic
field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is
the playing and practice field of many of
the Augsburg teams. An air-supported
dome covers the field during the winter
months, allowing year-round use.
Faculty Office House — This house,
located at 620 21st Avenue South, provides
additional office space for faculty.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication
(1988) — The Foss Center is named in
recognition of the gifts of Julian and June
Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the
College. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater,
Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are also housed in this complex, which
provides space for campus ministry, the
drama and communication offices, and the
StepUP program. The Foss Center’s lower
level is home to the Center for Learning
and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS)
program.
Ice Arena (1974) — Two large skating
areas provide practice for hockey and figure
skating, and recreational skating for
Augsburg and the metropolitan community.
The James G. Lindell Family Library
(1997) — This library and information
technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer
technology resources of the College. The
Gage Family Art Gallery is located on the
second floor. The library is located on the
block of campus bordered by 22nd and
21st Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh Street.
The Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center
— Named in 1991 to honor
Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development
officer and former alumni director,
upon his retirement from Augsburg.
The center, with the Office of Alumni
Relations, is located on the main floor of
Science Hall.
Melby Hall (1961) — Named in honor
of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to
1942, basketball coach, and head of the
Christianity department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education
program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center,
and general auditorium purposes. The
Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001.
Mortensen Hall (1973) — Named in
honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of
women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104
one- and two-bedroom apartments that
house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas.
2222 Murphy Place (1964) —
Murphy Place is home to the three of the
four components of the Office of
International Programs — Center for
Global Education, Global Studies, and
International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color — American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center, PanAsian Student Services, and
Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Music Hall (1978) — Contains Sateren
Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices for
the music faculty.
New Hall (1999) — A three-story
apartment complex along 20th Avenue,
between 7th and 8th Streets housing
juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites.
16 About Augsburg
Old Main (1900) — Home for the
modern languages and art departments,
with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old
Main combines energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Science Hall (1949) — Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a medium-sized auditorium, faculty offices, the
finance and administration offices, Alumni
Relations, Parent and Family Relations,
Institutional Advancement, and various
other program offices. In 1960 the
Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof
was completed.
Sverdrup Hall (1955) — Named in
honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it
contains the Enrollment Center and
Academic Advising, as well as classrooms
and faculty offices.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
(1938) — Built as a dormitory and named
in honor of Augsburg’s second and third
presidents, it contains the President’s
Office, Human Resources, and other
administrative and faculty offices.
Urness Hall (1967) — Named in
honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this
tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study, and utility areas.
■ ASSOCIATED SUPPORT
ORGANIZATIONS
Augsburg College has a commitment to
lifelong learning and to programs that
increase both individual and group understanding and achievement.
College of the Third Age — In 1976,
Augsburg initiated one of the first programs in the country that offers classes for
older adults, taught in their neighborhoods. Many of the instructors are retired
Augsburg faculty. The College of the Third
Age is located in Foss Center, Room 172.
Inter-Race: The International
Institute for Interracial Interaction —
Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of
work, communities, and society. The institute provides training and consultation,
research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy, and legal study in
five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600
21st Avenue South.
About Augsburg 17
■ POLICIES
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the basis
of race, color, creed, religion, national or
ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to
public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or
school administered programs, except in
those instances where religion is a bona
fide occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and
its students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg’s
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the affirmative action coordinator, Office of Human
Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Ave., Minneapolis, MN 55454,
612-330-1058.
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American
Association of University Professors and
the Association of American Colleges.
■ ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College is accredited by the
Higher Learning Commission of the North
Central Association of Colleges and
Schools* and the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education
(Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the
• American Chemical Society
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education
• Council on Social Work Education
(B.S. and M.S.W.)
• National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS)
• National Association for Music
Therapy, Inc.
• National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission on
Education for the Physician Assistant
(ARC-PA)
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of the:
• American Association of Colleges and
Universities (AACU)
• Association of Physician Assistant
Programs
• Council of Independent Colleges
(CIC)
• National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
We are members of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC),
Lutheran Education Council in North
America, Minnesota Private College
Council, National Society for Experiential
Education, and Campus Compact.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Office of Higher Education.
Registration is not an endorsement of the
institution. Registration does not mean
that credits earned at the institution can be
transferred to other institutions
or that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution,
or employer.
*The Higher Learning Commission of the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Schools, 312-263-0456;
<www.higherlearningcommission.org>
18
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND FIGURES
■
Location—Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The
College moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
■
Religious Affiliation—The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA).
Although a strong plurality of students
are Lutheran, 16 percent represent the
Roman Catholic Church, and 17 percent
represent other denominations and religions.
■
■
Accreditation—The Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools,
National Council for Accreditation of
Teacher Education, Accreditation Review
Commission on Education for the
Physician Assistant (ARC-PA). Approved
by the American Chemical Society,
Council on Social Work Education,
National Association for Music Therapy,
Inc., National Association of Schools of
Music, and the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education.
Member—Associated Colleges of the
Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council
in North America, Minnesota Private
College Council, CIC, AACU, AAHE.
Registered with the Minnesota Office of
Higher Education, as described on page
17.
■
Enrollment (Fall 2005)—3,564 students from 31 countries.
■
Graduates—18,112 graduates from
1870 through August 2005.
■
Student/Faculty Ratio—15 to 1.
Undergraduate class size averages 13
(WEC)-17 (Day).
■
Campus—17 major buildings. Major
renovations in 1979-80 with special
emphasis on accessibility.
■
Accessibility—Augsburg is now one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator system
provides access to 10 major buildings
without going outside.
■
Degrees Granted—B.A., B.S., B.M.,
M.A., M.B.A., M.S., M.S.W.
■
Financial Aid—Over 80 percent of the
students receive some form of financial
aid from the College and many other
sources.
■
Library—Over 180,000 items, direct
access to over 2,500,000 through CLIC,
the Twin Cities private college library consortium. The James G. Lindell Family
Library opened in September 1997.
■
School Year—Two semesters from
September to May, and three summer
school sessions. Augsburg Weekend
College—trimesters, September to June.
Augsburg Graduate Program—
trimesters, September to June.
■
Majors—More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs.
■
Off-Campus Programs—The Office
of International Programs offers study
abroad programs throughout the
world, including Augsburg’s own
Center for Global Education and
International Partners programs.
Augsburg is also a member of the
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA).
■
Athletic Affiliation—Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA), Division III.
■
Policy—Augsburg College, as affirmed
in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and its students.
Undergraduate
Admissions
For Day Program Freshmen – 20
Early Admission
of Freshmen – 21
For Weekend College – 21
For Transfer Students – 21
For Former Students – 22
For Special Students – 22
(Non-Degree)
For International Students – 22
20
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
A
ugsburg College strives to create a
strong, rich, and vibrant campus community with students representing a large
number of backgrounds, viewpoints, experiences, talents, and cultures.
Selection of students for Augsburg
College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate’s academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment,
and potential for development as a student
and as a graduate of Augsburg College.
Visit the Campus
Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere
is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus
and meet with an admissions counselor.
Arrangements may be made to meet with a
member of the faculty and to attend classes
when school is in session.
Augsburg’s admissions staff is ready
to help students and families with college
planning. Call any weekday between
8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m.—612-330-1001
or toll-free 1-800-788-5678. We’ll answer
your questions and arrange a tour for you
(including most Saturday mornings during the school year). The Office of
Undergraduate Admissions is located on
the first floor of the Christensen Center.
For Weekend College admission information, call 612-330-1101.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES.
■ DAY PROGRAM FRESHMEN
—
Application for Admission—
Applicants should complete the application
for admission and the essay and return
them to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions together with the non-refundable $25 application fee. Students may
apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/day>.
—An official transcript
Transcripts—
from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who
are still high school students at the time of
application should have their most recent
transcript sent, followed by a final, official
transcript upon graduation. If the student
has taken college courses, an official transcript from the institutions should also be
sent. General Education Development
(G.E.D.) scores may be presented instead
of the high school transcript.
—Freshman applicants are
Test Scores—
required to submit results from a college
entrance examination. The American
College Test (ACT) is preferred; results
from SAT are also accepted. Test scores
recorded on the official high school transcript are sufficient.
Recommendations — Two letters of
academic recommendation are required. If
the applicant has been out of school for
several years, a letter may be submitted by
a supervisor, employer, or other person for
whom the applicant works.
—If there
Additional Information—
is personal information that may have
affected the applicant’s previous academic
performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor.
On occasion, the Admissions Committee
may defer a decision on a candidate’s admission until other information has been
received. For example, more recent test
scores, results of the present semester’s
coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested
by the committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions will inform the candidate.
Undergraduate Admissions 21
—
Notification of Admissions Decision—
Augsburg College uses a “rolling” admissions plan. The first offers of admission
are made on September 1. After that, students are notified of the admissions decision usually within two weeks after the
application file is complete and has been
evaluated by the Admissions Committee.
—
Confirmation of Admission—
Accepted students are asked to make a
$150* enrollment deposit to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. Those students
who wish to live in College housing must
also submit a $200 housing deposit along
with the housing contract to the Residence
Life Office.
*Non-refundable after May 1.
Early Admission of Freshmen
Students of exceptional ability who
wish to accelerate their educational
program may be granted admission to
begin full-time work toward a degree after
completion of their junior year or first
semester of their senior year of high
school. Applicants must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants
and arrange a personal interview with the
director of undergraduate admissions.
■ WEEKEND COLLEGE
Applicants should complete the application form and return it along with the
$25 non-refundable application fee to the
Augsburg Weekend College Admissions
Office. Students may apply online at
<www.augsburg.edu/apply/weekend>.
Transcripts — Official transcripts from
all previous postsecondary institutions
should be sent directly to the Augsburg
Weekend College Office. Applicants with
less than one year of previous transferable
college work should also have their official
high school transcript sent. The G.E.D. test
certificate may be presented instead of the
high school transcript.
Additional Information — If there is
personal information that may have affected the applicant’s previous academic performance, it may be included with the
application or discussed personally with an
admissions counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the
Admissions Committee before an admission decision is made. On occasion, the
Admissions Committee may also defer a
candidate’s admission until other information has been received. For example, test
scores, results of current coursework, additional letters of recommendation, or writing samples may be requested by the committee. If any additional credentials are
needed, the Admissions Office will inform
the candidate.
Notification of Admissions Decision
— Augsburg College uses a “rolling”
admissions plan. Students are notified of
the admission decision, usually within two
weeks after the application file is complete
and has been evaluated by the Admissions
Committee.
Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary.
Please check with an admissions counselor
and major sections of this catalog to see if
admission to the major is required.
■ TRANSFER STUDENTS
A cumulative grade point average
(GPA) of at least 2.50 (on a 4.0 scale) in
previous College work is recommended for
admission to the College. No student who
falls below the standards for automatic
admission to the College will be considered for admission by the Admissions
Committee after August 15 for entry in fall
semester or December 15 for entry in
spring semester. Information regarding
transfer credit policies is found in the
22 Undergraduate Admissions
Academic Information section of the catalog, beginning on page 53.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(SECOND DEGREE)
■ FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have completed a
four-year degree at an accredited college
or university may complete a second
degree at Augsburg College. Second degree
requirements include: a minimum of eight
course credits taken at Augsburg, completion of a major, and completion of any
liberal arts requirements not covered by
a previous degree.
Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College for one semester or more without requesting a leave of
absence and who wish to return must
apply for re-admission through the registrar’s office. Students who have attended
other institution(s) during their absence
from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the
Office of the Registrar. Returning students
do not pay the application fee.
■ SPECIAL STUDENTS
(NON-DEGREE)
In some circumstances, people may be
admitted as special students (non-degree)
and granted the privilege of enrolling in
courses for credit. Students may request a
change in their degree status by submitting
a petition to the registrar’s office.
Students regularly enrolled at another
college may take coursework at Augsburg
College as a special student (non-degree).
An application form for special-student
status is available from the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions. To apply for
admission as a special student, submit the
completed admission application and academic transcripts to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Students who have graduated from
Augsburg who are returning to complete a
second major will not be awarded a second
degree unless it is a different degree from
the first awarded. Minors are not noted on
the transcript if they are completed after a
baccalaureate degree has been awarded.
Depending on the student’s previous
degree, completion of a second major
(non-degree) may also be an option.
■ INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International students are a vital part of
the Augsburg community. (See
International Student Advising on page
49.)
International students should contact
the Office of Undergraduate Admissions
for an international student application
and financial requirements. All applicants
must provide proof of financial solvency.
Applications must be completed two
months prior to the start of the semester:
June 1 for fall, Dec. 1 for spring.
For more information, call
612-330-1001 or 1-800-788-5678
(toll free); e-mail
<admissions@augsburg.edu>; or write to:
International Student Admissions
CB143
Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454 USA
Financing Your
Education
Day Program Costs
Tuition and Fees – 24
Room and Board – 24
Other Special Fees – 24
Deposits – 25
Weekend College Costs – 25
Payments – 26
Financial Policies
Refunds – 26
Financial Aid
How and When to Apply – 29
Kinds of Aid
Academic Excellence
Scholarships – 29
Achievement Scholarships – 30
Leadership, Service,
and Performance
Scholarships – 30
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program – 31
Gift Assistance – 31
Loan Assistance – 32
Student Employment – 33
Sponsored Scholarships – 33
24
FINANCING YOUR EDUCATION
A
ll students receive financial help
indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover.
The College raises that difference in gifts—
from alumni, faculty, staff, parents,
churches, friends, foundations, and endowment income.
However, the primary responsibility for
paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is
intended to supplement those resources.
COLLEGE COSTS 2006-2007.
DAY PROGRAM.
The Board of Regents has approved the
costs listed below for the 2006-07 academic
year. The Board reviews costs annually and
makes changes as required. The College
reserves the right to adjust charges should
economic conditions necessitate.
■ DAY PROGRAM TUITION, FEES,
ROOM, AND BOARD
Tuition
(full-time enrollment) ............$22,900
This rate applies to all full-time students
attending in September 2006. Students are
considered full-time when they take three
or more course credits during the semester.
The charge includes tuition, general fees,
facility fees, and admission to most
College-supported events, concerts, and
lectures. The amount is payable in two
equal installments at the beginning of each
semester.
Tuition
(part-time enrollment)
per one-credit course..............$ 2,860
This rate applies to students taking fewer
than three courses in a semester. Part-time
students taking lifetime sports are charged
the audit rate for that course.
Audit Fee
(for part-time students)
per course................................$
770
Full-time students—see audit policy on
page 86.
Room Rent
(on average, includes basic
services) ..................................$ 3,396
(Detailed room rates and housing options
are available through the Office of
Residence Life.)
Full Board
(19 meals a week) ..................$ 3,208
Other board plans are available as defined
in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Residence Life.
Partial board
(14 meals a week) ..................$ 3,126
Flex 5 point plan ....................$ 2,856
Student Activity Fee................$
180
ACTC Bus (full-time
students only) ..................$
13
Information Technology Fee ..$
300
■ OTHER SPECIAL FEES
(NON-REFUNDABLE)
Fees Billed on Student Account
Student Activity Fee (part-time
students) ....................................$ 90
Late Registration ..............................$ 50
Petition fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Lifetime Sport
(part-time students) ...................$ 180
Extended Payment Plan Fee ............$ 50
Financial Information 25
Overload Fee
(per course credit over 4.5,
Day and WEC/Rochester/United
combined) ..................................$2,860
Private Music Lessons, per semester
(14 lessons—.0 cr. or .25 cr.) ......$390
(14 lessons—.5 cr.) ......................$780
Student Teaching (per course
for full-time students) ..................$125
Student Teaching (per course
for part-time students) .................$185
Study Abroad (in approved
non-Augsburg programs) .............$425
Zero-credit seminar (part-time
students) .......................................$770
Fees Payable by Check/Cash
Application (new and/or
special students) ........................$ 25
Locker Rental ....................................$ 40
Student Parking Lot Permit
—car ...........................................$ 220
—motorcycle ..............................$ 110
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$
5
Next day......................................$
8
On demand .................................$ 15
Special Examinations,
Cap & Gown Costs
(Schedule on file in registrar’s office)
■ BOOKS AND SUPPLIES
These costs are estimated to average
$125 per course.
■ DEPOSITS
Enrollment Deposit
(non-refundable) ....................$
150
Required of all new students after
acceptance. The enrollment deposit is credited to the students’ account only upon
graduation or withdrawal. Any net credit
balance (after all charges and/or fines) will
be refunded upon request of the student.
For more information, contact the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions.
Housing Damage Deposit ......$
200
Required of all resident students at the
time of signing a contract to reserve a
housing assignment. This deposit is
retained against damages and/or fines and
is returned to the student account (less all
charges for damages and/or fines) at the
end of the occupancy period covered by
the contract. New contracts may be terminated in writing for fall or spring term by
following the conditions delineated in the
housing contract. The resident will be
responsible for all costs incurred due to
late cancellation or lack of proper notification as specified in the housing contract.
COLLEGE COSTS 2006-2007 .
WEEKEND COLLEGE .
Application Fee (payable once,
non-refundable) .........................$ 35
Tuition (per course) .........................$1,540
Tuition (per summer course 2004) ..$1,544
Activity Fee (per trimester) .............$11.50
Campus Access Fee (includes
parking permit; per trimester) ...$ 10
Audit Fee (per course) .....................$ 770
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Weekend
College Course ...........................$ 180
Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment
of Previous Learning ..................$ 150
Nursing Clinical Fee ........................$ 250
Supplementary Student Teaching
Fee (per course credit) ..............$ 150
Late Registration Fee ........................$ 50
Transcript Fee
Regular service............................$
5
Next day......................................$
8
On demand .................................$ 15
Petition Fee for waiver of registration
deadlines (non-refundable) .......$ 50
Zero-credit seminar ...........................$ 770
Extended Payment Plan Fee .............$ 50
26 Financial Information
■ PAYMENTS—DAY PROGRAM
Semester Fees—Prior to the start of
each semester a statement of estimated
charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the
Enrollment Center is sent to the student.
Payment Options—Day Program—
(1) Semester payments, due August 14 and
January 5 as billed; (2) Extended Payment
Plan—an extended payment plan is available each semester. Details are included
with the bill for each term.
■ PAYMENTS—WEEKEND COLLEGE
A statement of tuition and fee charges
and estimated financial aid will be mailed
to each registered student prior to the start
of each term. For tuition and fee information, please refer to the current Weekend
College Class Schedule, published each
year by the Weekend College Program
Office.
Payment Options—(1) Payment in
full at the start of each term. (2) Extended
Payment Plan—an extended payment plan
is available each semester. Details are
included with the bill for each term. (3)
Employer Reimbursement: students whose
employers reimburse them for all or part of
their tuition and fees must pay a $100
deposit per course credit at the start of the
term. The balance, which is subject to
finance charges until paid, is due 60 days
after the last day of the term. Students on
this plan must file an employer reimbursement application form each academic year,
prior to the start of the first class. The student is responsible for payment of the balance should the employer not reimburse
for any reason. If the employer offers partial reimbursement, the non-reimbursed
portion of tuition and fees must be paid in
full at the start of the term.
FINANCIAL POLICIES.
A finance charge is applied at a simple
rate of .67 percent per month on any
account with an open balance of 30 days
or more.
Registration is permitted only if the
student’s account for a previous term is
paid in full or if the student is making
scheduled payments in accordance with an
approved payment plan.
Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts until all student
accounts are paid in full or, in the case of
student loan funds administered by the
College (Federal Perkins Student Loan
including the National Defense and
National Direct Student Loans and the
Nursing Student Loan), are current
according to established repayment
schedules and the loan entrance and
exit interviews have been completed.
■ REFUNDS
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of a
portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule. Financial aid
may be adjusted for those students who
withdraw from the College or drop
course(s) and receive financial assistance.
Students who wish to withdraw from
Augsburg should complete the Withdrawal
from College form available in the
Enrollment Center. It must be filled out
completely, signed and turned in to the
Enrollment Center. Students who properly
withdraw or change to part-time, who are
dismissed, or who are released from a
housing contract will have their accounts
adjusted for tuition and/or room (except
for the minimum deduction of $100 to
cover administrative costs) in accordance
with the terms of their housing contract
Financial Information 27
and/or the appropriate tuition refund
schedule.
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center in
order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the
drop/add form are responsible for all
charges. Financial aid may be adjusted
based on the student’s last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based
on the date that the drop/add form is
processed.
• The Augsburg College Refund Policy
for Day, Weekend, Rochester, United, and
Graduate Programs:
The refund schedule is based on the
percentage of class time remaining on the
date of the student’s official withdrawal
from class. This applies to all students who
drop one or more courses during each
term.
Percentage of class time remaining
after official drop or withdrawal:
Amount of refund:
100% to 90% remaining
Full refund
(minus $100
administrative
fee)
89% to 50% remaining
Refund equals
the percentage
of term
remaining
49% or less remaining
No refund
This refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. Please allow two weeks for tuition
and possible financial aid adjustments to
be finalized. If a credit balance remains on
the student’s account, a credit refund check
will be issued at that time.
The refund of charges calculation used
is the Augsburg College Refund Policy stated above.
Students may appeal refund decisions
through the Financial Petition Committee.
Petition forms are available in the
Enrollment Center.
■ MEDICAL REFUND
If a student is forced to withdraw from
one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, the refund will include
the normal refund percentage (based on
the regular refund schedule), plus one-half
of the remaining tuition and fees. This
extra medical refund will be considered
upon submission of documentation from
the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Requests
for medical refunds should be made
through the Financial Petition Committee.
■ UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL
Federal regulations require that records
of financial aid recipients who earn failing
grades in all their classes be reviewed. If
courses are not completed (e.g. unofficial
withdrawal, stopped attending), the
College is required to refund financial aid
to the appropriate sources according to
federal or Augsburg refund policies based
on the last recorded date of attendance.
Students are responsible for the entire cost of
the term including the portion previously
covered by financial aid should they stop
attending. Students are strongly urged to
follow guidelines for complete withdrawal
from college. If there are extenuating
circumstances, a petition to have the cost
of tuition refunded can be made. Petition
forms are available in the Enrollment
Center.
28 Financial Information
A student who registers, does not
attend any classes, and does not withdraw
may petition to withdraw retroactively. The
student must petition within six months of
the end of term and provide proof of nonattendance. Proof can include, but is not
limited to, statements from each instructor
that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at
another college or university. If approved,
grades of W will be recorded and charges
for the term dropped. The administrative
cancellation fee is $300.
FINANCIAL AID.
All students who wish to be considered
for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This
includes completing the application process
as outlined below and meeting the academic progress standards outlined in the
brochure “Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid.” This brochure is available
from the Enrollment Center and is distributed to students on an annual basis.
Financing higher education could be
the most significant investment a person
or family makes in a lifetime. Proper planning and wise choices are important, not
only in choosing a college, but also in the
methods used to pay for it. Augsburg
College, through its Enrollment Center,
will help students and their families protect access to a quality Augsburg education
in a time of increasing financial challenge.
Financial assistance awarded through
Augsburg may be a combination of
scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time
work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private
agencies in providing various aid programs. During the 2005-2006 academic
year, more than eight out of ten students at
Augsburg received financial assistance.
The primary responsibility for financing
a college education rests upon the student
and family. Financial aid supplements
student and family resources.
The Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA), current tax documents, and Augsburg Verification Worksheet help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This
analysis takes into account such family
financial factors as current income, assets,
number of dependent family members,
other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations.
■ HOW TO APPLY
The following are required to process
your financial aid application:
1. Be admitted to Augsburg as a regular
student or be a returning student in good
academic standing with the College.
2. Complete the Free Application for
Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) or the
Renewal FAFSA. Students are encouraged
to file the FAFSA electronically on the Web
at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>. Students and their
parents may sign the FAFSA electronically
using a PIN issued by the U.S. Department
of Education. Instructions for requesting a
PIN can be found at <www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
Be sure to include the Augsburg College
code, 002334, on your application. Submit
your application to the processing agency
after Jan. 1. Applications must be filed by
April 15 for priority consideration.
3. Complete the current year
Verification Worksheet, available at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>, and submit it
to the Enrollment Center.
Financial Information 29
4. Submit copies of federal tax forms
for the preceding year (e.g. tax year 2005
to be considered for financial aid for 20062007). Tax forms are required for the student and parents of dependent students, or
spouse of student if filing separately.
■ WHAT HAPPENS NEXT?
Once all documents are received, we
review the financial aid application to
determine financial aid eligibility for all
available programs. A financial aid award
letter will be sent to the student. This letter details the financial aid award and
includes:
• Information regarding institutional
financial aid programs and requirements for continued eligibility
• Information regarding federal and private loan programs (students must
complete a loan application to receive
loan funds)
• Information regarding payment
plans/options for the current school
year
■ KINDS OF AID
A student applying for aid from
Augsburg applies for assistance in general
rather than for a specific scholarship or
grant (except as noted). The various forms
of aid available are listed here for information only.
In addition to aid administered by
Augsburg College, students are urged to
investigate the possibility of scholarships
and grants that might be available in their
own communities. It is worthwhile to
check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high
schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to
students who meet their requirements. In
addition to these sources, some students
are eligible for aid through Rehabilitation
Services, Educational Assistance for
Veterans, Educational Assistance for
Veterans’ Children, and other sources.
Academic Excellence Scholarships
President’s Scholarship—President’s
Scholarships are awarded based upon competition. The applicant must have a 3.70 or
higher GPA and a 27 or greater ACT composite (or a combined SAT score of 1210 or
greater). Separate applications are required.
The application deadline is February 1.
Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship—
These scholarships are awarded to selected
transfer students with a 3.50 GPA. The
application deadline is March 1. Call
Undergraduate Admissions for information, 612-330-1001.
30 Financial Information
Achievement Scholarships
Regents’ Scholarship—The Regents’
Scholarships are awarded to all qualified
new freshmen of high academic achievement who apply and are accepted before
May 1 for fall or Dec. 1 for spring.
Selection is based on high school GPA and
national test scores.
Transfer Regents’ Scholarship—
Transfer Regents’ Scholarships are awarded
to all qualified transfer students with a
minimum 3.00 GPA who apply and are
accepted for admission by May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Augsburg Legacy Award—These
scholarships provide tuition awards to fulltime day students working toward their
first bachelor’s degree who are children,
grandchildren, or spouses of Augsburg
graduates; siblings of current Augsburg
students; children or spouses of current
ELCA pastors. Deadline: May 1 for fall or
Dec. 1 for spring.
Science Scholarship—These scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen
who are in the top 30 percent of their
high school class or ACT/SAT test score,
majoring in chemistry or physics at
Augsburg. Deadline: Accepted for admission by May 1.
Augsburg AmeriCorps
Scholarship—These scholarships are
awarded to qualified AmeriCorps members
who are currently serving or have served
for at least one year. Must be certified as
eligible by the director of the AmeriCorps
site, be accepted for admission, be a fulltime day student, and complete the financial aid application. Application deadline is
May 1.
Minority Encouragement Program
Scholarship — The Minority
Encouragement Program Scholarship recognizes freshmen who have graduated
from a St. Paul public high school in good
standing and who participated in their
school’s Minority Encouragement Program.
MEP students are assured of receiving a
minimum award of $5,000 per year upon
admission to Augsburg College.
Application deadline is May 1.
Leadership, Service, and
Performance Scholarships
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships —
Ethnic Leadership Scholarships recognize
incoming freshmen and transfer students
with demonstrated scholarship and a
record of, and/or potential for, leadership.
Eligible students must be full time in the
day program and have the recommendation of the appropriate Augsburg Ethnic
Student Services program director and
another individual knowledgeable about
the student’s extracurricular activities. The
application deadline is April 15. For more
information and an application, contact:
• American Indian Student Services,
612-330-1144
• Hispanic-Latino Student Services,
612-330-1309
• Pan-Afrikan Student Center, 612-3301022
• Pan-Asian Student Services, 612-3301530
Performing Arts Scholarship—
Awarded to selected incoming students
who demonstrate active participation in
the performing arts. Separate application
and audition are required. The deadline is
February 1 for fall or November 1 for
spring.
Financial Information 31
Lutheran Congregational
Scholarship Program
Augsburg Corporation Scholarship
— Recognizes students who are members
of an ELCA congregation within the
Minneapolis Area Synod, St. Paul Synod,
S. E. Metro Synod or N. E. Synod of
Wisconsin. These four synods constitute
the Augsburg Corporation. The scholarship
is awarded at point of admission for $1,000
per year.
CALL Scholarships (Congregations
and Augsburg support Lutheran
Leaders) — Augsburg College CALL
Scholarships recognize incoming students
of high academic achievement with a
demonstrated record of leadership within
their Lutheran congregations. Augsburg
will provide a double match of congregational grants or scholarships up to $1,000
($3,000 maximum combined award) for
students who meet the leadership criteria
as specified on the application. The awards
are renewable, depending on the class level
at entry point (i.e., a new entering junior
will have two years of eligibility). Final
selection of CALL Scholarship recipients is
made by the College. Deadline for application is March 1.
Gift Assistance (Need-Based)
Augsburg Tuition Grant—These
awards are based on financial eligibility,
academic record, and participation in
extracurricular activities in school,
community, and church.
Minnesota State Scholarship and
Grant—Eligibility requires Minnesota
residency and enrollment of less than four
years (or its equivalent) at any post-secondary school. Consult the Enrollment
Center for accepted enrollment patterns.
Federal Supplemental Educational
Opportunity Grant—Whenever law and
funds permit, SEOGs are awarded to students who demonstrate exceptional financial need. Preference is given to students
eligible for the Federal Pell grant.
Federal Pell Grant—Federal Pell
grants are awarded to students attending
eligible institutions of higher education
and are based on financial need as defined
by program guidelines. Maximum grant
for 2006-07 is $4,050.
Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and
State Indian Scholarship—Bureau of
Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships and Augsburg American
Indian Scholarships are available to Indian
students (both full and part-time) who
meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian
Affairs/Tribal and State Indian
Scholarships, students must be a quarter
degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled
with a federally-recognized tribe. Eligibility
criteria for Augsburg American Indian
Scholarships vary. Contact the director of
the American Indian Student Services
Program. American Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid.
Questions may be directed to the director
of the American Indian Student Services
Program or to your local BIA, Tribal, or
State Indian Education Office.
32 Financial Information
Loan Assistance
Federal Perkins Student Loan—A
federally-funded program administered
through Augsburg College for students
who demonstrate financial eligibility. No
interest accrues nor do payments have to
be made on the principal at any time you
are enrolled at least half time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of principal
(at the minimum of $40 a month) begin
nine months after you leave school.
Repayment may extend up to 10 years.
The loan offers a teacher cancellation
clause. The maximum that may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $20,000.
Federal Stafford Student Loan
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford
Loan funds are obtained directly from a
lender or state agency in states that provide
such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans
are need-based loans that the federal
government subsidizes by paying the
interest while the student is in school
and during the grace period.
For the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan,
interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible
for all interest. The borrower may choose
to make payments while in school or may
defer payments and allow interest to
accrue and be capitalized (added to the
balance of the loan).
The interest rate for new borrowers
through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized
Stafford Loan will be transitioning to a
fixed rate of 6.8% in July 2006.
The following borrowing limits apply
to the Stafford Loan program after July 1,
2006:
• Freshmen: $7,500 annually (Combined
Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Sophomores: $8,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized Stafford)
• Aggregate maximum: $46,000
(Combined Subsidized and
Unsubsidized)
Federal Nursing Student Loan—A
federal program with provisions similar to
the Federal Perkins Student Loan program,
but restricted to applicants accepted or
enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients
must have financial need and be registered
at least half time. The maximum loan is
$4,000 per year.
Federal Parent Loan Program
(PLUS)—PLUS is a loan program to help
parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to
the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Repayment begins
within 60 days of final disbursement, the
interest rate is transitioning to a fixed rate
of 8.5% and a minimum payment of $50
per month. Further information is available at the Augsburg College Enrollment
Center website.
Financial Information 33
Student Employment
Augsburg College provides work
opportunities for students. Assignment is
based on financial eligibility and potential
competence in performing the duties
assigned. Part-time work provided by the
College is considered financial aid, just
like scholarships, loans, and grants. A
maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
All on-campus work is governed by
policies stipulated in the work contract
issued to the student employee for each
placement. Payment is made monthly by
check to the student employee.
Federal College Work Study
Program and Minnesota State Work
Study Program—Under these programs
the federal or state government supplies
funds on a matching basis with the College
to provide part-time work opportunities.
SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS .
Augsburg College, through generous
gifts from alumni, faculty, staff, and
friends, offers more than 400 sponsored
scholarships.
All returning eligible students are considered. Selection is based on academic
achievement, financial need, and selection
criteria established by the donor.
Sponsored scholarships are considered part
of a student’s overall financial aid award. A
list of scholarships follows.
■ GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ADC Telecommunications Inc.
Linda Schrempp Alberg Memorial
Scholarship
American Express Company
Henry and Leona Antholz Scholarship
Class of 1931 Scholarship
Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship
Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson
Memorial Scholarship
Elias B. Eliason, Sr. Memorial Scholarship
M. J. Estrem Scholarship
Reuben I. and Marion Hovland Scholarship
Tze-Lien Yao-Hsieh, Lenorah Erickson,
and Mildred Joel Memorial Scholarship
Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship
Kopp Investment Advisors Presidential
Scholarship
Arne and Jean Markland Scholarship
Emma Johnston Mathwig Scholarship
Memorial Scholarship Foundation
Scholarships
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Liberal Arts Scholarships
Minnesota Scholars Fund Scholarship
Clifford and Martha Nylander Scholarship
Marvin T. Nystrom Scholarship
Rev. Martin J. and Olga S. Olson
Scholarship
Casey Albert T. O’Neil Foundation
Scholarship
John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund
Martin and Esther Quanbeck Scholarship
Rahr Foundation Scholarship
Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship
Phillip and Helen Rouberg Scholarship
Senior Challenge Endowment Fund
Rosemary J. Shafer Scholarship
St. Luke’s Lutheran Church Centennial
Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial
Scholarship
Thorpe Family Scholarship—Bethany
Lutheran Church
Ernest and Vivian Tinseth Scholarship
Robert W. Warzyniak Memorial
Scholarship
Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment
Fund
Xcel Energy Scholarship
Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship
34 Financial Information
■ SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarship
Charles and Kate Anderson Endowment
Fund
Mildred Ryan Cleveland Memorial
Scholarship
Dain Rauscher Scholarship
David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship
The Grace Scholarship
David Gronner Memorial Scholarship
Rev. John Hjelmeland Endowed
Scholarship Fund
Hoversten Peace Scholarship
ING Foundation Scholarship
Torgney and Valborg Kleven Memorial
Scholarship
Mary E. Larsen International Studies
Scholarship
Floyd Lorenzen Memorial Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior
College Scholarship
Lutheran Brotherhood Opportunity
Scholarship
Minnesota Mutual Foundation Scholarship
Minnesota Power Company Scholarship
Karen Neitge Scholarship
Marilyn and John Paul Nilsen Scholarship
Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship
Ole K. and Evelyn L. Olson Scholarship
Timothy O. Olson Memorial Scholarship
Rev. John and Ingeborg Peterson Memorial
Scholarship
Jay and Rose Phillips Family Foundation
Scholarship
Clayton and Ruth Roen Memorial
Scholarship
Loren Manuel Schottenstein Memorial
Scholarship
John and Agnes Siverson Scholarship
Genevieve E. Stelberg Memorial Scholarship
Wells Fargo Scholarship
■ CAMPUS MINISTRY/CHRISTIAN
SERVICE
John Andrew Adam Memorial Scholarship
C. A. L. and Esther J. E. Anderson
Scholarship
Charles and Catherine Anderson Diversity
Scholarship
Kyle A. and Sandra L. Anderson
Scholarship
Carl C. and Kathleen A. Casperson
Scholarship
Corinne and Herbert Chilstrom
Scholarship
Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship
Pastor Bob Evans Scholarship
Dave Hagert Memorial Scholarship
Helen (Mohn) Henderson Memorial
Scholarship
Lee Family Scholarship
Forrest T. Monson and Thelma (Sydnes)
Monson Scholarship
Pastor Carl O. and Edith W. Nelson
Memorial Scholarship
Philip and Dora Quanbeck Scholarship
Russell and Helen Quanbeck Scholarship
Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship
Russel and Virginia Smith Scholarship
Roy C. and Jeanette Tollefson Scholarship
■ MULTICULTURAL/INTERNATIONAL
STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
American Indian Scholarship
Kent Anderson American Indian
Scholarship
Ada Bakken Memorial-American Indian
Scholarship
Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial
Scholarship
Cargill Foundation American Indian
Scholarship
General Mills Foundation Scholarship
Grand Metropolitan American Indian
Scholarship
Financial Information 35
Grand Metropolitan Food Sector
Foundation Scholarship
Hearst American Indian Scholarship
Honeywell Corporation Scholarship
Grace Anne Johnson Memorial Scholarship
Kerridge/Mueller American Indian
Scholarship
James M. Kingsley American Indian
Scholarship
Little Six, Inc. Scholarship
McKnight Foundation Scholarship
Medtronic Foundation Scholarship
Marilyn Peterson Memorial Scholarship
Prairie Island Indian Community
Scholarships
Shakopee Mdewakanton Dakota
Community Scholarship
Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial
Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Scholarship
St. Paul Companies, Inc. Teaching
Assistants Scholarship
James R. Thorpe Foundation Scholarship
Trinity Lutheran Congregation 125th
Anniversary Scholarship
UPS Foundation Scholarship
U.S. Bancorp Foundation Scholarship
West Group Scholarship
Westwood Lutheran Church Second Mile
Mission Scholarship
Women of the ELCA Native Women’s
Achievement Award
■ PUBLIC SERVICE SCHOLARSHIPS
Margaret E. Andrews Public Service
Scholarship Fund
Class of 1998 Scholarship
Harold B. and Laura M. Lanes Scholarship
Person Public Service Scholarship Fund
Adeline Marie (Rasmussen) Johnson
Memorial Scholarship
Marina Christensen Justice Memorial Fund
■ DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Art
Lucy Bodnarczuk Memorial Scholarship
Norman D. Holen Art Scholarship
August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship
Queen Sonja Art Scholarship
Alfred and Margaret Syring Scholarship
Biology
Biology Scholarships
Eleanor Christensen Edwards Scholarship
Dr. Paul R. and Maxine Fridlund Biology
Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Scholarship
Business Administration/Accounting/
Economics
Marianne Anderson Entrepreneurial
Scholarship
Augsburg Business Alumni Scholarship
Fund
Cargill Foundation Scholarship
Malcom and Maybelle Estrem Scholarship
Farmers Insurance Group of Companies
Scholarship
Forss-Herr Scholarship
Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship
Amin E. Kader Business Scholarship
Mildred and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship
Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship
Clifford A. Peterson Scholarship
David L. Shaver Memorial Scholarship
Clair E. and Gladys I. Strommen
Scholarship
Leland and Louise Sundet Scholarship
Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship
Chemistry
Courtland Agre Memorial Scholarship
Augsburg College Chemistry Alumni
Scholarship
Department of Chemistry Scholarships
Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship
Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey)
Holmen Scholarship
36 Financial Information
Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Company Chemistry Scholarship
Conrad Sunde Memorial Chemistry
Scholarships
Education
James and Shelby Andress Education
Scholarship
Heidi Huber Scholarship
Dr. Einar O. Johnson Scholarship
S. Luther Kleven Family Scholarship
Elva B. Lovell Life Scholarship
David Mathre Scholarship
Debra Boss Montgomery Memorial
Scholarship
Barbara Tjornhom and Richard K. Nelson
Scholarship
John L. and Joan H. Ohlin Memorial
Scholarship
Pederson Samuelson Scholarship
English
Dagny Christensen Memorial Scholarship
Murphy Square Literary Award
Anne Pederson English Scholarship
Prof. P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship
Health and Physical Education
Jeroy C. and Lorraine M. Carlson
Scholarship
Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
Rory Jordan Memorial Scholarship
Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship
Roy and Eleanor Krohn Scholarship
Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship
Robert D. and Carolyn W. Odegard
Scholarship
James P. Pederson Memorial Scholarship
Stan Person Memorial Scholarship
History
Rev. and Mrs. O. J. Haukeness History
Award
H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship
John R. Jenswold Memorial Scholarship
Dr. Bernhardt J. Kleven Scholarship
Theodore and Lucille Nydahl History
Scholarship
Mathematics
Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship
Beverly Durkee Mathematics Scholarship
Mathematics Scholarship
George Soberg Scholarship
Robert Wick Scholarship
Metro-Urban Studies
Joel and Frances Torstenson Scholarship in
Urban Affairs
Modern Languages
Emil M. Fossan Modern Language
Scholarship
Mary E. (Mimi) Johnson Scholarship
Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language
Scholarship
Theodore and Virginia Menzel Scholarship
Music
Albert and Solveig Birkland Scholarship
Centennial Singers Scholarship
Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship
Sam Coltvet and Reverend Mark Ronning
Memorial Choral Music Scholarship
Leonard and Anabelle Dahlberg
Scholarship
Robert Ellingrod Memorial Scholarship
Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music
Scholarship
Marjorie and James R. Gronseth, Jr.
Memorial Music Scholarship
Mabeth Saure Gyllstrom Scholarship
Beth Halverson Violin Scholarship
Kay Halverson Scholarship
Lynn Halverson Cello Scholarship
Carol Halverson Hearn Violin Scholarship
Hanwick Thanksgiving Scholarship
Financial Information 37
O. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship
Orville and Gertrude Hognander
Scholarship
Robert Karlén Scholarship
Bernice Kolden Hoversten Memorial
Choral Scholarship
Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship
Professor Roberta Stewart Kagin
Scholarship
Ruth Krohn Kislingbury Choral Music
Scholarship
Susan and Dean Kopperud Scholarship for
Excellence in Music
Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel Scholarship
Nicholas Lenz Memorial Scholarship
Kenneth O. Lower-Nordkap Male Chorus
Music Scholarship
Susan Halverson Mahler Viola Scholarship
Arthur Carl Mammen Music Scholarship
Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship
Music Education Scholarship
Grace Carlsen Nelson Scholarship
Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg
Scholarship
St. John’s Lutheran Church — John Norris
Scholarship
Lois Oberhamer Nye Memorial Scholarship
Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship
Performing Arts Scholarship (Music)
Sampson Music Scholarship
Leland B. Sateren Choral Music
Scholarship
Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship
Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship
String Scholarships
John and Vera Thut Scholarship
Nordic Area Studies
Thomas D. and Gretchen S. Bell
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship
Olaf Gaastjon Memorial Scholarship
Walter G. and Ruth I. Johnson
Scandinavian Studies Scholarship
Iver and Myrtle Olson Scholarship
Nursing
Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association
Scholarship
Linnea A. Danielson Scholarship
Fairview Nursing Alumnae Association
Scholarship
Philosophy
Dr. Kenneth C. and Mrs. Dorothy A. Bailey
Scholarship
Physician Assistant
Alne Swensen Scholarship
Dr. Kristofer and Mrs. Berth E. Hagen
Memorial Scholarship
Physics
Floyd V. and Ruth M. Case Scholarship
Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship
Alfred A. Iversen Scholarship
NASA Space Grant Scholarship
Leif Sverdrup Physics Scholarship
Political Science
Martin and Sylvia Sabo Scholarship
Myles Stenshoel Scholarship
Psychology
Jacob and Ella Hoversten Scholarship
Rev. and Mrs. George Pauluk Scholarship
Religion Scholarships
Augsburg College Associates Scholarship
Norman and Louise Bockbrader
Scholarship
Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship
Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance
Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship
Rev. Donald C. Carlson Memorial
Scholarship Fund
Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial
Scholarship
Ernest S. Egertson Family Scholarship
Joel and Mary Ann Elftmann Scholarship
Luthard O. Gjerde Scholarship
Rev. Dr. Harald D. and Jonette T. Grindal
Scholarship
Elias P. Harbo Memorial Scholarship
38 Financial Information
Arnold and Neola Hardel Memorial
Scholarship
Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship
Pastor George J. Kundson Memorial
Scholarship
Rev. Arnold J. Melom Memorial
Scholarship
Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship
Onesimus Scholarship
Johan H. O. Rodvik Memorial Scholarship
Ronholm Scholarship
Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren
Scholarship
Paul G., Jr., and Evelyn Sonnack
Scholarship
Morris G. C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship Fund
Johan L. Weltzin Memorial Scholarship
Social Work
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Blanca-Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for
Minority Social Work Students
Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Sociology
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize
Speech/Communication/ Theatre Arts
Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship
Performing Arts Scholarship (Drama)
Esther J. Olson Memorial Theatre
Arts/Religion Scholarship
Student Life
Campus Ministry – 40
Vocation – 40
Student Government – 40
Campus Activities and
Orientation – 41
Social, Cultural, Recreational – 41
Fine Arts – 41
Anne Pederson Women’s
Resource Center – 42
Athletics and Sports – 42
Gage Center for Academic
Achievement – 42
Academic Advising – 44
Center for Learning and
Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) – 43
Academic Skills Assistance – 43
TRIO Program – 44
Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity
(URGO) – 45
Services for Students with
Physical Disabilities – 45
ACCESS Center – 45
StepUP® Program – 46
Ethnic Student Services – 46
American Indian – 46
Hispanic/Latino – 47
Pan-Asian – 47
Pan-Afrikan – 47
GLBTQA – 48
Health and Fitness – 48
International Student
Advising – 49
Residence Life Program – 49
Housing – 49
Food Service – 50
College Policies – 51
Student Standards of Behavior,
Complaints, Records – 51
Official Notices – 51
Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act – 51
Discrimination Complaints – 52
40
STUDENT LIFE
A
ugsburg’s mission focuses on student learning in the broadest sense.
Experiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and
development also occur in formal and
informal activities of the College and the
metropolitan area. Whether students are
residents or commuters, the climate for
learning and living at Augsburg will add
dimension to their education.
CAMPUS MINISTRY .
As a college of the church, we are
concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern
for spiritual growth is evident in the
opportunities we encourage and provide
for students to explore their own faith.
Because our campus is comprised of
individuals from many different religious
and cultural backgrounds, our worship life
is characterized by a similar diversity and
richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth
groups, outreach teams and community
outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and
justice forums, concerts, and gatherings are
examples of the wide variety of activities
on campus.
This ministry finds its most visible
expression in chapel worship where students, faculty, and staff gather each day to
give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and
musicians. Each Wednesday night students
gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays,
Trinity Lutheran worship services are held
on campus, with many other churches
within walking distance.
We seek to develop a free and open
environment where people are encouraged
to use and discover the gifts and sense of
call and vocation that God has given them.
As a college of the church, we encourage
students to form values guided by our
Christian heritage, which will be the basis
for the kind and quality of life that reaches
beyond their years at Augsburg.
The college pastor, associate college
pastor, and campus ministry staff have
offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama, and Communication
and are available for spiritual guidance,
counseling, support, or information.
VOCATION .
Augsburg College created a program
entitled Exploring Our Gifts through the
generous support of the Lilly Endowment.
Established in Spring 2002, the Exploring
Our Gifts program is designed to help students in their college journey to make connections between faith, vocation, and
work. The program assists students in this
journey by intentionally introducing vocational themes into the curriculum, co-curricular activities, service-learning experiences, and mentoring relationships at the
College. Exploring Our Gifts also provides
resources to encourage students to consider Christian ministry. Contact the director
of Exploring Our Gifts for further information about the program.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT .
Through Student Government, students
secure a closer relationship with and better
understanding of the administration and
faculty and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student
Government also sponsors and directs student organizations, protects student rights,
and provides the means for debate and
activism on all issues pertaining to student
life at Augsburg.
Student Life 41
Student Government is organized into
several committees. Elections are held in
the spring for the next year. Freshmen
elect their representatives in the fall of
their first year. Many kinds of involvement
are possible—program planning, writing,
editing, or service opportunities. If you
want to get involved, contact the president
or vice president of the student body in
their offices in the lower level of the
Christensen Center.
CAMPUS ACTIVITIES AND .
ORIENTATION .
The Office of Campus Activities and
Orientation creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills
through active co-curricular involvement.
These events, activities and organizations
serve the campus community by helping
students become connected and invested
in their Augsburg experience.
Orientation programs on campus help
new students to Augsburg College become
familiar with their new surroundings and
the various resources that Augsburg offers
students. Summer Orientation and
Registration (SOAR) is a summer orientation program for entering first-year students where they will receive their class
schedule, meet their orientation leader and
meet new Auggies. Auggie Days is a fourday, fall transition program prior to the
beginning of classes. It is a comprehensive,
educational orientation program dedicated
to helping new first year students become
acclimated to the campus and feel comfortable in their new home. TRANSFERmation
and Spring Begin are transfer and new
beginner orientation programs that take
place in the fall and spring respectively.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL .
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, films, theme
events, speakers, and visiting personalities
in various fields.
The Christensen Center is the hub of
student life on Augsburg’s campus. It houses various offices and services provided for
Augsburg students, staff, and faculty. The
Office of Undergraduate Admissions, Office
of Campus Activities and Orientation,
Event and Classroom Services, the Copy
Center, Shipping and Receiving, Murphy’s
Grill, Information Desk, Barnes and Noble
Bookstore, Sodexho food service, mail services, and Starbucks coffee/lounge are
offices and services that are currently in
the Christensen Center.
The Student Activities Center (known
as the Auggie’s Nest) is located on the garden level of the Christensen Center.
Student organizations have workstations
and lockers to help promote their events,
hold meetings and plan campus-wide programming endeavors. Commuter students
have the opportunity to utilize daily-use
lockers for storage.
■ FINE ARTS
Students have many opportunities to
participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the
city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band,
and Orchestra perform on national and
international tours. Many other ensembles
are available to cover the entire range of
musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the
Theatre Arts Program and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus
workshops with visiting arts professionals.
42 Student Life
■ ANNE PEDERSON WOMEN’S
RESOURCE CENTER
and ice arena.
The Anne Pederson Women’s Resource
Center at Augsburg College provides an
arena where Augsburg women can convene
to discuss topics of importance to today’s
women. It is also open to those men who
are supportive of women’s equality and the
study of feminism. In the Center you will
find a women’s library with current magazines for women and a collection of print
sources. It is also a meeting place for students, faculty and staff to interact, rest,
relax, study and converse. The Women’s
Resource Center sponsors numerous programs and activities, and provides a safe
place on campus for discussions, explorations and women’s advocacy. The
Resource Center is located in 207 Sverdrup
Hall.
■ SPORTS AND RECREATION
ATHLETICS AND SPORTS
■ INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is affiliated with the
Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference (MIAC) and is a member of
the National Collegiate Athletic
Association (NCAA) Division III. Men
annually compete in football, soccer, cross
country, basketball, ice hockey, wrestling,
baseball, track and field, and golf. Women
annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, ice hockey, softball,
swimming, track and field, and golf.
■ INTRAMURALS
Every student is urged to participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as
individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there is open use of the gymnasium
At Augsburg, sports are for all students
as well as the intercollegiate
athlete. The campus offers on a spaceavailable basis a double-rink ice arena,
gymnasium, tennis courts, a fitness center
with workout machines and weight room,
and an air supported dome over the athletic
field for winter fitness use by walkers and
runners. (See Fitness Center on page 49.)
GAGE CENTER FOR ACADEMIC.
ACHIEVEMENT.
The Gage Center assists all Augsburg
students in setting and achieving optimal
academic goals here at the College and
beyond. The Center consists of five collaborating units:
Academic Advising
Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS)
Academic Skills Coaching
TRIO/Student Support Services
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO)
■ ACADEMIC ADVISING
Academic Advising orients new Day
and Weekend College undergraduate students to the academic policies and procedures of the college and assists students on
initial course selection. This office also
provides interpretation of core curriculum
requirements, administers entry-level skill
assessments, interprets graduation requirements, provides degree-planning materials,
and answers questions on student academic progress. Academic Advising functions
as a supplement to the faculty advising system at Augsburg College, and is located in
the Enrollment Center.
Student Life 43
All current students are assigned to a
faculty adviser. Prior to the end of their
sophomore year, when they have completed 12 or more credits, students are
required to declare their major and select a
faculty adviser by filling out a Major
Declaration Form and returning it to the
Enrollment Center. All day students are
required to meet with their assigned faculty adviser prior to registration. Both day
and weekend college students are encouraged to meet with their faculty adviser as
often as is necessary.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(CLASS)
The Center for Learning and Adaptive
Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic
support for students with documented
learning, attentional, psychiatric and other
cognitive disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping
these students gain full access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection
of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a
rigorous and challenging, yet supportive,
liberal arts education to students with
diverse backgrounds, preparations, and
experiences.
Students who qualify for assistance
from CLASS work directly with one of our
disability specialists to develop an appropriate educational plan. These plans may
include:
• Accommodations for testing and
classroom (e.g., extended time, notetaking)
• Referrals to other campus resources
(e.g., tutoring, general technology
assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid)
• Use of assistive technology through
the Groves Computer Laboratory
• Individual meetings (weekly or occasional) with a specialist for assistance
with academic, organizational, and
time management skills
CLASS specialists may also consult
with instructors, academic advisers, and
other members of the college faculty, staff,
or administration to ensure that students
have every opportunity for success. Taking
advantage of those opportunities, however,
remains the student’s responsibility.
These services are available to any
Augsburg student who establishes eligibility by submitting appropriate documentation to the CLASS office. A copy of the
Guidelines for Documentation of a
Disability can be obtained by contacting
the CLASS Office. CLASS also provides
informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to
help students determine whether they
should seek a thorough evaluation by a
qualified professional.
These services are made possible in part
through endowment support provided by
the Gage family and the Groves
Foundation.
■ ACADEMIC SKILLS COACHING
The Academic Skills Coaches, located
in Science 116, offer students study-skills
assistance so they may achieve academic
success. The coaches assist students in
improving their skills in such areas as time
management, note taking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and
concentration and memory improvement.
The staff will assist students in stress
reduction and in developing effective and
efficient study skills based on individual
learning styles.
44 Student Life
The Karen M. Housh Tutoring
Service—located in Science 116, arranges
for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most courses offered. The
service also notifies students of available
group study and coordinates supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors
attend the classes and facilitate review after
class on major concepts of the course.
Augsburg TRIO/Student Support
Services serves 160 students from the point
of admission through graduation, including transfer students, Day program and
Weekend College Students. TRIO/SSS typically admits 35 new students to the program each year.
The John Evans Learning
Laboratory—located in Science 116,
offers students the opportunity to improve
skills in reading, writing, and mathematics.
•Individual academic advising and support, including appropriate goal attainment
strategies and self-advocacy skill-building
•Academic program planning, including pre-registration for each term, major
and career decision-making, and long-term
course planning
•Financial aid counseling and education
•Academic progress monitoring, weekly
progress meetings for students on academic probation
•Academic success workshops, group
academic skill development
•Student leadership development and
opportunities for conference travel
•Social and cultural activities and student-led events
•Summer Bridge program including
free summer-term college coursework,
academic seminars, adjustment-to-college
workshops, and advising for 20 incoming
first-year students
•Need-based scholarships for first- and
second-year students actively participating
in TRIO/SSS
■ TRIO PROGRAM
TRIO programs are federal grant programs funded by the U.S. Department of
Education, which seek to help students
overcome class, social, academic and cultural barriers to higher education. TRIO
programs are designed to help students
prepare for college, adjust to college life,
and attain good academic standing. They
also help students improve their likelihood
of transfer and graduation from a four-year
degree program in addition to preparation
for graduate school.
TRIO/Student Support Services—
Student Support Services (SSS) is a TRIO
program designed to help students persist
in college and graduate in a timely manner.
The program serves students who are lowincome, first-generation college students
(neither parent has a four-year degree) and
students with disabilities to develop the
skills and motivation necessary to successfully pursue and earn a baccalaureate
degree. Participants in TRIO/SSS must also
be U.S. citizens, permanent residents or
refugees, must demonstrate academic need
for program services, and be committed to
succeed in college.
Major components of the Augsburg
College TRIO/SSS program include:
Student Life 45
Students may apply for TRIO/SSS anytime after admission to Augsburg College,
however preference is given to students
who apply within their first term of enrollment. For more information, an application, or to make an appointment with a
TRIO/SSS Advisor, please contact TRIO/SSS
program staff at 612-330-1311, or Science
114.
■ OFFICE OF UNDERGRADUATE
RESEARCH AND GRADUATE
OPPORTUNITY (URGO)
The Office of Undergraduate Research
and Graduate Opportunity is a resource for
Augsburg students seeking research, scholarship, and graduate and professional
school opportunities. URGO also supports
faculty and staff in their work to engage
students in these areas. Services include
help securing national fellowships and
research opportunities on and off campus,
graduate and professional school advising,
GRE and LSAT preparation, application
assistance, and monetary support for
selected research projects and conference
travel. In addition, URGO awards special
research funding and support for lowincome and first-generation college students and their mentors.
SERVICES FOR STUDENTS WITH.
DISABILITIES.
■ ACCESS CENTER
The Access Center provides support
and specialized services to students with
documented physical disabilities. These
may include TBI, chronic illness, mobility
impairments, and visual, auditory, or
speech impairments.
The Access Center is committed to providing equal and integrated access for students with disabilities to the academic,
social, cultural, and residential programs
that Augsburg College offers with the goal
of promoting independence and assisting
students in reaching their individual
potential. Areas of assistance include but
are not limited to:
• Individual meetings with the Physical
Disabilities Specialist on a weekly
basis
• Determination of academic accommodations
• Assistance with time management
issues
• Academic advising and assistance
• Advocacy with faculty and staff
• Training on, and use of, assistive
technology
• Assistance with community support
services and other non-academic
issues
Housing accommodations are provided
on an individual basis for students with
physical disabilities based on the review of
appropriate documentation. The nature of
the disability and the amount of equipment
and personal care needed are also considered in housing placement.
Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities. The
mandate to provide accommodations does
46 Student Life
not, however, extend to adjustments that
would “fundamentally alter” the basic
nature or essential curricular components
of an institution’s courses or programs.
■ CENTER FOR LEARNING AND
ADAPTIVE STUDENT SERVICES
(Supports students with learning, attentional, psychiatric and other cognitive disabilities. See listing on page 43.)
■ TRIO/STUDENT SUPPORT
SERVICES
(Students with disabilities may be eligible to apply for TRIO/SSS. See listing on
page 44.)
STEPUP® PROGRAM.
The StepUP Program at Augsburg
College is for men and women in recovery
from addiction to alcohol and other drugs
who wish to pursue a college education.
StepUP’s comprehensive approach supports
students in both their recovery and academic studies.
StepUP students live in separate chemical-free housing, have individual support
meetings with a licensed chemical dependency counselor, and participate in
extracurricular team and community
building activities. In addition, students
have access to an academic skills specialist
in the StepUP office as well as specialists in
other student service departments on campus.
In order to qualify for the program students must be committed to a 12-step
abstinence-based recovery program, have a
minimum of six months of continuous
sobriety, and agree to abide by the StepUP
contract and live in StepUP housing.
The StepUP Program fosters academic
success and encourages the discovery of
positive relationships. Students are challenged to take responsibility for themselves
and their decisions while maintaining a
healthy respect for the disease of chemical
dependency. Participation in the program
offers students leadership opportunities
both on and off campus. In StepUP, students join together to form a community
in which recovery is celebrated as a normal
part of personal growth. Many of the
friendships and bonds students form while
participating in the StepUP Program will
last a lifetime.
ETHNIC STUDENT SERVICES.
■ AMERICAN INDIAN STUDENT
SERVICES
The American Indian Student Ser vices
Program was established in 1978 to recruit
and retain Indian students. Its mission is to
provide a cultural context for American
Indian students that encourages and promotes personal and academic growth and
teaches students to successfully navigate
Augsburg’s policies, procedures and expectations. The program
• Assists with application process
• Helps students secure financial aid
• Nurtures students’ identification as an
American Indian
• Provides opportunities for students to
learn about their heritage
• Provides opportunities for the campus community to learn about American
Indian culture
• Provides academic advising and
assists in the development of individual
education plans
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership: MNITTP is a cooperative
effort between Augsburg College and the
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school dis-
Student Life 47
tricts, intended to increase the number of
American Indian teachers in these districts.
Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature
in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness
program. Students who are awarded
state teaching licensure may then apply
for loan forgiveness. For each year the student teaches, one-fifth of the loan will be
forgiven.
■ HISPANIC/LATINO STUDENT
SERVICES
The Hispanic/Latino Student Services
Program offers students individualized
attention in many areas, including academic
support, counseling, and advocacy.
Students find assistance in admissions
and financial aid procedures, scholarships,
orientation and registration, academic
planning, career counseling, housing,
internships and employment, and placement referrals.
The program advises the Latino
Student Association and supports academic, social, and cultural events, as well as
other activities that improve the academic
and personal development of Hispanic/
Latino students and provide awareness of
the unique aspects of Hispanic culture.
■ PAN-ASIAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Asian Student Services
Program was created in 1992 to recruit and
retain Asian-American students and to
enhance the quality of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunities where
Asian students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life.
The program provides assistance in the
admissions and financial aid application
procedures, orientation, registration and
coursework selection, career development,
academic and non-academic pursuits, and
employment and placement referrals.
The Augsburg Asian Student
Association is affiliated with the program.
The association organizes various activities
during the academic year to increase the
network of friendship and support for
Asians, other students at Augsburg, and
the surrounding community.
■ PAN-AFRIKAN STUDENT SERVICES
The Pan-Afrikan Center (PAC) traces
its roots to an event held in 1968 called
“One Day in May” when Augsburg hosted
a series of interactive programs with the
community. As a result, Black Student
Affairs was born. It has evolved, over the
years, into the PAC.
PAC serves the Augsburg College community by providing culturally conscious
personal, academic, financial, pre-professional and transitional support for students
of Afrikan descent. This service enhances
the recruitment, retention, and graduation
of Pan-Afrikan students and enables their
learning experience to be interactive. PAC
brings the knowledge and experience of
Afrikan people in the Diaspora to the community through a variety of programming
and advises the Pan-Afrikan Student
Union.
The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU)
is a commissioned organization whose purpose is to enable students of Afrikan
descent to share their diversity and collectively express their fellowship with the
Augsburg community. PASU sponsors a
variety of social and cultural activities. The
offices of PAC and PASU are located in
Murphy Place 208 and 209.
48 Student Life
GLBTQA STUDENT SERVICES.
The GLBTQA (Gay, Lesbian, Bisexual,
Transgendered, Questioning, and Allies)
Student Services Office works with students of all sexual orientations and gender
identities. The director assists GLBTQA
students in both the weekend and day programs in making academic, personalsocial, and environmental adjustments to
Augsburg and community life. The director
also helps students create campus programs and co-advises Augsburg’s Queer
and Straight in Unity (QSU). Augsburg
College has begun using the “Safe Space”
Program, so that all students may feel safe
in their academic and personal lives while
on campus.
Health Promotion
Health Promotion offers a wide
spectrum of activities and events that
increase awareness of health issues and
assist students in adapting new behaviors
for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion
also works with various campus agencies
to foster positive change within the
campus environment.
■ HEALTH INSURANCE
■ CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND
HEALTH PROMOTION
Augsburg College does not require that
students have health insurance, with the
exception of international students and
students who participate in intercollegiate
athletics. If a student is not covered by a
health insurance plan, they may contact
the Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion for information on obtaining
student health insurance through college
affiliated agencies.
Counseling
■ HEALTH CLINIC SERVICES
Personal counseling provides a supportive environment where students have
many opportunities to gain self-awareness
through personal exploration with the
assistance of licensed psychologists.
Services include individual counseling,
assessment and referral, workshops, consultation, and outreach.
The College offers basic health care services to students through a contract with
UFP – Smiley’s Clinic. These services are
limited. For students without health insurance, Smiley’s Clinic provides certain clinic
health services with a minimal co-pay at
the time of the visit. Emergency services of
any kind are not covered through the contract between Augsburg and Smiley’s
Clinic. Students with health insurance can
also access Smiley’s Clinic for a variety of
clinic or other health services. A student’s
health insurance provider will be billed for
medical services and the student will be
responsible for any co-pays or deductibles
associated with their insurance.
HEALTH AND FITNESS.
Students may discuss personal issues
such as stress, depression, anxiety, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality,
drug use, motivation, transitions, family
issues, self-image, difficult decisions, eating
concerns, grief and loss, or other issues
with the psychologist. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution
to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for
increased self-understanding and personal
growth.
For more information regarding counseling, health promotion, health insurance
or health clinic services, call 612-330-1707
or visit <www.augsburg.edu/cchp>.
Student Life 49
AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUPPORTS
HEALTHY LEARNERS IN A HEALTHY
LEARNING ENVIRONMENT!
■ FITNESS CENTER
Located on the lower level of Melby
Hall, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center was
built in 1993 and equipped with stationary
bicycles, stair steppers, treadmills, and
other aerobic workout machines. It
includes a weight room with universal and
free weight systems. All staff, students, and
faculty may use the center; some hours are
reserved for classes.
INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ADVISING .
(ISA) .
ISA’s mission is to serve the educational
and personal development needs of the
international student body in a way that
embraces our common humanity and cultural diversity.
The director of International Student
Advising is responsible for:
•Fulfilling duties of Principal
Designated School Official (PDSO) for F-1
student visa program and Responsible
Officer (RO) for J-1 student/scholar
exchange program
•General advocacy for international
students
•Advising the International Student
Organization
•Facilitating intercultural skill building
sessions for students, faculty, and staff
•Celebrating diversity of cultures by
increasing awareness of international/intercultural issues
New international students participate
in an orientation program that provides
practical information on housing, health
insurance, taxes, banking, local transportation, and applying for a social security
card. Students use intercultural communi-
cation theory to explore their adjustment
to a new culture and education system.
The International Student Organization
(ISO) provides a forum for the interests
and concerns of international students and
fosters productive interaction between
them, the college administration, and U.S.
students. This mission is accomplished
through yearly programming of events
such as International Week, sponsorship of
forums on international issues, and outings
to sites of interest in the community.
Information on how to get involved is
available through ISA.
(Also see Study Opportunities Abroad
on page 63 and Student Teaching Abroad
on page 66.)
RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM.
Students who choose to make
Augsburg their home find a friendly, 23acre village in the midst of a major metropolitan area. They make many new friends
among roommates and classmates. They
are just steps away from Lindell Library,
classrooms, Hoversten Chapel, the ice
arena, fitness center, and Christensen
Center. With just over 900 students living
on campus, most students and faculty greet
each other by name.
Augsburg recognizes the importance
of the residential experience during the
college years. Studies show that students
who live on campus are more likely to
complete their degrees. Residence life staff
are on hand to help students become
acquainted with life at Augsburg through
social and educational events. They are
also ready to assist students who need help
or friendship.
Living on campus offers many opportunities for learning, fun, and leadership.
Research indicates that students living in
residence halls also earn higher grades and
50 Student Life
gain greater satisfaction during their college career. Numerous events are planned
to welcome students to the community,
including dances, movie nights, coffee
house concerts, and weeks devoted to special themes or issues.
Anderson Hall—Contains four types
of living units: two-bedroom apartments,
two-room suites, floor houses, and townhouses. This residence houses 192 students. All rooms are furnished with beds,
dressers, desks, and chairs.
Resident students have access to a 24hour computer lounge and study, 24-hour
security, laundry facilities, and vending
machines. All rooms and apartments are
equipped with hook-ups for telephone,
cable television, computers, and Internet
access. A skyway connecting the lobby of
Urness and Mortensen Hall to Christensen
Center keeps students out of the weather
on the way to class.
New Hall—Opened in 1999, this
apartment residence includes studios and
two- and four-bedroom apartments with
full kitchens. Beds, dressers, desks, and
chairs are provided. Underground parking
is available at an additional cost. Meal
plans are optional. This building is
designed to provide an environment for
juniors and seniors who are seeking a primarily independent lifestyle.
In order to secure housing, students are
urged to make their enrollment deposit by
May 1, as well as submit a housing deposit
and contract to reserve a space. For those
making enrollment deposits after May 1,
housing is determined on a space available
basis. During spring semester, current
Augsburg students are provided with information on the process to secure housing
for the next academic year.
Special Interest Housing—Special
Interest Housing is available to students
who are interested in creating a
living/learning environment by designing
their own house system. All house members meet to determine their program
focus, educational goals, and community
agreement guidelines. Examples of programs include Fellowship of Christian
Athletes, Youth and Family Ministry, Urban
Studies House, Hawthorne House, PreProfessional Health Association, CrossCultural House, and StepUP.
Urness Hall—All new students and
some upper-class students live in Urness
Hall. This nine-story high-rise houses 324
students. Each floor is considered a houseunit providing 36 students (two to a room)
with their own lounge, study, and utility
areas. In Urness Hall, rooms are furnished
with a bed, dresser, desk, and chair. Linens
are not provided. Some single rooms may
be available.
Mortensen Hall—This building is a
13-story high-rise apartment building. It
contains 104 one-bedroom and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312
upper-class students. Mortensen Hall is
carpeted and contains kitchenette units. It
is furnished with beds and dressers.
■ FOOD SERVICE
Commons—Situated on the top floor
of Christensen Center, this is the main
food service facility for students, faculty,
and staff. This pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation overlooking the College Quadrangle
and Murphy Square. Students on board
plans who live in residence halls eat their
meals in the Commons.
Student Life 51
Murphy’s Grill—Located on the
ground floor of the Christensen Center,
Murphy’s features grill items, pizza, soups,
sandwiches, salads, desserts, and beverages.
Augsburg provides a variety of board
plan options for those living in College
houses or nearby apartments.
COLLEGE POLICIES.
■ STUDENT STANDARDS OF
BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS,
RECORDS
The College has adopted a statement
of standards for student behavior and has
provided for due process in matters of
academic honesty, disciplinary action, and
grievances. These are in the Student Guide.
The College operates in compliance
with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act. Students have the right to
inspect certain official records, files, and
data that pertain to them and that are
maintained in the registrar’s office and the
placement office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information.
Information on these policies is found
in the Student Guide available on the website at <www.augsburg.edu/studentguide>.
■ OFFICIAL NOTICES
Students will receive official notices via
the student campus mail system (student
campus box), the A-Mail publication, and
the student’s Augsburg e-mail account.
Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on AugNet.
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg is required to give notice of
the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg’s
policy is published in this catalog on page
87 and in the Student Guide distributed
annually to students.
Augsburg College understands that no
information other than “directory information” can be released without the written
permission of the student, except in limited circumstances. Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This means that faculty
or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless explicit written
permission is given by the student to
release non-“directory information.” It
is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg’s
procedures with regard to FERPA are available from the Office of the Registrar.
52 Student Life
■ DISCRIMINATION COMPLAINTS
For inquiries or grievances in any of
the following areas, contact the director of
human resources, ground floor, Memorial
Hall 19, 612-330-1023.
Affirmative Action (for matters based
on race, creed, national, or ethnic origin)
Section 504 (for matters based on
physical or mental handicap)
Title IX (for matters based on gender
or marital status)
Employment
All correspondence should be
addressed to the Office of Human
Resources at Augsburg College, 2211
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454.
Academic Information
General Information – 54
Degrees Offered – 54
Academic Calendar – 54
Faculty – 55
Library and Information
Technology Services – 55
Academic Organization
and Programs – 56
Divisions and Departments – 56
Majors and Minors – 56
Teaching Licensure – 60
Pre-Professional Programs – 60
Honors Program – 62
Inter-Institutional Programs – 62
Augsburg Abroad – 63
Center for Service, Work, and
Learning – 66
Graduate Programs – 68
Other Programs – 70
Academic Policies and
Procedures – 70
Registration – 70, 73
Crossover Registration – 72
Withdrawal from College – 73
Student Standing/
Petition Process – 74
Re-Admission – 74
Transfer Credit – 75
Graduation Requirements – 76
Graduation Requirements – 76
Liberal Arts Foundation – 79
Skills Requirements – 80
Quick Check Summary of
Graduation Requirements – 82
Evaluation and Grading – 85
Explanation of Grades – 85
Assessment of Previous Learning
Program – 87
Academic Progress, Probation
and Dismissal – 89
Dean’s List – 89
Latin Honors – 90
Commencement – 90
Enrollment/Degree Verification – 90
FERPA – 91
54
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
A
ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students
must be educated intellectually, spiritually,
and physically. To act effectively, human
beings must have a broad grasp of the
world from which they have come as well
as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, fine arts,
natural sciences, and social sciences, the
general education curriculum introduces
students to the breadth and complexity of
knowledge and culture.
Required Search for Meaning courses
are designed to acquaint students with the
Christian tradition, introduce them to
other faith traditions, and encourage them
to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation
courses offer students opportunities to
develop skills for participation in exercise
and sporting activities.
Students choose from over 50 major
areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a
career or further study. Thus, through a
balance of curricular activities supported
by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education
strives to educate its students in a real
world for the real world.
■ DEGREES OFFERED
Augsburg offers the bachelor of arts,
the bachelor of music, and the bachelor of
science degrees. Augsburg also offers the
master of arts (in leadership, nursing, and
education), the master of business administration, the master of science (in physician assistant studies), and the master of
social work degrees.
■ ACADEMIC CALENDAR
The Augsburg day program follows the
semester calendar, with fall and spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks. Fulltime students normally take four course
credits each semester.
The day program calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities,
so students can take a course on another
campus during the regular term.**
Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and the program follows a
trimester calendar. Some classes may meet
on weekday evenings. The fall trimester is
held from early September through midDecember. Winter trimester meets from
January through early April. Spring classes
are held from mid-April through the end of
June. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester, and classes meet on weekends
for 3-1/2 to 4 hours. (Refer to the program
schedule for weekday evening meeting
times.) Students may take from one to four
classes each term.**
The Rochester Program operates on a
trimester calendar. Classes are held on
weekday evenings and meet an alternate
weeks. Similar to Weekend College,
Rochester’s Fall trimester begins in
September, Winter trimester begins in
January, and Spring trimester begins in
April. There are 7-8 class sessions each
trimester with each class meeting for 3-1/2
to 4 hours. Students may take one to four
classes each term.**
**(See Registration on page 70 and
Calendars on pages 4-7)
Courses and majors offered through
Weekend College and the Rochester
Program are the same as their day program
counterparts. However, the curriculum is
limited to selected liberal arts courses and
majors.
Academic Information 55
Augsburg offers three summer school
sessions, including a summer online option.
The Summer Session Catalog is published in
the winter of each year.
Augsburg graduate programs follow a
trimester calendar, except for Physician
Assistant Studies. (See Graduate Programs
on page 68.)
■ FACULTY
The heart of any educational institution
is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold a
doctorate or the highest degree in their
field, and all consider teaching to be the
focus of their activity. Faculty are also
involved in a variety of professional and
research activities that support their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program that
introduces them to current thought in
many fields, but especially in teaching
techniques and theories.
Augsburg’s size and small classes
encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students.
Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Every freshman is assigned an Augsburg
Seminar adviser and, later, chooses a major
adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act
as both mentors and models for students.
■ LIBRARY AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
The James G. Lindell Family Library
opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000square-foot facility houses all library and
information technology functions of the
College. In addition to the 180,000 volume
main collection, the Lindell Library
includes special collections and archives,
curriculum library, a computer lab and stu-
dent computing help desk, library instruction classroom, and facilities for media
viewing and listening. Skyways link the
library to the new Gateway Building as
well as to Sverdrup Hall, which houses the
Enrollment Center, additional computer
labs and multimedia classrooms, a lounge,
and a vending area.
Library Resources
A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty alike with assistance to
meet diverse information needs including
instruction in the use of the library, reference service, and guidance in pursuing
research. Arrangements are made for access
by students with physical limitation and
special needs. Students can search a wide
variety of local, regional, national, and
international databases. Electronic access
to the world of scholarship is also available
through the Internet, and a computerized
on-line catalog and daily courier service
provide access to the library holdings of
the seven private liberal arts colleges in the
Twin Cities. In a wireless environment,
appropriately equipped laptop computers
can be used throughout the building to
access these resources.
Information Technology Resources
Augsburg College has built a reputation
as a leader in its commitment to provide
students with the best access to information technology and training. Visit Student
Computing’s website
<www.augsburg.edu/stucomp> for more on
IT at Augsburg.
56 Academic Information
Computing
Students have access to over 250 oncampus computers. There are both PC and
Macintosh desktop computers available in
the Lindell Library computer lab and in
the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The college has six computer classrooms and 23
technology-enhanced classrooms. The circulation desk in the Lindell Library has 45
wireless laptops available for use in the
Library.
Several computer clusters are available
for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic
campus network provides access to
AugNet online services, printing and connections to the Internet and Internet2.
Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from dormitory rooms or from WiFi buildings on campus including the Christensen Student
Center, Lindell Library, and the Science
Building. All of the AugNet online services
and several of the Registrar’s student services are available securely on the Web to
students on and off-campus.
Media Resources
Lindell Library provides a large collection of sound and video recordings, as well
as equipment for viewing, listening to, and
creating instructional media. Audio and
video tape duplication within the limits set
by copyright law is available. Facilities for
classes in broadcasting are located near the
communication department in Foss
Center.
ACADEMIC ORGANIZATION AND.
PROGRAMS
.
■ DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS
The College curriculum is offered by 26
departments that are grouped into three
divisions for administrative and instructional purposes.
Fine Arts and Humanities—
American Indian studies, art, communication studies, English, history, modern languages, music, philosophy, religion, theatre
arts, College librarians.
Natural and Social Sciences—
Biology, chemistry, computer science, economics, mathematics, physics, political science, psychology, sociology.
Professional Studies—Business
administration, education, health and
physical education, nursing, physician
assistant studies, social work.
■ MAJORS AND MINORS
Majors, or concentrations of study, may
be within one department, within one division, or may cross academic disciplines.
Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter college. Others explore a
variety of disciplines before deciding.
The college requires students to declare
a major by the end of the sophomore year,
and earlier in some disciplines. Details of
majors and minors are in the course
description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the bachelor of
arts degree.
Student-Designed Major
Students may design their own major
with the assistance and approval of three
advisers from relevant fields and subsequent final approval by the Augsburg
College Academic Affairs Committee
(AAC). A student-designed major allows
Academic Information 57
flexibility in selecting major courses. Any
student wishing to design a major must
complete a proposal, submit it with
approval and supporting letters from three
faculty advisers, and obtain AAC approval
of the program. Students should seek AAC
approval as early as possible so that any
changes suggested by AAC may be incorporated into the design without affecting
the student’s proposed completion date.
The deadline for initial submission of the
program design to AAC is the first term in
which the student has achieved junior status; the final version must be approved the
term before the student achieves senior status.
Students wishing to design majors
must:
1. Develop the student-designed major
in concert with three faculty advisers from
relevant fields, who together constitute the
Review Team. All advisers must sign the
proposal cover sheet and submit supporting letters of approval to AAC. Supporting
letters should assess BOTH the student’s
ability to complete the proposed major and
the validity and value of the proposed
major, including (in at least one of the letters) the proposed capstone course. The
advisers’ signatures and supporting letters
represent their approval of the program,
including the capstone course, and their
commitment to oversee the student’s
progress.
2. Develop a student-designed major
program proposal that includes:
a. A statement of learning goals and
objectives.
b. A list of proposed courses (minimum
of nine, no more than one of which is a
lower-level language course and at least
five of which are upper division) and a discussion of how the courses are related to
the program goals. Indicate how the pro-
posed courses collectively support a specialized and cohesive plan usually associated
with a college major. Proposals must
include research describing comparable
programs of study at a minimum of three
other academic institutions. In addition,
students should consult with the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning for additional information regarding career objectives. The proposal should provide information showing how the Augsburg Core
Curriculum requirements (including graduation skills) are to be fulfilled.
c. A description of the student-designed
major capstone to be taken sometime during the senior year. The student should
devise the capstone in consultation with
advisers. It should require an integrative
project/paper that draws together the
course work up to that point and/or prepares one for further study. In addition, at
least one of the advisers must specifically
address the rationale for the proposed capstone in his or her supporting letter,
though approval of the student-designed
major program by all advisers presumes
their approval of the capstone course.
3. Submit the completed proposal and
supporting documentation to the Dean’s
Office.
If AAC approves the proposed major
program, the student will be expected to
complete the program designed and still
meet all of the other Augsburg degree
requirements as stated in the college catalog.
Students who design their own majors
will meet with their advisers regularly
throughout the design and subsequent
evaluation of their program. Changes in
the approved student-designed major may
be made through the normal petition
process to the Student Standing Committee
with adviser approval.
58 Academic Information
Listings that are shaded are offered
through both the day program and
Weekend College. Weekend College
students may choose a major offered in
the day program if they wish. They may
take as many courses as possible through
Weekend College, then finish the major as
a day program student. A change of program is allowed once each academic year.
MAJORS AND AREAS OF EMPHASIS.
Accounting
General Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Public Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Art History
Studio Art
Biology (B.A. or B.S.)
Life Sciences (B.A.)
Business Administration
Economics/Business Administration
International Business
Management
Marketing (WEC only)
Music Business
Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.)
Clinical Laboratory Science (B.S.)
Communication Studies
Communication Arts/Literature
(Teacher Licensure Major)
Mass Communication
Organizational Communication
Professional Communication
Human Relations
Marketing Communications
Public Relations and Advertising
Supervisory Management
Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.)
Computational Economics (B.A.)
Computational Philosophy (B.A.)
Economics
Applied Economics
Computational Economics
Economics
Economics/Business Administration
Economics/Political Science (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Education
Education Studies (non-licensure)
Elementary Education Studies
(non-licensure)
Kindergarten-Elementary (B.A. or B.S.—
licensure)
Special Education: Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (WEC only)
Special Education: Learning Disabilities
(WEC only)
Secondary (non-major, licensure only)
Engineering 2
English
Film
Finance
Health Education (B.A. or B.S.)
History
International Relations
International Business
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics (B.A. or B.S.)
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Modern Languages 1
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music (B.A.)
Music Business Concentration (B.A.)
Music Education (B.M.)
Music Performance (B.M.)
Music Therapy (B.S.)
Nordic Area Studies
Nursing (B.S.—Weekend College only)
Philosophy
Computational Philosophy
Physical Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Physics (B.A. or B.S.)
Space Physics (B.S.)
Academic Information 59
Political Science
Political Science/Economics (Teacher
Licensure Major)
Psychology
Psychology and Law
Social Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Social Work (B.S.)
Sociology
Community Studies
Crime and Deviance
Cultural Anthropology
Organizational Analysis and
Development
Social Psychology
Student-Designed
Theatre Arts
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
Women’s Studies1
MINORS.
Accounting
American Indian Studies
Art
Architecture
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communication
Computer Science
Economics
English
Film
Health Education
History
International Business
International Relations
Leadership Studies
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Mathematics
Medieval Studies
Metro-Urban Studies
Middle East Studies 1
Modern Languages
French
German
Norwegian
Spanish
Music
Music Business
Nordic Area Studies
Peace and Global Studies
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Youth and Family Ministry
Sociology
Social Welfare
Special Education
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy
Women’s Studies
1 Cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning/intermediate/advanced
courses not available at consortium colleges in
Arabic, Chinese, Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and
other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC office.
2 Dual-degree programs with the University of
Minnesota Institute of Technology and Michigan
Technological University.
60 Academic Information
ACTC Majors—It is possible for day
students to complete other majors through
the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC). Students who wish to complete a
major offered at one of the other ACTC
colleges must apply through the Augsburg
registrar’s office. Some majors may have a
competitive application process with
acceptance determined by the major
department.
Weekend College is not part of the
ACTC consor tium, and Weekend students may not register for ACTC courses
or complete ACTC majors under the
ter ms of the ACTC consortium agree ments.
■ OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS
licensure in one of these areas also obtain
the appropriate subject area major and
complete the secondary licensure coursework. (See Department of Education and
subject area departments for more information.)
K-12 special education majors and
licenses in Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities and in Learning Disabilities are
also available. These majors and licenses
are offered only through Weekend College.
Students seeking elementary licensure
and special education licensure have education department advisers. Students seeking 5-12 and K-12 licensure have advisers
in their subject area major and in the education department. It is very important that
students work closely with their advisers
throughout their programs.
Teaching Licensure
Several teaching licensure programs are
offered at Augsburg. Licensure is available
in kindergarten-elementary/middle school
education with subject area specialties in
one of the following: mathematics, science,
communication arts/literature, social studies. This is a K-8 license for teaching at the
elementary level and at the middle school
level in the specialty area. Students seeking
this license obtain an elementary education
major with a subject area specialty.
Licensure is also available in the following
middle school/high school fields: biology,
chemistry, communication arts/literature,
health, mathematics, physics, and social
studies. This license prepares people to
teach in grades 5-12. Students seeking
licensure in one of these areas obtain an
appropriate subject area major and complete secondary licensure coursework.
Finally, specialist licenses are available in
art (K-12), vocal music and instrumental
music (K-12), and physical education
(K-12). The licenses prepare people to
teach in grades K-12. Students seeking
Pre-Professional Programs
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, ministry, veterinary
science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit
from a liberal arts education at Augsburg.
It is recommended that requirements
for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study
at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty
adviser is available in each field to assist
students in their planning. Students who
want to plan a pre-professional program
should contact Academic Advising early in
their freshman year to arrange for faculty
advising prior to their first term at
Augsburg.
Academic Information 61
Pre-Dentistry—These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the
University of Minnesota: ENL, two courses;
BIO 113, 114, 215; PHY 121, 122; CHM
115, 116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352; MAT
124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering—See engineering
degree and major requirements on pages
169-170.
Pre-Law—Students considering a
career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of
American Law Schools. Students may wish
to take law-related courses to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students
should major in a discipline of their own
choosing; most law school entrance
requirements will be satisfied with a record
of solid achievement coupled with an
acceptable LSAT score.
Pre-Medicine—Many medical schools
are encouraging a liberal arts education to
prepare for study in medicine. While a
major in chemistry and biology is not
required to apply to medical schools, many
students with an interest in the sciences
choose to major in these fields.
Coursework that is required by most medical schools includes: two composition
courses, including ENL 111; CHM 115,
116 (or 105, 106); CHM 351, 352; BIO
113, 114, 215, 369; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122. Courses recommended in preparation for MCATs: BIO 355, 473, 476;
CHM 361.
Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician Assistant, and Pre-Physical
Therapy—Coursework in preparation for
these programs should be discussed with a
faculty member in the Department of
Biology.
Pre-Pharmacy—Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum
requirements of the College of Pharmacy
at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,
114, 215, 476; CHM 115, 116 (or 105,
106), 351, 352; ECO 113; ENL 111, and
a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY
121, 122; electives from human anatomy
(ACTC); and humanities, literature, and
the arts to fulfill the semester hour
requirements. Requirements at other
universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary—A student may enter a
theological seminary with any of several
different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes
REL 100, 200; at least two semesters of
history (Western civilization); one or more
courses in the history of philosophy, and
Greek in the junior and/or senior year.
The Exploring Our Gifts office
(Memorial 231) provides resources and
support, including scholarship opportunities, for students considering seminary.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine—To meet
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota, the following science courses
are required: MAT 114 or 145, CHM
105/106 or 115/116, CHM 351/352, BIO
113, BIO 114, BIO 215, BIO 355, BIO 369,
BIO 476, PHY 121/122. Other non-science
courses are also required.
62 Academic Information
■ HONORS PROGRAM
The Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where exceptional students with a passion for ideas can
be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to create their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House,
and learn through small reading groups,
research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program director.
■ INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities
area on several programs.
Library and Media Center—
Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private
colleges library consortium, the Augsburg
community has direct access to over
2,500,000 volumes.
Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC)—Full-time day students at
Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and
universities of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine, and St. Thomas may elect to
take one course each semester at one of the
other campuses. No additional fee is
required for such an exchange, except for
private instruction in music or approved
independent studies. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program to
gain new perspectives, to get better
acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. A regularly
scheduled bus shuttles students between
the campuses.
Weekend College students may not participate in the ACTC consortium program.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)—Augsburg, in
cooperation with 17 other colleges and
universities, offers off-campus study
semesters in Scandinavia, South and
Central America, and the Twin Cities. (See
HECUA programs on page 65.)
Air Force ROTC—Augsburg day students may participate in the Air Force
ROTC program at the University of St.
Thomas under the ACTC consortium
agreement. Students are eligible to compete
for two- and three-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the
registrar’s office.
Army ROTC—Augsburg day students
may participate in the Army ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under
an agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the
program. For more information, contact
the Office of the Registrar.
Academic Information 63
Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg
course credit of military science studies
may apply toward the total credits required
for graduation. Additional military science
credits beyond the one credit allowed will
be classified as non-degree credits.
Students are advised on selecting programs that best fit their academic, career,
financial, and personal objectives.
Assistance is provided with application,
course registration, financing, and travel
arrangements. Orientation and re-entry
programs assist students in integrating the
experience abroad into their coursework
and personal lives. Grades earned on nonAugsburg programs will not be recorded
on the Augsburg transcript and will not be
figured into the GPA. Grades of “C” or better are required for credit to be granted
from non-Augsburg programs.
■ AUGSBURG ABROAD
Eligibility and Application
An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an experience abroad. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women’s
organizations in Mexico, work in a small
business or artisan program in Namibia,
examine prospects for peace in Northern
Ireland, study geology and ecology in
Norway, have a paid corporate internship
in Germany, or thrill to the sounds of The
Magic Flute at the Viennese state opera
house. Study abroad provides opportunities to develop critical thinking skills,
strengthen language competencies, further
career paths, experience different cultures,
and gain knowledge about the increasingly
interdependent world.
All students in good academic and disciplinary standing (a minimum GPA of
2.50) at Augsburg may apply to study off
campus. Although foreign language skills
are an asset, they are not required for all
study abroad programs. Since it takes some
time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their
freshman and sophomore years.
The application deadline for spring
term study abroad programs is October 1.
For summer session, fall term, and year
long study abroad programs the application deadline is March 1. Please contact the
study abroad advisor in the Office of
International Programs for deadlines on
short-term study abroad programs and
advising assistance.
Academic Requirements and Credit
Costs and Financial Aid
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg and will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Courses abroad can fulfill major,
Augsburg core curriculum, and graduation
requirements when approved by academic
advisers and department chairs before
departure. An approved study abroad program will also fulfill the Augsburg
Experience.
The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room, and board for a
semester on campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study.
Cost estimates are drawn up to assist the
financial aid office in awarding aid to students studying abroad.
Naval ROTC—Augsburg students may
participate in the Naval ROTC program at
the University of Minnesota under an
agreement between Augsburg, the
University of Minnesota, and the program.
For more information, contact the Office of
the Registrar.
64 Academic Information
Study Abroad Programs
Students may select from the following
Augsburg study abroad programs. In addition, students may consult with the study
abroad advisers regarding non-Augsburg
program options.
The Center for Global Education
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Central America, Mexico, and
Namibia. Students experience three distinct types of living situations: living with
other students in a community house,
spending several days in a rural setting,
and several weeks living with host families.
In the Mexico and Namibia programs, students travel together on two-week seminars — from Mexico to Central America,
and from Namibia to South Africa. The
cost of these programs is equivalent to full
tuition, room, and board for one semester
on campus, plus airfare. (Some travel
scholarships are available for Augsburg students.)
Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica (Mexico) —
Fall
Learn about the central issues facing
Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experience and empowerment of women.
Students will engage in gender analysis of
key social, economic, political and cultural
issues in Mexico and El Salvador; explore
the interconnectedness of race, class, and
gender; learn first hand from both women
and men who are involved in struggles for
sustainable development and social
change. The program offers credit in religion, political science, women’s studies,
and Spanish. Internships and independent
studies are also available. The program
begins with a one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and
ends with a two-week seminar in El
Salvador. Students stay in guest houses
while traveling, spend approximately six
weeks in Augsburg housing, and four to
six weeks living with Mexican host families. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish
course or its equivalent.
Nation-Building, Globalization, and
Decolonizing the Mind: Southern
African Perspectives (Namibia) — Fall
or Spring
This program examines the crucial
issues of nation-building, globalization,
and decolonizing the mind, from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia won its independence
in 1990 after decades of apartheid under
South African colonization. South Africa
had its first democratic election in 1994.
As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of
apartheid and colonialism, they are faced
with the challenges posed by today’s world:
rapid globalization and under and unequal
development. Decolonizing the mind is a
long-term project. Credit is available in
history, religion, political science, and
interdisciplinary studies. Internships are
also available.
Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador,
Nicaragua) — Fall or Spring
This is an intensive semester of study
and travel designed to introduce students
to the key issues facing Central Americans.
Students will explore the history, culture,
and struggles of the people of Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Nicaragua, as well as
Academic Information 65
study approaches towards social and economic development. Course credit may be
earned in Spanish, religion, history,
women’s studies, and political science.
Students spend the first five weeks in
Guatemala, the next four weeks in El
Salvador, and the final six weeks in
Nicaragua. Prerequisites: one college-level
Spanish course or its equivalent is
required.
Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives (Mexico)
— Spring
This is an intensive program of study
and travel that explores socioeconomic and
political issues with a focus on the impact
of environmental policies on the lives of
women and men from varying economic
classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and
Central America. Students will examine
the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism, social change,
and the complexity of gender, class, race,
and ethnicity in Latin America. Credit is
available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women’s studies.
Internships and independent studies are
also available. The program includes a twoweek seminar in Chiapas and Guatemala.
Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend approximately six weeks in
Augsburg housing, and six weeks living
with Mexican host families.
Social Work in a Latin American
Context (Mexico) — Spring
This program was created to satisfy the
curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to
develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on
social and economic justice. It includes
Spanish language study and social work
courses. Social work field placement is also
available for qualified students. Students
live with Mexican host families for six
weeks.
International Partners
International Partners offers a broad
range of learning opportunities in Norway
and Germany. Students can choose from
several options: group programs, “tailormade” individual study programs, and
practical professional experiences that may
include a paid internship. Program length
varies from ten days to two semesters. All
course work is in English. Some travel
scholarships are available. For further
information contact the International
Partners office.
Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador, Ireland,
Bangladesh, and the Twin Cities. All programs emphasize the impact of civic
engagement, social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community.
HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships, and field
study.
For more information on international
HECUA programs, see the listings under
International Studies; and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies
under Interdisciplinary Studies.
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term:
Norway—Fall
This interdisciplinary program focuses
on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture, language and the development of
cities, urban problem solving, and urban
life. Local, regional, and international field
66 Academic Information
study and site visits in other countries,
including the former Soviet Union, will
provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application
deadline: April 1.
inars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy.
The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in
Coleraine.
Bangladesh: Sustainable
Development, Environment, and
Culture — Spring
Student Teaching Abroad
Explore the policies, practices and competing ideologies of human, environmental
and socioeconomic development in
Bangladesh. Experience urban and rural
environments, interact with leaders of government and development agencies, learn
about Bangladeshi history and culture, and
take introductory courses in Bangla language. Lectures and readings are in
English. (Prereq.: junior status or permission)
Community Internships in Latin
America: Ecuador—Fall and Spring
This interdisciplinary program, based
in Quito, Ecuador, enables the student to
combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the
community development process and
increase language skills. Students study
philosophical and ideological perspectives
of a variety of community agencies or
groups working with or for low-income
and other disenfranchised populations in
Latin America.
Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change — Spring
The “Northern Ireland: Democracy and
Social Change” program examines the historical, political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for
peace, and the progress being made.
Through a seven-week internship, students
get hands-on experience with organizations working for social change. Field sem-
Selected education department students
may participate in the International
Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead or the University of MinnesotaMorris. Additionally, International Partners
has student teaching options available in
Norway. Students who teach abroad will
also do part of their student teaching
under direct Augsburg faculty supervision.
For additional information, contact the
Department of Education student teacher
director.
May/Summer Abroad
May and summer courses to many parts
of the world enable students to earn credit
through short-term travel. Offerings
include Summer Session I in Mexico via
the Center for Global Education. Contact
the study abroad adviser in the Office of
International Programs for the most current list of programs.
■ THE CENTER FOR SERVICE, WORK,
AND LEARNING
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning is a comprehensive resource center incorporating an experiential educational focus emphasizing the importance
and value for all students to engage in service- and work-based learning experiences
and the exploration of personal and professional vocation throughout their college
years. The center encourages students to
take advantage of Augsburg’s metropolitan
location through the highly successful service-learning, internship, and career plan-
Academic Information 67
ning programs that link the College’s academic programs to community organizations and businesses.
Service- and work-based experiential
education opportunities are closely related
to students’ coursework, majors, and/or
career interests. Learning opportunities
may be in non-profit organizations,
churches, schools, government agencies,
community-based organizations, small and
mid-size companies, and large corporations.
The underlying assumption is that a
liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of “knowing and doing” adds
breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making
more informed academic, personal, and
career decisions.
The Center for Service, Work, and
Learning includes the following programs:
Community Service-Learning
Augsburg’s Community ServiceLearning Program provides students with
opportunities to understand and respond
to needs in the city through course-embedded service experiences and civic engagement. A key component of community service-learning includes reflection on and
analysis of community issues in order to
promote personal and educational growth
and civic responsibility. Through connecting classroom content with service,
Augsburg students learn from and about
the organizations where they serve and
deepen their understanding of course
knowledge. This dynamic and interactive
educational approach employs reciprocal
learning between the students and the
community. Community service-learning
examples include tutoring at schools and
literacy centers, volunteering at homeless
shelters, Habitat for Humanity, and com-
munity centers, or working with cultural
and environmental groups.
The service-learning program also
works closely with the student-directed
Augsburg LINK and campus ministry.
Academic Internships
An academic internship is a carefully
planned, service- or work-based learning
experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning
objectives. Academic credit is received for
the learning derived from the experience.
A learning agreement plan, negotiated with
a faculty supervisor and work supervisor,
outlines the internship objectives, strategies, and evaluation methods.
An academic internship is approved,
supervised, and evaluated by a faculty
member in the department in which the
student wishes to earn the internship credit. Internships can be registered for 1
course credit or .5 course credit.
Internships are available in all majors
and can be taken during a semester (or
Weekend College trimester), or summer
sessions. Inter-disciplinary internships are
also available. For extension of an internship beyond one term see Evaluation and
Grading on page 85.
A maximum of four courses of internship may count toward the total courses
required for the degree.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a non-credit
transcript notation for paid work experiences related to a student’s major or career
objective. The goal is for students to apply
theory to practice in a work setting. Job
opportunities typically are part-time during
the academic year and/or full-time in the
summer and can begin and end anytime.
Students must register for the non-credit
68 Academic Information
transcript notation, set learning goals and
evaluate their experience. The director of
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
supervises co-op transcript notation work
experiences. Academic internships and
cooperative education may be used to fulfill the Augsburg Experience graduation
requirement.
Career Services
Career Services is committed to providing opportunities and programs to help
students discover their unique gifts, talents, skills, and interests, explore career
paths, and grapple with questions of vocation and purpose in a changing world. This
process is viewed as an important part of a
student’s development while attending college. To aid in this process, career staff provide career related assessments, one-onone career planning and coaching, and
assistance with choosing majors, locating
internships, preparing for job searches and
graduate school applications, and making
connections to community, business, and
alumni resources.
■ GRADUATE PROGRAMS
Augsburg College offers six graduate
degree programs: Master of Arts in
Education, Master of Arts in Leadership,
Master of Arts in Nursing, Master of
Business Administration, Master of Science
in Physician Assistant Studies, and Master
of Social Work. Catalogs for each degree
program should be consulted for complete
information.
The Master of Arts in Education offers
initial licensure coursework at the graduate
level in elementary education, secondary
education, and special education: E/BD and
LD. Students are able to take up to six
licensure courses at the graduate level and
complete their licensure programs with a
combination of graduate and undergradu-
ate coursework. Students can then apply
their graduate level licensure courses to
complete a master’s degree program.
Students will complete their master’s
degrees through a combination of MAL
coursework and graduate level education
coursework (total of nine courses).
Licensed teachers also can pursue special
education: E/BD and/or LD, as well as the
K-12 Reading Licensure Endorsement
licensure at the graduate level. The program is available through the Weekend
College schedule, and the admissions
process begins with the Weekend College
Admissions office. For further information
about the programs, contact the Education
Department or the Weekend College
Admissions office.
The Master of Arts in Leadership is
based on a liberal arts approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches to situations, issues,
and problems relevant to organizational
leaders. Augsburg’s program recognizes
that today’s leaders need a broad spectrum
of abilities to provide them with a more
comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the
program operates on alternate Saturdays.
The Master of Arts in Nursing prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural community health
nursing practice across care settings, with
emphasis on addressing health inequities
among diverse populations. The program
is offered within the context of a Christian
liberal arts education. Graduates are eligible to apply for national certification in
Advanced Community Health Nursing, or
Advanced Nursing Administration through
the American Nurses Credentialing Center
(ANCC), and/or Transcultural Nursing
through the Transcultural Nursing Society
(TCNS). Classes meet on a flexible immer-
Academic Information 69
sion schedule (every other week or once
per month) that may include weekdays,
weekday evenings, and Saturdays. Webenhanced pedagogies are used for all classes. Practicums include optional short-term
study abroad experiences. Students may
choose to study in Mexico, Guatemala,
Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and/or Europe.
The Master of Arts in Nursing Program is
accredited by the Commission on
Collegiate Nursing Education in accordance with its accreditation standards and
procedures.
The Master of Business
Administration is designed to give students mastery of the skills and knowledge
necessary to advance in their careers and
accept roles of greater responsibility in an
organization. Meeting primarily on one
evening per week, this challenging program is designed to be completed in 20
months. Organized in cohort format, the
program encourages learning in a collaborative small-group environment and features a high level of interaction and attention from the faculty. The program focuses
on giving students the ability to think critically and effectively manage in complex
environments. An intensive Field Study
course allows students to apply classroom
learning to an actual business or organizational environment. Local businesses and
organizations provide a learning laboratory
for students as they complete projects in
various disciplines and functions.
The core program can be enhanced
through participation in a number of certificate options including Finance, Financial
Planning, International Business, Marketing
Management, Music Business, and Human
Resource Management.
The Master of Science in Physician
Assistant Studies is designed for students
interested in careers as health care
providers. The mission of the program is
based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity for the cultures and backgrounds of,
and is oriented toward providing care to,
underserved populations. Students are well
educated in current medical theory and
practice in primary care medicine. All
physician assistants must have a supervising physician to practice. The program is
three years long with classes held Monday
through Friday during the day.
The Master of Social Work, accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education,
prepares students for entering advanced
social work practice. The program builds
on the liberal arts base of the College and
supports the College’s mission to nurture
future leaders in service to the world.
There are two concentrations: family
practice or program development, policy,
and administration. Students choose one of
the two concentrations for their program
focus. The curriculum emphasizes work
with diverse and oppressed groups, social
justice, leadership for social change and a
holistic, strengths-based, problem-solving
framework. Graduate social work classes
meet in four-hour blocks on Friday
evenings, Saturday mornings, and
Saturday afternoons.
The family practice concentration prepares students to work with families and
individuals within families, across the full
range of contemporary social work practice
settings. The program development, policy,
and administration concentration prepares
students to actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions, and society, while directing energy
toward changing policies that obscure and
oppress people.
A dual degree (Master of Social Work
and Master of Arts in Theology) is also
70 Academic Information
available and is offered in collaboration
with Luther Seminary. The dual degree is
designed to meet the educational interests
of people planning to serve the spiritual
and social needs of families, individuals,
and communities.
■ OTHER PROGRAMS
Continuing Education Program
The mission of Augsburg College continuing education program is to provide
working adults with lifelong learning
opportunities that will enable them to continue to grow personally, professionally,
and spiritually in their homes, workplaces,
and communities. The program strives to
meet the needs of the community by offering credit and non-credit programs consistent with the mission of Augsburg College.
Programs are developed through collaborations between academic and administrative departments of the College and community organizations. These collaborations
have included the Departments of
Business, Biology, the Center for
Leadership Studies, Education, Nursing,
Religion, Social Work, Institutional
Advancement, and organizations including
Minneapolis and St. Paul public school districts, Minnesota Department of Education,
and the Midwest Regional Office of the
College Board. Augsburg College is a
Lifelong Learning Partner with the ELCA.
Canadian Program
The Canadian program was inaugurated in 1985 with endowment from the
Mildred Joel bequest for Canadian studies.
The program supports special events and
conferences as well as student internships
and faculty activity in Canadian studies.
The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of
the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations,
and provision of opportunities to learn
directly from Canadians through visits and
exchanges.
College of the Third Age
Augsburg College demonstrates its
commitment to lifelong learning through
its College of the Third Age. For more than
25 years this program has brought classes
in the liberal arts and the humanities to
mature learners in the Twin Cities metropolitan community. Approximately fifty
retired professors are available to teach one
class or a series of classes at churches, synagogues, community centers, or senior residences. The current catalog lists over 200
classes available for group study only.
To obtain further information about the
program or to request a catalog, call 612330-1139 during Tuesday and Wednesday
office hours (10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.). To
ask questions or to schedule a program,
call the program director at the above
number.
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND.
PROCEDURES.
■ REGISTRATION
A student must be registered for a
course to receive credit for it.
Full-time day students normally register for four course credits per semester.
Students registered for three or more
course credits in a semester are classified
as full-time students. Students registered
for two course credits are classified as halftime students.
To register for more than 4.5 course
credits, students must contact the
Enrollment Center to petition the
Academic Information 71
Committee on Student Standing unless the
following apply: cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.00 to 3.49 may take a total
of 5.0 course credits; cumulative GPA at
Augsburg of 3.50 or greater may take a
total of 5.5 course credits without petitioning. All overload registrations must be
done in person at the Enrollment Center.
(Please note: There is an additional tuition
charge for course loads over 4.5 course
credits. This includes combining the credit
load from both the day and WEC programs. Spring day term will include Winter
WEC and Spring WEC.) Auditing classes
over the 4.5 overload limit will also incur a
tuition charge.
Weekend College and Rochester
Program students typically register for one
or two course credits each trimester.
Students registered for at least two course
credits in one term are considered full time
for that term. Students registered for one
course credit are considered half-time for
the term.
Although new day students may register up to five days after the semester
begins, registration is encouraged at the
regularly scheduled time. Official academic
calendars for all programs are available
through the registrar’s Web page.
Day students may add individual classes to their current schedule or withdraw
without notation through day 10 of the
term. The signature of the instructor is
required to add a class after the fifth day.
From day 11 through day 20, students may
still petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class.
There is a fee for this petition. Day 20 is
the last day to petition for adding a class.
Students registered for day program
Time 1/Time 2 (T1/T2) courses that meet
only part of the term may add or withdraw
without notation through the fifth school
day after the start of the course. Changing
grade option or withdrawing with a W is
allowed through the fourth week of T1/T2
classes. Specific dates for each term are
listed under “Combined Academic
Calendars” at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Weekend College students may add
individual classes to their current schedule
or withdraw without notation through
Friday after the first class weekend. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after the class meets. Students
may petition the Committee on Student
Standing for permission to add a class
through the Thursday prior to the second
class weekend. There is a fee for this petition. The last day to petition to add a class
is the Thursday prior to the second class
weekend.
Students registered for Weekend
College T1/T2 courses may add or withdraw without notation through the Friday
after the first weekend class meeting.
Changing grade option or withdrawing
with a W is allowed through the Tuesday
after the second weekend class meeting.
Rochester students may add individual
classes to their current schedule and/or
withdraw without notation through
Monday after the first week of classes. The
signature of the instructor is required to
add a class after a class meets and it must
be processed through the Enrollment
Center. Students may petition the
Committee on Student Standing for permission to add a class through the Friday
prior to the second week of classes. There
is a fee for this petition. The last date to
petition to add a class is the Friday before
the second week of classes.
Students registered for Rochester T1/T2
courses may add or withdraw without
notation through the Monday after the first
72 Academic Information
week of the class. Changing grade option
or withdrawing with a W is allowed
through the Monday after the second week
of the class.
Separate rules apply to Summer School.
Some late course registrations may be
subject to additional late fees.
ACTC school course listings are also
available online and should be checked to
verify the correct meeting times and room
assignment. As some courses are offered
only in alternate years, students should
also consult with departmental advisers
when planning their academic program.
Summer session and graduate program
courses are published in separate schedules.
Specific information on registration and
help with registration on other campuses
are available from these offices:
Enrollment Center—612-330-1046
Academic Advising—612-330-1025
Weekend College—612-330-1782
Crossover Registration Policy
Every Augsburg undergraduate student
is admitted to a “home program,” either
day, Weekend College, or the Rochester
Program. It is expected that students will
complete most of their degree requirements through their home program.
However, full-time students may register
for up to 1.0 credits per term outside their
home program. Enrollment will be based
on class availability.
Students will be charged the rate of
their home program for courses in which
they enroll outside their home program.
The rate will be based on the maximum
credit load they are carrying on any calendar date over the span of the two terms.
For example, a day program student taking
2.0 credits in the day program, and 1.0
credits in the WEC program, will be considered full-time and will be charged the
full-time day program tuition rate. A WEC
student taking 2.0 credits in the WEC program, and 1.0 credits in the day program,
will pay the WEC tuition rate x 3.0 credits.
Day students taking over 4.5 credits
will pay the day part time rate for any
credits over 4.5 in their combined
day/WEC load (Spring day term will
include both Winter WEC and Spring
WEC). The maximum number of credits
that may be included in the day full-time
tuition rate for students who cross-register
is 4.5 .
Students have registration priority in
their home program. Crossover registration
begins only after the open Web registration
period closes for both programs. A schedule is published on the registrar’s office
Web page. There is a special crossover registration form that must be processed at
the Enrollment Center. This registration
option is not available by Web.
The WEC and Rochester programs are
not part of the ACTC (Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities) tuition
exchange program. WEC/Rochester students may NOT crossover to attend
A C T C c o u r se s .
Students must have completed their
undergraduate degree and be admitted to a
graduate program before taking graduate
level courses from that program. (An
exception is made for approved courses in
the Department of Nursing and the joint
B.A. Accounting/MAL.) Undergraduate students enrolled in graduate courses will pay
the graduate rate for those courses. Any
student enrolled in an Augsburg graduate
level program wishing to take an undergraduate course will pay the rate of the
program in which the course is offered
(Day, WEC, or Rochester).
Academic Information 73
Change of Program
Withdrawal from College
Students may apply to change their
“home program” by filling out a Change of
Program form available at the Enrollment
Center. The change will take effect the following term. Changes are limited to one
each academic year.
Students are urged not to abandon
courses for which they are registered
because this will result in a failing grade
on their official academic record.
Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from
the College must be completed in the
Enrollment Center. A Withdrawal from the
College form may be obtained at the
Enrollment Center or downloaded from
the registrar’s Web page. The last day to file
for a Withdrawal from College is the last
day of classes prior to finals week.
Withdrawal from college and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from
College form is returned to the registrar’s
office.
Registration
All day students are required to meet
with their academic adviser prior to registration. Incoming freshmen and transfer
students may register during summer for
courses in the fall. All currently enrolled
day students may register during the fall
for the spring term and during the spring
for the fall term.
Weekend College and Rochester
Program students may register during the
designated time prior to the start of each
term.
The primary method of registration will
be via the Web through AugNet during the
open registration period. Please reference
the academic calendar for specific dates.
Day students will be able to register only
after meeting with their faculty adviser.
The Enrollment Center is also available to
process registration forms. Note: Web registration may not recognize prerequisites
fulfilled by transfer work. In these cases,
please process your registration at the
Enrollment Center.
Once the open registration period ends,
returning students registering for the first
time for the coming term will be assessed a
late registration fee. The Enrollment
Center will process all registration forms
after the Web closes.
Students are responsible for keeping
the registrar’s office informed of their current mailing address.
Military Called to Active Duty
Augsburg College will allow students to
withdraw from courses without penalty if
they are called to active duty as military
reservists, National Guard, or for other
military service. This shall include a 100%
refund of tuition and fees upon verification
of call to active duty. The student must
provide a copy of orders.
If the student is called to duty after the
deadline to drop a course, the registrar will
place a W for the course(s) along with a
notation on the transcript that the student
was called to active duty. This is to assist
the student with any financial aid complications that may arise from a failure to
note attendance on the transcript, and also
indicate that the withdrawal was outside of
the student’s control.
Alternatively, the college supports faculty in enabling students who are called to
active duty and have substantially complet-
74 Academic Information
ed a course, to assign a grade based upon
the coursework completed, or work out an
“incomplete” agreement. Students who are
able to complete some of their courses
would have their refund adjusted to reflect
this.
Students who are being placed on
active duty should contact the registrar
and/or the Dean’s Office as soon as possible
so the College can notify all parties and aid
in this process.
Student Standing Committee
The Student Standing Committee deals
with requests for minor exceptions to academic policies. Typically, the Committee
reviews requests for:
• Minor exceptions to academic
requirements and/or approval of transfer
course substitutions
• Extending time for an incomplete
• Permission to take a course overload
• Student schedule changes after registration deadlines (adding, withdrawing, or
grade option changes)
Note: Petitions for an exception to published registration deadlines will require a
$50 petition fee attached to the petition.
This fee is non-refundable regardless of the
outcome of the petition. Petitions involving adding or dropping courses/withdrawing from college after the deadline must be
submitted within six months of the published registration deadlines for the term
involved.
In addition, the Committee reviews students’ transcripts in determining academic
probation or dismissal from the College on
academic grounds. The Committee also
hears appeals from students who have been
dismissed for academic reasons.
The Committee reviews student
requests for readmission to the College
after dismissal or returning after leaving
while on probation.
The Committee typically meets every
other week throughout the school year
(September-April), and once a month during summer.
Petition Process
Step 1: Pick up a petition form at the
Enrollment Center or download from the
registrar’s Web page: <www.augsburg.edu/
enroll/registrar/index.html>.
Step 2: Fill out the petition form completely. Include documentation for illness
or family emergency. Have your adviser,
instructor, or department chairs sign and
add comments concerning your request.
Petitions without comments from faculty
will be returned for completion.
Step 3: Return the completed petition
form to the Office of the Registrar/
Enrollment Center, include signed
drop/add form and $50 check if applicable.
Step 4: After the committee meets, a
copy of the petition with the committee’s
decision is returned to the student. Day
students will receive this notice in their
campus box. WEC and Rochester student
petitions will be mailed to their home
address.
Re-Admitted Students
Former Augsburg students, re-admitted
to complete a degree after being away from
the College for at least one calendar year,
have a choice between using the catalog in
effect when they first enrolled, if possible,
or using the catalog in effect at the point of
re-admission. The election to complete a
degree under a new catalog must be submitted in writing to the registrar’s office.
Some departments will not accept course-
Academic Information 75
work taken more than seven to ten years
ago. Students must meet all of the requirements in effect under the catalog they
choose. Choosing to complete graduation
requirements under the current catalog
will require re-evaluation of prior coursework, including transfer credit, to determine its applicability to the current catalog
requirements.
Students who graduated from Augsburg
who are returning to complete a second
major will not be awarded a second degree
unless it is different from the original
degree awarded. (B.A., B.M., B.S.) Minors
are not noted on the transcript if they are
completed after a baccalaureate degree has
been awarded.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
The evaluation of transfer credits is
completed by the Office of the Registrar
and is based on a student’s official transcripts. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses completed at regionally
accredited institutions with a grade of
2.0/C or better. Augsburg does not grant
credit for developmental courses, vocational-technical courses, or courses with grades
below 2.0/C. The registrar’s office evaluates
coursework for credit and for applicability
toward Augsburg Core Curriculum
requirements. Academic departments are
responsible for evaluating the applicability
of coursework toward a student’s major or
minor. The College reserves the right to
require that certain courses and a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg. (Refer to the Residence section
on page 77) Additionally, major and minor
departments may require certain courses or
a minimum number of courses be taken at
Augsburg.
Augsburg operates on a course credit
system rather than semester or quarter
hours. Augsburg course credits are equiva-
lent to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Transfer credits that have been
reported to Augsburg as semester or quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course
credits by dividing by four or six respectively.
Augsburg College limits transfer credit
from two-year colleges. Students may
transfer a maximum of 64 semester credits
(96 quarter credits) from two-year colleges.
Once a student reaches this credit limit, no
additional credits will transfer from twoyear institutions toward the minimum
number of course credits required for a
baccalaureate degree. However, courses
taken beyond the credit limit can be used
to meet liberal arts and major requirements.
Courses and credits that are accepted in
transfer are reported on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other
institutions are not transferred to Augsburg
and are not included in the student’s
cumulative grade point average.
Students should consult with their faculty adviser and the Office of the Registrar
before taking courses at other institutions
to ensure compliance with transfer credit
policy and residency requirements.
MnSCU Transfer Students
Students transferring from the
Minnesota State Colleges and Universities
system who have completed the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum, have earned the
Associate of Arts degree from MnSCU, and
have a 2.50 cumulative GPA (on a 4.0
scale) from the degree-granting institution
will be given transfer status as outlined
below:
• Students will be granted 16 Augsburg
course credits in transfer from two-year
institutions. This will assure admission
with junior standing. No additional credits
will be accepted from two-year institutions.
76 Academic Information
• The Augsburg Core Curriculum will
be adjusted so students need only to complete the following:
• REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology, and
Vocation
• One Augsburg Experience
• Senior Keystone Course
• Modern Language requirement (0-2
courses, depending on initial assessment)
• Math Placement Group 3 (or MAT
105)
• One course that fulfills the
Graduation-level Quantitative Reasoning
Skills requirement
• One course that fulfills a Graduationlevel Writing Skills requirement
• HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness or one
HPE lifetime activity course (This requirement is waived for students who have
transferred two equivalent courses.)
*The A.A. degree and Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum must be completed
prior to enrolling at Augsburg in order to
qualify for this transfer status.
Note: Additional prerequisite coursework beyond the A.A. degree may be
required in some Augsburg majors.
Students are advised to consult an academic adviser in the major department to discuss major requirements. Courses with C –
grades or below will not be accepted as
prerequisites or for application to majors.
Admission to a major — a separate
process from admission to the College — is
sometimes required. Please check with the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions and
consult the departmental section of this
catalog.
Advanced Transfer Students
Students who enter Augsburg with 13
or more course credits accepted in transfer
are considered Advanced Transfer
Students. The Augsburg Core Curriculum
will be adjusted for advanced transfer students as outlined below:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation instead of REL 100
& REL 200
• Waiver of Augsburg Seminar requirement
• Waiver of Engaging Minneapolis
• Waiver of the Entry-level Critical
Thinking Assessment
• Waiver of one Lifetime Fitness
requirement (depending on transfer evaluation)
• Waiver of one Graduation-level
Writing Skills requirement
All Augsburg Core Curriculum requirements not mentioned above remain
unchanged for Advanced Transfer
Students. A full description of these
requirements is found on pages 78-84.
*Waivers for Advanced Transfer are
determined at the time of initial entry into
Augsburg and will not be granted for
courses completed after initial enrollment.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS.
The responsibility for ensuring that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests with
the student. All students are required to
file a graduation application with the registrar’s office one year prior to graduation.
Faculty advisers, the Academic
Advising staff, department chairs, and the
registrar staff are available for counsel and
assistance in program planning.
Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree
should contact the Office of the Registrar
about specific requirements for a second
baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent
Academic Information 77
of a major. See page 22 in the printed catalog in Undergraduate Admissions — Special
Students (Second Degree).
Each student is required to apply for
graduation at the end of his or her junior
year to confir m remaining graduation
requirements.
Application forms are available at the
Enrollment Center or on the registrar’s
Web page.
All degree and course requirements
must be completed and verified in the
Office of the Registrar prior to the anticipated date of graduation. (There may be no
incompletes or open courses on the academic record.)
Requirements For Undergraduate
Graduation:
Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a
major, the Augsburg Core Curriculum, a
minimum GPA in major(s)/minor(s) and
in total course work, and residence.
1. Completion of 32 course credits
— No more than 13 course credits may be
in one department, except in certain
approved majors: accounting (B.A.) – 14;
music education (B.M.) – 17; music performance (B.M.) – 14.5; music therapy (B.S.)
– 17; and social work (B.S.) – 15.
No more than these maximums may be
applied toward the 32 total course credits
required: two courses by independent/
directed study; four courses of internship;
and six course credits with a grade of Pass
(P). To graduate with Latin honors, students may take no more than two elective
P/N graded courses. Each department sets
its own limitations on the number of P/N
graded courses that may be applied toward
the major and minor programs, but normally students may apply no more than
two course credits with P grades toward a
major and no more than one course credit
with a P grade toward a minor. The
Departments of Education and Social Work
are examples of departments that allow
students to apply more than two course
credits with P grades within the major program (two in major field courses plus student teaching or field work practicums).
2. Completion of a Major —
Requirements for each major are listed
under the departmental headings.
3. Completion of the Augsburg
Core Curriculum — Requirements for the
Augsburg Core Curriculum are listed in
the next section.
4. Grade Point Average — Students
must earn a minimum overall grade point
average of 2.00. Additionally, all majors
and minors require at least a 2.00 grade
point average in course work for the major
or minor. Some majors, licensure, and certification programs require a higher grade
point average or a minimum grade in each
course. See the departmental section for
details about the grade and grade point
average for individual majors and minors.
5. Residence — The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no fewer than
seven of the last nine credits/requirements)
must be completed at Augsburg or within
an approved ACTC exchange program. No
fewer than a total of nine credits are to be
taken at Augsburg College. Contact the
registrar’s office if an official interpretation
is needed. Some departments have a minimum number of courses that are required
to be taken in residence within the major
and minor. Consult the catalog description
of the major/minor or the chairperson of
the department.
78 Academic Information
■ THE AUGSBURG CORE
CURRICULUM
The Augsburg Core Curriculum is
designed to prepare students to become
effective, informed, and ethical citizens
through their engagement in a curriculum
that:
• Provides a liberal arts foundation and
promotes the acquisition of intellectual
and professional skills;
• Calls for common inquiry into questions of Christian faith and the search for
meaning; and
• Cultivates the transformative discovery of, and appreciation for, the student’s
place of leadership and service in a diverse
world — vocatio and caritas.
The curriculum has three major components:
• The Augsburg Signature Curriculum
• The Liberal Arts Foundation
• Skills Requirements
THE AUGSBURG SIGNATURE
CURRICULUM
Search for Meaning
Augsburg’s Signature Curriculum is
centered on its identity as a college of the
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
As a college of the Church, Augsburg
accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as
revealed in scripture and the creeds
affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should
reflect upon the Christian scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own
faith and values, and religious concepts
outside of the Christian faith as part of
becoming educated.
In these courses students articulate and
critically reflect upon Augsburg’s concept
of vocation and its meaning; Christian theological concepts as well as concepts from
other religious traditions; and the meaning
of the Bible in Judeo-Christian thought, its
cultural contexts, and concepts of human
identity and vocation.
Two Search for Meaning courses—REL
100 and REL 200—are required.
The Augsburg First Year
In order to help them make the transition to college and their new community,
first-year weekday program students are
required to take courses containing the following components:
• Augsburg Seminar
All students who enter the college as
first-year students in the weekday schedule
program must satisfactorily complete fall
orientation and Augsburg Seminar, a firstyear learning community in their major or
related area of academic interest. Each
week Augburg Seminars devote an hour to
topics relevant to an Augsburg education:
becoming an intentional learner; making
connections to the larger Augsburg learning community; and exploring strategies
for success in the AugSem course(s) and
future college work.
• Engaging Minneapolis
The Engaging Minneapolis requirement
builds on Augsburg’s national leadership in
experiential education as well as its commitment to its urban location. Students
take one course that introduces them to
the city as a resource for intentional learning, typically through civic engagement,
cultural engagement, or service learning.
Most Engaging Minneapolis courses also
fulfill an Augsburg Core Curriculum or
major requirement. They should be taken
Academic Information 79
during the first year, but may be taken in
the second year.
• Many Voices Project
Embedded in ENL 111, 112, and HON
111 (see core skills requirements), the
Many Voices Project engages first-year students in discussion of a common text
addressing themes of cultural diversity and
global awareness. Emphasizing ways in
which written communication can promote understanding and productive
engagement among different cultures and
points of view, The Many Voices Project is
intended to teach skills and methods that
promote successful communication
between diverse writers and readers.
Augsburg Experience
All students must complete at least one
approved Augsburg Experience as a
requirement for graduation. Augsburg
Experiences highlight the College’s commitment to experiential education and
active participation in the broader community, both locally and globally. Five categories of approved experiential learning
opportunities are recognized as Augsburg
Experiences: internships, faculty-student
research, community service, study abroad,
and off-campus immersion experiences.
An Augsburg Experience integrates
experiential learning with academic learning. It demonstrates enhanced learning and
reflects research and best practices in experiential education. Approved Augsburg
Experiences meet two criteria: (1)
Integrate experiential learning with academic learning and (2) Link on-campus
learning to the goals, mission, needs, or
ideas of off-campus people, organizations
and/or communities, either through community partners, professional activities,
and/or travel. Augsburg Experiences may
be embedded in designated courses that
are part of the regular class schedule or
may be completed for zero credit outside
of the regular class schedule. The length of
time required, credit/no-credit status, and
grading options for approved Augsburg
Experiences will vary.
Senior Keystone
The Senior Keystone course provides a
final opportunity for exploring the central
themes of an Augsburg education — vocation and the search for meaning in a
diverse and challenging world. Students
will reflect upon the meaning of their educational experiences and consider issues of
transition as they prepare for their lives
after Augsburg. Most Keystone courses also
meet major requirements.
The Senior Keystone course in each
department connects the broad liberal arts
foundation with the professional skills and
in-depth study of the major. It thus asks
graduating students to think critically,
reflectively, and ethically about their place
in the world as leaders and servants.
THE LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION
The Liberal Arts Foundation courses
introduce students to knowledge and
modes of inquiry across a wide range of
disciplines and subjects. The course offerings in the traditional liberal arts provide
the opportunity for students to acquire a
broad and solid foundation for their specialized study and professional preparation.
Students choose two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially
designed interdisciplinary Connections
courses.) The list of courses meeting the
Liberal Arts Foundation requirement is
available online and from the registrar’s
office.
80 Academic Information
Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Two courses from two different departments: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics,
Physics.
One must be a lab science course.
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Two courses from two different departments:
Economics, Political Science,
Psychology, Sociology
Humanities
Two courses from two different departments/programs:
American Indian Studies, Communication Studies, English, History, Philosophy,
Religion, Modern Languages (literature
and culture courses), Women’s Studies
Note: The signature Search for Meaning
courses do not count as Humanities
Liberal Arts Foundation requirements.
Fine Arts
Two courses or approved activities
from two different departments:
Art, Music, Theatre Arts.
Participation in a music ensemble may
be applied to this requirement. Four
semesters of participation in the same
ensemble — orchestra, concert band, or
choir — fulfills one course requirement in
the Fine Arts domain.
SKILLS REQUIREMENTS
Entry Level Skills Assessments
There are entry level skills assessments
in:
• Critical Thinking
• Mathematics
• Writing
Placement in writing, math, and critical
thinking courses is determined by the
assessments. These tests are a prerequisite
for (not completion of) core and graduation skills course requirements.
• Critical Thinking Assessment and
Requirement
Students who have college credit for a
critical thinking or logic course are exempt
from the critical thinking assessment.
Students who do not achieve the minimum entry score on the placement exam
are required to take GST 100 Critical
Thinking.
• Mathematics Assessment and
Requirement
All students are required to have their
math placement group (MPG) determined.
In some cases, students who have transferred a mathematics course taken at
another college may have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. All other
students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during college registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Based on the math assessment result,
students will be enrolled in the appropriate
courses or advised on preparation for
retaking the math placement exam.
Students may retake the Math Placement
Exam once during their first term of
enrollment. Students are required to take
the Math Placement Exam before registering for the first term and should achieve
MPG 3 by the end of their first year at
Augsburg.
Academic Information 81
Students in MPG 1 must take MAT 103
to advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
must take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 must take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. A grade of Pass
or 2.0 or higher is required to advance to
the next math level.
Students are encouraged to advance
their MPG as soon as possible. Students
must achieve Math Placement Group
(MPG) 3 or higher to graduate. In addition, many courses require MPG 2, 3, or 4
as a prerequisite.
• Writing Assessment and
Requirement
This entry level assessment determines
readiness for ENL 111 or 112. Students
who do not place highly enough on the
entry level assessment will be required to
take ENL 101 Developmental Writing
before ENL 111.
Students who have transferred in a
course equivalent to ENL 111 are excused
from the entry level exam. Students entering Weekend College or the Rochester
Program do not take the Writing
Assessment.
Core Skills Requirements
• Effective Writing
ENL 111 Effective Writing or the equivalent with a grade of 2.0, P, or higher, is
required. Attendance the first day of class
is required.
Students should complete Effective
Writing by the middle of their sophomore
year since it is a prerequisite for Writing
Graduation Skill courses.
• Modern Language
For students who have not previously
studied a modern language, completion of
a two-course sequence in the same language with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P in
both courses is required. The BYU-CAPE
language assessment is offered to students
who have had at least one year of study of
French, German, or Spanish language in
high school. For a language previously
studied, successful completion (minimum
grade of 2.0 or P) of one language course
at your placement level (112 or higher)
satisfies the requirement. Students whose
placement test is at 311 or higher will be
exempted from further language study.
Modern language courses accepted in
transfer may be applicable to this skills
area for partial or full completion of the
requirement.
Students who have demonstrated competence in American Sign Language by
passing an approved course sequence will
have fulfilled the Modern Language Core
Skill.
Students whose first language is not
English and whose score is below the minimum on the ELL placement test must fulfill the English Language Learners (ELL)
requirement. The requirement is satisfied
by successfully completing the ELL
course(s) and achieving a score above the
minimum on the ELL placement exam.
Students who complete the ELL requirement fulfill the Modern Language Core
Skill requirement. Contact Academic
Advising or the English Department for
additional information. More information
about English Language Learners is found
on page 88.
82 Academic Information
CHECKLIST AND SUMMARY OF
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS.
FOR GRADUATION.
This quick reference checklist is an abbreviated version of the requirements for graduation.
As a summary, it is not comprehensive and cannot substitute fully for the complete degree
requirements that begin on page 76. Students
are advised to read carefully the full graduation
requirements and to consult frequently with
their advisers to ensure that all requirements for
graduation are met.
All new freshmen and all freshman and
sophomore transfer students must complete
the following requirements prior to graduation
( t r a n s fe r c r e d i t m a y a p p l y t o t h e s e r e q u i r e ments):
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 77.
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
• Humanities
• Fine Arts
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
• Critical Thinking Assessment
• Mathematics Assessment
• Modern Languages Assessment
• Writing Assessment
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
• Complete Effective Writing
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
and one HPE lifetime activity course.
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
• Two courses with Writing components.
❏ Complete a major.
• One course with a Speaking component.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
• One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Complete two (2) Search for Meaning
courses.
• Complete the Augsburg First Year requirements. (Sophomore transfer students are
exempt from these requirements.)
1. Complete the fall orientation and
Augsburg Seminar.
2. Complete an Engaging Minneapolis
course.
• One course with a Critical Thinking component.
A l l a d v a n c e d t r a n s f e r s t u d e n t s ( t h os e
entering with 13 or more credits) must com plete the following requirements prior to graduation (transfer credit may apply to these
requirements):
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
• Complete at least one Augsburg
Experience
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Other maximums are described on page 77.
Academic Information 83
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total courses completed.
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete the Liberal Arts Foundation
requirements: Complete two courses from two
different departments in each domain.
(Exceptions may be made for specially designed
interdisciplinary Connections courses.)
• Natural Sciences and Mathematics (1 lab
science)
• Social and Behavioral Sciences
Students entering under the Minnesota
Transfer Curriculum with an A.A. degree must
complete the following requirements prior to
graduation:
❏ Complete 32 course credits. Of these: no
more than 13 courses may be in any one
department, with the following exceptions:
Accounting (B.A.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Music Education (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . . . . .14.5
Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Other maximums are described on page 77.
❏ Maintain minimum cumulative grade point
average in major, minor, and in total course s c omp le t e d .
❏ Complete a major.
❏ Complete the Augsburg Core Curriculum.
• Humanities
Complete the Signature Curriculum:
• Fine Arts
• Complete REL 300 Bible, Christian
Theology, and Vocation course.
Complete Entry Level Skill Assessments and
Core Skills Requirements:
• Satisfy entry level skill requirements in
writing.
• Achieve a Math Placement Group score of
three.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment.)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
• One course with a Writing component.
• One course with a Critical Thinking component.
• Complete a Senior Keystone course.
• Complete one Augsburg Experience
Complete Entry Level Skills Assessments
and Core Skills Requirements:
• Complete one college algebra course
course (MAT 105) or a Math Placement
Group 3.
• Complete Modern Language requirement
(0-2 courses, depending on initial assessment.)
• Complete HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
or one HPE lifetime activity course
(depending on transcript assessment)
Complete courses designed to fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade
of 2.0 or P. (Courses meeting these requirements
are designated by the major.)
• One course with a Speaking component.
• One course in the major that meets a
Writing Graduation Skill.
• One course with a Quantitative Reasoning
component.
• One course that meets the Quantitative
Reasoning Graduation Skill.
All students are required to file a
graduation application with the
Office of the Registrar one year prior to graduation.
84 Academic Information
• Lifetime Fitness
Two lifetime fitness courses are
required. HPE 001 Foundations of Fitness
is required of all students. The second
course may be chosen from a variety of different lifetime activities (HPE 002, 003
Lifetime Activity courses). Students may
test out of the second activity course by
demonstrating proficiency from a selected
lifetime activity. Proficiency exams are
offered through the Health and Physical
Education department each semester.
There is a fee to take the lifetime activity
proficiency test. Intercollegiate athletes and
Health and Physical Education majors may
not test out of this requirement.
Foundations of Fitness and Lifetime
Activity courses are non-credit courses and
are not included in the 32-course graduation requirement.
Graduation Skills Requirements
An Augsburg education includes
enhancement of certain skills during the
years in college. Critical thinking, quantitative reasoning, speaking, and writing
skills are deliberate components of certain
courses. Students are required to have one
course each with Critical Thinking,
Quantitative Reasoning, and Speaking skill
components, and two courses with a
Writing Skill component. These requirements are modified for advanced transfer
students (see pages 76, 82-83). A minimum grade of 2.0 or P is required to satisfy
a graduation skill requirement.
Graduation skill requirements typically
are embedded in required courses in the
major. Some departments, however, designate courses outside the major or elective
courses in the major that fulfill this
requirement. Academic advisers will provide a list of these courses.
All Writing Skill courses have the prerequisite of ENL 111 or its equivalent. All
Quantitative Reasoning Skill courses have
the prerequisite of Math Placement Group
3, and all Critical Thinking Skill courses
have the prerequisite of passing the entry
level Critical Thinking Assessment or GST
100.
Core Curriculum Modifications
Some majors that result in a Bachelor of
Science degree give students the ability to
modify their Core Curriculum requirements in one of the following ways.
1. Bachelor of Science/Liberal Ar ts
Foundation (LAF) Waiver. Students who
elect the Bachelor of Science/LAF Waiver
must complete at least six of the eight LAF
requirements, provided at least one course
is taken in each of the four domains. (e.g.,
two Natural Science and Mathematics
courses, two Social and Behavioral Science
courses, one Fine Arts course, and one
Humanities course) The following majors
are approved for the Bachelor of
Science/LAF Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Elementary Education
• Health Education (teaching licensure
only)
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physical Education (teaching licensure only)
• Physics
2. Bachelor of Science/Moder n
Language Waiver. Students who elect the
Bachelor of Science/Modern Language
Waiver are not required to complete modern language courses as part of their
degree. The following majors are approved
Academic Information 85
for the Bachelor of Science/Modern
Language Waiver:
• Biology
• Chemistry
• Clinical Laboratory Science
• Mathematics
• Music Therapy
• Nursing
• Physics
EVALUATION AND GRADING
■
EXPLANATION OF GRADES
The official delivery of end-of-term
grades to students is online via the AugNet
Records and Registration website.
Student achievement in courses is measured by final examinations, shorter tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation.
Most courses are offered with grading
options—traditional grading on a 4.0 to
0.0 scale or the Pass/No credit system, in
which P means a grade of 2.0 or better
and N means no credit and a grade of less
than 2.0.
toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at
Augsburg in order to be considered for
Latin Honors. Transfer students should be
especially aware of this requirement.
• To be eligible for graduation with
Latin Honors, students may elect only 2
P/N credits.
• See P/N limitations under Graduation
Requirements, page 77.
Certain courses have restrictions and
are offered on one grading system only
(e.g., lifetime activities are graded only
P/N).
In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes in choice of grading
system must be made according to dates
published each term.
Numeric Grades
Numeric grades are used with these
definitions:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of
excellence
3.5
Pass/No Credit
3.0
Students who choose the P/N option
are cautioned:
2.5
• In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0.
2.0
• Some graduate and professional
schools do not look favorably on a large
number of P-graded courses, or rank each
as a C.
1.5
• Maximum number of course credits
taken P/N that may be applied to graduation is six course credits with a grade of
Pass (P).
0.5
• P-graded courses do not count
1.0
0.0
Achieves above basic course
standards
Meets basic standards for the
course
Performance below basic course
standards
Unacceptable performance (no
credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are
86 Academic Information
not computed in the grade point average.
completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission
after determining that a student emergency
may delay completion of coursework.
Students who receive an incomplete grade
should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an
Application for Incomplete Grade Form
with the Office of the Registrar that states
the reasons for the request, outlines the
work required to complete the course, and
includes the course instructor’s signature.
The instructor may stipulate the terms and
conditions that apply to course completion. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow
evaluation of the work by the instructor
and the filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term in the
student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the
course becomes 0.0.
A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record.
Internships, independent studies, and
directed studies may sometimes last longer
than one term. When this is the case, they
must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of
the first term of registration. A grade of X
(extension) is given by the instructor to
indicate that the study is extended. It is
expected that students given X extensions
will continue to communicate with their
instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A
final grade will be issued at the end of the
term in which the work is completed and
evaluated (but not longer than one year).
An instructor has the right to not grant an
extension where satisfactory progress is not
demonstrated. If the course is not
Repeated Courses
A course in which a grade of 0.0, 0.5,
1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be
repeated for credit. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit and a grade, but may be
audited. All courses taken each term and
grades earned, including W and N, will be
recorded on the academic record. Only the
credits and grades earned the second time,
for legitimately repeated courses, are
counted toward graduation and in the
grade point average.
Auditing Courses
Students who wish to take courses
without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time day students will be charged an audit fee if their
total credit load is over 4.5 credits. The
charge for part-time and Weekend College
students is listed under Weekend College
Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 24. The signature of the
instructor is required to register an audit.
Students who audit a course should confer
with the instructor within two weeks of
the beginning of the term to determine
expectations, attendance, and any other
requirements. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be
listed with a grade of W. Audited courses
do not count toward graduation and do
not fulfill general education requirements.
Grade Point Average
Academic Information 87
The grade point average (GPA) is based
on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It
does not include credit and grade points for
work transferred from other colleges.
Courses taken on the P/N grading option
are recorded, but not computed in the GPA.
The formula for computing the GPA is:
GPA = Total grade points divided by
number of credits attempted.*
*Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned
Classification
Students are classified when grades are
posted at the end of each term.
Classification is based on the number of
course credits completed.
• Sophomores—7 completed course
credits.
• Juniors—16 completed course credits.
• Seniors—24 completed course credits.
■ ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS
LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM
Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life
situations. Some of this learning may be
appropriate for credit recognition within
the disciplines that comprise the academic
program of a liberal arts college. The
Assessment of Previous Learning program
(APL) at Augsburg provides a means by
which a student’s previous learning, other
than that which is transferred from another
accredited institution, may be presented
for examination for possible credit toward
the completion of a baccalaureate degree.
Not all learning from life experience,
however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning
must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is
relevant to coursework in a field of study
within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum, and (2) it can be objectively demon-
strated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation.
The APL program at Augsburg provides
several means by which students may have
their previous learning assessed for credit
recognition. The following is a brief
description of each of these means of
assessment:
International Baccalaureate Program
(IB)—Courses earned from the
International Baccalaureate program will
be considered by the College for advanced
placement and appropriate credit. Credit
granting guidelines are available in the registrar’s office.
Advanced Placement Program
(AP)—Augsburg allows students to earn
credit for scores of 3, 4, or 5 on selected
Advanced Placement tests. For some
exams, a minimum score of 4 is required.
Inquiries should be addressed to the Office
of the Registrar.
The College Level Examination
Program (CLEP)—This is a series of standardized tests that have been developed by
the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing
centers. Students who score at or above the
American Council on Education’s recommended score on an approved examination
may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Information
about CLEP tests is available from the
Office of the Registrar.
Departmental Comprehensive
Exams—These are available for students
to use in obtaining credit for previous
learning if the following conditions
are met:
• There is a departmental exam available for the subject area in question.
88 Academic Information
• There is a faculty member designated
by the department to administer the exam.
• The registrar approves the student’s
request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a P/N basis
only, and there is a charge per exam of
$400 for a full course credit.
The Portfolio Assessment
Program—This is a credit assessment
alternative in which a faculty team completes a credit evaluation of a learning
portfolio submitted by the student. The
faculty team is composed of two faculty
members from fields of study directly related
to the student’s previous learning. Students
who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous
learning for credit assessment should consult the Office of the Registrar. In completing the evaluation of a student’s previous
learning, the faculty team applies the following criteria:
• There is documentable evidence of a
cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed or
systematic study of content material found
within liberal arts coursework.
• The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student.
• The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement.
• The learning relates well to the student’s educational goals.
• The learning and skills involved are
current and could be used at the present
time.
Students may apply for the credit
assessment process after completing at
least four credits of academic work at
Augsburg College with a cumulative
Augsburg GPA of at least 2.50. It is strongly recommended that the process not be
used when four or fewer courses remain
for graduation. There is a non-refundable
application deposit of $200 to initiate the
credit assessment process for each course
presented in a portfolio. An additional
$200 is charged upon approval of each
course. Credit is available on a P/N credit
basis only.
Transcript credit will be recorded with
the equivalent Augsburg course numbers
as determined by faculty reviewers.
Maximum Credit Accepted for
Previous Learning—While Augsburg
College recognizes the validity of learning
that takes place outside the traditional
classroom, this learning must be placed in
the context of formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore,
Augsburg allows a maximum of eight credits (about one-fourth of a baccalaureate
degree) to be obtained through previous
experiential learning. In compiling the
eight credits for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination
of the five assessment processes available in
the APL Program: AP exams, CLEP exams,
IB exams, departmental comprehensive
exams, and credit granted through portfolio
assessment.
English Language Learners (ELL)
Students whose primary language spoken at home is not English must take the
ELL placement test in conjunction with
the English writing placement test prior to
registering for their first term at Augsburg.
Students’ placement in ELL, ENL 101
Developmental Writing, or ENL 111, HON
111, or ENL 112 Effective Writing will be
determined by their scores on the
Michigan test (85-100 range for exemption
from ELL courses) and by a writing sample.
Near the end of each term of the
English Language Learner’s course, an
objective test will be administered to all
Academic Information 89
students in the class. The score on this test
and the grade earned in the class will
determine whether additional ELL coursework is required. Usually a score of 85 to
100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will
fulfill the student’s ELL requirement.
All students whose native language is
not English must stay enrolled in ENL
217/218 until such time that they pass the
ELL placement test at 85 percent or higher.
The ELL course can be counted only twice
in the total number of courses required for
graduation.
Students who fulfill the ELL requirement, by examination or by course
completion, have completed the Modern
Language Core Skill requirement for
graduation.
■ ACADEMIC PROGRESS,
PROBATION, AND DISMISSAL
The College requires that all students
maintain a 2.00 cumulative grade point
average (GPA).
It should be noted that a minimum GPA
of 2.00 is required for graduation, with certain majors requiring a higher minimum
GPA.
Students whose overall academic
achievement falls below a 2.00 GPA will
either be placed on scholastic probation at
the end of the term or will be continued on
probation or will be dismissed from the
College. In addition, a freshman who
receives two zero grades or a sophomore,
junior, or senior who receives three zero
grades will be considered for probation or
dismissal. However, dismissal from the
College is not automatic. Each case is
reviewed by the Student Standing
Committee. Evidence of the student’s commitment to academic progress is the primary consideration in deciding whether or not
to dismiss a student. Students who have a
poor academic record may be strongly
advised to withdraw before the end of a
term. Those on probation who voluntarily
withdraw from the College, as well as those
who are dismissed, must have special permission from the Student Standing
Committee to re-enroll. Students who have
been dismissed may apply for readmission
after one year, at which time the Student
Standing Committee will review the application for readmission accompanied by any
statements and evidence attesting to his or
her commitment to academic success.
Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches
2.00. Students placed on probation as
freshmen for having earned two zero
grades may be removed from probation if
their classification changes to sophomore,
if they have not earned additional zero
grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00. Students placed on probation as
sophomores for having earned three zero
grades may be removed from probation if
their classification changes to junior and
their cumulative GPA reaches 2.00.
The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the
guidelines stated above. Once a student is
dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on
Student Standing.
Dean’s List
The Dean’s List, compiled after each
semester, lists undergraduate students
whose grade point average for a semester is
3.50 or better. Students must be full-time
students (a minimum equivalent of three
full course credits for a weekday schedule
student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes in courses offered for credit.
Courses taken outside of a program’s calen-
90 Academic Information
dar (e.g., crossover courses taken in a
Weekend College trimester term by a day
student or in a semester term by a weekend student) are not calculated when
determining the Dean’s List. If permission
is given by the student, an announcement
is sent to the hometown newspaper of each
student on the Dean’s List.
Latin Honors
Augsburg recognizes those students
who have demonstrated exemplary academic achievement by conferring Latin honors upon completion of a baccalaureate
degree.
This designation and the standards set
are in effect for all students who complete
degree requirements in May 2004 or later.
Latin honors replaces the previous honors
designation of “With Distinction.” Students
may also receive honors recognition for
departmental honors and for participation
in the honors program. (See individual
department and program descriptions for
details.)
Qualification for Latin honors is determined as follows:
Summa cum laude: 3.90-4.00 GPA plus
successful completion of the summa oral
examination
Magna cum laude: 3.80-3.89 GPA
Cum laude: 3.60-3.79 GPA
To be eligible, a student must complete
a minimum of fourteen traditionally graded credits at Augsburg and have no more
than two elective pass/no pass graded credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as P/N
by the department will not be counted, nor
will “N” grades).
For additional information, including
the guidelines for the Summa Cum Laude
oral examination, go to the Latin Honors
section at <www.augsburg.edu/enroll/
registrar>.
Qualification for Commencement
Augsburg College has one commencement ceremony per academic year in the
month of May. Undergraduate students
who will not have met degree requirements
by the end of the spring term may qualify
to participate in commencement if: (1) no
more than three course credits/requirements will remain in their program at the
end of the spring term, and (2) the remaining requirements will be completed in the
summer or fall terms following participation in commencement. A student will not
graduate nor will a degree be conferred
until all graduation requirements are met,
regardless of participation in commencement.
Enrollment/Degree Verification
Augsburg College has authorized the
National Student Clearinghouse to act as
its agent for verification of student enrollment and degree status.
Contact information is as follows:
National Student Clearinghouse
13454 Sunrise Valley Road, Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
Web: www.degreeverify.org
Phone: 703-742-4200
Fax: 703-742-4239
E-mail: degreeverify@studentclearing
house.org
Academic Information 91
Veterans of Military Service
Augsburg is approved by the state
approving agency for Veterans Education.
Veterans should consult with the
Enrollment Center about completion of
enrollment verification and the forwarding
of other information to the Veterans
Administration. Veterans will need to meet
the requirements of the Veterans
Administration regarding repayment of
educational assistance funds received.
■ FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS
AND PRIVACY ACT NOTICE
The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended,
provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year
Augsburg College is required to give notice
of the various rights accorded to students
pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with
FERPA, you are notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education records—You have the right to
review and inspect substantially all of your
education records maintained by or at
Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review your
records.
Right to request amendment of
education records—You have the right to
seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation
of your right to privacy. This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence that
the record should be changed if Augsburg
decides not to alter your education records
according to your request.
Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information —You have the right to be asked
and to give Augsburg your permission to
disclose personally identifiable information
contained in your education records,
except to the extent that FERPA and the
regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One
exception which permits disclosure without consent is disclosure to school officials
with legitimate education interests. A
school official is a person employed by the
College in an administrative, supervisory,
academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted
(such as an attorney, auditor, or collection
agent); a person serving on the Board of
Trustees, or a student serving on an official
committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another
school official performing his or her tasks.
A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review
an education record in order to fulfill his
or her professional responsibility.
Right to withhold disclosure of
“directory information”—FERPA uses
the term “Directory Information” to refer
to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for
any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg
College without notification of the request
or disclosure to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider
very carefully the consequences of any
decision by you to withhold directory
information. Should you decide to inform
Augsburg College not to release Directory
Information, any future request for such
information from persons or organizations
outside of Augsburg College will be refused.
92 Academic Information
“Directory information” includes
the following:
• The student’s name;
• The student’s address;
• The student’s telephone number;
• The student’s e-mail address;
• The student’s date and place of birth;
• The student’s major and minor field of
study;
• The student’s academic class level;
• The student’s enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
• The student’s participation in
officially recognized activities and
sports;
• The student’s degrees and awards
received;
• The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
• The student’s dates of attendance;
• The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
• The student’s photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory
Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no
liability for honoring your instructions that
such information be withheld. The Office
of the Registrar must be notified in writing
of your intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not received
by the registrar prior to Sept. 15 (or within
10 school days of the start of a subsequent
term for a new student), it will be assumed
that all Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA
Office—You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of
Education, 400 Maryland Ave. S.W.,
Washington, D.C., 20202-4605, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with
FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate what
information may be reported in the letter.
Departments and
Programs
Course Descriptions with Major
and Minor Requirements – 94
Department majors and
programs are listed
alphabetically.
Also see index.
94
DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
A
s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg
College believes that knowledge and truth
are interrelated and are integrated into a
whole. The tradition of the academic
world, however, divides this unified truth
into more manageable parts: the academic
disciplines. The knowledge of individual
disciplines is subdivided into courses that
make it more accessible to students. These
courses can be arranged in various ways to
construct majors, to create the substance
of a broad general education, and to give
students the opportunity to study areas of
particular individual interest.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS.
Descriptions of courses are arranged by
departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject
matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more
detailed explanation of content, approach,
requirements, and evaluations for a
particular course can be obtained from
the instructor.
Department entries also contain a
narrative discussion of the educational
philosophy of each department, its goals,
and its place in the College’s program. A
listing of requirements for individual
majors and minors follows the narrative.
Weekend College classes are published
each spring in a separate booklet and
online.
Since some courses are offered alternate
years, it is important that the student
review major requirements and course
offerings with an adviser to ensure that all
requirements can be met.
Descriptions and schedules for Summer
Session, the Master of Arts in Education,
Master of Arts in Leadership, Master of
Arts in Nursing, Master of Business
Administration, Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies, and Master of
Social Work courses are published in separate catalogs.
Credits
A full course is offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses, for onehalf or one-quarter course credit, are
offered. Unless noted, all courses are one
course credit. A full course is valued as
four semester credits or six quarter hours.
Most day program courses meet for three
60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods per week with additional time required
for laboratory work. All full credit
Weekend College courses meet for eight
three-and-one-half-hour sessions during
fall and for seven four-hour sessions during winter and spring term.
Numbering
Class Schedule
Courses listed are subject to change. In
general, classes are offered fall and/or
spring terms unless otherwise indicated.
The schedule of classes offered through the
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) for fall and spring terms is only
available online.
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses. Courses numbered 300
and above are classified as upper division.
In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s
for juniors, and 400s for seniors.
Departments and Programs 95
Prerequisites
■ INTERNSHIPS
Courses that must be taken before
enrolling in a higher level course are listed
in the course description as prerequisites.
A student may enroll in a course when a
prerequisite has not been fulfilled if there
is prior approval by the professor teaching
the course. Some prerequisites (such as
ENL 111, math placement, and critical
thinking) cannot be waived by the
instructor.
Registration for internships consists of
the following steps:
NOTE: Not all courses are offered in all
schedules. Refer to Augnet Records and
Registration for information on when specific courses are offered.
INTERNSHIPS AND
.
INDEPENDENT STUDIES.
Every department offers opportunities
for internships and independent study. The
course description and process for registering is normally the same for each department. Some departments have additional
statements that can be found in the departmental course listing. Interdisciplinary
internships are also available.
1. Obtain the internship registration
permission form from the Center for
Service, Work, and Learning and secure
the signatures of the faculty supervisor and
director of the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning.
2. Register for the Internship during
the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of
registration. (Students may pre-register
without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end
of the registration or drop/add period.)
3. A learning agreement (forms are
available in the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning) must be completed with
the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The original is turned in to the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning,
with copies made for the faculty supervisor and student.
196
197
198
199
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience typically at the sophomore level in
which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement
that links the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in
the placement. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students
must consult with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission
to register.
396
397
398
399
Internship/On-campus
Internship/Off-campus (.5)
Internship/On-campus (.5)
Internship/Off-campus
A work or service-based learning experience at the junior/senior level in which a
student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement that links
96 Departments and Programs
the ideas and methods of the discipline with the opportunities inherent in the placement. For some majors, participation in a concurrent seminar may be expected.
Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult
with the departmental internship coordinator or a faculty member and the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning regarding requirements and permission to register.
(Off-campus 397/399 internships are one option for the Augsburg Experience graduation requirement.)
■ DIRECTED AND INDEPENDENT STUDIES
299
Directed Study
An opportunity to study topics not covered in the scheduled offerings under the
direction of an instructor. Open to all students, but normally taken by sophomores
and juniors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor and the
department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
499
Independent Study/Research
An opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects. Normally open to
junior and senior majors. Approval must be secured in writing from the instructor
and the department chairperson before the term in which the study is undertaken.
ACCOUNTING
See listing under Business Administration.
AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES
A
merican Indian Studies is a major
that gives students the opportunity to learn
about the original, indigenous cultures of
North America. Students will be provided
with a multidisciplinary understanding of
the history and present situation of
American Indians. The program emphasizes the interrelations among history, cul-
ture, language, literature, the arts, philosophy, religion, political and social forces,
and the legal status and sovereignty of
American Indians. This course of study
exposes students to the richness and beauty of North American Indian cultures.
American Indian Studies Faculty
Eric Buffalohead (Chair), Elise
Marubbio
American Indian Studies 97
Adjunct Faculty
Sophia Jacobson, Richard Gresczyk,
Dale Weston
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
American Indian Studies Major
Ten courses including;
AIS 105 Introduction to American
Indian Studies
AIS 205 Contemporary American
Indians
ENL 255 American Indian Literature
or AIS 264 American Indians in the
Cinema
HIS 236 American Indian History
REL 370 American Indian Spirituality
and Philosophical Thought
AIS 499 Senior Research Project
In addition student must complete four
electives. At least five of the courses
toward the major must be upper division.
Minor:
Five courses including AIS 105. At least
two must be upper division.
COURSE OFFERINGS AT AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
AIS 105
Introduction to American Indian Studies
Designed to introduce students to the content areas of the American Indian
Studies curriculum, this course includes an overview of American Indian history, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, and American Indian literature, art, music, and language.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction.
AIS 205
Contemporary American Indians
In this topics-oriented course, students focus on issues that face contemporary
American Indians, including tribal sovereignty and identity politics, treaty
rights, language retention and education, religious freedom, and Indian
activism.
AIS 208
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by put into
conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native American women.
98 American Indian Studies
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary, and historical origins of women’s roles and status in society. Comparative
roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African
tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East, and
China.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
AIS/ENL 255 American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature, and the ways in
which literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking
skills through in-class presentation and small group discussion.
AIS 264
American Indians in the Cinema
Indians in the Cinema surveys various images of American Indians created by
Hollywood and television. Focusing on films from the 1910s to the present,
the course provides an understanding of how American Indians were portrayed in film historically, how this image has evolved over the past century,
and how it is reflective of Western cultural and racial ideologies.
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts,
particularly within the United States.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
Through life histories of Indian women, the course examines the vital roles
and contributions of women in past and present tribal cultures. It explores the
continuity of women’s roles over times and the changes in these roles, precipitated by the influences of Western colonialism. The course also assesses how
American Indian women have crossed cultural boundaries and influenced
non-tribal communities through their activism and traditionalism. This course
is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
AIS 332
Native American Storytelling
The objective of this course is to study Native American Storytelling from a
cultural perspective. An appreciation of oral traditions will be emphasized and
studied within the broader context of world mythologies. Students will be
expected to perform storytelling and to research the various tribal storytelling
traditions.
American Indian Studies 99
AIS/ENL 355 Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
AIS 364
Indigenous Filmmakers
Indigenous Filmmakers introduces students at the junior and senior level to
the exciting and expanding field of indigenous media-specifically films made
by Native Americans. We will explore the political and social forces at work
behind the American Indigenous Film movement, which responds to mainstream film’s portrayal of Native Americans and provides an extraordinary
range in perspectives and views that inform Native American cultures.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife.
AIS 408
Native American Women and Film
Beginning with issues of representation and a history of Hollywood’s portrayal
of Native American woman as princess figures, sexualized maidens, or squaws,
we will expand our conceptualization of Native American women by put into
conversation a variety of voices that talk back to or address mainstream stereotypes of Native American women. Our goal is to expand our conceptualizations of Native American women and their important roles in society by examining a variety of cultural issues as they are presented through documentary
and fiction films made by and about Native American women. (Prereq.: WST
201 or any 2xx Women’s Studies course; or AIS 105 or any 2XX American
Indian Studies course; or consent of instructor.)
AIS 495
Topics in American Indian Studies
Individual courses designed to investigate specific topics such as Minnesota
Indians, Contemporary Indigenous Issues of North and South America, and
American Indian literature Seminar.
AIS 499
Independent Research
An independently designed research project.
100
ART—ART
A
rt is essential. It teaches us to see,
claim beauty, make sense of pain, explore
the world, and express ourselves.
At Augsburg College, inspiration and
creativity grow from the diversity of ideas
experienced on a small campus in the
heart of a major metropolitan area. We balance a solid foundation of drawing, design,
and history with technical skills, critical
thinking, and creative exploration in a
range of media. On-campus galleries showcase the work of students as well as established artists. An innovative faculty pairs
creative curriculum for traditional disciplines in drawing, painting, ceramics,
sculpture, and photography with emerging
disciplines in hand papermaking, book
arts, architecture, and digital media. Class
sizes are small; we will get to know each
other.
Galleries and museums surround us;
art club, studio visits, and guest artists provide art in real time; service learning,
internships, and study abroad are integral
to our program. We reach an average of
700 students a year from all disciplines,
graduating 25-30 majors annually with
B.A. degrees in art history, studio art, art
education; and certificates in studio art and
graphic design.
For 40 years, students have been earning degrees in art and art history at
Augsburg College. We’re excited to be here
in the center of the city. We think you will
be too.
Art Faculty
Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn
Bollman, Tara Christopherson, John
McCaffrey, Robert Tom
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Studio Art Major
Majors are required to begin their programs with the studio arts foundations:
ART 102 Design
ART 107 Drawing
One course in two-dimensional art from:
ART 118 Painting I
or ART 223 Printmaking I
or ART 225 Graphic Design I
or ART 360 Watercolor Painting
One course in three-dimensional art from:
ART 221 Sculpture I
or ART 250 Ceramics I
or ART 280 Hand Papermaking and
Book Arts I
Five additional studio arts courses
ART 240 Art History Survey
Two additional art history courses
Studio majors must participate in a solo or
two-person show and the annual senior
group exhibition during their senior year.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Art History Major
Eight art or architectural history courses
including:
ART 240 Art History Survey
ART 388 Modern Art
Two studio courses:
ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing
ART 118 Painting I or ART 221
Sculpture I
Art 101
Note: Students planning a double
major in Studio Art and Art History or a
major/minor combination should meet
with a department adviser to plan appropriately.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall,
portfolio of artwork (studio majors) or
research (art history majors) reflecting
high quality work, and special projects
such as senior exhibition and research.
Application should be made to the department chair before the last term of the
senior year.
Studio Art Minor
Five courses including ART 240, ART
107, and three additional studio courses.
Architecture Minor
Five courses including ART 105, ART
210, ART 243, ART 244 and ART 249 or
349.
Art History Minor
Five art history courses including
ART 240.
Certificate in Art
Eight art courses, including at least one
in art history. Up to four courses may be
taken in one studio area or in art history.
Certificate in Graphic Design
Eight art courses, including four in
graphic design, one art history, and three
electives.
ART COURSES.
Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. Some studio courses have
lab fees.
■ STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS
ART 102
Design
A study of design is the unifying foundation for the visual arts. Two- and
three-dimensional projects demonstrate theory and application of basic design
elements and principles.
ART 107
Drawing
Students use traditional media to develop technical skills and explore descriptive and experimental ideas for perceptual and conceptual drawing. Emphasis
is placed on foundational drawing concepts.
■ STUDIO ART
ART 100, 300 Topics
Selected courses dealing with special topics, offered occasionally in the department.
ART 105
Introduction to Architectural Drawing
This course develops basic skills involved in perceiving and representing the
material environment through the study of sketching and drawing skills.
ART 106
Calligraphy I
Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing.
102 Art
ART 118
Painting I
Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic or oil. Emphasis is
placed on color, perception, and expression.
ART 132
Photography
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression, and communication
with attention to black-and-white photographic processes. Students need
access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately
$200-225.
ART 210
Drawing for Design in Architecture
Introduction to and exploration of the conceptual function of drawing in
architecture. Exploration of the history of drawing in architecture, critical
review of drawing conventions and systems, and examination of drawing
processes as modes of perception and cognition. (Prereq.: ART 105 or instructor permission)
ART 215
Web Design I
This course explores the theory and practice of multimedia and digital design.
Emphasis will be placed on the development of effectively designed, valid, and
accessible websites.
ART 221
Sculpture I
An introduction to sculpture and three-dimensional design through the exploration of the inherent properties of various materials and processes.
ART 223
Print Making I
An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods are explored.
ART 224
Publication Design
An introduction to design concepts and production for publication design.
Theory and practice of coordinating visual imagery and typography for print
publications using page layout software.
ART 225
Graphic Design I
An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design using page
layout, illustration, and imaging software. Emphasis on designing with text
and image.
ART 247
Life Drawing
An introduction to the methods and techniques of drawing the human form
through the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on perceptual drawing
skills and accurately rendering the human form in a spatial environment.
ART 250
Ceramics I
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding
and throwing techniques combined with theory, concept, and form.
Art 103
ART 280
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts I
Introduction to hand papermaking and book arts emphasizes exploration of
surface (fiber sources, sheet-forming, and casting techniques), book binding
structures, and synthesis of original text and imagery in the artist’s book form.
ART 306
Calligraphy II
Advanced work in calligraphic media and design.
ART 315
Web Design II
Exploration of the latest technologies used in the theories and practice of animation, interactive programming, and advanced digital design. (Prereq.: ART
215 or instructor permission)
ART 320
Typography
Study of the history, development, structures, and application of traditional
and contemporary typography; exploring letterforms using digital, hand-set
type, and hand lettering. (Prereq.: Any ART course)
ART 330
Graphic Design II
An advanced study of layout, typography, and visual imagery for print production using the computer. Includes identification of design problems and presentation to the client. (Prereq.: ART 225)
ART 340
Digital Imaging
Exploration of the creation of visual images using the computer as a paint
brush, pencil, pen, and camera. Emphasis will be placed on visual communication and expression. (Prereq.: Any ART, MIS, or CSC course)
ART 351
Ceramics II
Advanced work in ceramics explores clay, glaze and firing technology with a
continued emphasis on throwing and handbuilding techniques combined with
theory, concept, and form. (Prereq.: ART 250)
ART 355
Painting II
Advanced study in acrylic or oil paint media, emphasizing individual expression. (Prereq.: ART 118)
ART 360
Watercolor Painting
Introduction to transparent watercolor emphasizes the perceptual experience
in developing descriptive and experimental techniques to explore color and
concept. Class sessions often include painting outside on location.
ART 368
Print Making II
Continued exploration of intaglio, relief, and mono/unique methods. Use of
larger formats, multiple plates, and an emphasis on color are encouraged.
(Prereq.: ART 223)
ART 380
Hand Papermaking and Book Arts II
Advanced exploration in hand papermaking and artist’s books, emphasizing
individual research and expression. (Prereq: ART 280)
104 Art
ART 478
Sculpture II
Advanced work in sculpture and three-dimensional design. (Prereq.: ART 221)
■ ART AND ARCHITECTURAL HISTORY
ART 240
Art History Survey
A survey of art of the Western world from prehistoric to modern times.
Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections per year.
ART 243
History of Architecture to 1750
History of architecture and city planning from antiquity to 1750, as illustrated
by Western and non-Western examples.
ART 244
History of Architecture after 1750
History of architecture and city planning since 1750, as illustrated by Western
and non-Western examples.
ART 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for ART 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for ART 349)
ART 290
Tribal Arts and Culture
An exploration of the rich heritage of visual arts from Indigenous communities of North America, surveying the dynamic nature of Native American art
spanning from pre-European contact into the present while exploring the
political nature of that trajectory as it encounters cultural change, Western
aesthetics, and Western concepts of art. Students will meet Native artists, visit
a variety of Native American art galleries and exhibitions, and learn about the
cultural, social, and political context surrounding a Native American art.
ART 352
Women and Art
A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the
traditional arts, and the arts of Native American women. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including
architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture, and design.
ART 385
Prehistoric and Ancient Art
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the fourth century A.D.
ART 386
Medieval Art
Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture in Europe. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Art 105
ART 387
Renaissance and Baroque Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the
18th centuries. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 388
Modern Art
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from Neoclassicism through
the present. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
ART 389
American Art
A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture,
and folk arts.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ART 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ART 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
ART 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ART 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
106
AUGSBURG CORE CURRICULUM—
AUG/KEY/GST
THE SIGNATURE CURRICULUM .
Augsburg Seminar
AUG 101
Augsburg Seminar (.0 course)
A weekly seminar linked to a course or course pair that integrates course content with learning strategies and community-building opportunities beneficial
to beginning college students. While the content course is graded on a traditional point basis, Augsburg Seminar is graded Pass/No Credit. Permission to
complete the seminar if the student withdraws from the linked content
course(s) is at the discretion of the instructor(s). (P/N grading only)
Senior Keystone
KEY 480
Topics in Global Interdependence
This cross-cultural keystone seminar prepares students to “act globally” by
challenging them to apply the diverse perspectives acquired while studying
abroad and to analyze issues that transcend national boundaries. In English
with readings in a language other than English. Open to international students and to upper-division students who have advanced knowledge of a language other than English or have studied abroad for a full semester (including
in English-speaking countries with consent of instructor).
KEY 490
Vocation and the Meaning of Success
This course is the keystone course for business majors and other majors where
the major program does not include a keystone element. It draws together all
facets of a student’s education by providing opportunities to reflect upon and
write about the integration of your classes, life, and future. Readings and critical discussions with others in the same and in different majors will add
dimension to your reflection writing.
LIBERAL ARTS FOUNDATION .
Connections Courses
Students may fulfill Liberal Arts Foundation requirements through disciplinary courses
(listed under academic departments) or through interdisciplinary Connections courses.
FIA 130
Arts and the City
Using the arts resources of the city, this course will explore how to understand
and appreciate various art forms: Theatre, music, opera, visual arts, dance, and
film. Class sessions consist almost entirely of attendance at off-campus performances and sites. (Fine Arts LAF)
HUM 120
Medieval Connections: Medieval Life in 12th-century Europe
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, reli-
Augsburg Core Curriculum 107
gion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, Spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Natural Sciences LAF. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Natural Sciences
LAF. Prereq.: SCI 110)
SKILLS.
Entry Skills
GST 100
Critical Thinking
Designed to develop critical thinking skills, this course strengthens the ability
of students to comprehend, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate ideas and arguments. Students identified by the entry Critical Thinking Assessment are
required to complete GST 100. Students who have passed the Critical
Thinking Assessment may take the class only with the permission of the
instructor.
GST 140
Introduction to the Liberal Arts
An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and improving those skills important to academic success: reading, comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, test-taking, organization, concentration and memorization, learning style, conflict management, assertiveness training, and motivation strategies. This course may not be
taken by students who have completed eight credits.
Graduation Skills
GST 200
Quantitative Reasoning/Statistical Literacy
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in arguments. Focus on association, causation, observational studies, experiments, risk, confounding, bias
and chance. Review common techniques involving statistical opportunism,
Study conditional reasoning using English to describe and compare rates and
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use standardization to take into
account the influence of confounders. Analysis of statistically-based arguments. Emphasis on interpretation, evaluation, and communication. (Prereq:
MPG 3)
108 Biology
Other General Studies Courses
GST 009
Cooperative Education (.0 course)
A transcript notation is given for the academic learning inherent in an
approved not-for-credit cooperative education/internship work experience.
Reflection activities and work-learning evaluations are conducted by the
Center for Service, Work, and Learning. With approval, a non-credit
coop/internship completed by juniors or seniors will fulfill the Augsburg
Experience graduation requirement.
BIOLOGY—BIO
B
iology is the study of life, and it is
natural that we, as contemplative living
creatures, seek a deeper understanding of
the living world that envelops us. This
search has led to the realization that the
Earth is filled with an enormous variety of
living organisms. Since humans are a part
of the biological world, an understanding
of the basic biological processes common
to all organisms is essential to attain selfunderstanding and to provide a basis for
wise decisions.
In recent decades great strides have
been made in understanding important
biological processes, particularly those at
the cellular, molecular, and ecosystem levels. Biological research has also provided
some extremely important benefits to
humans, including advances in medicine,
agriculture, and food science.
An understanding of biological systems
depends, in part, on the principles of
physics and chemistry; thus a firm background in the physical sciences is also
important in the study of biology.
For many, an undergraduate major in
biology serves as a basis for further study.
Augsburg graduates have gone on to graduate studies in the life sciences, leading to
careers in college or university teaching,
basic and applied research, and public
health. Many have entered professional
programs in medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Other graduates have
gone directly into secondary education,
biomedical industries, laboratory research,
natural resources, and environmental education.
Biology Faculty
Mark Strefeler (Chair), Ralph
Butkowski, William Capman, Robert
Herforth, Dale Pederson, Beverly SmithKeiling
Biology 109
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose one of the following degree options: Bachelor of Science in
Biology, Bachelor of Arts in Biology, or
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Nine courses including:
BIO 151 Introductory Biology
BIO 152 Evolution, Ecology, and Diversity
BIO 253 Introductory Cellular Biology
and
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 481 Ecology
and five upper division biology courses
chosen from the following list:
BIO 351
BIO 353
BIO 355
BIO 361
BIO 369
BIO 440
BIO 471
BIO 473
BIO 474
BIO 476
BIO 481
BIO 486
BIO 495
Invertebrate Zoology
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
Genetics
Plant Biology
Biochemistry
Plant Physiology
Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
Animal Physiology
Developmental Biology
Microbiology
Ecology
Immunology
Special Topics in Biology
Bachelor of Arts in Biology
The same biology course requirements
as for the Bachelor of Science degree, but
with the following supporting courses:
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Arts
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General
Chemistry
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the
Social and Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
or MAT 163 Introductory
Statistics
or PSY 215 Research Methods:
Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Bachelor of Arts in Life Sciences
This major is appropriate for students
also seeking secondary teaching licensure
in biology.
Requirements are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts in Biology degree, but
with the following differences:
Only four upper division biology courses are required
BIO 491 Biology Seminar (non-credit)
is required of all juniors and seniors.
Two additional science courses are
required, chosen from the following list:
SCI 106
An introductory geology course
Required Supporting Courses for
Bachelor of Science
Transfer course policy for majors and
minors
CHM 105/106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115/116 General Chemistry
CHM 351/352 Organic Chemistry
PHY 121/122 General Physics
MAT 145/146 Calculus
All transfer courses, including ACTC
courses, must be approved in writing by
the chair. Only those biology courses successfully completed (2.0 or above) within
the last 10 years will be considered. No
more than two upper division courses from
other institutions may be applied toward
the major.
110 Biology
Departmental Honors
Graduate and Professional Training
GPA of 3.50 in biology and 3.00 overall, one course of approved independent
study (Bio 499) with both oral and poster
presentation and written report. Project
proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year or Feb.
28 in the case of students planning to
graduate in the following December.
Graduate programs in biological fields
require coursework similar to that for premedical education, and may also require
undergraduate research experience. Health
care professions (physician assistant, physical therapist, veterinarian, etc.) have specific requirements that should be discussed
with an adviser in the department.
Minor
Teaching Licensure Major
A course in general chemistry and five
biology courses including BIO 151, 152,
253, and two upper division courses.
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for biology teachers, the science portions of which are satisfied by the Augsburg Life Sciences major.
The state requirements may be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. All upper division biology requirements for secondary licensure
must be completed before beginning student teaching.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the biology faculty. Biology
majors must have an adviser in the biology
department. BIO 151 and 152 and
Principles of Chemistry (or General
Chemistry) should be taken in the first
year, and BIO 253 and Organic Chemistry
in the second year. Students should complete their math requirements early in their
college careers. A GPA of 2.00 for BIO 151,
152, and 253 is a prerequisite for enrollment in upper division biology courses. A
grade of 2.00 or above is required for all
upper division courses applied toward the
major.
Beta Beta Beta
Membership in the Augsburg Chapter
of this national biology honor society is
open to those students who have completed at least one upper division biology
course and have a GPA of 3.00 in biology.
Cooperative Education
Biology for Pre-Medical Students
Pre-medical students should include a
two-semester sequence in physics and a
two-semester sequence in organic chemistry. Many medical schools also require
two semesters of calculus.
Students should consult members of
the biology faculty for information specific
to medical school application.
The department works with the Office
of Cooperative Education in identifying
and defining co-op ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin
Cities.
Biology 111
BIOLOGY COURSES.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
BIO 102
The Biological World
The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are
emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to
gather and analyze data and propose and test hypotheses are considered.
(Prereq.: MPG 2. Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply
to the major or minor)
BIO 103
Human Anatomy and Physiology
A survey of the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 121
and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Prereq.: CHM 100 or another
chemistry course strongly recommended. Spring)
BIO 121
Human Biology and Lab
An introduction to basic biological principles with a human perspective and
application. Includes discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of life,
genetics and genetic disease, selected organ systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on earth. (Three hours lecture, one three-hour lab. A student
may not receive credit for both BIO 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor in Biology. Students are strongly encouraged to take CHM 100 before
taking this class. Fall and Spring)
BIO 151
Introductory Biology
First of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to biology for science
majors, including cell and molecular biology, energy metabolism, genetics. BIO
151, 152, and 253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours of lecture, three hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.
Prereq: MPG 3 or concurrent registration in MAT 105, concurrent registration
in CHM 105/115. Fall)
BIO 152
Ecology, Evolution, and Diversity
Second of a three-semester introductory sequence. An introduction to evolution, ecology, and biological diversity for science majors. BIO 151, 152, and
253 must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three
hours of lecture, four hours laboratory. Spring)
112 Biology
BIO 253
Introductory Cellular Biology
Third of a three-semester sequence. An introduction to structure and function
in tissues, cells, and subcellular organelles. (Three hours lecture, four hours
laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152, CHM 106 or 116. Fall)
BIO 351
Invertebrate Zoology
A study of the invertebrate animals stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory.
Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall: alternate years)
BIO 353
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
Comparative anatomy, functional morphology, and evolutionary morphology
of vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151,
152. Spring)
BIO 355
Genetics
Principles of heredity, integrating classical and molecular analysis. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 361
Plant Biology
A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi, and plants, including the study
of structure, physiology, life histories, and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture,
four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. Fall)
BIO 369
Biochemistry
An introductory consideration of biological macromolecules and their components, energetics, and intermediary metabolism and its integration. (Three
hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253, CHM 352. Fall)
BIO 440
Plant Physiology
A consideration of the processes involved in photosynthesis, growth, development, and water relations in plants including the relationship of process to
structure and life history. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253. Spring)
BIO 471
Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology
An examination of mechanisms of molecular genetics, recombinant DNA technology, cell-signaling, cell cycle control, and cellular basics for immunity.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
BIO 473
Animal Physiology
A study of digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement, and sensory perception as well as neural and hormonal control of these functions,
emphasizing vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.:
BIO 253, and PHY 116 or 122 strongly recommended.)
BIO 474
Developmental Biology
A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes that occur
during embryonic development of animals, including genetic control of development. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253.)
Biology 113
BIO 476
Microbiology
An introduction to the study of microorganisms. Environmental, industrial,
and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human
pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 253,
junior standing.)
BIO 481
Ecology
A study of interactions between organisms and the biotic and abiotic environment. Topics include physiological ecology, energy flow, nutrient cycling, a
survey of biomes, population and community ecology, and conservation.
(Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.:
BIO 253, MPG 4 or MAT 122 or MAT 163 or PSY 215. Fall)
BIO 486
Immunology
This course is a study of the body’s immune defense. The course investigates
the structure and mechanisms of human body’s three lines of immune defense.
Protection from microorganisms and parasites, and cancer surveillance are
considered. The role of immunity in vaccination and transplantation, and
mechanisms of immune malfunction in allergy, autoimmunity, and immunodeficiency are included. Prerequisite: Bio 369 (Three hours of lecture, four hours
laboratory. Spring)
BIO 491
Seminar (0.0 course)
A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and
seniors is required, including oral presentations. Guest speakers are often
invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring)
BIO 495
Special Topics in Biology
Courses covering special topics not otherwise covered by our other course
offerings. Topics may vary.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BIO 199
lnternship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: BIO 151, 152. P/N only)
BIO 299
BIO 399
Directed Study
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus, half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
BIO 499
Independent Study/Research
(Prereq.: BIO 253. P/N only)
114
DEPARTMENT OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—
BUS, ACC, FIN, MIS, MKT
O
ur mission is to prepare students
for professional careers in business or for
graduate studies. This preparation involves
a curriculum that stresses analysis and
communication, emphasizes both theory
and practice, and is shaped by the needs of
the business community. The department
fosters close ties with the corporate community that provide a wealth of practical
expertise, a variety of internship opportunities, and future job prospects.
The faculty believe they can best serve
both the student and the community by
providing an education that is technically
competent, ethically based, and socially
aware.
Faculty
John C. Cerrito (Chair), Nora M. Braun
(MIS Coordinator), C. Lee Clarke, Marc
Isaacson, Amin E. Kader (International
Business Coordinator), Ashok K. Kapoor
(Finance Coordinator), Steven J. LaFave,
Lori L. Lohman, Fekri Meziou, John
Molloy, Thomas Morgan, Magdalena M.
Paleczny-Zapp (Management Coordinator),
Milo A. Schield, David G. Schwain
(Marketing Coordinator), Kathryn A.
Schwalbe, Stuart M. Stoller (Accounting
Coordinator)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Department of Business
Administration offers five majors: business
administration (BUS), accounting (ACC),
finance (FIN), management information
systems (MIS), and marketing (MKT-Day
program only).
Specializations
Specializations provide students majoring in a field of study the opportunity to
deepen their knowledge of a particular
aspect of this major area. Within the business administration major there are four
specializations: management, marketing
(WEC only), music business, and international business. Within the accounting
major there are three specializations: general accounting, public accounting, and
managerial accounting.
Minors
Minors provide students the opportunity to study and obtain a professional credential in an area of study that is in addition to their major. Minors are available to
students majoring in fields outside the
Department of Business Administration, in
addition to students majoring in other
areas in the Department of Business
Administration. The Department of
Business Administration offers six minors:
business administration, international business, music business, accounting, management information systems, and marketing.
Business Administration 115
Certificate Programs
Advising
Certificate programs in the Department
of Business Administration are designed to
meet the needs of working people looking
for specific skills to help them in their job,
or to pursue a new career. The Department
offers certificates in information technology, business management, and finance
through the Weekend College program.
Students who plan to major in business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS,
or marketing are strongly encouraged to
select a departmental adviser who teaches
in their major. This should be done by the
end of the sophomore year at the latest. In
addition to advising, departmental faculty
can counsel majors on their careers, assist
majors in obtaining internships or jobs,
and provide letters of recommendation for
prospective employers or graduate programs.
Graduation Requirements
To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimum
number required (see page 77), students
must avoid taking too many electives in
the major or minor or exceeding the 13course limit per academic department (14
courses for accounting majors). Courses
designated as ACC, BUS, FIN, MIS, and
MKT are considered as being in the same
academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination
of major and minor may require students
to complete more than the minimum
number of credits required for graduation.
Exceptions are noted in the major.
Internships
Students are strongly encouraged to
work with the Center for Service, Work,
and Learning and department faculty to
obtain an internship
(BUS/ACC/FIN/INS/MIS/MKT 399) during
their junior or senior year. Internships can
provide students with experience that may
be valuable in competing for jobs after
graduation. Advisers should be consulted
about internships.
International Business
Transfer Students
Transfer students must complete at
least four of the upper division courses
required in the major at Augsburg or
obtain an exemption from the department.
Transfer courses must be approved by the
department. Courses taken more than 10
years ago will not be accepted.
The international business faculty
actively support international study.
For additional details, see the section on
International Partners under International
Studies in this catalog, or consult the
departmental coordinator for international
business or other overseas opportunities.
Entrepreneurship
Non-business majors are encouraged to
take BUS 254 Entrepreneurship.
116
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION—BUS
T
he major in business administration
prepares students for professional careers
in business administration or for graduate
studies. The three specializations within
this major share a common business core.
This common core provides students with
a broad foundation so they can readily
adapt to internal changes in interests and
goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Business Core
Nine courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
FIN 331 Financial Management
Note: All business majors are encouraged
to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Specialization in Management
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
BUS 440 Strategic Management
BUS 465 International Management
MIS 376 Project Management
or ECO 318 Management Science
Specialization in International
Business
Business core plus four courses:
BUS 362 International Business
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
and one additional upper division course in
either international business or international economics.
Students must also complete three
semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be
waived for international students. Contact
the international business coordinator for
details on language equivalents or other
configurations.
Specialization in Music Business
Business Core* plus seven courses:
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — or — 2 MUS credits and 1
MUE credit, selected from: (2 cr must be
in residence at Augsburg):
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
*Music Business majors are exempt from
BUS 379 and may substitute BUS 254 in
place of BUS 242 or 200.
Specialization in Marketing (Weekend
College students only)
Business core plus three courses:
MKT 352 Marketing Research
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
Business Administration 117
or MKT 357 Advertising
MKT 450 Marketing Management
Combined Major in Business
Administration and Economics
Eleven courses including:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or FIN 331 Financial Management
and one other upper division business
administration, accounting, finance, MIS
or marketing course.
ECO 112
ECO 113
ECO 312
ECO 313
Principles of Macroeconomics
Principles of Microeconomics
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course
Minor in Business Administration
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS
242 or 200, MKT 252, FIN 331 or BUS
379. Other configurations may be permitted with the approval of the department
chair.
This minor is automatically completed
while completing a major in accounting,
finance, MIS or marketing.
Minor in International Business
Six courses including:
ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or
200 or MKT 252, and three courses in
international business (one may be in
international economics).
Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable alternatives
in international economics.
Minor in Music Business
Eight courses including:
MUS/BUS 105, ECO 113, MIS 260, ACC
221, MUS/BUS 399, and one of the following: MUS/BUS 245, BUS 301, BUS 254,
plus two additional music course credits
beyond MUS 105 and MUS 395 (maximum
of 1 credit in MUE and/or MUP courses).
This minor is a collaborative program
between the music and business departments. The minor is a course of study
designed both for the music major desiring
additional preparation in business and for
the non-music major interested in pursuing a career in the music industry.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION COURSES.
BUS/MUS 105 The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing,
Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theatre, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as MUS 105.
BUS 200
Exploring Business as Vocation
This course is intended to introduce you, the student, to the possibility of pursuing a career in business as a vocational calling. In this course you will be
exposed to the key areas of business operations including: management, marketing, management information systems/technology, finance, accounting, and
international business.
118 Business Administration
BUS 242
Principles of Management
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning,
and control. The nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager.
BUS/MUS 245 Arts Management and Concert Promotion
A study of the role of the artist manager in career development and the role of
the arts administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry, and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed. Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry
topics and in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: BUS/MUS
105)
BUS 254
Entrepreneurship
The process of transforming an idea into an organization that can market this
idea successfully. Examines the construction of a viable business plan with
attention to the resources needed for success.
BUS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
BUS 301
Business Law
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property, and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
BUS 340
Human Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and utilization of human
resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or consent of instructor)
BUS 362
International Business
This course views international business from a global perspective, including
views of the U.S. government and perspectives of foreign governments. Each
topic is supported with real-life case studies (Pre-req.: ECO 112 or 113, and
BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, consent of instructor)
BUS 379
Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
How to read and interpret data to make better business decisions. Topics
include descriptive statistics (emphasis on confounding and conditional reasoning) and statistical inference (confidence intervals and statistical significance). Software used is either Minitab or Excel. (Prereq.: MIS 260 and either
MPG 3 or completion of MAT 171. WEC—Additional sessions are required,
usually on a weekday evening.)
Business Administration 119
BUS 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or
BUS 200, 379, FIN 331, MKT 252)
BUS 439
Risk Management and Insurance
Analyzes exposure to accidental loss—its identification, measurement, and
evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: FIN 331 and BUS 379)
BUS 440
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to long-range planning. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.:
BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 465
International Management
This course analyzes several factors influencing behavior in the workplace and
the board room, including skills needed to manage across national borders.
(Pre-req.: BUS 242 or BUS 200)
BUS 479
Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics
Advanced modeling using computer software. Specific topics may include
multivariate modeling PATH analysis, Monte Carlo simulations, queuing models, and ANOVA. (Prereq: BUS 379. On demand)
BUS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
BUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
BUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
BUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
120
ACCOUNTING—ACC
T
he major in accounting prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of accounting-related positions.
This major has two tracks: general
accounting and professional accounting.
The general accounting specialization is
adequate for a wide variety of positions.
The professional accounting track includes
two specializations: public accounting and
managerial accounting. The public
accounting specialization is recommended
for positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended for positions with large or rapidlygrowing companies.
The two professional specializations
relate to two professional designations: the
CPA and the CMA. A certified public
accountant (CPA) focuses on external
reporting; a certified management accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting.
The public accounting specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CPA exam; the managerial specialization
includes the materials emphasized on the
CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in
addition to passing the national exam.
Under the rules of the Minnesota State
Board of Accountancy, accounting majors
in the public accounting specialization are
qualified to sit for the CPA examination
after graduation.
Effective May 2006, students will need
to complete the equivalent of 150 semester
hours of education to be licensed as
Certified Public Accountants (CPAs). This
can be completed in four years through
accelerated undergraduate work. Another
option is to complete a four-year bachelor’s
degree plus a master’s degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Accounting Core
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I
ACC 323 Accounting Theory and
Practice II
ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting
ACC 425 Advanced Accounting
Students should take the courses in the
sequence given above.
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Specialization in General Accounting
No additional courses required.
Specialization in Public Accounting
Accounting core plus: ACC 326 Tax
Accounting; ACC 423 Auditing.
(Exception to 13-course limit)
Specialization in Managerial
Accounting
Accounting core plus ACC 424 Internal
Audit and Management Consulting and
MIS 375 Management Information Systems
in the Organization. (Exception to 13course limit)
Accounting 121
Minor in Accounting
Six courses including:
ACC 221, 222, FIN 331 or ACC 324, ACC
322, 323
and one of the following: MIS 260, BUS
379, ECO 112, or 113.
This minor is recommended for majors
in MIS and finance.
ACCOUNTING COURSES.
ACC 221
Principles of Accounting I
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
accounting, the accounting cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
ACC 222
Principles of Accounting II
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and
controlling processes, decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
ACC 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
ACC 322
Accounting Theory and Practice I
An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB
statements, and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222)
ACC 323
Accounting Theory and Practice II
A continuation of ACC 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements, and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders’ equity. (Prereq.: ACC 322)
ACC 324
Managerial Cost Accounting
Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial
decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other
quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or BUS
200, 379, MKT 252, or consent of instructor)
ACC 326
Tax Accounting
The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance
for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, FIN 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent
of instructor)
ACC 423
Auditing
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA’s role to form
the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
122 Accounting
ACC 424
Internal Audit and Management Consulting
To incorporate and learn the techniques of creating a controlled and effective
management environment. Students work with companies to help solve problems or implement projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221, 222, BUS 242 or
BUS 200, 379, FIN 331, MIS 260 or 270, MKT 252)
ACC 425
Advanced Accounting
Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting, and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323)
ACC 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology, and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ACC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ACC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
ACC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ACC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
FINANCE–FIN
T
he Finance major prepares students
for professional careers in corporate
finance and the financial services industry.
Besides careers in the finance/accounting
area in all businesses large and small, this
major leads to careers in banking, brokerages, insurance, and investment banking.
Courses focus on financial theory and
practice, investments, accounting theory,
money and banking, and international
finance.
Students are encouraged to complete an
internship prior to graduation.
Proficiency in the use of spreadsheets
such as Excel is expected.
Coursework provides a foundation for
graduate school and professional career
examinations such as the Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA) conducted by the
Association for Investment Management
and Research (AIMR).
Finance 123
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Finance Major
Finance Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
Required Finance Courses
Five courses including:
ACC 322 Accounting Theory and
Practice I (Prereq: ACC 222)
FIN 433 Financial Theory: Policy and
Practice (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438 Investment Theory (Prereq:
ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111
and FIN 331)
FIN 460 International Finance (Prereq:
FIN 331)
ECO 315 Money and Banking (Prereq:
ECO 112)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
FINANCE COURSES.
FIN 240
Personal Finance
Introduction to personal financial planning and budgeting, credit management, income taxes, insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and estate
planning.
FIN 331
Financial Management
This course includes financial statement analysis, risk and return, security valuation, capital budgeting, capital structure, and working capital management.
(Prereq: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
FIN 433
Financial Theory: Policy and Practice
This course includes readings and case discussions on markets, financial strategy, capital structure and payout policies, raising capital, risk management,
corporate restructuring, and corporate governance. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 438
Investment Theory
This is an introduction to investment decision-making and portfolio management-theory and practice. Other topics include valuation principles and practices, risk and return analysis, and derivatives. (Prereq: FIN 331)
FIN 460
International Finance
This course develops tools for practicing multinational financial management
including: currency exchange rates, risk, forecasting, spot and forward
rates, hedging, international monetary and trade flows as represented in
the accounting and macroeconomic identities for current account and
trade deficits. This course extends the framework of financial management
to include international transactions as well as ethical considerations.
(Prereq: FIN 331)
124
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION
SYSTEMS—MIS
T
he major in management information systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS
studies information systems as both a
resource and a tool for decision-making.
Students learn to analyze and evaluate
existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive
major (16 courses) and includes courses
from computer science, mathematics, economics, business, accounting, finance, and
marketing as well as from MIS.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Management Information Systems
Major
Twelve courses in business, accounting,
marketing, and MIS:
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
FIN 331 Financial Management
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
MIS 270
MIS 375
MIS 376
MIS 475
MIS 476
Data Management for Business
Management Information
Systems in the Organization
Project Management
Systems Analysis and Design
Information Systems Projects
Four required supporting courses:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science (co-requirement MAT
171)
CSC 170 Structured Programming
or CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
MAT 171 Discrete Math for Computing
(co-requirement for CSC 160)
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Minor in MIS
Six courses including:
MIS 260, ACC 221, MIS 375, ECO 113,
BUS 242 or 200 or MKT 252, and MIS 376
or ECO 318.
MIS 125
MIS COURSES.
MIS 260
Problem Solving for Business
This course applies advanced software capabilities like macros, Solver, and
Scenario Manager in Microsoft Excel as well as other simulation and decision
support tools for problem solving in business through the use of realistic business cases. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 270
Data Management for Business
This course applies database management systems software capabilities to support the design and implementation of databases and related applications for
the purpose of business data management. Students will write, test, and debug
event-driven code in developing relational database applications. Students will
also learn the fundamentals of multi-user data management in network and
Web environments. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MIS 295
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and readings in the area of management information systems.
MIS 375
Management Information Systems in the Organization
Broad understanding of using information systems to support organizational
objectives. Topics include strategic planning and uses of information systems,
business process analysis, and understanding of the technology architecture.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or BUS 200 or MKT 252, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
MIS 376
Project Management
Develops project management skills needed to initiate, plan, execute, control,
and close projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes. (Prereq.: MIS 260)
MIS 475
Systems Analysis and Design
Develops skills in using systems development methodologies and Computer
Aided Software Engineering (CASE) tools. Techniques used include data and
process modeling, file and database design, and user interface design. A
course-long project is used to complete a rudimentary system design. (Prereq.:
MIS 260, 270, and 375)
126 MIS
MIS 476
Information Systems Projects
Skills developed in previous courses are used to complete an actual project of
systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 260, 270, 375, 376, and 475)
MIS 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, and meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current problems and policies. (Prereq.:
consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
MARKETING—MKT
T
he marketing major prepares students for professional careers in a wide
variety of marketing functions within both
business and not-for-profit organizations.
Career avenues include marketing
research, product management, marketing
communications (e.g., advertising, public
relations, sales promotion), and sales.
Marketing courses focus on integrating
both theory and practical applications,
with an emphasis on hands-on projects.
Augsburg’s metropolitan location makes it
easy for marketing students to complete
marketing plans, research studies, and
other projects for leading Twin Cities companies and not-for-profit organizations.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS
Marketing Major
Marketing Core Requirements
Ten courses including:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
BUS 301 Business Law
FIN 331 Financial Management
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
Required Marketing Courses
127
MKT 350 Consumer Behavior
or MKT 354 Sales Management
MKT 355 Marketing Communications
or MKT 357 Advertising
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Minor in Marketing
Five courses including:
MKT 252, MKT 355 or MKT 357, MKT
352, and two additional marketing courses.
This minor is recommended for anyone
who wishes to further their knowledge of
the marketing field.
Five courses including:
MKT 352 Marketing Research/Analysis
MKT 450 Marketing Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
MARKETING COURSES.
MKT 252
Principles of Marketing
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel, and pricing decisions.
MKT 350
Consumer Behavior
Consumer behavior theories and principles as they apply to the consumer
decision-making process. Impact of attitudes, values, personality, and motivation on individual decision processes. Analysis of cultural, ethnic, social class,
family, and purchase situation influences. Application to everyday purchasing
situations. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 352
Marketing Research and Analysis
Research process as an aid to decision making. Emphasis on development of
research proposal, methodology, and collection and analysis of data. (Prereq.:
MKT 252, BUS 379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor. For non-business
majors: An alternative to BUS 379 is another introductory statistics with consent of instructor. Augsburg statistics courses that will automatically fulfill the
BUS 379 prerequisite for non-business majors are MAT 163, SOC 362, or PSY
215.)
128 Marketing
MKT 354
Sales Management
Formulation, implementation, evaluation and control of sales force programs
designed to carry out marketing objectives. Management of sales force recruitment, departmental structure, training, motivation, territory allocation, quotas,
and compensation. (Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructor)
MKT 355
Marketing Communications
Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion design, evaluation,
and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. (Prereq.: MKT 252) Note:
Either MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 357
Advertising
Introduction to print, broadcast, and Web-based advertising and promotion as
important elements in modern marketing and communications. Note: Either
MKT 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both.
MKT 450
Marketing Management
Application of marketing concepts to day-to-day strategies and long-term
planning issues; development and implementation of marketing plans.
(Prereq.: MKT 252, MKT 352, MKT 355 or 357, or consent of instructor)
MKT 466
International Marketing
Examination of issues and activities unique to marketing in an international
setting. Emphasis on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: MKT 252)
MKT 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
MKT 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MKT 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MKT 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MKT 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
CHEMISTRY—CHM
C
hemistry is the science that examines and works toward understanding
changes in matter. Chemistry has been
described as the central science because
matter includes the entire physical world,
such as the things we use, the food we eat,
and even ourselves. Correlating the
insights of chemistry with physics, mathematics, and molecular biology opens vistas
that excite and offer opportunities to better
the entire world.
Chemists as scientists must be knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems and also capable of providing a public understanding of their
work, including potential problems as well
as benefits.
Chemists as people must be broadly
educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts as
offered in the general education curriculum is imperative if a chemist is to be both
truly human and truly scientific.
The department is on the list of
approved schools of the American
Chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemistry major that meets the chemistry background required by many fields.
Consonant with these ideas, the
Department of Chemistry has established
the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists:
•To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry
major to compete successfully with their
peers of similar ability in graduate school
or research positions.
•To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists.
129
•To provide an atmosphere of learning
so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field, however that may
change after graduation, and be able to
move into new areas as opportunities arise.
•To encourage students to take a broad
view of their education and to integrate
outside study areas with the sciences.
•To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example
of the methodology of the natural sciences
in examining the world around us. The
presentation of major concepts underlying
the changes in matter, the opportunity to
examine change in the physical world, and
the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will
enhance the ability of non-science persons
to make better value judgments concerning
science questions in their own endeavors.
Chemistry Faculty
Ron L. Fedie (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg,
David R. Hanson, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L.
Olmsted
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTSS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major in Chemistry
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry I
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
and two additional courses from:
CHM 364 Physical Chemistry II
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
130 Chemistry
CHM 464
CHM 481
CHM 482
CHM 470
BIO 367
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
Biochemistry
Also required:
PHY 121, 122
MAT 145, 146
General Physics I, II
Calculus I, II
Because upper division courses have
mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145, 146 in
the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the
sophomore year.
Teaching Licensure in Physical Science
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Chemistry for Pre-Professional
Students
Pre-medical students should plan to
take at least three courses (and usually
more) in biology. Other pre-health and preprofessional students (physician assistant,
pharmacy, engineering, etc. — see pre-professional program listings in the Academic
Information section) should consult members from the chemistry department for
assistance in course planning early in their
college careers.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
American Chemical Society Approved
Major
Twelve courses including:
CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I, II
or CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
I, II
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361, 363 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory I
CHM 364, 365 Physical Chemistry and
Laboratory II
CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry
CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry
CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
One course from:
CHM 367 Properties of Polymers
CHM 470 Principles of Medicinal
Chemistry
CHM 495 Topics in Chemistry
Also required are:
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (four
semesters)
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, III
PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
(should be taken in sophomore year)
Recommended: Modern Physics, additional
mathematics, research experience, reading
ability in German, and computer proficiency.
Departmental Honors
Full ACS major; GPA of 3.50 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.00 overall; one course or summer of approved
research; participation in seminar.
Chemistry 131
Minor
Five courses that must include:
CHM 105, 106 or CHM 115, 116, CHM
351, 352, and CHM 353.
Note: credit will not be granted for
both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM
106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the
course descriptions.
CHEMISTRY COURSES.
Any course taken as a prerequisite for another course, including the first course in a two-term
sequence, must be completed with a grade of P, or 2.0 or higher.
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of Physics and Chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of Natural Science. This course
focuses on major concepts of Earth Science and Biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
CHM 100
Chemistry for Changing Times I
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken CHM 102. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 101
Chemistry for Changing Times II
Second semester of the year-long course. Applies concepts from CHM 100 to
environmental, organic, and biochemical problems of societal interest. A laboratory is included with this course. Does not count toward a chemistry major
or minor nor apply as prerequisite for other chemistry courses. (Prereq.: CHM
100 or 102, MPG 3)
CHM 102
Chemistry for Changing Times I (with Lab)
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is upon developing basic
chemistry concepts using examples primarily from inorganic chemistry. Does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Not accepted for credit for students who have taken CHM 100. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
CHM 105
Principles of Chemistry I
Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change,
chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics, and equilibrium. The
sequence, CHM 105, 106, is designed for students who have not studied
chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in
chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major
in chemistry. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG
2. Fall)
132 Chemistry
CHM 106
Principles of Chemistry II
CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium
and the chemistry of the elements. (Three hours of lecture, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG 3. Spring)
CHM 115
General Chemistry I
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes
chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with
examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 4. Fall)
CHM 116
General Chemistry II
A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution
chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures,
one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 115. Spring)
CHM 351, 352 Organic Chemistry I, II
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of
modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relationships, and reaction mechanisms. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106
or 116. Fall: CHM 351; spring: CHM 352)
CHM 353
Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of
samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 3. Fall)
CHM 361
Physical Chemistry I
Covers three of the basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics,
quantum mechanics, and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121, 122. Fall)
CHM 363
Physical Chemistry Laboratory I
(.5 course)
Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in physical chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments
related to CHM 361. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall)
CHM 364
Physical Chemistry II
Covers the fundamentals of the chemical kinetics as well as the concepts studied in CHM 361 applied to areas of solutions, molecular structure, spectroscopy, surfaces, diffraction techniques, and macromolecules. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring)
Chemistry 133
CHM 365
Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (.5 course)
CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (Two two-hour lab periods. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent
registration. Spring)
CHM 367
Properties of Polymers
Presents polymer chemistry as an interdisciplinary chemistry relying on the
organic, analytical, and physical chemistry prerequisites to unfold the details
of macromolecules. (Prereq.: CHM 352, 361. Spring, alternate years)
CHM 464
Advanced Organic Chemistry
Laboratory work is organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds. Lecture topics include theory and structure-spectra correlations for
IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature, and advanced topics in organic synthesis. (Three hours of lecture, six hours of laboratory.
Prereq.: CHM 352, 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Some reading knowledge
of German is helpful. Fall)
CHM 470
Principles of Medicinal Chemistry
Medicinal chemistry examines the organic chemistry of drug design and drug
action. Students study the mechanisms of drug transport across biological
membranes, absorption, distribution, and drug excretion; the relationship
between structure and activity; molecular recognition process in drug-receptor
interactions; enzyme mechanisms; and the metabolic pathways by which drugs
are detoxified. Also studied are the concepts used in the design of therapeutic
substances. (Prereq.: CHM 352. BIO 367 is recommended. Spring, alternate
years)
CHM 481
Advanced Analytical Chemistry
Emphasis on instrumental methods of analysis. Atomic, molecular, and electron spectroscopy, radiochemical, chromatography, thermal, and electroanalytical methods are covered. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-and-one-half hour
laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring)
CHM 482
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic and molecular orbital
models. Reactivity and bonding in coordination, cluster, and organometallic
compounds are considered. The laboratory uses preparations of a variety of
techniques. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM
352, 361 or consent of instructor. Fall)
CHM 491
Chemistry Seminar
(.0 course)
This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry
majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and
seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside
visitors are also invited to participate.
CHM 495
Topics in Chemistry
Study of a specific area building upon inorganic, analytical, physical, and
organic chemistry.
134 Chemistry
CHM 497
Introduction to Chemistry Research
Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before
graduation that may be obtained by working on a summer research project
(not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic
year (that may be counted as a course). Cooperative education is an excellent
opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or
senior standing)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CHM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CHM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
CHM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CHM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing)
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE—CLS
C
linical laboratory scientists perform
complex biological, microbiological, and
chemical tests on patient samples. They
also use, maintain, and troubleshoot
sophisticated laboratory equipment in the
performance of diagnostic tests. The clinical laboratory scientist analyzes these test
results and discusses them with the medical staff. He/she also possesses the skills
required for molecular diagnostic tests
based on DNA and RNA technologies. In
addition, the clinical laboratory scientist
will find opportunities in test development, experimental design, administration,
and education.
The curriculum requires a minimum of
six semesters on campus to complete the
pre-requisite curriculum. Students spend
an additional 12 months of clinical education in a hospital-sponsored, accredited
program during their senior year. A bachelor of science degree is awarded at the satisfactory completion of all required course
work.
Admission to the clinical laboratory science major is on a competitive basis.
Students apply for admission to the clinical
laboratory science program early in the fall
semester of the academic year just prior to
the beginning of their professional studies,
typically in the junior year. Formal acceptance into the hospital-sponsored program
is based on the submission of an application for admission to the major, personal
recommendations, review of academic performance, and interview with the Program
Admission Committee. A minimum grade
point average of 2.75 overall as well as in
science and mathematics courses is strongly recommended. Acceptance into the hospital program is not guaranteed by the
College. The hospital program affiliated
with Augsburg is the Fairview Health
Services. The program is accredited by the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 W.
Bryn Mawr, Suite 670, Chicago, IL, 60631,
773-714-8880.
During the clinical component in an
accredited hospital program, students will
register for 12.25 credits. The clinical
phase routinely begins in June with anticipated graduation the following spring.
Graduates of the program are eligible to sit
for certification examinations offered by
national certification agencies.
Hospital affiliates of Augsburg College
Fairview Health Services
Fairview Lakes Medical Center
Fairview Northland Regional
Medical Center
Fairview-Ridges Hospital
Fairview-Southdale Hospital
UMMC, Fairview-Riverside
UMMC, Fairview-University
Generalized four-year academic plan for
Clinical Laboratory Science (CLS) majors
To complete the program in four years,
students must:
a. achieve MPG 3 or 4, AND
b. qualify for ENL 111, AND
c. score above 45 on the critical thinking exam, AND
d. do not require ENL 217/218, AND
e. meet graduation skills requirements
within the major and supporting courses,
AND
f. satisfy the Engaging Minneapolis
requirement with BIO 113/114
135
136 Clinical Laboratory Science
Fi rs t y e a r:
Fall Ter m:
BIO 151: Introductory Biology
CHM 105 or CHM 115: General Chemistry
REL 100: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Ter m:
BIO 152: Ecology, Evolution and Diversity
CHM 106 or CHM 116: General Chemistry
ENL 111
Elective
Second Year:
Fall Ter m
BIO 253: Introductory Cell Biology
CHM 351: Organic Chemistry I
REL 200: Search for Meaning
Elective
Spring Ter m
BIO 355: Genetics
CHM 352: Organic Chemistry II
MAT 163: Statistics (QR)
Elective
Thir d Year:
Fall Ter m
BIO 369: Biochemistry
BIO 473: General Physiology
Elective
Elective
Spring Ter m
BIO 476: Microbiology
BIO 486 Immunology
Elective
Elective
Fourth Year: Clinical Program
S um m er S es s i on
CLS 400: Introduction to CLS
CLS 405: Body Fluids
CLS 410: Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 415: Clinical Immunology
CLS 425: Clinical Chemistry
Clinical Rotations:
F a l l & S p r i n g S e me s t e r
CLS 450: Applied Clinical Chemistry
CLS 455: Applied Hematology/Hemostasis
CLS 460: Applied Immunology
CLS 465: Applied Immunohematology
CLS 470: Applied Clinical Microbiology
F all S em es te r
CLS 420: Immunohematology
CLS 430: Clinical Microbiology
CLS 433: Virology/Mycology/Parasitology
CLS 435: Molecular Diagnostics
Clinical Rotations
S p ri n g S e m es t e r
CLS 440: Laboratory Management &
Education
CLS 445: Research Design & Methods
CLS 475: Advanced Applications in CLS
CLS 480: Advanced Topics in CLS
CLS 485: Advanced Studies in CLS
BIO 490: Keystone course
Clinical Rotations
Special core requirement courses and
professional courses must be completed
with a grade of “C” (2.0) or above.
Students must meet all College graduation
requirements including General Education,
grade point, College residency, and total
credits.
Clinical Laboratory Science 137
CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE COURSES.
CLS 400
CLS 405
Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Science
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic laboratory skills
required for the laboratory component of the curriculum. This course will also
provide teamwork, leadership, and interpersonal skills needed by healthcare
professionals. Current issues in CLS will also be covered including ethics, government regulations, and concepts of total testing process. (Prereq.: CHM 352;
BIO 355 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
Body Fluids
Covers concepts related to the formation, distribution, and function of body
fluids and their chemical, physical, and cellular composition in health and disease. Laboratory focus is on performance, interpretation, and correlation of
results. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355 and 473; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 410
Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Course is designed to provide the CLS student with the basic knowledge of
hematology/hemostasis. Cellular components of the blood in normal and diseased states, hemostasis principles, laboratory testing, interpretation, and the
correlation of results will be covered. Laboratory component will focus on
specimen preparation, red cell, white cell, and platelet identification and enumeration, both microscopically and electronically. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO
355, 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 415
Clinical Immunology
Course in the application of immunologic and serologic techniques used for
the specific diagnosis of immunodeficiency diseases, malignancies of the
immune system, autoimmune disorders, hypersensitivity states, and infection
by specific microbial pathogens. Laboratory sessions offer exercises in methods
for detection of antigens and antibodies in patient specimens. (Prereq.: CHM
353; BIO 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 420
Immunohematology
Course covers aspects of the Blood Group Systems, antibody screening, compatibility testing, blood donor service, selection of donors, blood drawing,
storage, preservation, components, records, and regulations for blood banks.
The laboratory section includes performance of blood bank procedures, donor
processing, compatibility testing, antibody screening and identification.
(Prereq.: CHM 359; BIO 355 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 425
Clinical Chemistry
The focus of the course is on the physiology of body analytes and the organ
systems, with an emphasis on the corresponding clinical laboratory procedures
and human disease states. Discussion will include the clinical correlations of
the analytical procedures data with the diseases. The laboratory section covers
skills necessary to the performance of clinical chemistry test procedures.
(Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369 and 476; and admission to the CLS program)
138 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 430
Clinical Microbiology
Course includes the study of bacteria, rickettsiae, chlamydia, and mycoplasma
as they relate to diseases in humans. Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen collection and processing, modes of
transmission, and methods of identification. In the laboratory component, students will process specimens from various body locations. Emphasis will be
placed on isolation with identification, selection of appropriate antibiotic therapy, quality assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369, 476 and 486;
and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 433
Virology, Mycology, and Parasitology
Study of viruses, fungi, and parasites as they relate to diseases in humans.
Topics include clinical signs and symptoms of the disease process, specimen
collection and processing, modes of transmission, and methods of identification. Laboratory emphasis focuses on isolation and identification, quality
assurance, and safety. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 369, 476 and 486; and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 435
Molecular Diagnostics
A course on the composition, structure, function and characteristics of DNA.
Emphasis will be placed on clinical laboratory methods used to isolate, amplify, manipulate, and analyze DNA sequences in order to integrate theory and
practice. (Prereq.: CHM 352; BIO 355, 473, 476 and 486; and admission to the
CLS program)
CLS 440
Laboratory Management and Education
Course is designed to introduce the clinical laboratory science student to the
principles of laboratory administration. The seminar-format course will focus
on human resource management, operations management, and educational
methodologies appropriate for the supervisor and laboratory manager (Prereq.:
admission to the CLS program)
CLS 445
Research Design and Methods
The course applies scientific method to clinical laboratory research problems,
systematic applications of hypothesis formation and decision making through
research design principles. Research proposal writing and the process of institutional review board approval and informed consent will also be covered.
(Prereq.: MTH 163 and admission to the CLS program)
CLS 450
Applied Clinical Chemistry
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of clinical chemistry
in the clinical laboratory. The course is designed to utilize and build upon theoretical and applied knowledge acquired in the previous didactic courses (CLS
400, 425) and apply it to the performance of analytical procedures and management of the clinical chemistry laboratory. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS
program and CLS 400 and 425)
Clinical Laboratory Science 139
CLS 455
Applied Clinical Hematology/Hemostasis
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the learning to the clinical hematology, hemostasis, and body fluids laboratories. Students will gain experience
processing and analyzing patient’s specimens with a wide variety of complex
procedures and instruments. Students will also expand their identification and
diagnostic skills on microscopic analysis of hematology and body fluid specimens. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 400, 405 and 410)
CLS 460
Applied Immunology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies concepts and techniques learned in
CLS 415. Using patient specimens, students will gain experience in the clinical
immunological techniques, methods, and management of antigen-antibody
reactions and identify the relationship to diseased states. The rotation also
includes the fundamentals of HLA testing and Flow Cytometry techniques
with interpretation of results. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
400 and 415)
CLS 465
Applied Immunohematology
Rotation with daily lecture which extends the concepts and skills learned in
CLS 420 to the blood bank setting for the performance of antibody identification techniques, hemolytic disease problems, quality assurance management,
solving of patients’ blood compatibility problems, apheresis, and cell therapy.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS 420)
CLS 470
Applied Clinical Microbiology
Rotation with daily lecture which applies the principles of CLS 430. Student
will process a variety of patient specimens in the microbiology laboratory and
gain experience with a wide variety of state of the art procedures and equipment for the isolation and identification of pathogenic bacteria, fungi protozoa, helminthes, and viruses. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
430 and 433)
CLS 475
Advanced Applications in CLS
Selected study in one aspect of the practice of clinical laboratory science, such
as ancillary biology, cytogenetics, outreach clinics, or industry. Rotation and
lecture included. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and enrollment in
applied courses)
CLS 480
Advanced Topics in CLS
This course will cover, at an advanced level, the major areas of the clinical laboratory. Topics will also include information on new directions in laboratory
testing with an emphasis placed on its impact on current laboratory practice
and outcomes assessment. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and CLS
405, 410, 415, 420, 425, 430, 433, 435, and 440)
140 Clinical Laboratory Science
CLS 485
Advanced Studies in CLS
A capstone research project required for satisfactory completion of the CLS
program. Student will complete a research project under the supervision of
a mentor. Course culminates in a major paper and presentation. Area of
emphasis will be in one of the specialty or subspecialty areas included in the
clinical laboratory practice. (Prereq.: admission to the CLS program and senior
standing)
CLS 499
Independent Study in CLS
Individual reading or research under the guidance of a CLS instructor.
(Prereq.: admission to the CLS program; repeatable for maximum of one
credit)
COMMUNICATION STUDIES—COM
O
ur discipline is grounded in rhetorical and scientific principles and is guided
by the need to make communicative choices that are artful, ethical, and effective.
Students who major in communication
studies are concerned with: interpersonal
relationships, mass media, public advocacy
and social influence, group and organizational dynamics, and intercultural dimensions of communication.
Prospective majors should meet with a
departmental adviser as early as possible to
design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year.
Communication Studies Faculty
Deborah Redmond (Chair), Wes
Ellenwood, Robert Groven, Daniel Hanson,
David Lapakko
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Communication Studies Major
Twelve courses overall — eight required
core courses and four courses within one
of eight emphases. For transfer students, at
least six of these courses must be taken at
Augsburg.
Required of all Communication Studies
majors:
Public Speaking
COM 111
COM 280
History of Rhetorical and
Communication Theory
COM 351
Argumentation
COM 352
Persuasion
COM 354
Interpersonal
Communication
COM 355
Small Group
Communication
COM 321
Business and Professional
Speaking
or COM 329 Intercultural
Communication
COM 490 Senior Keystone
Professional Communication Emphasis
This emphasis is intended for students
interested in studying communication from
an artistic and humanities perspective. It is
appropriate for career interests such as:
communication graduate school; other
professional graduate programs (e.g. law
school), rhetorical criticism, political communication and being a professional trainer, communication consultant, professional
speaker, or speech writer.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 321 (required), COM 329,
345, 399, 499; THR 350, 360; BUS 242,
301; ENL 220; POL 326, 342, 370; PSY
325, 371; REL 383; SOC 362, 363
Organizational Communication
Emphasis
Appropriate for: business related
careers such as professional manager, sales,
management consulting, technical consulting, internal communications, organizational or industrial consulting, human systems analyst or designer, and also graduate
programs in organizational studies.
Four additional electives from the following: COM 345 (required), COM 321,
326, 329, 399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 242,
340; PSY 325, 371, 373; SOC 265, 349,
375
Supervisory Management Emphasis
Appropriate for students seeking management careers.
Four additional electives from: BUS 242
or 440 (required); COM 321, 326, 329,
399, 410, 480, 499; BUS 340; ENL 223;
MIS 175; PSY 373; SOC 349
141
142 Communication Studies
Human Relations Emphasis
Appropriate for students pursuing the
study of how organizations manage their
internal structure and personnel. People
who work in this area deal with such
issues as discrimination, work rules,
employee relations, etc.
Four additional electives from: BUS 340
(required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345, 399,
410; PSY 373, 485; SOC 265, 349, 375
Marketing Communication Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis focus on the
communication aspects of the marketingcommunication mix. This emphasis is particularly helpful for students interested in
an organizational role in marketing communication.
Four additional electives from: MKT
252 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 399,
410, 480; MKT 352, 355, 357, 450; POL
342
Public Relations and Advertising
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for the growing fields public relations, crisis management, as well as advertising and promotional communication. An
internship in public relations, advertising,
or a related field is required.
Four additional electives from: ENL
227 (required); COM 321, 326, 329, 345,
399, 410, 480; ART 132, 224, 225; BUS
242, 252, 355; MIS 379; PSY 373; SOC
349, POL 342
Mass Communication and Journalism
Emphasis
Courses are designed to prepare students for entry into television, film, journalism, e-media, (both performance and
production), media criticism and policy, or
graduate school in mass communication or
journalism.
Four electives from the following: ENL
227 (required); COM 247, 321, 329, 343,
348, 399, 499: ART 132, 215, 224, 225,
315, 330, 340; ENL 226, 228, 241, 324,
327; POL 342; THR 232, 233, 325, 350,
360; BUS 254, INS 331
Graduate Study Emphasis
Courses in this emphasis would be
especially helpful for students planning to
do graduate work in such fields as communication studies, education, or law.
Four electives from the following: SOC
362 or ENL 481 (required); COM 321,
329, 499; PHI 230; POL 483; PSY 215,
315; SOC 363, 375
For All Eight Emphases
We encourage all majors to participate
in Augsburg’s interscholastic forensics program. Registering for and completing COM
188 (Forensics Practicum) can be used to
document participation. Students should
be aware that the tournament season is
essentially from October through midMarch, and should plan schedules accordingly.
All day majors should plan to include
at least one internship (COM 399) as one
of their electives.
Students may petition the department
to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed
above. Such requests must be submitted in
writing to the departmental adviser for
prior approval. Also, students may petition
to include up to three courses from other
ACTC schools as electives, with prior
approval of the adviser or department chair.
Film Major
The Augsburg film major reflects our
belief that students are transformed
through a well-rounded curriculum that
encourages creativity, critical analysis and
Communication Studies 143
inquiry, ethical considerations, and an
understanding of the synergy between theory and practice. The major explores the
tension between art and commerce
through dialogues with film industry members, internship and mentorship opportunities, film symposia, and our Film Artist
series. Students will gain experience in
scripting, directing, editing, and acting for
both 16mm film and digital. Students will
be introduced to the study of film theory,
criticism, and culture. Students are encouraged to double major or to seek minors in
related fields such as art, English, theatre,
philosophy, communication studies,
women’s studies, and American Indian
studies, to name a few.
Film Faculty
Deb Redmond (Program Director),
Kristin Anderson, Julie Bolton, Michael
Burden, Robert Cowgill, Cass Dalglish,
Wesley Ellenwood, Darcey Engen, Doug
Green, Martha Johnson, Elise Marubbio,
John McCaffrey, John Mitchell, Robert
Thom
Required of all Film Majors:
Six Core Courses
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
ENL 241
Intro to Cinema Arts
ENL 371
History of Cinema
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
COM 247
Documentary
THR 232
Acting
or THR 233 Acting for Camera
Five electives (three must be upper
division) must be chosen from the three
defined tracks below in consultation with
your advisor who is designated by the
program director. Note that not all elective
courses are offered every year, so alternatives within the track may have to be
chosen.
Film majors should fulfill the Senior
Keystone requirement in either the English
Department or Art Department.
Track #1 Production: This track is
designed for students interested in producing films/videos. Electives include:
COM/THR 312 16mm Film II, COM 343
Studio Production, COM 348 Digital Video
Production, COM 499 Independent Study,
Art 132 Photography, ART 215 Design for
New Media I, ART 315 Design for New
Media II, ART 340 Digital Imaging, ENL
228 Broadcast and Online Journalism,
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine Arts,
PHY 119 Physics for the Fine Arts, THR
328 Stage Design
Track #2 Per for mance: This track is
designed for students interested in acting
and directing. Electives include: THR 233
Acting for the Camera, THR/ENL 325
Playwriting, THR 366 Stage Direction,
THR 328 Theatrical Design, THR 360
Interpretive Reading, THR 350 Voice for
Stage and Screen,THR 499 Independent
Study, ENL 328 Screenwriting, PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
Track #3 Theor y & Culture: This track
is designed for students interested in analysis of film, film genres, and cultural context. Electives include: ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and
Popular Culture, ENL 228 Broadcast and
Online Journalism, ENL 240 Introduction
to Literary Study, ENL 430 Advanced
Studies in Theory and Method, COM 499,
INS 495 Indigenous Filmmakers, INS 264
American Indians in Cinema, WST/INS
481 Native American Women & Film, ART
240 Art History, PHI 260 Philosophy and
the Arts, PHI 120 Ethics, PHY 119 Physics
for the Fine Arts, SPA 248 Spanish and
Latin American Culture Through Film,
REL 309 Religion at the Movies
144 Communication Studies
Departmental Honors
The honors major is designed to
encourage overall excellence as well as
outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student.
Honors majors must maintain a 3.50 GPA
in the major and a 3.00 GPA overall, and,
as part of their major program, complete a
substantial independent project of honors
quality (COM 499 registration). Honors
candidates should meet with their departmental adviser prior to their senior year to
develop a proposal for the honors project.
Communication Studies Minor
Six courses including:
COM 111 Public Speaking
COM 280 History of Rhetorical and
Communication Theory
POL 342 Mass Communication in
Society
or COM 343 Studio Production
COM 351 Argumentation
or COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
COM 345 Organizational Communication
or COM 355 Small Group
Communication
Film Minor
Six courses including:
ENL 241 Introduction to Cinema Art
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
THR 233 Acting for Camera
COM 343 Studio Production
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary
Cinema
Plus one of the following:
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
or THR 328 Screenwriting
THR 328 Stage Design
COM 247 Documentary
COM 348 Digital Video Production
THR 366 Stage Direction
INS 495 Indigenous Filmmakers
Note: For transfer students, at least
three of these six courses must be courses
offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors
must obtain prior approval from a communication studies faculty adviser.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
This major, which includes secondary
education coursework and student teaching requirements in the education department, offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of communication arts and literature in public schools
and allows them to become licensed to
teach at the middle school through the secondary level. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
complete the requirements for this program with a minimum grade of 2.0 in
major courses and with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50 in the major. All
requirements in the major must be completed prior to student teaching. The
course requirements for this program are
listed in the Department of English section
of the catalog.
COMMUNICATION COURSES.
COM 111
Public Speaking
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis,
style, listening, and overcoming speech fright. (Fall, spring)
COM 188
Forensics Practicum
A non-credit experience in forensics.
Communication Studies 145
COM/THR 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
COM 247
Documentary
A video production course that integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on
experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
COM 280
Introduction to Communication Studies
An introductory survey course designed to acquaint students with the world
of ideas that serves as the foundation for the field of communication studies.
(Fall)
COM/THR 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in COM 216 and adds
the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
COM 321
Business and Professional Speaking
This course explores advanced issues in public address including delivery and
performance, vocal control, persuasion, audience adaptation, argument construction, and speaker credibility. The class uses a series of speeches, ranging
from impromptu speaking and persuasion to job interviewing and sales presentations, in order to hone students’ speaking skills. (Prereq.: COM 111)
COM 326
Building Working Relationships
This course explores working relationships in a changing world. Self-assessment tools and applied papers help participants gain a better understanding of
the role the individual plays within the context of workplace relationships.
Emphasis is placed on interpersonal, group, and organizational relationships.
(Prereq.: Junior or senior standing and at least one of the following courses —
SOC 121, SWK 260, BUS 242, BUS 252, PSY 102, PSY 105)
COM 329
Intercultural Communication
This course explores cultural differences and their implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and code systems. (Spring: alternate years)
COM 343
Studio Production
Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing, and producing for video. Should be taken
concurrently with THR 333. (Fall)
COM 345
Organizational Communication
An examination of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, management styles, motivation
of employees, organizational culture, effective use of meetings, and sources of
communication problems.
146 Communication Studies
COM 348
Digital Video Production
This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on
post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program and music video. (Prereq.:
COM 343 or 347)
COM 351
Argumentation
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront students in their everyday lives. (Prereq.: COM
111 or consent of instructor. Fall)
COM 352
Persuasion
Examination of the process of influence in a variety of social contexts, paying
special attention to the psychological aspects of persuasion. (Prereq.: MPG 3;
COM 111 or consent of instructor. Spring)
COM 354
Interpersonal Communication
A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal
messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome
communication barriers. (Spring)
COM 355
Small Group Communication
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on decision making,
leadership styles and conflict management. (Spring)
COM 410
Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization
Understanding through dialogue of the functions of communication in organizational settings with particular emphasis on the self-defining aspects of the
social contract between the individual and the organization in a changing
world. Collateral readings, open dialogue, and individual projects. (WEC only)
COM/THR 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENL 371)
COM 480
Public Relations/Promotional Communication
Public relations in the modern world of communication, marketing, and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and nonprofit organizations. (WEC only)
COM 490
Communication Studies Keystone: Critical Conversations About
Communication and Vocation
A synthesis of communication theories and application of those theories to
each student’s sense of vocation. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
COM 495
Communication Topics
Selected topics in communication with emphasis on the use of primary
sources and methodology of research.
Computer Science 147
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
COM 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
COM 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
COM 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
COM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
ELECTIVES.
See department listings for the following approved electives:
ART 132
ART 224
ART 225
ART 330
BUS 242
BUS 340
BUS 440
BUS 450
CSC 160
ENL 226
ENL 227
ENL 228
ENL 241
ENL 327
ENL 430
INS 325
PSY 215
PSY 315
PSY 325
PSY 371
PSY 373
PSY 485
SOC 231
SOC 265
MIS 175
MIS 379
MKT 252
MKT 352
MKT 355
PHI 230
POL 342
POL 375
SOC 349
SOC 362
SOC 363
SOC 375
THR 232
THR 325
THR 350
THR 360
COMPUTER SCIENCE—CSC
T
he Augsburg computer science
department strives to give students a sound
theoretical and practical foundation in
computer science. We offer both a B.A. and
a B.S. major. The coursework provides students a strong base in computer science,
with emphasis on concepts rather than on
applications. We encourage students to
strengthen their coursework by electing an
internship or cooperative education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us with an excellent resource of such
experiences for students, and allows them
to add practical applications to their education.
Computer Science Faculty
Noel Petit (Chair), Larry Crockett,
James Moen, Charles Sheaffer, Erik
Steinmetz, Karen Sutherland
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Computer Science Major
Twelve courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
148 Computer Science
and Communications
Algorithms
Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 114 Precalculus (or MPG 4)
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing (recommended)
or MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures (recommended)
and two electives from
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
Computational Economics
CSC 320
CSC 345
At least one elective must be an upper division course.
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Computer Science Major
Sixteen courses including:
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
CSC 320 Algorithms
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
CSC 450 Programming Languages and
Compilers I
CSC 451 Programming Languages and
Compilers II
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Two courses from:
and three electives from:
CSC courses above 200
PHY 261 Electronics
MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design
MAT 355 Numerical Mathematics
At least two electives must be upper division courses.
The computational economics major
has been designed to serve students with
need for some basic understanding of computer science and economics. The major
requires six courses from computer science, six from economics, and a required
capstone independent study. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
economics, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
Jeanne Boeh, Department of Economics,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Economics
Thirteen courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 240 Introduction to Networking
and Communications
or CSC 320 Algorithms
or CSC 352 Database Management and
Design
CSC 345 Principles of Computer
Organization
Computer Science 149
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 318 Management Science
ECO 315 Money and Banking
or EC0 415 Managerial Economics
CSC 499 Independent Study
or ECO 499 Independent Study
Computational Philosophy
Computational Philosophy emphasizes
areas of interest in which philosophy and
computer science overlap: logic, artificial
intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy
of mind, and philosophy of language. The
major requires seven courses from computer science, six from philosophy, and a
required capstone topics course. Students
interested in this major should consult
with the faculty in computer science, in
philosophy, or one of the coordinators.
Coordinators
David Apolloni, Department of Philosophy,
Charles Sheaffer, Department of Computer
Science
Major in Computational Philosophy
Fourteen courses including:
MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics for
Computing
or MAT 145 Calculus I
CSC 160 Introduction to Computer
Science and Communication
CSC 170 Structured Programming
CSC 210 Data Structures
CSC 320
CSC 373
Algorithms
Symbolic Programming and
Artificial Intelligence
CSC 385 Introduction to Formal Logic
and Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV:
Twentieth Century Philosophy
PHI 365 Philosophy of Science
PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy
or CSC 495 Advanced Topics in
Computer Science
One upper division elective in philosophy
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in computer science major
courses, GPA of 3.10 overall, and an independent study project.
Computer Science Minor
Six courses including CSC 160, 170,
210, 345, one additional upper division
computer science course, and one of MAT
171 or MAT 145.
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to be counted as
completing a major requirement. A course
must also be completed with a grade of 2.0
or higher to count as a prerequisite for a
subsequent computer science course.
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer Science and Communication
An introduction to computer science topics in hardware, software, theory, and
computer communications: algorithm design, logical circuits, network concepts, the Internet, and programming. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
150 Computer Science
CSC 170
Structured Programming
A study of problem-solving, algorithm development, and programming using a
high-level programming language. (Three hours of lecture, one-and-one-half
hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 160 and MPG 3; MAT 171 recommended)
CSC 210
Data Structures
Data structures such as linked lists, stacks, and queues; recursion. (Three
hours of lecture, one-and-one-half hours of lab. Prereq.: CSC 170, MPG 4, and
one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 240
Introduction to Networking and Communications
Principles and methods of data communications, information theory,
distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards,
network management, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: CSC 160
and MPG 3)
CSC 272
UNIX and C
Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is
assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has
done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another
course with a study of a programming language)
CSC 320
Algorithms
A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching
and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and
tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, Turing
machines, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210, MPG 4, and one of MAT 145 or MAT 171)
CSC 345
Principles of Computer Organization
An introduction to computer architecture, processors, instruction sets, and
assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MPG 4)
CSC 352
Database Management and Design
Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization
and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210)
CSC 373
Symbolic Programming and Artificial Intelligence
An introduction to programming in functional, symbolic languages, such as
Lisp or Scheme. Techniques for implementing such languages, including metacircular interpretation and garbage collection. Applications to selected problems from artificial intelligence. (Prereq: CSC 210)
CSC 385
Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122
or MAT 145 or MAT 171)
Computer Science 151
CSC 431
Introduction to AI Robotics
Robot components, robotic paradigms, mobile robots, task planning, sensing,
sensor fusion, basic control concepts. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and CSC 210)
CSC 440
Advanced Networking and Operating Systems
Network management; client/server databases and workstations; TCP/IP and
other network examples. Elements of operating systems, memory and process
management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and
a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems.
(Prereq.: CSC 240 and 345)
CSC 450
Programming Languages and Compilers I
Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include formal languages, programming language syntax and
semantics, parsing, and interpretation. Emphasis on design issues. (Prereq.:
ENL 111, CSC 385 or concurrent registration, and CSC 320)
CSC 451
Programming Languages and Compilers II
Continuation of CSC 450: compilers, data structures, control structures, and
the run-time environment. Emphasis on implementation issues. (Prereq.: CSC
345, CSC 450, and CSC 385)
CSC 457
Computer Graphics
A study of the foundational algorithms required for computer graphics. Topics
include geometric algorithms, geometric modeling, graphics techniques,
graphical user interfaces, human-centered software development, computer
animation, virtual environments and 3D immersive rendering. (Prereq: CSC
210, MPG 4)
CSC 495
Advanced Topics in Computer Science
Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other
courses. This course may be repeated, but may not be counted more than
twice as part of the requirements for the major. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
CSC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CSC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
CSC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
CSC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
152
ECONOMICS—ECO
T
he Department of Economics offers a
program that stresses a strong theoretical
background, quantitative analysis, and an
emphasis on national and international
issues. Students who graduate with an economics major are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or
to work successfully in business and government because of the strong liberal arts
emphasis within the major.
The department offers five majors. The
economics major and the applied economics majors lead to careers in the business
world or government. Computational economics provides a liberal arts entry into
the field of computer science. The combined economics/business administration
major allows students great flexibility in
order to explore both fields. Finally, the
teaching major in political science/economics allows secondary education licensure students to obtain a solid background
for teaching economics.
The study of economics provides a firm
foundation for confronting change because
it presents a disciplined way to analyze and
make choices. An economics major prepares students for community leadership
and leads to a great diversity of career
opportunities including law, teaching, journalism, private and public international
service. Pre-law and potential Master of
Business Administration students are especially encouraged to consider economics as
a major or a minor.
Students are able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such
as business administration, international
relations, mathematics, management information systems, political science, history,
and area study programs. Students who are
interested in any type of quantitatively oriented graduate program in economics or in
business are encouraged to either major or
minor in mathematics. These students
should also take courses in computer science. Consult an adviser for specific course
suggestions.
Internships are recommended. Students
must consult with the department chair
and the internship office before registering
for academic credit.
Note: Transfer students must complete
at least three upper division economics
courses for a major and two for a minor.
Transfer classes must have been completed
in the last 10 years with at least a 2.0
grade.
Economics Faculty
Jeanne Boeh (Chair), Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major in Economics
Economics Core:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
and three other upper division economics
courses
Supporting Classes
Statistics Class:
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
Mathematics Class:
MAT 114 Precalculus
or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and
Behavioral Sciences
or MAT 145, 146 Calculus I & II
Economics 153
Major in Applied Economics
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
ECO 490 Research Methods in
Econometrics
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 318 Management Science
or ECO 415 Managerial Economics
ECO 413 Labor Economics
ECO 399 Internship Program
or ECO 499 Independent Study
BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
or MAT 163
ENL 223 Writing for Business and the
Professions
PHI 120 Ethics
or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity
Major in Computational Economics
See Computer Science.
Combined Major in Economics and
Business Administration
Five economics courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
and one other upper division economics
course.
Six accounting/business
administration/MIS courses:
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
or BUS 379 Quantitative Methods for
Business and Economics
and one other upper division business
course.
Teacher Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students, therefore,should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
See Political Science.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive
oral examination in the major field of concentration.
Minor in Economics
ECO 112, 113, 312, 313, and one additional economics upper division course.
Other configurations may be permitted by
consulting with the department chair.
Note: Students who plan to major in the
department are strongly encouraged to
select a department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study.
154 Economics
ECONOMICS COURSES..
ECO 110
Economics of Urban Issues
This course studies the economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment especially in the areas of education, housing, and
transportation and is designed for those students who do not plan to major in
economics, business administration, or MIS.
ECO 112
Principles of Macroeconomics
An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to
current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structures, and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112
and 113 may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 2)
ECO 311
Public Finance
Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures, the impact of
fiscal policy on economic activity, and debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113)
ECO 312
Intermediate Macroeconomics
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed via
macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth, and
the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall)
ECO 313
Intermediate Microeconomics
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction
to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring and alternate Winter
Trimester)
ECO 315
Money and Banking
Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate
economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.:
ECO 112. Fall and alternate Winter Trimester)
ECO 317
Comparative Economic Systems
This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that
rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including
systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and
compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113: Every three years)
Economics 155
ECO 318
Management Science
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic
decisions. Emphasis is on applications such as transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, and inventory
models. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 3. Fall Trimester and Spring Semester)
ECO 360
International Economics
A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among
nations. Development of the basis for international trade, balance of payments,
exchange rate systems, and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring:
alternate years)
ECO 365
Environmental Economics and Sustainable Development
This course addresses the environmental problems such as tropical deforestation, despoilation of air and water, ozone depletion, and global warming that
arise in the process of economic development to better the standard of living
of the developed and developing countries. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113. Every
three years)
ECO 413
Labor Economics
Analysis of labor markets, labor as a factor of production, determination of
wage collective bargaining, labor legislation, and effects upon society. (Prereq.:
ECO 313. Spring: alternate years)
ECO 415
Managerial Economics
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 379, ECO 313. On demand)
ECO 416
Mathematical Economics
Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical
tools to the areas of micro- and macroeconomic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,
313, MAT 122. On demand)
ECO 490
Research Methods in Econometrics
This course provides an introduction to the application of statistical models
and methods to economic problems. Emphasis is on use of econometric software to analyze data and to test hypotheses. This course satisfies the Keystone
requirement. (Prereq.: ECO 112 and ECO 113, and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
ECO 495
Topics
Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies.
156 Economics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
ECO 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (P/N Grading only.)
ECO 299
ECO 399
Directed Study
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: 50% of the major or consent of instructor.
P/N grading only.)
ECO 499
Independent Study/Research
EDUCATION—EED, ESE, EDC, EDU, SPE
T
he Department of Education maintains liberal arts-based teacher education
programs that are accredited by the
Minnesota Board of Teaching and National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education (NCATE). These programs lead
to recommendation for licensure to the
State of Minnesota for elementary (grades
K-8), secondary (grades 5-12) in communication arts/literature, health, mathematics, and social studies, grades 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, grades 5-8 in
general science, and K-12 specialist licenses in visual arts, physical education, music,
Note:
and special education: EBD and LD. (N
special education: EBD and LD are available in WEC only.) The K-12 Reading
Licensure Endorsement is also available at
the graduate level to already licensed
teachers.
Degree and/or licensure programs are
available in both weekday and weekend
formats. Weekend College degree and
licensure programs are limited to elementary, communication arts/literature, social
studies, visual arts, and special education.
Additional teaching majors are available
through the weekday program and open to
weekday and weekend students who can
take courses on a weekday schedule. All
prerequisite, elementary core, and professional education courses except field work
and student teaching are available on a
weekend or weekday late afternoon/
evening schedule. Fieldwork and student
teaching must be completed during regular
weekday hours. All students must have
some time available each term for field
experiences.
A graduate level licensure option is
available in weekend format to those
already holding a B.A. degree. Graduate
courses taken for licensure can be applied
to a Master of Arts in Education degree.
Contact the Education Department or
Weekend and Graduate Admissions for
information.
Students in all degree and/or licensure
programs must apply for acceptance into
the education department prior to beginning 300-400 level courses. State law
requires completion of the PPST-PRAXIS I
exam prior to beginning 300-400 level
courses. Criteria for acceptance into the
education department are available in the
department. Students complete a semester
of full-time student teaching at the conclusion of their degree and/or licensure programs. State law requires passing appropriate exams prior to recommendation for
licensure: PPST, Principles of Learning and
Teaching Test, and one or more subject
matter tests.
The education department offers nonlicensure majors in elementary education
and education studies. Contact the department for details. The department also
offers a special education minor which is
described at the end of this section after
course listings.
All students are assigned an education
department adviser at the outset of coursework. All students are expected to become
knowledgeable of programs and follow
through with department policies.
Handbooks outlining programs and policies are available through the education
department.
Student Teaching Abroad
Selected education department students
may participate in an international student
teaching program. Those interested in further information should contact the education department at least one year prior to
student teaching. Students who teach
abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Twin Cities area under direct
Augsburg faculty supervision.
157
158 Education
Note: Major changes in Minnesota teacher
licensure were implemented in the fall of
2000. No one may be licensed under programs described in catalogs prior to 2002.
Students who entered the College under
earlier catalogs must comply with the
requirements of the new licensure programs.
Education Faculty
Lynn Lindow (Chair), Chris Brown,
Joseph Erickson, Jeanine Gregoire,
Gretchen Irvine, Mary Jacobson,
Christopher Johnstone, Anne Kaufman,
Carol Knicker, Gregory Krueger, Susan
O’Connor, Vicki Olson, Donna Patterson,
Ron Petrich, Linda Stevens, Barbara West
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION—EED/EDC
Elementary Major and Licensure
Requirements:
SCI 110
SCI 111
Elementary education majors are
required to complete the following nonmajor and major courses. To be licensed
they must also complete an approved middle school specialty area and student teaching. Degree-seeking students follow the
bachelor of science Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Option B is for WEC and/or transfer students with at least one college level science
course accepted in transfer or for day students who have already started this
sequence.
PHY 103 Conceptual Physics
or EED 495 Elementary Education
Physical Science (summer
school only; does not fulfill
general education requirement)
PHY 114 Earth Science for Elementary
Teachers
or EED 200 Elementary Education Earth
Science (summer school only;
does not fulfill general education requirement)
BIO 102 The Biological World
Non-departmental core courses (requirements subject to change—see Education
Department for most current list):
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
Math sequence for non-math specialty
students
MPG 3:
MPG 4:
MAT 137 Math for Elementary
Teachers I (required)
MAT 138 Math for Elementary
Teachers II (required)
MAT 137 (optional)
MAT 138 (required)
Science sequence for non-science specialty
students
Option A is for DAY students who do not
have college level science courses in their
background.
Natural Science I
Natural Science II
Major Courses
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 211 Topics: MN American Indians
(.5)
Foundations Block II (courses from this
point and on require admissions to the
department)
Elementary Education 159
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block I
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical
Education (.25)
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language
Arts/Children’s Literature
Methods Block II
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social
Studies/Thematic Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)
Capstone Block
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0). Student teaching is required for licensure. Students with an elementary major
who do not complete student teaching can
graduate through the elementary education
non-licensure major.
Middle School Specialty Areas (requirements subject to change — see Education
Department for most current list)
Communication Arts Specialty
ENL 220 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study
COM 329 or 351 or 354 or 355
EED 331 Middle School Writing Methods
(.5)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Adolescent
Literature/Reading in the
Content Areas
Social Studies Specialty
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
HIS 120, 121
or 122 US History
ECO 113 Microeconomics
Choose 1: HIS 103: HIS 104; PSY 105;
SOC 121; SOC 241
Human or Cultural Geography (take elsewhere — see Education Department for
suggestions)
ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5)
Math Specialty
MPG 4 or MAT 114 Precalculus
MAT 122 Calculus for the Behavioral
Sciences
or MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 163 Introductory Statistics
or MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematics
MAT 287 History of Mathematics
ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5)
Science Specialty
CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry I
or CHM 115 General Chemistry I
CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry II
or CHM 116 General Chemistry II
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
SCI 106 Meteorology
Geology (take elsewhere — see Education
Department for suggestions)
ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in the major, 2.00 in the specialty area, and
grades of P in student teaching courses are
required for licensure as well as 2.0 or better in all required core, specialty, and education major courses. The equivalent of
two full courses graded P/N, plus student
teaching, is the maximum allowed within
the elementary education major requirements.
160 Elementary Education
A graduate-level elementary licensure
option is available through Weekend
College. Licensure is obtained through a
combination of graduate and undergraduate credits. The graduate credits can be
used toward the MAE degree. Contact the
Education Department or Weekend and
Graduate Admissions for information.
SECONDARY EDUCATION—ESE/EDC
I
t is the responsibility of each student to
meet all specific requirements of the education department and the subject area
major. Secondary and K-12 licensure students are expected to have advisers in both
their subject area major and in the education department. Secondary or K-12 licensure is available in art, biology, chemistry,
communication arts/literature, health,
mathematics, music, physical education,
physics, social studies, and grades 5-8 general science.
Licensure requirements in the state of
Minnesota for teaching in secondary
schools are met through the Augsburg
College education department licensure
program. These requirements are: baccalaureate degree, academic major in an
approved teaching area, and completion of
an approved licensure program.
Non-departmental requirements:
ENL 111 Effective Writing
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.
Foundations Block I
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 211 Topics: Minnesota American
Indians (.5)
Foundations Block II (Courses from this
point and on require admission to the education department.)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
Methods Block I
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in the Content
Area
ESE 325 Creating Learning
Environments
Methods Block II
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods
in Licensure Area
Capstone Block
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDC 490 School and Society
Student Teaching Block
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.03.0)
A minimum GPA of 2.50 overall, 2.50
in education, 2.50 in the teaching major,
and P in student teaching are required for
licensure. All required major, non-departmental requirements, and education program courses must have a grade of 2.0 or
better.
Art, Music, and Physical Education
Licensure (K-12)
Students preparing for licensure in one
of these areas follow the secondary education program even though they may plan
to teach at the elementary school level. A
person with a major in one of these special
Elementary Education 161
areas will take two to three courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary
levels. Note: Recommendation for teacher
licensure in music is granted only to students who successfully complete the
requirements for the bachelor of music
education major.
Students may no longer license in a
minor field of study.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Contact the Education Department or
WEC Admissions for information.
Art, music, and physical education
teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12.
EDUCATION CORE COURSES - EDC.
EDC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EDC 200
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession. Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the American school system. Urban
fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide
an awareness and critical analysis of how prejudice, discrimination, and
stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is the Minnesota
Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview,
and concepts that comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture. (WEC and Summer only)
EDC 210
Diversity in the Schools (.5 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations.
EDC 211
Minnesota American Indians (.5)
An overview of cultural content, world view, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and
culture.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual and computer-based materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course.
162 Elementary Education
EDC 310
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning.
Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EDC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EDC 410
The Learner with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis
on techniques and resources to help all students achieve maximum outcomes,
and special focus on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department or special permission of instructor)
EDC 490
School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and
professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. This course meets the Senior Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - EED.
EED 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EED 200
Elementary Education Earth Science (summer, only)
This course is designed to provide hands-on investigations that model modern
inquiry learning and teaching strategies. It meets the basic earth science subject matter standards for initial licensure. This is a content intensive course.
Plan to spend much time outside of class reading and completing assignments.
EED 299
EED 311
See description on page 96.
K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 312
K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 320
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading,
including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience required. (Preq.: PPST and admissions to department)
Elementary Education 163
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children’s Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children’s literature and language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 331
Middle School Writing Methods (.5)
This course will focus on writing strategies and processes appropriate to middle level students. Emphasis will include the writing process, types of writing,
and integrated writing across the curriculum. This course is required for students seeking elementary licensure with a communication arts/literature specialty.
EED 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for visual arts at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to depart-
ment)
EED 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. MAT 137 recommended)
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the
kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and
thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department. Day students register concurrently with EED
380)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom experience. Required
for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of degree program and program portfolio.
164 Secondary Education
EED 495
Topics: Elementary Education Physical Science
Students will participate in hands-on experiments to explore properties of and
changes in matter; position, motion and force; light, heat, electricity, and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer energy. Taking the physical concepts
learned, students will develop demonstrations and lessons for K-5 classrooms.
Assessment is based on written assignments, a technology project, lessons/
demonstrations, and classroom participation. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department; Students must be Elementary Education majors — this course
does NOT meet the Science Lab graduation requirement. Summer only)
SECONDARY EDUCATION - ESE.
ESE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ESE 299
ESE 300
See description on page 96.
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and
resources to teach reading and writing through the content areas. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking the 5-12
Communication Arts/Literature license do not need to take this course.)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in social studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization
based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule, state testing, and national standards.
Emphasis on creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students
seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not need to take this course.)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and high schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle
school portion required for elementary concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Middle school portion required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science (.5 course).
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Secondary Education 165
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Also required for elementary concentration in communication arts/literature.
Fieldwork experience required. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in middle and high
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle school and high
school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development.
Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience required.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Secondary licenses require two courses. K-12 licenses require two to
three. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure program and program
portfolio.
166
SPECIAL EDUCATION:
EMOTIONAL/BEHAVIORAL DISABILITIES
AND/OR SPECIAL EDUCATION:
LEARNING DISABILITIES—SPE
T
Required Education Courses for EBD:
he special education EBD and LD
majors are available only through Weekend
College; ideally, to people who are currently in schools working with students with
this label. These majors lead to Minnesota
teaching licensure in special education
with a specialty in emotional/behavioral
disabilities and/or learning disabilities.
Courses labeled SPE are to be taken during
the final year of coursework while students
are working in an EBD or LD setting.
Variations on this ideal are possible; see the
Education Department for more information.
A graduate level licensure option is
available through Weekend College.
Licensure is obtained through a combination of graduate and undergraduate credits.
Required Non-major Courses:
HPE 115
ENL 111
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Effective Writing
EDC 200 Orientation to Education in an
Urban Setting
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools (.5)
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
(.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
EDC 310 Learning and Development
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EED 320 K-6 Methods: Reading
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/
Children’s Literature
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
SPE 315 Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
SPE 400 Teaching Students with
Emotional and Behavior
Disabilities
SPE 410 Implementing Assessment
Strategies
SPE 420 Planning, Design, and Delivery
SPE 430 Instructional and Behavioral
Practices
SPE 490 Parent and Professional
Planning
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Summer Practicum
Required Education Courses for LD:
All courses for the EBD major, with the
exception of SPE 430, plus:
SPE 424 Etiology and Origins of
Learning Disabilities
SPE 434 Teaching Content Areas to
Students with Learning
Disabilities
Special Education 167
SPE 315
Critical Issues Seminar
(.5 course)
The purpose of this course is to discuss critical issues in the field, create a
final portfolio synthesizing your coursework and experience, and prepare for
student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 400
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional and behavioral
disabilities and learning disabilities. It addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives and conceptual
models as they relate to this category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the pre-referral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and
how they influence student placement and programming. A qualitative and
person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 420
Planning, Design, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and implement individual
program plans and to create effective learning environments for students
labeled EBD. Particular attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department)
SPE 424
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning disabilities (LD).
This includes an in-depth look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
various theoretical models (sociological, biological, psychological, cognitive,
and behavioral) applied to understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical positions in the field. Students
will also acquire knowledge related to accessing information relevant to the
field of learning disabilities. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
SPE 430
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with students who are
labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of reflective, pro-active and non-aversive
approaches drawn from current best practices and including positive behavioral supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the department)
168 Special Education
SPE 434
Teaching Content Areas to Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt, and implement developmentally appropriate instruction that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The course will specifically focus on the areas of
reading, writing and listening comprehension, math, reasoning, and problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus on the modifications involved in
these areas and the planning process involved. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to department)
SPE 490
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with special needs,
specifically those families of students labeled EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. This course along with SPE 315 meets the
Senior Keystone requirement in the core curriculum. (Prereq: ENL 111 or 112,
or HON 111, PPST and admission to department).
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for
licensure. Student teaching occurs during the last year of coursework within
an internship context.
SPECIAL EDUCATION MINOR.
The special education minor requires
six courses (five plus one prerequisite psychology course) that encompass an interdisciplinary perspective on the field of disability. The minor is designed to fit the
needs of students in various disciplines
interested in disability issues. This minor is
available through the weekday program.
Required courses:
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
EDU 491 Practicum and Seminar in
Special Education
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
EDC 410
Choose one from the following:
PSY 250 Child Development
PSY 251 Adolescent and Young Adult
PSY 252 Aging and Adulthood
Choose one from the following:
SOC 265 Gender, Race, and Ethnicity
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of Social
Policy
PSY 357 Behavior Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
Interested students should contact the
director of special education at the outset
of coursework.
The Learner with Special Needs
(see EDC course descriptions)
EDU 491
Practicum and Seminar in Special Education
A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus
on-campus seminar. Students planning to take this course should consult with
the special education director about a placement prior to registering for the
course. (Prereq.: completion of all other courses in special education minor or
consent of instructor. Open to all.)
ENGINEERING
A
ugsburg College has cooperative
arrangements with two universities to
allow students to earn a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University
of Minnesota Institute of Technology,
Minneapolis; or Michigan Technological
University, Houghton, Michigan. Because
of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation
with the Augsburg engineering adviser is
necessary. Applications for these programs
require the recommendation of the
Augsburg engineering adviser. Contact Jeff
Johnson, Physics Department,
612-330-1070.
University of Minnesota
The Institute of Technology and
Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides
for two dual degree engineering programs:
Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of
Engineering (B.A./B.E.) enables students
to receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg College and a bachelor of engineering degree from the University of
Minnesota. The program typically involves
three years at Augsburg and two years at
the Institute of Technology.
Students may apply for the program
after completing the sophomore year. At
that time, they will be informed of their
status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into
the program. Formal application to the
Institute of Technology may be completed
during the second semester of the junior
169
year at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Arts/Master of
Engineering (B.A./M.E.) enables
students to receive a bachelor of arts
degree from Augsburg College and a
master of engineering degree from the
University of Minnesota. This program
involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of
Technology.
The curriculum is the same as the
B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of
several extra courses that are completed at
Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses,
if any, that students must take at the university before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such
courses varies by IT department and area
of emphasis within a department.
Application for admission into the
B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year
at Augsburg. Formal application for the
program may be completed during the
senior year. Those admitted will receive
special counseling from the Institute of
Technology staff regarding courses that
should be taken during the senior year at
Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E.
program are not guaranteed admission to
the Institute of Technology.
170 Engineering
Michigan Technological University
This program enables students to
receive a bachelor of arts degree from
Augsburg and a bachelor of engineering
degree from Michigan Technological
University in a five-year period.
The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted into
the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and
are recommended by the engineering
adviser of Augsburg College.
Students are also encouraged to explore
opportunities for graduate work at
Michigan Technological University. Further
information on these and other graduate
programs is available from the Augsburg
engineering adviser.
Financial Aid: Students receiving
financial aid who are participants in these
dual degree programs will be encouraged
to apply to the engineering school of their
choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and
academic performance as criteria.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Minimum course requirements for admission to the dual-degree or three-two programs:
CHM 115 General Chemistry
CHM 116 General Chemistry
CSC 170 Structured Programming
ENL 111 Effective Writing
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Four mathematics courses are required:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 247 Modeling and Differential
Equations
or PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 24 courses
at Augsburg. Normally MAT 145, 146 and
PHY 121, 122 are taken in the freshman
year. Students interested in chemical engineering also should take CHM 351, 352.
ENGLISH—ENL
T
hose who study English believe that
an intense concern for words, ideas, and
images helps people understand who they
are and who they can become. Writing
helps all of us clarify and share our
thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate
the pains and joys of human existence.
Through the study of English we see life’s
complexity, experience life as others do,
and better understand the world in which
we live and work.
English relates closely to other majors.
With the other arts, English is concerned
with the pleasure that comes from artistic
creation and with the contemplation of
works of art. With psychology and sociology,
English is concerned with individual and
group behavior. With philosophy, English
is interested in ideas and in the relation
between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering
order and determining structures. With
speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and
humanities, English studies the way people
have acted and thought at different times
and in various cultures.
The Augsburg Department of English
integrates its program with the cultural
opportunities of this vital urban area.
Augsburg students can walk to assigned or
recommended plays, films, and readings
available near the campus. English majors
have the opportunity to use and refine
their skills through working in internships
on and off campus, tutoring English
Language Learners (ELL) students, or
tutoring in the writing lab.
Students with an Augsburg English
major pursue careers in elementary, secondary, and college education, journalism,
government, law, the ministry, library sci-
171
ence, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions and businesses.
English Faculty
Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Robert
Cowgill, Cass Dalglish, Suzanne Donksy,
Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John
Harkness, Colin Irvine, Dan Jorgensen,
Dallas Liddle, James McCormick,
John Mitchell, Joe Moses, John Schmit,
Mzenga Wanyama, Cary Waterman, Susan
Williams
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Choosing a Concentration
The English Literature, Language, and
Theor y concentration provides students
various approaches to the life-enhancing
study of the written word and visual text.
Spotlight courses focus on specific authors,
genres, or themes, and provoke discovery
of new literary experiences. Courses in
African American, Native American, Asian
American, and post colonial literatures
reconfigure the nature of traditional literary studies. Survey courses in English,
American, and World literatures are organized by historical periods and provide a
classically structured framework of study.
Courses in literary theory demand the
intense and intellectually challenging
engagement of text, culture, and self.
While some of our courses foreground
theoretical approaches to literature and
deeply examine race, class, and gender in
the consideration of their subject matter,
all of our courses infuse these concerns
into their engagement with primary works
of fiction, poetry, creative non-fiction, film,
and drama.
All literature classes involve students in
dynamic and enjoyable literary examina-
172 English
tion, and are taught by professors who love
teaching and who love literature. Our
classes develop and demand the skills of
aesthetic receptivity, perceptive and critical
reading, open and clear speaking, and analytical and engaging writing — skills of the
educated and employable citizen.
The literature, language, and theory
concentration offers courses of study crosslisted with American Indian Studies, Art,
Communication Studies, Film, Theatre
Arts, and Women’s Studies.
The English Writing concentration is
for students who intend to develop professional skills in either Creative or Media
Writing. Over the course of their study,
students will master terminology; understand historical, legal, and ethical issues
relevant to the field; and study the works
of established writers and professionals.
The writing major emphasizes expanding
competencies in observation, research, and
analysis that enable writers to gather material from a variety of sources and perspectives for their work. Writing majors will
understand the interdisciplinary demands
inherent in creative and media writing
(including issues of design) and will
enhance their appreciation of the aesthetic
possibilities inherent in the writing life.
Writing courses are taught by dedicated
professors who are practicing writers themselves.
The writing concentration offers
courses of study cross-listed with Art,
Communication Studies, and Theater Arts.
The Communication Ar ts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major is for students
who seek to be licensed to teach in
Minnesota in Communication
Arts/Literature. Students are encouraged to
take courses toward their major during the
freshman and sophomore years, and to
apply for the education licensure program
no later than the spring of their junior year.
Students in both programs must work
with advisers in the English department
and the education department in order to
meet the professional requirements within
the education department as well as the
requirements for the major. Should licensure not be possible, graduation can be
achieved through an English major, which
requires at least two additional, specific
courses, or through a Communication
Studies major.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
English Literature, Language, and
Theory Concentration
The concentration requires nine
courses above ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112.
Students must take at least one 200level literature course as a prerequisite for
upper division courses in English, as well
as either ENL 220 or ENL 221. No more
than two 200-level literature courses may
count for the major.
Students must take at least three 300level courses, with one each in British
Literature, American Literature, and World
Literature.
Majors must take at least two 400-level
courses. Any 300-level course serves as a
prerequisite for the 400-level. One 400level course must fulfill the keystone
requirement.
Minor in English Literature, Language,
and Theory
Five courses above ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112 are required. One course
must be ENL 220 or ENL 221; the remaining four must be literature, language and
theory courses, three of which must be
upper division courses.
English 173
English Writing Concentration
Minor in Writing
Students must take 10 or 11 courses
above ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112,
including three Literature, Language, and
Theory courses. At least one of these must
be at the 300-level or higher.
A minor with an open emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112, including
at least one course from the 200-level and
two from the 300-level.
Creative Writing Emphasis
Two introductory writing courses at the
200-level:
ENL 226 (required) and either ENL 220 or
221.
And a 300 level writing sequence:
Either Fiction I and Fiction II (ENL 320
and 321), or Poetry I and Poetry II (ENL
322 and 323).
And one elective from the following:
ENL 227; ENL 228; ENL 320 or ENL 322;
ENL 324; ENL/COM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC Creative Writing
Course; or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
An additional art class is required, either
Web Design I (ART 215) or Graphic
Design (ART 225).
Media Writing Emphasis
Media Ethics and Theory (ENL 390) must
be one of the language, literature, and
theory courses; and three introductory
courses:
ENL 227 (required), and a choice from
ENL 220, 221, 226, or 228;
And ENL 327 Quantitative Journalism;
And one elective from the following:
ENL 324; ENL/COM 328; ENL/THR 325;
an approved ACTC Writing/Reporting
Course; or an internship.
And ENL 420, the Keystone writing course.
Additional art classes are required: Web
Design I (ART 215) and Graphic Design
(ART 225).
A minor with a creative emphasis
requires five writing courses above ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 and must
include ENL 226, and at least three upper
division creative writing courses, two of
which must be a 300 two-course writing
sequence.
A minor with a media emphasis
requires six courses above ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112, and must include
ENL 227 or 228, ENL 390, one design
course, and three upper division media
writing courses.
Communication Arts/Literature
Teacher Licensure Major
Prerequisite: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112
Major Requirements (eight courses in
English):
ENL 220 Intermediate Expository
Writing
ENL 240 Introduction to Literary Study
ENL 365 Contemporary Post Colonial
Fiction
ENL 380 Introduction to the English
Language
ENL 396 Internship in Teaching Writing
And three upper-division ENL Literature
courses, one each in British, American, and
World Literature.
Experiential Requirement (no credit)
One college-level experience required in
forensics, debate, newspaper, literary journal, or related activity (subject to departmental approval).
174 English
Additional Courses (outside the English
Department):
COM 112 Contest Public Speaking
COM 343 Broadcast Production I
COM 352 Persuasion
COM 354 Interpersonal Communication
Special Methods (two courses)
ESE 350 5-12 Methods: Literature and
Reading
ESE 351 5-12 Methods: Speaking and
Listening (.5 course)
ESE 352 5-12 Methods: Media Literacy
(.5 course)
Additional ESE and EDC courses are
required for licensure. They include EDC
200, 210, 211, 220, 310; ESE 325, 350,
351, 352; EDC 410, 490; student teaching.
Contact an education department adviser
for information about education courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall; submit proposal to department
chair by early Oct. in senior year for
department approval. Submit and defend
paper before faculty committee. Honors
project may be an independent study program (refer to departmental guidelines).
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Transfer Students
Note: Transfer undergraduate majors
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg. Transfer students
who minor in English must take at least
two of their English courses at Augsburg.
Transfer English education students
with a B.A. in English from another college
must take at least three of their English
courses at Augsburg (preferably upper division courses). These courses must be taken
before the department can recommend a
student for student teaching.
The English Placement Test
A writing sample is required of students
to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students having completed AP (Advanced Placement) courses in
composition must have a score of 4 or 5.
Students who do not show competence in
composition skills—such as stating and
supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and
constructing paragraphs and sentences—are
required to enroll in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) where they receive more individual instruction than is possible in
Effective Writing (ENL 111). These students must pass Developmental Writing
(ENL 101) with a grade of 2.0 or higher
before enrolling in Effective Writing (ENL
111).
Note: Students should register for ENL
101 during the first semester of attendance
if possible. ENL 111, 112, or HON 111
should be completed, if possible, during
the first year.
Students in Developmental Writing
(ENL 101), Effective Writing (ENL 111),
HON 111, or ENL 112 can elect the traditional grading system or P/N grading in
consultation with their instructor up
through the last week of class (without
special permission/petition). Students who
choose to receive a traditional grade in
either course will receive a grade of N (one
time only) if their work is below a 2.0. A
student who repeats ENL 101 or 111 and
does not receive a grade of 2.0 or higher,
will receive a grade of 0.0.
English 175
ENGLISH COURSES.
Ser vice Courses: The department offers these service courses for students as required by a
placement test. Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to
hold his/her place in the course.
ENL 101
Developmental Writing
A preparatory course for ENL 111 Effective Writing, this course is required of
students identified by the English Placement Test as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this course does not
fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for
this course is 2.0.
ENL 111
Effective Writing
Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques, and writing
critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students’ effectiveness in
choosing, organizing, and developing topics; thinking critically; and revising
for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional
help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
HON 111
Effective Writing for Liberating Letters
This course takes a problem-based, process-oriented approach to expository
writing. Attention is given to choosing, organizing, and developing topics;
thinking critically; reading closely; and revising carefully for clarity and style.
The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 112
Advanced Effective Writing
Advanced Effective Writing follows the same purposes and procedures as ENL
111; placement is determined by a writing sample submitted by students upon
entry to the college. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
ENL 217/218 English for Language Learners
Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level
materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing
determines placement in these courses; and testing, as well as course performance, determines whether the ELL requirement is met. Students continue in
ELL until the requirement is completed but can receive credit for only two
courses.
Literature, Language, and Theory Courses: The 200-level courses in the literature, language,
and theory track of the English major develop foundational competencies in reading and interpreting literary texts, and provide opportunities for diverse literary discovery. These courses
require ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112 as a prerequisite or co-requisite.
ENL 240
Introduction to Literary Study
This course develops students’ critical and analytical skills in reading and
appreciating all kinds of literary texts and genres, including poetry, fiction,
and drama. Emphasis is placed on learning fundamental terms and concepts
that serve future literary inquiry and enjoyment. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON
111, or ENL 112)
176 English
ENL 241
Introduction to Cinema Arts
An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles, and historical evolution of the film medium. Includes the viewing and analysis of both
feature length and short films, illustrating the international development of
film form and selected aesthetic movements. (Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 250
American Voices
American Literature is made up of many voices that are distinct from the dominant voices in American culture; each term this course focuses on a different
collection of those voices. A specific minority literature, such as Hispanic
American Literature, Asian American Literature, or African American
Literature, is usually emphasized each term; sometimes the course explores
the writing of women or gay writers. Determine which version of the course is
being offered in any given section by checking the departmental web page, or
get a detailed course description in the English department. (Prereq or co-req.:
ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 255
American Indian Literature
American Indian literature offers a survey of contemporary American Indian
writing, including non-fiction, fiction, poetry, and drama. The course explores
the richness and diversity of American Indian literature and the ways in which
literature reflects and illuminates American Indian culture and traditions. The
course emphasizes close readings of literature and public speaking skills
through in-class presentation and small group discussion. Course cross-lists
with American Indian Studies. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or HON 111, or
ENL 112)
Spotlight Courses — Offered Alternating Terms
ENL 260
The Author in Depth
A chance to investigate closely an author of significant influence in various
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “Shakespeare on Page, Stage,
and Screen,” “Tolkien’s Life, Times, and Works,” “The Cinema of Orson
Welles,” “Mark Twain in the 20th Century,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111, or
HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 270
Rites of Thematic Passage
This course traces a specific theme through changing historical, literary, and
cultural contexts. Course subjects may include “The Heroic Journey,”
“Literature and Landscape,” “Utopian Visions,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL 111,
or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 280
Literatures of Convention and Change
Students will consider literary and cultural developments that fix generic conventions and ways authors subvert or challenge those conventions. Course
subjects may include “History of Detective Fiction,” “The Short Story,” “Sports
and Literature,” “Victorian Thrillers,” “The Musical on Stage and Screen,” and
English 177
others. Check the departmental Web page for the title of a given section.
(Prereq or co-req.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 290
Explorations in Language and Theory
An introductory course in applied literary or language theory. Course subjects
may include “Cinema and Sexuality,” “Strategies in Reading the Novel,”
“Challenging the Gaze,” “Language and Society,” and others. Check the
departmental Web page for the title of a given section. (Prereq or co-req: ENL
111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
The 300-level courses in the literature track in English concentrate on primary texts in historical and cultural contexts. These courses ask students to practice interpreting literary texts by
employing techniques, terminology, and research methods of the discipline, resulting in effective
and substantive expository writing about the subject. Students must take ENL 220 or 221 (see
writing courses), or a 200-level literature course, or gain consent of the instructor as a prerequisite.
British Literature
ENL 330
Shakespeare
Study of the bard’s major plays — comedies, histories, tragedies, and romances
— for their literary, dramatic, and cultural significance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 332
Renaissance and Reformation
A survey of 14th- to 17th-century British literature, with attention to its
European contexts. Begins with the Reformation of the 14th century and
Canterbury Tales and ends with the Puritan Revolution and Paradise Lost.
Themes include “the enchantment of evil”; the hero as lover and courtier;
utopian dreams and the literature of conquest; the writer as politician; and the
challenges to religious certainty in a post-Ptolemaic universe. Major writers
include Marlowe, Spenser, Shakespeare, More, and Donne. (Prereq.: ENL 220
or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 333
British and American Literature of the 17th and 18th Centuries:
Strange Shores
British and American writers of this period are surveyed, with attention to the
historical, intellectual and social influences of the major literary movements
on both sides of the Atlantic. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 334
British literature: Reason and Romanticism
This class investigates the literary texts now called Romanticism within the
history and culture of late 18th- and early 19th-century Britain. The famous
“big six” poets (Blake, Coleridge, Wordsworth, Byron, Shelley, Keats) will be
studied in the context of poetic predecessors and influences (Burns, Cowper,
Smith) and contemporary talents in other genres, including Austen,
Wollstonecraft, and Scott. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature
course, or consent of instructor.)
178 English
Eng 336
British literature: The Age of Victoria
If America was the world’s cultural and political leader in the 20th century,
Britain was the leader of the 19th century. Students will study the literature
and culture of Queen Victoria’s England and her empire from the 1830s
through 1914 in all four major genres of poetry, fiction, drama, and essay.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 337
The British Novel: Love and Learn
This course traces two great structuring ideas — the love-plot and the education-plot — in the rise and development of the British novel in the 18th and
19th centuries. The course spans 150 years of literary history, while studying
and critiquing the ways literary theorists and historians have explained and
theorized British fiction. Authors surveyed include Defoe, Richardson, Austen,
Trollope, Bronte, Eliot, and others. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level
literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 338
Readings in British and Commonwealth Drama
A variable survey of drama in English by British and Commonwealth playwrights, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
“Mysteries and Moralities,” “London Onstage,” “The Empire Strikes Back,”
and “What Is My Nation?” Readings range from the Middle Ages to the present. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 339
Modern British and Irish Writers
Writers of the first half of the 20th century are surveyed, with attention paid
to their contribution to modernism, experimentation, and literary form.
Virginia Woolf, William Butler Yeats, James Joyce, Henry Green, D.H.
Lawrence, Samuel Becket, and Muriel Spark are among the authors surveyed.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
American Literature
ENL 350
Readings in American Minority and Alternative Literatures
A chance to look in depth at authors, themes, historical influences, and theoretical issues surrounding both classical and emerging minority literature. The
course’s focus varies. A specific ethnic literature or a specific writer may be
emphasized; at other times topics that cross the boundaries of minority literatures will be examined. Check the departmental web page for a given section’s
emphasis. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 351
19th Century American Literature
Covers the intellectual and social environment that affected the writers of the
period. Many different genres — slave narratives, romances, tall tales, epic
poetry — are considered. Douglass, Jacobs, Thoreau, Melville, Hawthorne,
Twain, Emerson, Dickinson, James, and Wharton are among the authors surveyed. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
English 179
ENL 352
American Literature from 1900 to 1945
Naturalism, the rise of modernism, the development of social protest literature, significant movements such as the Harlem Renaissance, and other major
developments of the period are charted. Cather, Dreiser, Elliot, Fitzgerald,
Faulkner, Hemingway, Hughes, and Hurston are among the writers considered.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 353
American Literature from 1945 to the Present
Writers surveyed include O’Connor, Bellow, Baraka, Baldwin, Ellison, Erdrich,
Roth, Pynchon, Oates, Kingston, Mailer, Williams, Wideman, Morrison, as
well as contemporary fiction writers represented by the Best American Short
Stories anthologies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 354
Contemporary American Poetry
A survey of the work of poets who have come into prominence since mid-20th
century as represented in the anthology Contemporary American Poetry.
Attention will be given to younger and/or less prominent poets represented in
the Best American Poetry series. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 355
Themes in American Indian Literature
The course is structured around a number of writers working within a particular theme such as Native Voices of Minnesota, Voices from the Southwest,
Poetics and Politics of Native Writing, Women and Power in Native Literature,
Urban-Reservation: Homing, and American Indian film-literature adaptation.
Students focus on primary texts, comparing and contrasting theme, voice, aesthetic, or cultural emphasis as it shifts or arises across the group of texts.
Course cross-lists with American Indian Studies. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 358
Readings in American Drama
A variable survey of American drama from the early 20th century to the present, organized historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include
American Families, Blacks and Whites, and Sex and Self on the American
Stage. Readings range from O’Neill and Treadwell to Shanley and Parks.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
World Literature in Translation
ENL 360
The Classical Tradition
A study of the major works of Greek and Roman literature, including Homer,
Virgil, Aeschylus, Sophocles, through Dante. Works are studied with reference
to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or
a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
180 English
ENL 361
The Medieval World
A survey of medieval literature from the collapse of the Roman Empire to the
14th century, this course emphasizes themes of cultural collision and synthesis: pagans — both classical and “barbarian” — and Christians; Islam and
Christendom. Attention is paid to heroic traditions (myth, epic, saga,
romance, hagiography); the literature of courtly and profane love; and visions
of heaven and hell. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 362
Renaissance to Modern Literature
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the renaissance to
the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais,
Voltaire, and Ibsen. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course,
or consent of instructor.)
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
This examination of contemporary world fiction includes work by authors
from Latin America, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East, and fiction written by
indigenous authors worldwide. The course explores novels in relation to language, culture, and gender in an age of globalization and fragmented nationalisms, considering fictions in their literary, cultural, and social contexts.
Cross-listed with Women’s Studies. Required for Communication
Arts/Literature Teacher Licensure Major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
The course studies novels and short stories by women across cultures.
Emphasis on the conditions that have affected women’s writing (including race
and class), the reflection of women’s unique experience in their writing, and
the ways in which women writers have contributed to and modified the
Western literary heritage. This course is cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
(Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 368
Readings in World Drama
A variable survey of drama in translation from around the world, organized
historically and/or thematically. Sample topics include Classical Theaters,
Spanish and Latin American Drama from the Renaissance to the Present,
Social Issues in Contemporary World Drama. THR 250 satisfies the prerequisite for this course. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course
or THR 250, or consent of instructor.)
Language, Media, and Theory
ENL 371
History of Cinema
A chronological survey of the development of cinema from the inception of
the moving image in the late 19th century through the emergence of film as
one of the most important popular art forms of the 20th century. Emphasis
will be placed on important international cinematic artistic movements, such
as Italian neo-realism and the French New Wave, on cultural contexts that
influenced the reception of film art, and on technological advancements that
English 181
altered the medium and influenced both narrative and documentary filmmakers. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of
instructor.)
ENL 380
Introduction to the English Language
A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning
the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Required for
the Communication Arts/Literature Licensure major. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or
221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 385
Language and Power
Students will consider both spoken and written examples of language as a
means of establishing, maintaining, or revoking power. They will also pay
attention to gender differences in the use of language and analyze ways in
which speakers and writers can both create and revise reality via the language
they use. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent
of instructor.)
ENL 390
Media Ethics and Theory
This course acquaints students with the concepts and functions of the news
media in a global society, exploring the interaction of ethical and legal principles of American journalism and considering the role of the news media in
historical, economic, and technological contexts. The course will analyze situations that have arisen in the past and situations that arise now in a digitized
information world. Students will study the special position given the media in
the United States and will consider First Amendment protections and the
media’s responsibilities to inform the public in a free and democratic society.
Cross listed with Communication. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
ENL 394
Composition Theory and Practice
Students will examine composition as a relatively new field of study, one in
which research in such areas as cognition, language acquisition, gender differences in language, and code switching are relevant. Using both spoken and
written language, students will apply various theoretical positions to the language they and others use to communicate in a range of linguistic tasks.
Recommended for licensure and potential graduate students. (Prereq.: ENL
220 or 221, or a 200-level literature course, or consent of instructor.)
The 400-level literature, language, and theory courses emphasize scholarship, criticism, and
theory, and ask students to write and speak professionally about literary texts. Any 300-level
literature course or consent of the instructor ser ve as a prerequisite for the 400-level. One
400-level course must fulfill the keystone requirement.
ENL 410
Advanced Studies in Literature
Potential course subjects include “The Beats,” “American Indian Writers
Speak,” “The Unteachable Novel,” “Studies in the American Romance,” “Black
and White and Red All Over: Film Noir, Communism, and Race,” and others.
Check the departmental web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a
complete course description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300level literature course or consent of instructor)
182 English
ENL 430
Advanced Studies in Language, Theory, and Method
Through a focus on particular issues and problems in literary studies, this
course engages students in a variety of past and current critical theories.
Possible course topics include “Is There a Gay Literature?” “Realism
Reconsidered,” “Cognition, Meaning and Interpretation,” “Eco-criticism and
the Nature of Reading,” “Readings in Theory,” and others. Check the departmental Web page for the subject of a specific term, and get a complete course
description in the English Department. (Prereq.: Any 300-level literature
course or consent of instructor)
Writing Courses
Note: First day attendance in all writing courses is mandatory for a student to hold his/her
place in the course.
ENL 220
Intermediate Expository Writing
This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing. Its
workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self
and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing.
(Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 221
Expository Writing about the Arts and Popular Culture
A variant of English 220, this course also builds on the methods of Effective
Writing, but in this version students work on content related to subjects in the
world of art and literature. Particularly aimed at Art, Theatre Arts, and Film
majors. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 223
Writing for Business and the Professions
This practical course is designed to improve writing skills for those entering
business and professional careers. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 226
Introduction to Creative Writing
The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative
writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but
including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111,
or ENL 112)
ENL 227
Journalism
An introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for the print
media. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and
write those facts into a news story. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL
112)
ENL 228
Broadcast and Online Journalism
This is an introductory newswriting course with an emphasis on writing for
broadcast and online media. Students use an intensive practice model to learn
the basics of newsgathering, writing, and production for television, radio, and
the Internet. (Prereq.: ENL 111, or HON 111, or ENL 112)
ENL 320
Fiction One
Students draft a collection of short stories and critique others’ work in the
writing workshop environment. Throughout the term, students will also read
English 183
classic and contemporary short fiction, analyzing and examining the work of
established writers as they learn to identify successful short fiction while creating their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 321
Fiction Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of short fiction,
redrafting and polishing at least four short stories of varying lengths for inclusion in a portfolio of work. Students will also be expected to create at least one
new work of short fiction during this workshop term. (Prereq.: ENL 320 or
review and acceptance by instructor of four story drafts written by the student
and offered as work the student will refine in Fiction Two.)
ENL 322
Poetry One
Students draft a collection of poems and critique others’ work in the writing
workshop environment. Students will learn to identify successful poetry as
they create their own poems; they will read published poetry and listen to new
and established poets reading their own work. (Prereq.: ENL 226)
ENL 323
Poetry Two
A writing workshop in which students will revise a body of poetry, redrafting
and polishing a collection of poems for inclusion in a portfolio of work.
Students will also be expected to create new work during this workshop term.
(Prereq.: ENL 322 or review and acceptance by instructor of a collection of
poetry written by the student and offered as work the student will refine in
Poetry Two.)
ENL 324
Creative Nonfiction
Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions
of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221)
ENL/THR 325 Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 and
junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department chair. THR 250 or
ENL 226 recommended.)
ENL 327
Quantitative Journalism: Computer Assisted Reporting and
Research
This course introduces students to computer-assisted informational investigation and the interpretation of quantitative data in the writing of news reports
and news features. This course is designed for persons wishing to explore the
use of computer-assisted research and for those preparing to enter the communication professions. (Prereq.: ENL 227 or 228)
ENL/COM 328 Screenwriting
An introductory course in writing for film, this course will take students from
story outline to the creation of a screenplay draft. In addition to writing their
own scripts, students will review feature films and analyze work written by
each member of the class, giving detailed critical analysis and engaging in discussion of aesthetics, craft, and form. (Prereq.: ENL 220 or 221)
184 English
ENL 420
Advanced Studies in Writing
The writing keystone is a final, summative seminar emphasizing collaboration,
professional standards, and the creation of a publishable or performable completed product. The topic changes; check the departmental Web page.
(Prereq.: Any 300-level writing course)
ENL 490
English Keystone
(.0 course)
Students seeking keystone credit must register for this no credit, P/N course,
along with ENL 410, 420, or 430.
Directed Studies, Internships, and Independent Studies
ENL 299
ENL 396
Directed Study
On-Campus Internships
This course is required for all Communication Arts/Literature licensure students. It is normally taken with students enrolled in English 101,
Developmental Writing. Interns prepare class presentations, assess student
writing, and learn methods useful in teaching composition.
ENL 399
ENL 499
Off-Campus Internships
Independent Study and Honors Projects
Honors studies must be directed by a professor chosen by the student and
approved by the department. Independent study projects not designated for
honors must be approved by the Chair of the department.
FILM
See listing under Communication Studies.
FINANCE
See listing under Business Administration.
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
See listing under Modern Languages.
FRENCH
GERMAN
See listing under Modern Languages.
See listing under Modern Languages.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION—HPE
V
irtually all students at Augsburg
College will interact at some point in their
college years with the Department of
Health and Physical Education. It is the
philosophy of the department to provide
quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the
gifted athlete as well as the recreational
participant will find ample opportunity for
athletic and developmental activities.
The physical education department
provides the organizational framework for
a wide range of educational experiences,
including several major and minor programs: general education in physical education, men’s and women’s intercollegiate
athletic programs, intramural programs for
men and women, and athletic facilities for
developmental and recreational activities.
The health education department prepares students for careers in school health
education and wellness. This program
offers a comprehensive health component
in examining prevention and promotion
needs for individuals, schools, and the
community.
All health and physical education
majors seeking licensure must receive a
grade of 2.00 in all courses with an HPE
prefix applying to the major.
Health and Physical Education Faculty
Marilyn Florian (Chair), Jennifer Britz,
Lisa Broek, Carol Enke, Paul Grauer, Aaron
Griess, Frank Haege, Alvin Kloppen, Mike
Navarre, Joyce Pfaff, Jessica Phillips, Missy
Strauch, Eileen Kaese Uzarek
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ HEALTH EDUCATION
Health Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness For Life
HPE 110 Personal and Community
Health
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 316 Human Sexuality
HPE 320 School Health Curriculum
(Fall: even years)
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 390 Instructional Methods and
Materials (Fall: odd years)
HPE 410 Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
(Fall: even years)
HPE 450 Current Health Issues (Fall:
even years)
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
PSY 201 Health Psychology
PSY 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology:
Adolescent and Young Adult
Must have instructor’s certification for CPR
and first aid.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
185
186 Health and Physical Education
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 110, 114, 115, 316, 320, 390,
450, BIO 103. (There is no health teaching
minor in Minnesota public schools.)
■ PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Physical Education Major
HPE 101 Fitness for Life
HPE 114 Health and Safety Education
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
HPE 210 Introduction to Physical
Education
HPE 220 Motor Learning
HPE 254 Introduction to Development/
Adapted Physical Education
HPE 275 Prevention and Care of Athletic
Injuries
HPE 324 K-6 PE Games and Activities
HPE 334 7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
HPE 335 Outdoor Education
HPE 340 Organization and
Administration of Physical
Education Programs
HPE 350 Kinesiology
HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise
HPE 356 Measurement and Assessment
in HPE
HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
A Bachelor of Science degree is available for the teacher licensure major.
Consult your faculty adviser for Augsburg
Core Curriculum requirements under the
Bachelor of Science option.
Minor
HPE 101, 115, 210, 223, 231, 232, 351.
(There is no PE teaching minor in
Minnesota public schools.)
Coaching (not a major)
Minnesota Board of Teaching Statute
3512.3100 Employment of Head Varsity
Coaches of Interscholastic Sports in Senior
High Schools requires:
HPE 114
HPE 275
HPE 280
Health and Safety Education
Prevention and Care of
Athletic Injuries
Coaching Theory
(Fall, even years)
Health and Physical Education 187
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION COURSES.
■ HEALTH EDUCATION
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall and Spring)
HPE 110
Personal and Community Health
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the
individual and the community. (Fall)
HPE 114
Health and Safety Education
(.5 course)
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life.
National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 115
Health and Chemical Dependency Education
(.5 course)
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes
information about school health education and services. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 320
School Health Curriculum
(.5 course)
Techniques for developing a course of study in school health, based upon
growth and development, for grades K-12. Examination of “standards” and
pedagogy for health education, curriculum, and assessment included. (Prereq.:
HPE 110. Fall)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Survey of basic statistical procedures, standards, assessment and evaluation of
tests in health and physical education. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE 101 and either
HPE 110 or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 390
Instructional Methods and Materials in Health Education
Principles and methods of instruction applied to health education grades K12. Emphasis upon teaching/learning strategies and student assessment.
Evaluation and development of materials included. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Spring)
HPE 410
Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program
(.5 course)
Historical background, legal basis, and school health services relationship to
community and school health programs and resources. (Prereq.: HPE 110.
Fall)
HPE 450
Current Health Issues (.5 course)
This course uses “critical thinking” skills to examine current health issues in
text and media from a sociological, political, economic, and medical perspective. (Prereq.: HPE 110. Fall)
188 Health and Physical Education
■ PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 001
Foundations of Fitness (.0 course)
This course is required of all Augsburg students. It seeks to improve the student’s knowledge and understanding of the components of physical fitness and
how they contribute to personal lifelong health and well being. This course is
designed to not only provide knowledge but also to discuss and analyze ways
an individual can assess, monitor, motivate, and discipline him/herself to
maintain a lifestyle of fitness and wellness.
HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Activity (.0 course)
Lifetime Activity courses are designed to improve proficiency in a selected
physical activity. Students will be able to understand and demonstrate basic
skills, strategy, and rules of the activity. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 101
Fitness for Life
A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to modify personal
health and fitness. (Fall, Spring)
HPE 210
Introduction to Physical Education
(.5 course)
History, principles, and current trends in physical education, fitness, and sport.
(Spring)
HPE 220
Motor Learning
(.5 course)
The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills and performance, and how this relates to motor development. (Spring)
HPE 254
Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education
(.5 course)
A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early
childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. (Fall)
HPE 275
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
(.5 course)
Emphasis placed on preventing and treating common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Prereq.: HPE
114. Spring)
HPE 324
K-6 PE Games and Activities
(.5 course)
This course integrates theory and practice in teaching age and skill appropriate activities to elementary students. (Spring)
HPE 334
7-12 Sport Skills and Activities
(.5 course)
Theory and practice in skills, teaching and officiating selected games and
activities. (Fall)
HPE 335
Outdoor Education
(.5 course)
A course designed to provide knowledge and develop skills in a variety of outdoor educational activities and to study the natural environment in which
these activities occur. The course will include a three-day camping/hiking trip.
(Prereq.: HPE 101, HPE 114, HPE 210. Split fall/spring, even years)
Health and Physical Education 189
HPE 340
Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs
(.5 course)
A survey of management, leadership, and decision-making for physical education and athletic programs. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
HPE 350
Kinesiology
A study of the mechanics of movement with an emphasis on the use of the
muscular system. An analytic approach to the study of movement and how it
relates within the physical education field. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall)
HPE 351
Physiology of Exercise
The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103.
Spring)
HPE 356
Measurement and Assessment in HPE
Basic statistical procedures; the use of assessment and evaluation in health and
physical education programs. (Prereq.: MPG III, HPE 101 and either HPE 110
or HPE 210 and 220. Fall)
HPE 365
Physical Education Methods (K-6)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.
An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementaryaged children. (Prereq.: HPE 101 and 324. Fall)
HPE 368
Physical Education Methods (7-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education in secondary
schools. (Prereq.: HPE 101 and 334. Spring)
HPE 473
Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education
with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210. Fall)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HPE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HPE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
HPE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HPE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open only to junior or senior majors.
190
HISTORY—HIS
H
istory is to society what memory is
to an individual; it brings to a civilization
an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J. R. Strayer expressed
it this way: “No community can survive
and no institution can function without
constant reference to past experience. We
are ruled by precedents fully as much as by
laws, which is to say that we are ruled by
the collective memory of the past. It is the
memory of common experiences that
makes scattered individuals into a community.”
The study of history enables us to deal
more knowledgeably with continuity and
change in society. The construction of an
informed sense of our past is a fundamental
ingredient in appreciating and understanding the present as well as anticipating the
future. History majors are prepared to be
active and contributing members of their
society. The study of history, which has
long held a major role in the liberal arts,
is an entry to elementary and secondary
education, graduate study in many fields,
and a wide range of employment opportunities that require abilities in communication, conceptualization, and processing
of information.
History Faculty
Jacqueline deVries (Chair), Phil Adamo,
Bill Green, Don Gustafson, Michael
Lansing
medieval, modern Europe, United States,
and non-Western.
Teaching Licensure
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with
the Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Minor
Five courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.60 in the major and 3.00
overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of
the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one
course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee.
Medieval Studies
The History Department also hosts the
major in Medieval Studies. For more information, please refer to “Medieval Studies”
in this catalog.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses (including HIS 280 and
480). At least four of these courses must be
upper division. A major must have at least
one course (either survey or upper level)
from each of the four areas: ancient and
First-year students should enroll in
one or more of the 100-level courses.
200-level courses are normally reserved
for sophomore or upper division students.
Upper division courses are numbered
300 and above.
History 191
Prerequisites
Transfer Students
Satisfactory completion of a lower division course (100- or 200-level) is normally
required before enrolling in an upper division course (300- and 400-level). See
instructor for permission.
Transfer students planning a major
must normally take at least three of their
courses at Augsburg including HIS 280 and
480. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg.
HISTORY COURSES.
HIS 101
The Beginning of Western Culture
An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century.
HIS 102
The Shaping of Western Civilization
A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the
Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon.
HIS 103
The Modern World
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of
Napoleon to the present.
HIS 104
The Modern Non-Western World
An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years.
HIS 120
America to 1815
A survey of the relations between Native, European, and African peoples from
first contacts to the War of 1812, drawing on social, cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the colonial and early national period.
Themes include the legacies of massive ecological and demographic change,
the colonial competition for North America, Indian-white conflict and collusion, the enslavement of African Americans, the creation of the United States,
and internal as well as foreign conflicts in that nation’s early years.
HIS 121
19th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1815-1900, drawing on social, cultural,
and environmental history as well as political and economic history. The
course will move topically as well as chronologically through the years in
which the United States came to prominence despite internal dissent and violence. Themes include the emergence of a national identity, political system,
and economy, slavery, expansion, and empire-building, regional differences,
the Civil War and its aftermath, and industrialization.
HIS 122
20th-Century United States
A survey of United States history from 1900 to the present, drawing on social,
cultural, and environmental history as well as political and economic history.
The course will move topically as well as chronologically through the modern
era. Themes include industrialization and urbanization, the significance of
gender, race, and ethnicity in American culture, the growth of a strong federal
192 History
government, the emergence of the United States as a world power, the creation
of a consumer society, the rise of identity politics, and the passing of American
hegemony.
HIS 150/350 Latin American History
This course examines the histories of Mexico, Central America, and the
Caribbean from the 1790s to the 1990s. Centering our analysis in the Latin
American experience, we will examine cultural trends, social interactions, and
economic development as well as the relations that each of these regions
shared with the United States. Special attention will be paid to independence
movements, neocolonialism, dependency and underdevelopment, ecological
transformations, the Latino/a diaspora, and the struggles of indigenous communities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required for HIS 350)
HIS/WST 155/355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
Center for Global Education Course. See International Studies, Sustainable,
Development and Social Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua)
HIS 162/462 20th Century South Asia
This course explores the processes of colonialism, nationalism, de-colonization, and independence in the area now politically known as India, Pakistan,
and Sri Lanka. Upper division students will have additional assignments and
different exams from lower division. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor required
for HIS 462)
HIS 195
Topics in History
An introduction to selected historical topics not regularly offered in lower
division classes. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to
registration.
HIS 225
History of the Twin Cities
The Minneapolis and St. Paul area serve as a case study for the themes of frontier urbanization, industrialization, and economic change; transportation,
immigration, and ethnicity; and urban politics and reform.
HIS 234
Minnesota History
This course examines the racial, ethnic, political and economic history of
Minnesota, from the earliest inhabitants (Ojibwe and Dakota), through the
period of British and French exploration, and to the development of statehood.
HIS 236
American Indian History
A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period
through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing
American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure, and intergovernmental relations.
HIS 241
Topics in African American History
Selected topics in African American history not regularly examined in other
departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
History 193
HIS 242
History of African American Civil Rights, 1619-1915
A survey of the development of African American civil rights focusing on
legal, economic, and political issues influenced by race and class, emphasizing
emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves.
HIS 243
History of African American Civil Rights, 1915-1972
A continuation of HIS 242 with special emphasis on the contributions of
W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randall, Charles Houston, Thurgood
Marshall, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
HIS 249/349 The Designed Environment
This course addresses the designed environment, investigating architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban design. Class sessions consist almost exclusively of extensive walking tours and site visits to prominent examples of
design excellence. (Prereq.: None for HIS 249; ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
and an ART, HIS, or urban studies course for HIS 349)
HIS 280
The History Workshop
This course introduces history majors and minors to the historian’s craft.
Students will examine the development of the discipline of history, the methods of analysis used by professional historians today, and the varieties of applications for history in professional careers and public life. Students will also
gain and sharpen the research and writing skills critical to their success in
upper-level history courses. Guest speakers and off-campus site visits will
enhance course content.
HIS 282
The History of Women Since 1848
This course examines in comparative perspective women’s changing political,
economic, social and sexual status since the 19th century, with attention given
to social, racial and ethnic, and sexual differences among women.
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
Exploration of selected topics in women’s history not regularly examined in
other departmental offerings. The specific topic to be offered will be
announced prior to registration.
HIS 316
Environmental History
A chronological exploration of the interactions between Americans and the
nonhuman world. Topics include the commodification of nature, political
movements organized around nature, ways of knowing nature, environmental
justice, and the relationships between American culture and nature.
Additionally, students will use both primary sources and fieldwork to explore
the specific environmental history of an off-campus location.
HIS 323
Modern China
A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839; the
erosion of China’s isolation and collapse of the imperial system; and the
Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century.
194 History
HIS 331
Topics in United States History
In-depth exploration of selected topics in United States history not regularly
examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will
be announced prior to registration.
HIS 332
History of United States Foreign Relations
A survey of United States foreign relations from the American Revolution
through the Cold War, emphasizing changing definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism, the emergence of the
United States as an economic and military power.
HIS 335
American Urban History
A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through
the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban
growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture.
HIS 336
American Labor History
A survey of the history of work and the worker, primarily in the late 19th and
20th centuries, emphasizing the nature of work, working class life and community, evaluation of organized labor, and the relationship of workers and
union to the state.
HIS 338
American Legal History
An examination of the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American
history that, combined with English and colonial antecedents, contributed to
the emergence of our modern legal system.
HIS 343
The North American West
This course reckons with the contest of colonial powers in North America, the
American conquest of the region, the role of the federal government in shaping the West, the rise of the most urban part of the United States, and the
important role that the West plays in modern American culture. Themes
include the persistence of Native peoples, ethnicity, race, and gender in western daily and political life, the creation of an international borderlands, and
the ecological transformation of western landscapes.
HIS 346
Namibia and South Africa: A Historical Perspective
A survey of Namibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous
peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence,
and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (See page 215 in
International Studies.)
HIS 348
Russia and the Soviet Union in the 20th Century
An introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union, beginning with a brief
examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of
1917, the rise of Stalin, the Cold War, and the emergence of Gorbachev. The
course will emphasize political, diplomatic, economic, and cultural history.
HIS 350
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
For course description, see HIS 150.
History 195
HIS 352
Modern Germany
A survey of the social, political, and cultural development of modern
Germany, focusing on the question of Germany’s sonderweg (special path) and
examining such topics as romanticism, unification, the rise of national socialism, and the Holocaust.
HIS 354
Modern Britain and Ireland
This course will take a distinctively interdisciplinary approach (sources will
include literature, film, music, and artwork) to explore a period of dramatic
change in British politics, society, culture, and international status.
HIS 355
Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
A version of HIS 350 taught on-site in Mexico through Augsburg’s Center for
Global Education. Cross-listed with Women’s Studies.
HIS 360
The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C.
Civilization of the Near East from earliest times through its extension and
elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion, and political institutions.
HIS 361
Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D.
Alexander’s Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms, and the rise of Rome as the
world’s greatest power, emphasizing personalities, the arts, and Rome’s contributions in law and the political process.
HIS 369
The Early and High Middle Ages
This course examines the history of Europe and the Mediterranean from c. 300
to 1350 AD, and uses a variety of written and visual sources in an attempt to
understand medieval society. In addition to the “traditional” political narrative,
it also looks at social, economic, and cultural aspects of medieval life.
HIS 370
The Late Middle Ages to 1560s
A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state,
emphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and
the early years of the Reformation.
HIS 374
Medieval Crusades
This course examines Western Europe’s crusading era (1095-1291 AD), a time
when warriors from the Christian West attempted to “take back” the Holy
Land from its Muslim occupiers. Through a close reading of primary sources,
we will examine such issues as Pilgrimage, Holy War, and the complex relationships between East and West, between Muslims and Christians. We will
pay particular attention to the question of historical representation.
HIS 378
Medieval Church
This course examines the history of the medieval church from Constantine the
Great to Martin Luther (c. 300 to c. 1517 AD). It uses a variety of written and
visual sources in an attempt to understand the medieval church and its influence, not only in religious matters, but also in the social and political spheres.
Cross-listed with REL 378.
196 History
HIS 440
Topics in World History
This course will investigate topics in world history that are not included in
regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced
prior to registration.
HIS 462
20th-Century South Asia
For course description, see HIS 162.
HIS 474
The World and the West
Europe’s discovery of the rest of the world, cultural interaction and conflict,
the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century.
HIS 480
Seminar
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics will be
announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. This
course fulfills the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: HIS 280. Generally offered
Fall and Spring terms.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
HIS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HIS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96. A maximum of one course in directed study may
be applied to the major.
HIS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
HIS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. A maximum of one course in independent study
may be applied to the major. (Prereq.: 3.50 GPA in history)
HONORS PROGRAM—HON
T
he Augsburg Honors Program offers
an adventurous education where exceptional students with a passion for ideas can
be their best. We offer a friendly and welcoming atmosphere for students committed to an exceptional higher education.
Augsburg’s Honors Program is unlike
any other honors program in the nation
because it gives students the resources and
freedom to create their own ideal higher
education. Students have the opportunity
to create their own courses, edit and write
for the Augsburg Review of Undergraduate
Scholarship, participate in an intramural
debate league, belong to an Honors House,
and learn through small reading groups,
research projects, and travel around the
world.
Each Honors course has been specifically created for Honors students, and
includes a challenging “signature experience” such as writing a play, putting great
books on trial, or building an interactive
museum exhibit. Honors courses bring in
professors from several different departments so you can learn from talented professors teaching their specialties.
For information, please contact Robert
C. Groven, Honors Program Director.
Honors Program Recognition
Students who finish the Honors
Program requirements satisfy all general
education requirements, except those for
physical education and foreign language.
Honors students also receive special
transcript notation, special graduation
recognition, resumé building positions,
and special access to academic advising
and career options.
Honors Admissions Requirements and
Academic Scholarships
Students with a demonstrated record of
achievement are eligible to enter the
Augsburg Honors Program. Prospective
students may demonstrate achievement in
a variety of ways. Most students who are
admitted have a composite ACT score of
27 or higher (or a combined SAT score or
1250 or higher), and a high school G.P.A.
of 3.50 or higher. However, students without these numeric requirements may be
eligible if they have exceptional records of
extracurricular activity or other exceptional experiences. All students are encouraged
to apply. To apply, students should fill out
the online application located at
<www.augsburg/honors.edu>.
Students applying for the Honors
Program also automatically apply for the
College’s highest academic-based scholarships, the President’s, Regents’, and
Harwick/Agre Scholarships.
Qualifying Advanced Placement,
International Baccalaureate, and PostSecondary Option courses may satisfy
Honors Program requirements, and/or be
granted college credit. Contact Academic
Advising or the Honors Director for further
information.
Students may enter the Honors
Program at three points: first semester of
first year, second semester of first year, or
first semester of sophomore year. Students
who enter during the second semester of
the first year must fulfill all remaining
Honors requirements, may substitute REL
100 for HON 100, and may be excused
from taking HON 120. Students who enter
the first semester of the sophomore year
must fulfill remaining Honors requirements, and may substitute REL 100 for
HON 100, may substitute two non-Honors
Humanities liberal arts foundation courses
197
198 Honors Program
for HON 130, may substitute ENL 111 for
HON 111, and may be excused from taking HON 120.
Scholars Program for Advanced
Transfer Students
Students with more than 16 credits in
transfer work may enter the Scholars
Program but may not enter the Honors
Program. The Scholars Program allows students to enroll in Honors courses, join an
Honors House, and participate in all
Honors Program activities. In order to
graduate with the Scholars Program transcript designation, student must: join an
Honors House and participate in required
meetings, maintain an overall GPA of 3.50
or higher, and take: HON 340, HON 480
and any two other Honors courses.
Honors Co-Curricular Activities
The Pike Stewards House coordinates
public relations, job placement, and fund
raising opportunities for all Honors students. Pike House also organizes events for
alumni and fund raising.
The Grif fin Citizens House coordinates recruiting, social activities, admission
and scholarship applications, and the
Honors website opportunities for all
Honors students. Griffin House also organizes events for recruiting and socializing,
such as banquets, parties, and high school
recruiting trips.
The Hesser Ser vants House coordinates service learning, social justice, experiential learning, and political activity
opportunities for all Honors students.
Hesser House also organizes related events,
such as honors service days and Augsburg
experiences.
Honors Houses: all Honors students
must belong to an Honors House for the
purpose of receiving academic advising
and program information. All Honors students are required to attend mandatory
meetings of the Honors Program or of their
House. These meetings are necessary for
advising, information, and governance.
When students enter the Honors Program
they choose to join one of the four Honors
Houses:
Augsburg Review: students manage,
edit, write, and publish an interdisciplinary
journal of undergraduate scholarship. The
Review accepts submissions from students
at Augsburg and other colleges and universities around the nation.
The Crockett Scholars House coordinates scholarship, research, fellowship,
major award or prize opportunities, and
graduate school placement for all Honors
students. Crockett House also organizes
events related to scholarship such as
College scholarship events and high school
research fairs.
Student House Presidents, Debate
Captains, and Student Councils: students elected to leadership within their
Honors House may serve as House
Presidents or Debate Captains. The House
Presidents sit on the Honors Student
Presidents Council and make critical decisions about program courses and
resources. House Debate Captains organize
the Inter-House Disputations and judge
disputes among the Honors Houses.
Honors Disputation League: students organize, coach, research, write, and
rehearse as teams which then compete in
intramural debate tournaments held four
times each year.
Honors Program 199
Student-Created Learning Experiences
(SCLE)
Honors student may learn through
established courses or through studentcreated learning experiences. These student created experiences may substitute for
any Honors curricular requirement, or may
simply enrich their education. Such student-created experiences may count
toward requirements in majors and satisfy
Honors requirements at the same time, or
simply be an elective.
Student-created learning experiences
may take any form. Some possible forms
include:
• Student Created Courses (created in collaboration with faculty)
• Full course (10-20 students)
• Reading Groups (2-9 students)
• Individual Reading and Examination
(individual study)
• Student/Faculty Research (may be one or
many students)
Process: a student-created learning
experience may be proposed by any
Honors student or by any Augsburg faculty
or staff person. The interested student
should speak with either an Honors
Council Member or the Honors Program
Director. Next, a proposal should be drafted in accord with the Honors student created learning experience form. Finally, the
proposal should be submitted by the student to the Honors Program Director who
will carry the proposal to the Honors
Council for review.
Timeline: Proposals for Fall Semester
must be submitted by March 1 of the preceding academic year, and proposals for
Spring Semester must be submitted by
October 1 of the current academic year.
Honors Established Curriculum
These requirements are normally taken
in the order listed below, but can be taken
out of order if schedule conflicts require it.
HON 005 is required each term.
First Year
Fall
• First-Year Students select Honors House
membership.
• First-Year Students not permitted to join
Augsburg Review or Honors Disputation
League.
• HON 100 Search for Meaning &
Christian Vocation
• HON 120 Scholar Citizen (includes
theatre lab, critical thinking skill)
S pr i n g
• HON 130 Liberating Letters (humanities
LAF & speaking skill)
• HON 111 Effective Writing (or ENL 220
or 221 as determined by advanced placement or transfer)
Second Year
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League
• HON 220: Scholar Scientist, OR students
with two math courses replace with
HON 365 (one natural sciences and
mathematics LAF and quantitative reasoning skill)
S pr i n g
• HON 240: Science, Technology and
Citizenship, OR students with two lab
science courses replace with HON 365
(one natural sciences and mathematics
lab LAF)
Note: Math courses and lab courses
may be taken during this term. Students
with two math courses and two lab courses
only take HON 365 to replace both HON
220 and 240.
200 Honors Program
Thir d Year
• HON 480 Research Seminar
Fall
• Students invited to join HON 450
Augsburg Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League
• HON 250: Social Scientist (social and
behavioral sciences LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (President
or Dean teaches. P/N, no credit, meets
twice each semester for 90 minutes)
S pr i n g
• HON 480 Research Seminar
• HON 490: Honors Vocation Keystone
S pr i n g
• HON 230: Arts and the City (fine arts
LAF)
• HON 340: Junior Colloquium (same as
Fall semester)
Fourth Year
Fall
• Students may join HON 450 Augsburg
Review and HON 460 Honors
Disputation League in their fourth year,
but may not fulfill the research requirement if joining for the first time.
Summary Notes:
• The Honors recommended sequence satisfies all general education requirements
except foreign language and physical
education.
• Students past first year may take courses
out of the recommended sequence without permission.
• Residency: All Honors Students must
complete seven full-credit courses in the
Augsburg Honors Program to meet the
Honors residency requirement for graduation.
HONORS COURSES.
HON 005
Honors Activities Forum
Honors students must register for this course each term to schedule time for
Honors activities to meet. (0.0 credit, P/N only, exceptions made for scheduling conflicts.)
HON 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
Honors section of REL 100. Some students (e.g. some science majors) may
need to defer the course and take HON 100 in another term.
HON 120
The Scholar Citizen
An introduction to the Honors Program. Course content focuses on “great”
(and significant) primary texts focusing on the connections between learning
and citizenship, or the public uses of knowledge (e.g. Plato’s cave). Based on
the medieval liberal arts trivium (grammar, rhetoric, logic). (includes lab)
HON 130
The Liberating Letters: The Humanist Tradition
Problem-based or question-based interdisciplinary humanities course.
Emphasizes public uses of knowledge; uses resources of Cities.
Honors Program 201
HON 111
Honors Introduction to Effective Writing
Linked with HON 130, this effective writing course employs a rhetoric-based
and argument focused approach to writing.
HON 220
The Scholar Scientist
Inspired by the medieval quadrivium (arithmetic, geometry, astronomy,
music), this course addresses systems of quantitative thought, including logic,
computing, formal systems. Fulfills graduation QR requirement. Students who
have taken two mathematics courses (MAT 145 or higher), at least one of
which is taken at Augsburg, may replace with HON 365, Philosophy of
Science.
HON 230
Arts and the City
Interdisciplinary fine arts course where students attend museums, galleries,
concerts, plays, and other significant arts events.
HON 240
Science, Technology, and Citizenship
Multi-disciplinary/interdisciplinary lab science course. Students who have
taken two lab science courses, at least one of which is taken at Augsburg, may
replace with HON 365, Philosophy of Science.
HON 250
The Social Scientist
Problem-based/question-based course in social sciences involving at least two
social science disciplines and several faculty. Makes substantial use of the
resources of the Twin Cities.
Travel Seminar
May include a Center for Global Education 10-day seminar, other international travel, or
domestic immersion trip.
HON 340
Junior Colloquium: The Scholar as Leader
Taught by the Dean and/or President of the College, this is similar to the
Frame of Mind series. Meets twice each semester. (P/N; non-credit program
requirement — year long course — fall and spring terms)
HON 380
Student-Created Learning Experience (SCLE)
Following the guidelines set forth above, SCLEs may take many forms as
determined by the student and faculty creating the learning experience (may
be .5 or credit, may be traditional or P/N).
202 Honors Program
HON 450
Augsburg Review: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the Augsburg Review (two .5 credits across
two semesters totaling one course credit, P/N only).
HON 460
Honors Disputation: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving in the Disputation League (two .5 credits across
two semesters totaling one course credit, P/N only).
HON 470
Student/Faculty Collaboration: Research Thesis Requirement
Following the guidelines outlined above, students register for this course to
gain course credit for serving on the student/faculty research collaboration
(two .5 credits across two semesters totaling 1 course credit, P/N only).
HON 480
Research Seminar: The Emerging Scholar
Research seminar for students in multiple disciplines. Students complete a
substantial research project.
HON 490
Honors Keystone: Christian Vocation
This advanced Honors version of REL 200, designed for students who have
completed four years of the Honors curriculum, and designed to meet keystone requirements. This course integrates and synthesizes the themes from all
four years of the Honors program.
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES—INS
I
nterdisciplinary studies programs draw
upon and combine coursework from multiple academic disciplines to provide both
broad perspective and in-depth focus on an
area of study. Through interdisciplinary
programs and courses, students can gain
greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their
own. Augsburg offers a number of majors
that are interdisciplinary in nature. They
include:
American Indian Studies
International Relations
Metro-Urban Studies
Nordic Area Studies
Women’s Studies (ACTC)
These majors, their descriptions and
requirements are listed alphabetically within the Departments and Programs section
of the catalog. Other interdisciplinary
course offerings are listed under
International Studies.
Interdisciplinary Studies 203
LEADERSHIP STUDIES MINOR.
Coordinator
Norma Noonan
The world of the 21st century demands
complex skills. It is not enough to have an
area of expertise or be a good manager.
One needs leadership skills. The Augsburg
curriculum offers a minor in leadership
studies, drawing on a wide variety of
courses across disciplinary lines. A minor
in leadership studies can enhance your
major in a wide variety of disciplines
including business, sociology, political science, communication, computer science,
economics, and psychology.
Required courses: (4)
BUS 242
Principles of Management (no
prereq.)
SOC 349 Organizational Theory (prereq.
SOC 121 or permission of
instructor)
COM 345 Organizational Communication
(no prereq.)
POL 421 (Topics: This topic only)
Becoming a Leader (prereq. one
POL course or permission of
instructor) This course is the
only integrative course in the
minor.
Required electives: (2)
Select two courses from the following list.
(No more than one per department.)
BUS 340 Human Resource Management
(prereq. BUS 242)
BUS 440 Strategic Management (prereq.
BUS 242 or 200)
HIS 122 20th-Century United States
INS 325 Building Working Relationships
(WEC/Day)
PSY 373 Industrial Organizational
Psychology (prereq. PSY 102 or
105)
COM 321 Business and Professional
Speaking
COM 355 Small Group Communication
(no prereq.)
COM 410 The Self and the Organization
(WEC)
MIDDLE EAST STUDIES MINOR.
The Middle East studies minor offers
students the opportunity to learn about the
religions, economic situation, historical
and political developments, literature, philosophy, and culture of Middle Eastern
people and countries.
Requirements
Six courses, including language and
area studies courses (consult the program
director for ACTC listing of approved
courses):
1. Language courses: one year (two
courses) of elementary Arabic, Hebrew, or
another Middle Eastern language (or
equivalent competency)
2. Required foundational course: POL
358 (Hamline) Politics and Society of the
Middle East.
3. Area courses: three courses distributed among the humanities and social sciences, with at least one course to be selected in each area.
Students are encouraged to continue
more advanced language study through the
ACTC language contract with the
University of Minnesota. A program of
study abroad or an internship in the
Middle East is recommended strongly and
will receive credit toward the minor.
PEACE AND GLOBAL STUDIES MINOR.
See International Relations, page 205.
204 Interdisciplinary Studies
INTERDISCIPLINARY COURSES.
INS 225
Introduction to Islam
The course covers the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and
tenets, Islamic law (Shari’ah), Islamic economic and policial systems, and
Islamic patterns of life.
INS 232
The African American Experience in America
An overview of the major issues related to the African American experience,
focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal, and psychological aspects
of that experience.
INS 342
River Politics Field Seminar
In this two-week intensive field experience, students will travel by boat down
the Mississippi River exploring elements of the politics and policies relating to
the river. Students will engage in service projects, field observations, and interviews with residents, legislators, activists, and government employees.
(Prereq.: POL 241 or equivalent and passing a water safety test)
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 205
I
nternational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which provides students
with the basis for informed global citizenship, preparing them for graduate study or
careers in foreign service, nonprofit, or
international business. The student may
focus on a discipline or geographic area of
the world. The program consists of a core
of seven courses and six electives chosen
from a wide list of courses offered at
Augsburg and other colleges. Students are
encouraged to consider foreign study
opportunities throughout the year.
Competency in one language is required,
and some students study two languages.
All majors complete a significant senior
research project and thesis on a topic of
their own choosing.
The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international
studies with considerable freedom to
choose options for specialization. Students
in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East,
Western Europe, Russia and East Central
Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc.
Recent students have had double
majors in history, political science, international business, or a foreign language.
Numerous combinations of majors and
minors are possible with the international
relations major.
Director
Joseph Underhill-Cady
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Required core courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
or ECO 113 Principles of
Microeconomics
HIS 103 The Modern World
or HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western
World
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
or POL 160 World Politics
POL 490 Seminar in International
Relations
Two of the following:
HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign
Relations
POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign
Policies
POL 461 Topics in International Politics
Also, the equivalent of four terms of
college work in a modern language.
Required electives
Six of the following (not more than three
from any one discipline may be counted
toward the major):
BUS 362, 368, 465
ECO 317, 360, 365
HIS 323, 346, 348, 350, 352, 354, 440, 474
MKT 466
PHI 355
POL 350, 351, 359, 382, 459
REL 356, 420
SOC 241
COM 329
FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331,
SPA 332, NAS 330 (See Modern Languages)
SWK 230
Seminars, independent study, topics
courses, and courses at other colleges/universities can be considered here with the
approval of the program director, as well as
a fourth term or higher of college work in
a second foreign language.
206 International Relations
Note: Only the fourth or higher term of
language counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be
credited toward the 13 required courses.
Students should confer with the program
director about regional and disciplinary
concentrations possible within the major;
for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines
in the program.
International Relations Major with
International Business Concentration
Required core courses of the international
relations major, plus the following six
courses:
BUS 362 International Business
ECO 317 Comparative Economic
Systems
Two of the following:
BUS 368 Responding to the Challenges
of Japan
BUS 465 International Management
MKT 466 International Marketing
One of the following:
ECO 360 International Economics
ECO 365 Environmental Economics and
Sustainable Development
One elective from the list of international
relations major electives, excluding other
business, economics, and marketing courses.
Note: Several of the business courses have
prerequisites. Please consult the catalog
and your academic adviser before registering for one of the advanced courses.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major; 3.00 overall.
In addition to fulfilling the requirements for
the major, the student must complete an
honors thesis no later than March 1 of the
senior year and must defend the thesis
before a faculty committee. Students
should declare their intention to complete
an honors major by the end of their
junior year.
International Relations Minor
ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and
POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS
332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modern
language. Three courses from the list of
required electives for the major. Not more
than two courses from any department can
count toward the minor.
Peace and Global Studies Minor
The Peace and Global Studies minor
focuses on the centrality of justice, tolerance and inter-cultural understanding in
moving toward a less violent world; it
takes advantage of the campus resources of
the Peace Prize Forum (co-hosted each
year by Augsburg College) and the Center
for Global Education. The minor is structured as a learning community that
involves students, faculty, staff, and community members; it focuses on experiential
learning that emphasizes the interconnections between peace, justice, and environmental sustainability. Students will draw
on study abroad in taking local actions to
address global issues.
The minor consists of two required
courses (POL 160 and SWK 230), two
upper division electives (chosen from ECO
365, REL 366, HIS 332, HIS 350, INS/WST
311, POL/WST 341, REL 313, POL/WST
359, INS 312, REL 346, HIS 346, POL 353,
ECO 495, SOC 240, ENL 365, and other
topics or study abroad courses, with
approval of program director), a senior
keystone seminar, a study abroad requirement, and participation in local peacerelated activities. See International
Relations Program Director for full program description.
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
I
nternational study at Augsburg aims to
increase intercultural competency and
reflects the College’s strong commitment to
internationalism. Programs administered
by the Center for Global Education, by
International Partners, and by the Higher
Education Consortium for Urban Affairs
(HECUA) offer excellent opportunities for
rigorous academic work, greater understanding of cross-cultural issues, and
exploration of the benefits of global
citizenship.
Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an
international dimension to any academic
program. Students normally receive the
same number of course credits abroad as
they would if studying on campus. Courses
abroad can fulfill major, general education,
and graduation requirements when
approved by the appropriate program
directors and faculty before departure. An
approved study abroad will also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience.
Students in good academic and disciplinary standing (a minimum GPA of 2.50) at
Augsburg may apply to study off campus
through the study abroad adviser. In addition to semester and year-long programs,
short term programs also provide a number of educational opportunities. Students
interested in these or other external offcampus study experiences should contact
the study abroad adviser. Please contact the
study abroad adviser in the Office of
International Programs for a list of program deadlines. The cost for many programs is comparable to full room, board,
and tuition for on-campus study, plus airfare. Financial aid is granted on the same
basis as on-campus study.
■ THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL
EDUCATION
The mission of the Center for Global
Education at Augsburg College is to provide cross-cultural educational opportunities in order to foster critical analysis of
local and global conditions so that personal and systemic change takes place leading
to a more just and sustainable world.
The center’s study programs are conducted in Mexico, Central America, and
Namibia. They integrate rigorous academic
work with real-life experiences. Students
live in the midst of the society they are
studying, encountering the people and culture inside and outside the walls of a classroom. All programs include family stays,
regional travel, community-based living,
and opportunities for volunteer work and
internships.
International study programs administered by the Center for Global Education
and approved by Augsburg are listed below.
For information on these programs, contact the semester programs abroad office.
■ INTERNATIONAL PARTNERS
The International Partners program
combines rigorous academic work with
daily immersion in another culture. It
offers students an opportunity to study
abroad with outstanding faculty and to
gain practical experience overseas in their
major fields.
The program is founded on reciprocal
agreements with selected institutions of
higher learning in Norway and Germany.
Under these agreements International
Partner students from abroad receive part
of their academic training at Augsburg, and
qualified Augsburg students are guaranteed
admission to partner institutions, where
courses are pre-approved for credit toward
graduation requirements at Augsburg.
207
208 International Studies
Study abroad through International
Partners emphasizes business, education,
and social work, but offers training in
more than a dozen other fields as well. All
coursework is in English. The study program may be for one year, one semester, or
a summer session. Participation may be on
an individual basis or as part of a student
group. For further information contact the
International Partners office.
impact of social change, civic engagement,
and cross-cultural factors on the human
community. HECUA programs include
intense language experience and field
study. The cost is similar to full tuition,
room, and board for one semester on campus, plus airfare.
■ THE HIGHER EDUCATION
CONSORTIUM FOR URBAN
AFFAIRS (HECUA)
International study programs administered by HECUA and approved through
Augsburg are listed below. For information
on these programs, contact the Center for
Global Education.
Augsburg, in consortium with other
colleges and universities, offers full-semester programs through HECUA in Norway,
Bangladesh, Ecuador, and Northern
Ireland. All programs emphasize the
For non-international HECUA courses,
see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies.
CENTER FOR GLOBAL. EDUCATION COURSES.
■ CROSSING BORDERS: GENDER AND SOCIAL CHANGE IN MESOAMERICA
(MEXICO)—FALL
This program is an intensive semester of study and travel designed to introduce students to the central issues facing Mesoamerica, with emphasis on the experiences and
empowerment of women. Students engage in gender analysis of key social, economic,
political, and cultural issues in Mexico and Guatemala, explore the interconnectedness of
race, class, and gender, and learn first-hand from both women and men who are involved
in struggles for sustainable development and social change. The program begins with a
one-week seminar/orientation in the U.S-Mexico border region and ends with a two-week
seminar in El Salvador. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, in Augsburg housing
approximately six weeks, and with Mexican host families for four to six weeks.
All students will be expected to take POL/WST 359, REL/WST 366, and at least one
Spanish course. In addition, they may choose between taking a second Spanish course or
completing an internship or field research (independent study).
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
International Studies 209
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or or equivalent.)
POL/WST 359
Women, Gender, and Social Change in Latin America
An exploration of gender politics in Latin America. Particular attention is
given to women’s organizing efforts around issues of domestic and political
violence, ecology, human rights, democracy, political participation, and revolutionary social change.
210 International Studies
REL/WST 366 Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
HIS/INS/POL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequistes: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES
(MEXICO)—SPRING
This is an intensive program of study and travel that explores socioeconomic and political issues with a focus on the impact of environmental policies on the lives of women and
men from varying economic classes and ethnic groups in Mexico and Central America.
Students will examine the ethics of land distribution, environmental racism, ecofeminism,
social change, and the complexity of gender, class, race, and ethnicity in Latin America.
Credit is available in Spanish, history, political science, religion, and women’s studies.
Internships and independent studies are also available. The program includes a two-week
seminar in Chiapas and Guatemala. Students stay in guest houses while traveling, spend
approximately six weeks in Augsburg housing, and six weeks living with Mexican host
families.
All students will be expected to take the following three courses: a Spanish course,
HIS/WST 355, and POL/WST 341 or REL/WST 313. For their fourth course, they may
choose between taking a second Spanish course or completing an internship or field
research (independent study).
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
International Studies 211
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
equivalent)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
HIS/WST 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in Mexican and Central American
history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic
oppression and the history of resistance and social change in Latin America
from the Conquest to the present day.
POL 341/WST 341 Environmental Politics
Explores environmental politics in Latin America from pre-Columbian times
to the present. Applies a gender perspective to analyze environmental issues
and examines political and economic policies that promote and/or hinder sustainable development.
212 International Studies
REL/WST 313 Environmental Theology and Ethics
Explores different approaches to environmental ethics in Latin America,
including indigenous, Jewish and Christian perspectives, liberation theology
and ecofeminism.
HIS/INS/POL/SPA/WST 399 Internship
Students gain 80-100 hours of hands-on work experience in a Mexican organization and participate in an ongoing seminar which explores cultural issues,
organizational analysis, and personal and professional development. Students
seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior
to enrollment. (Prerequisites: SPA 212 or equivalent, internship application,
and Spanish reference forms)
HIS/INS/POL/REL/SPA/WST 499 Independent Study
Students conduct independent, field-based research and participate in an
ongoing seminar which explores fieldwork methods and cultural and ethical
issues. Students seeking Spanish credit must receive approval from the department chair prior to enrollment.
■ SOCIAL WORK IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT (MEXICO)—SPRING
This program was created to satisfy the curriculum requirements for a Bachelor in
Social Work degree program. Its goal is to develop cross-culturally competent, ethical
social work professionals with a global perspective by providing a semester of transformative, experiential learning focused on social and economic justice.
Augsburg application deadline: Sept. 15. Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course
or its equivalent. (Students may choose to study Spanish in Mexico during the month of
January, prior to the start of the semester.) Priority is given to social work majors.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Mexican instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Placement level determined
by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211 for
212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Mexican instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
International Studies 213
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Mexican instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA
311 or equivalent.)
SWK 294
International Social Welfare: The Mexican Context
Develops students’ understanding of current social, economic, political, and
cultural realities in Mexico through an exploration of Mexican culture and history. Emphasis on intercultural communication and the role of U.S. foreign
policy in Mexico. Aims to frame students’ knowledge of contemporary social
welfare and social work practice with migrants and immigrants in the
Minnesota and the United States at large.
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Develops student understanding and working knowledge of human behavior
in families and in groups. The Mexican context of family and group work will
be examined and uniquely Mexican models will be explored and discussed in
relation to current family and group theory. Groups can be used to accomplish
individual, family, organizational and/or community goals. Students will practice skills needed to be an effective group member and facilitator in class. A
six-week home stay with a Mexican family will provide an opportunity to
learn about Mexican family structure through personal experience.
SWK 295
Comparative Social Policy
Aims to prepare social work students to function as informed and competent
participants in efforts to achieve change in social policies and programs. This
course in comparative social policy uses Mexico and the United States as a
context for studying policy formation, implementation, analysis and the influence of values on these processes. Central to this course is a service-learning
component. Those enrolled in Social Work Field Experience may use the same
field setting for both courses. Roles and responsibilities of generalist social
workers and citizens in formulating, implementing and evaluating policy
responsive to social needs are addressed. United States and Mexican immigration and migration policies will be used a primary vehicle for this critical
analysis.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
Progressively-responsible, supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families, groups, and communities in a social
service agency. A total of 120 hours, continuing SWK 307, plus an integrative
seminar. Contributes approximately 100 hours to the practicum hours
required for the BSW degree for those students with Spanish language oral
214 International Studies
competency. Involves sharing of experiences with other students in a small
group seminar. (Prereq.: intermediate Spanish, candidacy status; concurrent
with SWK 316. P/N grading only).
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CHANGE (GUATEMALA,
EL SALVADOR, NICARAGUA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program introduces students to the key issues facing the Central Americans. For
two decades the people of Central America have been in upheaval and have experienced
fundamental social and political change. Students examine the impact of revolution and
civil war on the lives and culture of the people and the environment of Guatemala, El
Salvador, and Nicaragua.
Students spend the first five weeks in Guatemala, the next four weeks in El Salvador,
and the final six weeks in Nicaragua. All students will take the following four courses:
1) one Spanish course, 2) REL 366, 3) HIS/WST 355, and 4) ECO 495.
Prerequisite: one college-level Spanish course or its equivalent.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (No prerequisite for SPA 111.
Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisite
for SPA 112.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Placement level determined by placement test or completion of prerequisites: 112 for 211 and 211
for 212.)
SPA 311
Conversation and Composition
Aims to enrich vocabulary and improve fluency and facility thorough oral and
written practice in correct expression. This course is a prerequisite for all
upper division courses except for SPA 316. Taught by Guatemalan instructors.
(Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or placement exam.)
SPA 316
Conversation in Cultural Context
Aims to improve oral fluency through intensive, individualized instruction,
discussions, debates, and oral reports. Uses Latin American films to stimulate
discussion. This course is only offered in Mexico and Central America and is
taught by local instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 212 or equivalent or score at
minimum of 311 level on placement exam.)
SPA 356
Latin American Literature: 20th-Century Voices
Examines issues of social change through the voices of contemporary Latin
American writers. Focuses on short stories, poetry, plays, one novel, and testimonials of indigenous peoples, women, and Central American refugees.
International Studies 215
Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite: SPA 311 or equivalent.)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasizes increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. Taught by Guatemalan instructors. (Prerequisite:
SPA 311 or equivalent.)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
An exploration of selected topics and case studies from Latin American history
with special emphasis on the role of women in history. Focuses on the development of gender, class-based, and racial/ethnic oppression and the history of
resistance and social change in Latin America from the Conquest to the present day. Examines the Pre-Columbian period, the conquest and colonial periods, and concludes with the post-war period in Central America.
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics: Citizen Participation in Policy
Formulation within a Globalized Economy — A Nicaraguan Case
Study
This course exposes students to key debates shaping contemporary political
economy of development in Nicaragua and the rest of Central America. The
course aims to help students understand the interplay between global processes and political and economic factors that define development policy formulation and implementation at the national level today.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
An exploration of Latin American theologies of liberation and their relationship to social/political transformation. Examines key theological concepts, critiques, and practical implications.
■ NATION BUILDING, GLOBALIZATION, AND DECOLONIZING THE MIND:
SOUTHERN AFRICAN PERSPECTIVES (NAMIBIA)—FALL OR SPRING
This program examines the crucial issues of nation building, globalization, and decolonizing the mind from the perspectives of the new democracies of southern Africa. Namibia
won its independence in 1990 after decades of apartheid South African colonization. South
Africa had its first democratic election in 1994. As these nations struggle to build nationhood and deal with the legacies of apartheid and colonialism they are faced with the challenges posed by the rapid process of globalization in today’s world; the challenges posed by
under and unequal development; and the long-term project of decolonizing the mind.
INS 312
The Development Process — Southern Africa
This course provides the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the
experience of women. The course examines basic theories of development.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the
political transformations of Southern Africa. Students meet with people repre-
216 International Studies
senting a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations.
POL 353
Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative
Perspective
This course is an integrative seminar for the semester and examines the legacy
of apartheid in Namibia with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence.
HIS 327
Racism and Resistance in Southern Africa and the United States:
Struggles Against Colonialism, Apartheid, and Segregation
This course explores historical parallels of the development in southern Africa
and in the United States, strategies of resistance the successes and limitations
of political victories over apartheid and racism and the lingering economic,
social, political, and psychological effects of racism.
HIS/INS/POL 399 Internship
A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the
opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. This
replaces the Religion and Social Change course.
HIS/INS/POL 499 Independent Study
Students may design a proposal to conduct an independent study of a topic
related to their major or minor
HECUA COURSES.
■
SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST)—FALL
Participants will gain a deep understanding of contemporary Norway, using the welfare
state and the notion of citizenship as the focus for investigation. The curriculum consists
of three interrelated seminars that together give participants an understanding of how the
welfare state has evolved and how it is practiced in the context of a social democracy
undergoing major changes in response to immigration. Students explore the relationship
between Scandinavian countries, the emerging democracies of Eastern Europe, the
European Union and broader global politics. Students have the option of Norwegian language study or an independent study project.
INS 372
Norwegian Language
INS 377
Scandinavia in the World
INS 393
Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
INS 394
Urbanization and Sustainable Development in Scandinavia
INS 499
Independent Study (Students may choose either INS 372 or 499)
International Studies 217
■ COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA)—FALL AND
SPRING
The Community Internships in Latin America program offers a semester of study experience with a focus on community participation and social change. A hands-on internship
designed to meet the learning goals of the student is combined with a seminar, independent project, and a home stay for an intensive immersion into Latin American daily life
and culture. Models of community participation, organization, development, and social
change are compared and contrasted. Students learn first-hand about the social problems
in Ecuadorian communities and explore ways in which communities are addressing these
challenges. All lectures, internships, and field projects are in Spanish, with discussions in
Spanish and English. Readings are mostly in Spanish. Papers may be written in English or
Spanish.
INS 366
Community Participation and Social Change
INS 399
Internship
INS 499
Independent Study
(2 course credits)
■ SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT, ENVIRONMENT, AND CULTURE: BANGLADESH
— SPRING
The Sustainable Development, Environment, and Culture program addresses the challenges and prospects for development in Bangladesh through intensive classroom and field
study of development models, Bengali culture, and religion. Throughout the semester students are led to develop complex understandings of how Bangladeshi citizens, non-governmental organizations, development agencies, and the government envision and implement
plans for a more just and sustainable future. Getting to know key actors in Bangladesh’s
development is at the core of the program, as is hands-on experience through internship
and independent study.
INS 307
Culture, Language, and Religion in Bangladesh (1.5 credits)
INS 313
Sustainable Development in Bangladesh
INS 399
Internship
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 397 Internship
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
Or
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
(1.0 credit)
and
INS 497
Independent Study/Research
(.5 credit)
(total 1.5 credits)
218 International Studies
■ DEMOCRACY AND SOCIAL CHANGE: NORTHERN IRELAND — SPRING
The Northern Ireland: Democracy and Social Change program examines the historical,
political, and religious roots of conflict in Northern Ireland, the prospects for peace and the
progress being made. Through a seven-week internship, students get hands-on experience
with organizations working for social change. Field seminars focus on human rights, conflict transformation, and education for democracy. The program is located at the UNESCO
Centre at the University of Ulster in Coleraine.
INS 316
Northern Ireland: Building a Sustainable Democracy
INS 317
Politics of Conflict and Transformation
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MARKETING
See listing under Department of Business Administration.
MATHEMATICS—MAT
M
athematics is the study of structure and relationships and provides tools
for solving a wide variety of problems.
Mathematical language describes our world
from the perspectives of the natural, physical, and social sciences. Engaging in mathematical thinking helps strengthen the
problem solving and quantitative reasoning
skills that are increasingly expected of
every member of contemporary society.
Moreover, as mathematics has had a formative impact on the development of civilization, it is an important part of a liberal arts
education.
Students majoring in mathematics
acquire the skills necessary to serve society
through a variety of careers. In addition to
acquiring computational and problem solving skills, mathematics majors at Augsburg
develop their abilities to reason abstractly;
to conjecture, critique, and justify their
assertions; to formulate questions; to investigate open-ended problems; to read and
comprehend precise mathematical writing;
to speak and write about mathematical
ideas; and to experience working in teams
on mathematical projects. Students can
prepare for graduate school, for work in
business, industry, or non-profit organizations, or for teaching mathematics in
grades K-12. Students majoring in many
disciplines find it helpful to acquire a
minor or a second major in mathematics.
Students may choose coursework supporting the study of mathematics as a liberal art, its applications to science and
engineering, its applications to actuarial
science, computing, or economics, or in
preparation to teach. Augsburg’s urban
location allows students to gain experience
working with mathematics through internships, cooperative education, and the
practicum and colloquium courses.
219
Mathematics Faculty
Matthew Haines (Chair), Tracy
Bibelnieks, Suzanne Dorée, Rebekah
Dupont, Kenneth Kaminsky, Jody Sorensen
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Bachelor of Arts
Mathematics Major
Twelve courses including
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
MAT 245 Calculus III
MAT 246 Linear Algebra
MAT 271 Discrete Mathematical
Structures
MAT 324 Analysis
MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I
Two MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Students may petition the department
to substitute alternative mathematics or
mathematics-intensive courses for one or
two MAT courses numbered above 200.
Such substitutions must be justified by a
compelling academic rationale presenting a
coherent program of study, typically relating mathematics to another discipline.
CSC 160
Introduction to Computer
Science and Communications
Two supporting courses from the following
list or substitutes with departmental
approval: CSC 170, CSC 320, ECO 112 or
ECO 113 (not both), ECO 318, ESE 330,
FIN 331, MAT 163 or MAT 173 (not both),
PHY 121, PHY 122.
Also required: MAT 491 Mathematics
Colloquium during junior and senior
years.
Depending on the choice of electives, up to
two additional communication skills
courses (one in writing, one in speaking)
may also be required.
220 Mathematics
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
major.
At least two MAT courses numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Bachelor of Science
Mathematics Major
The requirements for the Bachelor of
Science degree are the same as for the
Bachelor of Arts degree with Mathematics
Major except that the two MAT electives
and two supporting courses must be chosen from a focus area approved by the
department. Sample focus areas:
Business, Economics, or Actuarial Science:
Two of MAT 355, 374, or 377; ECO 112 or
113; MAT 173, ECO 318, or FIN 331.
Computational Mathematics: Two of MAT
355, 377, or approved 395; CSC 170; CSC
320.
Physical Sciences: Two of MAT 247, 327,
or 355; PHY 121-122.
Teaching Mathematics: MAT 252; MAT
287; MAT 314; ESE 330.
In addition, an experiential component
in the focus area is required, such as an
internship, volunteer or paid work experience, undergraduate research project, or
other experiences approved by the department. Such experiences may also fulfill the
Augsburg Experience requirement if
approved.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers. The
state requirements are subject to change
after publication of this catalog. Students
therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure
requirements. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for secondary education licensure to teach mathematics in grades 5-12 are the same as the
major, with the electives specified as: MAT
252 Exploring Geometry, MAT 287 History
of Mathematics, MAT 314 Abstract
Algebra, and ESE 330 5-12 Methods:
Mathematics. At the time of publication,
the mathematics requirements for a concentration in mathematics to teach in
grades 5-8 under elementary education
licensure are MPG 4 or MAT 114
Precalculus; MAT 145 Calculus I or MAT
122 Calculus for the Behavioral and Social
Sciences; MAT 163 Introductory Statistics;
MAT 252 Exploring Geometry; MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures; and
MAT 287 History of Mathematics.
Elementary Education majors seeking middle school mathematics licensure are
strongly encouraged to consult with a
mathematics department advisor before
enrolling in the 200 level MAT courses.
Departmental Honors in Mathematics
GPA of 3.50 in MAT courses numbered
above 200, 3.00 overall GPA, an honors
project, and approval of the Mathematics
Department. Specific requirements are
available from the department.
Mathematics Minor
Five courses including:
MAT 145 Calculus I
MAT 146 Calculus II
Three MAT electives numbered above 200,
at least one of which is numbered above
300. Alternatively students may complete a
minor by taking the six courses: MAT 145,
MAT 146, MAT 163, MAT 252, MAT 271,
and MAT 287.
At least one MAT course numbered above
250 must be taken at Augsburg.
Mathematics 221
Students must earn a grade of 2.0 or better
in each course that applies toward the
minor.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Math Placement Group (MPG)
Before enrolling in any mathematics
course, students must have the required
Math Placement. All students are required
to have their Math Placement Group
(MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a mathematics course taken at another college may
have their MPG determined by the registrar’s office. Students who have passed the
College Board Advanced Placement Exam
in calculus should consult with the
Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math
Placement Exam, which is administered by
Academic Advising. The exam is given
during College registration sessions and at
other announced times during the year.
Practice questions and other information
are available from Academic Advising.
Students in MPG 1 may take MAT 103 to
advance to MPG 2. Students in MPG 2
may take MAT 105 to advance to MPG 3.
Students in MPG 3 may take MAT 114 to
advance to MPG 4. No other MAT course
changes a student’s MPG. Students are also
permitted to retake the Math Placement
Exam during their first term of enrollment
at Augsburg College.
Prerequisites
A course must be completed with a
grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course.
MATHEMATICS COURSES.
MAT 103
Everyday Math
Concepts of integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, order of
operations, exponents, and an introduction to algebraic expressions and equations with an emphasis on applications to everyday life. P/N grading only.
Grade of P advances student to MPG 2. MAT 103 does not count as a credit
toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 1)
MAT 105
Applied Algebra
Concepts of linear, exponential, logarithmic, and other models with an
emphasis on applications to the social and natural sciences, business, and
everyday life. Grade of 2.00 or higher advances student to MPG 3. Students
preparing for MAT 114 should consult the department. (Prereq.: MPG 2 and a
year of high school algebra)
MAT 114
Precalculus
Concepts of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions
for students planning to study calculus. Students who have completed MAT
145 or other calculus courses may register for credit only with consent of
department. Grade of 2.00 or higher advances student to MPG 4. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
222 Mathematics
MAT 122
Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences
Concepts of differential and integral calculus with an emphasis on applications
in the social and behavioral sciences and business. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Note: Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 123, MAT 131, or MAT 137.
Students may not receive credit for more than one of MAT 129, MAT 132, or MAT 138.
Students who have successfully completed a higher number MAT class, a statistics class, or any
other quantitative reasoning class must obtain departmental approval before registering for
MAT 123, 129, 137, or 138.
MAT 123
Mathematics Sampler
An examination of intriguing mathematical ideas including geometrical and
numerical patterns, and axiom systems such as set theory, non-Euclidean
geometries, alternative arithmetic, and infinity with an emphasis on problemsolving strategies, logic, and mathematical reasoning. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 129
Practical Applications of Mathematics
An examination of applications of mathematics in contemporary society, with
an emphasis on quantitative reasoning including an introduction to probability
and statistics and topics such as the mathematics of finance, graph theory,
game theory, voting theory, linear programming, or cryptography. (Prereq.:
MPG 3)
MAT 137-8
Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I & II
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry, measurement, data analysis, and probability with an emphasis on the processes of problem solving, reasoning, connections, communication, and representation. These courses are
designed for prospective K-6 elementary school teachers. (Prereq.: MPG 3 for
MAT 137; MAT 137 or MPG 4 for MAT 138)
MAT 145-6
Calculus I & II
Concepts of calculus of one-variable functions including derivatives, integrals,
differential equations, and series. (Prereq.: MPG 4 for MAT 145; MAT 145 for
MAT 146)
MAT 163
Introductory Statistics
Concepts of elementary statistics such as descriptive statistics, methods of
counting, probability distributions, approximations, estimation, hypothesis
testing, analysis-of-variance, and regression. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
MAT 171
Discrete Mathematics for Computing
Concepts of discrete mathematics including binary representations, sequences,
recursion, induction, formal logic, and combinatorics, with an emphasis on
connections to computer science. Students who have completed MAT 271 may
not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 3, Coreq.: CSC 160)
MAT 173
Math of Interest
Concepts of elementary financial mathematics such as annuities, loan payments, mortgages, and life insurance. (Prereq.: MPG 3)
Mathematics 223
MAT 245
Calculus III
Concepts of multivariable calculus including functions of several variables,
partial derivatives, vectors and the gradient, multiple integrals, and parametric
representations. (Prereq.: MAT 146)
MAT 246
Linear Algebra
Concepts of linear algebra including systems of linear equations, matrices, linear transformations, abstract vector spaces, determinants, and eigenvalues.
(Prereq.: MAT 245 or MAT 271)
MAT 247
Modeling and Differential Equations
Concepts of differential equations including methods of solving first and second order equations and modeling using difference equations and differential
equations with an emphasis on applications to the sciences. (Prereq.: MAT
146)
MAT 252
Exploring Geometry
Concepts of geometry including Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries and
geometric transformations with an emphasis on geometric reasoning, conjecturing, and proof. (Prereq.: MAT 145 or MAT 122 and MPG 4)
MAT 271
Discrete Mathematical Structures
Concepts of discrete mathematics including number theory, combinatorics,
graph theory, recursion theory, set theory, and formal logic, with an emphasis
on algorithmic thinking, mathematical reasoning, conjecturing, and proof.
(Prereq.: MAT 146 or MAT 163 and MAT 145 or MAT 163 and MAT 122 and
MPG 4. Also recommended: CSC 160)
MAT 287
History of Mathematics
Concepts of historical importance from the areas of geometry, number theory,
algebra, calculus, and modern mathematics. (Prereq. : MAT 145 or MAT 122
and MPG 4)
MAT 314
Abstract Algebra
Concepts of algebra including the abstract structures of groups, rings, integral
domains, and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 and MAT 271)
MAT 324
Analysis
Concepts of real analysis including functions, derivatives, integrals, and series
in a theoretical setting. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111, MAT 271. Also
recommended: MAT 245, MAT 246 or MAT 247, and at least one MAT course
numbered 300 or higher)
MAT 327
Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
(See PHY 327)
MAT 355
Numerical Mathematics and Computation
Concepts such as polynomial interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, numerical solution of differential equations, error propagation, practical implementation of numerical methods on modern computers, and applications. (Prereq: MAT 146 and CSC 170 or consent of instructor)
224 Mathematics
MAT 373-4
Probability and Statistics I & II
Concepts of probability and statistics including methods of enumeration, random variables, probability distributions, expectation, the Central Limit
Theorem, sampling distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing,
regression, analysis of variance, and nonparametric statistics.(Prereq.: MAT
245 for MAT 373. Also recommended MAT 271. MAT 373 for MAT 374)
MAT 377
Operations Research
Concepts of linear programming and its applications to optimization problems
from industrial settings including the simplex method, sensitivity analysis,
duality theory, alternate optima, and unboundedness with an emphasis on
both the mathematical theory and the application to current business practice.
(Prereq.: MAT 246)
MAT 385
Mathematics Practicum
The application of mathematical problem solving to real-world projects sought
from off-campus nonprofit organizations. Contains a service learning component. (Prereq.: at least two of MAT 245, 246, 247, or 271 and consent of
instructor)
MAT 395/495 Topics/Advanced Topics in Mathematics
Study of an advanced topic such as actuarial mathematics, complex analysis,
mathematical biology, chaotic dynamical systems, combinatorics, graph theory,
topology, or foundations of mathematics. (Prereq: at least two MAT courses
numbered above 200 and consent of instructor. For 495, an additional upper
division MAT course depending on the particular topic may also be required)
MAT 491
Mathematics Colloquium
Information about contemporary applications, career opportunities, and other
interesting ideas in mathematics. Presented by outside visitors, faculty members, or students. Carries no course credit.
Internship and Independent Study courses:
MAT 199/399 Internship
Work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the internship. For upper division credit,
significant mathematical content and presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq. for upper division: at least one upper division MAT
course, junior or senior standing) See also description on page 95.
MAT 499
Independent Study/Research
Selection and study of an advanced topic outside of the offered curriculum
with the guidance of a faculty member. Presentation at a departmental colloquium is required. (Prereq.: at least one upper division MAT course, junior or
senior standing, and consent of instructor.) See also description on page 96.
MEDIEVAL STUDIES
T
he objective of Medieval Studies is to
introduce students to the culture of the
Middle Ages — its diverse history and
beliefs, its arts and literature — and to the
disciplinary and interdisciplinary skills
necessary for its serious study.
The major in Medieval Studies fulfills
the original (medieval) ideal of a liberal
arts education. Since the study of the liberal arts was developed in the Middle Ages,
students majoring in Medieval Studies find
a model context for the pursuit of a liberal
arts degree in the modern world.
As was the case in medieval universities, Augsburg’s major in Medieval Studies
prepares students for life beyond college.
Because of its emphasis on precise reading
and analysis of texts, careful writing, and
spirited discussion, the major in Medieval
Studies offers a solid foundation for graduate or professional study, as well as
employment opportunities that require
abilities in communication, critical and
abstract thinking, and processing information.
Medieval Studies Faculty
Phillip C. Adamo (History, Program
Coordinator), Kristin M. Anderson (Art),
Mark L. Fuehrer (Philosophy), Douglas E.
Green (English), Joan L. Griffin (English),
Martha B. Johnson (Theatre Arts), Merilee
I. Klemp (Music), Philip A. Quanbeck II
(Religion), Bruce R. Reichenbach
(Philosophy), Mark D. Tranvik (Religion)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Nine courses, including:
Four (4) core requirements:
HUM 120 Medieval Connections
HIS 369 Early and Middle Ages
HIS 370 Late Middle Ages
HUM 499 Keystone, Medieval Studies
Project
One (1) of the following literature courses:
ENL 330 Shakespeare
ENL 332 Renaissance and Reformation
ENL 360 The Medieval World
ENL 361 The Classical Tradition
One (1) of the following religion or philosophy courses:
HIS 372 Medieval Church
PHI 242 Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
REL 361 Church in the First Four
Centuries
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
One (1) of the following history of arts
courses:
ART 386 Medieval Art
ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art
MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
Two (2) electives from the following courses:
HIS 374 Medieval Crusades
HIS 440 Monks and Heretics
POL 380 Western Political Thought
Any literature, religion/philosophy, or history of arts courses not already taken may
be taken as electives.
Minor
Five courses including HUM 120. The
remaining four courses must be in different
disciplines, as grouped above (history, literature, religion/philosophy, and history of
arts).
225
226 Medieval Studies
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Language Requirement
Students must take one year of collegelevel Latin or other medieval language
approved by their adviser, which will fulfill
the Modern Languages Graduation Skills
requirement.
Quantitative Reasoning (QR) Skills
Fulfilled outside the major.
Augsburg Experience
As with all majors, an Augsburg
Experience is required for graduation. For
the Medieval Studies major this might
include study abroad, or internships at the
University of Minnesota’s Rare Books
Collection, the Hill Monastic Manuscript
Library, or the Minnesota Renaissance
Festival. Prior approval of advisor is
required for all Augsburg Experiences
related to Medieval Studies.
COURSES.
HUM 120
Medieval Life in 12th-century Europe (Medieval Connections)
This is the introductory course for Medieval Studies. It uses an interdisciplinary approach to study European culture during a period known as the High
Middle Ages, roughly AD 1100 to 1300. It attempts to examine medieval culture as a complex system of thought and feeling, which includes history, religion, philosophy, literature, art, theatre, music, and food. It also takes an experiential approach to this material, for example, by having students and faculty
attend class in academic regalia, just as they did in medieval universities.
(Humanities LAF, Spring)
For other course descriptions, please refer to the specific departments elsewhere in the catalog.
METRO-URBAN STUDIES—INS
M
etro-Urban studies is a multidisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty
in sociology, economics, history, political
science, social work, art, and other related
disciplines. Metro-Urban studies is designed
to blend classroom, theory, field studies, and
internships that focus the content of liberal
learning on the metropolitan community
and the process of urbanization.
Metro-Urban studies and general education’s Engaging Minneapolis introduce
students to the wide variety of developing
careers related to urban and metropolitan
affairs and equip students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand and contribute to the metropolitan
community. The Metro-Urban studies
major and minor also provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in
planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization,
and theology.
Internships, community service-learning,
and cooperative education are available as
ways to enhance the quality of the major and
make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College’s
location. The Higher Education Consortium
for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich
the overall program with additional courses
and semester-long programs.
Metro-Urban Studies Faculty
Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew
Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, Keith Gilsdorf,
Stella Hofrenning (ECO), Michael Lansing
(HIS), Lars Christiansen, Nancy Fischer
(SOC), Michael Shock (SWK), Kristin
Anderson (ART)
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses including:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
SOC 111 Community and the Modern
Metropolis
HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities
or HIS 335 Urban American History
or ART 249/349 HIS 249/349 The
Designed Environment
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
or POL 483 Political/Statistics/
Methodology
SOC 363 Research Methods
or POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban
Planning
INS 399 Internship
Plus two additional approved urban-related
courses.
SOC 381, taken in conjunction with INS
399, fulfills the Keystone requirement.
HECUA off-campus programs are highly
recommended, especially the MetroUrban Studies Term (MUST) Twin Cities
program. Students interested in graduate
school are encouraged to take ECO 113
Principles of Microeconomics instead of
ECO 110.
Minor
POL 122, SOC 111, HIS 225/249/349,
SOC 381 and one of the following: ECO
110, HIS 335, or INS 399.
The INS 399 Internship is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations are feasible if approved by the
director of the program.
227
228 Metro-Urban Studies
METRO-URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
INS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
INS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211)
INS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Internships place students with sponsoring organizations
that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 10 hours a week.
INS 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently-designed course developed by a student (or group of students),
utilizing the metropolitan resources available, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of
instructor)
INS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363)
■ URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA
Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to interdisciplinary field
learning programs of exceptional quality located in Scandinavia, South America, Central
America, Northern Ireland, and the Twin Cities.
Also see International Studies listings.
URBAN STUDIES COURSES.
■ I. METRO-URBAN STUDIES TERM (MUST)—FALL OR SPRING
This Semester in the Cities program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area.
INS 358
Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development
Interdisciplinary readings connect experiences and direct observation with
theory and research on the impact of race, class, and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for
urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it.
Metro-Urban Studies 229
INS 359
Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change
Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods
provide varying—at times competing—views on the Twin Cities “civic ideology.” Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews, and oral history
provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for
explaining and overcoming it.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 95.
■ II. CITY ARTS—SPRING
Study of the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and
urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program.
INS 330
Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures
Exploration of life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers, and
community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at arts performances and cultural events.
INS 331
The Politics of Artistic Expression
Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture
in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the
politics of cultural work. Readings, films, and discussions integrate aesthetic
theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism.
INS 399
Internship
(2 course credits)
See description on page 95.
■ III. ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY: SCIENCE, POLITICS, AND PUBLIC
POLICY — FALL
Focuses on the social, scientific, ecological, and economic underpinnings of public policy
and conflict over natural resources and environmental quality.
INS 345
Social Dimensions of Environmental Change
INS 346
Adaptive Ecosystem Management
INS 399
Internship (2 course credits)
■ IV. SEE HECUA UNDER INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
230
MODERN LANGUAGES
T
he Department of Modern Languages
at Augsburg College contributes in many
ways to realizing the College’s mission of
providing liberal arts education for service
in today’s world. The department is committed to the view that education should
go beyond career preparation and that
familiarity with the language and culture of
another people is an essential step in the
development of a truly global perspective.
The modern languages department
offers language, literature, and culture
courses leading to majors in French,
German, Norwegian, and Spanish.
Introductory courses in Ojibwe and
American Sign Language are offered at
Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese,
Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg
students through the College’s affiliation
with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities
colleges.
Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in
second-language education and translation,
but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions.
Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic
corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or
minor in modern languages. In addition,
a minor in languages or linguistics is a
valuable research tool for those intending
to pursue graduate study in most academic
disciplines.
Modern Languages Faculty
Mary Kingsley (Chair), Molly Enz, Pary
Pezechkian-Weinberg, Susana Sandmann,
Frankie Shackelford, Donald Steinmetz
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major consists of nine courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including two courses in culture,
two courses in language, two courses in literature, and three electives (from any of
the three areas above). At least seven of
these courses must be taught in the target
language of the major and at least four of
them must be taken on the Augsburg campus.
Minor
The minor consists of four courses
above 211 (Norwegian only: 211 and
above), including one in language and one
in literature or culture. At least three of
these courses must be taught in the target
language, and at least two of them must be
taken on the Augsburg campus.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
Departmental Honors
Majors seeking graduation with departmental honors must apply in the junior
year. Requirements: 3.50 GPA in the major,
3.50 GPA overall, and honors thesis.
Prerequisite
A prerequiste must be completed with a
minimum grade of 2.0 or P.
Transfer Students
Transfer students intending to major or
minor in languages must take a minimum
of one upper division course per year at
Augsburg. See major/minor above for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Courses
accepted for transfer must have been taken
within the past seven years.
Modern Languages 231
Study Abroad
Teaching Licensure
A semester of study abroad is required
for majors and some study abroad is
strongly recommended for minors. An
advanced-level internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills
with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged.
Since spring term 2001, Augsburg
College no longer offers a licensure program in modern languages.
MODERN LANGUAGES COURSES.
■ AMERICAN SIGN LANGUAGE (ASL)
ASL 101, 102 Beginning American Sign Language I, II
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and syntax of ASL. Students
observe the demonstration of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
facial expressions and body language needed to communicate clearly with deaf
and hard-of-hearing people. (Fall: 101; spring: 102, Prereq.: 101)
■ CHINESE (CHN)
Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
■ FRENCH (FRE)
FRE 111, 112 Beginning French I, II
Aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these
courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four
class meetings per week. (Fall: 111; spring 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required)
FRE 211, 212 Intermediate French I, II
Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in
communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading
and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work.
(Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
FRE 295
FRE 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary
enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas.
Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other upper division courses. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
232 Modern Languages
FRE 331
French Civilization: Historical Perspective
A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to
the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French
intellectual, political, social, and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports,
extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 332
French Civilization Today
Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote
understanding of French-speaking people and their contributions to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials,
and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring:
on rotational basis)
FRE 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through
the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral
and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
FRE 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
By means of reading, speaking, and writing on topics of intellectual, social, or
political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an
advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of
expression, refinements in style and organization. Laboratory assignments.
(Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
FRE 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
FRE 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
FRE 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
FRE 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
FRE 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
Modern Languages 233
■ GERMAN (GER)
GER 111, 112 Beginning German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding, and reading and writing basic German. Goals: ability to read extended
narratives in simple German, insights into German culture, and participation
in short conversations. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional
sessions required)
GER 211, 212 Intermediate German I, II
Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of
basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic
expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
GER 295
GER 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary,
and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall,
Prereq.: 212)
GER 331
German Civilization and Culture I
Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples
from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty
Years War (1643). In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 332
German Civilization and Culture II
Survey of cultural currents that have shaped Germany, Austria, and
Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic, and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis)
GER 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
GER 351
Survey of Literature: German Literature from Chivalry to
Romanticism
The intellectual, cultural, and political history of all peoples is reflected in
their literature. The prose, epic, and poetry readings in this course chronicle
the German experience from Charlemagne to Napoleon; from Luther to Kant;
from Hildegard of Bingen to Goethe, Schiller, and the Romantics; and offer a
way to relive the Renaissance, the Reformation, and the Enlightenment.
234 Modern Languages
GER 354
Survey of Literature: German Literature in the 19th and 20th
Centuries
The literary, cultural, and scientific background of the new millennium has
many German-speaking roots in the works of figures like Karl Marx, Freud,
Nietzsche, Einstein, Kafka, Rilke, Hesse, and Brecht. Selected readings of
prose, poetry, and plays bring alive the drama and conflicts that characterized
the birth of the modern age. (Prereq.: 311)
GER 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Aims at developing and refining the student’s use of German as a vehicle for
expressing ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including
control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language.
(Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
GER 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
GER 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
GER 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
GER 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
GER 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
■ JAPANESE (JPN)
Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the
ACTC East Asian studies program and the University of Minnesota East Asian language
department. Contact the East Asian studies director for more information.
■ NORWEGIAN (NOR)
NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian I, II
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and
writing. Stress is on communication and its cultural context. Laboratory work
expected. (Fall: 111; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
NOR 211
Intermediate Norwegian I
Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis
for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. (Prereq.:
NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall)
Modern Languages 235
NOR 295
NOR 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative
contexts and integrated vocabulary. Readings in history, social science, and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.:
NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring)
NOR 331
Norwegian Civilization and Culture
A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway’s changing role in the global community, into a historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by lectures, newspaper
articles, and video tapes. In Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of
instructor. On demand)
NOR 353
Survey of Norwegian Literature
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the
study of major works from earlier periods, including several in Nynorsk.
Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays, and oral reports in Norwegian.
(Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years)
NOR 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and
cultural readings. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR
311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, and written, and oral reports
in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring)
NOR 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NOR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NOR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
NOR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NOR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
236 Modern Languages
■ OJIBWE (OJB)
Two courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa) are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the modern
languages department and as part of the American Indian Studies major.
OJB 111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe I, II
An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa).
Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing, and conversational skills.
Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. (Fall:
111; Spring: 112, Prereq.: 111)
■ SPANISH (SPA)
Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under
International Studies.
SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish I, II
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of the Spanish-speaking
world. (Fall: 111 and 112; spring: 112, Prereq.: 111. WEC—additional sessions required.)
SPA 211, 212 Intermediate Spanish I, II
Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review
all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through
class discussions. (Fall: 211; spring: 212, Prereq.: 211)
SPA 248
Spanish and Latin American Culture through Film
An introduction to contemporary cultural issues of Spanish and Latin
American societies as portrayed in the films of major filmmakers with attention to the aesthetic variations across their works. Films in Spanish with
English subtitles; language of instruction is English. (On demand)
SPA 295
SPA 311
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Conversation and Composition
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a
prerequisite for all upper division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent.
Fall)
SPA 312
Spanish Expression
Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking
skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice with emphasis
on the finer points of grammar. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor.
Spring: odd years)
Modern Languages 237
SPA 332
Latin American Civilization and Culture
A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the
pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. Spring: odd years)
SPA 350
Introduction to Literature for Language Students
Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English)
treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches
to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading,
analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or
consent of instructor. On demand)
SPA 354
Representative Hispanic Authors
An introduction to Hispanic literature. Lectures, discussions, and written and
oral reports in Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note:
Students who have taken SPA 356 taught in Mexico may not take 354. Spring:
even years)
SPA 411
Advanced Conversation and Composition
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written compositions,
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SPA 495
Topics in Literature, Culture, or Linguistics
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SPA 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SPA 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SPA 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SPA 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
238
MUSIC—MUS
T
he Music Department at Augsburg
College offers professional music training
in the context of a liberal arts curriculum
through three music degree programs and
five majors. It also offers a variety of music
courses and ensemble experiences that are
available to non-music majors and courses
that meet Augsburg’s Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major artistic center makes it an ideal place
to study music, and the music faculty seek
and encourage opportunities that connect
the campus and the greater arts communities. These opportunities allow students to
explore the links between theory and
applied knowledge and may take many
forms, including internships; community
performances; music therapy practica;
community-based learning projects;
required off-campus performance and concert attendance assignments; or travel and
study within and outside the United States.
The music department is an institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music (NASM) and the
American Music Therapy Association
(AMTA).
Full-time Faculty
Robert Stacke (Chair), Jill Dawe, Douglas
Diamond, Stephen Gabrielsen, Peter
Hendrickson, Roberta Kagin, Ned Kantar,
Merilee Klemp
Part-time Faculty
Trudi Anderson, Matt Barber, Carol
Barnett, Fred Bretschger, Anthony Cox,
Marv Dahlgren, Bridget Doak, Susan
Druck, Lynn Erickson, Dan Fretland, Janet
Fried, Jennifer Gerth, Bradley Greenwald,
Nancy Grundahl, Megan Holroyd, Mary
Horozaniecki, Jim Jacobson, Kathy
Kienzle, Rena Kraut, Caroline Lemen,
Steve Lund, Laurie Merz, Vladan
Milenkovic, Rick Penning, Nicholas Raths,
Andrea Stern, Sonja Thompson, Shannon
Wettstein, Angela Wyatt
Fine Arts Manager
Randall Davidson
Fine Arts Coordinator
Cathy Anderson
Fine Arts Facilities Manager
Karen Mulhausen
DEGREES/MAJORS.
Bachelor of Arts
Music Major
Music Major/Music Business
Concentration
Bachelor of Music
Music performance major
Music education major
Bachelor of Science
Music therapy major
Music Therapy Equivalency Certificate
Offers students with an undergraduate
degree the preparation necessary to meet
the AMTA requirements for becoming a
certified music therapist.
Music 239
Music Minor
Music
Music business
**All music majors and music
minors** must choose and apply to a
degree program by the end of their fourth
semester of study. Degree and GPA requirements and applications are in the Music
Department Student Handbook. Transfer
students should meet with a music degree
adviser as soon as possible after enrolling
at Augsburg.
DEGREE AND MAJOR.
REQUIREMENTS.
Music Core Curriculum
MUS 101
MUS 111
MUS 102
MUS 112
MUS 201
MUS 211
MUS 202
MUS 212
MUS 231
Materials of Music I
Aural Skills I
Materials of Music II
Aural Skills II
Materials of Music III
Aural Skills III
Form and Analysis
Aural Skills IV
History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145: Chamber Music
One to four semester(s) on the major
instrument in accordance with degree
requirement
MUS 358 Junior Recital and/or
MUS 458 or MUS 459 Senior Recital
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121: Large
Ensemble
Four to eight semesters in accordance with
degree requirement
Piano Proficiency Test (see Music
Department Handbook)
Music Repertoire Tests (see Music
Department Handbook)
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Music Major
Offers the broadest education in liberal
arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business, and professional opportunities. Students who intend
to pursue non-performance graduate study
or desire to enter one of the many music
related business fields most often choose
this course of study.
Faculty Adviser: Douglas Diamond
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
MUS 458 Senior Recital
One (1.0) credit of approved courses outlined in the Music Department Student
Handbook.
One (1.0) credit of upper division music
courses.
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142or 143 or
144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
240 Music
Music Business Major
The music business major prepares students to enter today’s music industry and
to pursue career opportunity where the
arts and commerce intersect. Courses in
music, performing arts, and business combine with field observations and internships. These experiences prepare students
for careers in fields such as arts management, promotion, the record industry, and
general music business. The program
affords both the performing artist and the
business student the opportunity to pursue
music business studies. The music business major has two tracks: the Bachelor of
A r t s i n M u s i c w i t h M u s i c B u s i n e ss
Concentration (designed for the performing artist) and the Bachelor of Arts in
Bu s i n e s s A dmi n i s t r a t i o n w i t h
Specialization in Music Business
(designed for the music/business student).
Faculty Adviser: Ned Kantar
B.A. in Music with Music Business
Concentration
Requirements:
Music core curriculum and:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
MUS 458 Senior Recital
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121
Eight semesters in a major Augsburg
ensemble on the major instrument/voice
MUE 113 or 122 or 131 or 142 or 143 or
144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
B.A. in Business Administration with
Specialization in Music Business
Requirements:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II
BUS 242 Principles of Management
or BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
or BUS 200 Exploring Business as
Vocation
MKT 252 Principles of Marketing
FIN 331 Financial Management
MUS/BUS 105 Music Business
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management
MUS/BUS 399 Internship
COM 111 Public Speaking
3 MUS credits — OR — 2 MUS credits and
1 MUE credit, selected from:
MUS 101 Materials of Music I
MUS 111 Aural Skills I
MUS 102 Materials of Music II
MUS 112 Aural Skills II
MUS 130 Intro to Music and the Fine
Arts
MUS 220 Worlds of Music
MUS 241 History of Jazz
(Other MUS courses as approved by adviser)
Music 241
Note: All business majors are encouraged to take KEY 490 “Vocation and the
Meaning of Success” to fulfill the Augsburg
Core Curriculum Senior Keystone
Requirement.
Music Minor
Requirements: 6 credits
MUS 101, 102 Materials of Music I, II
MUS 111, 112 Aural Skills I, II
MUS 341 Basic Conducting
One of the following two:
MUS 231 History and Literature of
Music I
MUS 232 History and Literature of
Music II
One (1.0) credit of additional music
courses
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121 &
MUP 1xx-2xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Four consecutive semesters in a major
Augsburg ensemble concurrent with four
quarter courses of performance studies on
the major instrument/voice
Pass one music repertoire test
Candidates must submit an application for
admission prior to spring juries of the
sophomore year
Music Business Minor
The music business minor is a course
of study designed both for the music major
desiring additional preparation in business
and for the non-music major interested in
pursuing a career in the music industry.
With the music business minor, students
are given the opportunity to enroll in
coursework and participate in on-site field
experiences that address specific professional skills necessary to enter today’s
music industry. The minor is a collaborative program between the music and business departments.
Requirements: 8 credits
MUS/BUS 105 The Music Business:
Marketing, Promotion,
Publishing, Recording
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
MIS 260 Problem Solving for Business
ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I
MUS/BUS 399 Internship (approved for the
Music Business Minor)
One of the following:
MUS/BUS 245 Arts Management and
Concert Promotion
BUS 301 Business Law
BUS 254 Entrepreneurship
All of the above courses plus two additional music course credits beyond MUS 105
and MUS 245 (maximum of 1 credit in
MUE and/or MUP courses)
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Education Major
Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in public
schools. This preparation includes coursework that allows the student to become
certified to teach at the elementary through
the secondary level. Students select either
vocal/general or instrumental/general
emphasis. In addition to applying to the
Music Department, Bachelor of Music education major candidates must also apply to
the Department of Education for acceptance into the music education licensure
program. Recommendation for teacher
licensure is granted only to students who
successfully complete the requirements for
the Bachelor of Music education major. All
music requirements must be completed
prior to student teaching. A cumulative
GPA of 2.50 in all music courses is necessary for the music education licensure program.
242 Music
F a c u l t y A d v i s e r s:
Robert Stacke-Instrumental
Peter Hendrickson-Vocal
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 311 Composition I
MUS 341 Basic Conducting (.5)
MUS 358 Half Junior Recital
MUS 459 Full Senior Recital
HPE 115 Health and Chemical
Dependency Education
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
EDC 210 Diversity in the Schools
EDC 211 Minnesota American Indians
EDC 220 Educational Technology
EDC 310 Learning and Development
ESE 300 Reading/Writing in Content
Area
ESE 325 Creative Learning
Environments
ESE 370 Music K-12 Methods
EDC 410 Special Needs Learner
EDC 480 School and Society
EED 481c, 483c, ESE 485, 487 Student
Teaching
MUS 359 Music Methods: Choral/Vocal
(.5)
MUS 356 Music Methods:
Brass/Percussion (.5)
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(.5)
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings (.5)
One of the following two areas of emphasis:
Vocal emphasis:
MUS 251-254 Diction (.25 credit each=1.0)
MUS 342 Choral Conducting (.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit)
MUS/THR 235 Music Theatre (.5 credit)
Instrumental emphasis:
MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting
(.5 credit)
MUS 129 Improvisation (0.0 credit) two
semesters, or
MUS 129 one semester and
MUS 143 one semester
Music elective (1.0 credit)
MUP 1xx Performance Studies (.25credit)
Two semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice (first year)
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
(.5 credit)
Six semesters of hour lessons in the major
instrument/voice (second, third, fourth
year)
A Music Education major whose major
instrument is piano, organ, or guitar is
required to take a minimum of four additional semesters of lessons on an instrument/voice that corresponds with their
large ensemble requirement.
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or 121 (.25 credit)
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice (winds
and percussion, Band; strings, Orchestra;
voice, Choir). You must participate in the
ensemble for which you want to teach.
(total= 2.0 credits)
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145
Two semesters in a chamber music course
on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano proficiency test
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.50 in all
music courses and in the major instrument/voice
Music 243
■ BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Music Performance Major
A focused classical training program
designed to develop the skills and challenge the performing ability of the individual musician, this degree best prepares students who are interested in private and
studio teaching, professional performance
opportunities, auditions, and graduate
school. Acceptance to the program is by
application and audition (see Handbook).
Faculty Adviser
Jill Dawe
Requirements
Music Core Curriculum and:
MUP 1xx Performance Studies
Two semesters of half hour lessons (0.25
credit) in major instrument
MUP 2xx-4xx Performance Studies
Six semesters of one hour lessons (0.5
credit) in major instrument
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
144 or 145
Chamber Music courses (0.0 credit).
At least four semesters playing major
instrument (see Handbook)
MUS 358 Junior Recital (.0 credit)
MUS 459 Senior Recital (.0 credit)
(see Handbook)
MUE 111 or 114 or 121or 141
Large Ensembles: eight semesters OR for
guitarists, harpists and pianists: four
semesters of large ensemble and four additional semesters of chamber music or other
assignment in consultation with adviser.
Additional coursework as follows:
Voice Majors:
MUS 251-254 Diction (0.25 credit each)
MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (0.5 credit)
MUS359 Music Methods: Voice/Choral
Elective (1.0 credit)
Voice students are also strongly encouraged to take MUS/THR 235 Skills of Music
Theater and/or MUS 394 Opera, Opera.
Keyboard Majors:
MUS 436 Piano Repertoire
MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy
Elective (1.0 credit)
Instrumentalists:
MUS356 MusicMethods:
Brass/Percussion (0.5 credit); or
MUS 357 Music Methods: Woodwinds
(0.5 credit); or
MUS 355 Music Methods: Strings
(0.5 credit)
Electives (1.5 credit)
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Music Therapy Major
Fulfills the academic and clinical
requirements for eligibility to take the
Music Therapy Board Certification
Examination. The B.S. in music therapy is
minimally a four-and-one-half-year degree
program, which includes a full-time (six
months or 1,040 hours) internship in a
clinical facility approved by the American
Music Therapy Association (AMTA). This
course of study is chosen by students who
wish to become professional music therapists.
Faculty Adviser:
Roberta Kagin
Requirements
Music core curriculum and:
MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and
Materials
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 372, 375 Psychological Foundation
of Music I, II
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 472 Human Identity Through the
Creative Arts
MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar
244 Music
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical
Internship
MUS 458 Half Senior Recital
EDC 410 The Learner with Special Needs
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 262 Abnormal Psychology
BIO 103 Human Anatomy and
Physiology
MUS 340 Music Therapy Methods I:
Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
MUS 345 Music Therapy Methods II:
Voice, Piano, Percussion
One of the following two:
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design
Procedure, and Analysis I
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies (.25
credit)
Eight semesters of half hour lessons in the
major instrument/voice
MUE 111 or 112 or 114 or121
Eight semesters in a large Augsburg ensemble on the major instrument/voice and residency at Augsburg
MUE 113 or 122 or 125 or 131 or 142 or
143 or 144 or 145
Two semesters of chamber music/small
ensemble courses on the major instrument/voice
Pass piano, guitar, and vocal proficiency
tests
Pass three music repertoire tests
Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in all
music therapy courses
Music Therapy Equivalency/
Certification Program
The music therapy equivalency program is available to students who already
have a bachelor’s degree and wish to meet
the requirements set by the American
Music Therapy Association to become professional music therapists. This equivalency program prepares students for eligibility
to take the Music Therapy Board
Certification Examination. Depending
upon the student’s degree and skill level,
individual requirements will be outlined by
the director of music therapy. There is a
minimum two-year residency requirement,
which includes participation in a major
ensemble for four terms and successful
completion of a two-year music theory
equivalency test.
For acceptance to the degree program,
equivalency/certification students must:
• submit an application for admission during the first semester of residency at
Augsburg
• submit a copy of a current academic
transcript and transferred credits with
the application
• submit the studio instructor recommendation form for the major instrument or
voice with the application (found in
Music Student Handbook)
• complete the piano, guitar, and vocal
proficiency requirements during the first
semester of residence
Acceptance to the degree program will
be based on the successful completion of
the above, as well as on the student’s performance at his or her first jury.
Music 245
Departmental Honors
Students may apply for departmental
honors by submitting an honors project
proposal to the music faculty during the
first semester of the senior year.
Students submitting a proposal should
include a transcript showing a cumulative
GPA of 3.00 or higher in music courses,
and a brief resume outlining their experience, performances, work, research, leadership roles, and study.
The honors proposal should clearly
outline a project that goes well beyond
required coursework, and could include
but is not limited to one of the following:
defending a senior thesis, presenting an
additional recital, composing a substantial
piece(s), conducting a program, presenting
a research paper, or some combination of
any of the above.
• B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358)
will be one-half hour in duration for
music education majors, and one hour in
duration for music performance majors.
• B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459)
will be one hour in duration for music
education majors and music performance
majors.
• B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS
458) will be one-half hour in duration.
■ EXAMINATIONS
Piano Proficiency
All music majors enrolled in a music
degree program must complete the piano
proficiency requirement by the end of the
sophomore year. Consult the Music
Student Handbook for piano major and
non-piano major requirements and test
dates.
Student Recitals
Students planning a recital should carefully read the Music Student Handbook
and consult regularly with their applied
instructor. Registration in performance
studies in the major instrument/voice is
required during the semester in which a
degree recital is given. At least two fulltime music faculty members and the student’s private instructor will evaluate
junior and senior recitals. Recitals are graded on a pass/fail basis.
Recitals required for the fulfillment of
the B.M., B.A., or B.S. degree requirements
or Honors program will be sponsored by
the music department. Other non-degree
student recitals may be considered for
departmental sponsorship. All music
degree recitals must meet the academic
guidelines set forth in this catalog.
Music Repertoire Tests
Music majors are required to pass three
music repertoire tests, transfer students
must pass two, and music minors must
pass one. Consult the Music Student
Handbook for contents of music repertoire
tests and test dates.
246 Music
MUSIC COURSES.
Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the registrar’s website
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar> or the Music Department for course offerings in each
term.
■ THEORY AND MUSICIANSHIP
MUS 101
Materials of Music I
(.5 course)
Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony, and principles of part
writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Prereq.: Theory Placement
Test)
MUS 102
Materials of Music II
(.5 course)
Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants, and simple modulations. To be taken
concurrently with MUS 112. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 with a minimal grade
of 2.0)
MUS 111
Aural Skills I
(.5 course)
Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing,
and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. To be taken concurrently with MUS 101.
MUS 112
Aural Skills II
(.5 course)
Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102.
To be taken concurrently with MUS 102. (Prereq.: MUS 111)
MUS 201
Materials of Music III
(.5 course)
Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 211. (Prereq.: Passing MUS 101 and 102 with a
minimal grade of 2.0)
MUS 202
Form and Analysis
(.5 course)
Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th-century practice. To be taken concurrently with MUS 212. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
201 and 211 with a minimal grade of 2.00)
MUS 211
Aural Skills III
(.5 course)
Melodic, harmonic dictation, and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS
201. To be taken concurrently with MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 112)
MUS 212
Aural Skills IV
(.5 course)
Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. To be
taken concurrently with MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211)
MUS 311
Composition I
(.5 course)
Ranges and characteristics of voices and orchestral instruments, standard notation and score layout; related 20th-century literature. (Prereq.: Passing MUS
202 and 212 with a minimal grade of 2.0)
Music 247
MUS 312
Composition II
(.5 course)
Contemporary approaches to melody, harmony, tonality, rhythm and form.
Serialism, exoticism, indeterminacy, electronic minimalism, special effects.
Related literature (Prereq.: Passing MUS 311 with a minimal grade of 2.0 or
permission from instructor)
■ HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 130
Introduction to Music and the Fine Arts
Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. Live performance will be a feature of this course. The ability to read music is not
required.
MUS 220
Worlds of Music
A survey of non-Western music, this course explores diverse musical styles
and instruments from many cultures.
MUS 231
History and Literature of Music I
An intensive survey of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750, studying
music in its historical and cultural contexts as well as basic knowledge of
repertory. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102, 201)
MUS 232
History and Literature of Music II
Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 101, 102,
201)
MUS 241
History of Jazz
This course is a study of the musical elements, cultural perspectives, and the
historical developments of jazz. Many styles of jazz are examined including
early New Orleans Dixieland, swing, cool, jazz/rock/fusion, ragtime, bop, and
progressive jazz.
Each course in the MUS 331-334 sequence (Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Contemporary) offers a
detailed investigation of the music of each era focusing on its cultural, historical, and musical significance. In addition to incorporating performance/performance practice and attendance at designated
Twin Cities concerts, the course satisfies the “writing in the major” skills component with the preparation of a major research paper.
MUS 331
Music of the Baroque Era
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 332
Music of the Classical Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 333
Music of the Romantic Period
(.5 course)
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
MUS 334
Music of the 20th Century
(Prereq.: MUS 231, 232)
(.5 course)
248 Music
MUS 432
Church Music and Worship
Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary
worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology
student.
MUS 435
Voice Repertoire (.5 course)
A survey of standard art song repertoire from Eastern and Western Europe,
Russia, Scandinavia, and the Americas. Includes listening, writing, and performance. Required for vocal performance majors. (Prereq.: MUS 251, 252, 253,
254 or permission from instructor)
MUS 436
Piano Repertoire (.5 course)
A study of piano literature from the 17th century to the present. (Prereq.: MUS
231, 232)
■ MUSIC THERAPY
MUS 271
Music Therapy Techniques and Materials
(.5 course)
Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Shulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings, and acquisition of skills in improvisation. Includes on-campus practicum with children.
MUS 272
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human
identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of
musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama, and movement.
MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 340
Music Therapy Methods I: Strings, Brass, Woodwinds
Basic techniques for strings, brass, and woodwinds with application for the
use of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 345
Music Therapy Methods II: Voice, Piano, Percussion
Basic techniques for voice, piano, and percussion with application for the use
of these instruments for music therapy.
MUS 372
Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on
acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the
research process and development of an experimental research project.
MUS 373
Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical
talent, and performance.
Music 249
MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums
(.0 course)
Volunteer work in a clinical setting acquiring clinical skills in leadership,
observation, and functional music skills including improvisation. Two hours
per week. No course credit.
MUS 472
Human Identity through the Creative Arts
See course description for MUS 272. Enrollment for upper division credit
required for music therapy majors; will include an additional course module.
MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums
(.25 course each)
Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, requiring more advanced clinical and musical skills, including improvisation. Two
hours per week. (Prereq.: Three of MUS 274, 275, 374, 375, and pass piano,
guitar and vocal proficiency test)
MUS 479
Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.0 course)
Full-time placement in an AMTA-approved internship site for six months
(1040 hours). Application for internship must be made nine months in
advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements, including all proficiency exams and music repertoire
tests)
MUS 480
Music Therapy Senior Seminar
Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings,
including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy
with music. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement.
■ MUSIC BUSINESS
MUS 105
The Music Business: Marketing, Promotion, Publishing, Recording
An introduction to the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, business structures and basic business essentials, band names, publicity and advertising, and the role of agents and managers. Other topics include music and
theater, arts administration, copyright, licensing, and recording. This course is
also offered as BUS 105.
MUS 245
Arts Management and Concert Promotion
The role of the artist manager in career development and the role of the arts
administrator in the management of performing arts projects and organizations. Factors affecting trends and earnings, challenges within the industry,
and differentiation between the for-profit and non-profit sectors are discussed.
Emphasis is placed on developing a working vocabulary of industry topics and
in benefiting from practical field experience. (Prereq.: MUS/BUS 105)
■ METHODS AND PEDAGOGY
MUS 355
MUSIC METHODS: STRINGS
(.5 course)
MUS 356
MUSIC METHODS: BRASS/PERCUSSION
MUS 357
MUSIC METHODS: WOODWINDS (.5 course)
(.5 course)
250 Music
MUS 359
MUS 456
MUSIC METHODS: VOCAL
(.5 course)
Piano Pedagogy (.5 course)
Explores methods, materials, and techniques for teaching piano. This course
has a community service-learning requirement that pairs each Augsburg student with one-to-two students whom they will teach.
■ APPLIED SKILLS AND GROUP LESSONS
MUS 129
Improvisation (.0 course)
Basic improvisational skills within a jazz combo format. Open to instrumentalists and vocalists.
MUS 152
Class Voice (.25 course)
Fundamentals of tone production and singing.
MUS 155A
Class Piano (.25 course)
This class teaches basic piano skills including scales, chord progressions, harmonization, sight-reading and improvisation. It will help music majors prepare
for the piano proficiency test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or permission from instructor)
MUS 158
Class Guitar Class Guitar (.25 course)
Beginning techniques of classic guitar.
MUS 235
Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of Music Theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions.
MUS 251-254 English Diction (251), Italian Diction (252), German Diction (253),
French Diction (254) (each .25 course)
Intensive course covering basic singing pronunciation of English, Italian,
German, and French through the study of the art song repertoire. Includes
regular class performances and phoneticization of texts using the International
Phonetic Alphabet. Required for vocal performance majors and music education majors.
MUS 341
Basic Conducting (.5 course)
Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique, score analysis
and preparation, rehearsal techniques, basic nomenclature. (Prereq.: MUS 101,
111, 231)
MUS 342
Choral Conducting (.5 course)
Choral literature and organization, vocal methods and voice selection,
advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Prereq.: Pass piano
proficiency test and MUS 341)
Music 251
MUS 344
Instrumental Conducting (.5 course)
Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature, advanced conducting
techniques, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Prereq.: Pass piano proficiency test and MUS 341)
MUS 394
Opera, Opera
This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theatre,
and techniques of singing for the stage. Student assignments will include reading, discussion, and performance of opera/musical theatre scenes; going to
performances; and visiting performing organizations in the Twin Cities.
“Opera, Opera” will culminate in a performance of opera/music theatre scenes.
■ PERFORMANCE STUDY/CHAMBER MUSIC/RECITALS/ACCOMPANYING
MUP 1xx-4xx Performance Studies
Performance Studies provide a unique opportunity for Augsburg students to study on
an individual basis with artist/teachers who are active performers in this region.
Performance Studies courses are available to music majors and non-majors and are individualized to meet the experience, ability, background and goals of the student.
Music majors may register for 0.25 credits (half-hour weekly lessons); or 0.5 credits
(one hour weekly lessons), in accordance with their specific degree requirements. Nonmajors may register for credit or for 0.0 credit (half hour weekly lessons). Freshmen may
qualify to have their lesson fee waived (one instrument per semester for half-hour weekly
lessons, 0.0 or 0.25 credits), if concurrently registered for and playing that instrument for a
large ensemble (MUE 111, 112, 114, 121, 141). Other ensembles may qualify upon petition to the music department.
Lessons are numbered sequentially to reflect each year of performance study (i.e. 1xx is
two semesters, first year of study; 2xx is second year of study, etc.) and lessons for credit
must be registered by ADD/DROP for m, signed, and delivered to Registrar’s Office by
the student. Please check with the music office or use the search option on AUGNET
Records and Registration to get the correct course section for instruments with more than
one teacher.
MUP 111-211-311-411 Voice
MUP 132-232-332-432 Bassoon
MUP 116-216-316-416 Electric Bass
MUP 133-233-333-433 Clarinet
MUP 121-221-321-421 Violin
MUP 134-234-334-434 Saxophone
MUP 122-222-322-422 Viola
MUP 135-235-335-435 Flute
MUP 123-223-323-423 Cello
MUP 137-237-337-437 Horn
MUP 124-224-324-424 Bass
MUP 141-241-341-441 Trumpet
MUP 131-231-331-431 Oboe
MUP 142-242-342-442 Trombone
252 Music
MUP 143-243-343-443 Baritone
MUP 181-281-381-481 Organ
MUP 144-244-344-444 Tuba
MUP 191-291-391-491 Harp
MUP 152-252-352-452 Piano
MUP 192-292-392-492 Improvisation
MUP 161-261-361-461 Guitar
MUP 193-293-393-493 Composition
MUP 171-271-371-471 Percussion
The following Chamber Music courses are offered for 0.0 credit and fulfill the chamber
music/small ensemble requirement for music majors. The courses are also open to nonmajors by permission of the instructor.
MUE 113
Vocal Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 122
String Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 125
Guitar Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 131
Woodwind Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 142
Brass Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 144
Percussion Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 145
Piano Chamber Music (.0 course)
MUE 143
Jazz Ensemble (.25 course)
The Augsburg Jazz Ensemble is a group that performs extensively in a wide
variety of venues. The literature performed reflects the cultural diversity and
historical context of jazz. Placement is by audition or by arrangement with the
director. Preference is given to Concert Band members.
MUS 358
Junior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for Music
Education majors, one hour recital at level IV for Music Performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 458
Senior Recital (.0 course)
One-half hour recital at repertoire level III for B.A. or B.S. candidates. No
course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUS 459
Senior Recital (.0 course)
B.M. candidates only. One hour recital at repertoire level IV for Music
Education majors, one hour recital at level V for Music Performance majors.
No course credit. Private instructor may request a pre-recital hearing.
MUP 159
Piano accompanying
Professional accompanying/weekly coaching for singers and instrumentalists.
Recommended for students preparing recitals, auditions, or special performance projects who would benefit from individualized collaboration and
coaching with a professional pianist. MUP fee schedule applies. (see
Handbook)
Music 253
LARGE ENSEMBLES
Please note that only large ensemble participation (Augsburg Concert Band, Augsburg
Chamber Orchestra, Augsburg Choir, Masterworks Chorale, or Riverside Singers) for credit
will satisfy the ensemble requirements of the music major, music minor, and Liberal Arts
Foundation requirements. Large ensemble requirements are fulfilled by yearlong participation with 0.25 credit granted each semester, and non-music majors may choose traditional
or P/N grading or an audit (V) designation. (A maximum of two credits for large ensemble
participation may be used towards graduation requirements.) Transfer students must participate in an Augsburg ensemble during their entire residency.
Auditions for membership in a large ensemble are scheduled during the first week of
each semester or by contacting the ensemble director.
MUE 111
Augsburg Choir
(.25 course)
MUE 112
Riverside Singers of Augsburg
(.25 course)
MUE 114
Masterworks Chorale
(.25 course)
MUE 121
Orchestra
(.25 course)
MUE 141
Concert Band
(.25 course)
■ INTERNSHIPS AND INDEPENDENT STUDY COURSES
MUS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MUS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
MUS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
MUS 498
Independent Study
(.5 course)
Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the department
curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty.
MUS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open only to advanced students upon approval of
the faculty.
254
NATURAL SCIENCE TEACHING
LICENSURES
T
he natural science licensure program
for teachers is designed to provide strong
preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements.
Courses are designed to provide a
broad, basic background in science and
allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student
will meet the distribution/general education requirements of the College, the
requirements for appropriate majors, the
courses required in the Department of
Education and, in the physical sciences,
have at least one year of calculus. Consult
with the Department of Education for
requirements in education. Early consultation with the major area coordinator is
essential.
Coordinators
Dale Pederson (Biology), Sandra Olmsted
(Chemistry), Jeff Johnson (Physics)
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current licensure requirements. All
upper division courses required for the
biology major must be completed before
student teaching.
LICENSURE REQUIREMENTS.
Broad Base Requirements (also for 5-8
General Science licensure)
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
SCI 106 Introductory Meteorology
BIO 101 Human Biology
BIO 102 Biological World
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
Biology Major—B.A. in Life Sciences
(for licensure in biology 5-12)
Broad base requirements (substitute BIO
113 and 114 for BIO 101/103 and 102),
plus:
BIO 215 Introductory Cellular Biology
BIO 491 Seminar
Six other biology courses, including at
least one from each of the following
groups:
BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology
or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
or BIO 473 Animal Physiology
BIO 361 Plant Biology
or BIO 440 Plant Physiology
BIO 369 Biochemistry
or BIO 476 Microbiology
BIO 355 Genetics
or BIO 481 Ecology
BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and
Molecular Biology
or BIO 474 Developmental Biology
One math course:
MAT 114, 122, 145, or 163
Natural Science Teaching Licensure 255
Chemistry Major
(for licensure in chemistry 9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in chemistry:
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
CHM 351 Organic Chemistry I
CHM 352 Organic Chemistry II
CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical
Chemistry
CHM 361 Physical Chemistry
CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory
CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (4 semesters)
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
Two courses from:
CHM 364, 367, 464, 470, 481, 482
One year of general physics — PHY 121,
122
General Science
(for licensure for grades 5-8)
If added to life science Chemistry or
Physics, will expand license to 5-12
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry I, II
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry I,
II
PHY 116 Introduction to Physics
or PHY 121, 122 General Physics I, II
BIO 102 Biological World
BIO 121 Human Biology
SCI 106 Introduction to Meteorology
GEO XXX Introductory Geology (taken
off-campus)
Physics Major (for licensure in physics
9-12)
Broad Base Requirements, plus Graduation
major in physics:
PHY 121 General Physics
PHY 122 General Physics
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two additional physics courses above 122;
PHY 261 recommended
MAT 145, 146, 245 Calculus I, II, and III
PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics (Prereq.:
MAT 245 or equivalent)
256
NORDIC AREA STUDIES—NAS
N
Other Requirements
ordic area studies is an interdisciplinary program. The curriculum treats
Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway, and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural
region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social,
and economic interdependency. Courses in
Nordic area studies postulate a Nordic
regional identity as a context in which to
appreciate the differences between the five
individual countries and to understand the
complexity of their interactions among
themselves and the global community.
Coordinator
Frankie Shackelford
Major
Eight courses, six of which must be upper
division.
At least four of the courses required for
the major must be Augsburg courses. The
remainder may be transfer credits included
in the major on approval of the program
coordinator. Students graduating with a
major or minor must also present the
equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See
Norwegian language course listings under
the Department of Modern Languages.
Recommended supporting preparation:
Study abroad through International
Partners, or SUST (See International
Studies, International Partners, and
Scandinavian Urban Studies Term); independent study in Denmark, Norway,
Sweden, Finland or Iceland; elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian,
history, political science, urban studies,
business administration, international relations, sociology, or social work.
Minor
Four upper division courses.
NORDIC AREA STUDIES COURSES.
NAS 121
Fire and Ice: Introduction to Nordic Literature
This course provides an introduction to Nordic culture via the medium of literature. Readings foreground issues of personal, ethnic, and national identity
against the broad backdrop of Scandinavian history, social democratic values,
and globalization.
NAS 230
Contemporary Norden
A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and
developments in the 20th century. No knowledge of Scandinavian language
required.
NAS 351
The Modern Nordic Novel
Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion is
based on reading selected works in translation from all five Nordic countries.
Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
Nordic Area Studies 257
NAS 352
The Modern Nordic Drama
Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th-century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development
of Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will do appropriate readings and written
work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years)
NAS 372
Norwegian Language and Culture
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 377
Scandinavia in the World
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
ART 382
Scandinavian Arts
(See Department of Art)
NAS 393
Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
NAS 394
Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia
(See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
NAS 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NAS 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
NAS 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
NAS 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
NORWEGIAN
See listing under Modern Languages.
258
NURSING—NUR
T
he Augsburg Department of Nursing
is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities
in the health care field.
The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding; nurses practice in hospitals, clinics, corporations, parishes, government agencies, schools, and community
organizations, or in their own private practices. Wherever they work, nurses provide
comprehensive health care for persons,
groups, and communities of diverse cultures and socioeconomic levels throughout
the life span.
The bachelor’s degree equips nurses to
synthesize knowledge from the liberal arts
with the art and science of nursing. The
nursing program at Augsburg also provides
educational opportunities to increase skills
in critical thinking, clinical investigation,
and decision-making in preparation for
challenging new nursing positions in
emerging care systems.
Augsburg’s nursing program, which
leads to a bachelor of science degree with a
major in nursing, is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE). Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for a public
health nurse registration certificate
through the Minnesota State Board of
Nursing.
Nursing Faculty
Cheryl Leuning (Chair), Ruth Enestvedt,
Joyce Miller, Sue Nash
Adjunct Faculty: Marty Aleman, Katherine
Baumgartner, Linda Holt, Barb Knutson,
Mary O’Connell, Deborah Schumacher,
Pauline Utesch, Luann Watson
Emerita: Beverly Nilsson
Program Assistant: Sharon Wade
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Seven courses including:
NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 305 Communication
NUR 306 Paradigms in Nursing
NUR 403 Families and the Life Cycle
NUR 410 Community Health Nursing I
NUR 411 Community Health Nursing II
NUR 490 Leadership/Management
A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.50 are
required. Students also must complete
Augsburg’s residence and general education
requirements.
The program has been planned so that
the major can be completed over 15
months with a summer break; however,
students may pursue their studies at a
slower pace.
Courses in the nursing major are
offered on weekday evenings with a
practicum course (NUR 411) requiring
additional weekday time. More time may
be required to complete the total course of
study depending on the number of liberal
arts (general education) courses needed to
complete the BSN degree, and the number
of credits transferred from other colleges or
universities. Students in nursing may take
non-nursing courses in both day school
and Weekend College. Students interested
in pursuing the nursing major should consult with BSN Admissions staff in Weekend
College for program planning.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the honors major
requires: a GPA of at least 3.60 in the
major and 3.30 overall, application to the
department chair by November 1 of the
senior year, recommendation by nursing
faculty, and honors thesis to be presented
Nursing 259
before a faculty committee by April 15.
Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the honors requirement.
Note regar ding Latin honors: To be eligible for Latin honors, a student must meet
minimum GPA standards as well as complete a minimum of fourteen traditionally
graded credits at Augsburg and have no
more than two elective pass/no pass graded
credits at Augsburg (classes offered only as
P/N by the department will not be counted, nor will “N” grades). For further information, see the Latin honors section on
page 90.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS.
The following steps may be taken in
any order, but all must be completed prior
to application for admission into the nursing major.
1. Submit an application to Augsburg
College. All applicants must present a high
school diploma or equivalent and a 2.20
GPA.
2. Graduation from a nationally accredited nursing program: Applicants must
have graduated from a nationally accredited associate degree or diploma nursing
program with a 2.50 overall GPA.
3. Unencumbered RN licensure: The
applicant must be a registered nurse who is
licensed and currently registered to practice in Minnesota prior to beginning the
nursing major.
4. Current clinical practice: Applicants
must give evidence of current clinical nursing practice (within the past five years).
This may include graduation from a school
of nursing, work experience, completion of
a nursing refresher course, or an acceptable
equivalent.
5. Applicants must have their own malpractice insurance and an updated immunization record.
Options for Completing the Degree
Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a
variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities, and work demands that must be
taken into account in any decision to work
toward a college degree. For this reason,
Augsburg offers full- and part-time sequential alternatives for pursuing a BSN.
Nursing courses at Augsburg are available evenings and weekends through
Weekend College. Nursing classes usually
meet on alternate weekday evenings for
one three-and-one-half-hour time block.
Clinical practicum requirements usually
occur on weekdays.
It is recommended that most liberal arts
courses be taken before starting the nursing major. Nursing majors can complete
courses toward the baccalaureate at the
Minneapolis campus; at United, Mercy,
Unity and Children’s Hospitals in St. Paul,
Coon Rapids, and Fridley, MN; and in
Rochester, MN.
NURSING COURSES.
NUR 330
Trends and Issues in Nursing
A transitional course designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the
professional nurse. Economic, social, political, and professional trends and
issues are explored in relation to their implications for a changing practice.
260 Nursing
NUR 305
Communication
Explores the components of the professional role and continues the professional socialization process. Theories about how individuals and groups communicate are applied to changing professional roles.
NUR 306
Paradigms in Nursing
An introduction to theory-based nursing practice and research. Nursing theory
and conceptual models for nursing practice are studied and applied to practice
and research.
NUR 403
Families and the Life Cycle
Provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with diverse families and
explores theories related to family structure and function throughout the life
span.
NUR 410
Community Health Nursing I
Introduces the theory and methods that are essential to maintain or improve
the health of culturally diverse individuals, families, groups, and communities.
(Prereq: Math Placement 3 or MAT 105)
NUR 411
Community Health Nursing II*
Provides clinical experience in community-based health care delivery systems.
Students will apply nursing process, teaching/learning theory, and public
health principles with culturally diverse clients. (Prereq: NUR 410)
NUR 490
Leadership/Management
The capstone course for the nursing major. Integrates concepts from nursing
and the liberal arts. Examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics,
accountability, and advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied.
Application of theory occurs in selected practice settings with a professional
nurse preceptor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.:
Senior status and completion of 300 level nursing courses and REL 300.)
NUR 495
Topics in Nursing (optional)
Provides opportunities for in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing.
The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and
students.
NUR 499
Independent Study/Research (optional)
See description on page 96.
Note: If NUR 411 is not taken immediately following NUR 410, students are required to consult
with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. Students who decelerate for more than five years may be asked to audit courses already taken. There is a fee to
audit courses.
* This course involves an additional clinical tuition and clinical practicum hours.
PHILOSOPHY—PHI
P
hilosophy is in an important sense
the most fundamental of the disciplines.
All of the sciences and most other disciplines arose out of it. Moreover, it is concerned with asking and answering the
“big” questions that are the most basic. For
example, Is there a God? Is there life after
death? Are there absolute moral standards?
What kind of life is the best? What is
knowledge and what are its sources?
Students learn to ask and answer these
and other similar questions for themselves
through the development and use of critical reasoning, assisted by the study of
philosophers from the past and present.
The philosophy major has been carefully planned so that students can easily graduate with two majors. Some majors continue on to graduate school in philosophy,
while others use the major to prepare for
other professional studies such as law,
medicine, the Christian ministry, or journalism.
Philosophy Faculty
Markus Fuehrer (Chair), David Apolloni,
Bruce Reichenbach
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Philosophy Major
Eight courses including:
PHI 230 Logic
or PHI 385 Intro. to Formal Logic and
Computation Theory
PHI 241 History of Philosophy I:
Ancient Greek Philosophy
PHI 242 History of Philosophy II:
Medieval and Renaissance
Philosophy
PHI 343 History of Philosophy III: Early
Modern and 19th Century
Philosophy
PHI 344 20th Century Philosophy
261
A 400-level course (other than PHI 499)
Two elective courses in philosophy
Four courses must be upper division.
Major in Computational Philosophy
In addition to a major and minor in
philosophy, the philosophy department
also offers a cross-disciplinary major in
conjunction with the computer science
department emphasizing areas of interest
in which philosophy and computer science
overlap: logic, artificial intelligence, cognitive science, philosophy of mind, and philosophy of language. The purpose of the
major is to augment the technical skills of
a computer scientist with the creativity and
liberal arts perspective of a philosopher.
The result is a degree that is very marketable in industry and that provides an
excellent logical and philosophical background for those wishing to pursue graduate study in philosophy. See course listing
on page 149.
Departmental Honors
Admission to the philosophy honors
program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations
will be made at the end of the junior year.
The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student’s
choice that involves research above the
course level, and a defense of this thesis
before the faculty of the department.
Philosophy Minor
Five courses, including two from
PHI 241, 242, 343, and 344.
262 Philosophy
PHILOSOPHY COURSES.
PHI 110
Introduction to Philosophy
This course introduces students to typical philosophical questions (how we
know, if we can have certain knowledge, if there are universal moral principles, whether God exists, the nature of the mind, etc.), to philosophical
vocabulary, and to critical thinking and what it means to view the world
philosophically.
PHI 120
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs, ethics helps students consider the bases they
use to make moral judgments. The course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies them to contemporary issues. The Christian tradition will inform the considerations. Students
who receive credit for PHI 120 may not receive credit for PHI 125.
PHI 125
Ethics and Human Identity
A philosophical study of the role of human understanding, emotions, and
action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. Beginning by asking what the
end or purpose of human life is, students decide on the moral and intellectual
virtues required to reach the end. Topics of friendship and human love are followed by an analysis of human happiness. Students who receive credit for PHI
125 may not receive credit for PHI 120.
PHI 175
Philosophy of Love and Sex
The nature and history of romantic love. The ethics of sex in relation to love,
marriage, the institution of monogamy, and homosexuality are considered.
PHI 230
Logic
Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the
rules that govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and
construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on informal
logic and inductive reasoning.
PHI 241
History of Philosophy I: Ancient Greek Philosophy
Central philosophical questions that concerned the Greek philosophers from
Thales to Plotinus and still concern us today: the nature of reality and its relationship to language and reason, the immortality of the soul, the nature of
truth and human knowledge, and the nature of the good life.
PHI 242
History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy
Students will read writings by various medieval and Renaissance philosophers
in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in
constructing a Christian philosophy. Topics include: the nature of being,
human understanding in relation to faith, and the place of the image of God in
the human condition. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring)
Philosophy 263
PHI 260
Philosophy and the Arts
Philosophical issues raised and illustrated by painting, sculpture, literature,
music, architecture, and film: the truth and falsehood of aesthetic judgment,
the definition of art; the nature of aesthetic experience, the evaluation of art,
creativity, the relation between the artist’s intention, the work of art, and its
relation to the rest of the artistic tradition. For arts majors and students with a
strong background in the arts.
PHI 343
History of Philosophy III: Early Modern and 19th-Century
Philosophy
The major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the
major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant’s synthesis of rationalism and empiricism, and 19th-century Idealism and the reaction
to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche and Mill).
PHI 344
History of Philosophy IV: 20th-Century Philosophy
A survey of major philosophical schools in the 20th-century: analytic philosophy, phenomenology, existentialism, pragmatism, and post-modern philosophy.
Focus of study is on major texts of these movements.
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
We systematically investigate a series of philosophical questions about religion. What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so,
what can be said about God? Can God’s goodness be reconciled with human
suffering? Are miracles and life after death possible?
PHI 355
Asian Philosophy
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies that underlie Hinduism,
Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. We focus on analyzing diverse views of
reality, the self, and recommendations on how to live.
PHI 365
Philosophy of Science
The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist’s
knowledge of the world is profoundly different and better than that of the
non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific methods.
(Suggested prior course: one course in natural science)
PHI 370
Existentialism
Studies in the writings—both philosophical and literary—of prominent existentialist authors. The course examines what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explores such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair, and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years)
264 Philosophy
PHI 380
Ethics of Medicine and Health Care
The course discusses some fundamental ethical theories, which it then carefully applies to problems that arise in the areas of health care and delivery, allocation of scarce resources, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying, and euthanasia.
PHI 385
Introduction to Formal Logic and Computation Theory
An introduction to sentential and first-order logic including logical connectives, proof theory, and quantification. Formal models of computation including finite state automata, pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
Incompleteness and uncomputability. (1.5-hour lab for PHI 385. Prereq. for
PHI 285: None. Prereq. for PHI 385: CSC 210 and one of MAT 122 or MAT
145 or MAT 171)
PHI 410
Topics in Philosophy
Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific topic
in philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses: any course from PHI 241, 242, 343, 344, or consent
of instructor. Offered annually)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHI 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHI 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
PHI 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHI 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See listing under Health and Physical Education.
PHYSICS—PHY
P
hysicists are a curious and ambitious
lot. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles that describe and govern
all physical aspects of the universe.
Historically called “natural philosophers,”
physicists investigate by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical
analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging from sub-atomic particles to
the largest galaxies and from the relative
stillness of near absolute zero to the fiery
activity of stars. Physics plays an important
role in many of the liberal arts disciplines
and contributes to society’s understanding
of such areas as energy, weather, medical
science, and space exploration.
Recognizing the importance of physics
in contemporary life and the need to keep
abreast of rapid technological advances,
the department strives to give students not
only an understanding of basic concepts,
but also insights into recent developments.
A rigorous major provides students with
the preparation required for graduate study
in physics. It also provides flexibility, serving as a stepping stone to advanced work
in related areas such as astronomy, engineering, materials science, atmospheric science and meteorology, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, and the
medical and health-related fields. The
department serves the liberal arts by offering courses for non-science students that
enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science.
These courses provide the basis for
further study and enable students to
follow new developments in science with
heightened awareness and comprehension.
265
The department supervises the preengineering program, with degree programs available at cooperating universities
at both the bachelor’s and advanced degree
levels, and administers Augsburg College’s
portion of funds designated for the
Minnesota Space Grant College
Consortium, funded by NASA. It also
maintains active research programs
through its Center for Atmospheric and
Space Sciences and the Sverdrup
Laboratory for Biophysics, with support
from the National Science Foundation,
NASA, and other private and public
sources. Several students work as research
assistants in these efforts during the academic year and in the summer. Cooperative
education, internship, and undergraduate
research programs provide opportunities
for students to apply their knowledge and
problem-solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings.
Physics Faculty
Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson,
Kenneth Erickson, William Jasperson,
Jeffrey Johnson, Ben Stottrup, David Venne
Physics Research Staff
Jennifer Posch
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Major
Thirteen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
266 Physics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395, 396 Comprehensive Laboratory
Two elective physics courses above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Major
Seventeen courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
PHY 245 Modern Physics
PHY 261 Electronics
PHY 351 Mechanics I
PHY 352 Mechanics II
PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I
PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields II
PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory I
PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory II
PHY 486 Quantum Physics
One physics course above PHY 122
CHM 105, 106 Principles of Chemistry
or CHM 115, 116 General Chemistry
MAT 145, 146 Calculus I, II
MAT 245, 247 Calculus III and Modeling
and Differential Equations
or MAT 245
Calculus III
and PHY 327 Special Functions of
Mathematical Physics
■ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Physics Major With Concentration in
Space Physics
Eighteen course credits. It is the same
as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY
320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the
elective physics course.
Departmental Honors
A GPA of 3.50 in physics and 3.30
overall. An original research project on a
significant topic in physics with an oral
presentation and written report. Project
proposals should be made to the department by Sept. 30 of the senior year.
OTHER REQUIREMENTS.
In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with
members of the physics faculty. Normally,
students should have MAT 145, 146, and
PHY 121, 122 during the freshman year,
and MAT 245 and 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year.
Physics 267
Teaching Licensure Major
Society of Physics Students
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
The Augsburg chapter of the Society of
Physics Students provides students the
opportunities of membership in a national
physics society and of participating in the
physics community on a professional basis.
Membership in the society is open to all
students interested in physics.
Minor
Seven courses including:
PHY 121 General Physics I
PHY 122 General Physics II
Sigma Pi Sigma
Membership in the Augsburg chapter of
this national physics honor society is open
to those students who have completed the
equivalent of a minor in physics, have a
GPA of 3.00 in physics and overall, and
rank in the upper third of their class.
Three elective physics courses
above PHY 122
MAT 145, 146
Calculus I, II
PHYSICS COURSES
PHY 101
Introductory Astronomy
A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars, and galaxies. In addition
the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization
to the present day. Night viewing is required. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall, spring)
PHY 103
Conceptual Physics
An introductory course (with a hands-on intuitive approach) in which the
applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental
principles of physics. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG 3.
Fall, spring)
SCI 106
Introductory Meteorology
A survey of the basic principles of Earth’s weather and climate. Topics include
winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and
hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming, and ozone depletion.
(Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 2. Fall,
spring)
SCI 110
Natural Science I
The first semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on the nature of science and major concepts of physics and chemistry.
Laboratory work stressing experimentation and measurement will include the
use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3)
268 Physics
SCI 111
Natural Science II
The second semester of a two-semester survey of natural science. This course
focuses on major concepts of earth science and biology. Laboratory work will
complement lectures and will include the use of computers and electronic sensors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: SCI 110)
PHY 114
Earth Science for Elementary Education Teachers
A practical and hands-on approach to earth and space science for students
admitted to the elementary education program. Topics covered include the
solar system and the origin of Earth; the structure of Earth including plate tectonics, earthquakes, volcanoes, and minerals and rocks; the hydrologic cycle
and the effect of water on the planet; and the changing climate of Earth. (Two
three-hour laboratory/lecture periods. Prereq.: elementary education major and
MPG 3. Fall, spring)
PHY 116
Introduction to Physics
An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems,
and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a
broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory.
Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 119
Physics for the Fine Arts
A scientific study of sound, light and the mechanics of structures and the
human body relating to music, the visual arts, and theatre. Explores the
physics of phenomena and perception fundamental to these disciplines. (Three
one hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 3. Fall)
PHY 121
General Physics I
A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics and wave motion.
Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 145 or concurrent registration. Fall)
PHY 122
General Physics II
A rigorous study of classical physics including thermodynamics, electricity,
magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics, pre-engineering, and other specified majors. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
121, ENL 111, MAT 146 or concurrent registration. Spring)
PHY 245
Modern Physics
An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimental
perspective. Relativity, atomic, molecular, nuclear, and solid state physics.
This course develops the experimental foundations and need for quantum
mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY
122. Fall)
PHY 261
Electronics
AC and DC circuits, analog electronics, digital electronics, and the analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 146.
Spring: cross-listed with computer science)
Physics 269
PHY 320
Introduction to Space Science
A survey of Earth’s space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, magnetic
storms, particle precipitation, aurora, and related topics). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring)
PHY/MAT 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics
Special functions encountered in physics. Partial differentiation, Fourier series,
series solution of differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal
functions, and functions of a complex variable. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 245 or equivalent. Spring:
cross-listed with mathematics)
PHY 351
Mechanics I
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, gravitation, oscillations, central forces, and two-particle kinematics. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 352
Mechanics II
Classical mechanics in terms of Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include dynamics of rigid bodies, systems of particles, and
noninertial reference frames. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, PHY
351, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 362
Electromagnetic Fields I
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include electrostatics, solution of Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations, and
electric properties of materials. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122,
MAT 247 or PHY 327. Fall)
PHY 363
Electromagnetic Fields II
The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using vector calculus.
Topics include magnetostatics, magnetic properties of materials, and electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell’s equations. (Three one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: PHY 362, MAT 247 or PHY 327. Spring)
PHY 395
Comprehensive Laboratory I (.5 course)
Students work in small groups on advanced experiments from various physics
subfields (including modern physics, electronic instrumentation, magnetism,
and optics) with a focus on the role of experiments, interpretation of data, and
scientific communication. Incorporates an introduction to LabVIEW software
for computerized data acquisition and experiment control. (One three-hour
laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.: junior or
senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall)
270 Physics
PHY 396
Comprehensive Laboratory II (.5 course)
A continuation of PHY 395. A thorough exploration of interface hardware and
software design (LabVIEW) for computer-controlled experiments followed by
application of these techniques to advanced experiments in high vacuum
physics and technology, modern optics, biophysics, and other areas. (One
three-hour laboratory and an occasional one-hour seminar per week. Prereq.:
PHY 395, junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Spring)
PHY 420
Plasma Physics
Fundamentals of plasma physics including waves, instabilities, drifts, plasma
drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, Boltzmann equation, magnetohydrodynamics, transport, and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362, 363 or concurrent registration)
PHY 430
Introduction to Solid State Physics
Topics in solid state physics including various theories of metals, crystal lattices, band structure and Fermi surfaces, phonons, semiconductors and magnetism. The conditions and consequences of the solid state of materials will be
explored at a very detailed level, taking realistic parameters of materials into
account. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 351, PHY 362; PHY 486
strongly recommended. Fall)
PHY 486
Quantum Physics
A development from first principles, including de Broglie’s postulates, the
Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, and
approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the
harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
PHY 245, 351. Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
PHY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHY 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
PHY 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
PHY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. Open to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
POLITICAL SCIENCE—POL
F
irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science shares concerns
with the humanities, other behavioral sciences, and mathematics and the sciences.
The role and significance of authority in
human affairs establish the focus of political science. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced
faculty that offers courses in all major
areas of political science, and also possesses special expertise in the areas of campaigns and elections, comparative and
international politics, mass communications and other information technolgoy,
racial and ethnic politics, and American
public law.
Political scientists use systematic
inquiry and analysis to examine political
reality. The student who majors in political
science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and
conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student
will be encouraged to relate insights from
other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and
sociology to the study of politics.
Providing work in several subfields of
political sciene, the major supplies the
breadth appropriate for graduate work in
political science, public administration,
public policy analysis, law, and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on
which to develop careers in public service,
business, communications, and other
fields. Legislative and other internships, as
well as significant independent research
projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg
political science students in the Twin Cities
area. Combined with broad, balanced, and
flexible course offerings, these special
opportunities enhance the student’s potential for graduate study and a successful
career.
Political Science Faculty
Andrew Aoki (Chair), Milda Hedblom,
Norma Noonan, John Shockley, Joseph
Underhill-Cady
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Political Science Major
Ten courses:
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 483 Political/Statistics/Methodology
POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar
Required elective—one of the following:
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
POL 122 Metropolitan Complex
POL 160 World Politics
POL 170 Law in the United States
Also at least five other upper division
courses in four out of five political science
areas. A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area. Only one
internship may count for an upper division
area. Also one other political science course
in any area, upper or lower division.
Pre-Law Concentration in Political
Science
Major: 11 courses required
Specific Required Courses — six total
POL 121
POL170
POL 483
POL 484
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
SPC 111
271
272 Political Science
Electives — five total
Three courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
POL 381
Plus two additional upper level courses in
Political Science (can come from the list
above, or be any other upper level Political
Science course).
Departmental Honors
The honors major in political science
includes the requirements listed above,
plus the following: The student’s GPA must
be 3.50 in the major and 3.00 overall; the
student must take an honors independent
study and a seminar, and must submit an
honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with
any member of the department on their
honors thesis. For specific requirements,
consult the department chair. Students
should apply for the honors major no later
than the junior year.
Minor
Five courses, including POL 121 or 122
or 170; POL 158; and at least three upperdivision courses in three out of five political science areas.
POL 483 may not usually be used
for a minor.
Two Electives:
Two courses from the choices below:
POL 350
POL 370
POL 371
POL 380
When necessary, substitutions can be
approved by the chair (e.g. if a required
course has to be cancelled).
Teaching Major in Political Science
and Economics
Total of 12 courses required: five courses in economics, five courses in political
science, and two courses in education.
ECO 112 or 113 and POL 121 also fulfill
requirements for the social studies core;
education courses also fulfill licensure
requirements for secondary educaiton.
Economics Courses:
ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
(elective for social science core)
ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics
or ECO 315 Money and Banking
ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics
One other upper division economics
course
Pre-Law Minor: six courses required
Education Courses:
EDC 200 Orientation to Education
(required for licensure)
ESE 310 5-12 Methods: Social Studies —
Capstone course (required for
licensure)
Four Required Courses:
POL 121
POL170
Political Science Courses:
POL 121 American Government (social
science core course)
Two of the following three courses:
ENL 223 or 220 (cannot use both ENL 223
and ENL 220)
PHI 230
SPC 111
Two upper-level political science courses
(must be in two different areas)
Two other political science courses
In addition, in order to graduate with this
major, a student must have been admitted
Political Science 273
into the Department of Education. To be
licensed in social studies, additional education courses and the social studies core are
required.
Political Science Areas
(I) American Government and Politics,
(II) Comparative Politics and Analysis,
(III) International Politics, (IV) Public Law,
and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any
course listed in more than one area may be
counted in only one area toward major or
minor requirements.
Note: Students interested in secondary
education may take a political science
major or the teaching major in economics
and political science. Either option
requires that the student also take courses
required for the social studies core. For
more information, see the department
chair.
See the class schedule for precise listing
of terms in which courses are offered.
POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES.
■ I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
POL 121
American Government and Politics
Surveys major parts of American national government — including Congress,
the presidency, and the courts — as well as campaigns and elections, federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
POL 122
Metropolitan Complex
Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on influences on urban public policy. Includes case studies of the Twin
Cities metro area.
POL 124
American Women and Politics
Investigates the roles women play in the political system. Political, economic,
and social issues will be explored from contemporary and historical perspectives.
POL 241
Environmental and River Politics
This course explores the politics of the communities and ecosystems of the
Upper Mississippi River watershed, including controversies about river pollution, the lock and dam system, regional water supply, flood control, and farming practices. Includes site visits to see how local policy-makers and stakeholders are trying to achieve sustainability in the watershed.
POL 323
Social and Political Change
Examines interaction between cultural, social, and political change, looking primarily, but not exclusively, at the United States. Also looks at how
individuals can try to effect political change. (Prereq.: one previous course
in political science, or junior or senior status or consent of instructor)
274 Political Science
POL 325
Politics and Public Policy
The domestic policy making process, emphasizing how elected officials,
bureaucrats, and interest groups shape government policies in various areas,
including taxes, the environment, and social welfare policy. How public policies are formulated and implemented.
POL 326
Political Parties and Behavior
Emphasizes study of public opinion and political parties in the electoral
process. Field work with political parties, interest groups, and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years)
POL 342
Mass Communication in Society
Studies effects of new information technology (such as the Internet) and of the
traditional electronic media. Covers uses of technology and media for newsmaking, selling, entertainment, and public affairs. (Prereq.: Sophomore, junior,
or senior standing)
POL 370
Constitutional Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 375
Media Law
(See Section IV for description.)
POL 421
Topics in American Politics
Topics include legislative, executive, or judicial politics, public policy, and
leadership. Can include focus on national, state, or local level. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making
process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of
contemporary issues.
POL 350
Topics In European Politics
Study of the political behavior, institutions, and processes of European states.
The course will focus on either European community law and politics or
domestic politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science
or consent of instructor)
POL 351
Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems
Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/post-communist
states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions, and political
processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 359
Topics: Women in Comparative Politics
Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes
and countries vary. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
Political Science 275
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons
of political processes such as political participation, political development,
political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one
course in political science or consent of instructor)
■ III. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
POL 160
World Politics
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
POL 363
Russian and Chinese Foreign Policies
Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the
former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent
of instructor)
POL 461
Topics in International Politics
Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be
included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of
instructor)
POL 490
Seminar in International Relations
Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of
some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends;
senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement for International Relations majors. (Prereq.:
four courses in the international relations sequence)
■ IV. PUBLIC LAW
POL 170
Law in the United States
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as
“supreme” law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues.
POL 370
Constitutional Law
The legal-political-philosophical role of the Supreme Court in the American
political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in
the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or at
least junior status and one previous course in political science)
POL 371
Topics in Constitutional Law
Selected topics in constitutional law. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle
of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor)
276 Political Science
POL 375
Media Law
Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation,
including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, access, ethics,
and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent
of instructor)
■ V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS
POL 140
Social Justice in America
Examines social justice in urban policies such as housing and education
(issues may vary). Students develop their own arguments about social justice.
Emphasis on class discussion; substantial participation required.
POL 158
Political Patterns and Processes
(See Section II for description.)
POL 282
Understanding Asian America
Asian Americans and their place in American politics and society. Includes
some coverage of Asian American history and looks at the struggle to define
Asian Americans.
POL 380
Western Political Thought
A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals,
and assumptions that continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 381
Topics in Democratic Theory
Selected topics including the emergence of political democracy in comparative
perspective and American political thought. Topic to be included in the
subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor)
POL 484
Political Analysis Seminar
An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political
study. Major research is required. This course satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: POL 158, POL 483, and two upper division courses, or consent of instructor)
Political Science 277
■ VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND INTERNSHIPS
POL 295
Lower Division Seminar
Special topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
(On demand)
POL 483
Seminar in Political Statistics and Methodology
Introductory survey of political science methods. Covers experimental design,
descriptive and inferential statistics, computer methods, and issues in the construction and execution of political surveys.
POL 495
Seminar
Selected topics. Consult department chair concerning terms and subject matter.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
POL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. P/N grading unless internship supervisor grants exception.
POL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
POL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
POL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
278
PSYCHOLOGY—PSY
P
sychology is an exploration of
behavior and mental processes. As an integral part of a liberal arts education, psychology contributes to the understanding
of individual and group behavior. The
study of psychology equips students to
understand and use the scientific method
to think creatively and critically beyond
the classroom. To prepare students for
graduate study and work in psychology,
the major emphasizes the complementary
components of a strong foundation in
research and theoretical work with the
application of knowledge and skills in
coursework, research experiences, and
internships within the community. The
curriculum’s emphasis on the experiential
dimensions of learning and the integration
of liberal arts and professional domains
prepares students for careers in many settings including business, education, social
services, research, law, government,
church, and medicine.
Faculty members in the Department of
Psychology have varied professional specializations including clinical, counseling,
physiological, developmental, social, cognitive, and industrial/organizational psychology as well as expertise in psychological
applications to health, law, and public policy. Students may tap this expertise through
a variety of learning experiences including
group and individual projects, association
with Augsburg’s active Psychology Club,
Psi Chi Honor Society, and faculty-student
research teams.
Psychology Faculty
Bridget Robinson-Riegler (Chair),
Barbara Curchack, Grace Dyrud, Stacy
Freiheit, David Matz, Nancy Steblay
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
The major is 10 courses
Foundations of Psychology (five courses)
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 215 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis I
PSY 315 Research Methods: Design,
Procedure, and Analysis II
At least one course from the following:
PSY 325 Social Behavior
PSY 354 Cognitive Psychology
PSY 355 Biopsychology
At least one course from the following:
PSY 491 Advanced Research Seminar
PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Professional Perspectives (two courses)
PSY 399/396 Internship
At least one course from the following:
PSY 357 Behavioral Analysis
PSY 359 Assessment
PSY 263 Sports Psychology
PSY 373 Industrial/Organizational
Psychology
PSY 385 Counseling Psychology
PSY 410 Clinical Neuropsychology
Electives (three courses in psychology)
Majors are strongly encouraged to take
more than the minimum 10 required psychology courses; no more than 13 course
credits can count for graduation.
Note: A minimum of five courses must be
from Augsburg. No more than two courses
from among PSY 199, 299, 399/396, and
499 may be counted.
Transfer-course policy for majors
and minors: All transfer courses, including ACTC courses, must be approved in
writing by the chair. Only those psychology courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last 10 years will be considered. In general, courses that meet the
transfer guidelines may only be applied to
elective or PSY 105 credit for the major.
Psychology 279
All psychology majors must have an
adviser in the psychology department.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Concentration in Psychology and Law
The field of psychology and law
involves the application of scientific and
professional aspects of psychology to questions and issues relating to law and the
legal system. This field encompasses contributions made in a number of different
areas — research, clinical practice, public
policy, and teaching/training among them
— from a variety of orientations within the
field of psychology, such as developmental,
social, cognitive, neuropsychology, and
clinical. Students in this concentration will
participate in at least three experiential
learning venues: laboratory research, a
community-based internship, and study
tours to Hennepin County Courts.
See department Chair for specific
requirements.
Concentration in Social Psychology
Both the sociology and psychology
departments offer courses relevant to students with interests in social psychology.
The intent of the social psychology concentration is to provide students of either
major with a solid disciplinary foundation
along with specific coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological
perspective. Students will participate in
internship and research experiences specific to their social psychology interest.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in law, consulting, research, and
social policy, as well as many other areas.
In addition, the social psychology concentration is ideal for graduate school preparation. See department chair for specific
requirements.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.00 in the major and 3.50
overall, and completion of a high-quality
research project. Formal application must
be made during the junior year. Please
consult the department chair for more
detailed requirements.
Minor
Five courses, including PSY 105, and
four electives. A minimum of two courses
must be from Augsburg. No more than two
courses from among PSY 299, 399/396,
and 499 may be counted.
PSYCHOLOGY COURSES..
PSY 105
Principles of Psychology
An introduction to the methods and principles of psychology. Applications
of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Research
participation is required.
PSY 201
Health Psychology
Consideration of the impact of psychological, behavioral, social, and biological
interactions on health. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
280 Psychology
PSY 215
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I
Part I of a two-term sequence. See PSY 315. PSY 215 may be taken for one
course credit without taking PSY 315. Scientific method as practiced in psychology. This sequence emphasizes skills of bibliographic research, research
design and data collection, statistical analysis and interpretation, and APAstyle presentation of research findings. (Prereq.: PSY 105, MPG 3, and sophomore status)
PSY 235
Psychology and Law
Application of psychological principles and research to legal processes, policy,
and problems. Emphasis on three content areas: eyewitness issues, courtroom
procedures, and forensic clinical practice. (Prereq: PSY 105)
PSY 250
Child Development
Theory and scientific methods of examining development and behavior.
Practical implications of data and theory are stressed. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 252
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Consideration of research and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult years. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 253
Aging and Adulthood
Development through middle and older adulthood. Consideration of positive
and negative aspects of aging. Content is especially relevant to those who
study and work with the largest growing segment of our population—the
elderly. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 256
Environmental Psychology
This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence of the
physical environment, both natural and human-made, on behavior. (Prereq.:
PSY 105)
PSY 261
PSY 262
Personality/Cultural Context
Current scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and
development of personality. Includes study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Abnormal Psychology
An introduction to psychological disorders and treatment. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 263
Sports Psychology
Foundations of sports psychology. Psychological concepts applied to sports
and enhancement of athletic performance. Topics include motivation, team
development, leadership, psychological skills training, and goal setting.
(Prereq: Psy 105)
PSY 271
Psychology of Gender
Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and
behavior of individuals. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 295
Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
Psychology 281
PSY 315
Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis II
Part II of a two-term sequence. See PSY 215. Ideally PSY 315 should be taken
in the term immediately following PSY 215. (Prereq.: PSY 215 with a grade of
2.0 or higher, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 325
Social Behavior
Social factors that influence individual and group behavior in natural and laboratory settings. Topics include social cognition, group behavior, social influence,
attitudes formation, and change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 354
Cognitive Psychology
Theory, data, and practical applications relevant to the following topics: attention, perception, pattern recognition, memory, mental imagery, problem-solving, decision-making, and language. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 355
Biopsychology
Relationship between biology and behavior. Considers biological bases of
learning and cognition, emotions, abnormal psychology, personality, normal
and altered states of consciousness. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior
standing)
PSY 357
Behavior Analysis
Principles of learning/behavior change and their application to self-management, family, work, school, and clinic settings. Individualized projects.
(Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 359
Assessment
Theory and scientific methods of assessing human aptitudes, achievement,
personality, abnormal behavior, vocational interests, and impacts of the environment on behavior. Examination of a variety of tests, concepts of reliability
and validity, and legal and ethical issues. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY 105 with
junior standing)
PSY 360
Psychology Laboratory
(.5 credit)
Laboratory research experience under the supervision of a faculty member.
Concurrent or previous enrollment in a full credit course in the faculty member’s area of expertise and approval by that faculty member are required.
(Prereq: Psy 215)
PSY 373
Industrial/Organizational Psychology
The theoretical and applied study of organizations. Topics include personnel
selection and evaluation, career development, conflict and decision-making, group processes, and organizational change. (Prereq.: PSY 215, or PSY
105 with junior standing)
PSY 381
Historical Perspectives
Focus on the people in psychology’s history, their questions and positions,
from the early Greek period to the present. Emphasis on the 20th century,
inclusions of women and minorities, and contextual history. (Prereq.:
PSY 215 or PSY 105 with junior standing)
282 Psychology
PSY 385
Counseling Psychology
Principles and methods involved in the counseling process. Consideration of
goals and ethical guidelines for the counseling relationship. (Prereq.: PSY 215,
or PSY 105 with junior standing)
PSY 410
Clinical Neuropsychology
The exploration of human behavior when the brain is altered by traumatic
brain injury and diseases such as stroke, epilepsy, and dementia. Learn human
neuroanatomy in order to relate brain systems to attention, perception, memory, language, personality, and awareness. Address clinical issues, including
neuropsychological assessment and interviewing. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent
of instructor)
PSY 490
Current Topics in Psychology
Specific topic will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 491
Advanced Research Seminar
Research team experience in a seminar format. Designed to extend students’
knowledge of statistical and methodological techniques and to explore contemporary professional issues and implications for social policy.
Recommended for students headed for graduate school and those electing an
honors major. (Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
PSY 493
Seminar: Contemporary Issues
Discussion and exploration of contemporary professional issues and social
policy from a psychological viewpoint. Faculty-supervised student research.
(Prereq.: PSY 315 or consent of instructor)
Internships and Independent Study Courses.
PSY 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. (Prereq.: PSY 105 and one other psychology course).
PSY 299
Directed study
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: PSY 105)
PSY 399/396 Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required.
PSY 399 involves an off-campus internship; PSY 396 involves an on-campus
internship. The internship satisfies the Keystone requirement. (Prereq.: PSY
315, ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
PSY 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: PSY 315)
RELIGION, YOUTH
MINISTRY—REL, YFM
R
eligion asks questions and seeks
answers fundamental to humanity’s search
for meaning: Who are we as human
beings? (Who am I?) What is our relationship with each other, with the natural
world, and with God? (What is my place in
the world? What am I called to do?) What
do good and evil mean in this time and
this place? (Do I — or how do I — understand these concepts differently than those
from different times and ages?)
The study of religion, including inquiry
into the history and traditions of
Christianity, exploration of other major
world religious traditions, study and interpretation of the Hebrew Bible and New
Testament, and reflection on vocation, is
central to the mission and vision of
Augsburg College. At the center of the
AugCore, Augsburg’s general education
program, are courses in the Religion
Department. In these courses, students are
challenged and equipped to articulate what
they believe and to see that what they
believe matters. These courses also ground
students who wish to major or minor in
Religion or Youth and Family Ministry,
where they may more explore more deeply
the interpretation of the Bible, church history, theology, world religions, spirituality
and spiritual practices, as well as the practical aspects of the life and work of the
church.
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), and
this means that we are eager to engage in
dialogue with Christians of all denominations and with people who practice other
spiritual traditions or claim no religious
beliefs. We challenge all our students to
respect and learn from one another and to
AND
FAMILY
think critically about matters of faith and
reason.
Religion Faculty
Philip Quanbeck II (Chair), Lori Brandt
Hale, Bradley Holt, Russell Kleckley, Lynne
Lorenzen, Mary Lowe, Beverly Stratton,
Mark Tranvik, Hans Wiersma
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
Majors
The Religion Department offers two
majors: Religion (REL) and Youth and
Family Ministry (YFM).
Prerequisites
Religion 100 (or 300 for advanced
transfer students) is prerequisite to all
other courses.
Graduation Requirements
Courses designated REL and YFM are
offered by the religion department. A maximum of 13 total REL and YFM courses
may be applied toward the 32-course
requirement for graduation. Taking extra
electives in REL or YFM may require students to complete more than the minimum
32 courses required for graduation.
Transfer Courses
All transfer courses for majors and
minors, including ACTC courses, must be
approved in writing by the chair. Only
courses successfully completed (2.0 or
above) within the last ten years will be
considered. In general, courses that meet
the transfer guidelines may only be applied
to elective credit for the major. Students
who have taken an approved introductory
course in Bible and/or Christian theology
283
284 Religion
at another college may take REL 300 in
place of the college REL 100 and 200
requirement; consult the registrar’s office.
Advising
All majors must have an adviser in the
department.
Departmental Honors
GPA of 3.50 in the major and 3.00
overall, research project approved by the
department, and colloquium with the
department. Application must be received
by the department by Dec. 30 of the student’s senior year.
RELIGION—REL
A religion major serves as a strong
foundation in the liberal arts. It prepares
students for professional work and/or graduate studies in a wide array of fields.
Certainly, students interested in seminary
and ministry are well-served by an undergraduate religion degree. Students who
wish to pursue graduate studies in theology, religious studies, sacred scripture, or
church history are also good candidates for
a religion major. Students interested in
graduate studies in most any field in the
humanities and social sciences could
choose a religion major. Law schools and
other professional schools, including medical schools, are attracted to students with
a religion degree and the skills of analytic
reading, critical thinking, writing, and
speaking acquired in pursuit of that
degree.
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
Religion Major
Eight courses including:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 210 Research Methods in Religion
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Five additional electives
Note: Keystone, especially for majors,
should be taken in the junior or senior
year. One New Testament Greek course
may be applied to the major.
Religion Minor
Five religion courses including REL 100
and 200. (Advanced transfer students take
REL 300 and four electives.)
Note for majors and minors:
Students are required to have at least a
2.00 GPA in courses counted toward the
major or minor. One or two courses in
Youth and Family Ministry (YFM) may
count toward the religion major or minor.
Religion 285
RELIGION COURSES.
REL 100
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning I
This introductory course will explore some of the biblical and theological
resources that the Christian tradition, seen through the lens of vocation,
brings to the search for meaning. Not accepted for cr edit for students who
h a v e t a k e n R E L 3 0 0 o r 33 1 .
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
REL 120
Religion and Science in Popular Culture
This course explores the relationship between religion and science through
issues that emerge in public discussion through news and popular media.
Examples of topics include evolution and intelligent design, genetic engineering and stem cell research, and the social role of science and science as vocation, along with historical and philosophical development of science in its
relationship to religion.
REL 200
Christian Vocation and the Search for Meaning II
This course focuses on articulating students’ own theological questions and
positions and on recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the areas of
biblical interpretation and the historical, cultural, and global contexts of
Christianity and other world religions. (Prereq.: REL 100)
REL 205
Exploring Topics in Religion
This course introduces students to various topics within the field of religion.
Students will explore primary texts on topics such as gender, economics, and
politics and investigate and analyze the contemporary debates involving these
complex issues. Students will develop their own perspectives on the topic
under investigation. (Prereq.: REL 100, 111, 221, 300, or 331 and ENL 111 or
112 or HON 111)
REL 206
Apostles of Hope
This course will explore how Israel adapted, resisted, fractured into sects, and
was crushed in revolt (70-73 AD/CE) in the crucible of the Greek and Roman
empires. Why was Jesus of Nazareth seen both as a sign of Israel’s hope and a
threat in Roman Judea? How did the apostolic movement bring its irrepressible hope in God into the nations, religions, philosophies, and languages of
the Roman order?
REL 210
Research Methods in Religion
An introduction to the study of the main disciplines within the academic
study of Christianity (Bible, theology, and church history), including methods
and research skills. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 300
Bible, Christian Theology, and Vocation
This foundational course for advanced transfer students explores the Bible,
Christian tradition, and vocation. Students will articulate their own theological
questions and positions and begin to recognize and evaluate religious claims
in a world of many religions. Open only to advanced transfer students. Not
accepted for credit for students who have taken REL 100, 111, 221, or 331.
286 Religion
REL 301
Interpreting the Old Testament
An investigation of the Torah, Prophets, and Writings, including forms, genres,
historical contexts, portrayal of God, and interpretation of these texts by
ancient and modern Jewish and Christian communities. (Prereq.: REL 100 or
300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST 100)
REL 302
Interpreting the New Testament
Historical, literary, and theological interpretation of Paul’s letters, the gospels,
and other New Testament writings as persuasive literature for ancient and
modern communities.
REL 306
Non-Western Christianity
A study of Christian belief and practice in a variety of cultural settings different from those of Western Europe and North America. In addition to introductions to forms of this faith on other continents, the course will explore the
deep questions of the relationship of culture and religion, and the ethnic and
cultural location of Christianity.
REL 309
Religion at the Movies
Religious themes such as good and evil, morality and ethics, human nature,
holiness, faith and belief, salvation and redemption, and forgiveness and mercy
will be explored through the medium of popular film.
REL 313
Environmental Theology and Ethics
An overview of contemporary environmental theology and theologically-based
approaches to environmental ethics using case studies of environmental problems in Mexico and Central America. Taught in Mexico during spring semester program.
REL 320
Buddhism and Christianity in Thailand
An examination of Buddhism and the interface of Buddhism and Christianity
in Thailand, with attention to the plurality of religions, the role of Christian
mission, and religious responses to some of Thailand’s contemporary problems
such as AIDS and the sex industry. Short-term travel seminar.
REL 343
Theology of Marriage and Family
An examination of the nature of modern marriage and family relationships
within the context of the faith and practice of the Christian church.
REL 346
Religion and Social Change in Southern Africa
This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of political
transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious
organizations. Taught in Namibia.
REL 353
Denominations and Religious Groups in America
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian
denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups.
Some controversial religious movements will also be considered.
Religion 287
REL 356
World Religions
An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world,
including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam.
REL 357
REL 362
Giants of Christian Faith
Christian history is examined through the lives and theology of notable figures. Thinkers who may be studied include Augustine, Martin Luther,
Dorothy Day, and Martin Luther King, Jr.
Theology of the Reformers
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the
16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON
111)
REL 363
Religion in America
A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, denominations, and the responses of religion to
the challenges of its environing culture.
REL 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
A study of the dominant theological perspectives that have shaped Latin
American culture and politics. Focuses on the relationship between theology
and social/political transformation.
REL 370
American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy of North American
Indians are studied. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal
relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies, and beliefs in an afterlife. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111,
junior standing, and REL 100 or 300)
REL 378
REL 383
Medieval Church (See description under HIS 378)
Process Theology
Influences of the relational world view of process philosophy on Christian
faith and ethical deliberations (including killing, abortion, human sexuality,
and euthanasia).
REL 386
Speaking of Genesis
An investigation of scholarship on Genesis and the role of interpretaton
through study of the characters and values portrayed in Genesis and related
biblical texts.
REL 390
Theology of Death and Dying
A study of death and dying from the viewpoint of Christian theology and
ethics, taking into account also what other religions and the biological, psychological, and social sciences have had to say on the subject. Special emphasis on medical ethics brought on by modern medical technology.
288 Religion
REL 405
Lilly Scholar Seminar I
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 406
Lilly Scholar Seminar II
(.5 course)
This course will study the Bible and Christian tradition in order to help participants discern a call in Christian ministry. This course is open to participants
in the Lilly Scholar program only.
REL 425
Christian Spiritual Practices
A practical forum on “habits of the heart” that sustain Christian service.
Students explore and critically reflect on the value and practice of spiritual
disciplines such as prayer, meditation, journaling, and service to the poor.
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and
men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on
Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor.
REL 471
Jesus and His Interpreters
Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure, and relationships. Attention to
the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus.
REL 472
Paul the Apostle
A study of the apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes found in his writings.
(Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and critical thinking entry level skill pass or GST
100)
REL 475
Judaism
An introduction to the Jewish faith as the tradition has developed, as well as
attention to current issues facing the Jewish community.
REL 480
Vocation and the Christian Faith
This course will examine vocation in the Bible, the Christian tradition, and
contemporary culture. Students will be challenged to make vocation the lens
through which they view their lives and communities. This course satisfies the
Keystone requirement.
REL 481
Contemporary Theology
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian church. (Prereq.: REL 100 or 300 and ENL
111 or 112 or HON 111)
REL 483
Christian Ethics
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action.
Religion 289
REL 490
Topics in Religion
Selected topics in religion.
REL 495
Religion Keystone
This course is required for the major, and enrollment is normally restricted to
students who have nearly finished their coursework. Selected topics vary by
instructor. Students will improve writing abilities through writing a major
research paper. (Prereq.: REL 210 and ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
REL 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95. Limited to special cases.
REL 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
REL 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
REL 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. For religion majors only.
See department listing for a description of the following approved electives:
PHI 350
Philosophy of Religion
SOC 260
Religion and Society
YOUTH
AND
FAMILY MINISTRY—YFM
Youth and Family Ministry Major
The major in youth and family ministry
prepares persons for faithful work as youth
and family ministers in Christian congregations and other ministry settings. This
major is interdisciplinary, combining a core
study of theology and Bible with supporting coursework in the social sciences. A
distinctive part of the major is the combination of practical and theological training.
Students are accepted into the program
through a two-step candidacy process. Contact the youth and family ministry coordi-
nator in the religion department about
when and how to apply for candidacy.
This major requires 150 hours of supervised contextual education (YFM 207) as
preparation for a 150-hour internship
(YFM 399) with a congregation or ministry
organization. YFM majors are encouraged
to plan class schedules to allow for either
extending the internship experience for a
full year, or completing the internship
semester while carrying only one additional class. Consult the youth and family ministry coordinator for advising.
290 Youth and Family Ministry
Youth and Family Ministry Major
Eleven courses including:
Theology core:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
REL 362 Theology of the Reformers
REL 495 Religion Keystone
Youth and family ministry core:
YFM 207 Contextual Education
[required non-credit field experience]
YFM 232 Peer Ministry: Principles and
Leadership
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
or YFM 316 Church and Culture in
Context
YFM 399 Internship
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
REL 425 Christian Spiritual Practices
and three supporting courses:
SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
PSY 250 Child Development
or PSY 252 Adolescent and Young Adult
Development
or SWK 260 Humans Developing
Note: A student with a youth and family ministry major or minor may not also
major or minor in religion.
Youth and Family Ministry Minor
The minor consists of the following six
courses:
REL 200 Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning II
or REL 300 Bible, Christian Theology,
and Vocation
YFM 235 Basics in Youth and Family
Ministry
YFM 232 Peer Ministry
one Bible survey course from:
REL 301 Interpreting the Old Testament
REL 302 Interpreting the New Testament
one upper division YFM course from:
REL 343 Theology of Marriage and
Family
YFM 316 Church and Culture in Context
YFM 358 Life and Work of the Church
one formal, supervised field work experience:
YFM 207 Contextual Education (noncredit requirement)
YFM 399 Internship
or field work with youth and families,
supervised through another major and
approved by the religion department youth
and family ministry coordinator.
Youth and Family Ministry 291
YOUTH AND FAMILY MINISTRY COURSES.
REL 100 or 300 is a prerequisite for all religion and youth and family ministry courses.
YFM 207
Contextual Education (.0 course)
Students reflect upon and relate their learning of theology, the youth and family ministry model, and supporting social science courses to experiences during
150 hours in an approved congregational setting. They discuss ministry issues
with peers and supervisors and begin preparation of their professional portfolios. This is a non-credit requirement for the major. It may be done over two
to three semesters. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #1)
YFM 232
Peer Ministry: Principles and Leadership
Students learn to train college, high school, and junior high youth to serve as
peer ministers in their congregations and communities. They will learn and
practice communication skills, facilitate small groups, and learn the role of a
listener/helper. Peer ministry integrates the act of caring and serving others
within a Christian belief system.
YFM 235
Basics in Youth and Family Ministry
A study in the basics of Christian ministry, especially with regard to children,
youth, and families. Biblical and theological foundations in ministry are
explored. Conceptual models and basic skills of ministry with children, youth,
and families in congregations and other ministry settings are also explored.
YFM 316
Church and Culture in Context
A study of culture, church life, and the contemporary religious situation in
another country. An exploration of the roles of households, congregations, and
other ministry organizations in shaping and nurturing faith as compared to the
United States. Short-term travel seminar, available as offered.
YFM 358
Life and Work of the Church
An overview of the manner in which Christianity has carried out its mission
throughout the centuries. An exploration of the issues and challenges facing
the “postmodern” church. A study of the role of households, congregations,
and other ministry organizations in shaping and nurturing the Christian faith.
YFM 399
Internship
Supervised practice of youth and family ministry during 150 hours in an
approved congregational setting. Students complete a formal internship agreement and projects. (Prereq.: Candidacy step #2)
YFM 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See Nordic Area Studies.
292
SOCIAL STUDIES TEACHING LICENSURE
S
tudents preparing to teach social
studies at the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional
requirements to be met within the
Department of Education, a program
designed to provide a broad foundation in
the social sciences.
Coordinators
Don Gustafson, degree-seeking students.
Anne Kaufman, licensure only and MAE
graduate students.
Social Studies Teaching Licensure
Broad base requirements:
ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics
HIS 120 America to 1815
or HIS 121 19th-Century United States
or HIS 122 20th-Century United States
POL 121 American Government and
Politics
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 241 Foundations of Cultural
Anthropology
One course in geography
(human or cultural)
Plus a major in one of six fields—economics, history, political economics, political
science, psychology, or sociology.
Geography and anthropology are also
acceptable fields, although they are not
offered as majors on the Augsburg campus.
An interdisciplinary social studies
major is available for persons holding a
bachelor’s degree and seeking licensure
only.
Students considering a career in
social studies education should consult,
as soon as possible, the Augsburg
Department of Education and the social
studies coordinator.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. Students
should consult with the Augsburg
Department of Education to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
SOCIAL WORK—SWK
T
he social work major prepares graduates to work with individuals, groups,
families, communities, and organizations.
Graduates are social work professionals
prepared for practice that promotes social
and economic justice and encourages individual and group empowerment. The
social work undergraduate receives a bachelor of science in social work (BSW)
degree and is eligible to apply for licensure
as a generalist social worker. We also offer
a graduate masters degree in social work
(MSW). Both the baccalaureate and graduate social work programs are accredited by
the Council on Social Work Education.
Social work graduates embody the
Augsburg College motto, “Education for
Service.” Service learning and practica
assignments are integral to the curriculum.
The Twin Cities region offers a variety of
innovative and professional community
agencies. Bringing the local social welfare
resources into the classroom through presentations and internships allows students
to train with and learn from local, regional
and national social work leaders. Students
also work within social, cultural, ethnic,
and economically diverse communities,
becoming better able to practice in a global
society.
The social work major at Augsburg
College provides each student with a
strong foundation for graduate studies in
social work and other human service
fields. The social welfare minor and social
work electives offer students from other
disciplines the opportunity to gain knowledge about human needs, growth and
development, experience with urban
human services, and an introduction to
global issues of peace and justice.
293
Social Work Faculty
Anthony Bibus (Chair), Laura Boisen
(MSW Field Coordinator), Lois Bosch
(MSW Program Director), Francine
Chakolis, Christina Erickson, Annette
Gerten, Barbara Lehmann, Rosemary Link,
Sharon Patten, Curt Paulsen, Nancy
Rodenborg (BSW Field Coordinator),
Glenda Dewberry Rooney, Michael Schock
(BSW Program Director), Maryann Syers
(Field Education Coordinator), Tan Ngoh
Tiong
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten core courses:
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 306 Social Work Practice I:
With Individuals
SWK 307 Field Work I:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 316 Social Work Practice II:
With Families and Groups
SWK 317 Field Work II:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 402 Research I: Fundamentals of
Social Work Research and
Evaluation (.5)
SWK 403 Research II: Evaluation of
Social Work Practice and
Programs (.5)
SWK 406 Social Work Practice III:
With Communities and Policies
SWK 407 Field Work III:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 417 Field Work IV:
Integrative Seminar
SWK 490 The Social Worker as
Professional
and seven supporting courses:
BIO 121 Human Biology
PSY 105 Principles of Psychology
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
294 Social Work
SOC 265
SWK 257
SWK 260
SWK 280
Race, Class and Gender
Exploring Human Services
Humans Developing
Diversity and Inequality in
Professional Practice
A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for
each core course and a 2.00 GPA is
required in the supporting program. A statistics course is recommended for students
planning on graduate school.
In accordance with accreditation standards, the Social Work Department does
not grant social work course credit for life
experience or previous work experience.
Admission to the Major
Students must apply to be admitted to
the BSW degree program. This application
process, called candidacy, is subsequent to
and separate from admission to Augsburg
College. The initial candidacy application
is completed in the spring term of the
sophomore year or in the summer months
for junior transfer students. Each social
work major must complete the application
materials and be officially admitted to the
BSW program before beginning the first
field practicum in the junior year.
Admission to the program is required as a
pre-requisite for those 300 and 400 level
courses restricted to social work majors
only. Contact the Social Work Department
for details.
Departmental Honors
The social work department offers students the opportunity to earn
Departmental Honors through the completion of an applied or scholarly project.
Students may apply for Departmental
Honors if they have earned and maintain
an overall GPA of 3.30 and maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.60 in all social work
classes at the 300 level and above. Honors
applicants may take up to two courses as
P/N (in addition to the integrative field
seminars, which are graded P/N) and must
complete a minimum of 14 traditionally
graded Augsburg courses. Other requirements include the successful completion of
a paper or project designed to demonstrate
critical understanding of one area in the
field of social work or social welfare. A faculty mentor will guide and supervise work
on this paper or project. Please consult
with your advisor or BSW program director for complete details and deadlines.
Social Welfare Minor (for other
majors)
Six courses including:
SWK 257 Exploring Human Services
SWK 260 Humans Developing
SWK 301 History and Analysis of
Social Policy
SWK 406 Social Work Practice III:
With Communities and Polices
SOC 265 Race, Class, and Gender
and one course from:
POL 121 American Government
and Politics
POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes
POL 325 Politics and Public Policy
Social Work 295
SOCIAL WORK COURSES.
■ COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS
SWK 230
Global Peace and Social Development
This course offers a framework for understanding sustainable social and economic development and non-violent social change. Case studies present examples of how social work and human services function in a global context and
are vital to fostering peace, human rights, and well-being.
SWK 257
Exploring Human Services
In this service learning course, students explore human services and especially
social work as a major and as a career. In addition to attending class, students
work alongside helping professionals in the community. Students gain a foundational understanding of the intersections between basic human needs, allocation of resources, and political structures, and they examine how the allocation of resources affects diverse groups.
SWK 280
Diversity and Inequality in Professional Practice
This course explores diversity and social inequality as they relate to professional practice in social work and other helping professions. Building cultural
competence in work with diverse populations, students learn through dialogue, reading, experiential exercises, and community observation. (Prereq. or
concurrent registration: SOC 265 Race, Class and Gender)
SWK 260
Humans Developing
This course helps students to examine critically factors influencing human
growth and development within diverse and oppressed groups. Students come
to understand human growth throughout life and the biological, psychological, and socio-cultural factors that influence the development of individuals,
groups, and families.
SWK 301
History and the Analysis of Social Policy
The history of social workers, social movements, and changing social norms in
Europe, North America, and globally profoundly affects social welfare policy
today and tomorrow. In this course, students learn how historical events, policies, and programs influenced today’s social responses to human needs.
(Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor)
SWK 406
Social Work Practice III: With Communities and Policies
Students learn how community organizations, human service agencies, and
social policies emerge in western society. Students study how to organize communities for empowerment, how to assist human service agencies to adapt,
and how to influence local, regional, and national policies. (Prereq.: senior
standing or consent of instructor)
296 Social Work
■ COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORS ONLY
SWK 306
Social Work Practice I: With Individuals
Students develop foundational social work practice knowledge, skills, and values while learning to interview, assess, set goals, and work with individual
clients. Course readings, class participation, simulations, and role-plays provide learning opportunities for students to build skills necessary for generalist
social work practice with individuals, families, and groups. Emphasis is on
holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach and
working with diverse populations.
SWK 307
Field Work I: Integrative Seminar
Students begin applying practice knowledge and skills in their first social
work practicum. Social work professionals in regional human service agencies
supervise students in a full-year field placement. Students also synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 307 is concurrent with SWK 306
and is the first of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 316
Social Work Practice II: With Families and Groups
Students continue to develop generalist social work practice knowledge, skills,
and values while learning to interview families and facilitate groups. Emphasis
is on holistic practice applying the strength-based problem solving approach
and working with diverse groups and families.
SWK 317
Field Work II: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 307. Students apply practice knowledge
and skills in their first social work practicum. Students synthesize their
course-based learning with their supervised training through participation in
weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of
supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 317 is concurrent with SWK 316
and is the second of two courses required in the junior year practicum, P/N
grading only.)
SWK 402
Research I: Fundamentals of Social Work Research and Evaluation
(0.5 course)
Students are introduced to basic social research methods commonly used in
social work research. Students learn how to access and understand current
knowledge and evidence for effectiveness in social work practice and programs. Students also learn the foundational skills in planning and proposing
research strategies as applied to practice evaluation. (This half course is in
sequence with SWK 403 and is concurrent to SWK 406.)
Social Work 297
SWK 403
Research II: Evaluation of Social Work Practice and Programs (0.5
course)
Building on the work in SWK 402, students plan and complete an evaluation
of agency-based social work interventions. Students learn to gather and interpret evidence for change using data analysis strategies for both quantitative
and qualitative information. (Prereq.: SWK 402 and MPG 3)
SWK 407
Field Work III: Integrative Seminar
Social work professionals in regional human service agencies supervise students in a senior year field placement. Students synthesize their advanced
course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly
integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120 hours of supervised practice in the fall term. (SWK 407 is concurrent with SWK 406 and is
the first of two courses required in the senior year practicum, P/N grading
only.)
SWK 417
Field Work IV: Integrative Seminar
This course is a continuation of SWK 407. Social work students synthesize
their advanced course learning with their supervised training through participation in weekly integrative seminars. Students complete a minimum of 120
hours of supervised practice in the spring term. (SWK 417 is concurrent with
SWK 419 and is the second of two courses required in the senior year
practicum, P/N grading only.)
SWK 490
The Social Worker as Professional
This course, which meets the senior keystone course requirement in the
Augsburg Core Curriculum, is the summative seminar in the social work
major. Students learn organizational analysis and methods for agency change
as well as reflect on vocation in social welfare, engage in career planning,
study ethical practice principles, and prepare to engage in professional social
work practice. (Prereq.: senior social work status required)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SWK 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SWK 295
Topics:
Special themes in social work specified in subtitle.
SWK 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SWK 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SWK 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
298
SOCIOLOGY—SOC
S
ociology is the scientific study of
society as a whole and of human social
organization in groups. The sociological
perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how human
beings come to think and act as they do.
The goal of the department is to guide
students in gaining knowledge of the social
order, how it affects them in their daily
lives, and how it can be applied to their
vocation. Sociology majors develop an
understanding of the theories of society
and social groups, learn to create and use
scientific tools of analysis, and practice the
application of sociological concepts to the
solution of social problems.
Students are encouraged to select as
electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as internships,
independent study, and field studies. The
department urges students to use
Augsburg’s metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships, service
learning, and cooperative education enable
majors to apply the theories and research
skills of sociology while they explore
career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who
have majored in sociology are currently
employed in research, management, and
human resources departments of both government and private corporations, in the
criminal justice field, and as professors of
sociology. Others have used the major as
preparation for advanced study in areas
such as law, the ministry, social work,
urban planning, and human services.
Sociology Faculty
James Vela-McConnell (Chair), Lars
Christiansen, Nancy Fischer, Garry Hesser,
Diane Pike, Tim Pippert
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Students may choose to pursue the core
sociology major or they may opt for a specialized, interdisciplinary concentration
within the major.
Core Major
Sociology has a long-standing tradition
as an excellent undergraduate major that
applies to a number of fields from human
services to criminal justice to business to
public service. The foundation of the
major at Augsburg is that it provides a
clearly organized curriculum that is challenging, develops over the course of the
major, and integrates and reinforces an
excellent set of important skills; those
skills include abstract thinking, writing,
critical analysis, basic research, integration
of theory and data, and the connection of
the individual and collective perspectives
in the unique way of the sociological imagination. The five core courses intentionally
develop those skills in our students and
serve them well. Thus, these required and
sequenced courses are also the core of the
concentrations that allow students to pursue their electives in a direction that adds
other skills related to areas of interest.
Those concentrations include: Community
Studies, Crime and Deviance, Cultural
Anthropology, Organizational Studies, and
Social Psychology.
The major includes a total of ten courses: five required core courses and five electives, at least two of which are upper division courses from the specified list below:
Core major:
SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society
SOC 362 Statistical Analysis
SOC 363 Research Methods
SOC 485 Sociological Theory
SOC 490 Senior Seminar
Sociology 299
At least two of the following upper-division
courses (Prereq: SOC 121):
SOC 349 Organizational Theory
SOC 375 Social Psychology
SOC 381 City & Metro-Urban Planning
SOC 390 Social Problems Analysis
SOC 410 Field Studies of Organizations
SOC 300 Special Topics: Organizational
Deviance
SOC 300 Special Topics: Juvenile
Delinquency
SOC 300 Special Topics: Sociology of
Law
Three additional sociology electives. SOC
399 (Internship) is highly recommended.
Note: Majors must have a 2.0 or better in
each required course to receive credit in
the major.
Concentration in Community Studies
This concentration is designed to give
sociology majors a concentration in urban
community studies, which includes an
applied sociology focus emphasizing city
and community planning with a required
internship. Courses required beyond the
core major requirements are: SOC 111,
SOC 381, SOC 399 and one additional
elective. See Garry Hesser for advising and
visit the department website for details.
Concentration in Crime and Deviance
Students interested in the traditional
aspects of criminal justice — courts, prisons, probation, and law enforcement — as
well as community crime prevention will
be served by this concentration in the
major. Courses required beyond the core
major requirements are: SOC 265, SOC
277, a topics course in Deviance and
Juvenile Delinquency or Organizational
Deviance, PSY 335, and an upper division
Internship approved by the department.
See Diane Pike for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Concentration in Cultural
Anthropology
This concentration offers sociology
majors an opportunity to examine and
develop the methods and theoretical perspectives used by cultural anthropologists
to study and understand the dynamics of
culture. To complete the concentration, the
sociology major must complete five additional courses beyond the core sociology
courses. Two of those courses must be
SOC 141 and SOC 499. The remaining
three courses must be selected one each
from three course groupings: World
Cultures, Anthropological Research, and
Theoretical Perspectives. See Eric
Buffalohead for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Concentration in Organizational
Studies
This concentration is designed for students who plan to work in organizational
settings including corporate, government,
and non-profit sectors. Students will learn
how organizations are structured, function,
and change, how people relate in organizational settings, and how organizations succeed and why they sometimes fail. This
concentration seeks to equip students with
skills to effectively lead and manage organizations, and to succeed within organizations while achieving their personal career
and professional goals. Courses required
beyond the core major requirements are:
Work and Society (SOC 222),
Organizational Theory (SOC 349), Field
Studies in Organizations (SOC 410), and
three courses in related fields — BUS 340,
one from BUS 242 or ECO 113, and one
from INS 325, COM 345, or COM 410.
Organizational Deviance (SOC 300) may
be a substitute for either BUS course. See
Lars Christiansen for advising and visit the
depart website for details.
300 Sociology
Concentration in Social Psychology
The intent of the social psychology
concentration is to provide sociology
and/or psychology students with a solid
disciplinary foundation along with specific
coursework to strengthen a cross-disciplinary social psychological perspective.
Coursework will emphasize research skills,
theoretical analysis, and applied work in
areas intended to prepare students for
careers in public relations, law, consulting,
research, social policy, and more. Courses
required beyond the core major requirements are: SOC 375, SOC 390, SOC 499,
PSY 105, PSY 325, and PSY 491. See James
Vela-McConnell for advising and visit the
department website for details.
Teaching Licensure Major
The State of Minnesota has specific
licensing requirements for teachers that
may differ slightly in emphasis from the
Augsburg major requirements. The state
requirements may also be subject to
change after publication of this catalog.
Students therefore should consult with the
Augsburg Department of Education to
identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements.
Departmental Honors
To complete departmental honors in
sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.50 in the major and overall.
In addition, students must: (1) successfully
complete an internship, independent study,
or cooperative education experience; (2)
submit a portfolio including an honors
essay and completed papers and projects.
See department chair and website for specific requirements. An application for
departmental honors/graduation with distinction must be completed by spring of
the junior year.
Minor
Five courses including SOC 121 and at
least two upper division courses taken at
Augsburg College. Students are required to
have at least a 2.00 GPA in courses counting toward the minor.
SOCIOLOGY COURSES
SOC 111
Community and the Modern Metropolis
How is community possible in the context of multicultural, social, and
ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and
structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this theme.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 121
Introduction to Human Society
What is society and how does it make us who we are? Sociology offers insights
into discovering the world and one’s place in it. Course study focuses on an
understanding of culture, social structure, institutions, and our interactions
with each other. (Fall, spring)
SOC 141
Foundations of Cultural Anthropology
Course objectives include giving students an understanding of anthropological
methods and theories, the concepts of race and culture, an appreciation and
awareness of differing cultures, and an awareness of the role cultural anthropology has in understanding contemporary human problems. (Fall, spring)
Sociology 301
SOC 222
Work and Society
Why does a doctor get paid handsomely, and a burger-flipper get paid poorly?
Can workplaces be functional, or are they inherently conflictual? How does
the current expansion of global capital (globalization) shape our work experiences in the U.S.? This course explores these and other questions through various sociological theories of work and labor in modern society.
SOC 231
Family Systems
The term family is a universal concept, yet its membership, rituals, and functions vary dramatically across world cultures and sub-cultures in the United
States. Family systems are explored with respect to cultural and historical settings, variations among families, and modern cultural and social patterns.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 240
Protest and Social Change: The Sociology of Social Movements
Why do people engage in protests and join social movements? What impacts
do social movements have on social institutions, the state, culture, and even
personal identity? This course explores these and other questions through
studying social movement theory and several social movements occurring over
the last two centuries. (SOC 121 and courses on 19th or 20th century U.S.
history recommended, but not required)
SOC 260
Religion and Society
An examination of the interaction of religion and society with attention to secularization, race, gender, and the public role of religion utilizing sociological
research on the role of religion and religious organizations in American society. (Fall)
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
Who gets what, when, and how? Individuals and groups from diverse
backgrounds—race, ethnicity, class, gender, and sexuality—receive unequal
portions of wealth, power, and prestige in our society. This course focuses
on both the collective and individual processes involved in social inequality.
(Fall, spring)
SOC 277
Introduction to Criminology
What do we know about crime in American society? How can we explain
crime sociologically? Topics include: theories and patterns of crime, police,
courts, corrections, and criminal policy. (Fall)
SOC 290
Cultures of Violence
What are the dynamics underlying different forms of violence? This course
takes violence in its many forms as a topic for sociological analysis and concludes with an examination of non-violent alternatives to conflict. (Offered on
rotating schedule)
SOC 295, 300, 301, 302, 303, 304, 495 Special Topics in Sociology
A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests that
are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor)
302 Sociology
SOC 349
Organizational Theory
What is the nature of these modern organizations in which we spend so much
of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect
to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance.
(Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 362
Statistical Analysis
This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the
social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis—be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.:
MPG 3. Fall)
SOC 363
Research Methods
Good research—do you know it when you see it? Can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis.
(Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring)
SOC 375
Social Psychology
How does society construct the individual? How does the individual construct
society? This course analyzes the dynamic tension between the self and
society, as well as the major questions, issues, perspectives, and methods of
the field. (Prereq.: Soc 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 381
The City and Metro-Urban Planning
Emphasis centers on alternative theories and approaches to urban planning
and the shaping of metropolitan areas. Readings, simulations, outside speakers, and field study in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent
of instructor. Spring)
SOC 390
Social Problems Analysis
How do social problems develop? What can be done about them? This course
engages the sociological imagination in an attempt to draw connections
between micro-level analysis and macro-level analysis, linking our own private
troubles with public issues. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor)
SOC 410
Field Studies in Organizations
In this course we visit several local organizations (ranging from small nonprofits to large transnational corporations), and work on a semester-long project with a local organization. We analyze these field experiences from the perspectives of organizational theory and critical political-economy, as well as
explore the challenges, strategies, and rewards of doing projects as a group.
(Prereq: SOC 222 and SOC 349, or permission of the instructor)
Sociology 303
SOC 485
Sociological Theory
An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing
the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.:
Two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall)
SOC 490
Senior Seminar and Keystone
This Keystone experience provides the opportunity for majors to integrate the
sociology program and general education, develop an understanding of the
applied value of sociology, and articulate a sense of vocation and professional
identity. Pass/No Pass grading. Senior sociology majors only. (Spring)
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
SOC 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SOC 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
SOC 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
SOC 498
Independent Study—Metropolitan Resources
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic, and integrated utilization of resources available
in the metropolitan community, supplemented by traditional College
resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, spring)
SOC 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96. (Prereq.: SOC 121, consent of instructor and
department chair. Fall, spring)
SPANISH
See listing under Modern Languages.
304
THEATRE ARTS—THR
T
he study of theatre is firmly grounded
in the liberal arts, integrating knowledege
and principles from many academic and
artistic disciplines, including speech/communication, art, music, history, English,
literature, business, philosophy, and religion. Both the curriculum and dramatic
productions by the Theatre Arts
Department offer valuable cross-disciplinary connections for the campus while
also providing a solid base in classical,
modern, contemporary, and multicultural
theatre.
Augsburg’s location in the heart of a
major theatre center makes it an ideal
place to study theatre. At Augsburg we
seek to create every opportunity for students to grow both as theatre artists and
scholars, by encouraging connections
between our campus and the greater arts
community while also exploring connections between theory and application.
Student opportunity to make these connections includes course study, theatrical production work, participation in the Artist
Series (an annual series of events featuring
visiting theatre professionals from the Twin
Cities community who work closely with
students), and attendance at numerous
professional productions in the Twin
Cities. Augsburg theatre productions are
treated as unique learning laboratories
where students can enter into creative collaboration with faculty and professional
artists-in-residence.
In addition to learning skills specific to
theatre, students in theatre arts learn valuable skills applicable to other professions:
collaboration, verbal and non-verbal communication, organization, critical thinking,
leadership, creativity, and self-expression.
Involvement in theatre arts can help prepare students for such careers as law, edu-
cation, business, communication, and journalism, as well as prepare theatre students
for careers in professional or academic theatre, television, and film. In order to prepare the student for graduate school or the
workplace, the department encourages a
second major or minor in such fields as
art, English, education, film, music, history, sociology, or religion.
Theatre Arts Faculty
Michael Burden (Chair), Julie Bolton,
Martha Johnson, Darcey Engen, Lisa
Anderson, Sandra Agustin, David DeBlieck,
Karen Mulhausen, Sandy Nei Schulte
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
■ BACHELOR OF ARTS
The Theatre Arts Department currently
has two concentrations within the major:
Performance Concentration and Theatre
Design/Technical Theatre Concentration.
Both concentrations consist of the Theatre
Core Curriculum supplemented by electives specific to each concentration.
Theatre Arts Major
Performance Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies in
Theatre (M.A./Ph.D. and M.F.A.) and professional work as a performer. Students
choosing this concentration will enroll in
the eight core theatre major courses taken
by all theatre majors and will supplement
the core with courses identified as theatre
electives. Students in the performance concentration are encouraged to consult with
their adviser when selecting electives.
Advisers will assist students in identifying
the year and semester elective courses are
Theatre Arts 305
offered. Students are strongly encouraged
to also complete a professional Internship
at a local Twin Cities Theatre.
Ten THR courses — eight required core
courses and two courses chosen from THR
electives, plus 10 theatre practicum units
taken as THP courses.
Eight core courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Two electives from:
THR 226 Movement for the Theatre
THR 350 Voice for Speech, Stage, and
Screen
THR 360 Interpretive Reading
THR 365 Advanced Acting
Ten Production Practicum Units (THP)—
See Practicum Units
Technical Design/Technology
Concentration
This concentration within the Theatre
curriculum is designed to serve students
hoping to pursue graduate studies or professional work as a theatre designer or
technician. Students choosing this concentration will enroll in the eight core theatre
major classes taken by all theatre majors
and will supplement the core with at least
two electives from the Art Department.
Students in the emphasis are strongly
encouraged to also take an Independent
Study in their area of focus and to do a
professional Internship at a local Twin
Cities Theatre.
Ten THR courses-eight required core
courses and
Two electives chosen from ART electives,
Plus 10 theatre practicum units taken as
THP.
Eight Core Courses:
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
THR 232 Acting
THR 245 Introduction to Asian and
Asian American Theatre
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 328 Theatrical Design
THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism
II
THR 366 Stage Direction
Two Electives from:
ART 107
or
ART 105
Drawing
Introduction to Architectural
Drawing
ART 240 Art History Survey
or
ART 243 or 244 History of Architecture
Ten Production Practicum Units (THP) See
Practicum Units
The following courses are strongly recommended:
THR 228 Directed Study
ART 340 Digital Imaging
THR 339 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
Theatre Practicum Units (THP)
All Theatre Arts Majors in either
Concentration are required to complete 10
practicum units (THP) from three established areas.
Area 1 Per for mance
Each major will complete between one and
five THPs from this area.
The Performance Area THPs are:
306 Theatre Arts
THP 111
THP 121
THP 131
THP 141
THP 151
Fall Acting/Performance
Winter Acting/Performance
Spring Acting/Performance
Studio Acting/Performance
Misc. Performance
Area 2 Production
Each major will complete between four
and eight THPs from this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 112, 122 or 132 House Management
THP 113, 123 or 133 Set, Lights, Costumes
Crew
THP 114, 124 or 134 Running Crew
THP 115, 125 or 135 Assistant Stage
Manager
THP 116, 126 or 136 Stage Manager
Area 3 Artistic/Production Management
Each major will complete one THP from
this area.
The Production Area THPs are:
THP 117 Fall Artistic Assistance
THP 127 Winter Artistic Assistance
THP 137 Spring Artistic Assistance
Please note that all theatre practicum
courses count as one theatre practicum
unit except for the following because of
exceptional time requirements:
THP 115, THP 125 and THP 135 Assistant
Stage Manager counts as two units
THP 116 ,THP 126 and THP 136 Stage
Manager counts as three units.
The following courses are encouraged, but
not required:
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
THR/ENL 325 Playwriting
THR 333 Acting for the Camera
THR 399 Internship
THR 499 Independent Study
THR 002 or 005 is recommended to fulfill
one of the lifetime sports requirements.
Students may take a maximum of 13
credits in the major.
Freshmen planning to major in theatre
arts should begin with courses THR 228,
232, 250; sophomores: THR 226, 228, 245,
361, 362; juniors: THR 325, 328, 350, 360,
361, 365; seniors THR 365, 366.
Note: Some courses are offered alternate years only. Incoming students should
meet in the Fall of Freshman year with a
theatre adviser to ensure proper sequence
of classes to be taken based on odd or even
year of entry.
Departmental Honors
Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement
on a specific project of special interest to
the student. Honors majors must maintain
a 3.75 GPA in the major and a 3.50 GPA
overall and, as part of their major, complete a substantial independent project of
honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their departmental
adviser early spring semester of their
junior year to develop a proposal for the
honors project.
Transfers: Transfer students should
meet with a transfer adviser upon acceptance to determine what credits taken at
another institution will transfer into the
major. The majority of core classes should
however be taken at Augsburg.
Additionally transfers are required to take a
minimum of three upper division theatre
arts courses. Ten practicum units are also
required. Transfers must also complete a
minimum of five THP credits within the
department. No more than five units can
be credits from others schools.
Theatre Arts Minor
Five courses including:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft
or THR 328 Theatrical Design
Theatre Arts 307
THR 232 Acting
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
THR 366 Stage Direction
The Theatre Arts Minors also must complete five practicum units. Students must
take a minimum of one performance unit
and a minimum of three production units.
Refer to the practicum categories listed
below the curriculum concentrations.
Film Major and Minor
See a description and requirements for
the film major and minor in the
Communication Studies section of the catalog.
Theatre History and Criticism
Dramaturgy Minor
Five courses:
THR 250 Script Analysis: Foundations of
Theatre
THR 325 Playwriting
THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I
THR 362 Theatre History Criticism II
A directed studies course in dramaturgy or
theatre criticism or theatre history
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure
Major
Currently the Theatre Arts Department
does not offer teaching licensure.
Depending on developments and state policy changes, the department may add such
a major in the future.
THEATRE ARTS COURSES.
THR/HPE 002 Lifetime Sports—Introduction to Dance
(.0 course)
This course offers an overview of various exercises and gives an introduction
to a variety of movement styles, cultures of dance, and stretches. Each class
includes a rigorous, physical warm-up, mixing yoga, pilates, and modern
dance.
THR/HPE 005 Lifetime Sports—Modern Dance and Improvisation
(.0 course)
Students will learn various phrases of movement incorporating floor exercises
and will learn to travel through space using level, volume, and floor pattern.
Improvisational techniques will be introduced and students will create short
improvisational pieces. (Prereq.: THR/HPE 002, 003, or instructor’s permission. NOTE: Students are allowed to use only one of THR/HPE 002, 003, 004,
or 005 to fulfill the lifetime sports requirement.)
THR 116
Creative Drama: Acting and Improvisation
A study of theatrical movement, voice, mime, mask, improvisation, acting
with an emphasis on active participation and reflective writing. This course is
primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre arts major.
THR/COM 216 Film Production I
This course demonstrates the basics of 16 mm filmmaking. The student will
make short films that demonstrate the art and process of shooting in B/W.
308 Theatre Arts
THR 222
Introduction to Theatre
Introduction to Theatre is an examination of theatre as an artistic form and
focuses on the appreciation and value of theatre in society. Focus on historical
periods, plays, artists, basic concepts, and techniques of the play production
process. Students attend and review stage productions. This course is primarily designed for non-majors and does not fulfill credit toward the theatre major.
THR 226
Movement for the Theatre
This course will explore principles of movement used in the art of acting. The
goal will be to improve the actor’s physical energy, concentration, balance,
control, clarity, timing, spontaneity, and energy. This course will use established theory and techniques in neutral mask, Asian martial arts, and physical
and vocal characterization exercises. Students will examine various performance paradigms and see professional productions. (Alternate years)
THR 228
Introduction to Stagecraft
An introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts,
and creative processes. Students will execute practical projects, attend theatre
tours, see professional productions, and participate on the Theatre
Department’s fall production. Open to all students. Forty-hour lab requirement.
THR 232
Acting
An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental, and emotional
preparation, and exploration of the creative approach to scene and character
study in American drama, culminating in public performance. Students attend
and review local professional productions. (Prereq.: Theatre major or consent of
instructor)
THR 233
Acting for Camera
An exploration of acting principles and techniques as it enhances and applies
to on-camera effectiveness. This co-taught studio course also includes technology elements which support acting on camera. (Alternate years)
THR/MUS 235 Skills of Music Theatre
An interdisciplinary approach to the topic using music and theatre techniques
to develop the student’s basic skills of music theatre. Concepts of diverse
music-theatre forms are introduced. Course includes reading, writing,
research, class discussion, exercises, small and large group participation, memorization, and public performance. Students will attend and review live productions. (Aalternate years)
THR 245
Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre
A survey of the theatrical performance styles, aesthetic theories, and plays of
traditional Asia and Asian American cultures. The course includes lectures,
films, videos, and demonstrations by visiting performers.
Theatre Arts 309
THR 250
Script Analysis: Foundations of Theatre
This foundations class focuses on major principles and fundamentals of theatre literary analysis and uses performance, discussion, writing, and projects as
a way of interpreting a dramatic script for academic and artistic applications.
Close readings of plays from each genre (comic, tragic, realistic, absurd and
post-modernism) will enable students to learn and apply basic terminology for
literary and artistic processes.
THR/COM 312 Film Production II
The focus of this course builds on the lessons learned in COM 216 and adds
the study of color photography and sound design. Though exercises and
assignments the student will develop skills in scripting, shooting, and editing
short films. (Prereq.: COM/THR 216)
THR 325
Playwriting
An introductory course in writing for theatre. Students will learn the basics of
dramatic structure, methods of script analysis, and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or
HON 111, and junior or senior standing, or consent of theatre department
chair. THR 250 or ENL 226 recommended. Alternate years)
THR 328
Theatrical Design
Introduction to the design process for the stage. Each student will execute
four design projects using a research based design process. Class will take theatre tours, host visiting artists, and have a practical involvement in two
Augsburg College productions. Forty-hour lab required, materials needed.
(Prereq.: THR 228, junior or senior status)
THR 350
Voice for Speech, Stage, and Screen
A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics, and the
vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports
and papers, voice tapes, and individual coaching. (Alternate years)
THR 360
Interpretive Reading
Basic principles of oral interpretation of narrative verse and dialogue forms of
drama. Study, written analysis, discussion, practice, and performance of readings before small and large groups. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111)
THR 361
Theatre History and Criticism I
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the classical Greek through the Italian Renaissance period. Reading of plays, research
paper, and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be
taken sequentially with THR 362. (Prereq.: ENL 111 or 112 or HON 111. Fall:
alternate years)
THR 362
Theatre History and Criticism II
An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature, and criticism from the
Italian Renaissance through contemporary theatre. Reading of plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially
with THR 361. (Spring: alternate years)
310 Theatre Arts
THR 365
Advanced Acting
This course provides students with performance skills and the ability to recognize differentiating clues that identify the style of a play. Through class exercises, scene study, and character analysis, students will gain insight into the
performance demands of a specific style. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from
the classics (Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration comedy, realism,
and non-realism), culminating in a public recital. (Prereq: THR 250 and THR
232 and 362 or consent of instructor. Fall/Spring)
THR 366
Stage Direction
The goal of the course is to understand and master basic principles and skills
of stage direction: directing concepts, stage techniques, terminologies, script
analysis; rehearsal planning and techniques; blocking, stage dynamics, working with actors, and the overall staging of a play. Theories of directing are also
examined. (Prereq.: THR 362, or consent of instructor)
THR/SPC 420 Issues in Contemporary Cinema
This course will examine cultural, artistic, commercial, and theoretical concerns that occur in world cinema today. Our purpose is to help students both
contextualize the cinema they see in appropriate and insightful ways, and to
provide a sophisticated critical apparatus to help them read films as texts and
to interpret the cinema’s larger societal value and impact. (Prereq: ENL 241
and junior/senior standing)
THR 495
Theatre Topics
Selected topics in theatre.
Internships and Independent Study Courses:
THR 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
THR 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
THR 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
THR 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
Theatre Arts 311
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
THP courses involve practicum teaching and learning in the context of play productions and are required for the theatre
arts major/minor. All THP theatre
practicum courses are taken for non-credit
with Pass/No Pass grading. Evaluation by
the faculty mentor will be based on: 1. successful and timely completion of practicum
area for which student is registered; 2. positive and professional attitude and work
ethic demonstrated by the student; and 3.
demonstrated competency in practicum
area. The positive evaluation of each of the
areas must be sufficient enough to lead to a
minimum grade of 2.0 in order to receive a
P grade.
THP courses require:
• Consent of instructor
• Supervision by theatre faculty
• A minimum of 30 hours of assessed participation by the student
• Registration for THP course for semester
when practicum is completed
• Registration for practicum before deadline dates set by the registrar’s office
Please note:
• All majors will complete at least one
THP unit in costumes.
• All majors will complete one THP in
lighting.
• THP courses may be repeated.
• Crew work required for classes/coursework does not count towards practicum.
• Work-study hours do not count towards
practicum.
• Completion of THP 115 and 116 count
as two and three practicum units respectively because of the extraordinary
amount of time required of the student.
All other THP courses count as one
practicum unit each.
• Transfer students are still responsible for
the full unit requirements (10 major/5
minor.) Five practicum units (major) or
three units (minor) must be completed
while at Augsburg, and units to be credited from previous schools should have
program verification or a letter from a
previous theatre adviser.
THEATRE PRACTICUM COURSES.
Area One: Performance
THP 111/121/131/141/151 Theatre Practicum: Acting/Performance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Participation as performer (or as orchestra member) in a main stage theatrical production; in a main stage dance performance or recital (for dance/licensure majors
only); or substantial participation as an actor in a senior directing project, in final
scenes for Stage Direction (THR 366), or in interpretive presentations at two
Forensics tournaments (at least 30 hours coaching and competition).
Area Two: Production
THP 112/122/132 Theatre Practicum: House Management
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Substantial participation (30 hour minimum) in house management, ushering, or
box office.
312 Theatre Arts
THP 113/123/133 Theatre Practicum: Set, Lights, Costumes
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Set or costume building, light hanging, for main stage production.
THP 114/124/134 Theatre Practicum: Running Crew
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Work on running crew for main stage production: light or sound board operation, dresser/costume crew; stage and production manager for final scenes
from Stage Direction class.
THP 115/125/135 Theatre Practicum: Assistant Stage Management
2 Practicum units (.0 course)
Assistant stage management for main stage production.
THP 116/126/136 Theatre Practicum: Stage Management
3 Practicum units (.0 course)
Stage management for main stage production.
Area Three: Artistic/Production Management
THP 117/127/137 Theatre Practicum: Artistic Assistance
1 Practicum unit (.0 course)
Assistant to the designer (scenery, lights, costumes, sound), assistant to the
director (dramaturgy, choreography/assistant choreography for main stage production), or a substantial arts management project.
URBAN STUDIES
See Metro-Urban Studies.
WOMEN’S STUDIES—WST
T
he Women’s Studies Program provides students with the opportunity to
examine critically women’s contributions
and experiences in various historical and
cultural contexts. This is an inter-college
program with course offerings at Augsburg
College, Hamline University, the College of
St. Catherine, and the University of St.
Thomas. Courses are drawn from many
disciplines and combine theoretical, practical, and research components that focus
not only on gender, but also acknowledge
that race, class, and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women’s experiences. The
Women’s studies program offers both a
major and a minor, and provides students
with academic preparation for careers in
human services, education, and social
work as well as graduate study.
Women’s Studies Faculty
Cass Dalglish (Coordinator), Kristin M.
Anderson, Janelle Bussert, Jacqueline
deVries, Grace B. Dyrud, Darcey Engen,
Nancy Fischer, Doug Green, Milda
Hedblom, Sophia Jacobsen, Barbara
Lehmann, Lynne Lorenzen, Mary Lowe,
Anita Lutterman-Aguilar, M. Elise
Marubbio, Kathleen McBride, Norma
Noonan, Pary Pezechkian-Weinberg,
Timothy Pippert, Judy Shevelev, Beverly J.
Stratton, Kathryn Swanson, James VelaMcConnell
DEGREE AND MAJOR REQUIREMENTS.
Major
Ten courses that must include WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies, a midlevel course in feminist theory or feminist
philosophy selected from an approved list,
WST 495 (Seminar), and WST 199 or WST
399 (internships).
The remaining six electives are to be
selected from approved women’s studies
courses, and should include at least two
courses in the social sciences, two in the
humanities, and one with a racial, ethnic,
or global emphasis. At least three courses
must be upper division courses. Students
may take courses at any of the colleges
participating in the Women’s studies program. However, at least three courses must
be completed at Augsburg. The writing
component of the graduation skills
requirements for the women’s studies
major must also be completed at Augsburg.
Each student’s program must have the
written approval of the women’s studies
program coordinator. Both majors and
minors are encouraged to participate in
one of the gender-focused semester study
abroad programs offered through
Augsburg’s Center for Global Education.
Two programs have been pre-approved for
women’s study credit: Crossing Borders:
Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(offered fall semester) and Social and
Environmental Justice: Latin American
Perspectives (offered spring semester).
Minor
Five courses that must include WST
201; three electives, one of which must be
upper division; and WST 495 or 499.
Courses may be taken from the other
ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each
student’s program must have the written
313
314 Women’s Studies
approval of the women’s studies program
coordinator.
Transfer Students
Students who transfer to Augsburg
College and wish to complete a major or
minor in women’s studies are urged to consult with the director of women’s studies
immediately upon transfer.
The Women’s studies program has an
articulation agreement with Century
College that governs Century College students with a women’s studies certificate
who transfer to Augsburg. Transfers from
other colleges and universities must consult with the director of women’s studies
for approval of courses for the major or
minor.
WOMEN’S STUDIES COURSES.
WST 201
Foundations in Women’s Studies
This multidisciplinary course introduces students to the contributions of
women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts, and
how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen
from women’s perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women’s
experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation, and class.
WST 281
WST 305
Topics in Women’s Studies
Issues in Gay and Lesbian Studies
A study of basic issues surrounding sexual orientation in the contemporary
U.S. culture including various disciplinary perspectives and theory. The course
may include guest speakers, a service-learning component at local glbt/supporting agencies, and some travel and experiences in the Twin Cities, as well
as an immersion experience outside of class time. Required experiential education fee. Prerequisites: WST 201 or prior coursework in related fields (history,
sociology, psychology) or consent of the instructor(s).
WST 313
Environmental Issues in Latin America: Environmental Theology
and Ethics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental Justice:
Latin American Perspectives)
WST 341
Environmental Politics
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Social and Environmental
Justice:Latin American Perspectives.)
HIS/WST/ISS 355 Cultural Conflict and Change in Latin America
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Sustainable Development and Social
Change (Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua))
WST 359
Women, Gender and Social Change in Mesoamerica
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
Women’s Studies 315
WST 366
Latin American Liberation Theologies
(CGE Course. See International Studies, Crossing Borders: Gender and Social
Change in Mesoamerica.)
WST 481
WST 490
Topics in Women’s Studies
Women’s Studies Seminar
This advanced course will include student research and presentations that
incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and satisfies
the Keystone requirement. It is also required of minors who do not elect to do
an independent study (499). It is offered at a different college each semester.
AIS 233
Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective
This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in
non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures.
AIS 320
American Indian Women
(See American Indian Studies for course description.)
Internships and Independent Study Courses (Must be approved in writing by the women’s studies
coordinator):
WST 199
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
WST 299
Directed Study
See description on page 96.
WST 399
Internship
See descriptions for this and other internship options (on-campus, off-campus,
half credit) on page 95.
WST 499
Independent Study/Research
See description on page 96.
316 Women’s Studies
See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives:
AIS 208/408 Native American Women and Film
ART 352
Women and Art
ENL 365
Contemporary Post Colonial Fiction
ENL 367
Women and Fiction
HIS 282
History of Women Since 1850
HIS 311
Topics in Women’s History
HPE 316
Human Sexuality
POL 124
American Women and Politics
POL 459
Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 371
Psychology of Gender
SOC 231
Family Systems
SOC 265
Race, Class, and Gender
REL 441
Feminism and Christianity
YOUTH
AND
See listing under Religion.
FAMILY MINISTRY
College Information
Board of Regents – 318
ELCA Program Unit for Vocation
and Education – 319
Faculty and Administration – 320
Officers – 320
Administration – 320
Faculty – 322
Faculty Emeriti – 339
Campus Maps – 342, 343
318
BOARD
OF
REGENTS
The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. An asterisk
before a name indicates the person is an Augsburg graduate.
*Dan W. Anderson ’65 (2009)
President, Swenson Anderson Financial
Group, Minneapolis, MN
*Gar y E. Benson ’70 (2008)
Directing Pastor, Zumbro Lutheran
Church, Rochester, MN
*Jackie Cherr yhomes ’76 (2010)
Government Relations Consultant,
Cherryhomes-Tyler LLC, Minneapolis, MN
*Ruth E. Johnson ’74 (2006)
Consultant, Department of Internal
Medicine, Mayo Clinic & Mayo Medical
School, Rochester, MN
Dean Kennedy (2009)
President, Texacoma Oil & Gas
Corporation, Dallas, TX
Dean C. Kopperud (2009)
Consultant, Miramar Beach, FL
Michael O. Freeman (2006)
Attorney, Lindquist & Vennum,
Minneapolis, MN
Gloria C. Lewis (2011)
President/CEO, Big Brothers Big Sisters of
the Greater Twin Cities, St. Paul, MN
*Anthony Genia ’85 (2008)
Emergency Dept. Physician, Fairview
University Medical Center, Minneapolis,
MN
Jennifer H. Martin (2007)
Senior Vice President, Corporate
Administration, Thrivent Financial for
Lutherans, Minneapolis, MN
*Michael R. Good ’71 (2007)
President and Chief Operating Officer,
Sotheby’s International Realty, Parsippany,
NJ
Marie O. McNef f (2009)
Professor Emeritus and Dean (retired),
Augsburg College, Minneapolis, MN
*H. Theodore Grindal ’76 (2008)
Attorney/Partner, Lockridge Grindal Nauen
P.L.L.P., Minneapolis, MN
Nor man R. Hagfors (2009)
Founder & President (retired), Norsen,
Inc., North Oaks, MN
*Paul S. Mueller ’84 (2009)
Internal Medicine Consultant, Mayo
Clinic, Rochester, MN
*Ronald G. Nelson ’68 (2008)
Retired, Mendota Heights, MN
*Beverly Oren ’55 (2008)
Retired, Roseville, MN
James E. Haglund (2006)
President/Owner, Central Container
Corporation, Brooklyn Park, MN
Wayne Popham (2006)
Attorney, Popham Law Office,
Minneapolis, MN
Jodi Harpstead (2009)
Chief Advancement Officer, Lutheran
Social Service of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
Paul C. Pribbenow, Ex Of ficio
President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis,
MN
Board of Regents 319
Rev. Peter Rogness (2008), Ex Of ficio
Bishop, St. Paul Area Synod, ELCA, St.
Paul, MN
Emily Anne Tuttle (2009)
Retired, Wayzata, MN
Rev. Harold Usgaar d (2008), Ex Officio
Bishop, Southeastern Minnesota Synod,
ELCA, Rochester, MN
Glen J. Skovholt (2006)
President, Government & Community
Strategies, St. Paul, MN
Sandra L. Var gas (2008)
County Administrator, Hennepin County,
Minneapolis, MN
*Philip Styrlund ’79 (2006)
President, The Summit Group, Apple
Valley, MN
*Jean M. Taylor ’85 (2006)
President, Taylor Corporation, Eagan, MN
*Joan L. Volz ’68 (2006)
Attorney, Welch, MN
*P. Dawn Taylor ’78 (2008)
Chief Operating Officer, Silver Glade
Properties LLC, Des Moines, IA
ELCA PROGRAM UNIT
EDUCATION
Executive Director
The Rev. Dr. Stanley N. Olson
Director for Colleges and Universities
Dr. Arne Selbyg
Asst. Director for Colleges and
Universities
Ms. Marilyn Olson
FOR
VOCATION
AND
320
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACULTY
ADMINISTRATION
AND
Beginning year of service of faculty and staff is indicated with parenthesis.
Officers of the College
Paul C. Pribbenow (2006). President. B.A., Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Chicago.
Richard S. Adamson (1989). Vice President for Finance and Administration. B.A.,
University of St. Thomas; Certified Public Accountant.
Tracy Elftmann (2005). Vice President of Institutional Advancement. B.A., Augsburg
College; J.D., Drake University Law School; L.M.M.N. Masters of Law, Columbia
University Law School.
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of Saint
Benedict, M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Gar vey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.A., Loyola University; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Julie A. Olson (1991). Vice President of Enrollment Management. B.A., M.A., Augsburg
College.
Administration
Leif Anderson (1996). Chief Information Officer. B.A., University of Minnesota.
Tracy Beckman (2003). Director, Government and Community Relations. B.S., Mankato
State University; M.P.A., John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard
University.
Mike Bilden (2003). Director, Recruitment and Retention, Adult Programs. B.S., University
of Wisconsin – Superior.
Heidi Breen (1986). Director, Alumni Relations. B.A., Concordia College – Moorhead.
Carrie Carroll (1997). Director of Undergraduate Admissions. B.A., Hamline University.
Emiliano Chagil (2000). Director, Hispanic/Latino Student Services. M.A., St. Paul
Seminary School of Divinity-University of St. Thomas.
Nadia M. Christensen (1991). Director, International Partners. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A. University of Minnesota; Ph.D.; University of Washington.
Sally Daniels (1979). Director, Parent and Family Relations. B.A., Augsburg College.
David Draus (2000). Director, Facilities and Risk Management.
James Erchul (1997). Director, Enrollment Planning. B.A., Marquette Unversity, M.S.W.,
University of Minnesota – Duluth.
Trena Bolden Fields (2002). Director, Pan-Afrikan Center. B.A., Augsburg College.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Women’s Athletic Director. Assistant Professor of Health and
Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Or val J. Gingerich (2001). Associate Dean for International Programs. B.A., University of
Iowa; M.Ed., University of Colorado; Ed.D., University of Virginia.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director. Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Neb.; M.Ed., University of Nebraska;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Administration 321
Joan L. Grif fin (1986). Associate Dean for General Education. Professor of English. A.B.,
Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Nancy Guilbeault (1980). Director, Counseling and Health Promotion. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
L.P., University of Minnesota.
Herald A. Johnson (1968). Director, Advancement Programs. B.A., Augsburg College.
William Jones (2002). Director, Augsburg/Capella Alliance. B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A., M.S., Indiana University.
Wayne Kallestad (2000). Registrar. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of
Southern California.
Benjamin G. Kent (1996). Director, Academic Advising and Achievement. B.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison; M.S., University of Oregon.
Robert Kramarczuk (2004). Director, MBA Program. B.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mark Lester (1987). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
St. Pius X Seminary; M.A., Mt. St. Mary Seminary.
Gaye Lindfors (1993). Special Assistant to the President. B.S., Mankato State; M.A.I.R.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann Lutter man-Aguilar (1993). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
Kathleen McBride (1988). Co-site director, Central America, Center for Global Education.
B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
Regina McGoff (1992). Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Christopher Moquist (2005). Director of Marketing and Communications. B.A., St. Olaf;
M.B.C., University of St. Thomas.
Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Special Assistant to the President. Professor of Business
Administration. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S.,
University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jane Ann Nelson (1999). Director of Library Services. B.A., University of Sioux Falls; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Olson (1985). Director, Center for Service, Work, and Learning. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Mankato State University.
John Pack (2003). Director, Department of Public Safety. B.A., Excelsior College.
Cindy G. Peterson (1981). Director, American Indian Student Services. B.A., University of
Minnesota.
Stephen Preus (2004). Director of Development. B.A., Luther College; C.L.U., Ch.F.C.,
American College.
Patrice M. Salmeri (2002). Director, StepUP® Program. B.S., Kent State University; M.A.
Saint Mary’s University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Dean of Graduate and Adult Academic Programs. Associate
Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s University; M.A., University of New Orleans;
Ph.D., University of Texas.
Judith Shevelev (1991). Co-site director, Mexico, Center for Global Education. B.A.,
University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
322 Augsburg College Faculty
Marcus Skjer vem (2004). Director, Activities and Orientation. B.A., Concordia College –
Moorhead; M.S., Illinois State University.
Jeffrey F. Swenson (1986). Assistant Dean, Athletics and Recreation. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Jeffrey S. Swenson (1989). Controller, Administrative Accounting. B.A., Augsburg College.
Paul L. Terrio (1990). Director, Student Financial Services. B.A., Augsburg College.
Bao L. Thao (1998). Director, Pan-Asian Student Services. B.A., Colgate University.
Richard J. Thoni (1972). Assistant to the President. Director, Rochester Program. B.A., St.
Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jim Trelstad-Porter (1990). Director of International Student Advising. M.A., The
American University.
David T. Wold (1983). Director, Campus Ministries. College Pastor. B.S., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Faculty
A
Phillip C. Adamo (2001). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., SUNY-Albany; M.A. and
Ph.D., Ohio State University.
Duane L. Addison (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University.
Sandra J. Agustin (1997). Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
Beth J. Alexander (2000). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S. and
D.Pharm., University of Minnesota.
Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Associate Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary.
Stuar t M. Anderson (1989). Associate Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Andrew L. Aoki (1988). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Oregon; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
David B. Apolloni (1989). Associate Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Alexandre A. Ar dichvili (2004). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership and
M.B.A. Programs. B.A., University of Tbilisi, Georgia, USSR; Ph.D., Moscow State
University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Antonio Ortega Ayala (2003). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global
Education. M.A., LaSalle University, Mexico City. C.P.A. Teaching Certificate
degree, Colegio Angloamericano.
Augsburg College Faculty 323
B
Xenia Barahona (2002). Program Coordinator and Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Universidad Centroamericana; M.A., Tufts University.
Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.M., University of
Michigan.
R. Samuel Barber (2002). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Upper Iowa
University; M.S., Minnesota State University, Mankato.
David A. Barlow (2005). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Nebraska, Omaha.
Carol E. Bar nett (2000). Studio Artist/Composition, part time, Music. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Aroti G. Bayman (1996). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., University of Edinburgh.
Tracy A. Bibelnieks (2002). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S., Ph.D., Clemson University.
Anthony A. Bibus, III (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Heather K. T. Bidinger (2003). Clinical Coordinator, Assistant Professor of Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.Med.S., St. Louis University.
William P. Bierden (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State
University.
Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Illinois.
Laura S. Boisen (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.P.A., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Lynn Allen Bollman (1983). Instructor, part time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Julie H. Bolton (1976). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch (1997). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Northwestern College;
M.S.W., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Michele R. Braley (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S.W., Augsburg College.
Nora M. Braun (1997). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.B.A., University
of Missouri-Columbia; M.B.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Frederick Bretschger (2005). Studio Artist/Double Bass, part time, Music. North Carolina
School of the Arts; Cleveland Institute of Music; The Juilliard School.
Jacquylynn Brickman (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.Ed., St. Mary’s University.
324 Augsburg College Faculty
Lisa A. Broek (1993). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central
College; M.A., University of Iowa.
Christopher Rhys Brown (2003). Field Experience Coordinator/Charter School Liaison,
Instructor of Education. B.S., Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of
Sydney, Australia.
Stanley H. Brown (1997). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Iona College; M.Ed.,
Boston College.
Eileen M. Bruns (2000). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.S., Florida State
University.
Eric L. Buf falohead (1997). Associate Professor of American Indian Studies. B.A., M.A.,
A.B.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael R. Bur den (1990). Associate Professor of Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical
Director). B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Shelley L. Burkhardt (2005). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Valparaiso University;
M.S., Mankato State University.
Janelle M. Bussert (1994). Instructor, part time, Religion and Women’s Studies. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University.
Ralph J. Butkowski (2001). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
C
William C. Capman (1994). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., University of IllinoisChicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Tami M. Carpenter (2001). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. Two B.S. degrees,
University of Minnesota.
Maria S. Ceplecha (2003). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., University of
Dallas; M.A., New York University Graduate School in Spain.
John C. Cerrito (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout.
Peggy M. Cerrito (1991). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. Academic Skills
Adviser. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University.
Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Nina N. Chenault (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Lars D. Christiansen (2001). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Clark University; M.S.,
Ph.D., Florida State University.
Tara K. Christopherson (1992). Assistant Professor, part time, Art. B.S., University of
Wisconsin-Stout; M.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and Design.
Anthony J. Clapp (2001). Instructor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies. A.A., Golden
Valley Lutheran College; B.A., Texas Lutheran College; M.A., Southwest Texas
State University; Ph.D., University of Alabama.
C. Lee Clarke (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Capital
University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas.
Augsburg College Faculty 325
Joseph R. Clubb (1994). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., St. John’s University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Anthony Cox (2005). Studio Artist/Electric Bass, part time, Music. B.A., Metropolitan State
College.
Larr y J. Crockett (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran
University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barbara C. Curchack (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of
Maryland Baltimore County; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona, Tucson.
D
Mar vin D. Dahlgren (2002). Studio Artist/Percussion, part time, Music. B.A., MacPhail
School of Music.
Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Associate Professor of English. B.A., College of St. Catherine;
M.F.A., Vermont College; Ph.D., The Union Institute.
Kim Davidson (2003). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.F.A., Washington University; M.A., School for International Training.
Jill A. Dawe (1994). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Memorial University of
Newfoundland; M.M., D.M.A., Eastman School of Music.
Urbanus B. Dax (2002). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of the North, South Africa; M.S., Mankato State University.
Donna R. DeGracia (1998). Instructor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., Ohio State
University; P.A., Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Jacqueline R. deVries (1994). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Calvin College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana.
R. David Dexter (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas J. Diamond (2005). Orchestra Director, Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., M.M.,
The Mannes College of Music; A.B.D., University of Missouri – Kansas City
Conservatory.
Bridget A. Doak (1996). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., University of Dayton; M.A.,
Saint Mary’s University.
Suzanne L. Donsky (1997). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.
coursework completed, University of Minnesota.
Suzanne I. Dorée (1989). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Linda A. Dorschner (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Mankato State College; M.A., Mankato State University.
Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Instructor of Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A.,
University of Iowa.
Rebekah N. Dupont (1995). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of
Wisconsin; M.S., Ph.D., Washington State University.
Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
326 Augsburg College Faculty
E
Gar y T. Egbert (2004). Instructor, part time, Physics. B.S., Western Illinois University;
M.S., University of South Dakota – Vermillion; Ph.D., University of Nebraska –
Lincoln.
Catherine A. Egenberger (2000). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., St. Cloud State University;
M.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst.
Wesley B. Ellenwood (2002). Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.F.A., Syracuse University.
Ruth C. Enestvedt (1999). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Darcey K. Engen (1997). Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., M.Ed., University
of Minnesota.
Molly K. Enz (2006). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Christina L. Erickson (2004). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., University of Minnesota – Duluth; Ph.D., University of
Illinois – Chicago.
Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas;
M.A., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth N. Erickson (1964). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan
State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University.
Lynn M. Erickson (1991). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part time, Music. B.A., Bethel College;
M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota.
Marilyn L. Erickson (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia CollegeMoorhead; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
Mindy S. Eschedor (1999). Studio Artist/Piano, part time, Music. B.F.A., B.A., Central
Michigan University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Kevin G. Ewert (2002). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.S., North Dakota
State University; M.A., M.S., Saint Mary’s University-Rochester; A.B.D., Nova
Southeastern University.
F
Barbara Edwards Farley (2000). Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of the
College. Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., College of St.
Benedict; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Ronald L. Fedie (1996). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of St. Thomas;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Edith E. Ferber (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., M.A.T., Indiana University.
Sarah M. Ferguson (2005). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Drake University;
M.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 327
Nancy L. Fischer (2005). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Hamline University; M.A.,
The American University; Ph.D., State University of New York – Albany.
Anita L. Fisher (1991). Instructor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of
Montana.
Richard M. Flint (1999). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Iowa State University.
Marilyn E. Florian (1980). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. Women’s
Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., St. Cloud State University.
B ruce D. Forbes (1990). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th.,
Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Michael O. Freeman (2002). Instructor, part time, Political Science. B.A., Rutgers College;
J.D., University of Minnesota.
Stacy R. Freiheit (2005). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of Central
Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Janet Gottschall Fried (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.M., Aquinas
College.
Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
John A. Furia (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Rhode Island
College; M.P.A., University of Rhode Island.
G
Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ann L. Gar vey (1998). Vice President of Student Affairs. Instructor, part time, Business
Administration. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.A., Loyola University; J.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Annette M. Ger ten (1997). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., College of St.
Catherine; M.S.W., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jennifer L. Gerth (1994). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.M., Northwestern University.
Keith F. Gilsdor f (2001). Associate Professor of Economics. B.S., Moorhead State
University; M.A., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of NebraskaLincoln.
Paul H. Grauer (1979). Men’s Athletic Director, Instructor of Health and Physical
Education. B.S., Concordia College-Seward, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of
Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Douglas E. Green (1988). Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown
University.
William D. Green (1991). Associate Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College;
M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Bradley L. Greenwald (1998). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. Music studies at The
University of Minnesota.
Jeanine A. Gregoire (1996). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
328 Augsburg College Faculty
Cher yl J.E. Gresczyk (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.A., College of St. Thomas.
Richard A. Gresczyk, Sr. (1990). Instructor, part time, Education and Modern Languages.
B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Dennis P. Greseth (2004). Instructor of Education. Education Coordinator, Rochester
Program. B.S., M.S., Winona State University.
Joan L. Grif fin (1986). Associate Dean for General Education. Professor of English. A.B.,
Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University.
Lyle M. Griner (1996). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., University of Northern Iowa;
M.A., Luther Seminary.
Robert C. Groven (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.A., J.D., University of Minnesota.
Nancy J. Gr undahl (1993). Instructor, part time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
H
Matthew J. Haines (2001). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. John’s University;
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Lori Brandt Hale (1998). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa; M.A.,
University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Virginia.
Alyssa N. Hanson (2003). Instructor, part time, Mathematics. B.A., Augsburg College.
Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
David R. Hanson (2006). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of
Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo.
John U. Harkness (2001). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Harvard University.
Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,
J.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Peter A. Hendrickson (1993). Associate Professor of Music. Director of Choral Activities.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Macalester College; M.A., Columbia University;
D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music.
Robert S. Her for th (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Garr y W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology. Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A.,
Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Notre Dame.
Augsburg College Faculty 329
Stella K. Hofrenning (2000). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., University of
Maryland; Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Bradley P. Holt (1978). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University.
Linda M. Holt (2000). Instructor, part time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Minnesota;
M.N., University of Washington-Seattle.
James M. Honsvall (1997). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., Bemidji
State University; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
Mar y A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part time, Music. B.M.,
Indiana University.
Mar y A. Hunt (2000). Studio Artist/Piano Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.A., Fort
Wright College of the Holy Names; M.M., Boston University; D.M.A., University
of Wisconsin-Madison.
Lisa L. Hyland (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.S., University of
Wisconsin-River Falls.
I
Colin C. Ir vine (2003). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Carroll College; M.A.,
University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., Marquette University.
Gretchen Kranz Ir vine (1993). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa;
M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Mark D. Isaacson (1998). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., St. Olaf
College; M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Chad A. Israelson (2002). Instructor, part time, History. B.A., University of Wisconsin,
LaCrosse; M.A., University of Nebraska.
J
Lisa E. Jack (1994). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Occidental College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Southern California.
James A. Jacobson (2002). Studio Artist/Cello, part time, Music. B.M., New England
Conservatory of Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Mar y J. Jacobson (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., University of North
Dakota; M.A., Ed.D., Hamline University.
Ronald L. Jacobson (2002). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., North
Dakota State University; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University;
M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sophia J. Jacobson (1999). Instructor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A.,
Metropolitan State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas.
Kia M.G. James (2003). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.A., B.S.N., St. Olaf College;
M.P.H., Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
William H. Jasperson (1990). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. M.B.A.,
University of Minnesota. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Associate Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Martha B. Johnson (1988). Professor of Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin-Madison.
330 Augsburg College Faculty
Christopher J. Johnstone (2006). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., State University of
New York-Plattsburgh; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Daniel F. Jorgensen (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.S., South Dakota State
University.
K
Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.Comm.,
University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan.
Roberta S. Kagin (1974). Associate Professor of Music (Music Therapy). B.A., Park
College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas.
Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers
University.
Jane A. Kammer man (1986). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A.,
University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Ned D. Kantar (1999). Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Ashok K. Kapoor (1998). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.A.,
University of Delhi; M.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Temple
University.
Deborah D. Katz (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M.,
Harvard Graduate School of Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
Anne M. Kaufman (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mar y Beth Kelley (2004). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Eau Claire; M.Ed., Bethel College.
Hazel K. (Kathy) Kienzle (1999). Studio Artist/Harp, part time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard
School; M.M., University of Arizona.
Mar y A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., Middlebury College.
Russell C. Kleckley (2002). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Newberry College;
M.Div., Lutheran Theological Southern Seminary; D.Th., University of Munich.
Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music.
Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota.
Carol M. Knicker (2002). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Southwest State
University; M.S., Mankato State University; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Richard J. Kramer (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Heidi M. Kreutzer (1995). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., Middlebury College; J.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 331
Gregor y P. Kr ueger (2000). Instructor of Education. B.A., Southwest Minnesota State
University; M.A., Hamline University.
Joan C. Kunz (1987). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St.
Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
L
Steven J. LaFave (1991). Professor of Business Administration. B.A. Michigan State
University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota.
Michael J. Lansing (2005). Assistant Professor of History. A.B., College of William and
Mary; M.A., Utah State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
David V. Lapakko (1986). Associate Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., Macalester
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Velma J. Lashbrook (2000). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership and
Nursing. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University; Ed.D., West
Virginia University.
Laura K. Lazar (2004). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.L.S.,
Valparaiso University; M.B.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
Edward Bok Lee (2002). Instructor, part time, Communication Studies. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.F.A., Brown University.
Barbara A. Lehmann (2001). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Knox College;
M.S.W., Tulane University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University.
Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part time, Music. B.A., Potsdam
College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University.
Cher yl J. Leuning (1996). Professor of Nursing. B.A., Augustana College; M.S., University
of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Utah.
Karoline M. Lewis (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.A., Northwestern University;
M.Div., Luther Seminary; A.B.D., Emory University.
Robert E. Lewis (2004). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Dallas H. Liddle (1999). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Grinnell College; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa.
Lynn E. Lindow (1985). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Rosemar y J. Link (1986). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton;
C.Q.S.W., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Sarah P. Lockwood (2002). Studio Artist/Piano Accompaniment, part time, Music. B.M.,
DePauw University; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Lori L. Lohman (1990). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., M.B.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., University of Iowa;
M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont
Graduate School.
Edward D. Lotter man (2005). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
332 Augsburg College Faculty
Michael S. Lotti (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Phil., Ph.D., University of Swansea, Wales.
Mar y E. Lowe (2003). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University;
M.Div, Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Graduate Theological
Union.
Dawn B. Ludwig (1995). Director, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.A.,
University of Colorado, Denver; M.S., P.A. Certification, University of Colorado
Health Science Center; Ph.D., Capella University.
Steven M. Lukas (2005). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.A.,
University of Nebraska; E.D., University of St. Thomas.
Steven P. Lund (1982). Studio Artist/Trombone, part time, Music. B.S., University of
Minnesota.
Paul E. Lutter (2005). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Wisconsin,
Superior; M.Div, Luther Seminary.
Ann L. Lutter man-Aguilar (1993). Interim Academic Director, Instructor, Center for
Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M.Div., Yale University.
M
Patricia Z. Marincic (2005). Associate Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
Purdue University; M.S., Colorado State University; Ph.D., Utah State University.
M. Elise Marubbio (2003). Assistant Professor of American Indian Studies. B.F.A.,
Cleveland Institute of Art; M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona.
David C. Matz (2001). Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University;
M.S., North Dakota State University; Ph.D., Texas A & M University.
Craig D. Maus (2002). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. A.A., North
Hennepin Community College; B.S., Mankato State University; M.B.A., University
of St. Thomas.
Kathleen A. McBride (1994). Regional Co-Director, Instructor, Center for Global
Education. B.A., George Mason University; Ed.M., Harvard University.
John C. McCaffrey (2000). Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of WisconsinMadison; M.F.A., University of Miami-Coral Gables.
Carol T. McCoy (2003). Adjunct Faculty, Clinical Laboratory Science Program, Biology.
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
Michael J. McIlhon (2000). Instructor, part time, Economics. B.B.A., M.A., University of
Iowa.
Mar y Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan
University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University.
Kirsten A. S. Mebust (2004). Instructor, part time, Religion. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.Div., Luther Seminary.
Jane C. Melton (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Lindenwood
College; M.A., Tulane University.
Laurie H. Mer z (2001). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part time, Music. B.M., Eastman School of
Music; M.M., University of Minnesota.
Fekri Meziou (1987). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Tunis; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 333
Diane M. Mikkelson (1997). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., California
State University; M.A., California State University-Northridge.
Joyce P. Miller (2004). Assistant Professor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Rochester State Junior
College; B.S., M.A., Augsburg College.
Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., M.B.A.,
University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota.
John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A.,
University of Tennessee.
James B. Moen (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John W. Molloy (2003). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., M.S.,
University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Sheila M. Moriarty (2002). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Augsburg College.
N
Susan K. Nash (1998). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., University of
Minnesota.
Paulus Nanghambe Ndamanomhata (2002). Instructor, Center for Global Education. B.A.
degrees, Ogongo Agricultural College and United Lutheran Theological Seminary;
M.A., Trinity Lutheran Seminary; Ph.D., Natal University.
Steven J. Nerheim (2004). Medical Director, Assistant Professor, part time, Physician
Assistant Studies. B.A., Northwest College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary;
M.D., University of Minnesota.
Justin R. Newhall (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art and
Design; M.F.A., University of Minnesota.
Nor ma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
O
Mar y F. O’Connell (2004). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Minneapolis Community
College; B.S., Bethel College; M.A., Augsburg College.
Susan E. O’Connor (1994). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of
Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Sandra L. Olmsted (1979). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael G. Olson (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.S., University
of Minnesota; M.B.A., Minnesota State University.
Vicki L. Olson (1987). Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jack Osber g (1991). Instructor, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College.
P
Stephen A. Pacholl (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Sally Bruyneel Padgett (2003). Instructor, part time, Religion. A.A., San Jacinto College;
B.A., University of California, Riverside; M.A., Azusa Pacific University; Ph.D.,
University of Durham, England.
334 Augsburg College Faculty
Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A.,
M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia
Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Donna R. Patterson (2006). Assistant Professor, part time, Education. B.A., M.Ed.,
University of Minnesota.
Michael F. Pattison (2003). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of
Minnesota.
Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part time, Master of Arts in Leadership. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College [now part of University of San
Francisco].
Cur tis M. Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute.
Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., M.A., College of St.
Thomas.
Dale C. Pederson (1992). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Meredith A. Pederson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.A., St. Mary’s University.
Rick A. Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M.,
University of Cincinnati.
Noel J. Petit (1984). Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
United Theological Seminary.
Par y Pezechkian-Weinberg (1994). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A.,
National University, Tehran; M.A., University of Nice; Ph.D., U.C.L.A.
Joyce M. Pfaf f (1966). Associate Professor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Clayton A. Pharr (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S., Claflin University;
M.S.W., Barry University.
Diane L. Pike (1981). Professor of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale
University.
Timothy D. Pippert (1999). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Q
Philip A. Quanbeck II (1987). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College;
M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Theological Seminary.
R
Larr y C. Ragland (1985). Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri
State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.
O. Nicholas Raths (1988). Studio Artist/Guitar, part time, Music. B.M., M.M., D.M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 335
Deborah L. Redmond (1981). Assistant Professor of Communication Studies. B.A., M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
B ruce R. Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Kathy J. Reinhardt (1997). Instructor of Modern Languages. M.A., Middlebury College.
M. Bridget Robinson-Riegler (1994). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., Indiana
University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University.
Nancy A. Rodenborg (2000). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Indiana University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Glenda Dewberr y Rooney (1992). Professor of Social Work. B.S., University of North
Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Barr y D. Rutman (2000). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. M.A., Montclair
State University.
S
Susana M. Sandmann (2006). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Milo A. Schield (1985). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., Iowa State University;
M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
John S. Schmit (1990). Dean of Graduate and Adult Academic Programs. Associate
Professor of English. B.S., St. John’s University; M.A., University of New Orleans;
Ph.D., The University of Texas.
Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of
Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Designer-in-Residence and Instructor, part time, Theatre Arts.
B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota.
David G. Schwain (1995). Assistant Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A.,
University of Cincinnati; M.B.A., Harvard University.
Kathr yn A. Schwalbe (1991). Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.S.,
University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Carrie B. Senske (2000). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., Texas Christian
University; Ph.D., University of Texas.
N. Kay Shager (2000). Instructor, part time, Education and Mathematics. B.A., Gustavus
Adolphus College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Timothy J. Shaw (1995). Instructor, part time, Physician Assistant Studies. B.A., St. Mary’s
College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Charles M. Sheaf fer (1995). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Metropolitan
State University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., University of California, Davis; M.A., Columbia University.
John S. Shockley (2002). Visiting Professor, part time, Political Science. B.A., University of
Texas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
336 Augsburg College Faculty
Katharine E. Skibbe (2001). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., Saint Mary’s College.
Sheilah P. Smith (1999). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.Ed., Wayne State
University.
Beverly L. Smith-Keiling (2004). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., East Central
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Alyssa E. Snyder (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of St. Thomas.
Sandra F. Soltis (2005). Instructor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.S.,
Winona State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Jody M. Sorensen (2005). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lisa K. Sperling (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., University of Minnesota;
M.A., Mankato State University.
Richard J. Spratt (1996). Instructor, part time, Social Work. B.S.W., Augsburg College;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Robert J. Stacke (1990). Associate Professor of Music. Band and Jazz Director. B.A.,
Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., College of St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
John J. Stangl (1991). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Montana.
John P. Stein (1992). Instructor, part time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A.,
University of Illinois.
Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Erik S. Steinmetz (1998). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.S., University of Minnesota.
Linda Lee Stevens (1999). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., University of Northern
Colorado; M.S., Mankato State University.
Stuar t M. Stoller (1986). Professor of Business Administration. B.S., M.S., Long Island
University.
Theresa A. Stoller (2003). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A., Augsburg
College.
Benjamin L. Stottr up (2005). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., University of Minnesota,
Morris; Ph.D., University of Washington.
Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Professor of Religion. B.A., M.A., Boston University; M.A.,
D.Th., Luther Seminary.
Michelle J. Strauch (2000). Instructor, part time, Health and Physical Education. B.S.,
North Dakota State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin-LaCrosse.
Mark S. Strefeler (2003). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Pennsylvania State
University; M.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., Cornell University.
Karen T. Sutherland (1999). Professor of Computer Science. A.B., Augustana College; two
M.S. degrees; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Augsburg College Faculty 337
Kathr yn A. Swanson (1985). Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Mar yann Syers (1998). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Arizona State University;
M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
T
B renda J. J. Talarico (2003). Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; P.A. Certificate, Augsburg College; M.P.A.S., University
of Nebraska Medical Center.
Ngoh Tiong Tan (1987, 2006). Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Singapore;
M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Michael D. Thompson (2002). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of
Minnesota; M.S.W., Fordham University; Ph.D., Pacific University.
Sonja K. Thompson (1993). Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Minnesota;
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Robert K. Tom (2002). Associate Professor, part time, Art. B.F.A., University of Hawaii;
M.F.A., Temple University.
Beth M. Torstenson (2003). Instructor, part time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College;
M.A., University of Minnesota.
Daniel O. Trainer, IV (1999). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Rochester
Institute of Technology; M.A., Gallaudet University.
Mark D. Tranvik (1995). Lilly Program Director. Associate Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Luther College; M.Div., Yale University; Th.D., Luther Seminary.
Cynthia K. Troy (1990). Instructor, part time, Psychology. B.A., University of California,
Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Fidel Xinico Tum (1993). Program Coordinator, Instructor, Center for Global Education.
B.A., Francisco Marroquin University; M.Div., St. Paul Seminary.
Katherine A. Tunheim (2005). Instructor, part time, Business Administration. B.A.,
Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee.
U-V
Joseph Underhill-Cady (1998). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of
California-Berkeley; M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
Eileen Kaese Uzarek (2001). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Mankato State University.
John W. Van Cleve (1996). Instructor, part time, Modern Languages. B.A., Carleton
College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
James A. Vela-McConnell (1997). Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., Loyola University;
Ph.D., Boston College.
David E. Venne (1992). Atmospheric Science. Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Iowa State University.
Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part time, MAL Program. B.A., University of
California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
338 Augsburg College Faculty
W
David O’Brien Wagner (2005). Instructor, part time, Art. B.S., B.A., Washington State
University.
Mzenga A. Wanyama (2006). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., M.A., University of
Nairobi, Kenya; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Andrew War d (2001). Instructor, part time, Business Administration/Philosophy. B.A.,
Luther College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas.
Martha A. (Car y) Water man (1991). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., University of
Denver; B.S., M.A., Minnesota State University-Mankato.
Luann Watson (2003). Instructor, part time, Nursing. A.A., Normandale Community
College; B.S., M.A.L., Augsburg College.
David R. Weiss (2002). B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., Wartburg Theological Seminary;
M.A., University of Notre Dame.
Patricia F. Weiss (1991). Associate Professor, part time, Education. Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill.
Barbara A. West (1997). Instructor of Education. Faculty Coordinator of Teacher
Placement /Licensing. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
Dale A. Weston (2001). Instructor, part time, American Indian Studies. B.A., Hamline
University.
Jean H. Whalen (1995). Instructor, part time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Hans H. Wiersma (2002). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., University of California,
San Diego; M.Div., Ph.D., Luther Seminary.
Susan L. Williams (2002). Instructor, part time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of
Minnesota.
Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part time, Music. B.A., St.
Olaf College; M.M., Northwestern University.
X-Y-Z
Steven M. Zitnick (2000). Assistant Professor of Business Administration; Associate
Director, M.B.A. Program. B.A., Shimer College; M.S., University of Utah.
Faculty Emeriti 339
FACULTY EMERITI
Ruth L. Aaskov. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Earl R. Alton. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry/Dean Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lyla M. Anderegg. Professor Emerita of Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Barbara L. Andersen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A.,
Northwestern University.
Charles S. Anderson. President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of
Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological
Seminary, New York.
Er nest W. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Margaret J. Anderson. Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota.
Raymond E. Anderson. Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
John E. Benson. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University.
Ver n M. Bloom. Professor Emeritus of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
Richard A. Borstad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Maria L. Brown. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University;
M.S.W., University of Minnesota.
L. Gracia Christensen. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Radcliffe
College.
Robert W. Clyde. Professor Emeritus, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College;
M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Ailene H. Cole. Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A.,
Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee. Professor Emerita of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A.,
University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University.
Nor man B. Fer guson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall
College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Henr y G. Follingstad. Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., M.S., University of
Minnesota.
Jerr y Gerasimo. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Chicago.
Orloue Gisselquist. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Satya P. Gupta. Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S.,
Ph.D., Southern Illinois University.
340 Faculty Emeriti
Theodore J. Hanwick. Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.E.E., M.S., Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn; Ph.D., New York University.
Edwina L. Hertzber g. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Nor man D. Holen. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A. Concordia College-Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
John R. Holum. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Irene Khin Khin Jensen. Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma;
M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
Duane E. Johnson. Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University
of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Robert A. Karlén. Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Esther G. McLaughlin. Professor Emerita of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of CaliforniaBerkeley.
Marie O. McNef f. Professor Emerita of Education/Dean Emerita. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.,
University of Nebraska.
Er win D. Mickelberg. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Mildred “Mike” Mueller. Professor Emerita of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan
University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota.
Edor C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
Gor don L. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago.
Richard C. Nelson. Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Catherine C. Nicholl. Professor Emerita of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University
of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Beverly J. Nilsson. Professor Emerita of Nursing. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari. Professor Emeritus of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel
Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Patricia A. Parker. Associate Academic Dean Emerita. B.A., Eastern Michigan University;
M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Lauretta E. Pelton. Professor Emerita of Education. M.Ed., Marquette University.
Philip A. Quanbeck, Sr. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D.,
Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals. Professor Emerita of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Faculty Emeriti 341
Marianne B. Sander. Dean of Students Emerita. B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A.,
University of Minnesota.
Leland B. Sateren. Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus.,
Lakeland College.
Edwin J. Saugestad. Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg
College; M.A., University of Minnesota.
Eugene M. Skibbe. Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany.
Clarice A. Staff. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., D.S.W.,
Columbia University.
Myles C. Stenshoel. Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College,
Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado.
Grace K. Sulerud. Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
Ralph L. Sulerud. Professor Emeritus of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S.,
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Philip J. Thompson. Professor Emeritus of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A.,
University of Iowa.
Joel S. Torstenson. Professor Emeritus of Sociology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Rita R. Weisbrod. Professor Emerita of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota;
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Mar y Louise Williams. Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of
Pennsylvania.
342
CAMPUS MAP
CAMPUS LOCATION
343
DIRECTIONS TO CAMPUS
PUBLIC PARKING
I-35W from the North—
Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (curves right to become
Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside
Avenue, right at 22nd Avenue South.
Street parking on campus is posted for
one-, two-, or four-hour limits. For certain
major events on campus during evenings
and weekends, parking is also available in
the commuter and visitor lots.
I-94 East from Minneapolis—
Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn
left at 22nd Avenue South.
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
I-94 West from St. Paul—
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
I-35W from the South—
Follow the I-94 St. Paul signs (move to
right lane after each of two mergers). Take
25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside
Avenue, turn left at 22nd Avenue South.
Augsburg College is located near two
Metro Transit Light Rail stations: the
Cedar-Riverside station and the Franklin
Avenue station. In addition to light rail,
four Metro Transit bus lines keep Augsburg
easily accessible to the greater metropolitan area: routes 2, 7, 19, and 24. For more
information about Metro Transit schedules
and routes, call 612-373-3333 or go online
to <www.metrotransit.org>.
344
Index
Augsburg College, as affirmed in
its mission, does not discriminate
on the basis of race, color, creed,
religion, national or ethnic
origin, age, gender, sexual
orientation, marital status, status
with regard to public assistance,
or disability in its education
policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs,
athletic and/or school
administered programs, except
in those instances where religion
is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College
is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to
its employees and its students.
346
INDEX
A
About Augsburg 10, 18
Academic Advising 42
Academic Calendar 4-7, 54
Academic Divisions 56
Academic Excellence Scholarships 29
Academic Information 53
Academic Internships 67
Academic Policies and Procedures 70
Academic Progress, Probation and
Dismissal 89
Academic Skills Coaching 43-44
Access Center 45
Accessibility 18
Accounting 120-122
Accreditation and Memberships 11, 17, 18
Achievement Scholarships 30
Admissions 14, 20-22
Administrative Officers of the College 320
Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 87
Advanced Transfer Students 76, 82
African American Student Services (see
Pan-Afrikan Student Services) 47
American Indian Studies 96-99
American Indian Student Services 46
American Sign Language 231
Anderson Hall 14, 50
Anne Pederson Women’s Resource Center
42
Application Procedures 20, 28
Applied Economics 153
Architecture Minor 101
Art 100-105
Art History 100, 104-105
Asian American Student Services (see Pan
Asian Student Services) 47
Assessment of Previous Learning (APL)
Program 87-88
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
(ACTC) 60, 62
Associated Support Organizations 16
Athletic Affiliation 18
Athletics and Sports 42
Audit Fee 24
Auditing Courses 86
Augsburg Core Curriculum 78-85, 106-107
Augsburg Experience 79
Augsburg First Year 78-79
Augsburg Seminar 78, 106
Augsburg Signature Curriculum 78-79, 106
B
Bachelor of Science (Liberal Arts
requirement modifications) 84-85
Beta Beta Beta 110
Biology 108-113
Board of Regents 318-319
Business (Master of Business
Administration) 69
Business Administration 114-119
Business Administration and
Economics Major 117, 153
Business Administration (Music Business
Specialization) 116, 240
Business Management Certificate 115
C
Calendar 4-7, 54
Campus Location 14, 18, 342-343
Campus Map 342-343
Campus Ministry 40
Campus Tours 20
Canadian Program 70
Career Services 68
Carlson (Jeroy C. Carlson) Alumni Center 15
Center for Global Education 64-65, 207-218
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student
Services (CLASS) 43
Center for Service, Work, and Learning
66-68
Certificates 69 (MBA), 101, 115
Change of Program 73
Chemistry 129-134
Chinese 231
Chapel 15, 42
Choir 253
Christensen Center 14, 41
Class Schedule 94
Classification (Class Year) 87
Clinical Laboratory Science 135-140
Coaching Endorsement 186
College Costs 2006-07 Day 24-25,
WEC 25-26
College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) 87
College of the Third Age 16, 70
Commencement 90
Commons 50
Communication Studies 141-147
Communication Arts/Literature Teacher
Licensure 60, 144, 160
Community Service-Learning 67
Community Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Computational Economics 148-149
Computational Philosophy 149, 261
Computer Science 147-151
Concert Band 253
Connections Courses 106-107
Continuing Education Program 70
Cooperative Education 67, 108
Index 347
Core Curriculum 78-85, 106-107
Costs 24-26
Counseling 48
Counseling and Health Promotion 48
Course Descriptions 94-316
Course Numbers 94
Credits 94
Crime and Deviance Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Crossover Registration 72
Cultural Anthropology Concentration
(Sociology) 299
D
Dance and Theatre Teacher Licensure Major
307
Dean’s List 89
Degrees Offered 18, 54
Departmental Comprehensive Exams 87
Departmental Honors (see each major)
Departments and Programs 94-316
Deposits 25
Development 8
Directed Study 96
Directory 8
Directory Information 91-92
Disability Services 43-44, 45-46
Dismissal 89
Discrimination Complaints 52
Divisions and Departments 56
Dormitories 14-16, 49-50
Dual Degree Programs 59, 169-170
E
Early Admission of Freshmen 21
Economics 152-156
Economics/Business Admin. Major 117, 153
Economics/Political Science Teaching Major
272
Edor Nelson Field 15
Education 157-168
Education for Service 11
Education (Master of Arts) 68
Elementary Education 158-160, 162-164
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities 166-168
Employment 33
Engaging Minneapolis 78
Engineering 169-170
English 171-184
English Language Learners (ELL) 88-89
English Placement Test 174
Enrollment 18
Enrollment Center 8, 72
Enrollment Degree Verification 90
Enrollment Deposit 25
Ensembles 253
Entry-level Skills 80-81, 107
Ethnic Student Services 46-47
Evaluation and Grading 85-87
Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA) 11, 18, 319
Experiential Education Programs 66-68
Explanation of Grades 85-87
Exploring Our Gifts (Vocation) 40
F
Facilities and Housing 14-17, 50
Facts and Figures 18
Faculty 18, 55, 322-341
Faculty Emeriti 339-341
FAFSA (Free Application for Federal Student
Aid 28
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 51, 91-92
Federal Work Study Program 33
Fees 24-26
Film 142-143
Finance 122-123
Finance Certificate 115
Financial Aid 18, 28-38
Financial Policies 26-28
Fine Arts 41
Fitness Center 49
Food Service 50-51
Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages)
Forensics 142
Former Students 22, 74-75
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship,
Drama, and Communication 15
Foundations of Fitness 84,188
French 230-232
Freshmen 20-21
G
Gage Center for Academic Achievement 42
German 230, 233-234
Gift Assistance 31
GLBTQA 48
Global Education Center 15, 64-65,
207-218
Global Education Program
Courses 64-65, 207-218
Grade Point Average 77, 87
Grading 85-86, 87
Graduate Programs 68-69
Graduation (Applying for) 76-77
Graduation Skills Requirements 80
Graduation Requirements 76-85
Grants 31
Graphic Design Certificate 101
Gymnasium (Melby Hall) 15
348 Index
H
L
Health and Physical Education 185-189
Health Clinic Services 48
Health Education 185-187
Health Insurance 48
Health Promotion 48-49
HECUA Courses 65-66, 208, 216-218
Higher Education Consortium for Urban
Affairs (HECUA) 65-66, 208, 216-218
Hispanic/Latino Student Services Program
47
History 190-196
History of Augsburg College 10-12
Honors (Departmental—see each major)
Honors (Latin) 90
Honors Program 62, 197-202
Housing 14-16, 25, 49-50
Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center 49
Human Relations (Communication Studies)
142
Language Courses 230-237
Latin Honors 90
Leadership (Master of Arts) 68
Leadership Studies Minor 203
Leadership, Service, and Performance
Scholarships 30
Learning Disabilities (Special Education)
166-168
Learning Disabilities Program 43
Liberal Arts (Bachelor of Science Waiver)
84-85
Liberal Arts Foundation 79-80, 82-83
Library and Information Technology 15,
18, 55-56
Licensure (Teaching) 60, 157-168, 254-255,
292
Life Sciences 109
Lifetime Fitness 84, 188
Lindell Library 15, 18, 55-56
Loan Assistance 32
Location 14, 18, 342, 343
Lutheran Congregational Scholarships 31
I
Ice Arena 15
Incomplete Grade 86
Independent Studies 95, 96
Information Technology Certificate 115
Information Technology Services 55-56
Inter-Institutional Programs 62-63
Inter-Race 16
Intercollegiate Athletics 42
Interdisciplinary Studies 202-204
International Baccalaureate Program (IB) 87
International Business Minor 117
International Business Specialization
(Business Administration) 110
International Business Concentration
(International Relations) 206
International Partners 65, 207-208
International Relations 205-206
International Student Advising 49
International Students 22, 49
International Studies 207-218
Internships 66-67, 95-96
Intramural Athletics 42
J
Japanese 234
Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 15
John Evans Learning Laboratory 44
K
Karen M. Housh Tutor Center 44
Keystone (Senior Keystone) 79, 106
M
Majors and Minors 10, 56-60, 94-316
Management Information Systems 124-126
Management Specialization (Business
Administration) 116
Managerial Accounting 120
Many Voices Project 79
Maps 342, 343
Marketing 116 (WEC), 126-128
Marketing Communication (Communication
Studies) 142
Mass Communication and Journalism
(Communication Studies) 142
Master’s Degrees 54, 68-69
Math Placement Group (MPG) 80-81, 221
Mathematics 219-224
Medical Refund 27
Medieval Studies 225-226
Melby Hall 15
Memberships 17, 18
Memorial Hall (Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial
Hall) 16
Metro-Urban Studies 227-229
Middle East Studies Minor 203
Military Called to Active Duty 73-74
Minnesota Indian Teacher Training
Partnership (MNITTP) 46-47
Minnesota Work Study Program 33
Minors 59, 94-316
MIS Courses 124-126
Mission Statement 10
Index 349
Modern Language Skill 81
Modern Languages 230-237
Mortensen Hall 15, 50
Murphy Place (2222 Murphy Place) 15
Murphy’s Grill 51
Music 238-253
Music Business 116, 240
Music Education Major 241-242
Music Ensembles 251-253
Music Hall 15
Music Performance Major 243
Music Repertoire Tests 245
Music Therapy Equivalency/Certification
244
Music Therapy Major 243-244
N
National Student Clearinghouse 90
Natural Science Teaching Licensures
254-255
New Hall 15, 50
No-Credit Grades 85-86
Nordic Area Studies 256-257
Norwegian 230, 234-235
Notification of Admissions Decision 21
Numeric Grades 85
Numbering of Courses 94
Nursing 258-260
Nursing (Master of Arts) 68
O
Off-Campus Programs 18
Officers of the College 320
Official Notices 51
Ojibwe 236
Old Main 16
Orchestra 253
Organizational Studies Concentration
(Sociology) 299
Organizational Communication
(Communication Studies) 141
Orientation 41
P, Q
Pan-Afrikan Student Services 47
Pan-Asian Student Services 47
Part-Time Students 24
Pass/No Credit 77, 85-86, 90
Pastor 40
Payments 26
Peace and Global Studies Minor 205
Performance Studies 251-253
Philosophy 261-264
Physical Disabilities Program (Access Center)
45
Physical Education 186, 188-189
Physical Science Teaching Licensure 60,
130, 254-255, 267
Physician Assistant Studies (Master of
Science) 69
Physics 265-270
Piano Proficiency Test 245
Policies 17, 18, 26-28, 51-52, 70-76, 85-87,
89-92
Political Science 271-277
Political Science/Economics teaching major
272
Portfolio Assessment Program 88
Pre-Law Concentration (Political Science)
271-272
Pre-Professional Programs 60-61
Prerequisites 95
President’s Greeting 2
Probation 89
Psychology 278-282
Psychology and Law Concentration 279
Public Accounting 120
Public Relations and Advertising
(Communication Studies) 142
R
Re-Admitted Students 22, 74-75
Recitals 245
Refunds 26-27
Regents 318-319
Registration 70-73
Religion 283-291
Religious Affiliation 11, 18, 319
Repeated Courses 86
Research Opportunities 45
Residence Life Program (see also
Housing) 49-50
Residence Requirements 77
Retaking courses 86
Rochester Program 13-14, 71-72
Room and Board 24
ROTC 62-63
S
Scandinavian Studies (See Nordic Area
Studies)
Scandinavian Urban Studies Team 65, 216
Scholarships 29-31, 33-38
School Year 4-7, 18
Science Hall 16
Secondary Education 160-162, 164-165
Senior Keystone 79, 106
Service-Learning 67
Sigma Pi Sigma 267
Skills Requirements 80-81, 84-85, 107
Social, Cultural, Recreational Activities 41
Social Psychology Concentration 279, 300
350 Index
Social Studies 292
Social Welfare Minor 294
Social Work 293-297
Social Work (Master of Social Work) 69
Society of Physics Students 267
Sociology 298-303
Space Physics 266
Spanish 230, 236-237
Special Education 166-168
Special Interest Housing 50
Special Students (Non-Degree or Second
Degree) 22
Sponsored Scholarships 33-38
Sports 42
StepUP Program 46
Student-Designed Major 56-57
Student Employment 33
Student/Faculty Ratio 18
Student Government 40-41
Student Life 39-52
Student Rights 51-52, 91-92
Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints,
Records 51
Student Standing Committee 74
Student Support Services (TRIO) 44-45
Student Teaching Abroad 66, 157
Studio Art 100-105
Study Abroad 63-66, 207-218
Summer Session 8, 66
Supervisory Management (Communication
Studies) 141
Support Programs 42-49
Sverdrup Hall 16
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 16
T
Teaching Licensure (see also individual
majors) 60, 157-168, 254-255, 292
Test Scores 20
Theatre Arts 304-312
Theatre Practicums 305-306, 311-312
Transcripts 20, 21, 25
Transfer Students 21-22, 75-76
TRIO Program 44-45
Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 24-25
Tutor Center 44
U
Undergraduate Research and Graduate
Opportunity (URGO) 45
Unofficial Withdrawal 27-28
Urban Studies 227-229
Urness Hall 16, 50
V
Veterans 91
Vocation 40
W
Weekend College 12-13, 21, 25-26, 71-73
Withdrawal From College 26-27, 73
Women’s Resource Center 42
Women’s Studies 313-315
Work Study Program 33
Writing Concentration 172, 173
X, Y, Z
Youth and Family Ministry Major 289-291
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1987.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114b)
Interim Calendar
November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration
December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration
January 5
. . . .First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd
January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading
system with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full
courses
January30
. .Interimends
February 3 .
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 4
. . .Spring Semester Begins
..
..
.. .
...
..
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
OM-Old Main
S - s c k n c e H-dl
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a
completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract
forms are available in the same off ice.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1 . Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
ART
Calligraphy
ART 106-47001
306-47002
Instructor: Phil Thompson
A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles.
Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course
or permission of the instructor for upper division
Distribution: Art-~ u s i c
Time: I
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-47003
Instructor:Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from
three minutes to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art - Music
Time:I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-47004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert
BIO 113-47005
313-47006
Instructor:Neal Thorp
This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona
and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates,
soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life,
and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will
be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora
Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the
University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains.
Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class.
The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare,
ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
H u m a n Developmental Biology
BIO 174-47007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of
the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs
and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and
death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization
and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in
other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 212
H Biological Evolution
BIO 307-47008
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present.
Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 329
BUSINESS
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-47070
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-47011
Instructor:John Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Ruom: M 23
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-47012
Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different
types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions
will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of
different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations.
Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a
research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the
instructors.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Time:I
Room: P 2
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378-47013
Instructor:Arnin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team
controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies;
each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes,
marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as
well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with
evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission
of instructor
Time: 11
Room: OM 21
CHEMISTRY
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-47014
Instructor: Sandy Olmsted
This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These
have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them
especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make
rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate
their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in
health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The
course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is
science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short
paper which is due the last day of class.
Prerequisite: High School Chemistry
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: S 315
The Molecular Basis of Cancer
CHM 310-47015
Instructor:David T. Brand
Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the
scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish
a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle
against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer,
how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which
will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer,
chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies.
Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology
will be used throughout the course.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on
the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day
of class.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: S 315
SCIENCE
FORTRAN
CSC 270-47016
Instructor:Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: S 112
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-47017
Instructor:Satya Gupta
This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions
used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the
role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level,
firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four
tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material.
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: S 212
Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs
Government Regulation
ECO 339-47018
Instructor:Milo Schield
In this course we will:
- Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and
risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation.
- Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and
speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks
given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence.
Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles
and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards
with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical
malpractice and product liability.
- Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and
old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls.
- Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights
and tort-law responsibilities.
- Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance
companies and several regulatory agencies.
Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to
class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%).
Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of
the instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 23
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023
EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024
EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025
EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026
Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
January in Medieval England: An Imaginary
Travel Trip
ENG 213-47027
Instructor:Joan Griffin
What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and
Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the
medieval castle, cloister, and college.
The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will
explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in
order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing
on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight
Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc.
The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing
art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval
banquet or other performance.
Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and
participation, a journal, and a paper.
Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting)
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: M 23
The Short Story - Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-4702..
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of
fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and
fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie.
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature
and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would
be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied
literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in
class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with
the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but
students will be expected to write with clarity
Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h
Time: I
Room: M 24
Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems
ENG 340-47029
Instructor:Ron Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets.
She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her
relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give
herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative
one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships,
personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will
be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal,
and a test. We may also have some quizzes.
Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson
and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book.
Prer uisites:A college literature class
Tim3
Room: OM 27
FRENCH
4 Beginning French I
FRE 111-47030
Instructor:Mirni Johnson
This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding
of French language and culture. Using development of listening,
then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will
comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival
French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group
study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's
class will be held in the Language Laboratory
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: OM 25
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-47071
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a l/2credit course.
Time:II-M&W&AlternateF
Room: Melby 24
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410-47033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities,
including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-47034
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a
credit course.
Time: I T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-47072
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I M - W &AlternateF
Room: Melby 12
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-47035
Instructor:Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will
be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
GENERAL STUDIES
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST 245-4709
Instructor:Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various
pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions,
it will arm you with some useful information for making choices
for the present and plans for the future.
The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices
women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E.
Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films,
and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project.
Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: P-2
HISTORY
Modern Paris: History and Literature
HIS 114-47036
Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist
We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a
significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of
one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus
much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal
with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as
historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three
pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac,
Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in
Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the
19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from
the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept
by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with
the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the
19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the
social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of
historical study.
There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written
examinations.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 25
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-47037
419-47038
HUM 275-47039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the
final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class
will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for
upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final
paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a
critical review of a pertinent study
Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division
Permission of instructor for
upper division registration
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 13
20th Century South Asia
HIS 262-47040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy
in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen;
it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of
people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little
or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an
anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the
process of nationalism and independence using various historical
readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some
thoughts on modernization.
There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam.
Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student
or permission of instructor
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 18
MATHEMATICS
Gardner Variety Mathematics
MAT 133-47075
Instructor:Bev Stratton
Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have
fun with math and convince you that you can do math.
As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an
individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for
Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common
sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes,
number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to
the class.
Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction
papers to Gardner's columns.
This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors.
Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: OM 27
The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-47041
Instructor:Larry Copes
Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games
of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and
to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to
get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to
a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and
weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 205
MUSIC
H The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-47065
430-47068
Instructor:Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create
some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a
"hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack,
and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr.
mixor.
2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom
trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers.
The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used
in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic
considerations necmwry for thc creativ~?
aspccts of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups.
Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four
track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing.
mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional
and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill
also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to
seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and
provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and
a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: None for lower division status.
Music theory or permission of instructor for upper
division status.
Distribution:Art-Music
Time: I
Room: M 5
NORWEGIAN
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-47032
Instructor: Leif Hansen
T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-,
reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are
conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: II
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-47042
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by
introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects
in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
Being H u m a n
PHI 115-47043
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in
community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human
from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies
have viewed the human person.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several
short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small
group discussions will be expected.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 16
What D o You Think of That?
PHI 250-47044
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and
say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can
Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of
authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes,
and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y
E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho
least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 10
Introduction to Truth Theory
PHI410-47045
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of
truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only
on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only
in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect?
This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a
survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be
involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination
on all material covered.
Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy
Time: LT:
Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall
PHYSICS
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-47046
Instructor:Ken Erickson
A study of the ~cience
of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention
will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including
stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the
world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology
(study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is
dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics
distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will
include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory
sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research
project.
Prerequisite:High school algebra
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: L 1
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-47047
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of
music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine
string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the
human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of
the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper
on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: OM 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Reasoning and Rationalizing
POL 180-47048
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and
afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse.
Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation.
Prerequisite: No prior political science course
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War
POL 365-47049
Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman
Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars,"
many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and
strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and
USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those
like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will
look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies
surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one
hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have
a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite:
One mlitical science course
or permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: OM 21
Anatomy of the USSR
POL 455-47050
Instructor:Norma Noonan
In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal
politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts
at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination
s:
of
some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a
research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts
(4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1).
Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics:
382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or
Time: I
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Self-Identityand Values
PSY 110-47051
Instructor:Norm Ferguson
The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of
"self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about
myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a
psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the
influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and
change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth.
Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues
in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d
along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal
of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only
Prereauisite:Permission of instructor
~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I1
Room: P 3
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-47052
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with
differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo
cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and
gain s o m ~
undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving
the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class
participation, student research presentations, and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(General Psych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-47053
Instructor:Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the
adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be
the main focus.
This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Procedures will include
elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports.
F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew
n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in
the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont
word processing wi U b~ required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the
book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis.
Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: OM 10
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-47054
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture
m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta
txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be
lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting
resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short
tests and a short research paper.
Prer uisite: One coursein
Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used
t o w i d graduation rewon requirements)
Time: Il
Room: OM 18
rewm
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374-47055
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better,
more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science
and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of
science and nature in the 20th century
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart?
Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be
fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two
short tests and a written project.
Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used
toward graduationreligionrequirements)
Distribution:Religion
Time: I
Room: S 213
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring H u m a n Services
SWK 257-47056
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a coll~ge
major. RnowIedge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency
experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-47057
Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context
2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities
3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors
which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness
Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless
people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the
above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom
for discussion/explorationof the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and
a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the
basis for evaluation.
Upper division students only.
Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this
course.
uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361
-3
Room: OM 23
Prer
Field Work I11
SWK 466-47058(1course)
466-47059(34 course)
Instructor:Rosemary Link
me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~
relationship
t ~ r g to
increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp
~~
t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to
increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem
solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto
profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for
personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the
Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIOLOGY
H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261-47060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community
in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have
provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing
tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This
course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing
assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor
.
some prehmhwy background sessions and readings,
each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as
part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the
Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation
and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the
course.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: OM 29
Complex Organizations
SOC 301-47073
Instructor:Diane Pike
This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine
complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in
contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within
these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture.
The format of the course is based on discussion and participation.
Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of
performance is based on three short papers, participation and
notebook, and a final.
This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks.
Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology
or political science course
Time: I1
Room: OM 22
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 383-47061
Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding.
The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably
be no examinations, but there will be two papers.
Distribution: Urban
Time: II
Room: M 24
SPANISH
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-47031
Instructor:Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It
will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of
view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a
number of poems.
Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in
class discussion, and a final exam.
This course is designed for language students but anyone with an
interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: M 22
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
Theatre in London
SPC 246-47062
Instructor:Julie Bolton
London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and
the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately
fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional
theatre a t a wide assortment of sites.
Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage
tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours
and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also
allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries,
museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich
cultural heritage.
The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based
on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as
some assigned readings.
The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00.
Children's Theater
SFC 285-47063
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a
play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off
stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights,
scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the
commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a
written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO
Room: Stage Two
Ethics in Communication
SPC 340-47064
Instructor:Ray Anderson
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether
to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs
or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one
sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising,
public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in
subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability
to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews,
oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in
everyday life.
~rereqdsites:
A course in philosophy or consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 16
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
W Outward Bound
HPE 212-47067
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington D.C. Interims
The Legal System and Legal Careers
POL 398-47068
Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-47069
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January
16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but
they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether
or not the student registers for the course.
1 Runnin
HPE 00237074
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12 noon
Room: Melby
1 Racquetball
HPE 002-47075
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th
Room: Melby
American Karate
HPE 002-47076
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only
Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments
An Ecological Safari in East Africa
Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
China. Then and Now
Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli
Economics of the Welfare State
English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna
Great Western Philosophers
Greek A r t and Architecture
Habsburg Heritage
Health Care in Europe
Italy: Galileo and the Church
J a ~ a 1987:
n
Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society
L ~ W
in London
London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities
Mexico: The Old and the New
Modern European Business and Worklife
Museums, Music, and Monuments in
the Great Cities of Emope
Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture
Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture
Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile
Soviet Union: History and Culture
S ain: A Country in Transition
eatre in London
The English School and Family
&
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Show less
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~... Show more
summer session info
augsburg in the summer
A~~gsburg
College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
summer session I
May 31 to July 1
-_-
summer ~ = s i 11n
July 11 to August 11
summer online
(WE
Course loads in Summer Session:
I
Students may take up to two courses in
each session. However, the total credit
load for W E C students between spring
W E C and Suinmer Session I cannot
exceed 2.0 credits. W E C students
desiring to overlap more than 2.0 credits
between the two terms must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Total credit load between
Summer Session I1 and Summer Online
cannot exceed 2.0 credits. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits and six quarter credits.
Augsburg general education:
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant lnetropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Courses f~~lfilling
Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives, Core Curricul~un,
and Graduation Skills requirements are
so noted along with the description of
the course.
Course levels: The first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers beginning
with a "1" or "2" are lower division
courses and are intended primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent
studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed,
* The Higher L c a n l i r ~Cotnmissiotl
~
of the Nortll Cct~lralAssociatior~of Colle~esand Schools, Cormnissiorl on
Irlstitlrtiotls of Higher Ed~rcntior~,
3 12-263-0456. Web site <twtuw.t~cnciheu r g s
internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the
summer. Academic internships are
carefi~llyplanned work-based learning
experiences, supervised and evaluated by
a faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning, 612330-1148, for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement from
their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for S ~ ~ r n ~ n e r
Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at 612-330-1488.
information
Additional information may be
obtained at:
www.a~~gsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic Advising)
eligibility
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dismissed by that institution.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission
as regular s t ~ ~ d e nof
t s A ~ ~ g s b u College.
rg
Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to
the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, 612-330-1001, or the
Weekend College Admissions Office,
612-330-1743.
All stitdents may hegin to rrl,..--.
-
Apnl~4k
Web registration will remain open
until May 5 (Session I) and June 10
(Session 11). Web registration Ihuurs
8:3C
1.-11:59 p.m. daily.
:studcnrs will he hilleci through
Summer Session courses
Augsburg stude
re cncouragecl to use
Web registr
,)n-Augshurg
students must reglsrer in person at the
E~lrollrnentCenter liefiveen 8:30
a.m.-4:30 p.m
Thursdays). T h e
:30 a.m,-7
Center is
CIII
located in Sverdrup Hall. W e
r e c o m ~ n e ~ lthat
d you schedule
I
50 percent
c
ition
If a discrepancy is found bet\
on founci
through AugNet, AugNet s h o ~ ~ he
ld
considered the most current xnci, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 31. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
online
April 4
April 4
April 5
May 5
June 10
June 10
Summer Session 1 a n d June 17 tor
Balance of tuition due
May 6
June 17
June 3
hition must be
paid in full (
endar), or you will
your course(s); a
be dropped f
cancellation
of $100 per course
will apply. Augsourg students who
have unpaid balances from previous
terms must pay these balances before
they may register for Summer Session.
Classes begin
May 31
July 11
June 27
May 31
July 11
June 27
July 14
July 1
Change in Registration: Many courses
*Drop class without notation
reg
stud'
summer
sess
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
Register (added late fee of $75) June 3
(signature of instructor needed; no
registrations will be accepted afier this date)
June 3
July 14
July 1
fill early and courses with low
Change grading option
June 17
July 28
August 5
enn)llments will he cancelleel o n e week
Withdraw from class
June 17
July 28
August 5
I
before the first day of the session.
Students who decide to cancel their
Classes end
registration prior to the first day of the
Grades due in Registrar's Office July 11
July 1
August 11
September 2
August 19
September 9
session must complete a drop/adci form
at the Enrollnlent Center (this nlust be
done in person). There is a charge of
$100 for each course cancelled.
For refund information please sce
A late fee of
next page.
$75 will he assessed for
students who register after the first day
of the term. N o Session I registrations
will he accepted after June 3. N o
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 27.
II
Registration begins
Of
Schedule of Refunds o n the
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 11. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
summer 2005
Web registration closes
at the tillle
~OLII-
courses as early as possible.
catalog and coursc infor
ents
1
Session 11 registrations will he accepted
after July 14. N o Sulnnler Online
registrations will he accepted after July 1.
schedule of refunds
100% of the refundable portion of tuition (less $100 administrative fee):
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is n o later than June 3
(Session I), July 14 (Session II), and July 1 (Summer Online)
75% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 7
(Session I), July 19 (Session II), and July 11 (Summer Online)
50% of the refundable portion of tuition:
If cancellation at the Enrollment Center is no later than June 10
(Session I), July 22 (Session II), and July 22 (Summer Online
I
map of augsburg
-
The tuition charge f '005 aummer
Session courses is:
$1,470 for full-c2dit coun
' 15 for halfcredit courses
A
..Rlits are charged at the tuition rates
,,.
,,..,~d, and Rochester students
olled in Summer Session I1 or
Summe
nay be eligible for
financial aid if tl
least 1.0 credit.
listed above.
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for S u ~ m e Session
r
attendees
The only forms I Financial aid available
;Ion attendees are the
for Sum --nt, the Minnesota State
era1
:or students who meet eligibility
nents) and student loans. Visit
,.he Enrollment Center Web site to
download an application form at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll>. T h e
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2005.
O
.,.,.
financial aid.
Day program
11, or both sessions combined may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
WEC, United, and Rochester
programs
Augsburg Employee Tuition Benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60 percent discount on Summer Session
tuition.
For WEC students enrolled in spring
trimester, no aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
WEC spring trimester.
+lnlerslate84 West II
11
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Center for Counseling and Heal01
Promotion
2. Weekend Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Christensen Center
6. East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Wonhip, Drama and
Communication
9. Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
I I Ice Arena
12. Public Relations and
Communicalion
Inlaaal~$
W bet
13. Lindell Libraly
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Mulphy Place
17. Murphy P a ~ k
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
21. Oscar Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
25. Shipping and Receiving
26. Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
campus location
+
PARKING INFORMATION
A. Visitor Parking
B. Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D. FacultylStafflCommuterResident
Parking
E. Resident Parking
F. Resident Parking
G FacultylStaff Parking
H Faculty/StaffParking
I. VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
I. FacultyIStaff Parking
K. Commuter Parking
L. Visitor Parking
M Faculty/Staff/Comniuter Parking
N. FacultylSlafflCommuter Parking
0 . Fairview-Vnivenity Parking Ramp
3 5 W from t h e NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left o n
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right at Zlst Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 2lst Avenue
South.
Augsburg College, a s affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientntim~,marital s t a t u , status with regard lo public assistance, o r
disability in its education policies, admissions policies, scholarship a n d loan program, athletic andlor school
administered programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide occtipational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to prowidii~greasonable accommodations to its employees a n d its students.
1-94 West f r o m St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South.
35W f r o m t h e South-
1
Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after
each of two niergen) Take 25th Avenue exit and turn
left at Riverside Aveni~e,turn left at 21st Avenue
South.
session I may 31 to july
I
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular
f
FIN 2 4 0 3
the approacl~usell by
Pcrsonal Finance
exams, quizzes, 1
Introiiuction to perso~ialfinancial planning and
budgeting, credit nianagement, income taxes,
i ~ i s i ~ r a ~ ireal
c e , estate, invrstments, retirement, and
estate planning.
ler and analyze data and propose
and test hypotheses. Evaluation will be baser1 o n
A R T 102.S
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
IPS,and othc
assig~umenrs.I n c ~ ~ ~ u e s re as \\,ell 3s laboratory
activities. This course
s twice weekly from May
the visual arts. T w e and three~dimens~onaI
projects
demonstratinl
the basic design elements
31 to August 11 (frc
and principles
I
the start of Session 1 to the
Rrspective/Skill/L
,esthetics Perspective;
encl of Session 11)
(Prereq.: MPG i
Speaking Skill;
ine Arts
Perspecti\,e/Skil
:
Critical Thinkir
II; LAF in Natural Science 2nd
Old Mnirr
4
(hereq.: MPC 2)
scientists t
Kapoor
M, \V
6-9:30 11.1n.
7
leliiat
urn Main 18
Kapoor
This course i ~ ~ c l u d financial
es
statement analysis,
risk and retllrn, security valuation, capital
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
llianngement.
(Prerecl.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3)
Tlie camera will be useil as a tool for visual
creativity and expressio~iusing black and white
6-9:30 p , n ~ .
photographic processes. Students need access to a
35 m m , single-lens reflex camera. I
Principles of A
ecl cost of
film, etc.: $200-225
Pcrsl-rect~\,c/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30
11 111
T; TI1
Old Main
4
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts
and fi~ndarnentalsof accounting, the accounti~ig
cycle, ancl prep.1ration of financial statements.
3
I
-
~
o
o
M, W
Oltl MLlin 10
BUS 2 4 2 4
A R T 247-S
Life Drawing
McCaffrey
Principles of Management
Palecmy-Zapp
metlioils and techniqnes of drawing the human for111
through the use of live ~nodels.Emphasis will he
Development of the tl~eoryof Inaliagemcnt,
organization, staffing, planning, and control Tlie
~iatureof authority, acco~~ntahility,
~esponsibility,
and analysis of tlie pmfessional manager
placed o n ~le\elopmentof pelceptual cimwing skills
1 - 4 3 0 p,in,
This course will introduce t l ~ estudent to the
to accumtely rc~iderthe hi~manfnrni in a spatial
environ~nent.Topics covcrcd will include: gesture,
prnpurtion, foresl~ortening,skeletal .ind ~u~~sculature
anatomy, sha~lingand renclering, and composition
NOTE: There will be a $50 fee payable un thc first
clay of class for the cost of models.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Aesthetics Perspective
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mr1i11 17
B I O 102-S
T h e Biological World
Hoogendoorn
This is an introcluction tu bioluu for ~non.bioIogy
7; TI1
Old Main 16
MKT 3 5 4 3
I
M, W
Old Main 16
B U S 465-S
International Management
Paleczny-Zapp
This thought-pr~>\okingcourse cxaniines those
issues ancl activities unique to marketing in an
lnterlintional setting Col~rsefocuses on how
l u ~ m a n~esourccsare a<lministereil in other
countries and how cultural factors influence
heliavior in the n.orkplace and negotiations. It will
also ;rnnlyze interpersonal skills n w ~ l e dt < manage
~
across national bonlcrs and negotiate internatiunal
deals. We will analyze several real-life case s t ~ ~ d i etos
lear~ithe strategies, structures, and practices of
modem co~porationsin the world tvday.
majors. Basic concepts of bioloby pel raining to
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Writi~ig
both plants .lnd ani~nalsare co\.ered, as well as the
6-9:30 p ln
MI W
Old Milin 16
8:30 a.m.-noon
7; Th
Scie~~ce
123
COM Ill-S
Financial Management
Photog+,,
A C C 221-S
Perspective; LAF in Natural Science and
Matheniatics (non-lab)
Old Main 13
F I N 331-S
Natural World 1 or 2;
Perspecti\ze/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation,
organization, audience analysis, style, listening
ability, and the o\~ercorningof speech frigl~t.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Speaking Skill; LAF in
Humanities; Engaging Minneapolis
7; TI1
1 4 : 3 0 11.1n.
Old Mnin 13
COM 3 5 1 3
J.Cerrito
Sales Management
Fornullation, implementation, evaluation, and
control of sales force programs designed to carry
out marketing objectives. Management of sales
force recrnitmelu, dcpartmenral structure, training,
no ti vat ion, territory allocation, quotas, and
compensation.
(Prereq.: MKT 252 or consent of instructc,~.)
T; TI1
6-9:30 [~.,n.
Suerd11a11202
Argumentation
Dewlops critical
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies,
and refi~tation.Includes how to build and analyze
public arguments that confront btude~irsin their
ej~eryilnylives.
(Prereq.: SPC I l l or 112, o r J r , or Sr. standing)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Critical Thinking Skill
6-9:30 p.ln
MKT 4 6 6 3
International Marketing
Meziou
Groven
think in^ skills by stucly of the
7; TI1
Old Main 13
C O M 354-S
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
This course examines those issues and activities
unique~tomarketing in an international setting.
Emphasis IS placed on adaptation of a marketing
~ u i xaccording to the international marketing
environment.
on factors that build relationships ancl help to
o\,ercome communication barriel-s.
(Prereq.: MKT 252)
6-9:30 p,ln.
6-9:30 ~ t n .
M, W
A studv of the dvnarnics of human interaction
thnlugli verbal and non.verbal nlessages; emphasis
M, W
Suer[lr~ip206
Suerdlul~I
I-hl-YI
I
E C O 112.S
C H M 100-S
Principles of Macroeconomics
Chemistry for Changing
. - Times
This course introduces basic clIemistry
the context
Gvbere
.
concepts in
nuluerous sciel,ce.l,asecl issues
i n our
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroecononiics: national
i~lco~ile
analysis, ~nonetaryand fiscal policy,
i ~ i t c r m i o ~ i trade
al
Al,plication of elementary
everyday livcs with the goal of students having a
econ0111ictheory to current economic problems.
baaic niler erst an ding of thc science hehind iszues
present and in the fi~ture.
May be taken independently of E C O 113 or 110.
ECO 112 a111 113 nay be take11 in either order.
4
sess~onI
\.
may 31 to july I
(Prereq.: M P G 2)
PerspcrL:-- 'Skill/LAF:
Rrspec
LAF in Soc
laviornl Sciences
Old
pm
ENG 225-S
ECO 1133
Principles of M~rroecc..omics
A n introduc
~
~
l
o niicroecono~nics:the theory of
the Ihousehold, firm, market structures, a n d income
distribution. Application of ele~uentaryeconomic
This coulse buiIdS o
plact~cesand methods of
Effective
d ~ ~Writing
f
(El
11) Its w o ksliop
~
format
stresses style a n d organizarion, the process of
relationsl~ipbetween readine a1
'
I
EDC 2 2 0 3
Educational Technology (.5 crcdit)
Erickson
Psychological a111 pl~ilosopliicaldiniensions of
comniunication through the use of instructional
t e c l ~ n o l o S~ e. l e c t i o ~preparation,
~,
pr<,duction, and
e\raluation of eftecti\.e audio-visual niaterials for
tcacliindlearning situations. C o m p u t e r training
will be included in this course.
(This class runs from J u n e &July I)
M, W
Suer'ltllp 205
Center for Service, Work, and Learning.
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Satisfactory completion fillfills tlie AugsburE
Experience (AE).
Western Heritage
Perspective
M, W
6-9:30 p . m
O l d Main 18
Y
Schield
Critical thinking about statistics as evidence in
,
I
( P r e ~ e q .o: n e course in history, o r permission of
insrructor)
Q u a n t i t a t i v e Reasoning/
Statistical Literacy
....,., ...,
[
work setting. Students set learning goals and
evaluate t l ~ e i rlearning with the director of the
GST2003
ring.
4-7
01
over the last nvo centi~rieswill be ~ i v e nspecial
attention.
uevision, self and peer evaluation, a n d the
Per"ectiw
Petspect~ve;LAF in Social and Behavioral Scic..--.,
1 4 3 0 11 tn
)Id M(lirl l o
7; Th
9-1 1:30 n.111.
Wr*
ia;nson
(Prereq.:
theory t o ~iiarketpolicy. May he taken
independently of E C O 110 o r 112. E C O 112 a n d
113 nay be taken in either
(Prereq.: MPG2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: ,,,.,.
~
7.
I n t e r m e d i a t e 61
not d o n e for academic credit. T h e Koal is fur
students ro apply theory to practice in an approved
Topics: Sports a n d Literature
Irvine
INS 105.S
arguments in\.olving predictions ancl explanations.
Introduction to American
I n d i a n Studies
Topics will include reading and eaalunting tables,
This course is i~ltelideclto introduce students to
graphs, and statistical models as \yell as
generalizations, traclitional confidence inter\,als,
American Indian studies Concepts a n d topics to
be covered include, among ochers, history,
Weston
This course is designed to i~nrestigacea n d a n a l y x
ancl Ihypotliesis tests. Emplusis on interpretation,
language, culture, literature, policy, images,
themes, issues, topics, and contro\,ersies related
evaluation, and communication.
(Prereq.: M P G 3)
contemporary issues, and the arts. Minnesota
Indians will be emphasized where appropriate.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / u ~ :~
~A~~~~~~~~1~
perspective
directly and i~idirectlyto and through sports a n d
s p o ~ t sl i t e ~ a t ~ ~Itr examines
e
the intersection of
sport a n d society and considers what sport means
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Q ~ ~ a n t i t a t i \Reasoning
,e
Skill
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Old Mail1 10
and how it functions as symbol, myth, a n d
6-9:30 fi m.
metapluor. T o achieve these ends, s t ~ ~ d e nwill
ts
....
..
7; Th
S u e r d n r ~1
analyze texts a n d timely issues pertinent to sport
and soclety in a variety of ways, including through
HPE 1 1 5 - S
Paideia S e m i n a r s
lite~aly analysis, j o u r ~ ~ a l i n gand
, spr~rts-related,
C h e m i c a l D e p e n d e n c y (.5 credit)
Students will participate in a series of seminar
Minneapolis-based experiences.
Perspecti\.c/Skill/LAF:
Huma~iities
Writing Skill; LAF in
8:30 a.tn -tnnu~
M, W
INS 2 5 5 4
Uzarek
A n analysis of chemical abuse a n d what can be
d o n e for the abuser. Includes informaticln about
school health educatio~iand services.
Old Main 13
6-9:30 p m.
~
M only
Scicnce 123
Kaufman
discussions following the P21ideia seminar format as
clevelopeil by Mortinier Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selections that help students to think
critically, ~ ~ n c l e r s t a ntimeless
~l
ideas, listen carefi~lly,
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
E E D 495-S
ENG 3 6 1 3
Topics: Elementary E d u c a t i o n
Physical S c i e n c e
Studies i n M o d e r n Fiction
Clayton
T h e course fc~cuseso n contenporary 20th centul y
prose I V ~ ks.
I
It includes N a t ~ v eAmerican a n d
European writers, with an emplhasis o n nonWestern (Asian a n d African) fiction
Gregoire
S t t ~ ~ l ewill
~ i sparticipate in hands-on experiments to
explore plopel ties of and changes in maKer; position,
motion and force; light, lieat, clectricitl: a n ~ l
magnetism; ant1 kinds of ant1 ways to transfer e n e r ~ y
Taking the [~liysicalconcepa learne~l,stuiiena will
develop dernonsttatk,ns and lessons ior K-5 classr<x,~ns.
Assessment is based o n wwitten assignments, a
technology pmject, les~>ns/dem~~nstr~~tions,
clasroo~n
pnrticipatk)n, and nn enalii.
(Prereq.: Snldents ~iiustbe Elementary Education
M a j o ~ ~ t l icourse
is
does NOT Ineet the Sciencc Lah
p d u a t i o n require~nent)
6-9:30 p III
7; Th
scierlce
(Prereq.: E N G 245 o r consent of instructor)
Perspecti\.e/Skill: Intercultural A\vareness 1
Perspecti\.e; Writing
6-9:30 P.111.
7; T h
0111 Moil1 10
GST 0 0 9 3
Cooperative E d u c a t i o n
Olson
Cooperative E~lucationis a work experience related
to a student's major/minnr o r carccr inrel-ests, but
education, sc~cialscience, and language arts majors.
I
This course will be held M-F, 8:30 a.m.-4 p.m.
.
+,
HIS 3 4 5 3
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF:
M o d e r n Britain a n d I r e l a n d
deVries
. f u ~ 20-24
~e
Critical Thinking Skill
Old Main 25 B breoko~atroonls
Hoping t o tra\,el to Britain a n d Ireland some day?
lnteresced in the l i t e r a t ~ ~ rtheatre,
e,
polit~cs,and
INS 3 2 5 - S
culture of this region? 1f yo11 can't fit a trip t o
Britain a n d Ireland into your schedule, take this
Building W o r k i n g Relationships
Hanson
This course explores working relationships in a
course i n s t e a j ,
u s i n g a n interdisciplinary approacl,
clialhgin~world. Self-assessment tools a n d applied
(sources will include literature, filni, nus sic, theatre,
a n d art), wve will explore Britain's de\,elopment
pVers
participalhts gailh a better
~ ~ n d e r s t n n d i nofg the role the individual plays
since the 18th century into o n e of tlie world's
within t h c context of workplace relationships.
leading cultural, economic, and colonial powvers
Britain's tempestuous rrliitionship with lrelancl
Emphasis is placed o n interpersonal, group, a n d
organizational relationships.
(P~e~ecl.:]r.
o r Sr. standing, a n d at least o n e of tlie
I may 31 to july I
session
1
following courses: S O C 121, SWK 260,
BUS 252, PSY lo?
Perspecti\~e/Skill/l
Spanish. Introduction to the culturc of the
F
nCv In'\
In Identity Perspective;
Spanish-speaking w o ~
Id.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultu~alAwareness 2
MAT 103-S
Perspecti\re; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p,t11.
7; \ T I
introcluction t o .
Theories of Lead
Link
experienced leaders for
b
t
<
.,.
contemporary rl~eoriesand applications
leadership. Guest speakers participate in sharing
their experience in both private ancl public
workplaces and the class ~~tilizes
a case study
P O L 160-S
~ ~ n d h ~ c r etoward
~lit
World Politics
rac uation Skill colnponent except
P (pass) in this course advances you
rp
h students. This
course is a capstone offerlng a selection
that
to Math ~ r c e m e n Group
t
2. Grading will be based
o n quizzes and exams.
rereq.: MPG
6-9:30 b.1
approach to Icarning. Course connects with the
MAL Leadership De\,elopment Model through its
direct empl~asison leadership, change, ethics,
communication, and creativity. Emphasis is placed
on critical thinking, discussion, presentzrtion, and
Abnormal Psychology
Old Mrrirl 25
ASL 101-S
Beginning Sign Language I
Mikkelson
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration
8:30 u . i ~ ~ . - ~ ~ o o n
Tliis course is an introductio~~
to the dynamics,
history, and ~uajortheorles of international
relations. It explores issues uf peace, sustainable
economic cle\~clopment,global citizenship, and
efforts to combat inlustice and inequalily around
thc globe. This class uses internat~onal
~
over water as
environmental issues ~ I I Lco~lflicts
case studies. Qucst~onsexplored in tlie class
i ~ ~ c l u dWhat
e:
are the obstacles to achieving a luore
just and equitable world! When is the use of force
justified? What are the implications uf
globalization, through which we are beco~liillgmore
and more connected!
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social ancl Behavioral Scicnces
Plan B. Reqi~iredparticipation at all face-to-face
fiici.il expressions and body language ~ ~ e e dto
e~l
6-9:30 p.111,
meetings and regular posrings online
com~lii~~iicate
clearly with deaf and hard-f-hearing
(Prereq.: Minimum of 6 MAL courses)
people.
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\\nreness 2
Class meets: Thurs., 6/2, 6-10 p.ln.; Fri., 6/17, 2-8
p.m.; Sat., 6/18, 8 a.m.-noon, 2-5p.rn.;Tliurs.,
6/23, 6-10 p.m. There will also be nvo virtual
classrooms plus regi~larposting online
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-8:30 p 111
7; X
!! TI1
Scie~lce2 I2
S P A 1 11-S
Old Main 10
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Ai~listo develop four basic skills: understanding,
MAL 5 8 9 3
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Topics: Comprehensive
Spanish. Introduct~onto the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Examination Seminar
Pike
This course is a completion optio~ifor the Master
of Arts in Leadership Students prepare fur the
exam series-oral, written, and take-lioni-througll
discussion, reailings, and critical analysis in the
senunar.
(Prereq.: Must be final course taken in MAL
CLI~~~CII~IIIII)
6-9:30 p.111
M, W
Soelice 108
PerspectivJSkill/LAF:
Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspcctiw; Moder~iLanguage 1
7; VC: TI1
8:30-1 1 ( I n~
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
Old Maill 18
Kingsley
Aims to develop fuur basic sk~lls:understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of ele~uentary
?; Th
Old Main 16
Underhill-Cady
of signs, practice their own signing, and learn the
analysis. Successfi~lcompletio~iof this course
fillfills one of the major paper recluirements for
Jack
An introduction to psychological disorders and
treiit~~~mt.
(Prerecl.: PSY 102 or PSY 105)
. pplications to everyday
is not approved for a
This will include a
PSY 2 6 2 3
M,
W
Sver(lr11~
20
REL 3 7 0 3
American Indian Spirituality
a n d Philosophical Thought
Jacobson
Religious beliefs, spiritual customs, and philosophy
of North American Indians are studied. Tribal
similarities a n 1 differences are exl~lorecl,as lire
tribal relationsl~ipswith nature, religious oversight
of life cycles, sacred r ~ t u a ceremonies,
l
and beliefs
in a n afterlife.
(Prereq.: ENG l l l , ] r , sta~tding,and one of the
following: REL 111, REL 221, REL 331, REL 100,
or REL 300
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith 3 or
Interculti~ralAivareness 1 Perspective; Writing Skill
6-9:30
7; Th
Lil~dell16
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental and
River Politics
Underhill-Cady
This course critically examines the political
dynaniics relaring ro the co~nniunitiesand
ecosyste~usof tlie Upper Mississippi Watershed.
Issues explorer1 includc water pollution, the lock
a ~ t ddam system, imasive species and biotli\,eraily,
regiolial water supply, flood control, waterfront
economics de\,elopment, urban sprawl, farm policy,
and energy pn~duction.The class will look at the
challenge of balancing economic development,
social jusrice, and environmental stcwarilship in the
region. There will be areekly excursions to sites
along the river, solme exploration of the river by
boat, and opportunity to lnieet with stakehoWers
working on various river-related issnes.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; LAF in Social
and Rchavioral Scielice
6-9:30 p.ln
T; TI1
Scie~~ce
205
SWK 6 9 9 3
Assess~nentand Diagnosis i n
Mental Health Practice
BoisenISyers
This is a n elective course that explores
psycliopathology and the role of social workers in
assessluent and diagnosis of ~iicntalhealth in a
\,ariety of service settings The didgnostic manual is
used as a n organizing frame\\.ork for revlewilig
major mental disorders. This course is a
prereq~~isite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective:
Mental Health Practice Course offered in the
Spring Trimester of t l ~ eMSW P r o g r ~ ~ i i .
6-9:30 p.rn.
7; TI1
Old Main I 1
1
:
session I 1
-
july II to august II
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information on
room assignment for a particular class.
r
A R T 1C
Drawing
6-9:30
:iII/LAF:
L
p
4
.. .
Ceramics I
Bollman
This is a first-l
~gco~lrse.Students work
with a \,aricty
ial and non-traditional
drawing mecl~:
explore important concepts of
drawing. Slrde
res, demonstrations, ancl
: experience.
critiques co~npletethe lea
Persprrri
in Fi
-1
A R T 2io\
ire
Tom
An introduction tcl':
ang of pottery with a11
emphasis on handhuilding dnd glazing.
Perspectrve/Skill/l AF. Aectlietics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
6-9:30 ~ . I I I
''Mfl"'
h
P,,rspective; LAF
study of the graphic
design of typography and visual imagery for print
1 M'zi
Painting I
In this first level paintin!: course, SI
learn
important concepts of painting Mo:
~ s tume
s
is
spent painting. Slide lectures, ?-.---.~a~r.ttions,and
critiques co~ilpletethe learning experience.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Perspective; LAF
in Fine Arts
1) 111.
7; Th
Old
l7
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design I
Staff
hi^ course is an intmduction to
principles and
techniques uf graph~cdesign using page layol~t
sofnvare. Emphasis will be placed o n designing
with text and image.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics Rtspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
6-9:30 p in
M, W
Fuss 2213
A R T 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 (with H I S 24913493)
Designed Environment
Anderson
This course acld~esscstlie designed envin)n~uent,
the intentionally designed places in which 1r.e live.
We will investigate architectl~rc,landscape
architect~~re,
urban d c s i g ~and
~ , urban history; class
scssions consist almost exclusi\rely of \valking tuurs
and site visits to plomlnent exa~nplesof clesijin
excellence.
(Prereq.: none for 249; for 349: ENG 111 and an
art, history, or urban s t d i e s course)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aestl~eticsor City
Perspective; Writing Skill (ART 349 only)
1 4 3 0 \],in
Cerrito
Concepts anJ principles related to the management
of operatilip functions taught from a liianagerial
viewpoint with examples from varir~usindustries
and sectors.
(Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
M,
W
M ,W
o l d M~~~~18
6-9:30 p.ln.
M,
W
Foss 22B
Perspective/Skill/LAF: N a t ~ ~ rWorld
al
2 Perspective;
I
LAF in N a t ~ ~ r Science
al
ancl Mathe~natics(11on-lab)
8:30 ~~.i~~.-noo~i 7; TI1
Science 3 15
11
MIS 1 7 5 3
COM 3 2 9 3
Principles of Conlputing for Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
E~nphasison solving business-related problems
(Prcreq.: ART 2;
present and In the fi~tul-e.
(prereq,: M ~ 2)
G
Soeldrlrp 202
using microco~nputersoftware (Windows, Woril,
Excel, Access, PowerPoinr, e-mail, a ~ ~ Internet).
cl
A R T 118-S
6-9:30
'F
basic un~lcrstandingof the science behind issues
J.
Strategic Management
6-9:30 [I.~II.
Staff
m~"lwl~lced
M, W
'
i
BUS 4 4 0 3
using software, especially Excel, Students with a
strong complltel. backgrtiund should take MIS 360
or 370 instead of MIS 175.
Interculhral Communication
~l
Lapakko
I
This course explores cultural d~fferencesand tlreir
I
I
I
rmplications for communication, including
difterences in values, nor~ns,social interaction, and
code 5)-atems.
Perspect~\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultl~ralA\\,areness I
~l
Perspective
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Lindcll 16
I
(Prereq.: MPG 3)
I+:30
A C C 222.S
Principles of Accounting I1
Kader
A continuation of ACC 221. Introcluction to cost
accol~ntingfor ~unnufacturing.Basic concepts and
fi~nclamcntalsof managerial accounting, planning
m"dontr01ling pr~~ccsses,
decisio~i-~liakin~,
and
behavioral c ~ ~ n s i c l c r ~ r t i ~ ~ ~ ~ s .
(Prereq.: ACC 221)
8:30 U . ~ ~ . - I W I I I I
7; TI1
B U S 242-S
Principles of Management
Old Moil1 10
I? Cerrito
Development of the theory of management,
organization, staffing, planning, ancl control. We
will examine tlie nature of authority, accountability,
and respons~bility;analysis of the role of the
professional manager.
6-9:30 p.111.
M, W
Stjcllr~rp206
BUS 340-S
J. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of Ihuman resources; dcsirablc working
relationships; effective integration of the jvorker
with the goals of tlie firm and society.
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
6-9:30 P.nlb
7; TI1
IJ.~I.
7; TI1
S ~ ~ e l i h 201
u~i~
E D C 2061566-S
M K T 252-S
DiversiyNinnesota American Indians
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Pr~nciplesc~fhasic policy and stratem issues in
~narketing,Legal, ethical, competitive, ec<>nornic,
alld technological f,ictors as they affect proiluct,
price, pro~iiotion,and ilistrihution decisions,
6-9:30 [ J . I ~ .
7; TI1
0111 Mclill 16
Gresczyk
This course exalltines l1~11iia11
diversity and l u ~ ~ u a n
relations. It fillfills the Education Department
lu~rnanrelntio~~s
and Minnesota A~ncricanIn~lian
requirement5 and 1s an uption within the licensure
program.
6-9:30
M, W
St~cl-dnr/~
I
MKT 3 5 7 3
E D C 4801580-S
Advertising
School and Society
An introducti<~nto print, hroaclcast, nnd Wehbasecl ad\'e~.tisingand promotion as impcxtant
Emphasis on pcrints of view about the ~ u l eof
school in modern society, relationships with
elements in moJern marketing anll
parents and community collabnratix moilels,
Erickson
conumunicati~,ns.This course combines clnssroc)ni
Imderal~ip,and pmfeasional dc\,elopment. Serves as
and Iia~~ds-on
Icarning toc~ls.
final thco~,eticalpreparation for stu<Ient teaching,
(Prerecl.: PPST and ad~nissionto the Education
6-9:30 [J,III,
M,
W
Old Mail1 16
Depxrt~itent)
rn
CHM 1 0 0 3
Chemistry for Changing Times
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World Perspecti\,e;
Writrng Sk~ll
Gyberg
1:30-5 11.111,
M,
W
S o e r d i ~ 1~ l ~
Tllis collrse intri>iluces baric chemistry concepts in
I
tlic context of lnumerous sc~encc-haseilissues i l l our
everyday lives with tlie ~ o a of
l s t ~ ~ i l e nhaving
ts
a
I
I
St'enlnrp 206
15
1
session
k
I july II to august 1I
SPE 4341534-T
-...
.
I
Eva~uatlon
Staff
Tlie s t ~ ~ [if
d ystumiing,ci
.
knowledge and s
of sti~dents're
history and context of
i s includes an inilepth
: disabilities, as well as
;,>I,>";?biological,
ather~n
reading curric~
I;
Clinical exper
course is required
and
Jandlng l e p g d i s a b ~ ~ ~ t t e :
ovide a critique of current philosophical
Ins in the field. Students will also acquire
d g e related to accessing information relevant
field of learning disabilities.
fi
Itrly 5-8
8 a.m.-3 p.tn
J~rly11-15
8 a.~n.-l~oon
Sue,-."p
(.)K-.-nntptrs site)
-
Swerdnrl, 202
-#
Reading Clinical/Leadership Sel
pearl
~ 1 study
, ~ of effective lrndersl1i
I professional
clevelopmel,t
strategies fc,r ~ l , ~ i v l c l l l ascl,ools
~
nl,cl
districts, reading standads, state and federal reading
legislation, and fiscal,buduerary operations.
clinical portion will ~ncludeopportunities tu apply
skills and knowledge of reading ~levelop~nent
and
instruction in a clinical setting with K-12 students.
(Coreq.: EDC 508; Prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520,
ESE 500, or consent uf instructor)
Jlrly 18-A~rg. 2
8 U.III.-IIUOII
AIL&1-5
8I
-
(off-cnml~trssite)
I
Learning Disabilities
Staff
This course will focus on the history and context of
This includes a n in-depth
leaning disabilities (LD).
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as \\ell as
various theoreticnl m~~clels
(sociological, biological,
psychological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disahilities. The course will
also provicle a critique of c t ~ r ~ e philosopluical
nt
p,sitions in tl,e
stLldentswill also acqllire
knowledye related to accessing infc~r~nation
relevant
to the field of learning disabilities.
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and imple~uentdevelopmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning nf students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on
areas of reading, writing
and listenin: co~npreluension,math, reasoning, and
problelu-solviligskills. TIlele \"ill be a strong focus
on the modifications i~n,olvedin tl~eseareas and the
planning process invoh,ed.
6-9:30
p.m.
M, W
6-9:30 0,nI.
T; TI1
Strerdlup 202
EED 200-S
Elementary Education Earth Science
Stangl
~l~~~ course is designeclfor elelnentaryeducation
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter statuclanls for initial
licensure.
Science 19
INS 2 2 5 3
~
~ to ~~l~~
Staff
planning process invol\,ed.
T; TI1
Kader ~
Perspecti\,e/Skill/LAF: Intercultural A\r,areness 1
6-9:30 p.;~t.
M, W
Old Maill 13
INS 3 4 2 3
River Politics Field Seminar
Underhill-Cady
Students in this course will learn first-halid about
G S T 009-S
the ecolo3, enviro~umentalissues, and political
Cooperative Education
Olson
dynamics of the Mississippi River. Class will meet
Cooperati\,e E~lucationis n work experience related
uff-campus at locations a n ~ u n dthe Twin Cities,
to n student's major/minor or career interests, b ~ ~ t
along thc riwr and \\,atershed, exploring some of the
nut clone for academic crejit. The goal is for
remaining pockets of local wilderness ancl a \.ariety
studelits to apply theory to practice in an apvrob-ed
.fellvironl,,ental
sites. students will
work setting. Stuclcnts set len~~uing
goals and
with local activists and politicians \\,orking on riverevaluate their learning w ~ t hthe director of the
related policy, and engage in an indivi~iunlfield
Center fur Service, Work, and Learning. Satisfactory
research project. The course i~ucludesan optiolial
coml>leti~)n
fillfills tlie Augshurg Experience (AE).
fwr-day camping trip Uuly 22-25), tra\,eling by
rowboat down tlie Mississippi River from tlie Twin
am
Cities to Lake Pepi~u.
T; TI1
Swerdnrl~1
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 24913493)
This course will teach students to identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
inst~.uctionthat support tlie learning of students
identified as having learning disahilities. The course
will specifically focus o n the areas of reading, writing
a n d listening comprel,ensiol,,
reasoning,a n d
pn~ble~n-solving
skills. Tlieue will be a strong focus
o n the modifications involved in thcse areas nnd the
1 4 : 3 0 Dm.
~
Pe'~l-lecti\'e
6-9:30 11.l~
With Learlling
~
The course co\ers tlie ideological foundntions of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Sl~xiaah),Islamic econoulic and political systems,
lSlarnic patterns of life'
Suerdnip 2 0
Soerdrlr~202
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to Students
M, W
Staff
-lpl#f
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and OrisEL..
E D C 510-S
5:30-9 ~,III.
8 : ~ "o.m.-llooll
---
Teaching Content Areas to Students
W i t h Learning Disabilities
Soerdr~rpI7
Designed Environment
KimballIAnderson
This coursc addresses the designed envim~uiient,tlie
intentionally ilesignecl places in which we live. We
will i~uvesti:ate architecture, In~udscapearchitectl~re,
urban design, and urban Ilistory; class sessions
consist almost exclusi\.ely of walking tours and site
visits to prominent examples of clesign excellence.
(Prcreil.: nune for 249; for 349: EN(; 111 and an
art, history, or ~ ~ ~ v bs ta~n~ d i course)
es
Perspecti\,c/Skill/LAF: City or Aesthetics
Perspective; Writing (HIS 349 only)
1 4 : 3 0 II.IIL.
M, W
Old Maill 18
I N S 495-S
Topics: History of American
Indian Education
Weston
The primary aim of this particular course is to help
s t ~ ~ d e nfurther
ts
their knowleiige a111~~nderstanding
of the Americ~nI~udianEducation Policies from
colonla1 America to Zlstcentury America. A cr~tical
examination of indigenous political, social, and
educatio~ualdevelopments from the 19th tlirou~h21st
celitl~rirswill provide infbrmation needed to
~~nclerstancl
thc currcnt social, political, and especially
the eciucational ;ttmosphere of the indigenous
experience today.
6-9:30 p.111,
7; TI1
Sverdn~p20
d
4
-.-
-
11 july
F
I
LRTSIN LEADERSHIP!
4 L 5 6 0 (w
Developing a
Eural
~erspectiue
~
~
Emphasizes increasing your ability to lead in
culturally diverse contexts. Examines the rapidly
changing den1
ling demographics.
ess, conuitunication
~~~#rpersonal
!
iviry#ation
mplexity of the racial an
n l c " ping
are amolig the goals of the course
Old Mar
a
II to august II
m
exponential ~nodels;
especially of linear and exponential models.
Grading will be based o n ql~izzesand exams.
MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
k (Prereq.:
i
least one year of HC -'"-h--)
6-9:30 l'*ntn
ASL ]
--&
Sign Language
I1
a
ashb brook
Literature Review
The purpose of this course is to c elop the abilily
to construct a sound argument relatecl to leadership
and to write an effective literature review. Students
will learn how to classih and read research critically,
how to analyze tlie arguments made in tlie literature,
how to organlze and express their own ideas, how to
map and analyze ideas and how to write a review.
Since thc ultimate goal is to he ahle to create a
compelling literature review, all activities build
toward that goal. S t ~ ~ d e nwill
t s devclop the ability to
create an argument, synthesize literature, and create
literat~~t-e
reviews in their fields of interest.
M,
W
tmining, ancl goal-setting.
Lil~dell16
Law i n the United States
Underhill-Cady
An introduction to the \\.orkings o i the court system
7; W! Th
in the Unitecl States, exa~niningthe concepts of
Scirr~ce2 12
civil rigllts and civil liberties in tlie context of the
war on terrol-ism, criminal nncl civil law, torts,
I1
Kingsley
racism and discrimination, 2nd environmental law.
Aims to de\,elop four hasic skills: understanding.
Pers~ective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Rrspecti\,e; LAF in Social and Uehavioral Science
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish, introduction to tlie cultnre of the Spanish-
6-9:30 11.tn.
speaking world.
7; W TI1
King,lcy
pea king, re.~ding,and writing of ele~ucntary
Spanish, introcluction to the culture of the Spanislt~A
~\
~~3 ~ ,
perSllcctive; ~~d~~~~ L~~~~~~~~ 2
7; \q TI1
resources that tlie Christian
tradition, seen through tlie lens of vocation, brings
to tlte search for meaning. Not accepted for credit
for students who have taken REL 300.
This course fi~lfillsthe AugCore Requirement.
8:30 r~.n~.-noort.
T, Th
Suerdn~p206
REL 200-S
l ~ t ~~
~~
~~
11
Bussert
O\rerall course theme is "what \\.e believe matters."
Explore Itow belief shapes biblical interpretat~on,
cultural views and actions, and how beliefs can he
challenges facing inuuijirants and ~tative-born
Prereq.: REL 100
Americans, due to thosc changilig demographics.
Im~rovedintercultural nwarcliess, co~nnu~nication
6-9:30 b.111,
for tlte complexity of tlte racial and ethnic groupings
~~are[among
~
~ thc gcrnls of the course.
6-9:30
Old Maill 26
biblical and theolo:ical
culturally cliverse contexts. Examines thc rapidly
changing demographics in the US., and looks at
skills and interpersonal sensitiviry, a d appreciation
speaking wol-Id.
t
Christian Vocation and the
Search for Meaning
Hale
This intn>Juctorycourse will explore aome of the
Search for Meaning
Aoki
E~uphasizesincreasing your ability to lead in
Ailus to develop four basic skills: understanding,
~,IIL.
Scier~ie108
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Old Mairt 16
Ueginni~lgSp.~r~isli
I1
perSpective/skill/~~~: ~
M, W
POL 421MAL 5 6 0 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6-8:30
Old Main 25
T, Th
Christian Vocation and the
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
~.III.
6-9:30 p,i11.
REL 100-S
P O L 170-S
SPA 112-S
8:30-1 1
team development, leadersllip, psychological skills
(Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
T,WTh
[age needed to comm~~nicate
SPA 112.1'
M A T 105-S
signati~res,and chords. Also included are stanclartl
musicnl terms, signs, and symbols.
power, justice, rights, and freedom. Topics include
Okl Mail1 10
Applied Algebra
~~i~~~
In this course \\*rwill explore a nunther of
applications of algebra to the social and natural
sciences, business, ancl everyday life. It's okay if you
don't re~ilembermuch nlgehra; we'll review as we go!
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
l~~idcrstand
tlte concepts of variable, proportionality,
and linenrim: make connections benvee~iverbal.
numeric, geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
dcpenclcncies; use a scientific calculator; estimate
and evaluate tlie reasonahleness ofanswers; use 2nd
solve equations, especially of linear, cluadratic, and
concepts applied to sports ancl enhancement of
athletic performance. Topics include motivation,
signing, and learn the facial
Perspective; Modern Language 2
Beginning Spanish
Conroy
Foulidations of sports psychology. Psychological
meter, intervals, major and ~nlinorscales, key
6-9:30 p.m.
PerspectivdSkill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 3
6-8:30 p,in
Sports Psychology
The course will include pitch and ~~liythm
notation,
Perspecti\.e/Skill/LAF:LAF in Fine Arts
Mikkelson
~ v v ~ l ~ t to
i o deaf
n culture and the siglis and
syntax of ASL. Sturlrnts observe the demonstration of
signs, practice the1
PSY 2 6 3 3
Staff
An introductory study of basic ele~nentsof music.
clearly with deaf a,LLo
in.ciu?>f-hearing people.
Creating a Compelling
6-9:30 11.in.
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music
Scie~lcc108
I
expressions and bc
M A L 599-2
- -
~,III.
M,
W
Old M d n 13
cleepcned by encounters with other faith traditions.
7; TH
Old Moin 10
REL 2 2 1 3
Quanbeck, 11
Biblical Studies
The origin, literary chnmcter, and trans~liissionof
tlte hihlical clvcu~nents;the task of blblical
interpretation, and tlte Itistory of Israel and the
eniergence of tlie church. Not accepted fvr credit Fvr
students who have taken REL 301 or 302.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Christian Faith I or 3
Perspective
1 4 : 3 0 p.i11.
M, W
Old Mail1 16
summer
online june 27 to september 2
na, Slovenia, while studying
rsity students. Learn
pns in social work and
Summer Online courses are available to W C , United, and Rochester students only
(Day students are not eligible). These courses are delivered over the Internet to
allow students maximum flexibility to organize their work. Students will need access
to a personal computer with a browser and Internet connection. While students are
required to log in to the course several times a week to participate in discussions and
hand in work, they will not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require
occasional classroom meetings and these will be held during weekday evenings or
weekends to accommodate work schedules.
els for
local ag
s. For additional ~ n w ~ m a t i oren
registration, travel schedule, tuition and fces
contact the Center for Global Edurarinn at
612-330-1159.
I
E C O 113-L
ART 240-L
A r t History Survey
Soderman-Olson
Principles of Microeconomics
Stein
A survey of art of the Western uzorl~lfrom
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading,
the household, firm, niarket structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
Perspecti\re/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
Western Heritage Perspective; LAF in Fine Arts,
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Critical Thinking
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social Worlcl 1 or 2; LAF in
Social and Behavioral Sciences
C H M 100-L
Chun~istryfor C l i a n ~ i n g'Time,
R J i e Gyherg
Designed for the liberal arts student. Emphasis is
upon developing basic chemistry concepts using
ENG I1l-L
exa~uplesprimarily from inorganic chemistry Does
Effective Writing
not count to\vard a chemistry major or minor nor
En~pl'asis is o n exposition, including learning
..
McCormick
anolv, as .
urereouisite
for other chemistrv courses.
,
resenrch techniq~~es
and writing critical reviews.
(Prereq.: MPG 2)
Attention is given to increasing s t ~ ~ d e n t s '
effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and dew lop in^:
Perspecti\~dSkill/LAF:Natural World 2; LAF in
Natural Science and Mathematics (non-lab)
topics; thinking critically; ancl revising for clarity and
style. A writing lab is provided for those nee~ling
additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0.
summer
L
online june 27 to oeptember 2
summer session
application form
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 121-L
Introduction t o P
This course introd
philosophical q u r s
Ward
students to typical
s
have certain kn
American Governme
~dPolitics
Hedblom
Surveys major p;
erican national
(how we know, if we can
government-incl~,,,...
:ress, the presidency, and
if there are universal lnoral
the courts-as well as canipatgns.and elections,
A
f
.
principles, whether G o d exists, the nature of the
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
mind, etc.), to philosophical vocabulary, and to
~ers~ectiv:)~kill/IA~:
Social World 1 or 2; I A F in
critical thinking and wh
world philosophically.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Hunian Identity;
Humanities
PHI 120-L
Ethics
By studying our moral beliefs,
0.'-
)s students
consider the bases they use to make moral
judgnients. T h e course explores major philosophical
approaches to evaluating ~iioralactions and then
applies them to contemporary issues. Christian
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
receive credit for PHI 120 niay not receive credit for
PHI 125.
Perspecti\~e/Skill/IAF: Christian Faith 3; I A F in
Humanities, Critical Thinking
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar~thenclick on
"Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 20
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Internships: In addition to those listed,
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (sessions I & 11).
However, course loads for terms that
overlap may be increased based on a
student's cumulative GPA (Cum GPA).
Specifically, the combined credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochester/United students
between Spring WEC, Summer Session I
and Summer Online, normally limited to
2.0 credits, may be increased to 3.0 credits
if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Additionally, the combined load between
Summer Sessions I and I1 and Summer
Online is normally limited to 2.0 credits at
any one time, but may be increased to 3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better.
Students desiring to exceed these limits
must petition the Student Standing
Committee prior to registration. Unless
otherwise indicated, all courses carry a
value of 1.0 course credit. One Augsburg
course credit is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits.
internship opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer.
Academic internships are carefully
planned workbased learning experiences,
supervised and evaluated by a faculty
member. Consult the Center for Service,
Work, and Learning 612330.1148 for
more information.
summer session I
May 30 to June 30
summer set inn
July 10 to August 10
summer online
June 19 to August 27
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting
allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
Augsburg general education: Courses
fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
Course levels: The first digit of the threedigit course number indicates the course
level. Course numbers beginning with a
"1" or "2" are lower division courses and
are intended primarily for freshmen and
sophomores; course numbers beginning
with a "3" or "4" are upper division and
are primarily for juniors and seniors.
* The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, Commission on
Institutions of Higher Education, 312-263-0456. Website <www.ncacihe orgz
Independent study: Independent studies
may be arranged in consultation with
individual faculty members.
Employer reimbursement: Students who
qualify for reimbursement from their
employers may use their reimbursement to
pay for Summer Session courses.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
612-330.1488.
Additional information may be obtained at:
www.augsburg.edu/summer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330.1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330.1025 (AcademicAdvising)
Eligibility: Persons in good standing at
regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions,
and students admitted for the next fall
term, are eligible to attend Augsburg's
Summer Session. Good standing implies
that the student has been admitted and
not subsequently dismissed by that
institution. Students accepted for Summer
Session are not automatically granted
admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a degree
program at Augsburg should apply to the
Office of Undergraduate Admissions,
612-330-1001, or the Weekend College
Admissions Office 612-330-1743.
- 4
to register
All students m:ly hegin tc
Summer Session c o ~
kpn. pStudent
Web registration will remain open u n t ~ l
\nay 4 (Session I) and June 9 (Session
. Well rexistration hours will he 8 3 0
11:59
st~~cient:
registra
must
~ L S L ~ L L
Center h e t ~
daily. Augshurg
.ourageci to use Weh
1.
i ~ ~ g s h ust~lilents
rg
r ~ l . s o nat the Enr~)llme~it
8:30 a.m. - 4:10 p.m.
M-W (8:30 ,,.,,,. - 7:C
The Enrollment
m. Tl~~~rsciays).
Sverdrup Hall. We recol
1
nd that y
calendar
Augshurg stuclcnts will he billed through
,. Non-Augshu~.~
Accc
stllclel,ts
of
till,e of registr,r
,,niLl
fllll I ,lVldy
~
-
summer 2006
I
'-'.MIa1
(11 St1
,for s
~
April 12
Registration begins
ust he
~
,
~
~
~
~
Web registration closes
Session I and June 16 for Summer
Session 11. Tuition must be paid in full
(see Calendar), or you may be dropped
from your course(s); a cancellation fee
of $100 per course will apply.
Augsburg students who have unpaid
nces from previous terms must pay
e
balances before they may register
for Summer Session.
~
~ May 4
through AugNet, AugNel
consi~lerecithe most current and, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Summer
Session I must complete their
registration by May 30. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
June 16
May 26
Classes begin
May 30
July 10
June
-
*Register(addedlatefeeof$75)
19
'11
May 30
July 10
June 19
June2
July 13
June 23
I.
(signature of instmtm needed; no regmations wiU be accepted after chis date)
June 2
July 13
June 23
'Change grading option
June 16
July 27
July 28
Withdraw from class
June 16
July 27
July 28
enrollments will he cancelled one week
Classes end
June 30
August 10
August 27
Stllclents who decide to cancel their
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 10
August 18
September 1
registration prior tu the first day of the
session must complete a ilrop/acld form
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based o n the percentage
at tlie Enn)llmcnt Center (this must he
done in person). There is a ch:rrge of
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
$100 for each course cnnccllcci.
Percentage of clasq time remaining after official drop or withdrawal and amount of refund:
see
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
Schedule of Refunds on the next pagc.
89% to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
A late fee of $75 will he assessed for
students who register :liter the first day of
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
the term. No Session I registrations will
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 23. Note: register
for online courses under Summer
Session I if registering via AugNet.
June 9
May 5
hefore the tirst tiny c)f the session.
For rcf~~ncl
information
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 10. Signature of
the instructor is needed to add a class
after the first day of class.
April 12
June 9
Balance of tuition due
Register (without late fee)
fill early :rncl courses with low
u l d he
April 12
Last day to:
Change in registration: Many cc,urses
catalog and course informa
online
-
Drop class without notation
If a ciiscrepancy is founcl hct
II
Please allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
he accepted after June 2. Nu Session I1
registrations will he acceptc~iafter July
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
u e r registrations
13. No S u ~ ~ i ~Online
will he acceptcJ after June 23.
,
---
-
-
-
Y
map of augsburg
The tuition rat
Session courses
'
q
$1,545 for full-rn
,. . 3 for halt
s
3C stude enrolled in Summer
-i o n
r ummer Online may be
eligible
,nancial " : A :C +L.' -..""load is z
~ s 1.0
t crl
L
l d i t s are
listed abov~
To apply
financial aid
The only forms ( tinancial aid available
for Summer C-cc ,,,n attendees are the
Federal Pell
nt, the Minnesota State
lnt (i
nts who meet eligibility
Eligibility for Summer Session
SttJ-~lts who main
.time status
,d by the program in whic
are enrolled) are eligible to apply for
financial aid.
Day program
Students enrolled in eitl
:ssion I or
11, or both sessions combined, may be
eligible to apply for financial aid if their
course load is at least 1.5 credits over the
two sessions.
s) and student loans. Visit
bnrollment Center website to
aownload an appkation form:
www.augsburg.edu/enroll. The
financial aid priority deadline for
Summer Session is May 15, 2006.
Augsburg employee tuition benefit
Faculty, staff, and dependents of the
College who are eligible for the
maximum tuition benefit will receive a
60% discount o n Summer Session
tuition.
WEC program
For W E C students enrolled in spring
trimester, n o aid is given for Summer
Session I as it runs concurrently with the
W E C spring trimester.
~ l n l s r s l a t 94
e West
-I'
COLLEGE M A P INFORMATION
I Cenler for Counseling and Health
Promotion
2 Weekend and Graduatc Admissions
3 Air Slruclure Entrance
(November through March)
4 Edor-Nelson Athletic
Field and Seasonal Air Struclure
5 Chrislensen Center and
Day Admissions
6 Commerc~alSpace
7 General office space
8 . Fass. Lobeck. Miles. Center for
Worship. Drama and
Communication
9 Sverdmp Hall
10 Husby-Slrommen Tennis Courts
I I . Ice Arena
12 Public Reletions and
Communication
lnlerslate 94 East
13 Lindell Librury
14 Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15 Mortensen Hall
16 Murphy Place
17 Murphy Park
18 Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20 Old Main
21. Anderson Hall
22 Quad
23. Science Hall
24. Publ~cSafety
Communications Center
25 Shipping and Receiving
26 Si Melby Hall
27 Sverdlup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. Urness Hall
29. Faculty Guest House
30 StepUP House
31 General office space with address
PARKING INFORMATION
A Visitor Parking
B . Resident Parking
C Commuter Parking
D FacullylSlaffICommulerl
Resident Parking
E Resident Parking
F Resident Park~ng
G FacultylStaff Parking
H FacullylSlaWPark~ng
I VisitorIAdmissions Visitor Parking
J FacultylStaff Parking
K Commuter Parking
L FaculLylStaffICommulerl
Visitor Parking
M Fairview-University Parking Ramp
Take Washington Avenue exlt and turn left on
Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left
at Riverside Avenue, right nt 21st Avenue South.
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exlt, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn
left at Riverside A\,e~u~e,
turn left at 21st Avenue
South
1-94 West from St. PaulAugshurg College, as afimted in its mission, does not discrimiltate 011 the basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual onnttat~on,marital status, statla with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies, admissimts policies, scholars hi^ and loan proFams, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those iintances where religion is a bona fde occupational qualificafion A,rgsburg
College is coinmitled to providing .reasunable accommodatimu to its employees and its studstts.
Take Riverside exit, turn right at Rivers~deAvenue,
turn left at 2lst Avenue South
3 5 W from the SouthFollow the 1-94 St Paul signs (move to right lane after
each o f nvo mergers)
Takc 25th Avenuc exit and rum
left at Riverside Avenue, turn left nt 2lst Avenue South
session I
on room assignment for a partic7
-
30 june 30.2006
I--- -I---
BUS 242.S
i t h HIS 24913493)
Designed Enirifonment
AIS 2 6 4 3
AndersonKirnball
This course addresies the designed-~nyipnment,
Development of the theory of management,
the intentionall\
organization, staffing, planning, and control. The
nature of authority, accountability, responsibility,
,laces iiiwliich we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
-
"
3
A study of the dynamics of human interaction
-.
American public's'perception of American Indians.
Class will inc~ud:'~ecmre, discussion, film clips,
and site visits to promin;nt examples of design
%
.
and full.length m
excellence and historical significance.
FIN 331-S
Perspective/SI
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or HON
Financial Management
AF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspect'
6-9:30 p.
Rm.: Science 123
-
.
.
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 17
ART 2 2 3 3
Printmaking I
Bollman
An introduction to traditional and experimental
media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief,
and mono/unique methods are explored.
.
Ae&hktxpahqLAFinFineAm
M, W
6-9:30 p.m.
Rm : Old Main 4
May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110.
Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, ACC 221, and MPG 3
ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order.
Th
Rm.: Science 123
BIO 1 2 1 3
w
Rm : Old Main 29
MKT 466-S
International Marketing
Pederson
This course examines those issues and activities unique
to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is
placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to
the international marketing environment.
life, genetics and genetic disease, selected organ
systems and disease, and the sustainability of life on
Prereq.: MKT 252
earth. A student may not receive credit for both
6-9:30 p.m,
from May 30 to August 1 (from the start of Session
1 to the end of Session 11)
Rm : Old Main 16
Prereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: LAF in Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
T, Th
E C O 113-S
Principles of Microeconomics
Gilsdorf
An introduction to microeconomics: the theorv of
the household, firm, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken
Prereq.: MPG2
CHM 1 0 0 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Gyberg
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
Social World I or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T,Th
Rm:OldMain16
1-4:30 p m
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
Rm : Science 205
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
EDC 2 2 0 3
Prereq.: MPG 2
Educational Technology
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of
communication through the use of instructional
ACC 22123
the use of live models. Emphasis will be placed on
Principles of Accounting I
development of perceptual drawing skills to accurately
render the human form in a spatial environment.
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts,
and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting
Mathematics (non-lab)
Topics covered will include: gesture, proportion,
cycle, and preparation of financial statements.
8:30 r -*?on
foreshortening, skeletal and musculature anatomy,
shading and rendering, and composition.
8:30 a m.-noon
T: Th
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Rm.: Old Main 16
1-4:30 p m
M, W
independently of ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and
113 may be taken in either order.
Cheniistry for Changing Times
McCaffrey
A&&G Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 17
M, Th
B10 121 and 103. Does not apply to the major or
minor in biology. This course meets twice weekly
and techniques of drawing the human form through
,
Meziou
discussion of the molecular and cellular basis of
This course will introduce the student to the neth hods
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Western Heritage
6-9:30 p m
Life Drawing
Gilsdorf
An introduction to macroeconomics: national
economic theory to current economic problems.
ART 2 4 7 3
:-
E C O 11223
Principles of Macroeconomics
Kapoor
budgeting, capital structure, and working capital
An introduction to basic biological principles with
a human perspective and application. Includes
.
Rm.: Old Main 18
management.
H u m a n Biology and Lab
.
M, W
~erspecke"3(/ritinESkill (ART 349 only), LAF in
~ 6 Arts
e (ART 74Q ~ m l ) )
critiques complete the learning experience.
6.9:30 p.m,
-Id Main 23
income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade. Application of elementary
6-9:30 p m
&Fbpmw,IAF in Fine Am
Rr
risk and return, security valuation, capital
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
.
r --
This course includes financial statement analysis,
In this first-levelpainting course, students learn
.
6-9:30 p.m.
Bollman
Most class time is
6-9:30
111 and an art, hjstory, or urban'smdies course
ART 118-S
important concepts of painting.
overcome communication barriers.
~ers~ectiv$Skil~L
Aesthetics
A~:
or City
T;
Painting I
through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis
on factors that build relationships and help to
and analysis of the professional manager.
architecture, urban dyigh, and urban history; class
,
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
cinema and o t h e r ~ u c himages have had on the
l?C e m t o
Principles of Management
Kader
(.5 credit)
Erickson
technology. Selection, preparation, production,
Th
Rm
,
Wnce 315
Rm.: Old Main 10
and evaluation of effective audievisual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training
will be included in this course.
9-11:30 a.m.
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal Communication
Lapakko
M, W
Rm.: Sverdrup 205
I
A
- june 30.2006
session I
rI
E E D 495-S
learnu
Topics: Elementar
Physical Science
or ideas of off-campus
and/or communiti&?!
C
Gregoire
will p
exp~
. ropertles
Is-on experiments to
or ano cnanges in matter;
l e n q goals, mission, needs,
'
,
.
energy. Taking the physical concepts learned,
students will develop demonstrations and lessons for
Center for
K-5 classrooms. Assessment is based on written
requiremen
assignments, a technology project, science fair
nm
projecc; lessons/demonstrations and I-'
.
7; Th
lermir
"
science19
,
E N G 2821482-S
Topics: British Novel: ~ n v e s t i s t i n gthe
=iddle
Victorian Thriller
This course studies the novel of suspense, mystery,
and terror in 19th.century Britain, from
Frankenstein early in the century to Dracula at its
end. Often challenging and sometimes subversive,
these novels drew intense public scrutiny by raising
issues that politer domestic fiction hardly hinted at.
Perspective; Writing Skill (HIS 349 only), LAF in
Humanities (HIS 249 only)
variety of small pmjects. Projects will involve creativity,
teamwork, research, writing, and some computer skills.
1-4:30 p m
Rm: LindeU 16 fim 9-3 p.m on 5/26,30,31; 6/1,2, and 3
T, Th
Rm : Science 123
I N S 399-S
Internship
4
Olson
A work or service-based experience in which the
INS 2 2 5 3
Introduction to Islam
Schield
3ritical t h ~ n k ~ nabout
e
statistics as evidence. Focus
irn associativl
'..--':3n, observational studies,
experiments,
ounding, bias, and chance.
Review common
ques involving statistical
percentages presented in tables and graphs. Use
I N S 255.S
Paideia Seminars
arguments. Emphasis o n interpretation,
and communication'
7; Th
design a learning agreement plan that links course
education, and graduation skills with the learning
opportunities inherent in the internship. The
and Islamic patterns of life.
wldll/LAF:
student, faculty sponsor, and work site supervisor
theories and concepts across disciplines, general
(Shariah), Islamic economic and political systems,
6.9:30 p m
standardization to take into account the influence
of confounders. Analysis of statisticall~based
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
opportunism. St , nditional reasoning using
English to describe and compare rates and
hm
Rm.: Old Main 15
student must complete a n academic learning
portfolio based o n the internship. Students must
consult with the faculty sponsor and Lois Olson in
the Center for Service, Work, and Learning
~
~
Students will participate in a series of seminar
discussions following the Paideia seminar format as
regarding
~
f requirements
m
and~ get permission
~
to
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory completion
will fulfill the Augsburg Experience
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
requirement.
emphasize selections that help studenu to think
Prereq.: MPG
6-930 P.m.
Topics
modeling and workflow. After learning about each
topic, students will work in international teams on a
ister.
yvi* '
tudents must be Elemeniav Education majt
cwo from Germany.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Aesthetics or City
111 and an art, history, or urban studies course
tanve ~ e a S o n i n g /
science lab graduation requirem
include managing international projects, accounting
and finance for non-financial managers, and process
~ r kand
,
Learning regarding
GST
participation. This course does ElnT
0-Y:>Up.m.
S~roir
from Augsburg and
excellence and historical significance.
Prereq.: none for 249; for 349, ENG 111 or H O N
c ~ o nc
reflection assignn
on a1
course knowledge, unaencanding ot cne
organization,' workplace, and an awareness of
societal issues that may affect the workplace.
Students must con-Jrwith Lois Olson in the
position, motion, and force; light, heat, electricity,
and magnetism; and kinds of and ways to transfer
and site visits to prominent examples of design
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully,
Rm.: Lindell '1
M, W
and question thoughtfully. This course is ideal for
education, social science, and language arts majors.
ML 589-S
We will read several of the best of these thrillers,
This course may also be taken for p d u a t e credit.
Topics: Comprehensive Examination
investigate the culture that produced them, and
For registration, contact Anne Kaufman (612-3301188 or kaufman@augsburg.edu). This course will
The purpose of this seminar is to prepare students
for a set of comprehensive examinations as the
be held from June 20-24.
Perspective/SkilVLAF: Critical Thinking Skill
8:30 a.m. 4p m.
M-F
Rm.: Old Main 25
completion capstone of the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students will experience a n intense,
collaborative, and directed integration of their
INS 2 9 5 4
Topics: International
Projects
successful completion of the examinations. The
examination has three parts: a take-home written
work to determine why they have continued to
Western Heritage
Perspective; LAF in Humanities
T, Th
Broek
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser, Includes information about
school health education and services.
Prereq.: ENG 111
1-4:2n * n
H P E 115-S
Chemical Dependency (.5 credit)
appeal to successive generations of readers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
.
Rm.: Old Main 10
8:30 a.m..noon
T only
Rm.: Murphy I11
understanding of leadership expressed through
Schwalbe, Stoller
This course is a joint venture, organized and taught by
H I S 2491349-S (with A R T 2491349-S)
GST 0 0 9 3
Co-op
Olson
The GST 009 Ceop Work Experience is a O-credit
option for the Augsburg Experience, This option
utilizes students' employment related to their
major, and through reflection links on-campus
Designed Environment
Kimball/Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we live.
We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, urban design, and urban history; class
sessions consist almost exclusively of walking tours
Pike
faculty from both Augsburg College and the
Bemfsakademie in Karlsmhe, Germany. The course
will be taught in English, with half of the participants
from each institution. All majors are welcome. Half
of the course will take place in Karkruhe, Germany,
and half in Minneapolis. The course consists of
workshops in different topics taught by two faculty
section (based primarily but not exclusively on the
customized readings), a group oral examination,
and a four-hour seated examination. P/N grading
only. This course meets two week nights and
Saturday morning. Final course schedule will be
available mid-April after negotiation with members
of the class.
Prereq.: All MAL courses must be completed; may
be in last course in spring trimester 2006
1-
session I way 30
miE
-h
1-S
Mikkelson
the signs and
syntax of ASL.
j
,
30,2006
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Social World 1 or 2
P O L 160.:
Perspective; Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Social
and Behavioral Sciences
World Politics
6-9:30 p.m.
This course is an
history, and maj,
relations. It expl
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 27
uction to the dynamics,
S W K 280-S
Diversity and Inequality
for Professional Practice
Boisen
This introductory course explores diversity and
social inequality as a prerequisite to professional
e*
of international
of peace, sustainable
practice in social work, nursing, and education.
The course provides a basis upon which culturally
ling
Christian Vocation a n d
the Search for Meaning
I1
Quanbeck,
I1
Beginning Sign Language I
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
syntax of ASL. Students o b s e r signing,
demonstration of signs. practic
.'--
4
which we are be,
nore and more connected?
Continued learning occurs through facilitated
theological questions and positions, and o n
dialogue among class participants. Students learn
with and from each other about differences and
areas of biblical interpretation and the historical,
cultural and global contexts of Christianity and other
similarities in experience that accompany
world religions. Evaluation by quizzes and responses
diversity learning in other curriculu~nareas, such as
to readings and four theological position papers.
S O C 265: Race, Class, and Gender, and ENG 111:
Prereq.: REL 100
Effective Writing.
What impact d o international developments have
on our lives in the Twin Cities?
8:30 a.m.-noon
of-hearing people.
p e r s p e c t i v e / ~ k i l l / ~ ~ntercllltural
~~:
A~~~~~~~~
2
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; I A F in Social and Behavioral Sciences
REL 2 0 5 3
Perspective; Modern Language 1
6-9:30 p.m.
and learn the facial expression
needed to communicate clearl~
6.8:30 p.m.
M, T, W
p
y language
eaf and hard-
M, W
Rm: Science 108
Rm.: Old Main 25
SPA I l l - S
Steinmetz
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern Language 1
8:30-11 a.m.
T, W Th Rm.: Old Main 26
SPA Ill-T
Steinmet'
Beginning Spanish I
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
P O L 241-S
Environmental a n d
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 16
Exploring Topics i n Religion:
Self, Sin, a n d Sex: T h e H u m a n
Person i n Christian a n d
Contemporary Thought
Lowe
In our contemporary situation we face difficult
Underhill-Cady
Initial learning occurs through self-exploration.
This course focuses on articulating students' own
recognizing and evaluating religious claims in the
ASLWI-T
competent professional helping skills can rest.
categorical group identity. It is meant to build o n
Prereq.: S O C 265 or permission of the instructor
T, Th
Rm : Old Main 23
6-9:30 p m
S O C 265-S
Race, Class, and Gender
Fischer
We live in a stratified society. What that means is
that individuals from diverse backgrounds in terms
This course examines the political dynamics
questions concerning the human person. Some of
these questions are: W h o or what is the self!
of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, and
relating to our local, urban, and campus
What is sin? How are we to understand sexuality
environment and relationship to the communities
and ecosystems of the Upper Mississippi Watershed
and gender? The biblical witness and the Christian
class receive unequal portions of wealth, power, and
prestige in society. This course seeks to explain
River Politics
and larger, global environment. Topics explored
include campus sustainability, the environmental
implications of our daily choices, local water, air
and soil pollution, the lock and dam system o n the
Upper Mississippi, invasive species and biodiversity,
climate change, waterfront economic development,
how we come to think in terms of racial and
tradition has said a great deal about the self, sin,
and sex, but at times these familiar sources seem
gender and sexual categories in the first place.
inconsistent with our modern views. We will
Then we address the social consequences of these
various dimensions of inequality in various social
encounter the work of contemporary secular
thinkers who challenge many of the
anthropological claims of the theological tradition
and suggest new ways of envisioning the self, sin,
urban sprawl, and energy production. The class
and sexuality.
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
will look at the challenge of balancing economic
Prereq.: ENG 111 or H O N 111, AND REL 100, or
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
development, social justice, and environmental
REL 111 or REL 221 or REL 300
Spanish-speaking world.
stewardship in the region. There will be weekly
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Intercultural Awareness 2
Perspective; Modern L~nguage1
Th Rm.: Old Main 26
6-8:30 p,m.
excursions to sites along the river, in.class debates,
and opportunity to meet with stakeholders working
on various river-related issues.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Humanities
Christian Faith 2; I A F in
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 23
institutions including education and the workplace.
We discuss both the collective and individual
processes involved in creating social inequality.
Perspective/Skill/IAF: Intercultural Awareness 1
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Science 205
-hT.w*tf
on room assignment fc?
M K T 35743
BUS 3 4 0 3
r a tool for visual
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
Meziou
Advertising
An introduction to print, broadcast, and W e b
sing black and white
utilization of human resources; desirable working
based advertising and promotion as important
relationships; effective integration of the worker
elements in modern marketing and
Raschke
The came., ,,
AID ~ $ 5 - S
Introduction t d
Indian Studies
~n
,
creativity and expres:
American In
he covered inclu
hers, history,
ctive; I A F
1. Cerrito
H u m a n Resource Management
with the goals of the firm and sociely.
communications. This course combines classroom
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
and hands.on learning tools.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm : Sverdrup 206
6930 P m
7; Th
Rm : Old Main 13
in Fine ~ r t s g
contem
d the
T; Th
Minnesota
R m : Old Main 4
BUS 4 4 0 3
J. Cerrito
Strategic Management
Concepts and principles related to the management
Perspective
Graphic Desig
Ild Main 10
A R T 100-S
Staff
Tom
Class is formulated to engage the creative,
This course introduces basic chemistry concepts in
techniques of g...,...~ design using page layout
software. Emphasis will be placed on designing
and sectors.
the context of numerous science-based issues in our
everyday lives with the goal of students having a
with text and image.
6.9:30 p m
This course is a
roduction to the principles and
M, W
6.9:30 p m
Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor
M'
Rm : Old Main lo
Aesthetics Perspective;
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
R m : Fuss 2ZB
Principles of Computing tor Business
Kattke
An introductory course to develop understanding
of basic computing concepts and specific skills in
using microcomputer software (Windows, Word.
the creation of stained glass projects. The unique
interplay between concept, design, and light within
stained glass has the ability to inspire our hearts
and minds in the environments in which we live,
A C C 222-S
play, and pmy. Student lab fee of $110 will be
A continuation of ACC 221. Introduction to cost
Emphasis on solving business-related problems
using software, especially Excel. Students with a
applied to glass, hand tools, and other
accounting for manufacturing. Basic concepts and
strong computer background should take MIS 260
miscellaneous consumable supplies. Mininium of
eight hours per week outside of class time required.
fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning
and controlling processes, decision-making, and
or 270 instead of MIS 175.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
behavioral considerations.
6.9:30 h m .
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 1
Principles of Accounting
T, Th
Kader
Prereq.: MPG 3
1-4:30 p rn
Rm : Old Main 18
ART 1 0 2 3
'
Tom
A study of design as the unifying foundation for
BUS
2423
Principles of Management
l? Cerrito
Rm': Soerdrup 201
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, economic,
Development of the theory of management,
and technological factors as they affect product,
projects demonstrating the use of the basic design
elements and principles.
organization, staffing, planning, and control. We
will examine the nature of authoriw, accountability,
price, promotion, and distribution decisions.
Perspecrive/Skill/LAF:
and responsibility: analysis of the role of the
Speaking Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
1-4:30 p.m.
M, W
manager
Rm.: Old Main 4
6.9:30 p m
M, W
T; Th
Rm : Science 315
Rm : Old Main 29
COM 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Lapakko
implications for communication, including
differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
the visual arts. Two. and three-dimensional
Aesthetics Perspective;
a m.noon
This course explores cultural differences and their
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Design
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Natural World 2
Perspective; LAF in Natural Sciences and
Mathematics (non-lab)
Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, and Internet).
I1
Prereq.: ACC 221
8:30 a m -nuon
basic understanding of the science behind issues
present and in the future.
Prereq.: MPG 2
MIS 1 7 5 3
imaginative, and technical process associated with
LAF in Fine Arts
Gyberg
of operating functions taught from a managerial
viewpoint with examples from various industries
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Fundamentals of Stained Glass
C H M 100-S
Chemistry for Changing Times
6.9:30 p m
M, W
Rm : Old Main 13
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective
6-9:30 p m
Intercult~~ral
Awareness 1
M, W
Rm : Old Main 16
-
uly 10 august 10,2006
SPE 4241524-T
Etiology and Origins
of Learning Disabilities
E D C 206156
Diversitywi
h e r i c a n Indians
This course e
uman diversity and human
relations. It fi
human
e Education Department
.
legislation, and f
nnesota Arnerican Indian
iption within the licensure
require1
program.
fi
6.930 p
3
Staff
a-s
"
?ldMninII
m-
:etary operations. The
psychologlcal, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
I setting with K-I
a n d tllrough reflection links on.campus learning to
~~nderstanding
learning disabilities. The course will
the
goals, mission, needs, or ideas of
off-campus people, organizations, and/or
"
also provide a critique of current pl~ilosophical
15, EED 520, ESE 500, or consent
positions in the field. Sti~dentswill also acquire
communities. The required co-op reflection
knowledge related to accessing infor~nationrelevant
assignnlents
to the field of learning disabilities.
knowledge, understanding of the organization/
workplace, and an awareness of societal issues that
may affect the workplace. S t ~ ~ d e nmust
t s consult
(off-campussite)
'e of school
in modern society, relationships wit
community, collaborative models, I(
ents and
h i p and
EED 200-S
professional development. Sel
1 theoretical
Elementary Education Earth Science
8:30 a.m.-noon
dents.
10
a.m:noon
M, W
A,,~, 1.
n.oon
Rm.: Sverdrup 202
Stangl
This course is designed for elementary education
Social World Perspective;
Rm.: Old Main 18
T, Th
Rm.: Old Main 26
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Teaching Content Areas to
Students With Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students to identify, adapt and
earth science subject matter standards for initial
having learning disabilities. The course will
specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing and
listening comprehension, ~ n a t h reasoning,
,
and
licensure.
M, W
Rm.: Old Maln 4
Jacobson
The study of student reading development, the
of Learning Disabilities
knowledge and use of gathering and analyzing data
This course will focus o n the history and context of
of students' reading, and designing appropriate
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
reading curriculum based o n this information.
Clinical experience hours will be included. The
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
course is required for students obtaining their K-12
Reading Teacher Licensure Endorsement.
Coreq.: E D C 510
prereq.: EDC 505, EED 520, ESE 500 or
of instructor
R ~ ~:
July 5-11
8 a.m,.3 p,m
Staff
psycliological, cognitive, and behavioral) applied to
understanding learning disabilities. The course will
also provide a critique of current philosophical
positions in the field. Students will also acquire
knowledge related to accessing information relevant
~
~
(off<amp~usitc)
2 to 0the field
2 of learning disabilities.
8:30 a.m..n0on
7: Th
Rm.: Old Main 13
~
~
focus on application of
implement de\.elopmentally appropriate instruction
and Learning regarding reqilirements and get
permission to register,
STORY
that support the learning of students identified as
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
SPE 4241524-S
Etiology a n d Origins
~
i
with Lois Olson in the Center for Service, Work,
Staff
problem-solving skills. There will be a strong focus
EDC 5 0 8 3
K-12 Reading Assessment
a n d Evaluation
8 a.m-noon
6.9:30 p.m.
majors and includes earth science "hands-on"
inquiry-based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
5:30-9 p.m.
July 11-18
option
instruction
d
Emphasis on points of view about t'
Perspective/Skill/lAF:
Writing Skill
look at the origin of learning disabilities, as well as
d
~
~Olson ~
w o r k ~~~~~i~~~~is a ~ . ~ ~ ~ d
for the ~~~~b~~~~
~ hi^ option
~
~
students' employment
to their major
various theoretical models (sociological, biological,
School a n d Society
cation
cooperative ~
~h~ GST 009
Zli~deopportunities to apply
r
f reading development and
muctor
Prereq.: PPST and admission to
Department
GST 0 0 9 3
clinical portion \.
skills and k n o d
a
preparation for student teaching.
Staff
Tliis course will focus on the history and context of
learning disabilities (LD). This includes an in-depth
1-4:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.: S~'erdrup
206
SPE 4341534-T
Teaching Content Areas to Students W i t h
Learning Disabilities
Staff
Tliis course will teach stu~lentsto identify, adapt,
and implement developmentally appropriate
instruction that support the learning of students
identified as having learning disabilities. The course
will specifically focus on the areas of reading, writing
and listeninn comprehension, math, reasoning, and
problemsolving skills. There will be a strong focus
on the modifications involved in these areas and the
planning process involved.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rin.: Old Main 26
H I S 332.S
U.S. ~~~~i~~ ~
~
l
~ Scott ~
A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the
A~~~~~~~~~
~~~~~l~~~~~
through
Cold War,
emphasizing cllanginp
definitions of war and peace,
tensions between internationalism and isolationism,
and the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and
n1ditary power.
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Western Heritage
Perspective
6-9:30 p.m.
M, W
Rm.: Old Main 13
i
~
world. Many limi
Olson
A work or set\
lsed experience in which the
C r e a t e and interpret graphs, especially of linear
and exponential models.
method were discoverec
reflections of those lim
Prereq.: MAT 103 with grade of P or MPG2 and at
catastrophes. Thi
least one year of HS algebra
M, W
6-9:30 p m
limitations so t h a ~
q ~ ~ e s t i o ntos ask o
its claims as
M A T 138-S
Mathematics for
Elementary Teachers 11
Rm.: Science 108
clearly with deaf and hard*[-hearing people.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Intercultural Awareness 3
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
6.8:30 p m
M, T,
Rm.: Old M a ~ n2 5
SPA 1 1 2 3
Boursaw
Beginning Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Concepts of number, operations, algebra, geometry,
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
measurement, data analysis, and probability with a n
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
emphasis on the processes of problem-solving,
Span~sli.Introduction to the culture of the Spanish-
IcgAtutLtg requirements and get permissior
e United States, Global
@f%i%s,
a n d Universal Responsibility:
A Nicaragua P------'ive
DeGracia
reasoning, connections, communication, and
speaking world.
register. P/N grading only. Satisfactory
This course loc
representation. These courses are designed for
I
F
er for Service, Work, and Learnin~
CI
responsibility and
: concept of universal
:onnectedness through the
perspective of Nicaragu,, a country that has a long
history of U.S. relations. Nicaragua is the second
poorest country in the hemisphere and, like all of
Latin America, struggles with issues and decisions
prospective KK-6 elementary school teachers.
Assessment includes exams, projects, gateway exams,
and reflections o n readings about K-6 niathematics
education.
Prereq : MAT 137 or MPG
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
Creating a Compelling
weeks in Nicara~ua. Registration for this course is
tl~roughCGE.
in Natural Sciences and Mathematics
Skill;
6-9:30 p rn
M, W
Rm.: Science 205
Literature Review
Lashbrook
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Quantitative Reasoning
ASL 102-S
Mikkelson
literature, how to organize and express your own
ideas, how to write a review and how to correctly use
applications of algebra to the social and natural
of signs, practice their own sianing, and learn the
APA style. This course employs a variety of active
learning ~nethods.Since the ultimate goal is to be
sciences, business, and everyday life. It's okay if you
able to create a compelling literature review, all
Specifically, in this course, you'll learn to:
.Understand the concepts of variable,
fac~alexpressions and body language needed to
communicate clearly with deaf and 1hard.of.hearing
people.
activities build toward that goal.
6-9:30 p.m.
M, Th
Rin.: Sverdrup 206
M L 599-B
Topics: Leadership a n d Limitations
to Natural and Social Science
Increasingly scientific achievement is seen to be a
more critical component than mil~tarypower for a
country on the world scene. Science and technology
enable economic success in a n intensely competitive
Intercultural Awareness 3
syntax of ASL. Students observe the den~onstration
6-8:30 p m.
Prereq.: ASL 101
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Estimate and evaluate the reasonableness of
answers.
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
Perspective; Modern Language 2
.Make connections between verbal, numeric,
geometric, and algebraic ways of looking at
*Use a scientific calculator.
Steinmetz
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
An introduction to deaf culture and the signs and
proportionality, and linearity.
dependencies.
Crockett
SPA 112.T
Beginning Spanish 11
Prereq.: SPA 111
Beginning Sign Language I1
M A T 10523
Applied Algebra
Haines
In this course we will explore a number of
don't remember much algebra; we'll review as we go!
Rtn: Old Main 26
Spanish Introduction to the culture of the Spanishspeaking world.
to construct a sound argument and research
questions or hypotheses using scholarly literature.
research critically; how to analyze the arguments and
validity of supporting evidence from selected
T; W; Th
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Rm.: Anderson 101
You will learn how to select, classih, and read
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Perspective; Modern Language 2
8:30-11:OO a m
related to globalization. This course includes two
The purpose of this course is to develop the ability
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
4
M L 513-T
a~
Prereq.: SPA 111
Interculti~ralAwareness 3
Rm : Old Main 26
M U S 160-S
Fundamentals of Music Theory
Holroyd
Class will provide students with a basic introduction
to music notation and reading instruction in
T, W Th
Rm : Sc~ence212
Beginning Sign Language 11
Trainer
6-8:30 p m
T W; Th
ASL 102-T
rhythm, note reading, scales, key signatures,
intervals, triads, listening analysis, and introduction
to the piano keyboard. This class will prepare
students intending to pursue a music rnajor/minor
.Use and solve equations, especially of linear,
An introduction to deafculture and the signs and
with the necessary skills to enroll in muslc Theory 1,
and will prov~denon-music majors with music
quadratic, and exponential models.
syntax of ASL. Students observe the demonstration of
signs, practice their own signing, and learn the facial
fundamentals.
expressions and body language needed to coniniunlcate
Perspective/Skill/LAF:
6-9:30 p m
LAF in Fine Arts
r, rh
Rm : Music 5
4
. \,.
mu!
session I
10.2ms
Prereq.: Jr. or Sr. standing; introductory
courses in women's studies, biology, or consent
..,.. 362-S
M
Walking t h e T
Culture, p endi n Sub-Sahara
Introduction to ?
'I
The United State
Hailongakuning
Fish
I
described as a mosaic
because of its tmc
p. ;rear
diversity is not ba
mply o
diversity. American
~ n dracial
heritage. akl&ese
are imp=
gmponmts,
but also 4 ender sexual orientation, political
ace within the economic system.
affiliat
alltong the inhabitants of the United
has produced a nlultitude of perceptions of
ty
nvolved in curbing the crisis in Nan
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rate.
-
and interactior
between women and lnen illuminates-underlying
purpose of chi:
cultural beliefs, values, and traditior
foundation in the
promote and hinder the spreac,
'
'I
u
..
American Society." The
is to provide a solid
ne of sociology while
exploring the central coyponents of "American
Society" in light of this diversity.
African populations. The course
Namibia in collaboration with facTty I d staff from
.'"
Augsburg's Center for Global Educatkon
Perspective/Skill/IAF:
and the University of Namibia. Dates: July 6-23
(includes travel time to and from Namibia). For
6.9:30 p.m.
#
Social World Perspective;
LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 18
more ~ n i o r n i e r ~ t.,)tir.lcr
~n
.jli:~r<,r~
WnJe ai 612.330.
1214, ~ . I , I ~ ~ O . I Icdtl.
I~~I~II~
W S T 362-S
S W K 699.S
Assessment and Diagnosis
i n Mental Health Practice
Boisen/Syers
This is an elective course which explores
Walking the Truth: Culture,
Gender, and HIVIAIDS
i n Sub-Saharan Africa
Hailongahuning
This broad-based course explores the influence of
culture and gender o n the HIV/AlDS pandemic in
psychopathology and the role of social workers in
Sub-Saharan Africa. The epidemiology of AlDS in
assessment and diagnosis of mental health in a
Africa is examined through readings, structured
variety of service settings. The course examines
dialog, and service-learning experiences with persons
actively involved in curbing the crisis in Namibia.
psychopathology and mental disorders from a
systems, ecological, and strengths perspective.
Critical reflection on the unequal infection rates
Emphasis is placed o n understanding
between women and men illuminates underlying
biopsychosocial influences on the incidence and
course of the most comnlonly presented mental
cultural beliefs, values, and traditions that both
promote and hinder the spread of HIV within
disorders and the differential effect of these factors
African populations. The course is taught in
o n diverse populations at risk. This is a prerequisite
for SWK 627 Family Practice Elective: Mental
Augsburg's Center for Global Education
Health Practice, and is strongly encouraged as
preparation for the state licensing exam.
6-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
Rm.:
Old Main 16
Namibia in collaboration with faculty and staff from
and the University of Namibia. (Fulfills the global
experience requirement for a major or minor in
Wonlen's Studies in Augsburg's Core Curriculum.)
of instructor(s). Dates: July 6-23, (includes
travel to and from Namibia). For more
information contact Sharon Wade:
612.330-1214; wades@augsburg.edu
summer
online june i a r o augu!
27
summer session
application form
.-
er Online courses are delivered over the Internet to allow st&
ity to or) , ize their work. Students will need access to a personal computer
with a browser and Internet connection. While students are required to log in to the
course several times a week to participate in discussions and l G . . 1~in work, they will
not need to do this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional classroom
leekel
meetings rrnd these will be held during weekday eveni--accommodate work schedules.
I
1 .
ART 240-L
Art History Survey
Egezrger
hthtcs
Lotti
A survey of art of the Western world from
By studying oui
prehistoric to modern times. Includ
consider the base
judgments. T h e course explores major philosophical
research, viewing images, and visits to museums.
approaches to evaluating moral actions and then
applies theln to contemporary issues. Christian
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Aesthetics or Western
Heritage Perspective; Critical 1
beliefs, ethics helps students
o make moral
tg
ethics will inform the considerations. Students who
Skill; LAF in Fine Arts
receive credit for pH1 120 may not receive credit for
I
FIN 240-L
Personal Finance
K~~~~~
125.
Perspective/Skill/lAF: Christian Faith Perspective;
Critical Thinking Skill; I A F in Humanities, Critical
Thinking
Introduction to personal financial planning and
budgeting, credit management, income taxes,
insurance, real estate, investments, retirement, and
POL 121-L
American Government and Politics
estate planning.
b
ECO 113-L
Principles of Microeconomics
stein
introduction to microeconomics: the theory of
household, firln, market structures, and income
distribution. Application of elementary economic
theory to market policy. May be taken independently
of E C O 110 or 112. E C O 112 and 113 may be taken
in either order.
Ptereq.: MPG 2
Perspective/Skill/LAF: Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral
Sciences
Hedblom
Surveys major parts of American national
govern~iient-including Congress, the presidency,
and the courts-as well as campaigns and elections,
b
federalism, interest groups, and political parties.
Per~~ective/Skill/LAF:Social World 1 or 2
Perspective; LAF in Social and Behavioral Sciences
Summer Session applications are available online at:
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>then click on "Download Registrar Forms."
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 thro... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL 1982
INTRODUCTION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from June 1
through June 25; Term II runs from june 28 through August 6.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was
correct at the time of publication.
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with the American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 7500 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation 3n metropol itan events is a delightful
and broadening experience.
1982 SUMMER CALENDAR
NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
; A u ~ b u Coltege
g
admits students of any race, color, natiunal
and ethnic origin to all righbi privil~ges~
programs,, and
.actlviti~generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. If doe5 not disciiminate a n the basis d race, mlot-,
creed, national and ethnic origin In employment pwctiw~or
administration of its educational pblicia? admissions poli~ies~
scholarship and loan programs and athl&'c and other baoladministered programs.
I
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Office. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Lorraine Stieper, Secretary
Term II
April 23
April 23
June 1
June 28
June 3
June 30
Holiday
None
MY5
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
June 18
June 25
July 16
Aug. 6
Early Registration
(Tuition Discount)
1
I
'
II
I
REGISTRATION
Term I
Classes Begin
Last Day for Registration
Balance of Tuition Due
Last Day to:
Change Class Registration
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
on Record
Last Day of Class
Design: Susan Hopp
Information: Lorraine Stieper
-
--
GENERAL INFORMATION
ELIGIBILITY
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two
courses during Term II. All courses except those indicated carry
a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Persons In Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg
Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has
been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that
institution.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen
and sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division primarily for juniors
and seniors, and 5, graduate level.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more
fully described in the October issue of AUGSBURG COLLEGE.
If you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of
departments. lnternships involve work experience related to the
academic program in an agency, government or industry.
Consult the Summer School Office for information.
Changes in Registration must be made at the Registrar's Office.
No course may be added after it has met more than six hours
elapsed class time, except with the special permission of the
instructor.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing. Limited food service is available,
supplemented by area restaurants and snack shops.
Persons Planning To Attend Summer School are
advised to register as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
FINANCIAL AID
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan.
Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load.
Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student
Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays
the full interest; 7% for previous borrowers, 9% for new
borrowers after January 1, 1981. Maximum loan is $2,500 per
year or the cost of education, whichever is less, and the
aggregate undergraduate maximum is $12,500. Loan
applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the
Minnesota State Loan Office. Deadline: Applications must be
on file with the lender by March 1, 1982 since processing takes
up to 12 weeks.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
Lift
Please
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE 25, 1982
CAMPUS LOCATION
PAYMENT OF FEES
Tuition Charges for Summer School are $280 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) is $140 for each course. Laboratory or special fees
may be charged for some courses.
Early Registration on April 23 will result in a savings of
$20 for each course taken for credit. Reduced charge of
$260 per course applicable only to courses designated by
April 23. If a course is cancelled due to low enrollment,
a substitution may be made without loss of discount.
An Advance Tuition Deposit of $50 is required at the time
of registration. The balance is due by the first day of class,
June 1 for Term I and June 28 for Term II. A $10 late payment
fee will be assessed to those failing to meet these deadlines.
No student will be officially enrolled until all financial
arrangements have been completed. All balances due on your
Augsburg student account from previous termls must be paid
in full before you are officially registered for Summer School at
Augsburg College.
TO DOWNTOWN
ST PAUL
m
Tuition Refund is calculated on the table below. Such refund is
limited by a $20 processing cost. Students must present cancel
card to the Registrar's Office on the date of cancellation to be
eligible for refund, and no refund will be made after the listed
dates. If a class is cancelled due to low enrollment, full refund
will be made.
Course Cancellation Date
Refund-
Term
I
Term II
10O0I0(less $20
processing fee)
80OIO
601'0
401'0
June 1-2
June 28-June 30
June 3-4
June 5-7
June 8-9
July 1-6
july 7-9
July 12-14
Interstate 94 east from Minneapolis to 25th Ave. exit, left to
Riverside Ave., left to 21st Ave. S, left at Augsburg sign.
lnterstate 94 west from St. Paul to Riverside exit, right on
Riverside to 21st Ave. S., left at Augsburg sign.
--=-
TERM II COURSE OFFERINGS
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
a
TERM I SUMMER 1982
JUNE 1 - JUNE 25
a
NOR 112-8052
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN II
Hansen
Continuation of NOR 11 1; emphasis on structure, oral and written facility of expression.
ART
ART 242-8003
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rusten
Participants will team-produce short 16mm sound-motion-pictures using professional
procedures and equipment. For communication students and working professionals.
Dist.: Yes.
Fees: $75.00 lab fee
Four Weekends
(1st class/une 5, 9:00 a.m.)
OM17
Sat. 9:OO- 12:OO noon;
1:00-4:30 p.m.;
Sun. 1:OO-4:30 p.m.
A weekend at a lake in Northern Minnesota will be built into the course if all students
can participate (cost $15-30, depending on arrangements). Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
OM29
CAMP NORWAY
Academic credit may also be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norway.
Consult Liv Dahl, Norwegian-American Cultural Institute (Room 15, Old Main) for
details.
a
ART 270-8002
PORTABLE FLBERTECHNIQUES
Ellertson
Tapestry weaving; traditional and contemporary methods of frame loom weaving; emphasis on design and aesthetics. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
OM4
a
a
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 114-8061
HEALTH & SAFETY EDUCATION
Borstad
Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes
American Red Cross First Aid.
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W, Jh
C13
Meets 1st hall of term lune 1-11
(1/2 course)
BIOLOGY
Mickelberg
HUMAN ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
BIO 103-8010
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S205
1:00- 4:00 p.m. Lab
T, W, Th
52 14
Enrollment limit: 35
H PE 115-8062
HEALTH &CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Borstad
EDUCATION
Analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. (Meets the M.S. 126.02
for students in teacher preparation programs).
C13
5:00-8:00 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
(1/2 course)
Meets 2nd half of term lune 14-25
BIO 108-8011
MICROBIOLOGY
Thorpe
Basic microbial features considered as well as application of microbiology to fields of
medicine and sanitation. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50a.m.Lect
M,T,W,Th,F
5212
11:30- 3:30 p.m. Lab
T, Th
5202
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
HPE 491-8053
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principles and administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354
6:00-9:30 p.m.
T, Th & Arr.
C 12
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
H PE 493-8054
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION OF
Husing
CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relations and ethics. Dist.: NO.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Arr.
C24
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
BUS 101-8022
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Kader
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the
accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
51 12
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
CHEMISTRY
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
First term of a two semester course, general chemistry principles and an introduction to
organic chemistry. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: High school chemistry
1 1:30-1:50 Lect
M, T, W, Th, F
53 15
2:OO-4:00 Lab
M,T, W,Th
S327
HPE 495-80551
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-80561497-8057
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy; (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Arr.
Prerequisites: 485, 491 and approval of department
CHM 109-8021
a
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Oyler
CER 111-8046
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for students with
no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
12:OO-3:00 p.m.
M, J, W,Th
ECONOMICS
FCO 120-8030
a
HISTORY
HIS 101-8064
ECONOMICS O F U R B A N ISSUES
Sabella
THE BEGINNINGSOF WESTERN CULTURE
Nelson
Analvqis nf t h e n r i m a r v r i v i l i s a t i o n s i n t h e N e a r East, t h e classiral w o r l d
of Greece a n d
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By Independent Study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 122-8029
PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS (MACRO)
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy,
international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
52 05
I
ECO 392-8031
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M5
a
~ o m k and
,
the'middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
a
a
EDE 375-8036
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the Department of Education during the general period from the middle of June to the end of July.
The exact dates are determined in conjunction with the school system. All of the courses
require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact the Registrar's
Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration.
a
a
I
a
a
TERM I COURSE OFFERINGS
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term II)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblorn
POL 299-81541499-8155
DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(Also Term II)
Hedblom
POL 299-81 541499-8155 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term II)
Noonan
INTERNSHIPS (AlsoTerm II)
HedblomlNoonan
Arr.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 105-8091
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
Marken
Methods and approaches used in psychology for purpose of understanding behavior;
research procedures associated with study of behavior. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
P1
PSY 375-8092
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasirno
(Also see SOC 375-81 10)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
ENGLISH
ENG 251-8051
AMERICAN NOVELS ABOUT WAR
Blackburn
Emphasis on how selected writers view war, their assumptions about the role of the individual soldier and the artistic methods used to present or deal with war's complexities.
Dist.: Yes.
7:OO-10:OO p.m.
M,T, W,Th
51 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-81541499-8155
POL 199-81561399-8157
EDS 481-80451482-8048 STUDENT TEACH ING:
Fardig
483-80491484-8050 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Arr.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
1
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 130-8063
INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC
Bailey
Examination of rules which govern valid arguments and aid in developing the ability to
recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
9:30- 1 1 :50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
EDE 481 -80371482-8038 STUDENT TEACHING:
R. Anderson
483-80391484-8040 NURSERY SCHOOL
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by instructor.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
EDE 481-80411482-8042 STUDENT TEACH ING:
McNeff
483-80431484-8044 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under supervision of
college and public school personnel. Dist.: No.
Additional $15.00 fee
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department
Arr.
NURSING
NUR 330-8066
TRENDS& ISSUES I N NURSING
Malcolm
Nursing viewed from an historical, current and futuristic perspective to develop theories
and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. Examination of societal and
health issues. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
5205
EDUCATION
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to
student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
SUMMER INTERIM
9:30-1 1:50 a.m.
M, T, W,Th,F
L4
MATH
MAT 103-8065
BRUSH UP
Durkee
Designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills. Particularly helpful
for students in elementary education and students taking statistics as part of a major. Includes computer work, Individualized course of study. Dist.: No.
2:OO-5:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
51 12
a
RELIGION
REL 370-8068
CLASSICS OF CHRISTIAN DEVOTION
Quanbeck
Understanding of the spiritual life as disclosed in significant Christian writings from the
second century to the present. Dist.: Yes.
8:30- 10:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M24
JUNE 1, 1982 - JUNE25, 1982
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-8071
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESSMEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/1, 6:00 p.m.)
SWK Office
ENG 245-9304
INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE
Gidmark
An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be
devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature.
Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p m.
M, W
M23
SWK 399-8069
INTERNSHIPS
Brown
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
SWK 499-8070
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Brown
GER 112-9029
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Oyler
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.:
Yes.
Prerequisites: Ger 111 or equivalent
1 1:40- 1:25 p.m.
M, T, W, Th
SOClOLOGY
SOC 199-80731399-8114 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
SOC 375-81 10
SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Gerasimo
(also see PSY 375-8092)
Analysis of the ideas of "group" and "self" as related to individual behavior, interpersonal relations, and society. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 121 and 105
5:OO-8:00 p m.
M, T, W,Th
L1
SOC 381-8072
RACIAL & MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
Gerasimo
The dimension of racial and minority groups relation emphasizing prejudice, racism and
the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M4
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 111-8121
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
Cole
Little Theater
SPC 354-8074
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
Study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages;
emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. Dist.: Yes.
S205
9:30-11:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-80751399-8076 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term II)
Hesser
Arr.
TERM II SUMMER 1982
JUNE 28 - AUGUST 6
ART
ART 132-9002
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
OM4
+
..,-C
lI-.
I:-:,.
"C
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 485-9038
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Aske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for the
handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and 355
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th &Arr.
C12
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
HPE 487-9037
NEUROLOGY & PATHOLOGY
Lundgren
An introduction to neurology and pathology for the corrective therapist. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
(1st meeting 6/29, 6:00 p.m.)
C24
HPE 495-90391
PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
Saugestad
496-9040/497-9041
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Actual hospital experience in four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology, and (4) Rehabilitation.
Course 497 is study of Neurology and Pathology. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department
Arr.
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9305
ASTRONOMY
Paulson
Study of solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 299-9069/499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT (Also Term I)
Diverse Topics: See Instructor
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDY IINDEPENDENT STUDY
MASS MEDIA I N WORLD PERSPECTIVE
(also Term I)
Hedblom
POL 299-90691499-9068 DIRECTED STUDYIINDEPENDENT STUDY
READINGS O N THE USSR TODAY
(Also Term I)
Noonan
POL 199-90651399-9066 INTERNSHIPS (Also Term I)
Hed blomlNoonan
Arr.
L,.. ,.,.,,..
...
,,,,,,,,
.>
KELlGlON
ART 250-9003
CERAMICS I
Holen
lntroduction to the making of pottery with emphasis on hand-building and glazing. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-1 1:30 a.m.
M,W,F
OM I
ART 351-9005
CERAMICS II
Holen
Advanced work in ceramics with emphasis on throwing or hand-building and a continuation of glazing. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a.m.
M, W,F
OM1
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 102-9214
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Allerson
lntroduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
S112
BUS 262-9301
INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and long term assets. Dist.: No.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
5108
BUS 399-9302
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arr.
CHEMISTRY
CHM 110-9010
GENERAL, ORGANIC, & BIOLOGICAL
Carlson
CHEMISTRY
Second semester of two semester course emphasizing organic and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 109 or equivalent with departmental permission
8:30- 9:55 a.m. Lect
M,T, W,Th,F
S3 15
10:OO-12:OO noon Lab
T,W,Th
5327
ECONOMICS
ECO 120-9007
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arr.
ECO 123-9009
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS (MICRO)
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, W
M5
EDUCATION
STUDENT TEACHING
Continuation of Term I.
ENGLISH
ENG 111-9021
EFFECTIVE WRITING
Gidrnark
Study of composition with emphasis upon expository writing; correct usage, logical organization and the research paper. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
M24
TERM I I COURSE OFFERINGS
REL 111-9306
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the
church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th,F
M24
10:05-11:30 a.m.
REL 341-9307
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role of
scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips. Dist.:
Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M23
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9308
GROUP WORK I N A WILDERNESS MEDIUM
Perry
Wilderness camping as focus for building group and individual relationships. Approx.
Addnl. $75.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Arr.
(1st meeting 6/28, 6:OOp.m.)
SWK Office
SOClOLOCY
SOC 121-9309
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
Pike
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications to an understanding
of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
11:40-I:25 p.m.
M, T,W,Th
11
SOC 241-9310
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
Gerasirno
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress": a comparison of
alternate realities as found in different cultures and varying social contexts. Dist.: No.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
M, W
11
SOC 356-9052
CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site
visits to correctional institutions and government offices. Dist.: No.
1:30-5:00 p.m.
T,Th
M22
SOC 234-93261334-9311 URBAN POLICE
Pike
Urban policing in American society is explored from a sociological perspective. Topics
include: patrol and vice work, police deviance, community relations, police bureaucracy,
and women and blacks in policing. Dist.: Yes.
2:30-4:15 p.m.
M,T, W,Th
11
SOC 199-93121399-9073 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SPC 355-9313
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Bart
A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective
functioning within small groups and organizations. Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M22
SPC 367-9056
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: NO.
6:30-9:30 p.m.
T,Th
28 15 4 1st Ave. 5.
Mpls., M N . 55406
(Tel.: 72 1-2565)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 199-90631399-9222 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
JUNE 28, 1982 - AUGUST 6, 1982
Show less
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates li... Show more
Tuition R+nd Policy
The Per Course Deposit of $50 is not
refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first
day of the term to the date of the student's
official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after
the dates listed.)
Refund
Term I
Term I1
10O0/o
May 31
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 6
June 27
June 28
June 29
June 30
July 1
901
'0
80%
70OO
/
60%
Canzpus Location
35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left
on Washington (turns right onto Cedar
Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st
Avenue S.
1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th
Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at
21st Avenue S.
1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside,
turn left at 21st Avenue S.
35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane
after each of two mergers). Take 25th
Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
Nondiscn'nzinution Pol icy
Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or
ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the
1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,
as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
1
Central ,Location
Low Tuition
Convenient Class Time
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college of The Evangelical
Lutheran Church in America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, the
small college environment of 2,100 students during the academic year, is enriched by
the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan
xea. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses,
internships, independent studies and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs
from May 31 -June 24, Term I1 runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents
khe Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication.
%
Term I
Term I1
--
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
April 13
April 13
May 31
June 27
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(no registrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 2
June 29
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W)
June 14
July 18
Classes End
June 24
August 5
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
June 29
August 10
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1or 2,
lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall,
between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. oil May 31 and June 27.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed, may be pursued
during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Calendar
Summer 1988
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their registrations on May 31.
Term I1 registrations must be confirmed on June 27. This procedure includes
confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Courses Regularly Taught during the academic year are more fully described in the
Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Augsburg in the Summer
-
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11;
Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the
equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg
distribution requirements are noted in the course descriptions.
The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid before registration is confirmed. Augsburg
students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous ternils must be
paid in full before confirmation of registration.
A Late Fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 1and 2. A
late fee of $10 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 28 and June
29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
The College Reserves the right to cancel listed courses.
To Change Your Registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a CancellAdd form at the Registrar's Office. There
is a charge of $5 for changing a registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1
courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as
scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the
"Tuition Refund Policy."
Information and Fom~s E l igibility
Fees
Additional information and registration
forms may be obtained from the Summer
School Office. Write or call:
The Tuition Charge for 1988 Summer
School courses is as follows: $390 for fullcredit courses, $280 for half-credit
courses, and $140 for fourth-credit
courses. Audits are charged at the tuition
rates listed above. Laboratory and special
fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the
individual course descriptions.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to preregister as soon as
possible, since courses without substantial demand may be dropped.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
Financial Aid
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed
Student Loan. Any student taking 1
course is regarded as a half-time student
for the summer and is eligible to apply for
a Guaranteed Student ~ & n contact
.
the
Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (330-1046).
Persons in Good Standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
itudents admitted for the next Fall Term
are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dropped by that institution.
Other Persons wishing to take summer
school work should contact the Director
of Summer School to ascertain eligibility
under special circumstances.
Acceptance as a summer student does not
imply admission as a regular student of
to
~
~
g
wishing
~
~
~
begin a degree program at the College
should
for
the
Officeof Admission.
A Tuition Discount is available to
students who preregister on April 13 for
Term I and Term I1 Summer School
courses. Courses that you sign u p for on
this date are billed at the following rates:
$360 for full-credit courses, $270 for half~ creditgcourses, and $130 for fourth-credit
courses. To receive this tuition discount, a
deposit of $50 per course is required.
Please note: This tuition discount applies
only to courses so designated on April 13.
The $50 per course deposit is nonrefundable except when a course is
cancelled due to low enrollment. When
this happens, you may elect to receive a
deposit refund or substitute another
course without loss of discount.
After April 13 you may preregister for
Summer School courses at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular
office hours. Each course preregistration
must be accompanied by a $50 tuition
deposit. This deposit is applied to
designated course tuition and is nonrefundable and non-transferable except
when a course is cancelled.
To Avoid Disappointment in course
selection, preregistration is
recommended. Some courses with
limited enrollment fill early. Conversely,
courses with low preregistration
enrollment may be cancelled before the
first day of the term.
I
I
I
:A;?:
Summer School
-
-
A RT
ART 107-8155
DRAWING
B.Olson
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include
still-life, figurcs, building interiors, exteriors, experimeiital work. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a . m . M,7;WTh
OM17
ART 118-8157
335-8158
B. Olson
PAINTING I AND II
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating tlie visual world of
nature, landscapes, still-life, using design concepts,
developing personal expression and exploring variety of
techniques. Weekly critiques Dist.: Yes.
8:30-11:30 a ni M,TWTh
OM17
ART 352-8156
WOMEN'S ART HISTORY
K. Anderson
Study of women's image in tlie visual arts in rclationship
to women's place w ~ t l i ~the
n cultural, economic, and
sociological environment of eacli period. Dist.: Yes.
12:OO-3:OOp.m. M,TWTh
M22
BUSlNESs ADMINISTRATION
BUS 221-8014
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I
Stoller
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, tlie accounting cycle a n d
preparation of financial statenients Dist : No.
8:30-lO:50 a. rn. M,TCt!Th,F
5112
BUS 242-8013
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization,
staffing, planiiingdiidco~itrol.Tlienati~reofauthorit): accoi~ntabilityand responsibility, analysis of tlie role of tlie
piofcssional manager Dist.: No.
h:30-9:30p.m. M,I;W,Th
M22
BUS 252-8159
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Meziou
Basic policy and strategy i s s ~ ~ in
e smarketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, bcliavio~al,economic and tecli~iologicalfactors as they affect p ~ c ~ d u cplotnotion,
t,
marketing channel and pl-icing decisions Dist.: No.
5:30-8:30 p.m. M,TCVT/i
M23
BUS 322-8160
ACCOUNTING THEORY AND
PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting tlieol-y pertaining to financial
statcments, income concepts, cul-rcnt and non-curtent
asscts Dist.: No.
I'rcrecluisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:OO p.111. M,T,WTli
P2
BUS 331-8161
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of
funds within tlie firm. Sources and ilsesof long and short
t e ~ mfunds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy, and related topics.
I'rel-cquisites: BUS 222, ECO 113. Dist : No
8:30-IO:50 a.ln. M,TWTh,F
L1
BUS 370-8162
ADVANCED COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS
Schield
Topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS),
programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and o t h e r
packages (statistical analysis, p~ojectmanagement, expert
systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics,
finance and marketing Dist.: No.
P~crequisites:Onc computer course such as BUS 175 or
CSC 145, 170, or 174. Recommended BUS 279.
6:00-9:OOp.m. M,T,WTh
5112
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Art,angcd witli individual faculty in the Department of
Business Adniinist~atio~l
& Economics
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . By i n d e p e n d e n t s t u d y
Dist.: Yes.
Time Alrsliged
ECO 112-8029
PRINCIPLES OF
MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macro-economics; national income
analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade,
economic grorvth Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:OOp rn M,T14!Th
5315
-
EZUJATION
EDE 253-8033
EDS 264-8163
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN
URBAN SETTING
Germundsen
Study and investigation of various aspects of tlie teaching
profession. Dist : Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or
ED5 352. (112 course)
6:OO-9:OOp.m. il.I,MJ
LI
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF
KINDERGARTEN
Endorf
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches.
Lib, arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten
level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time Arranged
-
-
ENGLISH
MATHEMATICS
ENG 2--4167
GHOSTS IN AMERICA: THE SUPERNATURAL IN
AMERICAN LITERATURE
Bodziock
The meaning and values the supernatural has held folAmerican writers. Examination of a variety of supernatill-al
motifs found in classic, popular, and folk literatures from
puritan times to the present Dist.: Yes.
5:OO-8:OOp.ln. M,T,WTh
M4
MAT 122-8182
CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
Kaminsky
Differential and inteeralcalculus of a sinele variable with
S C I ~ I ~ CS~l \i ~ d ~ ~ n l s
,~pplic~ttions
to thesoci,il and h~l~it\,ior.il
\\*lie lia\~ccompletcdhL\T 12.1mav not rojitster t o r i r t ~ I ~ t
Dist : Yes
Prerequisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test
9:OO-11:2Oa.m. M,TWTh,F
1'2
EDE 377-8178
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SCIENCE
Osnes
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab. experiences Dist.: No. (114 course)
630-9:30p.m. T
LI
EDE 387-8165
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS
Olson
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for language arts at the kinderga1,ten and elementary
levels ' Lab. experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
4:OO-6:3Op. rn TTh
Ll
EDS 352-8166
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (Secondary)
Staff
Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars
Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations required.
Dist : Yes, ntlien combined 144th EDS 264. (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged.
STUDENT T L S H J N ( ;
-
The Department of Education offers student teaching for
both elementary and secondary education during the
general period from the midddle of June to the end of July tvliere suitable arrangenicnts can be made
EDE 363-8039
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CLINICAL
EXPERIENCES
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in-class experiences Register for 2
seminar sessions in addition to tlie 160 hours. A video tape
of classroom or simulated teaching will be p ~ e p a r e dby
eacli student. Membership in o n e of the professional
teacher organizations required.
Dist.: Yes, when combined ~ f i t lEDE
i 363 (112 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
A rr;i ngcd
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND
KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directingleariiingcuperiences in clcmcntary sclioolsu~idersupervisionof collcge and public school
personnel. Additional $35 fee. Dist.: No.
1'1-equisite:Acceptance, Education Dcpartnicnt
Arranged
EDE 481-80711482-8072
483-80731484-8074
Kindergarten and Elementary Staff
EDE 481-80611482-8062
483-80631484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6) Staff
EDE 481-80661482-8067
483-80681984-8069
Kindergarten Staff
EDE 364-8164
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM:
INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES
McNeff
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for integrating specific skill developments t h r ~ u g hvarious
subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lib. cxpcriences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
6:30-9:30 p.m. TI1
Ll
STUDENTTEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing leal-ning experiences o n second a ~ yschool level under supervision of college and high
school pc~sonnel Additional 135 fcc. Dist.: No
I'rerecluisite: Acceplance, Educatic~iiDepartment
Arranged
EDS 481-80811482-8082
483-80831484-8084
Secondary Staff
M4
FOREIGNLANGUAGE
-
- -
GER 111-8169
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading
basic German for s t ~ ~ d e nwith
t s no previous background
in German. Dist.: Yes.
MS
R:30-lO:50 a ni. M,TWTI?,F
SPA 111-8044
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section I)
SPA 111-8170
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11)
Aims to develop four basic skills: Understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to cultitre of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes
R:30-1O:SO a. m M,TWTh,F (Section I)
M23
5:30-7:SO p , m , M,Tl\!TIi,F (Section 11)
5319
HPE 410-8040
ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF
SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Borstad
I-listuricalbackground, legal bases, school health services,
and relationships to conlniunity health program a n d
HI'E 320
Icsources. Dist : No Prcrcq~~isitc:
.
M5
5:OO-8:OO p. ~ n M,T,W,Th
-
-
HISTORY
HIS 341-8179
TOPICS IN EUROPEAN HISTORY
Bruess
An introduction to some of the main topics in European
history from the ~ L I Iof- nthe century to tlie present. E n phasis on the impact of two world wars upon European
politics and society. Examination of the background to thc
wals as it relates to tlievarious Europeanstates; the wal-s
tlicinsclvcs; and the postwar upheavals and scttlenients.
Lower division students ]nay register witli perniissioii of
inst~uctor.Dist.: Yes.
/:OD-4:00p, m . M,T,WT/i
M4
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8046
INTERNSHIPS
A I ,a rigcd
-
-
Hesser
-
MAT 131-8171
MATHEMATICS FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS Kaminsky
Examination of tlie interaction between the development
of mathematics a n d that of civilization. Primarily for
students not intending further study in mathematics.
Dist.: Yes.
Prercquisite: MAT 104 or placement in Group 3 on the
Augsburg mathematics test.
6:OO-9:OOp m. M,TWTh
13
NUR 432-8172
HEALTH AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Enos
Thecourse will focus on gaining a better understanding of
one'sown health and developnient. It will also deal with
\z,ays of suppoi-ting others in their growth. Writings of
Christie-Seely, Cordova, Erickson, Kolberg, Neuman, and
Rogers included. Open to non-nursing st~tdentsaswell as
n ~ ~ r s i nstudents.
g
Dist : No.
12:OO-3:OOp m. M,TI3VTh
At15
pJ
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-8060
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of psychology: concepts, data, a n d
methodology. Students may not receivecredit for thiscourse
and also for PSY 105 (General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T,W,Tli,F
M24
RELIGION
----
REL 215-8175
Quanbeck
ARCHAEOLOGY AND THE BIBLE
Disciission of archaeological method. Problems in Biblical
archaeology, a n d review of s o m e current findings.
Dist : Yes.
h:00-9:OOp. rn M,CW,TIi
M24
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 360-8176
HUMANS DEVELOPING
Link
Provides knowledgeof human growth through the lifecycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and
psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporaly American families.
Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity. Dist : No.
1:OO-4:OO p.ni. M,TWTh
5112
SWK 399-8152
INTERNSHIPS
SWK 499-8154
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A~,r~i!iged
Alrariged
M. Brown
M. Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE-
SOCIOLOGY
POL 326-8173
POLITICAL PARTIES AND BEHAVIOR
Morris
Tlie political behaviorof the electorate, emphasizing public
opinion and political parties in the electoral process
Dist.: Consent of department chairperson.
Prerequisite: Onecourse in Political Science orconsent of
instructor.
9:30-11:50 a. rn, M,TCV,Th,F
5319
SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B. Johnson
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its applications toan nnderstandingof basicaspectsof society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Ycs.
5315
8:30-10:50 a , m . M,7;W,Th, F
POL 461-8174
NUCLEAR WAR, NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Goldman
History, politics, economics, strategiesand ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the
one hand, and affecting arms control, on tlie other. Exploration of tlie politics and strategy of nuclear security
issues Dist.: Conscnt of department chairperson
6:OO-9:OOp.m. M,7;14!Th
14'
POL 199-8052
POL 399-8056
INTERNSHIPS
A rrdngcd
POL 499-8093
INDEPENDENT STUDY
'Topic hy arrangement
A !ranged
SOC 231-8076
B. Johnson
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
An examination of tlie faniily as a social institution. Tlie
process of dating, mate sclcction, marital adjustment and
divorce. The relationship of tlie faniily to its institutional
and cultural context. Dist : No.
5315
12:OO-3:OOp m M,T,WT/i
SOC 199-80781399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPCECH, C O M M U N I C C N AND THEATRE ARTS
Hedblom
Hedblom
SPC 345-8177
ORGANIZATIONAL
COMMUNICATION
Lapakko
Esimines communication aspects of human organizations,
focuses o n three dimensions: sociological (cultures),
biological (systems), and psychosociological(structures, networks, roles). Designed to help students investigate communication problems within an organization. Dist : No.
8:30-10:50 a . m . M,TWT/i,F
M22
I
mm
A RT
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
Tliecarnera used as a tool for visual creativity and exprcssion; blackand white, color and pliolograpliic processes.
Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost
of film, etc.: $125-$150. (Class size limited.)
2:00-5:30pjn. M,W (Section I)
6:00-9:30 p. n?. M,W (Section II)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS
Herzog
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC,
LOTUS, DBASE, wclrd processing, computerized business
graphics. Dist.: No.
I'rc.~~cquisite:
High school algebra.
6:00-9:30p.m. M,W
Sll2
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
Solnick
Introduction to business activities, accounting forcorporations. Basicconceptsand fundamentalsof managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. Dist,: No,
I'rerequisite: BUS 221.
8:30-9:55 a.m. M,ZW,Th,F
5112
BUS 252-9017
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy a n d strategy issues in marketing. Legal,
ethical, competitive, behavioral economic and teclinological factors as they affect product, promotion,
marketing channel and pricing decisions. Dist.: No.
6:00-Y:30p.!.m. 7;Th
5112
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
A ~ ~ r a n g cwit/?
d i ~ l d i v i d i ~taalc ~ ~ lin
t y the Dcpertn?ent o t
B~rsinessAdrninistratio~la n d Econclmics.
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a
mctrcl-urban environment. By independent study only..
Dist.: Yes.
Time Armngcd
ECO 113-9031
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
[ntrc1duction to micro-economics, the theory of tlie
liouschold, firni, market structures and income distribution.Application of elementary economic theory tomarket
policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9330 p . m . TTI?
OM11
Augsburg
June 27- August 5,1988
ECO 313-9131
INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
Schield
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer
behavior, firm and industry; tlie pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare
economics. Dist.: No.
Prerecluisite: ECO 113
5:30-9:00 p.m. 7;Th
Summer School
ENGLISH
NURSING
19
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetal'y and banking systems, particularly commercial
banks, and tlie Federal RcservcSvstem; monetary theor\,
and policy. Dist.: No.
I're~'ecluisites: ECO 112, 113,
6:00-9:30p,m. 7;Tll
5315
EDUCATION
EDE 341-9132
EDS 341-9133
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Staff
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the useof instructional technology.
Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacliingllearning situations. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6:00-9:30prn. TTII (Jol}~19-Aug~lst
4)
L1
EDE 351-9033
EDS 351-9134
TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING READING
McNeff
S t u d y a n d utilization of a variety of techniques a n d
resources in tlie teaching of reading and tlie diagnosis and
correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
11:40-1:ZSpm. M,TWTh
M22
EDE 376-9155
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES
Fleener
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lib, experiences. Dist.: No. (114 course)
h:00-9:30p.n1. F(Ju1y 8, 22, a n d A ~ r g ~5)~ s t
L7
EDE 379-9135
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: ART
Davies
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for art at the kinderga~.tenand elementary levels. Lab experiences, Dist.: No (I14 course)
6:00-9:00 p.m. W (June 29-Jirly 20)
L1
EDE 386-9136
KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY
CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker
Examination and preparation of materials and resources
for children's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary
levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: No (112 course)
LI
600-9:30p.m. M (excl. July 4)
EDS 350-9156
Heikkila
READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and
resources to assist students in teaching reading through
tlie content areas. Dist.: No. (112 course)
6300-9:30p.n?. W (June 29-July 27)
L4
GER 112-9139
BEGINNING GERMAN I1
Steinmetz
Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and
reading basic German. Lib. Dist,: Yes.
8: 10-9:SSa.m. M,T,W,Th
OM10
SPA 112-9045
Kingsley
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I)
SPA 112-9152
BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11)
Kingsley
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to c u l t u r e of S p a n i s h - s p e a k i n g world.
Dist.: Yes.
8:10-9:55a.n1, M,TWTh (Section I)
OM11
5:30-7:15p.n!. M,7;WTh (Sectiorl II)
M23
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTH AND CHEMICAL
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
Borstad
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for
the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school
age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets Minlicsota
teacher licensurc recluirement). (112course)
6:00-9:30p. m. TTI? (June 28-July 74)
M2.3
HIS 331-9140
A TALE OF TWIN CITIES:
MINNEAPOLISIST. PAUL, 1833-1988
Jensvold
A local history course using tlie Minneapolis-St. Pa111
metropolitan area a s a case study for examining large
themes and issues in U.S..t~rbanhistory. Topics considered
include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic
trends, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, urban
politics and reform. Field trips included. Dist.: Yes. (Topics
course in U.S. Iiistory)
6:00-9:30 p 111. M,W
M23
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
A I-ranged
Hesser
NUR 403-9087
CONTEMPORARY NURSING 111: FAMILIES Nilsson
This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing
care-Content includesfa~iiilyas a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental
events. Consideration given to tlicmleof the nurse in famiIv health care Dist.: No.
Prercouisite: To be taken orior toorconcurrentlv with NUR
NU R 432-9141
THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A
PROFESSIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Enos
How to identify a "need to know" in a client and how to
make an individualized plan for each situation. Includes
attention to methodology involved. While the course is
designed to meet the needsof students intending to tvork
in h u m a n services fields, s t u d e n t s preparing for
rnan,igcrial roles will also find it helpful.
Dist,: No.
S:30-9:OOp.m. TTI?
OM18
--
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 380-9055
ETHICS OF MEDICINE AND
HEALTH CARE
C. Johnson
Application of ethical principles to problems \\,hich arise
in the areas of health careand deliveq: human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for tlie dying
and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p. rn. h.1,l.V
OM13
- -
PHYSICS
-
PHY 101-9060
ASTRONOMY
Arge
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical ins t r u m e n t s ; use 12-inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch
Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:OO-9:30p.nt TTll
PHY 103-9142
Hollabaugh
PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in \z~liiclithe applications, prclblcms, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate
fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the
re!evance of physics to the life sciences. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary Algebra.
6:00-9:30pm. M,W
OM11
POL 199-9027
399-9067
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9028
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Hedblom
POL 499-9143
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Arranged
Noonan
SOCIOLOGY
PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 121-9144
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLD OF
PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Exploration of thedisciplineof psychology; concepts, data,
and methodology, Students may not receivecredit for this
course a n d also for PSY 105 (General Psychology).
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30 p. m. ZTll
OM13
PSY 362-9145
ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Hirdman
Introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from tlie
social, organic and psychological points of view. Visits to
community service agencies included. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: PSY 105 or PSY 121.
8:30-955 a.m. M,TC\!TII,F
M24
RELIGION
REL 111-9146
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
Introduction to theacadeniic disciplineof theology and to
the dialogile between thechurch and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-955 .I. nl. ~I,TCVTII,F
M22
REL 341-9147
CHRISTIAN VIEWS OF HEALTH
AND HEALING
Holt
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching
and practice, including the roleof scientific technology and
prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips.
Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:30p.rn. M,W
5315
SOCIAL WORK
SWK 399-9023
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Brown
SWK 499-9148
INDEPENDENT STUDY
A I-ranged
Brown
POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 342-9153
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior;
the uses and controlof mass media for political and social
purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking,
entertainment and public affairs programming. Dist.: Yes,
6:00-9:30 p+rn. TTI?
5319
SOC 265-9149
RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
Bloom
The dirne~lsionsof racial and minority gl-oup relations.
Majorattention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and tlie
roleof self-understanding. (PIN gradingonly.) Dist.: Yes.
OM18
6:00-9:30 p. rn. M, W
SOC 356-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional plnogramsand processes.
Lecti~res,discussion, and site visits tocorrectional institutions and government offices, Dist.: No.
I:.?0-5:00 p m . TT11
5112
SOC 199-90811399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
Arranged
Hesser
SPEECH. COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS
SPC 342-9150
MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom
(See course description under POLISPC 342).
6:OO-9:30p.m. TTll
5319
SPC 354-9151
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Bart
The dynamics of human interaction through verbal and
non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to clvercome communication barriers.
Dist.: No.
OM10
6:OO-9:30p.nl. M,W
SPC 367-9085
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Sti~dying,viewing, and critiquing tlie actingand production of five plays. Dist.: No.
6:00-9:30 p. rn. ZTll
28154lst A v e ~ ~ iSo~rth,
Ie
Mpls,, MN.55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
Show less
URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to Aug... Show more
URG
OLLEGE
-
T
II
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum
that includes courses in more than 15 academic
disciplines as well as internships and independent studic
Term I runs from May 29 to June 29.
Term I1 runs from July 9 to August 9.
A detailed listing of courses begins
o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
Students may take up to two course
credits during Term I and during Term
11. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of one course
credit. O n e Augsburg course credit is
the equivalent of four semester credits
and six quarter credits.
II
I
'1
term one
I
May 29 to June 29
term two
July 9 to August 9
1
I
a :
I
I
I
about
augsburg
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.*
T h e small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is
enriched by the many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area.
Augsburg's setting allows students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
I
I
I
1
I'
I
* North Central Associntion of Colleges and Schools, Commission on Institutions of Higher Education
(31 2) 263-0456. Web site <~utuw.ncacihe.mg>
2
Augsburg general education:
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal
Arts Perspectives and Graduation
Skills requirements are so noted along
with the description of the course.
Course levels: T h e first digit of the
three-digit course number indicates the
course level. Course numbers heginning with a "1" or "2" are lower division courses and are intended primarily
for freshmen and sophomores; course
numbers beginning with a "3" or "4"
are upper division and are primarily for
juniors and seniors.
Independent study: Independent studies may be arranged in consultation
with individual faculty members.
Internships: In addition to those listed, internship opportunities may be
arranged individually during the summer. Academic internships are carefully planned work-based learning experiences, supervised and evaluated by a
faculty member. Consult the Center
for Service, Work, and Learning at
(612) 330-1 148 for more information.
Employer reimbursement: Students
who qualify for reimbursement by their
employers may use their reimbursernent to pay for Summer Session courses. However a nonrefundable deposit
of $100 is required to register for each
summer course.
Housing: Students who need housing
may contact the Residence Life Office
at (612) 330-1488.
T h e College reserves the right to
cancel listed courses.
inf0rmafion
Additional information may be
obtained from:
Augsburg College
Campus Box #56
221 1 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1628
www.augsburg.edu/su~nmer
eligibility
Persons i n good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next fall term
are eligible to attend Augshurg
Summer Session. Good standing
implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently
dropped by that institution.
Other persons wishing to take summer
courses should contact the coordinator
of summer school to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances.
Students accepted for Summer Session
are not automatically granted admission as regular students of Augsburg
College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at Augsburg should
apply to the Office of Undergraduate
Admissions, (612) 330-1001, or the
Weekend CollegeAdmissions Office,
(612) 330-1743.
3
re
-
calendar
7
.
lning AK
ner Seqi
Enrollment
4 p.m. A $101
paid at that t~
led. This dcl:
your summe
refundable unless
celed. If a c o ~ ~ r ts e ,
led I
eled, you may elect
rl
Je :I refund or apply the deposit to
the tuition for another c o ~ ~ r sWe
e . recom~nertdthat you schedule your courses as early as possible. Many C O L I ~ S fill
~S
early, and courses with 1 0 ~ 1 enrollments
will he canceled one week hefore the
first day of the term. Tuition must bc
paid in full at the Enrollment Center
(see deadlines below), or you will be
dropped from your course(s).
111 SaturL ayh
n . when Weekend
L ( t h r o ~ ~ July
gh 1).
d in fill1 in order for
he complete.
whc, !--.re unpaid
IrcvL,
lust pay
ces before they may comsummer school registra-
..
Summer registration may he completed
heginning May 9. Students taking
courses ~ L I I - i Term
u g I must complete
their registration by May 30. Tel-111I1
registration must be completed by July
10. This proceilurc applies to all sumlner registrations, including internships
and independent studies. T h e
Enrollment Center is locatect in thc
Svcrdrup HiiII and is open from 9 a.m.
to 4 p.m. Monday t h r o ~ ~ gFriday.
h
It
will he open ~ ~ n t6i p.m.
l
o n May 29
and May 30 and on July 9 ancl 10. T h e
summer 2001
term I
term I1
Scheduling begins
Balance of tuition due
Classes begin
April 9
May 17
May 29
April 9
June 28
July 9
I
I
..late fee
a
5 will be assessed for
students w
egister after the second
day of the term. No Tcrrn 1 rcgistratious will lie accepted after J ~ l n clst,
and Term 11 registrations will not be
accepted after July 13th.
To change ytlur registration you will
need to fill out a n add/Llrop fo1.m at the
Enn~llmentCenter. There is a charge
of $75 for changing a course after 3:30
p.m. o n the second schedulc~lday of
each term. This procedure applies to
internsl~ipsand independent studies as
well as scheduled courses. Refilnds and
adjustments to fees are outlined in the
"Tuition R e f ~ ~ nPolicy1'
d
section of this
brochure.
Last day to:
Change grading option
June 8
*Drop class without notation
June 1
*Register with late fee of $75
June 1
(no registrations will be accepted after this date)
July 20
July 13
July 11
Last day to withdraw from class
Classes end
Grades due in registrar's office
July 27
August 9
August 17
June 15
June 29
July 9
I
1
'
lI
schedule of refunds
100°i6 of the refundable portion of the fee...
Cancellation at the Enrollment Center prior to May 29 (Term I) &
July 9 (Term 11)
75% of the refundable portion of the fee ...
Prior to May 3 1 Term I) & July 11 (Tenn 11)
50% of the refundable portion of the fee...
Prior to June 4 (Term I) &July 16 (Term 11)
Ill
:-fll
1
rn
_I
-
-
-
-
map of augsburg
A
7
4
1
!!ITrns I,
C
fees
The tuition ch
In cours
100 for
$650 for h
Audits arl
listed abo
I
1
lmmer
it courses
dit courses
at the tuition rates
Day program
Students enrolled in su
I
and I1 combined or in either Term I or
Term I1 may be eligible to apply for the
Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Pell
Grant, or the Minnesota State Grant.
I:,
g
P
policy
I"
mb%
e s ~ is
t not
refmu of all or part
fee is calculated fro!
date of the student's official rn..--cancellation at the Enrollr
See page 5.
Nc
liven for summer Term I as it
ru
..~rrentlywith the WEC spring
mmester.
0;.
,..
R
WEC stude t enrolled in summer
Term I1 may be eligible for the Federal
Stafford Loan, Federal Pel1 Grant, or
the Minnesota State Grant.
financial aid
To apply
Eligibility for Summer
Session attendees
The financial aid deadline for the
Summer Session is April 15, 2001.
Contact the Enrollment Center at
(612) 330-1046 for application materials and additional assistance.
Financial aid is available to students
enrolled in day or weekend programs.
Students who maintain half-time status
(as defined by the program in which
they are enrolled) are eligible to apply
for financial aid.
COLLEGE MAP INFORMATION
1. Admissions Weekday Program
2, Admissions Annex and Weekend
Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
12. Development,
PR/Communications, and
Alumni/Parenl Relations
13. Lindell Library
(November through March)
4. Andenon-Nelson Athlelic
Field and Seasonal Air Slructure
5. Christensen Center
6 East Hall
7. Faculty Guest House
8. Foss, Lobeck. Miles. Cenler for
Wonhip. Drama & Communication
9 Sverdrup Hall
10. Husby-Stmmmen Tennis Courts
11. Ice Arena
14. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
15. Mortensen Hall
16.Murphy Place
17. Murphy Square
18. Music Hall
19. New Residence Hall
20. Old Main
ZI.,Andenon Hall
22. Quad
2 2 Science Hall
24. Security Dispatch Center
campus location
I
w&d**+,
h h b k l~
&
1
A.Admissions/Faculty/Staff Parking
B+CommuterResident Parking
C. FacultyIStaRParking
D. FacultylSlaff/Commuter Parking
E.Commuter Parking
F, Resident Parking
G. Visitor Parking
H. airv view-university Parking Ramp
stww ~
~m,
1
3 5 from
~ the ~ ~ ~ t h T a k e W a s h i n g t o n A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left o n
W a s h i n g t o n ( t u r n s right o n t o C e d a r A v e n u e ) ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , right a t 21st
Avenue South.
1-94 East f r o m MinneapolisT a k e 2 5 t h A v e n u e e x i t , t u r n left a t 2 5 t h A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st
Avenue South.
m # k d S r r U r b h b h W ~ ~ W MpWI &&
M
@w,&, creed, relrpon,
&,d
PARKING INFORMATION
Early application is advised.
J'
&@&,
25. Shipping and Receiving
26.,Melby Hall
27. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
28. urness Hall
~
~RPU~IIC
h k h ~ . ~ & h @ ~ pa nt d ~l r~ n
1-94 W e s t f r o m St. PaulT a k e Riverside e x i t , t u r n right a t Riverside
A v e n u e , t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
~ ~ ? ; ~
occupatrod qunl~ficntron Augsburg
rstered programs, except m t?iose Instances where relrpon u a born
Colkge IS comm~ttedto prowdng reasonable accommodntrm to rts employees and ru s h u
fide
I
35W h o m t h e SouthFollow t h e 1-94 S t . P a u l signs ( m o v e t o r i g h t
.
-
l a n e after e a c h of t w o mergers). T a k e 2 5 t h
A v e n u e e x i t a n d t u r n left a t Riverside A v e n u e ,
t u r n left a t 21st A v e n u e S o u t h .
7
6
-
-.
-
ter6 one
-
The camera is us
EED 33.
Middle S
(0.5 crec
I Methods: Writing
Olson
I1 focus on writing strzb--:-s and
..,,-uuL., Yyp.~priateto middle leve
ents.
Emphasis will include the writing PI
, types of
writing and integra ed writing :---- culum. This course i required f o ~
"g
elementary licensure with a communication
artsjliterature specialty.
(Prereq.: Admissiop
Iuntion dept or permission of instructor)
6:00-9:30 p.m
/i
Sverdrup 17
ASL 2 1 1-S
Topics: Intermediate American
Sign Language
Mikkelson
This course continues to build the skills of signing
and the ability to listen, to use body language and
to use facial expressions. (Prereq.: ASL 102)
T El Th
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p , m
i
OldMain
L
1
Accounting
ce I
Kader
An analysis or nnancla
punting with emphasis
on accounting theory pertaming to financial state~nents,income concepts, valuation concep~
FASB statements, and othcr relevant issue:
applied to assets.
(P~ereq.:A C C 222)
8:30 a.m.-I2:OO p.m. M B W
Science 108
'1
BUS 2 4 2 3
Principles of Management
cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control The
nature of authority, accountability, and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional
Science 108
6:OO-9:30 p m
M 8W
BUS 3 3 1-S
Financial Management
KapOor
Topics related to theory acquisition, fund allocation and management, sources and uses of long
and short-term funds, capital costsjbudgeting,
leve~age,and dividend policy.
(Prereq.: ECO 113, A C C 222, M1S 379, and
MPG 3).
Sverdrup 206
6:00-9:30 p.m
M,WB F
~
d
~~
~
~~(0.5~
~i
credit)
~~ h ~ ~
You will he exposed to basic theories of communication, selection, evaluation and research.
Become skilled in some of the digital tools used in
today's schools. Learn how to choose appropriate
applications of theories and techniques for educa.
tional settings.
9:OO-11:30 a m.
M B W Suerdrup 204
C
liate Expository Writing
Swanson
s course builds on the practices and methods
(ENG 111). Its workshop
of Effective W
format stresses
d organization, the process
SPA I l l - T
Beginning Spanish I
6:00-8:30 p,m
M , T, W, Th
of revision, sell
~ = eevaluation,
r
and the relationship between reading and writing,
(Prereq.: ENG 11I)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MBW
Kingsley
Main 25
Old Main 10
m-~-
-
'SY 3
Adolescent and Young Adult Development
Hanson
Consideration of research and theory related to
development during adolescent and young adult
years. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:OO-9:30 9.m M b W
Old Main 25
S r c 111-s
Introduction to Public Speaking
Groven
The course focuses on speech preparation, organization, audience analysis, style, listening, and
overcoming speech fright (Students may take
either SPC 111 or SPC 112 for credit hut not
both).
Grad Skill: Speaking
8:30-12:00 p m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
-m '
I
REL 35723
Giants of the Faith
Tranvik
A study of Christian history through the lives and
theology of notable figures. Thinkers to be studied include Augustine, Luther, C . S. Lewis,
Martin Luther King,]r., and Dorothy Day.
(Prereq.: REL 111, 221, or 331)
Pcrspective: Christian Faith 2 or CF 3.
El
Old Main l8
6'00-9:30 ') m'
HIS 1 0 3 3
Modern World 1789-Present
Anderson
A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the French Revolution to the present.
Persp.: Western Heritage
6:00,9:30 m,
T B ~h
Old Main 13
-
EDC 220-S
SPA 111-5
Beginning Spanish I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
Persp : intercultural Awareness 2
8:30-11:00 a m. M, T, W, Th
Old Main 26
students able to spend 3-4 days on the river with a
group of canoeist coming down the river from
Lake ltasca to Minneapolis.
Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking, Persp.: Social
World.
Limit: 20 students
M €4 W
Old Main 16
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
,,
!-
i
I N S 199-S/399-S
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
~ are
~i evaluated
l
l ~credit. ~The
~ ~ for academic
k
~ internship
~~
placement must be approved by the faculty supervisor prior to registration. P/ii grading.
Arranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
a~angements.
~
,2 4 1 3
Environmental and River Politics
Underhill-Cady
The course explores the relationship between
urban develop~nent,government policy, and the
river environment. Students will critically examine historical developments, the changing relationship between society and the environment,
and current policy debates about the river.
Students will undertake service-learning projects
relating to chc Mississippi River and explore the
river by boat. One longer river trip is planned for
SPC 351-S
Argumentation
Lapakko
Develops critical thinking skills by study of the
theory and practice of argument, evidence, fallacies, and refutation. Includes how to build and analyze public arguments that confront sti~dentsin
[heir everyday lives.
(Prereq.: SPC 111 or consent of instructor)
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking
.%erd~up202
6:OO-9:30 p m
M BW
-
term two
july 9 to august
ART 1001300-S (with HIS 1951331)
Topics: Designed Environment
Anderson
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence. Persp.: City or Aesthetics
I:00-4:30 p.m.
MBW
Science 123
ART 107-S
Drawing
Bollman
This is a first level drawing course. Students work
with a variety of traditional and non-traditional
drawing media and explore important concepts of
drawing. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and critiques complete the learning experience. Persp.:
Aesthetics
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T B Th
Old Main 17
ART 118-S
Painting I
Bollman
In this first level painting course, students learn
important concepts of painting. Most class time is
spent painting. Slide lectures, demonstrations, and
critiques complete the learning experience.
Persp.: Aesthetics.
6:OO-9:30 p,m.
T B Th
Old Main 17
BUS 4 4 0 3
Strategic Management
Cerrito
Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various
industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor)
T B Th
Sverdrup 202
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MKT 2 5 2 3
Principles of Marketing
Meziou
Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in
marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they
affect product, promotion, marketing channel,
and pricing decisions.
6:00-9:30 p , m
T B Th
Sverdrup 206
EED 4 9 5 3
Topics: Elementary Earth Science Subject
Matter Standards
Stangl
This workshop course for elementary education
majors includes earth science "hands-on" inquiry
based activities that model the teaching and
learning process of scientific inquiry. Meets basic
earth science subject matter standards for initial
licensure.
5:OO-9:00 p.m.
ACC 2 2 2 3
Kader
Principles of Accounting I1
A continuation of A C C 221. lntroduction to
business activitics, accounting for corporations.
Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting, planning and controlling processes,
decision-making, and behavioral considerations.
(Prereq.: A C C 221)
8:30 a,m.-12:OO p.m. M B W
Sverdrup 202
BUS 340-S
Human Resource Management
Cerrito
Personnel function in business, acquisition, and
utilization of human resources; desirable working
relationships; effective integration of the worker
with the goals of the firm and society.
(Prereq.: BUS 242)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
MBW
Suerdrup 202
s
TBK
Science 19
ESE 351-S
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening
(0.5 credit)
Lapakko
The course covers teaching of public speaking,
interpersonal communication, small group communication and listening, as well as directing cocurricular speech and debate activities.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to the education
department)
6:OO-9:30 p.m
T
Science 108
(0.5 credit)
The course presents
the critical analysis (
INS 1 0 5 3
contempora
Indians will
(Prereq.: PPST
tion p o g r a m r
6:OO-9:30 p.m-
M
The course focuses on contemporary 20th
~ry
prose works. It includes Native American and
European writers, with an emphasis on nonWestern (Asian and African) fiction. (hereq.:
ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Persp.:
l~ltcrculturalAwareness 1. Grad. Skill: Writing
T B Th
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
Old Main 10
(0.5 credit)
Minnesota
where appropriate.
pd~rness1
TBTh
OldMain16
NS 1 1-S
Paideia Seminars
16-20, 2001
Students will participate in a
ies of seminar discussions following the Paidera .~,oinarformat as
developed by Mortimer Adler. Seminar topics
emphasize selectio~isthat help students to think
critically, understand timeless ideas, listen carefully, and question thoughtfully.
Grad Skill: Critical Thinking Limit: 20
Portfolio is due on July 27. Contact Anne Jensen
for registration (612) 330-1188.
8:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m. M-F
Old Main 16 & 11
This Institute is also open to current teachers.
ply
ENG 3 6 1 4
Studies in Modern Fiction
H P E 115-S
chemical ~~~~~d~~~~
.-.arts.
~~~~k
A n analysis of chemical abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about
school health education and services.
6:00-9:30 p.in.
M
~
~ 1I 1 ~
HIS 1951331-S (with ART 1001300)
Topics: Designed Environment
Kimball
This course addresses the designed environment,
the intentionally designed places in which we
live. We will investigate architecture, landscape
architecture, and urban design, both in class and
in site visits to prominent examples of design
excellence.
Persp.: City or Aesthetics
1 :00-4:30 p.m.
M b* W
Science 123
INS 199,S/3YY-S
Internship
Olson
A work-based learning experience in which students design a learning agreement plan that links
the opportunities and responsibilities found in the
placement with specific learning objectives that
are evaluated for academic credit. The internship
placement
p
h
~ must be approved by the faculty
supervisor prior to registration.
~iranged
*Note: Internships may also be arranged with
individual faculty in the specific majors. Contact
the academic department directly to make
arrangements.
I N S 225-8
Introduction to Islam
Kader
The course covers the ideological foundations of
Islam, it's basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law
(Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life.
Persp.: intercultural Awareness 1.
6:00 p.m.-9:30 p+m. M B W
Old Main 16
9
POL 421-5 (ML
ve:
Developing a Mi
- ~ Aoki
Race and Ethnic
This course focu:
the ability to function and
rse and ever changing conlead in culturally
texts within the u.3.f ' proved cultural awareand interpersonal senness, communication !
sitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the
racial and ethnic groupings are among thc goals of
Extensive discussion and several short
t*
wnmmts with emphasis on applying
\
o leadership situations.
.
L
,.,-"
Dupont
Math of Inten
he monthly payments
Learn how to c
how much you need to
on a house or car. Fi
have a million \,,hen you
be stocking awav no
vu~iiies,
perpetuities,and life
retire. Learn hs
=-a
F-r-luation will be
insurance work,
'----oo
In, quizzes, and a
based on
.
Lv...
i
3) G
.,
kill: (
v....
MBW
SOC 356-S
Crime and Community
Bloom
Analysis of correctional programs and community
responses. Lecture, discussion, and site visits to
prisons, courts, and community agencies. Special
attention given to concepts of restorative justice.
(Prereq.: SOC 121)
1-4:30 pm
T, Th
Kingsley
PSY 361-S
Personality/Cuh
~ntext
Hanson
Curtent scientifically-based approaches to description, dynamics, and development of personality.
ing, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary
Spanish. Introduction to the culture of the
Spanish-speaking world.
l'cnp : l ~ i t ~ r c ~ A\vilrcncs
~ l ~ ~ ~ r .3 ~ l
8.33-11 00 a m M, 'I., W, Th
Old MLIUI26
includes the study of gender, social position, and
cross-cultural behavior. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105)
6:00-9:30 p.m
M El W
Old Main 25
6
REL 4 7 2 3
SPA 112-T
Beginning Spanish I1
6:00-8:30 p.m.
M , T,W , Th
Kingsley
Old Main 26
POL 1 7 0 3
Underhill-Cady
Law in the United States
A n introduction to basic legal concepts in the
United States, with a special focus on environmental issues. We will explore the tensions
between justice, order, rights, and freedoms in the
context of debates over water pollution, wet-lands
preservation, endangered species, urban brownfields, and global warming. Students will work on
individual projects studying current environmental cases and controversies in the Twin Cities.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
Science 205
Quanbeck I1
Paul the Apostle
A study of the Apostle Paul, including appropriate
historical background, Paul's relationship with the
early church, major themes in his writings, and
reflection concerning the reasons Paul remains an
important figure and thinker in Christian theology. Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3. Grad Skill:
Critical Thinking.
6:OO-9:30 p.m
MB W
I
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION,
Soerdrup I
SPC 3 2 9 3
Intercultural Communication
Beginning Spanish I1
Old Main 18
Old Main 18
Lapakko
This coursc cxplores cultural differences and their
implications for communication, including differences in values, norms, social interaction, and
code systems.
Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m,
MB W
Suerdmp 20
term two
july 9 to august 9
SWK 5 6 0 Assessment and Diagnosis in Mental
Health Practice
Syers
This course examines assessment and diagnosis of
mental health Emphasis is placed on understanding mental health disorders from a systems
and ecological perspective as well as understanding bio/psycho/social influences on incidence and
course. (Prereq.: Advanced standinglsecond year
MSW/ Post MSW)
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M@ W
Sverdrup 206
--
ML 560-S (POL 4 2 1 3 )
Developing a Multicultural Perspective:
Race and Ethnicity
Aoki
This course focuses on the ability to function
and lead in culturally diverse and ever changing
contexts within the U.S.A Improved cultural
awareness, communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity and appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic groupings are
among the goals of the course. Extensive discussion and several short written assignments with
emphasis on applying course material to leadership situations
M@W
Sverdrup 1
6:OO-9:30 p.m
center for
global education
upcoming programs:
Human Rights and Indigenous Issues ir
May 15-24, 2001
\
Poverty and Perseverance: Life in N'
June 9-17, 2001
latemala
:agu
4'
The Plight of Indigenous People in Countries in Transitio
Guatemala and Chiapas, Me+-June 2-15, 2001
Mexico: Educatior
A Professional nJune 14-21, 2001
.
Cuba: Our Isl;..,
July 16-24, 2001
iiobal Citizenship
Neighbor
m
Namibi
tional Educ
July 13 - L U , 2001
Mexico 2001: Daunting Cha"
July 17-25, 2001
Accompanying Our Brothers
July 27 to August 7, 2001
ges, Wellsprings of Ho
\;
Sisters in El Salvador
South Africa: Racial Justice and Gender Equity
July 28 to August 12, 2001
For information and other possible educational opportunities, contact the Center for
Global Education at ( 6 12) 330-1 159 or e-mail, <globaled@augsburg.edu>.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310)
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
PA1D
Second Class
Postage
Minneapolis
MN
Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310)
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
PA1D
Second Class
Postage
Minneapolis
MN
Augsburg College i s a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college affiliated with The American Lutheran Church. Located
in the heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment,
about 1500 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in this
vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes
and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and
broadening experience.
I
Additional information and registration forms may be obtained
from the Summer School Officc:. Write or call:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall -230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
(612) 330-1025
Pat Parker, Director
Ruth Maertens, Secretary
Postmaster
Volume 115, Number 1
Summer, 1984
6121330-1025
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times
a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College,
731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies and
student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from May 29-)une
22, Term II runs from June25-August 3. This bmchum presents
the Summer School Pmgmn and was correct at the time of
publication.
Term I
Term I I
Preregistration with Tuition Discount
April 18
April 18
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
May 29
June 25
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10.00
(No registrations will be accepted
after this date)
May 31
June 27
Holiday
None
Last Day to Withdraw From Class (W)
June 18
July 13
Classes End
June 22
August 3
Grades Due in Registrafs Office
June 27
Summer Students may take one course during Term I and two
courses during Term II. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses
carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester
credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and
universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted
forthe next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer
School. Good standing implies that the student has been
admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution.
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit
course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and
sophomores, 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and
seniors, and 5, graduate level.
Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under
special circumstances.
Courses ~egularlyTaught during the academic year are more
fully described in the October AUGSBURG COLLEGE CATALOG.
If you need more information about a special summer offering,
please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships in addition to those listed
may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments.
lnternships involve work experience related to the academic
program in an agency, government, or industry. Consult the
Summer School Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the
Director of Housing.
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a
regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a
degree program at the college should apply for admission
through the Office of Admission.
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any
student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the
summer and is eligible for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact
the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046).
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are advised to
preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial
demand may be dropped.
The College Reserves the Right to Cancel Listed Courses.
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and
ethnic origin to all rights, privileges, programs, and activities
generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It
does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national
and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its
educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm their
registrations on May 29; Term II registrations must be confirmed
on June 25. This procedure includes confirmation of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and independent
studies as well as to regularly scheduled courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's
Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:30
p.m. on May 29 and June 25.
The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration
is confirmed. Augsburg Students please note: Balance due on
Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full
before confirmation of registration.
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations
completed on May 30 and May 31. A late fee of $10.00 will be
assessed for Term II registrations completed on June 26 and June
27. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates.
To c a n r d your regictl-~tiun,
arld a course, o r d r t ~ pa <:oirrscl and
enroll ir) another cotr~,sc,fill OUI i l Cancc.l/Add form a1 11>(* Registrar's
Clfficc There i s a charge of $5.00 for changing a registration
after the first day oC each term. This must br! done by 3340 pm.
on May 31 (or Term I courses and hy 3:30 p.m. nn June27 for
Term II courses. This procedure applies to internships and
independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund
or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition
Refund Policy".
The tuition charge for Summer School is $325.00 for each course
taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit charge
(non-credit) i s $163.00 for each course. Laboratorylspecial fees
are noted with course descriptions.
Preregistration on April 18 will result in a s,ivings ot $25.00 for
e,~chcourse taken. This redtrceti ti~itivnof $.$00.00per coirrse
cipplies only to hose courses for which the sttldent prert!gisters
on April '18. A nonrefundable d ~ o o s iof
l $50.00 pel. kt>ul.scis
rc?rli~ired
at his tirne anci i s applietl lo desigri~tedrour-setuition.
If a course is carirelled dur to low enrollment, a sul)stitution r ~ y
he rriadc w i t h n ~loss
~ t of disc:ount. Stutl~nts[nay prr!rclgister Cur
1~0thTer*rnI anri Tcarrn It courses on April 18; tuition rlisr:ouri~
i
dl)plicb>t c I~ ~ o l ltcrms.
After April 18, students may preregister at the Registrar's Office on
an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The required $50.00
per course nonrefundable deposit is applied to designated course
tuition. Substitutions allowed if course is cancelled.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the
remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date
of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office.
Schedule of Refunds
(No refund after the dates listed below)
Refund
Term I
Term II
100Ol0
901'0
801'0
701'0
60%
May 29
May 30
May 31
June 1
June4
June 25
June 26
June 27
June 28
June 29
MAY 29-JUNE 22
ART 107-8501
DRAWING
B. Olson
As a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media,
pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes
O M 17
M, T,W,Th
9:00 a.m.-1 2:00 n.
1
B. Olson
ART 118-85021355-8503 PAINTING I& II
Watercolor-Acrylic; translating thevisual world of nature, landscapes, still life, using
design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variew of techniques.
Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
9:00 a.m.-12:OO n.
M, T,W,Th
OM17
ART 299-85041499-8505 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY
ART HISTORY SURVEY
Swanson
Arr.
BIO 103-8506
HUMAN ANATOMY AND
Mickelberg
PHYSIOLOGY
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.: Yes.
lO:30-1:OOp.m.Lect.
M,T,W,Th,F
Psy. Bldg.
1:30-4:30 p.m. Lab.
T, W,Th
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
GER 111-8530
BEGINNING GERMAN I
Steinmetz
Classroom practicespeaking, understanding and reading basic German for students
with no previous background in German. Dist.: Yes.
OM29
M, T,W, Th,F
8:30-10:50 a.m.
Hansen
BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
NOR 111-112
A 3-week total immersion language learning experience for 10-16 highly motivated
students ata lakesite in Northern Minn. Consult Prof. Leif E. Hansen (330-1292, Home
822-8726) for details by April 1. Dist.: Yes. Dates: June 8-30.
HEALTH EDUCATION A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
HPE 410-8531
ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION
Borstad
OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 320.
M5
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
M, T,W, Th
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
HPE 491-8532
THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
Utterberg
Study of the treatment of disease and injury. General principlesand administration of
neuro-muscular re-education. Dist : No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, 354
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
T,Th and Arr.
M22
(1st meeting 5/29, 6:00 p.m.)
BUS 101-8507
HPE 493-8533
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
Kader
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
51 12
,
ENG 438-8529
SHAKESPEARE
Blackburn
Study of ten or twelve major plays with attention to the development of Shakespeare's
dramatic and poetic art. Dist.: Yes.
OM11
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, T, W, Th,F
BUS 261-8508
FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
Morgan
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm; sources
and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage,
dividend policy and related topics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 101, 102
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, T,W,Th,F
M22
BUS 399-8509
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arr.
ORGANIZATION &ADMINISTRATION
Husing
OF CORRECTIVE THERAPY
Administrative guidelines and history of ACTA and North Central Chapter. Construction
of CT treatment clinic; equipment, employment, public relationsand ethics. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
T,Th and Arr.
M24
(1st meeting 5/29,6:00 p.m.)
HPE 495-85341496-8535 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
497-8536
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department.
HISTORY
HIS 299-85371499-8538
ECONOMICS
(
ECO 120-8510
Study of economic implicat
independent study only. D i
ECO 122-8511
MlCS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
roblems facing a metro-urban environment. By
Arr.
Saugestad
DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY
JAPAN, CHINA AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Jensen
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arr.
Arr.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
INS 399-8539
lntrodt~rl
on ~~:mmmwmnsrnics
m t i ~ ammms'an;tlvs!s,,~mt)ne~a~ry~am
l
t1501
policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
1 :00-4:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
ECO 392-8512
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and bankingsystems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve
System. Emphasis on monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 122
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, 1,W,Th,F
.,
- -
-
.
PHI 130-8540
INTRODUCTION TO LOCI?
Bailey
Examinationof rules which govern valid argumentsand aid in developing theability
to recognize and construct sound arguments. Dist.: Yes.
g:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, 1,W, Th,F
M23
~oLITICALSCIENCE
POL 199-85431399-8544 INTERNSHIPS
Fraatz
Arr.
EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
EDE 353-8513
Johnson
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D YOUNG ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory
related to development during the adolescent and adult periods of life. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: 105
PI
M, 1,W, Th,F
8:30-I O:50 a.m.
YOUNG CHILDREN WITH
R. Anderson
SPECIAL NEEDS
Understanding administrative guidelines and teacher competencies involved in a
mainstreamed prekindergarten or daycare program.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M, 1,W,Th,F
OM4
(!h course) June 11-22
EDE 375-8514
DISCOVERY I N THE WORLD
Pelton
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, and teaching approaches. Lab. arr.
Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for
teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M, 1,W,Th,F
14
PSY 352-8545
RELIGION
REL 359-8546
BIBLICAL INTERPRETATION
Quanbeck
Survev of the issues and the methods used in the interpretation of the Bible.
~ist.:~es.
8:30-lO:50 a.m.
M, 1,W, Th,F
M24
STUDENT TEACHING
SOCIAL WORK
Student teaching for both elementary and secondary education is offered by the
Department of Education during thegeneral period from the middleofJuneto theend
of July. Theexact dates aredetermined in conjunction with the school system. All of
the courses require acceptance into the Department of Education program. Contact
the Registrah Office for exact dates and course number to be used in registration.
SWK 255-8547
R. Anderson
EDE 481-85151482-8516 STUDENT TEACHING:
483-85 171484-8518 PREKINDERGARTEN
Students required to have 160 child contact hours. Placement arrangement by
instructor. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee.
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arr.
EDE 481-85191482-8520 STUDENTTEACHING:
483-85211484-8522 ELEMENTARY OR KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learninaexoeriences in elementary schools under supervision
fee.
of collegeand public school perso'nnel. Dist.: No. ~ d d i t i o n a$35.00
l
Prerequisites: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arr.
'
EDS 481-85231482-8524 STUDENT TEACHING:
Fardig
483-85251484-8526 SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level under
su~ervisionof colleae and hiah school oersonnel. Dist.: No. Additional $35.00 fee.
ENGLISH
Howerton
ENG 163-85271363-8528 WAR A N D WORDS: LITERATURE
A N D THE VIETNAM WAR
Focus on books written by people coming to terms with the Vietnam experience;
including navels, memoirs, personal narratives, essays, poetry, and journals which have
depicted, recreated, explained, hidden, and exposed the war. Dist.: Yes.
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M4
GROUP WORK I N A
Perry
, i f - ~ l ~ ~MEDlUM
~ ~ ~ ~ S S
Canoes-an eight day car .&trip in I h r Q u ~ ~ ~ : h P r c nidl~ Park
i n i of Ontario. Gain practice and knowledge ntcvssary to lead wilderness trips effectively. Study the process
of a wilderness qruul) as a social system. Dist.: No.
(See instructor for details)
Addtiondl fee--SWK 499-8548
INDEPENDENT STUDY
Clark
SWK 399-8549
INTERNSHIPS
Clark
Arr.
Arr.
SOClOLOGY
H U M A N COMMUNITY A N D
Nelson
THE MODERN METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective
of the metropolitan situation. Dist.: Yes.
OM13
M, 1,W, Th, F
9:30-1 l:50 a.m.
SOC 11 1-8550
Gerasimo
INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY.
-An examination of the ideas:u!"~>rimitiv~~:l'rivilized:and "progress": a comparison
of alternate realities 4s fuuljd in,diflr.Wnt cultures and varying social contexts.
Dist.: No.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
11
SOC 241-8551
?
SOC 19945521399-8553 INTERNSHIPS
.I 'm
SPC 11 1-8554
BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M, T, W,Th
Hesser
Arr.
Cole
M23
1
PHYSICS
PHY 101-9618
ASTRONOMY
PaulsonlStaff
Study of Solar system, stars, galaxies. Optical instruments explained; use of Winch
reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: Elementary algebra.
LI
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, Th
NE 25-AUGUST 3
POLITICAL SCIENCE
ART 132-9601134
PHOTOGRAPHY
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and white, color,
and photographic processes. Need access to a 35 mm camera. Dist.: Yes.
Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
2:30-6:00 p.m.
M, W Section I
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M,W Section II
POL 299-96201499-9621 DIRECTEDIINDEPENDENT STUDY
AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
Fraatz
Arr.
POL 199-96221399-9623 INTERNSHIPS
Fraatz
Arr.
PSYCHOLOGY
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUS 399-9602
INTERNSHIPS
8:30-955 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
Kader
Arr.
M5
ECONOMICS
RELIGION
ECO 120-9603
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By indeArr.
pendent study only. Dist.: Yes.
ECO 123-9604
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS
Sabella
(MICRO)
Introduction to micrc-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and incomedistribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy.
I.
ECO 353-9605
.
REL 111-9626
INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
Holt
An introduction to theacademicdiscipline of theology and to thedialogue between
the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M23
L1
REL 341-9627
CHRISTIAN VIEWS O F HEALTH
Holt
A N D HEALING
Exploration of health and healing in Christian teaching and practice, including the role
of scientific technology and prayer and sacraments in healing. Required field trips.
Dist.: Yes.
10:05-11:30a.m.mm
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
.
ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICAL
ECONOMICS
w
.SOCIAL WORK
SWK 255-9628
FOREIGN LANGUAGE
GER 112-9606
BEGINNING GERMAN II
Classroom practice in speaking understandingand reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisites: 111 or equivalent.
8:30-9:55 a.m.
M, T, W, Th
OM29
y be earned through the Camp Norway program in Norwav. Chal-
..
GROUP WORK I N A
Perry
SOClOLOCY
SOC 356-9629
Bloom
.
HEALTH E D U C A T I O N A N D PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
HPE 485-9607
APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Lieske
Consideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games, and swimming for
the handicapped. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 350, 351, and
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism
and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: No. (PIN Grading only)
M, W
M6:OO-9:30 p.m.
3.3'
SOC 199-96311399-9632 INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arc
SPEECH, C O M M U N I C A T I O N , THEATER
THEATER I N THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays. Dist.: No.
HPE 487-9608
2815 41st Ave. So., Mpls., M N 55406 (Tel.: 721-2565)
HPE 495-96091496-9610 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATION
497-961 1
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: 485,491 and approval of department.
Saugestad
w
.F
Arr.
HIS 233-96121433-9613 WOMEN'S ROLES I N AMERICA
Stadum
Examination of women's roles in the family, the workplace, and in voluntaryorganizations from Colonial America to the 1980's. Includes comparisons based on class, race,
ethnicity and geographic region. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
T, T h
M23
HIS 369-9614
VIKING DISCOVERY
Nelson
York, England. The Viking expansion and its impact on the British Isles. History comes
alive through extensive archaeological finds, lectures, field trips. July 15-28. Contact
Liv Dahl, Sons of Norway Heritage Programs, for brochure. (612) 827-3611. Dist.: No.
INS 399-9615
INTERNSHIPS
DOWNTOWN
Hesser
Arr.
MATHEMATICS
MAT 114-9616
COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D
Durkee
TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, functions and graphs, linear equations,
exponentsand radicals, quadraticequations, ratio and variation, progressions, binomial
theorem, logarithmsand trigonometricfunctions. Students who havecompleted 124
may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Dist.: Yes.
T, Th
S112
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
PHILOSOPHY
PHI 120-9617
ETHICS
Fuehrer
This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions,
and at the moral judgments about personal and social issues resulting from them..
10:05-1 l:30 a.m.
M, T, W, Th, F
M4
35W from the North-Take Washington Ave. exit and turn left on Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Ave.), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Ave. S.
.
1-94 East from Minneapolis-Take 25th Ave. exit, turn left at 25th Ave., turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Ave. S.
1-94 West from St. Paul-Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Ave. S.
I 1-
35W from the South-Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two
mergers). Take 25th Ave. exit and turn left on 25th Ave., turn left at Riverside, turn
left at 21st Ave. S.
$
Show less
AUGS8URG COLLEGE
731 2 1 s t AVENUE SOUTH
MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454
gr
- 8
Official Publication o f
I
Augsburg College, ~ i n n e a p o l i sM
, N
I-
m
A
I
S U M M E R 1980
!I
.
J
1
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
... Show more
-
-
J u g s burg College
- -
7 3 1 2 1 S T A V E N U ES O U T H
An Official Publication of
Augsburg College
Non-Profit Org.
U.S. POSTAGE
Minneapolis,
Permit No. 2031
Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts
college of The American Lutheran Church. Located in the
heart of the Twin Cities, the small college environment, about
1800 students during the academic year, is enriched by the
many cultural, sporting and recreational activities found in
this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining
classes and participation in metropolitan events is a
delightful and broadening experience.
Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum
including regular courses, internships, independent studies
and student teaching over two terms. Term I runs from
June 1-June 26, Term I1 runs from June 29-August 7.
This brochure presents the Summer School Program and
was correct at the time of publication.
Summer Students may take one course during Term I
and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise
indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit,
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution
requirements are so noted in the course descriptions.
Term1
Term11
(- \
Preregistration
with Tuition Discount
April 22
April 22
Confirmation of Registration
Classes Begin
Balance of Tuition Due
June 1
June 29
Last Day to:
Change Grading Option
Drop Class Without Notation
Register with a Late Fee of $10
(noregistrations will be
accepted after this date)
June 3
July 1
Holiday
None
July 4
Last Day to Withdraw from
Class (W)
June 15
July 20
Classes End
June 26
August 7
Grades Due in Registrar's Office
July 1
August 12
Course Levels are indicated by the first digit of the three
digit course number: 1or 2, lower division, primarily for
freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division,
/--7rimarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level.
4.,burses
Regularly Taught during the academic year are
more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If
you need more information about a special summer
offering, please contact the Summer School Office.
Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those
listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number
of departments. Internships involve work experience
related to the academic program in an agency,
government, or industry. Consult the Summer School
Office for information.
Students Needing Housing may obtain information from
the Director of Housing.
Persons Planning to Attend Summer School are
advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses
without substantial demand may be dropped.
The College Reserves t h e Right t o Cancel Listed
Courses.
Additional information and registration forms may be
obtained from the Summer School office. Write or call:
I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE
Memorial Hall - 230
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
(612) 330-1026
Pat Parker, Director
Kay Thomsen, Secretary
P e r s o n s in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges
and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students
admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend
Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by
that institution.
Other P e m o n s wishing to take summer school work should
contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibili~ \
under special circumstatlcea.
k .<)
Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission
as a re$ular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to
begin a degree program at the College should apply for
Lhe Office of Admission.
admission throi~gl~
Augsburg College admitn studenls of any race, color, national
and ethnic origin to ail rights, privileges, programs, and
activities generally accorded or made available to students at
[heschool, It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color,
creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or
ndministl-ation of its educational policies, admissions
policies, acholarslrip and loan programs and athletic and
other school-administe~~ed
programs.
Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any
student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for
the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student
Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan
arrangements (33Ck1046).
Term I Summer School students are required to confirm
their registrations on June 1. Term I1 registrations must be
confirmed on June 29. This procedure includes confirmation
of all preregistered courses and applies to internships and
independent studies as well as to regularly scheduled
courses.
Confirmation of registration will take place at the Registrar's
Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and
6:30 p.m. on June 1 and June 29.
)xilance owing for tuition must be paid before
i'~*istrationis confirmed. Augsburg students please note:
Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s
must be paid in full before confirmation of registration.
'
A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations
completed on June 2 and 3. A late fee of $10.00 will be
assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30 and
July 1. Registrations will not b e accepted ajter these dates.
To cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course
and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the
Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $5.00 for changing a
registration after the first day of each term. This must be
done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30
p.m. on July 1 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to
internships and independent studies as well as scheduled
courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined
according to the "Tuition Refund Policy."
The tuition charge for Summer School is $375.00 for each
course taken for credit, unless otherwise indicated. The audit
charge (non-credit)is $188.00 for each course. Laboratory/
special fees are noted with course descriptions.
Preregistration on April 22 will result in a savings of $30.00
for each course taken. This reduced tuition of $345.00 per
course applies only to those courses for which the student
preregisters on April 22. A nonrefundable deposit of $50.00
per course is required at this time and is applied to
designated course tuition. If a course is cancelled due to low
enrollment, a substitution may be made without loss of
discount. Students may preregister for both Term I and Term
I1 courses on April 22, tuition discount applies to both terms.
After April 22, students may preregister at the Registrar's
Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. The
required $50.00 per course nonrefundable deposit is applied
to designated course tuition. Substitutions allowed if course
is cancelled.
The $50.00 deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of
the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term
to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the
Registrar's Office.
3SW from the NorthTake Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington
(turns right onto Cedar Avenue),turn left at Riverside, right at
21st Avenue S.
Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed below.)
1-94 East from MinneapolisTake 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at
Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
Refund
Term I
Term I1
100%
90%
80%
70%
60%
June 1
June 2
June 3
June 4
June 5
June 29
June 30
July 1
July 2
July 3
1-94 West from St. PaulTake Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st
Avenue S.
36W from the SouthFollow 1-94 St. Paul signs (moveright lane after each of two
mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue,
turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S.
,
'I
STUDENT TEACHING: SECONDARY
Observing and directing learning experiences on secondary school level
under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Additional $35.00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDS 4 8 1 , - 8 0 8 1 / 4 8 2 - 8 0 8 2
483-8083/484-8084
-
-
-
Secondary
Osnes/Staff
-
1
-
F~
REI
LA
C
NN
GYB~ES
--SPA 111-8044
BEGINNING SPANISH I
Kingsley
Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding,
", sneaking.
n
". readini.
". and
writing of elementary Spanish. lntroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M24
.
-
-.
----
-
-
-
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
-
--
v
-
-
-
-B o l l m a n
A R T 107-8001DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subfects include still-life, figures,
building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Yes.
1:oo-4:oop.m.
M,T,W , T ~
on-
,
-
.
HPE 3 2 0 - 8 0 4 1
SCHOOL HEALTH C U R R ~ C U L U ~
~orsGd
Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases.
Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (May continue through Term 11)
Arranged
I
A R T 223-8002
PRINT MAKING I & 11
Bollm,..
368-8003
Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including
etching, silkscreen and woodcut. Dist.: Yes.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM17
A R T 242-8008
FILM-MAKING WORKSHOP
Rueten
Students will produce 16mm black & white sound motion pictures using
professional equipment and techniques. Script, photography, sound, editing and synchronizing. Dist.: Yes. Lab. fee of $95.00 for film stock, processing, supplies and equipment.
T,W,Th
OM4
6:OO-9:00p.m.
9:OO-12:00 noon
Sat.
--
-
-
BIO 1 0 3 - 8 0 0 9 HUMAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY
Mickelberg
Professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Dist.:
Yes.
S205
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lect.
M,W,Th,F
T
12:OO-3:00p.m. Lab.
PE 4 1 0 - 8 0 4 0 ADMINISTRATION A N D SUPERVISION
Borstad
O F SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: HPE 3 2 0
5:30-8:30 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L4
HISTORY
-
-
HIS 239-8042
EASTERN EUROPE IN
S. A n d e r s o n
339-8043
T H E 20th CENTURY
Examines the nationality problem in Austria, Russia and Germany, and
the creation of new "national states" after the war. World War I1 Nazi occupation to postwar Soviet domination, the start of the Cold War over
East Europe, and more recent crises. Dist.: Yes.
Additional work required for upper division credit.
M,T,W,Th
M24
5:OO-8:00 p.m.
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
-.
INTERDISCIPLINHRY
-
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
-
--
Gustafson
HIS 299-/499-
INS 3 9 9 - 8 0 4 6
- -
Arranged
--
,
-
-
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
-
BUS 1 7 6 - 8 0 1 6
COMPUTERS FOR
Schield
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
BUS 2 2 1 - 8 0 1 4
PRINCIPLES O F ACCOUNTING 1
K~:J
Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of
counting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00 p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
BUS 2 4 2 - 8 0 1 3
PRINCIPLES O F MANAGEMENT
Cerrito
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning
and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility,
analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist . Nn
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W
M23
MUS 1 5 5 - 8 0 4 6
-- PIANO CLASS METHODS -
-
Nortwen
(GROUP PIANO)
Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music skills.
'st.: No. (1/4 course).
J
Arranged
-1
-
~OLITTAL
SCIENCE
-
--
-
-.
a
0
6
0
WORLD POLITICS
Goldman
Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international
relations, with focus on recent problems. Dist.: Yes.
8:
0.50 a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M5
I
QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
Morgan
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, p.robability,
sampling distributions, inference, and estimation with e m p h a s ~ son their
use in applied problems in business and economics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Math placement 111o r a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104.
12:OO-3:00p.m.
MtT,W,TYI
M23
399-8066
BUS 279-8016
BUS 399-8019
INTERNSHIPS
Ka
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Admi-,
tration & Econimics.
44
Arranged
---
--
PSYCHOLOGY_
-
-
-
INTRODUCTION TO THE
Hirdman
WORLD OF PSYCHOLOGY
Exploration of the discipline of psychology; concepts, data, and methdology. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
;&5
(General Psychology). Dist.: Yes.
.do-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M22
-
r
ECONOMICS
ECO 110-8028
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metrmurban environment. By independent study. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Gupta
Introduction to macreeconomics; national income analvsis,
"
. monetarv and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Yes.
6:00-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M4
EDUCATION
-
EDE 255-8037
ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION
Osnes
EDS 265-8038
IN AN URBAN SEITING
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity
for in-school work. Open to all students. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: sophomore standing o r above.
Arranged
EDE 375-8036
DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD
Endorf
OF KINDERGARTEN
Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Consent of instructor. Dist.: No.
Arranged
EDE 363-8039
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experienr
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
I
)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
Arranged
-
-
-
S.-T U D E N T TEACHING
-The Department of Education offers student teaching for both elementary
and secondary education during the general period from the middle of
June to the end of July where suitable arrangements can be made.
STUDENT TEACHING: ELEMENTARY AND KINDERGARTEN
Observing and directing learning experiences in elementary schools under
supervision of college and public school personnel.
Additional $35:00 fee. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: Acceptance, Education Department.
Arranged
EDE 481-8071/482-8072
483-8073/484-8074
-
PSY 121-8060
Kindergarten a n d Elementary Osnes/Staff
EDE 481-8061/482-8062
483-8063/484-8064
Elementary (Gr. 1-6)
Osnes/Staff
BDE 481-8066/482-8067
483-8068/484-8069
Kindergarten
Osnes/Staff
RBL 369-8070
RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN
Skibbe
MODERN LITERATURE
Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view.
Reading and discussion of selected novels, poems, etc. Class meets approximately every other day. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: REL 111o r 221 o r permission of instructor.
9:30-11:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M23
~
A W O RLK
- SWK 410-8085
FAMILY VIOLENCE
M. Brown
Overview of the phenomena of domestic violence including contributing
factors, consequences for the family and the broader society, and policies and programs which address the issue. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: One course in psychology, sociology of family o r instructor's permission.
2:OO-590p.m.
M,T,W,Th
OM4
SWK 399-8082
INTERNSHIPS
(May continue through Term 11)
M. Brown
Arranged
- -
SOCIOLOGY
--.
- SOC 121-8075
PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY
B.
Sociolo$y a s a mode of analysis o r way of knowing. Its applications to a n
understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social
inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Dist.: Yes.
8:30-10:50a.m.
M,T,W,Th,F
M4
JX
3C 2 3 1-8076
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
B. J o h n s o n
examination of the family as,a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of
the family to its institutional and cultural context. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M22
r
SOC 265-8077
RACIAL AND MINORITY
Gerasimo
GROUP RELATIONS
The dimension of racial and minority group relations emphasizing prejudice, racism and the role of self-understanding. Dist.: Yes. (P/N grading
only).
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
L1
SOC 199-8078/399-8080
INTERNSHIPS
Hesser
Arranged
SPEECH, COMMUNICA'I'ION ANU T H E A ~ RARTS
SPC 111-8079
BEGINNING SPEECH
Lapakko
Basic approach to effective speaking and critical listening. Dist.: No.
1:OO-4:00p.m.
M,T,W,Th
M5
HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HPE 115-9047
HEALTLNE
H CHEMICAL
ors st ad
DEPENDENCY EDUCATION
An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health
needs and problems of school age children. Dist.: No. (This course meets
M N teacher licensure requirement). (1/2 course)
5:30-9:00p.m.
M, w
M5
(June 29-July 15)
HISTORY
HIS 250/9051
INTRODUCTION TO
Brueee
MODERN RUSSIAN HISTORY
Introduction to the main themes; political, social, cultural and economic, which have characterized the evolution of modern Russia, Tsarist and Soviet. Dist.: Yes. Additional work required for upper division
credit.
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M23
350/9053
- ART
ART 107-9001
DRAWING
8. Olson
A s a way of seeing and a means of personal expression working with a variety of media: pencil, pen, charcoal, pastel. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M,W,Th
- -
-
ART 118-9004/355-9005 PAINTING I & 11
B.OI-dn
Watercolor - Acrylic; translating the visual world of nature, landscapes,
still-life, using design concepts, developing personal expression and exploring variety of techniques. Weekly critiques. Dist.: Yes.
9:00-12:00 N.
M, W,Th
OM17
ART 132-9006
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I)
Friederichsen
ART 132-9007
PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11)
Friederichsen
The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression; black and
white, color and photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera.
Dist.: Yes. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $75.00.
1:30-5:00p.m.
M, W Seclion I
OM4
M,W Section I1
330-9:00 p.m.
HIS 299-499
DIRECTED STUDY/
INDEPENDENT STUDY
(Diverse Topics: See Instructor)
Gustafson
Arranged
-
- Y
~ ~ s C ~ P L I N A- R
INS 399-9054
INTERNSHIPS
PHILOSOPHY
-
PHI 380-9055
-
Hesser
Arranged
-
ETHICS OF MEDICINE
C. J o h n s o n
AND HEALTH CARE
Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering,
abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Dist.: Yes.
330-9.90 p.m.
M, W
M24
--
;
1310 203-9010
PRINCIPLES OF NUTRITION
Mickelberg
Study of basic human nutrition and the changes that occur in nutritional
needs due to physiological stresses and periods of the life cycle; weight
control, dietary myths, and personal dietary analysis. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
1l:40-1:25p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S205
--
B U S I m 3 AUMINIY'I'H
-
--
-
--
+
BUS 175-9015
COMPUTERS FOR
Herzog
ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS
Introduction to computerized data processing: BASIC, LOTUS, DBASE,
word processing, computerized business graphics. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: High school algebra.
1:30-3.35p.m.
M,T,W,Th
S112
PHY 101-9060
- ASTRONOMY
Hollabaugh
Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Explain optical instruments; use 12inch reflecting telescope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes.
Prerequisite: Elementary algebra.
G:00-9:30p.m.
M, W
MZ2
POLITICAL S C ~ E N C E
POL 365-9065
TOPICS: NUCLEAR WAR.
NUCLEAR WEAPONS
Il~r!
History, politics, economics, strateglna and ecolagiea ~tir~utldlog
technologies propelling the a r m s ractt, an the one hand, and affecting
a r m s control, on the other. Explorotfon of thapolltba mderratc,qy of nuclear security issues. Dist.: (Consent of depwtmsnr ~ ~ ~ ~ P ~ F M J I I
G:00-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M24
POL 199-9066
INTERNSHIPS
,'
BUS 222-9016
PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1
So;
.
Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic co"cepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: No.
Prerequisite: BUS 221.
10:05-11:30a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M4
BUS 252-90 17
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING
Cerrito
Basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive,
behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, p r o
m n t i n n m - r l r ~ t i n dn h n n n o l 3 n A nrir4n.r A a n i r i n n r nint . hln
Hedblom
399-9067
Arranged
)LOGY
PSY 2--/SO70 I
-
PSYCHOLOGY AND
HMman
CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY
Chemical dependency; its psychological effects on the individual, t h e
family, and the community. Attention given to development of chemical
dependency and available treatment and rehabilitation. Students will explore their own values and attitudes related to the topic. Dist.: No. lThis
ourse does not meet MN teacher licensure requirement).
-
-
i
-BUS 322-9018 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I
Kader
Analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, current and non-current assets. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
T,Th
M4
BUS 399-9019
INTERNSHIPS
Kader
Arranged with individual faculty in the Department of Business Adtration and Economics.
-
e
- -- -
ECO 110-9030
ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
S~G
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metreurban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Yes.
Arranged
ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Sabella
lntroduction to micro-economics, the theorv of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. ~ i ~ l i c a t i oofn e ~ e m k n t a reco~
nomic theory to market policy. Dist.: Yes.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, w
M5
ECO 315-9032
MONEY & BANKING
Gupta
Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the
Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: No.
Prerequisites: ECO 112,113.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
-
EDE 363-9035
CLINICAL EXPERIENCE
McNeff
Includes 160 hours in Kindergarten/Elementary classroom experiences:
video tapings, seminars. Dist.: No. (1/2 course)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
ENG 282-9040
TOPICS: AMERICAN PARABLES:
Garrison
CHRISTIANITY IN MODERN AMERICAN FICTION
Reading of selected works of fiction; examination of their relationship to
Christianity - its myths, themes, metaphors, use a s a tool for understanding history, and its own instructive, "parabolic" stories. Dist.: Yes.
M,T, W,Th
M5
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
SPA 112-9046
BEGINNING SPANISH 11
"
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading,
and writing of elementary
lntroduction to culture of Spanish. Spanish.
.
speaking world. Dist.: Yes.
-
8:30-9:55a.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
M22
SPA 21 1-9046
INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I
Kingsley
Conversation; grammar review. Reading of selected Latin American and
Spanish texts.
6:OO-9:30p.m.
M, W
--
-
M23
AEL 486-9078
I I I~
I
PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION
Beneon
AND THEOLOGY
Study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention to the classics
in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian
theologians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes.
5:30-9:00 p.m.
T,Th
M5
SOC 366-9080
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY
CORRECTIONS
Bloom
Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and government offices.
Dist.: No.
- -
--
1:30-5:00p.m.
SOC 199-9081/399-9082
INTERNSHIPS
H m r
Arranged
M4
McNeff
OF TEACHING READING
EDS 351-9034
Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading
and the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:00p.m.
M,T, W,Th
L1
(July 20-August 6)
11:40-125 p.m.
M,T, W,Th,F
n 3 0 - 9 : 5 5 a.m.
-
EDUCATION
-
RELIGION
-REL 3--/SO76
RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN
Beneon
A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with "religion," including the "popular" religious traditions of
China; Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism and Japanese Shintoism. Interrelation of religion and culture. Dist.: Yes.
M23
-
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATER ARTS
SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Abrame
SPC 355A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations.
Dist.: No.
6:OO-9:30 p.m.
M, w
OM1 1
SPC 367-9086
THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES
Cole
Studying, viewing, and critiquing the acting and production of five plays.
Dist.: No.
T,Th
2815 41st Avenue South,
6:OO-9:30p.m.
Mpls., MN 55406 pel.: 721-2565)
-r
1
Show less
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session ... Show more
augsburg in the summer
summer session info
Augsburg College offers a varied summer curriculum that includes courses in 13
academic disciplines as well as internships and independent studies. A detailed listing
of courses begins o n page 8.
Course loads in Summer Session:
summer session I
May 29 to June 29
w
summer session S
I
July 9 to August 9
\
summer online
June 25 to August 31
about augsburg
I
Augsburg College is a four-year, liberal arts college located in the heart of
Minneapolis, and affiliated with the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America.
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission.* The small college
environment (about 3,700 students during the academic year) is enriched by the
many opportunities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. Augsburg's setting allows
students to participate in a host of cultural and recreational activities.
* Tile Higller Letlmii~gCotnrl~rsslonof tlie N~~rth
Cer~rrulAssociutioi~of Colleges nr~dScla~ols,C(miir~issioii
on
Students may take up to 2.0 credits in
each summer session (3.0 credits if the
Cum GPA is 3.00 or better). However, the
total credit load for
Day/WEC/Rochestel? L Inited students
behveen Spring WEC and Summer
Session I cannot exceed 2.0 credits (3.0
credits if the Cum GPA is 3.00 or better).
Additionally, total credit load between
Summer Sessions I and 11 and Summer
Online cannot exceed 2.0 credits at any
one time (3.0 credits if the Cum GPA
is 3.00 or better). Students desiring to
exceed these limits must petition the
Student Standing Committee prior to
registration. Unless otherwise indicated, all
courses carry a value of 1.0 course credit.
One Augsburg course credit is the
equivalent of four semester credits or six
quarter credits.
Employer reimbursement:
Students who qualify for reimbursement
from their employers may use their
reimbursement to pay for Summer Session
courses.
Housing:
Students who need housing may contact
the Residence Life Office at 612-330-1488.
information:
Additional informationmay be ob-
Courses fulfilling Augsburg's Liberal Arts
Perspectives, Core Curriculum, and
Graduation Skills requirements are so
noted along with the description of the
course.
www.augsburg.edu/sum mer
Augsburg College
Campus Box 143
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
For registration or financial questions:
612-330-1046 (Enrollment Center)
For questions related to courses:
612-330-1025 (Academic At.l\,ising)
Augsburg general education:
ab
Course levels:
Eligibility:
The first digit of the threedigit course
number indicates the course level. Course
numbers beginning with a "1" or "2" are
lower division courses and are intended
primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
course numbers beginning with a "3" or
"4" are upper division and are primarily
for juniors and seniors.
Persons in good standing at regionally
accredited colleges and universities,
graduates of such institutions, and
students admitted for the next fall term,
are eligible to attend Augsburg's Summer
Session. Good standing implies that the
student has been admitted and not
subsequently dismissed by that instihltion.
Independent study:
Students accepted for Summer Sess@n are
not automatically granted admission as
regular sn~dentsof Augsburg College.
Those wishing to begin a degree program
at Augsburg should apply to the Office of
Undergraduate Admissions, 612-330-1001,
or the Weekend College Admissions
Office 612-330-1743.
Independent studies may be arranged in
consultation with individual faculty
members.
liurirutiolu of Higher Educurion, 30 Nor111LuSulle Street, Sre 2400, Chicogo, Illii~ois,60602-2504, 3 12.2630456. Websire <www.~~cucihe.or~>
internships are carefully planned workbased learning experiences, supervised and
evaluated by a faculty member. Consult
the Center for Service, Work, and
Learning at 612-330-1148 for more
information.
Internships:
In addition to those listed, internship
opportunities may be arranged
individually during the summer. Academic
'L
to register
All s t ~ ~ J c nmay
t s hexin to register for
S u ~ ~ i mSession
er
courses on April 16.
Web registration wiU remain open until
May 3 (Session
n d Jime 8 (Session
II). Wch re:
~ r will
s be 8:30
a.m.-1 1:59p.n~.dally. ~ u g s h n r gst~ndents
arc encouraged to use Well rcfiistration.
Non-Augshurg stuclents must rcxister in
person a t the Enrollment Ccntcr I>ctwccn
8:30 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. M-W (H:3O ;a.m.-7
is located in Svercl~-~~p
Hall. Wc
recommcncl th:lt ~ O L I SCIICC~IIIC yo111
courses
:IS
c:lrly as possible.
I t ;a discrep:~ncyis foinnd I>ctween this
catalog :lnd course inhrmation fi)uncl
through AuxNet, AugNet shol~lclhe
co~isidereclthe no st curl.cnt ;uicl, thus,
correct.
Students registering for Sumtner
Session I must conlplete their
registration by May 29. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
the first day of class.
.Icnts will he hillcci r l ~ r o ~ ~ f i l ~
lilnts. Non-Augsh~~rfi
:I[ die time of rcgi'str,lcion.u students
must be paid in full by May 4 for
Sunlnler Session I and June 15 for
S u n ~ ~ nScssion
cr
11. Augsburg students
who have unpaid balances from
previous tern
lust r--.* h u e balances
before tb
Sess'
the first day of class.
Web registration closes
May 3
June 8
June 8
Balance of tuition due
May 29
July 9
June 25
Classes begin
May 29
July 9
June 25
May 29
July 9
June 25
Last day to:
Register (without late fee)
June 1
July 12
June 29
(signature of instructor needed; no registratiuns will be accepted after this date!
*Drop class without notation
June 1
July 12
June 29
'Change grading option
June 15
July 26
August 3
Withdraw from class
June 15
July 26
August 3
Classes end
June 29
August 9
August 31
nt the Enl-ollmcnt Ccnrer (this must he
Grades due in Registrar's Office
July 9
August 17
September 10
clone in I>crso~l).
Thel-c is ,I ch;irgc of
$100 for each course cancelled.
Schedule of Refunds: The following refund schedule is based on the percentage
FOIrcf~nnclinform:~tio~~
plc;lse see
This applies to all students who drop one or more courses during each term.
lo\\! enrollments will lie cnncellctl one
\vcck I>ch~-e
the first ciay of the session.
Students \\lho clcciclc to c.~ncelrhcir
rcgistr:ltion prior to the tirst cl;iy of rhc
session nunst complete a clrol>/nclcl tor~n
of class time remaining o n the date of the student's official withdrawal from class.
Schedule of Refunds o n the next [page.
Percentage of class time remaining after official drop or withdrawl and amount of refund:
s t ~ ~ ~ l cwho
n r s I-existel-:liter the finst day of
the term. No Session 1 registrations will
he :acccl>tecl:liter June I . N o Scssion I1
rcgistr:~tionswill he :~ccc~)tecl
:~frcrJuly 12.
No Summer Online rcfiistr;ltions will he
Students registering for Summer
Online must complete their
registration by June 25.
online
*Register (added late fee of $75)
ngc in Registration:
A lntc tcc of $75 will he nssessecl tor
Students registering for Summer
Session I1 must complete their
registration by July 9. Signature of the
instructor is needed to add a class after
calendar
I summer 2007
;icccl~tcclnttcr June 29
100% to 90% remaining-Full refund (minus $100 administrative fee)
8 9 % to 50% remaining-Refund equals the percentage of term remaining
49% or less remaining-No refund
This refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes.
Pl'ease allow two weeks for tuition and possible financial aid adjustments to be
finalized. If a credit balance remains on the student's account, a credit refund
check will be issued at that time.
map of augsburg
costs
T u i t i o n rates f o r
I[ ~ L I I ~ Sc
LC
COlIrSeS:
5
3
%
Su_mmer
for
-_
o n c ~ ~ r r e n tw
l yi t h t h e
trimester.
WEC s t u c l e n t s
I1 or
Session
Summer O n l i n e may be(e1EibFfor
hnl
financial aid
l e tuition r a t e s
, are
if t h e i r
"l e a s t 1.0 c r e
c o u r s e l o a c l IS a t
listed abov
To apply
financial aid
Eligibility for Summer S e s s i o n a t t e n d e e s
T h e on
of fi
for
sion a t t e n d e e s a r e t h e
d
by the program
state
and
federal f i n a n c i a l aid.
ments), a n d s t u d e n t loans. V i s i t
for-
t h e E n r o l l ~ n e nC
t e n t e r website t o
form:
download a n application
t
www.augsb~~rg.edu/enroll.
The financial
aid priority deadline for Summer S e s s i o n
Day program
S t u d e n t s e n r o l l e d in e i t h e r S c s s i o n
11, or
ant (for s t u c l e n r s who m e e t e l i g i b i l i t y
in w l i i c
a r e e n r o l l e d ) a r e e l i g i b l e to a p p l y
lid a v a i l a b l e
F e d e r a l P e l l ~ ~ , t nt ht e, M i n n e s o t a S t a t e
Stuclents w h o m a i n t a i n h a l f - t i m e status
5 def
Summer
Ior
is
May 15, 2007.
b o t h Sessions c o m b i n e d , [ n a y b e
e l i g i b l e t o apply f o r f i n a n c i a l
c o u r s e l o a d is a t least
aid if t h e i r
1.5 c r e d i t s
over the
Augsburg
College
who
rnaxiniuni
For WEC
are eligible
tuition
for
benefit
the
will
receive a
60 p e r c e n t c l i s c o u n t on S u m m e r
WEC program
students enrolled
in s p r i n g
for
Sumnier
t r i m e s t e r , no a i d i s g i v e n
Employee Tuition B e n e f i t
Faculty, staff, a n d d e p e n d e n t s o f t h e
tllltlOl1.
Session
COLLE(;E MAP INI:OKMATION
I Crnrr~t t l r Ctltllrbrl~nc. t ~ r c ltlcitltl,
I'rt~~n~~rtc~n
! Wcchcnil nn~l(;r.~,luntc A~lnllw<,nr
1 AII Srrucrr~rcEnrr.~ncc
(Nolc~nl~cr
t l ~ r t ~ ohI,ml,)
gl~
.I E~lu~.Nrlxtn
Arhlcrs
Flcl~l,ln~lScarcmnl Air Structurc
5 (:hr~rrcn'c.nCenrcr 2nd
I>ny A ~ l ~ n ~ s w n \
6 MBA Pn>gl.~ln
7 h > > h , Lchccl, M~lcs,Ccntcr ior
I ) ~ , ~ n l., ~
l n~l
W~>I\III~~.
Communlc.~t~crn
8 S\CIJ~,II>
tl:~ll
9 Hual,).Stru~n~r,l.nTcnlrl* Cc,,,rt*
117 I c r Arrnn
I I I',II~I,<l<~l,lt,,?,,\.b,><l
I3 M,llnrcn.~nrc,rnJ C;~<>t~nclr
Slrllll
14 MLITICI.CI H.bll
15 Murlrl>yl'lncc
16 M ~ ( r p l Iq
7.,r!.
17 M u w H.rll
I8 Nc\r licr~ilcnrcH.111
1') 01<1
M.,nn
20 Anilcrv,n IH.tII
21 Qu.,cl
2 2 Sclcncr H.111
2 3 P ~ I I ~ S?ICI>
II~ c : ~ ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~
Ccnrcr
24 S l r ~ l q >,m
~ncl
~ ~Krcc~v~ng
g
2 5 SI Mc,lhg H;dI
26 S \ c ~ - ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~Mc~t,<>r~.nl
~ C > t r r ~Ii.1II
l.~l
27 Lirnc\\ H.111
28 Kcnncilg (:cnlcr
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ , ~ I I c ~ I ~ ~
Conrrnt~n~c.ut~wn
I2 Ltndcll Llhr.\r\
campus location
35W from thc NorthTnkc W.t\l,~n~ton
Avcnr~eexit :,nJ ttlrn lcir <,n
W ; ~ \ l t i n ~ t i(turtrs
ln
1 1 ~ 1Cmto
i r Crcl,~rA\vnr~c),turn lcit
;at R~ver\~clc
Avc~rr~c,
r ~ ~ nr
l i r2lbt Awnuc South.
1-94 Enst from Minocapolist
Avcn~~c,
rum
Tlhc 25th A\vnl~ccur, turn Icit . ~ 25th
left :at Rl\r~siclcAvcnuc, rurn Iclr . ~ Zt l h t A\*cnuc
S~~r~rli
,.1-94 Wcst fro111 St. PaulTrtc Rrvcr.rrcleculr, rur I> r~yhr:It R~\.cr\~ilc
Avcnuc,
turn Iclr . ~2Ist
t Atenuc Sot~rh.
35W from thc South-
I
l~c~llow
tlw 1.94 St. P:tt~lb ~ ~ r i(~tiove
,
rct r ~ c l Italic
~ r ;ii~cr
c.~rho f nix, mcrficr*), L h c 25th Awnr~ecult ia~i<I
turn
Ich , ~Rt ~ \ c ~ , rAvenl~c,
~ ~ l c rurn leir ;bt 2lsr Avcnl~cSouth
session I
'A
may 29 - june 29.2007
Rooms listeo LUL ~ a c h
course below are auu~ectto change aulct: rne printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particd~r
BUS
AR'
1
Swccncy
This c o ~ l l s ew ~ l
AIS 105-S
h
Lifc Drawing
~ c t i o nt o A m e r i c
d i a n Studies
tl1c bt '
'
IIES
I? C c r r i t o
Dm,elopment o t tlie theory o f Iiianngement.
$
n:rn h r m
Weston
2423
Principles o f Management
Iiis course is intended t o introrlucc sturlents to
A m c i~c . ~ n1nrli;in Studies. Concepts ancl topics to
urg:~nimtlon,staffing, planning, and a ~ n m u l T
. lie
COM 11 1-S
P u b l i c Speaking
nature ot authority, nccountah~lity,n ~ i crcaln,nsibil~ry,
l
T h e courrc tocuscs o n speech prcparation,
nn;ilysls o f the rule o f the pmtcssionnl m;lnager.
organization, n u ~ l i c n c canalysis, style, I~stcning,nntl
6-9:30 11m
be co\,erecl include, among others, Iiistory,
M,
w
RVI : L I N 16
Inclians w i l l be emphaslzerl ndiere npproplinte
l n t e r c ~ ~ l r ~Au,(~rcn~.rs
m~l
1
annto~ny,slinrlIng%cntlcrinl:
cu1i11>o~itio11,
P C ~ I ~ C ~ I I ~ ~ ~ I I V
f&
I A ~ I I I ~ ~FIW
~ OA m
1.4:-
Perspe~.~~t,e.
I A F in Humanities
6-9:30 1
M, W
.:
OM 17
J. C e r r i t o
H u m a n Resource M a n a g e m e n t
k n o n n c l f i ~ n c t i o ni n business, acquirition nntl
ut~lizationof human resources; cles~nblew l r k ~ n y
relationships; effective integration o t tlic wurker with
I
>
,-S
T h i s course nclc
the a w l s
(with H I S 24913493)
igned Environment
Andcrson
s t h c rlcs~gncilen\zir~>nment,
ART 100-S
the i n t c n t i o n n l ,
Topics: P l c i n Air S k e t c h i n g
W e w i l l ~n\.estigatca1
T h i s introcluctnry, f~)unclntional
: ~ r c h i t e c t u urban
~ ~ , cleslgn, :~nclurh;in Ihisn>ry; cl:lss
ienccl places i n \\,li~cli a'c I ~ v e .
-a
I Ithe
~
M. W
Financial Managcmcnt
Kapoor
risk nntl return, recurity \faluation, capital
i n sulnmer. By making site visits 2nd working on
Prcrccl.: n o n e for 249; tor 349: E N L II I (,r ENL
mnliagement.
l o c a t ~ o nstudents
,
w i l l engage w i t h the subject
112 o r H O N 111 ;rnrl :In :art, liist<~ry,or u r h : ~ n
matter they are sketch~ng<Inn ~iiulti-sensory
s t t ~ ~ l i ec so ~ ~ r s e
T l i e course i n c l u ~ l e st i n a n c ~ nstatement
l
;~n:ilysis,
P~n~cr~ctlrv/Sk~ll/LAF.
Acstherlo m (CIQ I'~np~.ct~tc;
Wr~tlng
Skill (ART 349 u~rly).L A F 111 F11ieArts (ART 249 only)
tbr them. Stu~lentsarc rcspnnsihle b,r Ipurchasc o f
n , = . SCI
M, W
ACC 2213
Kadcr
P~n~ctilc/SkilVLAF.AatL,llo I'Lnpl.c~~w;L A F 131FLIW
Arb
6.9:30 0.m
T. T h
Rm.: O M 4
E C O 112 a n J 113 may he rnken i n either orrler.
1-4:30 0 ~n
M, W
Rm : O M 13
Gybcrg
T h i s course introcluces hnsic chemistry cuncepts 111
ECO 1 1 3 3
tlie context of numerous science,b;~seJ Issues I n o u r
Principles o f Microeconomics
everyclay I~vcs,with the ge11;1
A n introduction to micr<~econ(>mics:
tlie theory o f
o f s t u ~ l c n t shaving ;I
Gilsdorf
Introrluctiun to h u r ~ n c r s:~cti\,itiea, b:isic concept.*,
basic unclersrnn~linl:o f tlie science b e h i n d irsucs
tlie lhouschol~l,f i r m , m:~rketstructures, anel income
nncl t u n ~ l n m e n m l so f accounting, the nccounting
present and i n tlie tuture.
~ l i s t r i h u t i o n .A l q ~ l i c a t i o nof clcmcntnry economic
cycle, :lncl preparation o t t~n:rnci;~l
st;ltcments.
Prc~erl.: M P G 2
8.30 (r m - n o u ~ ~
M, W
I t ~ :n SVE 202
c ~ ~ c a t i vancl
~ t y cxprcssion uaing black ancl white
film, etc: $200-225. (capacity liniits enr<,ll~ncntt o 14)
M n y he taken ~ n c l c p c n ~ l e n tof
l y E C O 113 o r 110.
L A F ill Soc~r~l
mid Bchraz~orulSc~ences
Chemistry f o r Changing T i m c s
locations. (capnc~t)'l11111ts
c n r o l l ~ n c n to
t 15)
35mm,s~nale.lens rctlcx cnmcr:l. Est~m;iteilcost o f
RI~I: SCI 2 0 5
Per>pec~ioe/Skill/LAF: Wcsrern Hcr~rogePcrspec~iue;
CHM 100-S
plhotogrnl~liicprocesses. Sturlcnts need ncccsr to a
Gilsdorf
A n l n t r o ~ l u c t i o nt o macroeconomics: national
international trade Application o f elementary
123
has~csketcli~ngk i t from WetP;iint A r t Supplier ($40)
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g 1
Principles o f Macrocconomics
Prererl.: M P G 2
a ~ i c for
l tr;1nsl>nrtnrion to clesignntrd off-carnl3us
Boechcr
Rm : SVE I
i n c ~ m i ennnlysis, llionctary anrl fisc;rl policy,
Piercq : E C O 112 or 113, A C C 221, nncl MI'G 3
6-9:30 p m
pcrson;ll scale. I n this w.~ythey w i l l n t t e ~ n p t o
Photography
M, W
e c o n o ~ n i ctheory to current economic problems
unclcrstancl where they arc, a n d why it has mcnnina
T h e camera w i l l he usecl ns n tool tLr \,~sunl
III
FIN 3 3 1 3
excellence ancl l h i s t ~ ) r ~ SI~I~I~~C:II~CC.
c~I
ART 1 3 2 3
6.9:30 p
Hm : SVE 206
places, habits, nncl architecture o f the T w ~ nCities
Iltn : O M 17
tlirourli vrrb;il ;and nun-verhal mess;lges; emphasis
Instructor
6.930 I,m
Lapakko
A stucly of the d y n a m ~ c sof h u m a n i n t c ~ a c t i < > n
overcome communication b:irricrs
Prereq.: B U S 200 o r B U S 242 o r consent o f
uhsel-\,ation ; ~ n r ~l l ~ r eon-site
ct
s k e z i n u the ~wo~,le,
. .
M. W
COM 3 5 4 3
Interpersonal C o m m u n i c a t i o n
o n factors that huilcl relntionsli~psn n i l hell> t o
f i r n ~ancl society.
and slre \'is~tat u prominent examples ofclesign
8:30 a.ni -11our1
R m : M U R I11
ccrure, I;~nclrcapc
perceptual plein :lir sketching u ~ i l l ~ i i rn l ei r o ~ ~ ~ h scsslons cc~nsist: ~ l m o s tcxclus~oclyo t w c l l k i n g tours
PL'~S~CCLI~,~./S~III/LAF:
L A F 111 Fine Artr
T. Th
BUS 3403
contelnporary issues, a n d the arts Minnesota
Pcrspcctirc/Skill/LAF:
(>vcrcomingspeech fright
6.9:30 p m
language, culture, literature, policy, Images,
Lapakko
ACC 2 2 2 - 5
Principles o f A c c o u n t i n g I1
Kadcr
anrl it~nrlamcnt:ils 11t; ~ c c o i ~ n t i n gtlie
, nccol~nring
cycle, nnrl prcp;ir,itlon o f financial stnte~nents.
8:30 (1.m
loan
T. TI1
I'erspcct~t~c/Sk~ll/LAF: Natlrrul WorLl 2 Pcrspe~.[l~e,
L A F in N'lrlrrnl Scienccs rind Mnthemr~tics
8.30 o 111-1ioun
I n t r o ~ l u c t i o nto business a c r ~ r i t ~ c bs n
, r ~ cconcepts
RIII.:
SVE I
tliec~ryt o m:irket policy May be taken
T. TI1
RI~I. SCI 123
~ n ~ l c p c n ~ l c no tfl E
y C O 110 o r I I 2 E C O 112 .inJ
I I 3 may be taken I n cithcr order.
,
;
.
I
Prerecl.: M P C 2
Perspect~t~e/Sk~ll/LAI::
Socir~lWorlrl I or 2 Pcrs0cc~i1,e;
L A F in Soc~oland Belurt~~or~rl
Science,
1.4:30 p ~n
T. Tll
Rm : O M 13
HIS 3323
History o f U n i t c d
States Foreign Relations
EED 2 0 3 3
Physical Scicncc
d
Elcmcntary Tcacl
a
This ccrursc tocc~ss 11
Lorcnz-Mcycr
A survey oFUn~tcclSratcs torc~gnrcl:1ric>nsi r o m rhc
8
r
A n i c r i c a ~ li l c \ ~ o l i ~ tthrough
i ~ ~ n the Colrl War,
Grcgoirc
crnl~h:~rlzing
cli:ing~ngJci~nitic,na ot \tJ;lr 31111 PC:ICC.
IMSEP ~physicnlscience
tcnaluns hcnvccn intcrn:rtio~ialian~
:inJ
H P E 001-S
Foundations o f Fitness (0.0 crcdit)
Navarrc
This courrc ia ~ c q u i r c Jc~f:ill Augshurg t u r l c n t s
Prerccl : One EF
It
sccka to Ilnl>ro\'c the sti~clcnt'skno\r.lcclgc ancl
SVE 206
i x t l ; ~ t i o n i r m the
, cmcrgcncc u i rlie U n i t c ~Sratc*
l
ns
.In cconrllnlc ; r ~ i ~~il~ i l i t ; power
~ry
6 9:30 1) rn
M. W/
RI~I : SVE 206
i~nJcratancl~<
~>
i gthe
t componcnrh o f ~ihysical: ~ n r l
IO\,
they c o n t ~ i h u t cto pcrx~n:ilI ~ i c l o lhc:1ltl1
n~
;ancl
to nor only
\vcll hcing T l l ~ scourac is clcs~gnc~l
lpr<>v~Je
k ~ i ~ ~ ~l ~~ ;ilsc>
~ ~l e
tot ~c lli >~ cct ~
~ ~~ ~~;in:~l\,zc
i c l
s c l r r c I;rh rcqwrenients iLr gracluation
4
Prercil.: Muat he Elcmcnr,iry Ecluc;~tic~n
m ; ~ j o.~.
liccnaurc r c c k ~ n g
T
6.9:30 11m.
TI1
IGS009-S
T
Co-op
.
Olson
k Experience 1s ;i0-creclit
The C;ST 00'
11.
SCI 19
t
i tor I
??$
Espuiuicc
Thih (llxi011
\\,dys nn inclivicl~~nl
c;in n.*scas, monltur, motl\,atc
INS 3 9 9 3
I n t e r n sh i p
:~nclcl~aciplineI i ~ ~ n / l i e r a et<,
l t ~n:iinr:iina l i t e t y l c o i
A \vork o~ ser\,~cc-hnscrlcxpcrlcncc I n \r,liicli rlic
iitness 2 n d \rcllnt.s
~ r u c l c n tt, ~ c u l ysl,r,naor,
6-7:45 11111
M, W
MEL 206
RIII.
&sign
3
Olson
ancl \\,c)rk site supervisor
Ie:~rning:igreenicnt p1a11 tlliit 11nka cclllrsr
tlicuries nncl conccl>ts aclors rl~scil>l~ncs,
general
ati1izc.r .rtuclcnrs' c ~ n p l ~ r y m c rclntccl
nt
r<>t h c ~ rnl;ijur
HPE 1 1 5 3
;inrl through ~ c t l e c t ~ r Ihnka
> n on-co~iipur,learning ro
rhc constituency gc131s. ~ i i i s s i ~ ~~ inc,c cor
l icleaa c d
Health and Clienucal
D q m d c n c y Education (.5 crcdit)
Psyclic,lug~cnla n ~ ~pliilo\opliicnl
l
clinicnsion?,u i
<!ti-caml'us ~pco~dc,
org.~nizations,nnrl/o~'
hc
A n :in:ilyhis o i c h e m ~ c ; i nhu.*c
l
:incl w l i : ~ can
t
porttolio hnaccl o n the intcrn.*liip Sruclcnts must
c o m ~ n u n i c ; ~ t i othruugh
~i
the use n t inarruction.il
c o m m ~ ~ n i t ~Telsi c. rcqu~rcclC<H>I' r e t l e c t ~ c ~ n
clone for the nbuscr. Inclu~lcs~nfi)rrnnr~crn
:ahout
consult \r,itli the k u l t y spona<>ra n ~ Lois
l
Olacbn i n
SCIIUOI
l i e i ~ l t l eclumtion
i
ancl resources
the Ccntcr tor Service, W u r k , nncl L c ; ~ r l i ~ n g
E D C 220-S
Educational Tcchnology (.5 c r c q t ~
Erickson
technolo~~
Selection,
.
p ~ c l ~ n r n t i o~~pi ,~ < ~ c l u c ;and
t~on,
assignnicnts k,cus
cvaluatio~io t etfecri\v a u c l i ~ ~ - \ ~ im:~tcri:ils
~ual
for
knowlctlcc, u n ~ l c r s t ; r n ~ l io~ i gthe
tenc1iindle;irning sitt~:ltions. Computer training \\,ill
t>rgan~zat~on/\\.o~-k~>Iiicc
nncl :In nwarencs* o f
he inclu~lccli n t h ~ scour.rc.
o c ~ c t niasucs
l
that may ; ~ i i tlic
~ ~\vorkpl:icc.
t
9 a.m .nmn
M , \V
F htne 1829
Km : SVE 205
<In nl)l'licntion
o i c~>u~sc
6-9:30 1, 111.
c'lucat~<,n, ankl g~ncli~:~tic>n
skill5 \r,ith the 1c:irning
M unly
register.
rcqh~~rc~ncnt
H I S 249134923 ( w i t h ART 2 4 9 1 3 4 9 3 )
Dcsigned Environment
Th15 course huilcls on rlie Iprnctlce ; ~ n d~nctlioclr~ > t
Quantitativc R c a s o n i ~ i g
Schicld
C ~ ~ t i ctal ili n k ~ n g; a h , ~ ~st.~ristics
t
n\ cviclencc. F<>cu\
Eilccrlvc W ~ i t i ~ i g
Irs. \\,i~rkslic~l>
t c ~ ~ n i strcsscb
at
htylc
1111 :issocii~tio~i,
cai~s:itio~i.
ohser\~:iri~~niil
btuilica,
nncl o r q n i z : ~ t i o n ,the proccr> ( revi.\~(>n,
~ i hcli i ~ n r l
cxllcrimcnt\, riak, c<)nfc>uncling,hiaa, ;rnJ ch;incc.
IICCI.
c \ , n l u i ~ t i ~ ni ~, n cthe
l r c l : ~ t ~ ~ > nI)cnvccn
~liil~
rcncl~ng;inJ wr~ting.Kcrli~ircclfor sccc~~icla~
y
Anderson
T h ~ scuurse :~~lclrerses
the ~lesigneclenvironment,
GST 2003
Swanson
Rcv~e\\,cwnlnun tcclin~cluca~ n \ c l l \ i n gstntiaticol
~ ~ l ~ l w ~ r r u ~Stucly
i i s n iconcliti~,n:~l
.
r c . ~ x > n i nig~ s i n g
I~censurenncl Element:i~yEclucation concentration
English to clcscrihc and compc>scrates .ind
i n C o m ~ n u n ~ c : ~ r i , > ~ i / L : ~ ~Arts
ig~~;igc
pcrccnt;igc\ prc\c11tcrl i n t ; ~ h l c;inJ graplih. Use
tlic intcntionnlly clca~gnc<l~pl;lco111which we live
We w ~ l In\,catlaatc
l
nrchitcctl~rc,I:inclscal~c
;rrcliitccturc, urh:In clcsign nncl urh,~nhistory; cln.\s
rcssic~nsconsist :ilmoat cxclu\i\.cly o f \\,;ilking t0111s
nncl site visits to Ipronllncnt cx;i~nl?lcso f clesian
cxccllence ;and lhist<,r~cals ~ g ~ i ~ i i c : ~ n c e
Prcrcq : none tor 249; h,r H I S 349: E N L 1I I (>r
E N L 112 c1r H O N I l l
Prcrc~l.:E N L I II L>r 112. (>r HON 1 1 I
cmnclar~l~zntio~i
to tnkc inn, accoilnt the ~ntluence
Pcrs\~ccti~~e/Sk~ll/LAF:
\V~IIS
I ~k ~~l l
r,ict,ntol~n~lcr.;Analysis ~ , i ~ t ~ t i ~ t i c ~ l l y - h ~ ~ ~ ~ l
\ V r l r ~ nSkill
~ (HIS 349 only); L A F 111 HIL~I~(I~IIICS
(HIS
argtlmcnt\. E ~ i i l ~ h : ~osni ai n t c r p r c t ; ~ t ~ o cvnlu;it~nn,
n,
249 mly)
.~nclc c ~ m m u n i c . ~ t i o ~ i ,
1.4:30 p tn
M, \V
RIII : 5(:1 212
ML 5 8 9 3
Topics: Comprchensivc E x a m i n a t i o n
The
t<,r
IIUI
;ix
Pikc
11usc <)i
t l ~ i as c ~ i i i n n1s~ to Iprcparc stu~lcnts
t c l i c<,~nprclie~isi\~e
exi~min:itions3s tlic
coml>lction ca~.\t<lnc
o i tlic Master o f Art.* i n
1-e;iclcrshili. Stuclenta WIII cxl>erlelicc n ~ intense,
i
coll;rI~~~rat~
nncl
v c ,clircctccl ~ntegrntiono f their
unclcrst:~n~ling
o i lenclcrshil, c x p ~ c s ~tch~r ol t d l i
.*ucceaaiul completion o i the cx;in~~n;lticlnsThe
I'ersl~ecu~~e/Sk~ll/LAF.
Aerrhet~oor
4:308 1, nt
rrgnrcling rccluircmcnts :~nclget ~pcrmissi(>n
ti)
register. P/N gr.~ilinl: (>nly S.~tisf:ictory coml>lcr~<>n
Stuclcnts mu.*t consult w i t h Lois Olson i n the
r e q u ~ r e ~ i i e nnt rn ~get
l l~erlnisai<,n
I n t c n l l c d i a t c Expository W r i t i n g
R n l : KEN 307
s t u ~ l c n r~ i i u rcon1plctc
t
:In ;ic;iclc~ii~c
1c;irninl:
\vill i u l i i l l the Augshura Exper~cnccgracluntinn
Ccntcr tor Scr\,~cc.W o r k , ancl L c : i ~ n i ~ rcwircling
ig
ENL ~ L U - J
oppurtuniticb inherent i n the Intclnahip. The
Umvk
(:II~I'ersl~ccut,e;
c x a ~ n ~ n n r i o[ins
n tlircc parts: a mkc-lic~mc\\,rltrcn
scctlon (hasccl prini;~rily Ihur not exclusi\.ely on tlic
cust<rmi:cd rcnclinga), a #rc,ul> ordl e x : i ~ i i i n ; i t i ~ ~ i ,
T Th
RIII : SCI I 2 3
~ n ciil i ~ l ~ r - \cntccl
l i ~ ~ c~s :~~ r~ n i ~ i : ~ tP/N
i ( ~ ngr;lrl~ng
session
L 111-S
--,inning
Spanish 1
only Tliis course me
S:lturclay morning. Scneuu~ew u ~
oe
A i m s to clevelo
A p r i l aitcr negotint~onw i t h membc
'
: A
r
I,, I.IS~
'
-- .-:.nester
COI
m
MAT 1 0 5 4
Haincs
Concepts o f lineal
id, Iogaritli~nic,oncl
other ni<)~lcIsw i t h a s
iis on :~pplications t o
the social,a.%.nntw
;eryJa
C
srudent
KI
SPA 111
Stcinmctz
business, anrl
;racle o f 2.0
-
NIIG 3. S t t ~ d c ~ preparing
~ts
tor
M P G 3 o r higher may not register b r crecl~t.Sturlents'
6-9:30 p.~n
M, W
algebra
II:
thcoricz ~,i
internatiun:rl relat~clnsT h e course \\.ill
Relipiour heliets, apiritu:rl c u s t o ~ ~ iancl
s , philosophy ot
SCI 108
6-8.30 p11
Underhill
cxpl<,rc issues c>fpeace, suhtninablc ccononllc
N o r t h American I n ~ l i a n sare studied. Tribal
clc\'elopmcnt, g l t ~ b a cit~zcnshil>,
l
nncl efforts t o
silnil:iritirs ;~nclcliiierences ;are explore~las are trih:il
cumbnt ~ n l u s t i c ca n ~ il n e q u ; r l ~arouncl
~
the glohc.
rcl:itionships w i t h nature, rcliglous o\~ersigIito i life
T l i i s class alms t o hcain p r c u , i ~ l i natuclents
~
\ \ , ~ t l itlic
c~,clcs,s;rcrccl r ~ t u acerrnlc,nies,
l
a n ~beliefs
l
i n an
Lnourlerlgc ncceasnry i o ~tilking intormccl :lction i n
;ittcrlite
Irspc,nse t u the c11~11c11~es
II~
the currelit glohnl
Prcrccl.: E N L III o r 112 o r H O N 11 1, j u n i o r
xrcna. Questions cxpl<~rrclinclurlc: Wh;rt should
stancling, :rnJ R E L I 0 0 c>r 3 0 0
i n 1r;rrl Ilc? W l i i ~ are
t ohsracles t o
Att'c~rene,r I Persl~ccttt,~;
Writing Skill
1rnp;lct LIOintcrn:itionnl ~ l c v c l o p m c n t slhavc nn o u r
6.9.30 p rn
MUS 1603
Fundamentals o f M u s i c Theory
1
Mikkelson
S W K 4951699 PA 5 9 5 3
Topics: I n t e r d i s c i p l i n a r y
Perspectives o n A g i n g
Holroyd
POL 2 4 1 3
Environmental a n d
T h i s course is for i n c o m i n g Firstyear stil~lentso r
R i v c r Politics
stucle~itsw l i o are c o n s i ~ l e r i n g;I music major w h o
T h i s course cx,i~ninesthe ~ p o l ~ t ~~cl ;y~nli r ~ n i c s
syntax o f ASL. S t u ~ l e n t sobaer\,r the lemons strati on
woulcl like n b;lsic music thcc~ryfuunclatiun prior to
r c l ~ l t i n gt o o u r I ~ ~ c au~
l ,ban, a w l c:rmpus
Underhill
o f signs, practlce their own signing, ;lnC learn the
beginning their nus sic major. Tliis course is also i ~ ~ r
en\,llonlncnr nncl rel;rr~~>n.\hil,
t k ~the c<~rn~rhunitics
h c i n l expressions nncl hotly language neeclcrl t o
stuclcnts w h o have h a d p r i m expcrlencc in music
ancl ecosystems o f tlie U p p e r M i s s ~ * s i p pW;rtersIiecl
~
communicate clearly w i t h tle;iianil Iharcl-of-hearing
who
WOIIICIlike t o b u ~ l c ul p u n their bas~cn ~ u r i c
people.
theory skills S t ~ l d e n t sw i l l attend one uutsiclc
Pcrspcct~re/Sk~ll/LAF: I n ~ e r c u l ~Au,orcness
~~n~l 2
concert as a grollp.
6.8:30 p m
T, W, TI1
R m : O M 10
I'ersl,ccuvc/SkilI/LAF:
6-9:30
pm
ancl larger, glc~halcnvironlncnt Topics cxpl,,rccl
implicotiona o f o u r claily choices; I<rc;~l\v;lter, i ~ i r ,
a n d soil pollution; the lock a n d clam system on thc
L A F in Fine Arts
7; Th
Km: M U S 5
U p ~ xM
r i s s ~ s s ~ p p~n\.asi\.e
i;
slwcics :~nclhi<l~li\.ersity;
c l i m ; ~ t cclinngc. u~arertrontccc)nomic clc\.elopmcnt;
A S L 101-T
B c g i n n i n g S i g n Languagc I
M U S 241-S
urban aprawl; :lnJ encrhy procluctlun. T h e class \\,ill
A n i n t r < , ~ l u c t i ~ )to
n cle;if culture n n ~the
l signs nnrl
Jazz H i s t o r y
look ; ~ the
t
ch:rllcngc (>fh;rl;~nclng e c o n o ~ n i c
syntax o f ASL. Stuclents observe the Jemonstration
T h i s courae is a stucly o f the musical elements,
Traincr
Milcnkovic
o f signs, practice their o w n signing, and learn the
anrl the lhistor~cal
c t ~ l t u r i lperspectIvcs,
l
facial expressions a n d horly langu:ige neeclerl t o
cle\,elopment u f jazz. M a n y sryles o f jazz arc
communicate clearly w i t h <leaf ancl liarcl-of-hearing
exnminecl i n c l u ~ l i n gearly N e w Orleans D~xielancl,
swing, cool, j a z z / r ~ c k / f ( ~ s i o ~ragti~nc,
i,
bop, a n ~ l
cunten1lJor:lry jazz.
I'erspectit~e/Sk~lI/LAF: Intercult~rrulAuarcnes, 1
<I~n-nnon
T TI1
Alexander/Erickson
atuclents ancl upper Ic\fcl un<lcrgrnclunte stuclcnts i n
Ihcalth a n d stlc~alservices cliscildincs t o explore
Issues rclntecl to aging ;lnd care o f the clrlcrly.
Stuclcnts gain rc;rl \rorlrl cxpcrience by working
coll;~h~,rati\~ely
i n an intercliscil>linary context
Stuclents \\,ill be askecl to :rpply
~I~~~w
and
IcLI~c
skills clirectly w i t h c l ~ l c r su t i l ~ z ~ nan
g experlentin1
Icarning mc,tlcl St~lclcntsw i l l h u i l l l n beginning
expert le\,el k n < ~ a r l e ~ lbase
g e r e ~ r ~ l i issues
ng
that
:affect u l ~ l e rn ~ l u l t si n ctmtemporary health nncl
rocial wcl61rc cuntcxts.
Prcrcrl : Social W u r k , Physiciirn Assistant Stutlies,
or Nursing s t i ~ ~ l e n t z
T 71.
p... . O M IP
~ I e \ ~ l u p ~ ~site> c~~i ;tj ~, l~ s t i c :11icI
e , e11\,iro1111ie11r,rI
s t e u ~ n r ~ l n h111
i l ~the region. There \\,ill he excurslnns
t o site5 ;along tlie river, ~n-cl;lssclch:ites, ancl
oplxwtunity to meet w i t h st:rkehol~lers\\r>rking on
r~ver.rclatc~Iibst~es
SOC I l l - S
Perrpect~t~~'/Sk~lI/UF:
Soc~c~l
World Pcrsl~cculr,C n ~ i n r l
Community and the
M o d e r n Metropolis
T h i n k u ~Sklll, ~rrl<l
L A F I" Soci'11 and Bchut,rorrrl Sclcnce
T h ~ cuursc
s
ex;~minesthe clitierent w;~ysth;rt
Fischcr
sc~ciologist\:~nclurban planners ha\,c \,lewccl citics,
Pcrspec~it,e;L A F 111 Fine Art)
8:30
Rni : SCI 212
T h i s course prcn,iclcs a n opportuniry t&r grarluntr
A n introduction t o c l m t c u l t u r e a n J the signs 2 n d
Perspcct~t'e;mud en^ Lnngrruge I
7; Th
ORK
MODERN LANGUAGES
ASL 1013
B e g i n n i n g S i g n Language
I'erspec~ive/Sk~ll/LAF: Chri>tiuu Ftri~h3 or In~cr~.~tlt;rrr~l
achie\.~ngn nx,re just ancl eqt~itahle\vorlcl! W h a t
Rnb: O M 29
,
Jacobson
lives i n the Turin Cities!
:e 1
wurk will be e\~alu:itell L
y quizzes and exams.
s%
e
A m e r i c a n I n d i a n Spirituality
a n d Philosophical T h o u g h t
US
I
114 sha~ulrlconsult the clepartment. Studen
Prereq.: M P G 2 11nrl a y c ~ ~i
~ rh i g h
I n t m ~ l u c t i o nt o the ilyn;r~n~ca,
history, ancl m ; ~ j o r
W o r l d Politics
'nA7.
Applicd A l g
REL 3 7 0 - S
POL 1603
;es must he completed; may
R m : M US 5
session ll july 9 - august 9,2007
Rooms listed for each course below are subject to change since the printing of this
catalog. Please refer to AugNet Records and Registration for the latest information
on room assignment for a particular class.
t11e1r ~perb
ART 118-S
be anJ i n f v r n i uur
. w e w i l l explore Iici\v
the city can
II~IIII:III
' n : ~ t ~ ~ rhahitat"
;rl
,,i
I>uili
Creativc Drama:
Acting and I m p r o
herween <lift
~prc)tits,nnil
Painting
THR 1 1 6 3
flucncc, \\.it11 a i ~ > c u<>n
s hn\v
c i t ~ c rcan hecorn
1
Fundarncntals o f Staincd Glass
Q
Bollniat~
i l n p r t : l n t conccpts (dpainting. Most cl;lss time is
apcnt painting. Sliclc Iccturcs, ilem(,nstrat~ons,nncl
imagin;lri\.c, and tcchn~c;ilploccsa associnreJ w ~ t h
~ ~ n l m > v i r . l t i onc~ i ,
t i c ~ t i
Tom
CI:irs is t<irmul:itcrl to engake the cre;rtl\,c.
A study (,i
rhc.itric;i
I
I n thls first Ievel p;linrilig course, st~lclcntslenrli
ART 100-S
cr~tiilucscompletc the Ic:lrning experience.
the crc;lrion o t st;~inecl glms prujccrs. T l ~ cunique
P~nixct~~t./Sk~l(/lAF:
Aetlrtio Pmkcli~.lin.;
l A F in FIW Arls
intcr~,lay between conccl,t, clesign, :rnJ liKlit within
6.9:30 I, ln
M, W
11n1 : OM 17
sr.linccl glass Iiirs the ability to inspire our liearta
.I cxl~cricnccsthl~lcntswill gain :In
I ' e r ~ l ~ c c ~ ~ t e / S k ~ l I / lC
WIFI:~Pcnpecr~re,L A F 111 Sol.lcll
(r~~
Rd
e h ~ ~ t ' i oSilencer
n~l
6-9:30 1, m
T, Th
Photography
appliecl to glnrs, li:!ncl torils, anrl orher
The c;lnier;r \+,III be used as I: t<>olfor \,isu:rl
1l11sccll:lneouacnnsulnnhle sul>plics. M ~ n l m t l r nu i
crcati\ziry a n ~cxpresslon
l
using black nncl \vIiite
eight l i ~ ~ u per
r a week outslile
photographic proccrses. Stuclcnrs ~ i c c r;Icceaa
l
tu
3
35mm, s ~ n ~ l c - l e nreflex
s
c:lmer:r. Estimated cust
~i
M, W
6-9:30 11.111.
Rnl.
OM I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o H u m a n SOCICL~
iilm, ctc.: $200-225.
c<~ntrolthat shalw the clirccrion
Jl~ristiansen
our Il\,cs! H ~ n .Ire
v
the rules ;rncl cxl,ect,ltions o i 3 c ~ l l t ~ or
~ rSeO C I C ~ ~
~lc\~clopecl,
ancl \\,lmr c<,nil~clsus t(> confilm or break
tlie~n! W h a t Iinlcls sociel)' ttigethcr nnrl s,Ii;rt causes
liist<>ricala~iclsucinl
Finr ATO
ART 102-S
Dcsign
Arc thcrc soci:rl inilucnccs hcyoncl our i ~ n ~ n c c l ~ ; i t c
Peril~~'clitc/Sk~Il/'LAF:l1~Ij111)En~fil n:l
M l ~ b r. q ~ ~ ~ r e , n r ~ n r ,
Ae,theuc I'i7.rl~~~l~re,
L A F m FIII~ Art,
1.4.30 p.111.
7; TI1
Ilnl:
Fou Tlicctv~
A sturly oiilcsi.n
Tom
Hln.: O M 4
the visual nrts- Two- ;~nclthree-climension31 projects
ART 2 2 5 3
Graphic Design 1
and principles. Supply fec o i $65.
This course is n n i n r m ~ i t ~ c t ~too the
n principles nncl
Penpccur,JSkill/LAF:
~pcrson;lli ~ l e n t i y ! Wli;lt is U.S. culture like toclay.
14:30 p 111
Aothcrlcr Per.\pecr~re;
Sl,eaklnK
Bowdcn
tccliniclues oigrnphic clesign usina page I;lyout
sr)ttware. E m p l i ; ~ r ~wsi l l be placecl 111- clesirning
M. W
l1m. O M 4
with text and image.
Pc.rspcc~it,e/Sk~II,'LAF: Ae,lhct~rr Pers~c.c~zre;
Spcok~n~
alicl \\*lint arc ~ t sliiatoric;~lr<,ot.r! Tlicsc arc the k ~ n ~ l a
Skill; L A F 111 FIIIC Art,
oiquestions that u.c w ~ l;~cl~lrcss.
l
Put siniply, t l i ~ s
ART 107-S
ct,llrsc Intcrmg.ltcs the nicaning ( > i l i ~ ~ ncxpcrience
~;~n
Drawing
u ~ i r l i i n; ~ n r through
l
aoci:~lgroups and s<,cicty.
Stu~lentsuse tr;lrlition;il meclia t u clevelop technical
Rn.: O M 16
T, Th
clem~instr,~ting
the use ot the h;rsic cleaign elements
Sk~ll;L A F 111 Fme ATIS
M. W
6-9:30 11.1n.
:I> the uniiying f<lunLlnti<,n for
circ~~~nsr:~n
impact
c r s our scnsc oiseli:lncl even our
1-4.30 ~,III
McCartncy
Per~pect~r'e/Sk~ll/LAF:
Aerthelic, I'~.n\,ectirc; L A F 111
soc 121.S
soci:ll c o n t l ~ c t ?How
cl;las time wquirecl.
P e r s p e c u r e / S k ~ l l ~ FL: A F 111 Flne Arls
: SCI 205
ART 1 3 2 4
i111i1 1i111icIs
ill the c ~ ~ \ , i r ~ ~ i ~i li li \V
eIC~
I i t s \rre live,
~pl;~y,
nncl ) m y . S t u ~ l c nI;ib
t k c o i $ l l O will hc
Bolln~an
skills nncl exl,l(>rc clcscr~pt~ve
;and experimental
6-9:30 p m
M, W
Knl.: I'os, ZZH
ART 3 3 0 3
iclcns ior perceptual a~iclc<,nccptual clrawilig.
Graphic Design I1
Emp1i;isis is place~l,117 fc>un~l;~tio~ial
rlrnw~ng
A n ;~<lv;~ncecl
stucly o t Inyour, typography. :~n<l\,isuol
Bowden
COIiCCl>tS.
Illlalery tilr print p r o ~ l u c t i r ~using
n
the co~iiputcr.
Per~l,ec~t~e/SkiIl/LAF: A e \ r l t c ~ eI'erspect~~~e;
~
L A F 111
IncluJes iclentiiication ()i
design ~ i r o h l e ~ n;rnJ
s
Fine Arls
6-9.30 p,nl
~ p r e s e n t a t i to
~ ~tlic
i clic~it.
T, TI
I1m : O M 17
Prcrcq.: A R T 225
6-9:30 1, n~
M, W
C'.
BUS 4 4 0 3
CHFMISTRY
r10ral Imaging
J.
pain:hrurll,
I'rcreq.: Any A
8:30
pencil, pen, .~ncl
prczsion.
COII~III~II~~C:I~
, MIS. or C S C course
11 111 -IIO.,.*
K111: Fur, 22U
Gybcrg
Chemistry f o r Changing T i n i c s
:rnJ \cctorb.
the context o f ntlmcrous acicncc-h;~rccl ~a.rtlc.*
I n <,ur
rel:itions. I t tuliills the Ecluc.~rionL l c l ~ , ~ r t ~ ~ l c n t
Prcrcq.: BUS
c\vrycl:ry I~vcs\r'ith the gn;~l~ >atuclcntt.
f
II:I\.~II~ :I
human rcl;lrion\ :inil M l n n c o r a A111cric:ln 1nili:ln
Insrluctol
h,lsic ~ ~ ~ i ~ l e r a t i( ~~~tllc
ti ~ sl ~c inel~: i ~helii~icl
e
i~sue\
r e q ~ ~ i r c m e nancl
t s i.*:II opticrn \\,ith~nthe liccnaurc
Iprcscnr 2nd i n the filturc.
progr,l m
Prereq.: M P C 2
6 9:30 1, m
Painti1
-Solving f o r Busincss
Isaacson
c ~ n p l i a r i z ~ n~nrli\,lJu;ll
g
cxprcsslon.
This cuursc ap
~rl\,;rncccl.*ofn\f;~rcc;rll;~hilitic.*
Prerrq : A R T 1 18
like m;lcr<,s. SI
ancl Scenario Manager i n
I'~~rspecu~~e/Sklll/LAF~
Ac\rlletir Perspectin
Fdne Arls
Microsoit Exec
6-9:30 11 III
h~~siiiess
t h r o ~ ~rlrc
~ l uze
i
o i rcnl~srichus~ncarc;lscs
OM 17
Prcrcq
L
L A F m N~IIIITCII SCICISCS
8:30
(ILIII.~IOOII
E D C 4901580-S
(111~1MLII~ICIII(IIICI
T, TI1
K111: SC1 212
BUS 2 4 2 3
:
Scrcenwriting
M PC? 3
. SVE 205
Lazaridi
This is n Ihyhricl coursc w ~ t h~n-clnss.*c\alont, : ~ the
t
P.
Cerrito
I~~J*.CI~LV/S~III,~AF.
S*i<ll W(n11 Ih\\*.cl~<v,
W ~ l l l lSkill
l~
Principles o f M a r k e t i n g
8:30
Mcziou
marketing
Legal, ethical, c<,mpetiri\~e,ecc,n<,llllc.
.rncl tcchnol~~gic;rl
t;~ctora as they :~ttectpmcluct,
rc~le,~i
the
price, Iprolnotlun. ;rnJ clistrihut~unclcc~aion.\.
6-9:30 1)
III
M , \Y/
I<>n: O M 13
11111: O M 16
Advertising
1. C e r r i t o
Personnel i u n c t i o ~ In
i business, acquisition 2nd
A n intrc>cluctic,n
stu~lentstrum &tory outline to tlie
creation
Mcziou
scrccnldny cl~;lft.I n aclLlition to \vriting thcir own
,I.*
import:~nt
K- 12 Reading Assessment
The .\tuily c,t stuclcnt rencli11gclevclopmcnt, the
knou.lc~lgenncl usc ofgntllerinl:
cliscus*ic~no i nesthetic.*, cr;lit, ;and ft>rm.
of stu~lenrs'~ e : ~ c l ~ n
:lnJ
g , clesigning : ~ ~ ~ p r o p r i : ~ t e
July 7, 8, 28, 11nc129 10 < I , ~-6
I pm
llm : O M 18
intercultural C o n l m u n i c a t i o n
with the gn;rlz o f the i ~ r mnnrl soclcty.
:lnJ h:incls<,n I r : ~ r n i n gtc>ols.
Prcrcq
6-9.30
6-9:30 1,
111
T. Tb
Rrn : SVE I
Lpakko
~ m p l i c a t ~ u nfor
s communlcatl<ln, ~ n c l u c l ~ n g
Kt11: O M I 3
cuursc is rcqu~rccltbr stuclcnts oht:linlnu thcir K-I2
C<~rcq.:E D C 510
This course explores c u l t l ~ r : ~
~liiierenccs
l
;lnJ their
TI1
Cllnicnl rxpcllcncc 11~1urh\v11I he ~ n c l u ~ l c iTl h c
Rc.lcling Tc.~chcr ILiccnzurc E n ~ l o r s c n ~ c n t .
COM 3293
clcmcnra I n moclc~n m ; ~ r k c t ~ n:lnd
g
T
; ~ n r .l ~ n n l y i ~ nclot.r
g
re,~cl~ng
curriculum hnrecl o n this inforrn:rtion.
com~nunicat~rlnsThis ccnlr>c conlhines classroom
p III
Jacobson
~ i \ , ~ n~letailecl
g
critical analysis :~nclc11u:iging I n
relat~onshil>s;cifecti\,e integr;rtiun o i thc worker
BUS 242 rrr consent o f instructor
EDC 508-S
analyze work jr.1 Ittcn hy each mcmhcr o f thc cl;r\s.
~ ~ r i l i z a t i oof
n l i u m : ~ nresources; clesirahlc working
:
RI~I . SVE 2
scriptr, stu<lcnts will re\,ic\v feature f ~ l l n s.lnJ
print, brt,;l~lcazr,;anJ Wcb-
hnsecl a~l\.ert~aing
.~nclprorn(,tion
M, W
<I.III- t ~ c , w ,
of 3
Prcrcrl.: E N L 220 or 221
MKT 3 5 7 3
BUS 3 4 0 3
[)cl1:11tlnent
coursc i n writing l i ~ film,
r
this courac will t:lkc
( > ~ g a n i ~ ; l r ~srafilng,
on,
plnnning, ;incl control. T h e
professional Iilnnnjier
I'rerecl.: PPST :lnJ nclm~hsionto the Eclucnri~>n
online acti\,~t~esi n henrjeen. Air intrucluctory
Prunc~plcso f h;~aic~pollcynncl >tr;ltehy iasucs i n
nature ot authority, accountnhilily, nncl
;I.;
f ~ n a lthet,rctic:~l ~p~el>:rr;~rion
k , ~htudcnt tc:rchina
MKT 2 5 2 3
De\,elupment o i the tlieory o f manncement,
H u m a n Resourcc Management
Erickson
o n ~ p ~ not\,ic\v
ts
.~h<,utthe rc,lc n i
E~nl>li;is~&
Ic:lclc~ahil, .lncl prc>fcba~<~n.~l
clcvclr~p~iicnt,
Scr\,c\
COMENL3283
h e c i n n ~ n g:rnrl c<,nclu.*~c~n
<>f
r h ~ acourse, ancl
M, W
School a n d Society
&chor\li n m o r l c r ~ocicry,
i
rclat~,,llrIiil~s\ v ~ t h
other simul:~tionanil
KIII
6-9:30 11 rn
1<111: SVE I
~ p : ~ r u i t s a nct>mmunity,
il
cc>ll.~b~>r;~ri\c
~noclcla,
:
I ~ the
M , \V
l'cr~\~cc~~~~c/Sk~ll/LAF.
NOIIL~C~I
W,,TICI 2 l'en\~ec~~rc;
AJVZ ucly i n ncryl~co r o i l p ; ~ i n t~necli:~
responsihiliry; ;~nalysisC
Grcsczyk
This cour>c cs;rmines 1i11nr:lncli\,errir) :lnJ 1111rn:ln
:
Principles o f Managelnentz
DivcrsityA4inncsota American lndians
This courac i n t r < ~ ~ l u chnslc
c s clicm~stryconcepts i n
SVE 206
ART
EDC 2061566-S
CHM 1 0 0 - B
st \fis~1;11
i111,1ges u5i11g
Explor;rt~unot rhe creal
the colnpute
~crrito
cliffcrences I n \,nlues, norlns, soci:ll illter:~ction,:lncl
coJc systelns.
l14ly 5-10
8 ,I111.-3p 111
1111s11-17
8 <I
I:IOOI
KIIL : SVE 1
Hnnunhce
Elemcnu~r~
Schr,ul
PL'~S~CCL~I~C/S~II~/LAF:
I ~ ~ t c r c ~ ~Auclrcnerr
l~unll I
Penllucli~e
6.9.30 11.m.
P~erctl.: ELIC 505, EEI) 520, ESE 500 or conacnt
01 ilist~ ~ c t o r
M, W
lt111: L I N 16
,y,
sess Iot1
SPE 4241524-S
Jacobson
SPE 4 3 4 1 5 3 4 3
Etiology a n d O r i g i n
o f Learning D i s a b i l i
Tcaching C o n t c n t Arcas to
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
Staff
T h ~ scourse w i l l rcncli stuclenrs to iclcnt~ty,:1~1:1pt;rncl
I l i a i ~ i c l ~ ~;II~
~ l i~~.cleptl>
es
ENL 2 2 6 3
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Creative W r i t i n g
Reiniringcr
implement clcvcl<~l>~ncnt;rIlg
apl)rt,prlate inatruct~cjn
i g ~ l ~ s a h ~ l ~ t as
i c .\veil
; , nr
th;rt suplwrt tlic 1e;rrnlng oistuclents ~rlcntiheclSI;
h a v ~ n gIcnrning r l i s ; ~ h i l ~ t ~ cT\h. e cuursc \vlII
spccificnlly toeus 011the arms o f rencl~ng,w r i t ~ n gn ~ i c l
$00, or
lulv 18-31
8
(4 rn
ALIPLI~~
14
8
(1
.lu,un
Prcreq.: ENI. I l l or 112 or t l O N I 1 I
~>rc~hlem-sol\,i~ig
sk~lls. Tlierc \vlII he n str(>ng il>cur
Perspcct,~r%\'k~ll/LAF:Ae,uhcr~csPcn\>eclwc;Wn~irrgSk~ll
on the mr>clif~c;~t~<,na
~nvol\.ccli n tlicsc areas :rncl the
1-4:30 p.m.
R~I.:'
~n-3p.111
~
Rm.: SVE 2
~
8:30
~
'1.111
-11oon
~
~
,
~ I<III:
SVE
b
206 ~
Elementary Education E a r t h Sc/
Stangl
1
This a ~ u r s cis clca~gncclfor clcmcnr,~rycclucnti~>n
~ n i i ~ jia~i~l
~ r s inclu~lesart11 science " I i i ~ n ~ l s - ~ n "
~nrluiry-h~aerl
:~cti\'iticsthnt m r ~ d e the
l
te;lcIi~nganrl
learning process o i s c ~ e l i t i i i cInrlulry. Meets bnsic
eiirtIi SCICIICC
s ~ ~ b j rmatter
ct
.*tnnrlar~lsk,r ~ n ~ t i n l
I~cc~ist~re.
6-9:30 11.n1.
M, W
Rln.: SCI 19
Etiology and O r i g i n s
o f Learning Disabilitics
Kclley
This course will focus un the li~srory;and context ~i
I c n r n ~ n gcl~sahilirics(LD). This incluclcs :In ~n<lcl>tli
look :it the origin o t Ienrnlng dis;ihilities. S
I: \\,ell
V:I
SI;
ious thcorerical moclcls (sc,ci<,loylcnl, hioloaie:il,
psych~~logic;rl,
cognitive, nil beliaviornl) :ippliecl to
u n ~ l e r s t : ~ n c l ~Ic;~rning
ng
rl~s;~bilities.T l i e course \\,ill
also provicle a critique o f current p h ~ l ~ , s ~ ~ p l i ~ c : i l
pc'sirlons I n the h c l ~ l . St~ltlentswill also ncquirc
ESE 4 9 5 3
~
H
~
kno\\,leclge rclateil t ~ Erccesslng
,
~ n i < ~ r m n t i rele\,:rnt
nn
~~~~~~~~h~
~ ~ i ,
~
~p e t~
c~
r s o n ~:c p p to tlie i i e l ~~
l I m)
r ni
i n g clisab~ltties.
Tliis cuursc is clcs~ancrlS
I: an ~ntrn<lucriolito the
6.9'30 Illn
T. TI1
principal concepts, aplironches, ancl pcrsl,cctivcs ~ > i
SPE 4241524-R
the sturly nige~ljir:lpliyt h r o i ~ g l irhc exn~l~in;rtlon
of
Etiology and O r i g i n s
world gc(,grnl>liic pzlttcrns ; ~ n r lprocesses. M:~jor
o f Learning Disabilities
JcnscnISmith
topics i ~ ~ c l u~~pl o
c p ~ ~ l a Jt i~~s) tl ri i h u t ~ ( cc~ltural
l~i,
Tliis course will f<>cuso n the history ;~nclcontext 11i
cIi~~r,~cteristics
ancl ce~ltc~r:rl
I:~~i~Isc;i~
po
~ le~st ,i c a l
Ienrn~ngrllsah~l~tiea
( L I I ) . This inclucler :In i n l l e p t l i
~ n t c g ~ a t i oand
n clisintegrntion, ecc~no~nic
InnJ use,
look at the w i g i n o t learning disabilities, ;is well as
settlements nncl urhnni2;rrlon. This cuursc w i l l meet
various tlieureticnl 1110~1e1s
(sociol~g~cnl,
hiologicnl.
the M N St:~n~larcls
o f Eifecti\,c Practlce ~n
~psycliologic:~l,
c(>gniti\,c, nncl helin\,ior;~l) npplicJ to
Gcogrnphy for micl~llcrcliool nn'l high scli<,crl social
~ ~ n c l c r s t a n r l ~learning
ng
~l~s;rhil~ties.
The course will
\ t u ~ l i c sI~censt~re.
also provicle a critique ot currcnt p h i l o s ~ ~ p l i i c ~ ~ l
6-9:30 11,m
T. TI1
Rln. L I N 16
pobitions i n the i i e l ~ l . St~lclcntsw ~ l ;~lso
l
;~ccluirc
ENL 2 2 7 3
Jorgcnscn
cn~pli:lais(>nw r i t ~ n gt<>rhro:lrlcaar nncl onlhnc mecl~;r.
Staff
S t ~ t r l c ~ i use
t s nn ~ n t e n s i \ v~pr;rcticemc~clelto learn
Tliia course \\*ill tcncli stuilcnrs to iclcntih, adapt,
tlic h:isicb o f ~~e\\,sgntlieri~ig.
~ r i t i n g 2nd
,
prorluct~on
. i ~ i c Iiml~lcrncnr~ l c \ ~ c l o l ~ m e n t na1>1m?~ri:1tc
lly
ic>r telcviaion, r n ~ l i o nnil
,
tlic Internet.
instructi(>n that support the learning ( > i s t ~ ~ c l e n t \
Prcrerl.: E N L I1I or 112, o r HON I I 1
iclcliti ficcl ;I> I i ; r v ~ ~licg; r r ~ i ~ ~ li g
i s ; i l ~ i l i tT~hce~course
~
Pcr.,l,ccuti./Skill/LAF:
CII? I'crrpecure; W~IIIIIR S k ~ l l
w ~ l sl>cciticnlly
l
tc,cus <In the nrens o i rcncling, writing
Rln.: SVE 205
: i n J libtening comprcliena~on.m;lth, re;rsnninK, 311'1
Ipr(,hlcn~-sol\,~na
sk~lls. There will he n strong iclcus
<In tlic mc~cliiic:itionsin\rolveJ i n these :lrens ;inJ the
6.9:30 p.m
ENLICOM 3283
Screcnwriting
Lazaridi
This is n hyhricl courae w i t h in-cl:~sssesrlulis nr the
process invol\,ecl.
M, W
Rtu :
SVE 2
h c g i n n ~ n; ~ nconclus~on
~l
o f this course, nncl online
acti\.~tiesi n hct\rzeen. An intr~>clucrory
course i n
writing for film, this coursc will take .;tu~lcnts i r u n
SPE 4341534-R
I<tn : O M 16
1<1n: SVE 206
An introcluctr,ry nc\r,s\\,rit~ngcoursc w i t h :In
Tcaching C o n t e n t Arcas t o
Studcnts W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilities
SPE 4241524-T
I
M, W
Journalism
~
SPE 4341534-T
--- - - - -
:lncl creat1t.c pr<>ac.
Ilstcning coniprelicnsio~i,1n.lt11, rcasoliing. :and
Tcaching C o n t e n t Areas t o
Students W i t h L c a r n i n g Disabilitics
stol.y o e ~ t l ~ ntoe the creation o f n scrcenl>lay <lr;rit. I n
Olson
a d r l i t ~ o nto w r ~ t i n xtheir mrrn scripts, stu~lcntswill
Thls course will teach st~~clents
to i ~ l e n t i 6 :ic1:1pt
,
:~ncl
i r n l ~ l u ~ i u~lcvclopment;rlly
it
npproprintc instructi(>n
tli:it support the learning elf atuilents ~ c l e n t ~ l i e3s
<l
having learn~ng~lis;rh~l~ries.
T l i e coursc rvill
c ~ a t t nncl
,
hr~n.
sl>cc~t~cnlly
tocus on the arcns o i rc.ltling, writing : ~ n t l
Prercq.: E N L 220 or 221
listening comprclicnsion, m;rtIi, reasoning, nncl
]MI? 7.
~pn,blc~n-sol\~~lig
akills. There w ~ l Ihc
l n strong h c u s
c>n the mocliticatiolis involvccl i n tlicsc :rrc:ls and the
planning Iproceas i n w l v c ~ l .
5:30-9 p.ln
M , TI1
I<ochc~~cr
CLII~I
8.28, alul 29 10 ( 1 m 6 D m
1<111,: O M I 8
ML 580-S
Ulson
c(>mmun~cntecle:rrly with <leaf nncl hard-oi-liear~ng
~wol>le
C o l l o q u i u m o f Contemporary
T h c o r i c s i n Leadership
Link
T l i ~ sdccclcrntcJ cmlrac 1s an ~mmersionclass that
oilers
;iaclccti~>n
o
i Ie:~clerahipthe<>riesi n class plus
cx;~ml>lcs<>i.rl,l?lic.rt~onthrough rite viaits Sturlents
chc,osc n Icaclcr tor ~n-clcpthst~lcly;lncl ~p~eacntation
prclecl : ASL 101
Pcr,\>cc~i~,c/Skill/LAF:In~crcultlm~l
Auorcness 3
Prrspectir,~;Modern Lulgllt~ge2
T, W, TI1
Knl : SCI 212
B e g i n n i n g Sign Language 11
Trainer
6 8:30 1) m
This course has :In <>n-linecolnponcnr Successil~l
> n , nceila, or 1 ~ 1 o~f ~ s
the ct)nrtitl~cncy
aol>lc, erg,
OF~.C.IIPI
Spulibor an<[ 1 - 0 1 O l r o n i n the Centel- for
e.
;~aaign~ncnts
klcilb On . ~ l ) l ? l i ~ , ~ 01
t i oc(111rse
~i
Cwk, ,lncl Learning rcgnrcl~nl:rcqulrementa
P-
tlic orc;~nir;~tlc,j,,
kno\\,lc~l:.c. ~ ~ n J c r s t a n c lhi
in~
\rr~rkpl.rcc,nncl ;an .~\v.~rcncs\
o i a ~ ) c ~ c t lasues
nl
that
r
I&S
c o ~ n l ~ l c t ~oof nthe course t l ~ l t ~ lwnc
l s c > i the pnl,cr
n crnsliip. Students must cc>nsult n r l t ~ i
c o l i i l i i u n ~ & ~ ~ r c rcqulrc~,m t e c t i o n
m;ly .ltfcct the u.r>rkpl;rcc, Stuclenrs
,tl~IIent
'W
hns.ani~/<,r
-
-
I
-
I ~ ~ r ~ ~. -i i s aregister.
~
P/N graclinc only.
Sntist;lerc~ry co117
" h ~ l i l l the
l Augshure
,IIILI
#LC
Exl>cricncegr;icl
~irel~le~lt.
~ p e r l n ~ s s ito
o l ~rc;i\tcr.
ML 520-S
Sclf-Identity, Values, a n d
Personal G r o w t h
L i f c t i m c Activity:
Fitness W a l k i n g (0.0 credit)
clapp
Prcrcq : 6 M A L c<,urscr
Jul) 9. 11, 17, 6-10 p tn ,July 14, 8
synt;m of ASL Stuclenn obsenv the clcmonstrntion o f
(I 111 -n,xn),
RI,I,
11,1> 18, 6-9 p 111
<,;(
nll,v 11111,CC
T ~ I cc,urrc
*
l o r ~ k s,it rlic cc>nccpt o f uni\,c~-s;ll
Lashbrook
r
ii N I I I
t
Knufman
S t k l ~ l c n \t v ~ l ~
l a r t ~ c ~ l >i inl t;Ichcrlc\ o f a c ~ i i ~ ~ i n r
i s
n ~ > l ? l y a~ ~hisi gto^ ic;ll Ipcr\l)ectl\8e
al'enking, reading, ;and writing o f elemental y
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~
~ It n~icl
,~ K L\r,h;rr
~
~t can rencli you ; ~ h n ~YOIII.
lt
1 I
soc~oec<,nomic
forming Intcll,crst~n:~lr c l ; ~ t i ( ~ n s l ~with
il>s
explc~reyour \,lsl(>nsh r the future ;IIC~ I10\\, to 111:lke
~~c~s<,ns,'c)r~an~:atio
in1111
~ i a a n o t h e ~culture; nncl
~IICIIIr c . ~ l i ~ M
) ' .i j c j r n a a ~ g ~ i ~ ~\YIII
~ e be
~ i t.IsIlk btory,
I o o k ~ n g:lt
l ~ i crnol', .~nclonline journaliny. Cclursc in\,<,l\,c\ ;I
(>f\,ocatic~n,
helicirysrcln, ancl uni\,crsal
three-hour nricnr;rt~<~n,
nr,c~-~l;~y
retreat, online
Ic;lrninl:, .~nclfi~ll-cl:lgclos~ngsca.rli,n, Scp;lr,lte n,om
"'"hO'll\l
Moo , JILI?9. 69:30 p.111, ~111<l\;I[.. AII~~UI11, 9 <l.m4 ~ ~ r n
CIIII~IIB*IZC
s c l e c t i ~that
~ i ~ 11~111\~II(ICI~IS
to th111k
(ICLYHLI?
WA>IIJII
""
~/II(IIIIIIIU
TILS)
RI~I: CLII~II~Rln, CC
critlc:rlly, u ~ r c l c ~ ~ rt~lnclcas
n n ~ l icle;ls, libten c a r c i ~ ~ l l y ,
.~litl~p~otession;iI
gc>als~n terms
I~CYSOII~~
T
111
TI1
.
A
OD
A
A S L 102-S
ML 5 3 0 3
cclucation, .;oci;~laclcncc, ;lnd I:lng~l:~gc
;art5 m:ljors.
Ethics ill C o m n l u n i c a t i o n
T h ~ ccollrrc may XIS,>
he r:rkcn &)r gr.~clu:ltc crcrl~t.
Tlir<rugIi the in\,cstig;~t~on
o f a variety ~,fetliic~~l
syntax c l i ASI..
For rcgl*tr;rtlon c<>nt;lctA n n c K:ruinl:ln (612-330-
~pcr\lwcti\ca.this cc,llrse i c ~ c u s con the use ;lnJ
o t 51:ns. ~practicctlicll oir.11.;ign~ng.and Ic;rrn the
B c g i n n i l i g Sign Language I1
I I 8 8 or ~ ; I ~ I ~ I ~ : I ~ @ ~ ~ ' ; I ~ I ~ S I ~ I I ~ ~ . ~ Lnhr~se
I I I ) ~c>ic<>1nrnun1c:lrio11
i n 1)11I1ties,ail\,crtib~~ig,
.4 11.n1.
(I !II
11111: OM 29
~ ~ i t c ~ ~ ~ ercl;~ti~,n.*liil,s,
~ s < i n a l nncl s,,ci:~l an'l
o r g , ~ n ~ z , r t ~ rctt~ngs.
r~~i;~l
6-9:30
11.111.
T, TI1
RIII,.
OM 10
Steinnletz
~
Sl>nnlsIi. I n t ~ o ~ l u c t l oton the c u l t u ~ eo f tlie Spanisli-
Pers~ccti~,l./Sk~ll/LAF:Inr~.rcultun~l
Au,ure~~e>s
3
I'enbec~i~,e;
Modern Languns 2
8:30-11
'
In
7; W, TI1
Rm : O M 26
SPA 1 1 2 7
r e \ l x ~ n s ~ l > ~; l~i t ynclohal
~l
cnnncctcclncs.
6 9.30 1,
ancl qucstir~nt h ~ r u g l i t i i ~ l lTliia
y
cr,tlrac ia iclcal k,r
Lapakko
i
s p m k i n ~mirlcl
i l c \ c l c > l ~ ~a ~
n i ign t c r ~ l i a c i p l i ~ i : r r y / ~ ~ i t c r ~ ~ ~ r c ~ i c s s ~ i ~ ~ i ; i l
Prcrcq.: SPA 111
;~l,~r<lncli
to ~p~cthleln
\ol\.ing :uncl \,aluc n\rralcness;
c:illhng .rnd living o n ;~uthcnticlitc. YOI \\,ill alsu
cliscus\~onli~llc,\\wng the P a ~ c l c selnin.lr
~:~
torm:it 3s
3
Tlu, ~.o~tr,rr t ~ lhr
l held /rrm J~rly30-A1lg11\[
I1n1: O M 25
Ai111s to clevelop four hasic skills: i ~ n d e r s r n n ~ l i n c ,
arc ~..lllc~lto Jw ;lnrl h ~ \ \Y,W c;ln
~levclolieclhy M w t ~ ~ n Acller.
er
Sc~n~nn
tol,~cs
r
8:30
M , T, W
uccks i n N~cnr;i:u:~ C o u ~ s c<>hjccti\.csincluclc:
YLILI
exl>h?reyoilr ow11 I~tc-the i;ict<,ra th:~th:lvc
Paidcia S e n ~ i n a r s
I'erspectir~c; Modern Lon~t~ogc
2
6.8:30 1) m
tliat clccpcns your u n c l c r a t a ~ i c l i ~
I iI~\\,lie
~
you ;arc,
\\hat
I I
rllscil>line I n Nic.ir;lgu;~.rnrl thc U n l t e ~Sr.rtcs;
l
INS 2553
ASI. 101
SPA 1 1 2 . ~
~
~
span& 11~
iI
\oil1 he ahlc t ~i~nclcr.mncl
>
ancl ~ l c m o n s t ~ - . h;~aic
~tc
11111,: MUL 206
:
Perspect~c~e/Skill/LAF: Intercultun~lAwnrcncss 3
history [,iU S relntio~is This cotllse includes two
ancl prt~t;.ss~(>n;~lly.
To iillilll tIi:lt Ipurposc you will
T, TIl
Prcrcq
The ~ p u r l x ~ or ci this courrc ib to txcilir;irc r c i l c c t l o l ~
~ i r o l > l c ~ nco~iiparing
s;
the stt~clenr'spnrticula~
6-7.45 11.n1.
exprcsions nncl Lrnly language necrlctl to communicate
r c ~ ~ x ~ n s;ind
~ hc ~
l o lh ~; ~tc(>~incctcrlncss
l~
rlir(luali the
a u t l ~ c ~ ~ t i ccontrihute
~lly
:lncl grow hotli l>crson.llly
;and rules ,,i the :ncri\wty.
sl:ns, plnctlcc their o\r8nsigning, n n ~Ile a ~ nthe hcinl
clc:~rlywith cleoi:lnrl Iharrk>f-hearing people.
it^^,^^^ ~~~i~~~
cour.rc,\
~~~~~~~~l
[(,Iml,ro\,e
prL,iicicncy
in a sclcctcil
pl,yaic:llnctl,,ir): Stuclcl,ts
s k ~ l l rsrr.ltc:T
,
A S L 102-T
A n introcluctlon to ~ l e a t c u l n ~ nncl
r e tlie signs and
Topics: T h c U n i t c d Statcs, G l o b a l
Connections, a n d U n i v e r s a l Responsibility:
A Nicaraguan Perspcctivc
Bidinger
ncl get
HPE 1 0 2 3
B
ML 599-S
\ritIi I.i,is OI,~II 111 rIic Center, ; ti,r
:>;&s
2nd lLc;~rn~ng
regarcling rcqwrcmc
~ c ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ctor
~iM
i c An Lt .Plan
\
Mikkelsoll
A n Introrlucti,,n
tc, <lea(
cultllrc;lncl
nnil
Scr~clenthohserve the ~ l c ~ n o n b r r n t i o n
h c i a l cxl>rciai~>ns
;inJ lhocly Inngu;~:.e necclecl to
B e g i n n i n g Spanish I1
Steinmetz
Aims to ~ l c \ ' c l t ~four
p bns~cskills: unrlcrstnniling,
apcnking, rencling, and writing ()i
elementary
Sp;rnlsIi I n t r ~ ~ ~ l u cto
t ~ the
c ~ nc u l t i ~ r co f the Spanishspeaking a n ~ l c l .
Prcrcq.: SPA II I
-> ,
w
Pcnpec~i~~c/Skill/LAF.Il~[crculrr~rr~l
A~wrrcncss3
I'cr~llcc~n'e;
Morlerrl L l n ~ l u ~ g2e
68:30 1, tn
T W,TI1
l1m : O M 26
~
i
sesslor
I'cnl~ecrit~e/Sk~ll/LAI:: Soc1<11
World I'cr\l~ccur,c,
.nus
F
NUR 5 6 2 1 W S T 362-Sr
1600s
Holroyd
,111~1 Sel~or~~onzl
SCICICC
L A F 111 Sucl<~l
.
I-4:30 11 >II
7;Th
l<n~.OM16
W a l k i n g t l i e Truth: r
Culture, Gcndcr. a n ~ ; H I \ / / A I U b
i n Sub-Sahara1
HailongaLeuning
W a l k i n g thc Truth: Culture,
Gcnder, and H I V I A I D S
in Sub-Saliann A f r i c a
Hailonga/L.cu~iing
ica
l i e
1,
Suh-S;ili;~r
tlmc
HI*
T l ~ cnatural
t l u c ~ i c co i
+~ncle~iitc
in
%,ioloky,
REL 2 0 0 3
T l i ~ sh n ~ a ~ l - h : l scourse
c~l
cxpl<,rc\ the ~ n f l u e n c c
C h r i s t i a n V o c a t i o ~ and
i
the
Search f o r M e a n i n g 11
o i c u l t u r e and g c n ~ l eo~n tlie t l l V / A I I I S
Q u a ~ i b c c kI1
Thib course i(>cuscson .irticulntlng stu~lents'
cn\,n tlieolc>gicnl ~ ~ u c x ~alicl
~ i pcts~tions
~ i s
;)nil
once?
~ ' e r s ~ ~ c u i ~ e , ~ . ~ kL~Al lF/ ~
111~F~ne
F . Arrr
T. Th
6-9:30 11.n~
M U S 220-S
Worlds o f M u s i c
ilenkovic
A sur\,ey o i lion-Western ~ i i u s ~ c . i l
Europe, A t r ~ c ; ~
:inJ
, Asin \\,ill he covereil (luring this
c,>11r1Ic.
Perspec~~vc/Sk~ll/LAF:Aorhcucs or lnrcri.~tlutn~l
L A F 111 FII~CArt5
Auoreiles5 I Pcr~pcst~t,~.;
T Th
MUS4963
Topics: JazzIContcmporary
Music Thcory
\.olvccl i n curbing the crlbis.
un~lerlyingcultur.ll belieis, \,.llues, ancl trn~litions
flint hot11 p r o ~ l i ~ i.rnd
t c Ih~nclcrthe prcacl
~ n u s i ccultc~rcro i N o r r l 1 nnil ~ c , u t ~ r A n i c r i c n .
8:30 ':.t,b.-nuon
i n tlic ;i~e.isc ~ h~hllc:ll
t
intcrprctat~onnncl rlic
11111.: M U S
HIV
u , i t h ~ nAiric:ln l ~ o p ~ ~ l , ~ t iTul i~ci scc>Llrse
.
is 1 : 1 ~ 1 ~I n
llt
Milc~ikovic
Ii~stc,r~cnl.
cultur:il. : ~ n dglc>h,il contest5 o t
tlieoluglcal, n n J ~polit~cnl
response* to the
clise;lre :ire c s : l m i ~ i c dt l i r c ~ ~ ~rc;~rl~ngs.
gli
atructurcil tli;ilog, and >crr.~cc-lc:irl~~ng
C1iristi:lnir). ;~nclother uorlcl ~ e l i g i < ~ ~ i s .
eupcrlence \\,it11 ~pcrsolisacti\fcly invol\zecl i n
E\;llu;lt~on hy qu~zzcso n , and rcalx>nt.csto
curbing the crisib. Critical reflection on tlic
r c n c l ~ n ~;ind
s , kwr tlicol~rgicnl position Iyapers,
u ~ i c q t ~~; n~ilc c t i o nrates hewccn \rromcn ;~ncl
P ~ c ~ c i lR
. :E L 100
8:30
'I 11) .noon
liicli In Airled illll~lii~i:ltcs
11lidcrIy111g
~11Itllr.1I
T Ti
KIII : SVE 2
h r l i c h . r:iluc\, .ind traJitiona th:rt I>c~tli
N;~mihl;ii n coll.lhorntic~n\\'it11 iqiculr).ancl 5t:ltt trc>m
promorc ;inrl liinclcr the sprc.i~lot H I V \r4tliin
Aushurg's Ccntcr tor C;lr>h;rl E c l r ~ r . ~ t ~nonn~the
l
Atrican 1po1>t11ati<)1it..
T l i c ccnIrsc
Univcra~tyot Namih~n.I n this crlntmt. \r,<>~ncn'a
\r,itli klculr). 2nd srait
N:lliiibin ill c~>ll:~hc)~nt~<,n
15 tiluglit
111
Iic.iltli o i t l i c ~ rk i ~ i i ~ l i ;inJ
r a comrnunlrlc, are
SWK 6993
Asscssmcnt a n d Diagnosis
in M e n t a l H c a l t h Practice
SI:
Ihopetul ;and po*iti\.e re\pr>n\es tc, the
lhiglil~glite~l
Tliis
H I V / A I D S crisis i n Sub-Snli:~r;inAiric;i. (Fuliills the
~ p s y c h ~ r l ~ a t l i ancl
o l r , ~tlic r<>lc~ ) i s o c i n \\.urkcrs
l
prcselvc rlic health o i t l i c ~ ri.~milies.lnil
i
licoltli
I n assessment ;and cliqnosis (lment;ll
c o ~ i i ~ n t ~ n ~are
t i eliiglil~glitecl
a
ns I h o l ~ c i t and
~l
ctlllcctivc ancl i n ~ l l v i ~ l u ciiorts
;ll
to Ipmscr\,c tlie
l1m.: M U S 3
p;~nilem~
i nc SubS:lhnr;in Airica. T h e natural
liist<,ry, hioloky. :~nclc l > ~ c l c ~ n i o l tof
> ~AyI D S I n
A i r ~ c n S.I: \vcll ;is roc~<>cultur,ll,ct1iic:ll.
<,n rccogn~:ing : i n J e\.:llu;~ting~cligiousclaims
m
~NNII).
WST 362NUR 5623
gl<>hnlcxl>cricncc r c r l t ~ i r e ~ i i e~nLtI I
.i~ i i : i j o01~
min(>r
ib
i r o m Augrhurg's Ccntcr tor Glohal Ecluc.ltinn
BoisenISyers
n~iclthe Cln~vcrs~ry
<,tNa~lilh~ii.
111r l i ~ sco~itext,
women'* collecti\~cnlicl i n ~ l i v i ~ l u c: i il i o ~
ts to
an clcct~\,ccuursc wlrich cxl,lorcs
~wuti\zercspc>nacst u t l ~ eHIV/AILIS criais i n
This course \\,III ~ n c l u d cthe stllrly oih.~,~cj;izz
i n Women's Stuclle\ i n Augshurg'h (:<ire
In
lhnr~iiony.We \\.ill cliscuss n clioril-acnlc theory,
Curriculum). For cleraila contnct Sh,lron W;iclc i n
cx:llnl lies ~ ~ s y c l i ~ ~ p . i t l :II~LI
i ~ i l o~nent:rl
~y
Suh-S;~Ii:~r.ln
A i r ~ c : ~(Fuli~llt.
.
the gl~1'1l
covcrinl: major acalc hnl-mony/cli~~rcl
rcnlcs, tonic
the N u ~ s ~ nDcl>;ilVtmcnt:
g
612-330-1214 o r
clisorclert. trim n systc~iis,ccolo~ic:ll.;~ncl
cspcrlencc rcclulrcmcnt tor n 111njorclr ~ l i i n o r
\r~3de'i@3i111l:sh~rg.e~lu.
s t ~ c n g t l i \~peral>ccti\,c. Empli.lsi~it. 1p1:lcecl on
I n Women's S t ~ ~ c l ~
i l lc AugshurKSs
s
Cole
D<lter:l ~ r l y5-22. 2007
unclcratan~lingh i ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ c l i 1 1i 1~ 1i 0
t l~~1ca ~I 011
ice~
C u r r i c u l u ~ n ) For
.
clct:lils contact Shnrc>n W:i<lc
wl1<,le-tonc x n l c li:r~mc)ny. \saric)l~se h ~ ~ r ~ I - ~ ciliri ~ l e s
tlie lirimnry clc>min:lnt 7th cliorcl, h;xbic ~nocl:ll
cycle
hubs :rncl,
i t tiliie p r r ~ i i i t s ,tonic .wstc~iis.
\ v ~ t l Iv(>l>cr
i
use (11c l i ~ ~ raymhc~l
cl
nor,ltlon a11d
;ivariety
~ ~ i s c r \ ' l csettin:..
c
T h e cclursc
the mc>st
rhc inciclcncc ;and cc>ursc ,>i
I n the Nursing L)cl>;~rt~iicnt:
612-130-1214 o r
c ~ ) r n ~ i i < ~~prc\cntccl
nly
~ i i c n t ; cl~sorclerr
~l
;inJ the
\\,dclca@nugt.hurgcclu.
clilicrcntial cttcct 111 thcsc 1;lctors on kI~\,crx
D(:tcs. 1111y5-22. 2007
s~te
1 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1,l ~: ribk
ti t 1 ~Thih
1 1 i is
~ :I ~ p r c r c q ~ ~ i lor
r~,
Fee,: SI.220 m ~I~~IIIUII 10 11(111011( ~ i i d( ~ i r k ~Fee)
SWK 627 F;lmily Pr.lcticc Elccrlvc: Mental
l,l~lt,~Ic!I O ~ I ~ , ,,110>r
, ~ , 1l,Cl:l.,,
.I>
tlcaltli Pr.lcticc, :~ncl15 strongly cncul~r;~gcrl
rnlnrllvrrdrlun t1'1t1ut1
thc solmrq
al>plic.itiii~i< > tclio~~l.scnlc
thc,,ry ancl g u ~ r l ct<,~ics.
POL 1 2 1 3
lprcl>;rr;1tio11tor tlic ht.11~l i c c ~ i ~ ies:r~ii.
~ig
Ear t r a l n l n ~cxcrci\cs u.111be c<n,crccl.
I n t r o d u c t i o n to
6-9:30 11 111
Prcrcil.: MClS 101 cir cqui\vlent
American Govcrnrnc~it
Aoki
E x ; ~ ~ i i i n c~\n ; ~ j o
~parrs
r
o f A ~ i i e r ~ c an.~tional
n
L A 1 111 FIIIC Art5
A ~ ~ ~ I T c III ~Perrl~ec~~r~e;
,~
8:30 n.111 -nonu
M. \V
I<,,:
MUS 3
g0\~~111iie11r
11iclu~1111::
Cwrgrca\, tlic ~prcs~clcncy,
;rnJ
the courts, ns well S
I: cnmp:iigns alicl elections,
T, TI1
I,(II
. OM
18
<l,,<l
,,IO$l
--
-
,-
-
-
-
- - =-
-
-- ---
---
- - -
--
--
--
- -
dl
-\,
summer
o.nIi.ne.!j"~~5towgust31,m7
Summer Online courses ai-e:deliwered ow& the Inter
low students maximum
flexibility to organize'their work. Students will need
>ersonalcomputer
with a browser and'Intcmet connection. While students are
ired to log in to the
Id in work, they will
se several t i m . h week to participate in discussions and
teed to d?-this at specific times. Some classes may require occasional clasnoom
meetings and t@~:will be held during weekday evenings or weekends to
accommodate work schedules. Augsburg students using AugNet Records and
Registration to m i s t e r for Summer Online will find these courses listed under
Summer Session I
I
1
.
-_
I
POL 121-L
A m e r i c a n G o v c r n n l c n t and Politics
Hcdblorn
Suri'eys ~n.ijorp:lrts c r i Anieric:ln n:ltio~l;ll
; i ~ \ ~ r r n m e n t - i ~ i c I ~(:<,~lgrcss,
~ ~ l i ~ i g the p r c r i ~ l c n c ~ .
.~nclthe cotlrts-;rs well :la c a l l l l ~ ~ i g nancl
s clccti~~n,
fcclcr:ilism, interest grcrups, :inJ p < > l ~ t i cparrlcr
.~l
I'cr~pe~~ttre/Sk~Il/LAF:
Soc~t~l
World I or 2 I'CI~\IC~IIV~;
1-
FN
I 240-r.
L A F in Socl~ll(111d ljehi1t10rt11
SCC
IC
I CI
ECO II~-L
F
I
Pcrso'nal Financc
Principles o f Microcconornics
Intr<)Juction to ~pcrs<)naltin;~nci;llplanning ;1
I>uclgeting, crcclit manngellicnt, inccblue t;~scs,
tlic II~IIFCIIIIILI,
real cstntc, i ~ l \ ~ c s t ~ l i e n~etirement,
ts,
awl
~I~SLII.IIICC,
cst.ltc lplann~n;.
MKT 4 6 6 - L
International M a r k e t i n g
r
r:
rlrrn,
':cr structi~rcs,;rnrl ~nc(>mc
>felementaly econonlic
c l i s t r i h u t i ~ ~Anp p l ~ c a
theory to m:lrlet pol
Stcin
rnccon~)mica:the tlieoly o f
A n intro~luctic>~
,
lay he taken inclcpc~l~lently
C I ~ E C O I I @ ( > r112. E C O 112 ;rnrl 113 may he r.~ken
i t i citlicr o n l e ~ .
Mcziou
P~crcq.:M P G 2
Thih co~lrsecx:lmines t h ~ ~ s~ssuca
c
;and ;icti\,~tic.\
I'er~bect~i,c/Skill/LAF: Sucinl Wurlil I or 2 I'crs~ccr~~,c;
uniqtle to marketing I n nn internntion:ll setting.
mid I j e l u ~ ~ , ~ oSc~enies
r'~l
L A F 111 Soc~r~l
Emphasis
ib
lilnceil o n :~clnl>tntio~l
o i 3 marketin::
lniix OCCO~~IIIIC
to the ~ ~ i t c ~ n n t ~~onnnnr kl c t ~ n g
e~i\~~ro~i~lic~it.
P H I 110-L
Prcrctl.: M K T 252
I n t r o d u c t i o n to Philosophy
Ward
Thih c o u ~ s ci ~ l t r c ~ ~ l u stc~clcnts
ces
tt, typ~cnl
pliilosc~pliic;ilquestion.* (like how we kn11\\,, if u8eran
CHM 102-L
Ilnve certnln kn<~u,lcrlgc,i f there arc 11111\,cranl
~iit~r;~l
C h c m i s t v for Changing Timcs w i t h Lab
Fcdic
This is a Iccturc anil Inhorntory course tll:1t tle\.cl~~l)s
h;lsic c~lclli,trg
prinsll)lca
\\.itll tllc :15,,lml,ti,,n
tilac
~pri~lciples
\r,licrlier G o d exlsts, the nntilrc t,f the
~cdl
nncl t c ~
m i n d ctc ), to p l i i l ~ ~ s o l ~ hvocahulnry,
critical thinking rind w l i ; ~ ti t means t<>\,iew tlic
I)~~~~SOI~~IIC~~~Y.
ill the 1711y~i~;~l !vo~ILI
sturlents h3vc llttlc Or 110 I1;1ek~ro111lcI
scicnccs This liyhriil coilrse mccts for thrcc S:itunlny
I'erspcct~t~e/Sk~ll/LAF: HI(III(I~ Idetlt~lyP~TSIICCLI(,~;L A F
Inh seasion.\: 7:30 n m -3:30 p.m o n June 30. July
it1
14, nncl August
4.
Cc>u~sc
~>cri<i~m;incc
ia c\.aluntcil
\<'it1111111t
I~~SCIISSI~II
C X C I C I S ~ Salirl
cl~lizics,a11
<>ngoingj c ~ u ~ n lprojcct
al
cserctsc, 2nd the l a h o r ~ t o r y
SebLIOllS
Prcrcq
:
MPC; 3
I'ers~zc~i~z/Sk~lI/LAF:
Nidturizl World I or 2 Pen\,ecut'c,
L A F 111 Naruatl Sctencc\ 011d M~~I~ICIII~LLIO
I<m: SCI 322
I
24
H~~rntllulles
--
- P
. -
notes
d u m m r r Sess
~pplicntionsare a\~:lilnl~le
online at:
w,nr~~sh~~r~.edu/enrolI/rc~istmr
then clicl
'fDd
Registrar Forms"
Show less
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements... Show more
This publication is designed to answer most of the questions which might be asked about
Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it is subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements, and academic policies
contained in this publication. If questions arise concerningany matterpublishedherein, the
student should consult with a faculty adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Table of Contents
PAGE 4, GLOSSARY OF TERMS
PAGE 5, INTRODUCTION
PAGE 6, THE COLLEGE
PAGE 10, CAMPUS MAP
PAGE 12, THE PHYSICAL PLANT
PAGE 14, ACADEMIC LlFE
PAGE 24, STUDENT LlFE
PAGE 31, ADMISSION T O THE COLLEGE
PAGE 35, FINANCIAL AID
PAGE 44, EXPENSES
PAGE 47, ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
PAGE 54, GENERAL INFORMATION
PAGE 56, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AND OFFERINGS
PAGE 147, FACULTY
PAGE 156, ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
PAGE 158, INDEX
BACK COVER, ACADEMIC CALENDAR
Glossary of Terms
This Augsburg College catalog i s designed to give you the information you need to know
as a student or prospective student. I n it you will find most of the answers t o questions
you may have about Augsburg. If you have others, please feel free to write or phone the
Office of Admissions at the College.
Certain terms used in this catalog may be unfamiliar t o you. We hope the following brief
definitions will be helpful.
ACADEMIC..
. . . . . . . .The
practices, principles, regulations, and customs which
characterize school and college.
... .. .. ... .A subject
studied during one semester or an interim such as
"Community Development and Organization." In general, four
courses are taken each semester at Augsburg and one during the
interim i n January. Thirty-five courses are required for
graduation.
COURSE..
.
........A concentration of study in one area. Augsburg offers majors i n
MAJOR . ... .
20 departments.
-......, ...A concentration i n a field or study i n less depth than the major.
MINOR.. .
.. .. .... ....A course not required for the major or minor but taken by the
ELECTIVE
student from any college department as his or her interests
dictate.
FEE
.............,....
Charges made by the College for special services such as
laboratory equipment or locker rental.
.... ... , . ...Money a student borrows for college expenses and later repays.
LOAN . . .
See "Financial Aid."
SCHOLARSHIP
. . .....Financial assistance received by a student based on high school
performance in and out of the classroom, college standing, or
the result of special kerb such as the SAT or ACT. Scholarships
vary in amounts and lengrh of duration. The amount generally
depends upon the financial need of the student. There i s no
obligation to repay. The same criteria are used for Grants-In-Aid.
SEMESTER..
... .......The College operates on a 4-1-4 calendar. Each semester is 15
weeks i n length and the interim i s 4 weeks.
PREREQUISITE
.... ...A course which a student i s required t o complete before another
one may be taken. The prerequisite course may be either in the
same or another department.
Introduction
Few liberal arts colleges combine the
excitement and vitality of a metropolitan
center with the smallness and intimacy of
the rural setting. Augsburg is one of the
few, very special Christian colleges which
can offer you both.
The small college atmosphere enables
you to be a participant or a spectator at a
variety of events and activities. Exhibitions, concerts, films, and lectures are
regularly available to you on campus,
as are intercollegiate or intramural athletic
programs.
Religious activities are a vital part of the
campus. The Religious Life Commission
has been established by the Student
Government to oversee, stimulate and
perpetuate religious life on the Augsburg
campus. Its primary purpose and goal i s
neither self-serving nor self-sustaining,
but rather furthering the ministry of
Christ on the Augsburg campus.
You, the student, are an individual at
Augsburg. You design your own learning
experience. While distributional and
major requirements act as guidelines,
there is latitude to design a portion o f
your own education.
At Augsburg, the innovative and experimental as well as the individual are
central. The college follows the calendar
known as the "4-1-4."
I n the study of the liberal arts, you will
encounter ideas and experiences from
the whole range of human knowledge.
The liberal arts education, however, is
more than an education of knowledge
from a number of fields. Augsburg recognizes that concentration is necessary in
your chosen field. You may choose from a
variety of majors for hundreds of career
possibilities.
Augsburg is i n the center of the Twin
Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul. In this
metropolitan setting, a rich kaleidoscope
of resources and activities i s available t o
enrich your education, if you choose. You
may select an evening at the Guthrie
Theater, the Brave New Workshop, or at
any of the many galleries or coffee
houses. You might spend an afternoon
touring the Minneapolis Institute of Arts.
You may choose a concert by the Minnesota Orchestra or one by the many professional touring groups that appear i n
the Twin Cities. There are numerous
opportunities for individual and team
sports. Professional sports are also available - the Twins, the Vikings, the North
Stars, and the Kicks.
Thus, we feel Augsburg i s a distinctive
combination: a strong academic program, a capable and dedicated staff, an
eager student body and a remarkable
location.
The College
Identification
Augsburg is afour-year liberal artscollege
affiliated with the American Lutheran
Church (ALC).
more than loo
years
A u g s b u r g celebrated its
centennial i n 1969 and i s i n i t s second
century of Christian higher education.
The current study body of about 1600 is
largely of Lutheran background though
many denominations are represented on
campus. About 65% are resident students,
while others commute daily from the surrounding metropolitan area.
Reaching the Twin Cities i s easy. Several
major airlines provide daily service to
Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, including united, ~~~~h~~~~orient,
Eastern, Braniff, Republic, Ozark and
Allegheny. Bus or train connections can
be made from all areas of the United
States.
The Augsburg campus i s just five minutes
east of downtown Minneapolis via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border
of the campus. (Directions are given in the
map section of this catalog.)
History
Location
You and your education will have the
option of benefiting from Augsburg's
location in the Twin Cities. Excellent art
collections are available to you in the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Walker
Art Center, and many other galleries.
Augsburg was the first seminary founded
by Norwegian Lutherans i n America.
Minneapolis replaced Marshall, Wisconsin, as Augsburg's home in 1872. The first
college students were enrolled i n 1874
and the first college graduation was held
in 1879.
The Minnesota Orchestra and other area
performing organizations afford rich
opportunities for the enjoyment of music
of many types. The Twin CitjesaIsoappear
regularly on the itineraries of major performing artists.
The school wasofficially namedAugsburf3
College in 1963 when its former sponsor,
the Lutheran Free Church, merged with
the American Lutheran Church. Augsburg Seminary joined with Luther Theelogical Seminary in St. Paul that same year.
A variety of dramatic and musical presentations is provided by several theaters
in the area such as the nationally known
Cuthrie Theater, Theater in the Round,
the Old Log Theater, the St. Paul Opera,
Chimera Theater and the Chanhassen
Dinner Theater.
Nature and Objectives
Recreational activities abound. You can
play tennis at parks near the campus or
swim in one of the many area lakes. I n the
winter you may join other students on
skiing trips. Professional sports are available the year around.
Augsburg is a four-year liberal arts college
of the American Lutheran Church. It i s
committed t o an open, honest, competent inquiry into the sciences, arts, and
humanities i n the context of the Christian
faith.
Augsburg emphasizes t h e f o l l o w i n g
primary objectives:
To expose students to a wide variety o f
ideas and disciplines, while assisting
them to become proficient i n one area
or major.
Department of Health, Education and
Welfare, Washington, D.C.
t o h e l p students understand the
Christian faith i n relation to the contemporary world.
The College and i t s faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic
Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors
and the Association of American Colleges.
to develop students' love o f learning
and their faculties o f reason, criticism,
curiosity a n d imagination b y encouraging and maintaining academic
excellence.
to increase students' understanding o f
the urban environment and culture,
and to enable them to gain the skills
needed to respond creatively to the
problems and potentialities o f the
modern city.
to encourage students to ascertain
their interests and abilities, and to aid
them i n discovering the occupational
opportunities which exist for them.
to assist students i n their intellectual,
emotional, and spiritual growth; to
encourage them to develop attitudes
and qualities o f character compatible
with the Christian faith.
Policies
It i s the policy of Augsburg College not t o
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origins, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973 as amended i n i t s admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance with Title IX may be
directed t o Bonnie-Jean Mork, Memorial
Hall (330-1023), or Marianne Sander,
M e m o r i a l H a l l (330-1160), o r t o t h e
Director of the Office for Civil Rights,
The Campus
Augsburg's campus i s located i n the heart
of Minneapolis surrounding Murphy
Square, the first of 155 parks i n the "City of
Lakes." The College currently has 16
major buildings with a number of cottage
housing units that are very popular with
the students. The Universitv of Minnesota
and two of the city's largest hospitals,
Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to
the campus.
Accreditation
Augsburg has achieved full accreditation
i n the following associations that set
standards by which excellence i s judged:
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary)
The American Chemical Society
Visiting t h e Campus
The purpose of the campus visit is t o
permit students to learn, first-hand, about
t h e College program, facilities, and
admissions requirements. A personal
interview affords candidates, parents, and
the admissions counselor the opportunity
t o exchange information vital i n the
process of selecting a college and i n
making admissions decisions. A campus
tour and an interview with an admissions
officer are strongly recommended but are
not mandatory.
with a member of the faculty and to
attend classes, Monday through Friday,
when school i s in session.
Students who wish to arrange for a tour
and an interview are asked to write for an
appointment or call the admissions office
(330-1001). Preferred times for campus
visits are 9 a.m. - 4 p.m. weekdays. Arrangements also may be made t o meet
School, church, and other groups are
welcome to visit the College. Arrangements may be made by writing the Office
o f Admissions, A u g s b u r g College,
Minneapolis, Minnesota, 55454.
I
,
I
::-
'
I,:
DRIVING T O THE CAMPUS. Augsburg i s easily reached by Interstate 94. If you are coming east
from Minneapolis, take the 25th Avenue exit, turn left t o Riverside Avenue, and left again t o 21st
Avenue South. (You'll see the Augsburg sign.)
If you are coming west from St. Paul, take the Riverside Avenue exit (right after you cross the
Mississippi River) and then turn right onto Riverside. Watch for the Augsburg sign and turn left at
21st Avenue South.
-_--
3. Science Hall
4. Old Main
5. West Hall
6. Mortenson Tower
7. Urness Tower
8. College Center
9. Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. Studio Building
12. Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Old Music Hall
15. Little Theater
16. East Hall
A. Admissions Parking
B. Student Parking
C. Main Entrance-Tunnel/Ramp/
Skyway
D. Quadrangle
E. Faculty-Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Practice Field
H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp
Offices
-
--..
Admissions (628 21st Ave. S.)
Alumni/Parent Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
American Indian Programs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Arts Coordinator (Music Hall 2nd floor)
Audio-visual (Memorial ground floor)
Augsburgian (College Center ground floor)
Black Student Affairs Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
Bookstore (College Center 1st floor)
Business Affairs (Memorial 2nd floor)
College Pastor (College Center 1st floor)
Career Planning and Placement (Memorial 1st floor)
C.H.R. (Memorial ground floor)
Continuing Education (Memorial 2nd floor)
Data Processing (Science 32)
Dean of the College (Memorial 2nd floor)
Development Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
ECHO (College Center ground floor)
Financial Services (Science 156)
Foreign Student Counselor (Memorial 2nd floor)
->
/.
A
*,>4<
4-
.< -?A
,
1
+..&-+--
.
*.,
;. ,
-
.
- ,
-...
,--
- --.
-,
.
,
?
.
d
i
,-
--
8
7.
.:
-./y-
-
<
-.
, -
-,
-
--
-
-
*.
? ,
,
*,T'-.
,.:. -"----.
/~-//~T~cc<F-,
-
<,/ER
.-
--
Housing (College Center 1st floor)
Intercultural Center (Memorial 2nd floor)
Interim Director (Memorial 2nd floor)
Internship Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Little Theater (Speech Building)
News Bureau (Memorial 2nd floor)
Personnel Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Plant Services (Science 156)
President's Office (Memorial 1st floor)
Printing and Mailing (Science 9)
Public Relations (Memorial 2nd floor)
Publications (Memorial 2nd floor)
Residence Programs (College Center 1st floor)
Registrar (Science 114)
S.O.S. (College Center Office)
Special Programs (Memorial 2nd floor)
Student Government (College Center Office)
Student Programs (College Center Office)
Study Abroad (Memorial 2nd floor)
Summer School Office (Memorial 2nd floor)
Treasurer's Office (Science 147)
The Physical Plant
Instruction facilities and student housing
at Augsburg are conveniently located in
relation t o each other.
Remodelling and construction work to
eliminate architectural barriers is expected t o be completed during 1980. This will
include street level access from 21st
Avenue South t o a tunnel/ramp/skyway
system that connects the tower dormitories and the five buildings on theQuadrangle.
Remodelling of academic and administrative space will result in relocations of
some departments and offices by 1980-81.
Following are descriptions of buildings.
The Admissions House, located at 628-21st
Avenue South, provides offices for the
admissions staff and a reception area for
prospective students and their parents.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in
honor of Augsburg's fourth president,
was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent t o Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it
provides excellent resources for research
and study. It contains reading rooms,
seminars, work rooms, a visual-education
center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number of faculty offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, includes
general administration offices; the Computer Center; well-equipped laboratories
for chemistry, physics, and biology; a
medium-sized auditorium; and several
classrooms and faculty offices. The Lisa
Odland Observatory on the roof of
Science Hall was completed in the summer of 1960.
O l d Main, erected i n 1900, contains a
large number of classrooms and offices.
West Hall is an apartment building purchased in 1966 shortly after it was constructed. It provides excellent housing for
married students.
Mortensen Tower, erected i n 1973,
named in honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen, dean of women at Augsburg from
1923 to 1964, contains 104 one and twobedroom apartments providing housing
for 312 upperclass students. A spacious
lounge area as well as conference rooms
are located i n this building.
Urness Tower, completed in 1967, i s an
eleven-story building providing living
quarters for 324 students. The building
was named i n honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given several
generous gifts to the college. A unique
feature of the building i s that each floor i s
considered a "house unit" providing the
36 residents, housed two to a room, with
their own lounge, study and utility areas.
The Augsburg College Center, completed
i n 1967, i s a center of non-academic
activity on campus. The building houses
the Commons, which i s the main dining
area, plus private dining rooms and a
coffee shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this
building. The bookstore i s also located
here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this three-story
building containing 55,000 square feet of
space.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected
in 1938, was named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents. The
building provides space for administrative
and faculty offices and houses about 40
students.
The Music Hall, erected i n 1978, i s the
newest building on the campus. It con-
tains classroom facilities, two rehearsal
halls, a music library, practice studios,
offices for the music faculty and a 217-seat
recital hall.
The Art Studio Building, dedicated i n
1964, houses the Department of Art on i t s
two floors.
Melby Hall, the auditorium-gymnasium,
was completed i n 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J.S. Melby,
dean of men from 1920 t o 1942, basketball
coach and head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for
the health and physical education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel
services, and general auditorium purposes.
The Ice Arena, built i n 1974, provides two
large skating areas for Augsburg and the
metropolitan community. It is used for
hockey, recreational skating, and figure
skating.
The Speech and Drama Building was acq u i r e d i n 1959 and remodeled f o r
dramatic and other speech activities. A
theater wing addition t o Melby Hall, replacing the old music hall, is proposed for
completion late i n 1980.
Annex Houses, located i n the campus
area, provide accommodations for students, faculty, a n d staff members.
Academic Life
Augsburg i s a modern well-equipped
college which aims to provide i t s students
with a broad liberal arts education as well
as prepare them for a career. A strong
academic program in the arts and sciences
and in theology i s available. Pre-professional preparation for such fields as
engineering, medicine, law and t h e
Christian ministry is offered. The College
prepares students for graduate study in
several disciplines. Preparation f o r
careers in business, communications,
medical technology, music, nursing,
occupational therapy, social work, and
teaching i s available.
Augsburg seeks to assist i t s students
through their academic experience to
better understand themselves and the
world and to equip them to serve according t o their individual interests and
abilities.
The Student as Learner
A great deal has been written during the
last few years describing the responsibilities of a college to its students. Augsburg
recognizes its task to provide consistently
high quality opportunities for learning
along with support systems which enhance the teaching-learning process.
Learning i s not, however, a commodity
which can be purchased. It i s not equal t o
simply buying so many courses and being
exposed to the activities of professors.
Learning involves t h e solitary inner
struggle of the student who investigates,
analyzes and synthesizes the materials
and insights offered. When these have
become one's own and when the learner
moves on to new personal insights, then
learning has taken place.
Both the school and the student have
responsibilities in this process. Neither
party can elude its basic task.
Faculty
Augsburg has an able faculty who try to
take a personal interest in their students.
The student-faculty ratio i s approximately
15.5 to 1, with class size averaging 25 or
less.
Augsburg faculty members serve as
academic advisers and are available for
help on individual problems. They often
join students in discussing the political
climate, comparing notes on a visiting
speaker, or talking over the latest sports
victory while having coffee.
Library Services
Augsburg has a well-equipped library.
A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and
friendly student library assistants make
the library a favorite place t o study. The
main library, centrally located next to the
Science Hall, houses over 160,000volumes
including books, periodicals, records and
various other media. The Music and
Chemistry libraries are located within the
departmental areas.
Access t o over a million volumes i s available via daily interloan and courier service
among the seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library.
Through Minitex, the statewide network,
the additional resources of Minnesota
and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
the Augsburg faculty and students.
A s e r v i c e - d e d i c a t e d staff p r o v i d e s
students with assistance to meet diverse
information needs including instruction
i n the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term
paper topics, and directions to other local
sources of information.
The AV Center of the Library provides
facilities for classes in broadcasting and
audio-visual materials. Assistance with the
production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audiohide0 tape recordings
are available f o r b o t h faculty and
students. Equipment such as movie and
slide projectors and tape recorders may
be borrowed for limited periods; film
bibliographies and other advice o n
materials selection are also available.
The 4-1-4 Calendar
Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar. Two
15-week semesters are separated by a 4week interim in January. During each
semester the student generally enrolls in
four courses; during the interim concentration is on one subject.
The interim period i s an especially exciting time. The whole world becomes an
arena of learning. Creative energies and
individual interests determine the course
of study. Innovation and experimentation
are encouraged i n this change from the
general academic schedule. Interest in
music may take form i n the study and
presentation of a concert program. Interest in people may find form in the study
and participation in activities of a social
agency. Newspapers and advertising
agencies provide opportunities for those
interested in communications. Whether
your interests are sedate or spectacular
the interim will afford the opportunity t o
experience and experiment while learning.
General Education
Requirements
Distribution requirements for graduation
are minimal, affording the student considerable f r e e d o m i n t h e choice o f
courses. A student seeking a liberal arts
education would probably choose many
of them even if they were not required.
In selecting courses t o meet the general
distribution requirements, students may
select an approved course in the areas of
mathematics or physics, chemistry or biology, psychology or sociology, economics o r p o l i t i c a l science, history o r
philosophy, and English or speech, communication and theater arts. The study of
a foreign language is required. Proficiency in English writing must be demonstrated. One course from an approved list
of courses containing an emphasis on
urban concerns i s required as is prof i c i e n c y i n t w o l i f e t i m e sports.
For details on general education requirements, see the Academic Administration
section.
Majors
Augsburg offers the following majors:
American Studies
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
Chemistry
Communications
Economics
Economics/Business
Administration
Elementary Education
Engineering
English
French
German
Health Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Norwegian
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Area
Studies
Social Science (Special Emphasis in History, Behavioral Science, Non-Western
Studies, International Relations)
Social Work
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
Majors in East Asian Studies and Russian
Area Studies are available t h r o u g h
cooperative programs with the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).
Consult directors of these programs for
further information. It i s possible for
students t o complete other majors also
through ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the
other ACTC colleges must make application for such a major through the Office
of the Registrar.
Pre-Professional Training
Students who plan to enter the fields of
law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, and
engineering, can profit from a liberal arts
education at Augsburg. It i s suggested
that requirements for admission t o graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and
then the course of study at Augsburg be
planned accordingly. Augsburg offers a
wide scope of courses in the natural and
social sciences, i n the humanities, and in
religion and philosophy which will provide the necessary preparation for future
professional study.
the United States, t o help determine
whether they possess an interest i n law.
Since law schools encourage students t o
maintain a high grade point average, the
pre-law student should be aware that
many graduate schools consider the
grade P/N given for a course as a "C". This
information may help students in planning their class schedules.
Pre-Dentistry at Augsburg
Pre-Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Biology 111, 112;
Physics 121, 122; Chemistry 115, 116 (or
105,106), 351, 352; Mathematics124; Genera1 Psychology, 1 course.
Students are encouraged to consult with
in the freshman
the faculty adviserearly
year. Requirements have been designed
to fulfill the minimum requirements of
the School of Dentistry at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Engineering at Augsburg
Augsburg offers a dual-degree program
of liberal arts and engineering in cooperation with the Washington University
School o f Engineering and A p p l i e d
Science and the Michigan Technological
University. See under Engineering for
information on the course requirements
in this Three-Two Plan of studies.
Pre-Law at Augsburg
Students planning to pursue a career i n
law should consult the handbook published by The Association of American
Law Schools. Early consultation with the
pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel, i s
strongly suggested. Students may wish to
take the political science course, Law in
Biology 111, 112, 355; Chemistry 115, 116
(0r105,106), 351,352,353; English l l l , a n d
o n e or more w r i t i n g and literature
courses; Mathematics 124, 125; Physics
121, 122; Biochemistry 367; sociolog~,
behavioral sciences and humanities, 5
s recorncourses. General P s ~ c h o l o gi ~
mended.
students arc encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed t o fulfill the
minimum requirements of the Medical
School of the University of Minnesota.
Requirements at other universities may
vary.
Pre-Pharmacy at Augsburg
Biology 111,112; Chemistry 115,116, 351,
352; Economics 122,123; English 111, and
a second course; Health Ed. 110; Mathematics 124; Physics 121, 122. Electives t o
fulfill the 60 semester-hour requirements
should be chosen from humanities, literature, and the arts. Please refer to the
bulletins published by the College of
Pharmacy of your choice.
Students are encouraged t o consult with
the faculty adviser early i n the freshman
year.
This two-year program has been designed
to fulfill minimum requirements of the
College of Pharmacy at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Pre-Seminary at Augsburg
One may enter a theological seminary
with any of several different majors, e.g.,
history, philosophy, English, psychology,
sociology, religion. The student planning
t o enter seminary should include Religion
111, 221 among the courses selected. A
pre-seminary curriculum should include
at least two semesters of history (Western
Civilization) and one or more courses in
the history of philosophy. It should also
include Greek in the junior and/or senior
year.
Pre-Veterinary Medicine at Augsburg
English, 2 courses; Mathematics 124;
Public Speaking, 1 course; Chemistry 115,
116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; Biology 111,
112; Physics 121, 122; Economics, 1
course; artistic expression, 2 courses (art,
literature, music, humanities, theater, and
upper division foreign languages); ant h r o p o l o g y , economics, geography,
history, political science, psychology, and
sociology courses t o fulfill the remainder
of the distribution requirements.
Students are encouraged to consult with
the faculty adviser early in the freshman
year.
Programs have been designed tofulfill the
minimum requirements of the College of
Veterinary Medicine at the University of
Minnesota. Requirements at other universities may vary.
Inter-lnstitutiona( Programs
Augsburg cooperates with other colleges
and institutions in the Twin Cities area on
several programs.
Library and Media Center. Through C.L.I.C.,
the Twin Cities private colleges library
consortium, and Minitex, the statewide
library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Augsburg's library works with a
collection of education materials including approximately 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes, scores and films.
Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities.
Full-time students at Augsburg and the St.
Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St.
Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a
course each semester at another campus.
No additional fee is required for such an
exchange, except for private instruction
in music and some independent studies.
See under "Independent Study" for
further details. Students may elect to
participate in the cooperative program t o
gain new perspectives, t o get better acquainted with the other schools, or to
undertake a specific course or major not
offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The
interim term may also be taken on
another campus. A regularly scheduled
bus shuttles students b e t w e e n t h e
campuses.
Augsburg College also cooperates with
other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January interim. For
example, Augsburg and St. Olaf jointly
plan a number of foreign study opportunities for the interim. Since the interim
program i s new each year, the Interim
Director should be consulted regarding
planned programs.
The Higher Education Consortium. This
group i s composed of colleges and universities i n Minnesota, Iowa and South
Dakota. Planned activities include innovative curricular programsfor students,
interchange and sharing of academic personnel and o t h e r college resources,
cooperative research projects, foreign
study, joint sponsorship of a metro-urban
affairs conference, and development of
programs consistent with the needs and
resources of the community organizations of the Upper Midwest.
Chemical Dependency Program. A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Metropolitan Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted i n the establishment of a four-year
program in social work, sociology or
psychology with a chemical dependency
specialty. The program i s designed t o train
specialists to help professional people i n
dealing with chemical dependency
problems. Courses are taken both on the
Augsburg and Metropolitan campuses.
Conservation of Human Resources
(CHR). These co-learning classes bring
together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards,
and students at rehabilitation centers.
Classes are held at such places as the
Shakopee Institution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale
(a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The
classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of
the prisons, hospitals, and rehabilitation
centers. The response o f students
involved in the courses, both from Augsb u r g and t h e institutions, has been
extremely favorable.
Computer Programming. Augsburg and
Control Data Institute have an arrangement whereby students may transfer the
equivalent of three courses in computer
programming taken at CDI to Augsburg
College.
Affiliation with School of Nursing. Nursing students in the school of nursing at
Lutheran Deaconess Hospital receive instruction in biology, chemistry, and other
basic courses at Augsburg. Applications
for admission t o the school of nursing
should be made directly to the hospital.
Medical Technology. In cooperation with
Hennepin County General, Metropolitan
Medical Center, and Northwestern hospitals, Augsburg offers work which
enables qualified students to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical
Technology. The first three years of this
work are taken at Augsburg, and a final
twelve-month program is completed at
one of the three hospitals when the
student i s accepted by the participating
hospital for i t s program. Augsburg College does not guarantee acceptance by
the hospitals.
Engineering. Affiliation with Washington
University School of Engineering and
Applied Science in St. Louis, Missouri, and
Michigan, enables a student to receive
the Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering baccalaureate degree from Washington University or Michigan Technological University, i n a five-year program. The first
three years are spent at Augsburg and the
last two at the affiliated university.
Corrective Therapy. A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with the Minnesota Veterans' Home,
is available t o students who complete a
major in physical education with specialization in Corrective Therapy.
Admission to this program requires an
application t o be approved by t h e
director of the program. Application
should be made during the spring semester of the sophomore year. Candidates are
r e q u i r e d t o have a 2.5 grade-point
average i n work completed in the major
and a 2.0 grade-point average overall. All
candidates should, as soon as possible,
consult w i t h t h e Director regarding
proper sequence of courses.
ROTC. While Augsburg does not offer
Reserved Officers Training programs for
the various armed services of the United
States, such programs are available i n the
metropolitan area and may be pursued,by
Augsburg students. For information, confer with the Dean of the College.
Opportunities for Study
Abroad
Several types of international experience
are available to Augsburg students. Some
of them are briefly described below. For
application procedures and further information, request the special brochure on
International Study at Augsburg from the
Director of International Programs. Since
there i s a limit on the number of students
who may study abroad each year it i s wise
to apply in the fall prior to the year one
wishes to participate in an international
program.
Program in Global Community. Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based i n Cuernavaca, Mexico,
focuses on the study of issues related to
global justice and human liberation in the
light of Christian proclamation. Includes
intensive Spanish instruction, group trips,
home stay with a family, and cultural
activities. The cost, including travel, is
equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment
limited.
Student Project for Amity Among
Nations. Augsburg participates in the
SPAN program. This is a joint venture of
the University of Minnesota and several
colleges i n the state. Each year three or
four countries are selected, and qualified
students are granted partial scholarships
to enable them to spend a summer in
informal study in one of the countries
chosen. Applications t o the program are
made i n the spring of the freshman or
sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and
group meetings during the school year
before departure, independent study
abroad on a topic of one's choice during
the following summer, and the writing of
a paper upon return.
Semester or Year Abroad. Arrangements
have been made under which Augsburg
students may spend their sophomore or
junior year in study at a number of foreign
educational institutions. These institutions are the University of Oslo, Norway;
Schiller College in London and Heidelberg; Warnborough House College at
Oxford, England; the lnstituto Allende at
San Miguel de Allende in Mexico; the
lnstitute for American Universities at
Aix-en-Provence and Avignon i n France;
The Goethe lnstitute in Germany; the
University of Hamburg, Germany; the
University of Seville, Spain; and the University of Laval i n Quebec. I n addition,
through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs, Augsburgstudents
may take part in the Scandinavian Urban
Studies Term, and through the Experi-
ment in International Living, Augsburg
students are offered study programs i n
Columbia, Denmark, England, France,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala,
India, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Nepal, Spain,
Taiwan, Turkey, and Yugoslavia. This type
of study must be approved before
departure by the Director of International
Programs, one's faculty adviser, and the
Committee on Admissions and Student
Standing. Credit earned through foreign
study may be applied to the student's
graduation requirements as electives, as
elements of the major sequence, or t o
satisfy some of the general education
requirements.
Summer School. Again there i s a wide
variety of possibilities for those who wish
to spend a summer studying abroad. Recently Augsburg students have spent
summers i n Norway, Spain, Mexico,
France, Greece, Germany, and England.
Those interested in further information
should contact the Director of International Programs.
gram. Classes are generally in the evening. Since continuing education courses
are offered o n a semester-hour basis, the
courses vary in length from four weeks t o
fourteen weeks. Students wishing t o
know more about Augsburg's continuing
education offerings should call or write
the Office ofthe Associate Dean of the
Faculty.
Interim. Study abroad during the interim
i s planned for each year. See listings
under the Augsburg Interim Catalog and
in the brochure on Interims Abroad
issued each spring for the following
January.
New Dimensions Program
Honors Program
Honors Program at Augsburg is designed to provide opportunities f o r
qualified students t o pursue an enriched
and sometimes accelerated course of
study. Special seminars, colloquia, honors
student forums and options in completing
the general education requirements are
all parts of the Honors Program. Inquiries
should be addressed to Dr. Carry Hesser,
Honors Director.
lnternship Program
The lnternship Program is a college-wide
program. It provides students in almost all
fields of study an opportunity to gain
practical on-the-job experience that can
be related to their academic program or
personal interests. Internships are available with a variety of companies,agencies
and community organizations.
Continuing Education Program
Augsburg College offers a number of
courses, both credit and non-credit,
through i t s Continuing Education Pro-
The New Dimensions Program i s for
adults who have not attended or who
have not graduated from college. The
program provides admissions counseling,
career guidance and planning, a simplified time-saving registration procedure,
on-the-job experience prior t o graduation, and, for those who desire it, a special
course to ease the transition to academic
life,
The transitional course, "The A d u l t
Student: Issues and Challenges," is offered several times a year. It includes selfassessment, testing, counseling, training
and practice in study skills, career exploration, and discussion of personal and
family problems arising from the return t o
schooll The course enables returning
adults t o get to know each other through
sharing experiences, problems, hopes
and aspirations.
For further information, contact the New
Dimensions Office at Augsburg.
Certification Programs
Special programs certifying skills and
knowledge have been established t o increase vocational possibilities and/or to
enhance personal growth. At the present
time, there are offerings in Art, Women's
Studies, and Church Staff Work.
Certification in Art requires eight courses,
one of which must be in art history.
Special professional or avocational concerns are addressed. See Art Department
Chairperson.
The Women's Studies Certificate may be
earned by completing six courses oriented towards women's perspectives. Each
individually planned program should include courses in the social sciences and
t h e humanities. Interested students
should contact Professor Toni Clark.
The Church Staff Worker Certification
Program i s designed t o help persons
prepare for full-time specialized lay work
in the Lutheran Church. It consists of a
"Church Staff Worker Major" in Religion
(9 courses) plus additional specialized
courses in departments such as psycholo-
gy, sociology, speech, and physical education. The program i s designed to meet
or exceed criteria used in the American
Lutheran Church in its certification program. See Religion Department Chairperson.
Degrees
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the
Bachelor of Science degrees. The degree,
Bachelor of S-cience, i s awarded t o
graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing, and
Social Work. Majors in Music may select
the program for either the Bachelor of
Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Student Life
Your experiences in the classroom are a
major aspect of your college life, but
learning and development also occur in
formal and informal activities and opportunities of the college and metropolitan
area. Whether you are a resident or commuter student, you'll find that the climate
for learning and living at Augsburg can
add dimension to your education.
Religious Life
An important part of daily life at Augsburg
is religious activity. The Religious Life
Commission, chaired by students and
composed of students and faculty, sees its
major responsibility in relation t o worship, devotional life and the stimulation of
faith. Chapel services are held three times
a week and are both experimental and
traditional in character. The Wednesday
evening Eucharist service in the College
Center is a valued worship experience for
many students. Students, faculty and staff
participate voluntarily. Special events are
sponsored throughout the year and a
number of groups having a religious
emphasis meet regularly. The College
Pastor has an office in the College Center
to be readily available for counseling,
consultation or ways to get more involved
in religious activity and groups.
Social and Cultural
Throughout the year, a variety of social
and cultural activities takes place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These
activities include dances, special dinners,
name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields.
The College Center is the focus of leisuretime activity on campus. Offices for the
College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo,
and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are
on the lower level. Many of the clubs that
unite classroom or non-classroom related
interests meet in the Center.
There are several opportunities for participation in music and drama. In addition
to performing on campus and in the city,
the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and
Orchestra tour. The String Ensemble, the
Chorale, the Jazz Ensemble and several
student-organized groups such as the
Cabaret Singers also perform on and off
campus. Several plays are given o n
campus each year under the direction of
the theater arts department.
Recreation
Every student is urged t o participate in
some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides
competition in a variety of team sports as
well as individual performance activities.
Broomball has been an especially popular
coed sport. Check schedules for times
when there i s open use of the gymnasium
and ice arena.
lntercollegiate Athletics
Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota
lntercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC) and i s a member of the National
Association of lntercollegiate Athletics
(NAIA). The College annually competes
in ten sports, including football, soccer,
cross-country, basketball, hockey,
wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
Augsburg is also a member of the Minnesota Women's lntercollegiate Athletic
Association (MWIAA) and the Association
for lntercollegiate Athletics for Women
(AIAW). The women annually compete i n
volleyball, cross country, gymnastics,
basketball, tennis, track & field, and
softball.
Student Services
Augsburg College i s concerned with educating the whole person and recognizes
that the context in which learning takes
place i s a critical factor in achieving optimal growth. Knowledge grows from more
than intellectual endeavors. Expanding
relationships, exploring values, identifying life styles, developing autonomy and
interdependence, finding purpose and
commitment - all combine with intellectual content and skills to produce the
desired educational impact of the college
on its students.
The Division of Student Affairs has been
created to support this task. During the
summer before your freshman year, or at
the time of transfer, you will receive a
copy of SEMAPHORE: Student Guide to a
College Education. This book will help
you assess the possibilities in your education, choices to make, directions to
consider and different destinations for
which t o plan. SEMAPHOREwas designed
to act as a sort of road map for you.
The Center for Student Development
provides a variety of services to help make
your journey as rich and meaningful as
possible. Some of the opportunities you
may wish to participate i n are listed
below.
Summer Orientation. You can plan your
first academic year and register for classes.
You and your parents get acquainted with
classmates, faculty, and staff as well as with
the campus. You stay in the dormitory,
attend events in the metropolitan area
and seek answers to the many questions
you have about college life.
Career Planning and Placement. You may
be uncertain about where you want to be
when you finish your undergraduate experience, whether your life style will be a
balanced one, how work will provide
opportunity for service and fulfillment.
Augsburg has a four-year career development plan to help you assess yourself,
explore possibilities, test realities and prepare for entry into the next phase of your
life. All new students will have a chance t o
review their interests with a counselor.
Human Development Seminars. A series
of informal "mini-courses" are offered
each year t o help you grow in understanding of yourself and your relationship
to others. Such topics as PEER (Positive
Educational Experiences i n Relationships), Issues i n Men's and Women's
Identity, Assertiveness, Job Seeking, and
Sexuality are available. Information on
current offerings and opportunity t o
register are provided several times during
the year.
Academic Enrichment. You may want t o
improve your skills i n such areas as
reading, studying, note-taking, and
testing by attending one or more of the
workships offered. You also will have an
opportunity t o meet with a counselor to
diagnose your needs. If a particular
course proves difficult, you can arrange
for tutoring through the Center.
Counseling and Guidance. Situations
occur for all of us where we can handle
challenges more effectively discussing
things with someone who has more expertise. Counselors are available to help
you think through how you can handle
major or minor problems i n a constructive
way. Consultation is provided on questions of policy and procedure.
Learning for Living. A series of miniclasses designed for the person who has a
desire t o explore new interests, enhance
leisure time, and meet others doing the
same. This i s a non-profit effort of the
Student Activities program.
Intercultural Center
As a college in the city, committed t o the
values and insights of cultural diversity,
Augsburg offers special advocacy and
counseling for all minority students in
close cooperation with administrators,
faculty and community. At the present
time these efforts concentrate in two
major areas:
American lndian Programs. Augsburg offers an American lndian student support
program to meet the special needs of
lndian students. The American lndian
Programs Counselor provides recruitment, courses, supportive services, community service and activities to improve
educational opportunities for American
Indians.
Black Student Programs. A counselor with
responsibilities i n recruitment, supportive services, community service and
activities coordinates black student activities. The Black Student Union (BSU) provides a focus for many activities and
programs.
The other facet of Augsburg's Intercultural Center focuses on students who are
from or are interested in studying in other
countries, and i n planning activities and
events which can increase intercultural
awareness of students, faculty and staff.
Foreign Study. If you are interested in
study abroad, consult the faculty member
who serves as Director of International
Programs to check on the many opportunities available.
lnternational Students. If you are a student from another country or would like
to be part of the activities of this group,
contact the faculty member who is appointed lnternational Student Advisor.
Residence Life
Because Augsburg recognizes that a student's ability to respond to the learning
environment depends, in part, upon his
or her living conditions, a variety of
housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program is designed to promote student growth through relationships with other students and being an
active participant in group decisionmaking. Each residence unit has one or
more Resident Staff who are able to
facilitate the process of group living as
well as discuss personal concerns with
individual students.
All new freshmen and some upperclass
students live i n Urness Tower. This
eleven-story high-rise houses 324. Each
floor is considered a house unit providing
36 students, two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
Mortensen Tower, the newest residence
hall, is an alternative to traditional residence-hall living. It contains 104 one and
two-bedroom apartments t o accommodate 312 upperclass students.
West Hall contains 12 one-bedroom
apartments housing 24 upperclass
students.
Another alternative option i s Annex
Housing which provides a unique opportunity to try group living. Groups of
upperclass men or women share living
space, house responsibilities, and cooking.
Houses are located in the campus area.
One way to maximize the living-learning
aspects of your housing situation i s to avail
yourself of the opportunity to bid for a
house as a Special Interest House. Groups
of students have created exciting projects
by writing and implementing educational
impact proposals on such topics as
Environmental Concerns, Men's and
Women's Awareness, International Living,
Simplified Life Styles, and Scandinavian
Studies.
Married student housing is available in
annex housing and Kueffner Apartments.
All freshmen and sophomores not living
at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing.
Mortensen Tower i s carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It i s
otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels,
blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available in each residence.
Students engage a room at the beginning
of the fall term for the entire school year.
New students receive room assignments
during the summer before they enroll at
Augsburg. Upperclass students make
housing arrangements i n the spring. All
resident students must sign housing
contracts.
Freshmen and transfer students are urged
to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in
order to secure housing. Students who
deposit after June 1 will be provided
housing only if space i s available.
All students living on campus are required
to pay a $100 advance payment when they
sign the housing contract. The fee is
credited to the students' account when
they move into the residence.
Student Activities
A variety of interests are served by groups
and clubs and by events sponsored by the
student government. If you need information or wish to initiate a new group or
activity, contact the Student Activities
Director.
Advising
All members of the Augsburg faculty
serve as academic advisers. Advisers are
assigned on the basis of academic interests, and students are encouraged t o
establish close working relationships with
their adviser. Secondary Education students have available a second adviser, one
in the major and one i n the area of
education.
tures small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions
are generous and modestly priced.
Students on board plan who live i n residence halls eat t h e i r meals i n t h e
Commons.
The Chinwag, located on the ground floor
of the Center, features short orders and i s
open through the noon hour and i n the
evenings.
Augsburg provides a variety of board plan
options for those living i n College houses
or nearby apartments.
Student Government
Your health needs will be met by the staff
of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the
campus. Visits are free except for special
testing or service, and prescriptions are
available through the Fairview Pharmacy
at cost. Be sure to check your family
health coverage t o determine if you are
included; if not, a student health insurance plan is available.
Student government i s t h e vehicle
through which students can secure a
closer relationship and better understanding with the administration and
faculty, and provide better input into the
decision-making process at Augsburg.
Student government also sponsors and
directs student activities, protects student
rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pert a i n i n g t o student l i f e at Augsburg.
Student government i s organized into the
executive branch, the legislative branch,
and the judicial branch. Elections are
held in the spring except for freshmen
who elect their representatives in the fall
of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible from program planning
to writing or editing to service opportunities. If you want t o get involved,
contact the President or Vice President i n
their offices in the College Center.
Food Service
Student Rights
The Commons, situated on the top floor
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in matters of
Student Financial Services
You may wish to contact this office for
information o n types of assistance available and for answers t o questions about
deadlines and procedures. Work opportunities both on and off campus are also
recorded. If you have financial problems,
this is a good place to work them out.
Health Service
of the College Center i s the main foodservice facility. This pleasant room fea-
disciplinary action and grade appeal. The
judicial Council is elected by student and
faculty and serves t o conduct hearings
and review matters of concern. Any
student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should
contact the Vice President for Student
Affairs.
The College operates i n compliance with
the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title
IX. Students have the right to inspect all
official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in
the office of the registrar and the place-
ment office and t o challenge inaccurate
or misleading information. Exceptions are
parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in
the record before January 1, 1975, or
placed under conditions where students
have signed a waiver of right of access.
Students have the right to experience
education free from discrimination based
on sex, race, ethnic, or cultural background, creed, marital status or age.
Persons seeking additional information
on these topics should contact the Center
for Student Development.
Admission t o the College
Applying for admission to Augsburg College is a simple procedure. Each application is reviewed by the Admissions
Office and students are accepted on the
basis of high school performance, promise
of Success i n college as shown by college
entrance examination scores, other motivational factors, and personal
recommendations.
1973 as amended in its admission policies,
educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to
discriminate on the basis of race, creed,
national or ethnic origin, age, marital
status, sex or handicap as required by Title
IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments
or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
The ~ ~ ~ Process
l i ~
for ~~~~h~~~
A ,isit to the campus is highly recomare availmended: admissionscounse~ors
abletohelpyou,answeryourquestions,
and arrange for you to see the campus.
~
1. From the Admissions Office secure an
official application for admission and
complete it.
t
2. Hand the completed application to
your high school counselor, along with
the $10.00 application fee, and ask that
these be sent with your official high
school transcript to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Submit scores from the SAT or ACT or
PSAT. The College recommends that candidates sit for the examination as early as
possible during the senior year. Your high
school counselor can tell you when these
tests are scheduled in your area.
4. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file is complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit i s required by
April 1 after acceptance has been made
and/or financial aid (if applied for) has
been awarded.
5. After the deposit has been made, the
student must complete a medical data
form, which will be sent by the College.
6. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus. and matriculation information will be mailed to the
student during the summer.
Transfer
Students are accepted by transfer from
other colleges and universities on the
basis of their academic record. College
credit is granted for liberal arts courses
satisfactorily completed at accredited
institutions. The College reserves the
right not to grant credit for courseswhere
it considers the work unsatisfactory, and
to grant provisional credit for work taken
at unaccredited institutions.
The grade average for graduation is based
on work taken at Augsburg only.
Transfer students with the A.A. degree are
considered as having met all general education requirements at Augsburg except
for two courses in religious studies.
Registered Nurse Students seeking a
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing
must-also complete the Department of
Nursing entrance tests.
The Application Process For
Transfer Students
1. From the Admissions Office, secure
and complete, an official application for
admission. This should be sent to the
Admissions Office with a $10.00 application fee.
2. Request official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended to be
sent directly to:
Admissions Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, M N 55454
3. Admissions to the College are made on
a "rolling" basis: soon after an application
file i s complete, a decision will be made
and the student notified. A non-refundable $50.00 tuition deposit is requested
within one month after acceptance has
been made and/or financial aid (if applied
for) has been awarded.
4. After a deposit has been made, the
student will be requested to complete a
medical data form, which will be sent by
the College.
5. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus and matriculation information will be mailed during
the summer.
The Application Process For
Returning and Special
(Non-degree) Students
1. Obtain an application form from the
Office of the Registrar.
2. Request that official transcripts from all
colleges or universities attended be sent
directly to:
Registrar's Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Ave. South
Minneapolis, Minn. 55454
(Returning students need t o have sent
only the transcripts of colleges attended
since the last enrollment at Augsburg.)
4. Room assignments for those who have
requested to live on campus will be made
i n the housing office.
Foreign Student Admission
Citizens of other countries are welcomed
at Augsburg College. A foreign student
adviser i s available to help them i n the
transition to college and t o the United
States. Admission is based upon performance i n secondary school and previous
college work, if any. Evidence of proficiency in English and satisfactory financial
sponsorship i s required. A very limited
number of scholarships i s available.
Medical insurance i s required of all nonimmigrant foreign students attending
Augsburg. I f they have an internationally
valid health insurance policy, a copy of
the policy is required.
For application forms and further information, write to the Office of Admissions.
Early Decision
An Early Decision Program i s offered for
students who select Augsburg as their first
college choice and who will accept an
offer of admission if it is extended. An
Early Decision candidate must apply by
November 15 of the senior year and will
receive the admission decision about
December 1. The admissions decision is
based upon the academic record through
the junior year, test scores and recommendations.
Early Decision candidates applying for
financial aid are encouraged t o complete
the Augsburg Early Decision Financial Aid
Application, which enables our Financial
A i d Office t o compute a preliminary
award. Candidates will be notified of their
award by January 1.
After notification of admission and financial aid, if needed, the student is encouraged t o withdraw applications t o
other colleges.
A $50.00 nonrefundable tuition deposit i s
required by January 1 or within 15 days of
financial aid notification.
Early Admission
An Early Admission Program is offered for
a few high school juniors. To apply for
Early Admission, a student must have a
high academic record and test scores,
recommendation from the high school
and the maturity t o cope with a college
course after the junior year i n high school.
Also, it i s recommended that the student
complete the requirements for a high
school diploma during the summer or
during the first year of college. A student
applying for Early Admission can take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in January or
March of the junior year.
Project Ahead
months of financial assistance under the
G.I. Bill.
A cooperative program between Augsburg College and the United States Army
makes provision for an individualized
plan of education. A prospective student
who qualifies for the program may choose
Augsburg as a home school and carry on a
pre-planned course of study at other
colleges while i n the Army. An adviser at
Augsburg Gsists the student in the selection of courses which will transfer and
apply toward graduation when the student matriculates at Augsburg. A registration fee of $100 is charged. This fee will
apply toward the student's tuition, provided he or she matriculates as a full-time
student at Augsburg College within five
years from initial registration with the
college in Project Ahead.
The Army provides up to 75% of the
tuition for courses under Project Ahead.
After enlistment, when the student enrolls at Augsburg, the Army provides 36
Advanced Placement
Advanced placement is granted t o students who qualify, on the basis of work
taken in high school or elsewhere, to
enroll in courses beyond the beginning
level. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the
study previously completed.
Advanced Standing
College credit i s granted to high school
students who have successfully completed
a college level course and who have
scored high on the Advanced Placement
Examinations. Augsburg will also award
credit on the basis of scores received on
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) offered by the College Entrance
Examination Board. Requests for detailed
information may be addressed to the
Registrar at Augsburg.
Financial Aid
About 85% of all Augsburg students receive financial assistance from the college
t h r o u g h some f o r m o f scholarships,
grants, loans, campus employment, or a
c o m b i n a t i o n o f these. Assistance i s
awarded on the basis of financial need
and academic record. Application for aid
i s made by completing the Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program. While Augsburg
College prefers the FFS, which is required
for students applying t o the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program, students may instead submit the Financial
Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship
Service. Upperclass students must also
complete the Augsburg Application for
Financial Aid.
For the academic year 1978-79, approximately 85% of the students at Augsburg
received scholarships, grants, or loans
totaling over $3,900,000 from Augsburg
and all other sources.
Augsburg participates i n the Minnesota
State Scholarship and Grant Program t o
which all Minnesota residents are expected t o apply, and the following federal
programs: Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grant, Basic Opportunity
Grant, National Direct Student Loan, College Work-Study and Guaranteed Student Loan. Both on-campus and offcampus w o r k opportunities are also
available. Applications for financial aid
received by April 1 will be considered
first. For further information, contact the
Office of Student Financial Services at
Augsburg.
PREPARING A BUDGET
Writing down realistic estimates of all
expenses and of all potential financial
resources i s the best way to do your
financial planning. Both your own financial ability and that of your family are
considered in evaluating your need for
financial aid. Your budget should include
amounts for tuition and fees and for
books and supplies. Tuition and fees for
1980-81 are $3660 per year. Books and
supplies may be estimated at $225 per
year. Room and board i s $1760 per year.
Other college-related expenses are those
for transportation to and from the campus. Estimates should be based on nine
months.
Personal maintenance costs vary, but
amounts should be budgeted for:
Clothing, cleaning
Recreation, entertainment
Personal spending, cosmetics,
incidentals
Medical (doctors, dentists, eyeglasses,
etc.)
After you have written down estimates of
your expenses, make a list of all possible
sources of income, such as: contributions
from parents' earnings; personal and
family savings; personal earnings during
vacation periods; earnings from part-time
jobs during academic year; benefits from
Social Security and/or Veteran's Administration; aids or loans from sources other
than family, friends or Augsburg (i.e.,
scholarships from state, church, civic and
school).
Students should check with their employers, their parents' employers and any
union t o which a family member belongs
for possible scholarship programs. High
school guidance counselors may have
information about student aid offered by
church, civic, professional, or fraternal
organizations i n a given locality. Following
you will find a summary of financial aid
programs.
Information on a deferred payment plan
i s available from the Augsburg College
Office of Student Financial Services.
OTHER SOURCES OF FINANCIAL AID
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
(BEOG)
For students with proven financial
need. Available t o full-time and parttime students. Up to $1800 per year
depending on the institutional costs
and the student's eligibility. Obtain
application from high school guidance
office or college financial aid office.
Veteran's Administration Benefits/
G.I. Bill
Veterans, widows of veterans, and children of disabled or deceased veterans
may qualify f o r special benefits.
Amount is dependent upon eligibility
as d e t e r m i n e d by t h e Veteran's
Administration. To apply, contact the
Federal Veteran's A d m i n i s t r a t i o n
Office in your area.
Social Security Benefits
For unmarried full-time students if one
parent (covered by Social Security) i s
retired, deceased or disabled. Amount
i s dependent upon eligibility as determined by the Social Security Administration. To apply, contact the Federal
Social Security Administration Office
in your area.
Vocational Rehabilitation
Students with certain physical or emot i o n a l disabilities may qualify f o r
special assistance. A m o u n t is d e pendent upon eligibility as determined by the Vocational Rehabilitation
Office. To apply, contact your local
Vocational Rehabilitation Office.
National Scholarship and Grant Program
for Minority Students (sponsored by the
American Lutheran Church)
For members of American racial and
ethnic minorities and other eligible
groups who are either seeking admission t o an American Lutheran Church
(ALC) college or are members of an
ALC congregation. Up to $1000 per
year. Renewable.
American lndian Scholarships
American lndian students who meet
federal and state requirements may
apply for Bureau of lndian Affairs,
Tribal and/or lndian State Scholarship
monies. lndian grants are supplemental
to all other sources of financial aids. For
assistance in application, contact the
American lndian Programs Counselor.
Guaranteed Student Loans/Minnesota
State Student Loan
For students carrying at least one-half
the normal full-time academic load, the
Federal Government pays the full interest on the loan while thestudent is in
college. When repayment begins, the
student pays the full 7% interest. The
maximum loan is $2500 per year or the
cost of education, whichever is less. The
aggregate maximum i s $7500.
Loan applications are available at the
College, at some banks, and from
Minnesota State Student Loan Office.
PROGRAMS ADMINISTERED BY THE
MINNESOTA HIGHER EDUCATION
COORDINATING BOARD
Minnesota State Scholarship
Awarded to Minnesota residents o n
the basis of scholastic achievement and
need. High School seniors who are
Minnesota residents are expected t o
apply. Range: $100 t o $1250; but shall
not exceed one half of the applicant's
demonstrated financial need.
for twelve months prior to the deadline date may apply.
Awarded to Minnesota residents on
the basis of evident need. High school
seniors and community/junior college
transfer students who are Minnesota
residents are expected t o apply.
Applications for the Minnesota State
Scholarship/Grant will be mailed t o all
Minnesota high school seniors. If you
do not receive an application by December 30, contact your high school
guidance counselor or the college
financial aid office.
In addition, persons who have not
attended a post-secondary institution
Return completed application and FFS
t o The American College Testing Pro-
Minnesota State Grant-in-Aid
gram, Financial Aid Operations, P.O.
Box 1000, lowa City, lowa 52240.
Be sure to list Augsburg College (Code
2080) and the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program (Code 6500) t o
receive the FFS analysis.
NOTE: Unsuccessful Scholarship applications are automatically c o n sidered for the State Grant.
DEADLINE: March 1.
FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS
ADMINISTERED THROUGH THE
COLLEGE
Honor Scholarships
For entering freshman students ranking i n the top 15% of their high school
class with above average aptitude test
scores.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available
for a maximum of 4 years based on 2.5
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Academic Grants
For entering freshman students who
have shown academic potential and
have financial need.
Up t o full tuition per year. Available for
a maximum of 4 years based o n 2.0
cumulative grade-point average and
continued financial need.
Federal Supplementary Educational
Opportunity Grants (SEOG)
For students having exceptional financial need who could not otherwise
attend college, and who carry at least
one-half the normal academic load.
Range $200 t o $1500 per year. Renewable for 3 years. Will be matched
by other financial assistance such as
loans, scholarships, employment.
National Direct Student Loans (NDSL)
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
Averages approximately $1000 per
year. Can be reapplied for each year
although renewal i s not guaranteed.
College Work Study Program
For students with proven financial
need and who carry at least one-half
the normal academic load.
A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus
employment per week is recommended.
Augsburg Opportunity Grant
For any graduate of a Minnesota Junior
College entering Augsburg for further
full-time study and with proven financial need.
Range from $100 to $1000. Renewable
for a second year.
How to Apply
1. Apply for admission; for new students this application i s also the
financial aid application.
2. Obtain a Family Financial Statement
(FFS) from high school counselor or
Augsburg College Financial Aid
Office*
3. Complete and return the FFS to:
American College Testing Program
Financial Aid Operations
P.O. Box 1000
lowa City, lowa 52240
Request that a copy be sent t o Augsburg College. Augsburg's ACT code
number i s 2080. Financial statements
received by April 1 will be considered
first.
*Although Augsburg prefers the FFS,
the College will accept the Financial
Aid Form FAF) of the College Scholarship Service. Augsburg's CSS code
number i s 6014.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Available t o upperclassmen (Soph, Jr, Sr,
next year). Descriptions of awards are
copied verbatim from statements of the
donors' wishes.
GENERAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Eleanor Christensen Edwards
Memorial Scholarship - established
in 1978 for upperclass students preparing for a career in medicine or
health.
2. The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
two deserving junior/senior students
as recommended by the committee.
3. The Elias B. Eliason, Sr. M e m o r i a l
Scholarship -established in 1979 by his
family. One or more scholarships will
be awarded annually t o needy and
deserving upperclass students.
4. The O l i v e r M. a n d Alma Jensen
Dickerson Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o two deserving
junior/ senior students.
5. T h e M.J. Estrem Scholarship awarded annually t o a worthy student
of the College selected by the scholarship committee.
6. The Catha Jones Memorial Scholarships - awarded annually to female
students transferring from Waldorf
College. Preference given to those in
music and/or elementary education.
7. Memorial Scholarship -awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student as recommended by the
scholarship committee.
8. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
Scholarships - established i n 1972 t o
be distributed by the scholarship committee t o needy students.
9. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually to a
deserving senior.
10. Douglas Ollila Memorial Scholarship
- $250 awarded to a senior.
11. The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund established in 1963 by a bequest of John
G. Quanbeck, awarded annually t o
freshmen students who without assistance would be unable t o pursue higher
education.
12. The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholships - awarded t o able and
deserving upperclassmen.
13. The Johan H.O. Rodvik Memorial
Scholarship - distributed annually t o
needy and deserving students preparing for a career in professional Christian
service.
14. The Tozer Foundation Scholarships up t o $1000 each - awarded o n the
basis of scholarship, personality, and
need. Winners must be junior or
senior students who are residents of
the State of Minnesota but not residents of Pine, Kanabecor Washington
Counties. Separate application required of semi- finalists selected by
the scholarship committee. FFS must
be sent t o Tozer Foundation (code
6577)
15. The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship - awarded t o an able and
deserving junior or senior student.
SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee
1. A i d Association f o r Lutherans awarded to able and deserving upperclass students who are policy holders
with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company.
2. M i l d r e d Ryan Cleveland M e m o r i a l
Scholarship - awarded annually t o
able and deserving students, who have
physical disabilities and have demontrated financial need.
MINORITY STUDENT SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. A i d Association for Lutherans M i n o r i t y
Scholarship P r o g r a m - awarded
annually t o Lutheran American minority students who show financial need.
2. Minnesota M i n i n g & Manufacturing
M i n o r i t y Student Scholarship - established i n 1973 to be awarded to a Black
student.
3. T h e M a r l y s J o h n s o n S i m e n g a a r d
Memorial Scholarship - Awarded
periodically t o a Black American
student.
4. National Scholarship & Grant Program
for M i n o r i t y Students -sponsored by
the American Lutheran Church (ALC).
Awarded annually to membersof racial
and ethnic minorities.
5. The Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarships awarded annually t o upperclass
Oriental students.
6. Homecoming Auction Scholarship awarded annually to two minority students by contributions from faculty,
administration. staff and students at
the Homecoming auction.
RELIGION & CHRISTIAN SERVICE
SCHOLARSHIPS
Winners selected by Student Personnel
Committee:
1. The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt M e m o rial Scholarship - awarded annually to
a student(s) in the senior class who is
preparing for the ministry.
2. The lver and Marie lverson Scholarship
- awarded on the basis of need, character and interest i n Christian service.
3. The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial
Scholarship - awarded on the basis of
need, scholarship and interest i n
Christian service.
4. The Morris C.C. and Hanna Vaagenes
Missionary Scholarship F u n d awarded t o a junior/senior student
preparing for service as a missionary
through the World Missions Depart-
ment of the American Lutheran
Church.
5. Onesimus Scholarship - awarded
periodically to students preparing for
the Christian ministry.
6. The Marguerite Hamilton Storley
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o an able and deserving
juniorhenior student recommended
by the scholarship committee. Semifinalists are interviewed and selected
by donor.
7. Cerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship - Winners are selected on the
basis of scholarship, characteristics of
service and devotion t o the Christian
faith.
DEPARTMENTAL SCHOLARSHIPS
ART
- winners
selected by Art faculty.
Crown Princess Sonja Art Scholarship established by the Crown Princess of
Norway to be awarded annually to a
talented art student with financial need.
ATHLETIC - winners recommended by
Physical Education faculty to the Student
Personnel Committee.
3. The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of achievement, personal character, and promise i n field of
physical education.
4. The JamesWinkler Memorial Scholarship - awarded annually t o a male
student on basis of personality, character, athletic ability and academic
achievement.
5. The Peterson Football Scholarship awarded t o a freshman football player
on basis of financial need.
6. The Sandbo Football Scholarship awarded t o a football player on basis of
financial need.
7. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship
- awarded t o a student because of his
academic achievement, personal character, and ability in field of athletics.
8. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award is "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character".
The athletic scholarship i s for a male
candidate only, with a preference for
basketball.
1. The Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship
- awarded annually to an able and
deserving male student on basis of
Christian purpose, athletic and academic achievement.
BIOLOGY - Winners selected by the
Biology Department faculty.
2. The Paul Dahlen - Gerald Pryd
Memorial Scholarship - awarded
annually t o a male student or students
on basis of personality, character,
athletic and academic achievement.
Biology Scholarships - established in
1972 by the faculty of the Biology Department to honor outstanding students who
intend to major in Biology, Natural Science
or Medical Technology.
BUSINESS - Winners recommended by
the Business Administration faculty to the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation
Scholarship - awarded t o one or more
upperclass students interested i n the
field of business.
2. The Reid Scholarship - awarded t o
one or more upperclass students who
are interested i n business and/or
education.
CHEMISTRY - Winners selected by the
Chemistry faculty.
Awarded t o students whose academic
record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of Chemistry.
ENGLISH - Winners selected by English
faculty.
1. Anne Pederson English Scholarship awarded annually t o junior/senior students who are majoring in English with
preference given to those who plan t o
teach English as a career.
2. Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial
Scholarship -awarded t o an outstanding student i n the field of English.
HISTORY
faculty.
- Winners selected by History
The H. N. Hendrickson History Scholarship - awarded annually to students
majoring i n history with preference
given t o those who plan a career in the
field.
1. The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chem-
istry Scholarship.
2. The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry
Scholarship.
3. The Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship.
4. The Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Chemistry
Scholarship.
5. The Walter Gordon Schell Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
6. The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr. Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
7. The Covey Hendrickson Memorial
Chemistry Scholarship.
EDUCATION - Winners selected by
Education faculty.
The David Mathre Scholarship -awarded
t o qualified full-time students in need of
financial assistance during the term in
which they are student teaching.
LIBRARY SCIENCE - Winnersselected by
Library staff.
1. The Library Science Scholarship established in 1971 to honor one or
more outstanding student(s) choosing
librarianship as a career.
MATHEMATICS - Winners r e c o m mended by Mathematics faculty t o the
Student Personnel Committee.
1. Minnesota Gas Company Scholarship
- generally awarded t o able and deserving juniorhenior students majoring in mathematics or the sciences on
basis of need and academic ability.
2. Mathematics Scholarship - awarded
to an able and deserving student in the
field of mathematics.
MODERN LANGUAGE - Winners selecte d by M o d e r n Language faculty.
1. The Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship - awarded annually
t o juniorhenior students who are
majoring in a modern language with
preference given t o those who plan t o
teach language as a career.
2. Foreign Travel Scholarship - available
to language majors studying a language
abroad during the academic year, t o
help with travel expenses. A special
application i s required by the Foreign
Language Department.
MUSIC
faculty.
-
5. The Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel
Scholarship - awarded t o upperclass
students seeking t o acquire musical
and performance skills i n instrumental
music with preference given to those
candidates who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.
6. David Cronner Memorial Scholarship
Fund - awarded t o two or more students participating in athletics or music.
The award i s "made t o students who
have demonstrated financial need"
and/or "of high Christian character."
7. Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial
Scholarship - awarded annually t o a
student studying choral music.
Winners selected by Music
1. 0.1. Hertsgaard Scholarship awarded annually to junior/senior students who have demonstrated proficiency i n choral and/or instrumental
music, who show interest or potential
in conduaing and who show promise
of overall academic success.
2. The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship -awarded tOaso~homore/junior
student of outstanding promise in the
field of music.
3- The
solberg
SchO1arshi~
- awarded to an Augsburg student
who has music as a maior/minor and
who shows outstanding promise for
achievement i n the art of singing.
NURSING -winners
faculty.
selected by Nursing
Donna Henke Hendershot Memorial
-awardedtoagraduateof
the Abbott Northwestern School of
Nursing enrolled in the Upper Division
Nursing Program at Augsburg.
PHYSICS - Winners selected by Physics
faculty,
The Theodore J.Hanwick Scholarship awarded annually
to an upperc~ass
stu-
dent majoring in
SOCIOLOGY
4. The lngaborg C. Christenson Scholarship - awarded to a student on the
basis of skilled performance or aptitude
in stringed instruments.
Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize awarded annually to a student in the
general field of Christian Sociology.
Expenses
Costs listed here are for the 1980-81
academic year, and are subject to change
without notice.
T U I T I O N - $3,660
This full-time rate applies to new freshmen, transfer or returning students (not
on a prior year guarantee plan) entering
the academic year beginning September,
1980. Students are considered full-time
when they take three or more courses
during the semester terms for a total of
seven courses in the year.
Under the 4-1-4 calendar, the student
must register for the semester periods. If
the student elects to omit an interim or to
graduate in December, a refund is not
authorized.
A part-time rate of $510 per course is
charged the student taking less than three
courses i n a semester or registering for an
interim course only.
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. For part-time students,
the charge for auditing is one half the
part-time rate per course. Part-time
students who take Lifetime Sports are
charged the audit rate for that course.
SPECIAL FEES - N O T REFUNDABLE
Students enrolled in the music therapy
program will arrange their internship
with Music Department faculty. The
charge for this one-course credit is $510.
Fee for change in registration after the
first three days of classes i s $2.00 for each
course cancelled or added. Late registration fee after classes begin is $5.00 per day.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES - N O T
REFUNDABLE
Cinema Arts, $35
Computer Science, $30 per course
Student Teaching, $35
Film Making, $90
Life Drawing, $20
Stagecraft, $30
Psychology of Music, $10
Nursing Admission Test, $20
Study Abroad - See Study Abroad
Adviser.
Music lessons i n addition to tuition are
$140 a semester (14 lessons), or $10.00
per lesson during Interim.
Class piano lessons, $70 per term
Practice Studio rental for each semester
for one hour a day, $35.00 ($15.00 an
interim).
Band - Orchestra instrument rental
$30.00 a semester.
An application fee of $10.00 i s required
from all new students.
Nursing students are required to have a
name pin, available at cost through the
Department of Nursing.
A registration fee for students studying
abroad on approved non-Augsburg programs i s $125.00.
OTHER COSTS
Seniors enrolled in the Medical Technology program at one of the hospitals
must register at Augsburg. The charge is
$510.00.
Transcript fee: first copy free; additional
copy, $1.00.
Locker rental for commuter students:
$5.00
Arrangements for special examinations
are made in the Registrar's Office with
charges according t o the schedule on file.
Books and supplies are available from the
Bookstore o n a cash or charge account
basis.
BOARD A N D R O O M
Full Board and Room
- $1,760.
Other plans are available as defined in the
Room and Board Contract Booklet at the
Office of Auxiliary Services.
I n the event of excessive increases i n the
cost of operation, these board rates may
be increased at any time before or during
the contract year.
Linen service i s available in residence halls
on a direct contract basis from a local
linen supply company.
R O O M RESERVATION DEPOSIT - All
resident students: $100.00 advance deposit required at time of signing a contract to reserve a housing assignment for
the t e r m beginning in S e p t e m b e r .
charge. New 'OnApplied to the
tracts may be terminated for Fall or
Spring term by notifying the Office of
student Life in writing by the first day of
registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late
cancellation or lack of proper
notifica. .
tion. If the new contract i s cancelled prior
to
(Fall semester) or
(Spring semester), $35.00 will be forfeited
from the $100 advance payment
as a
.
.
service charge. If the new contract is
cancelled after July or January
the
entire amount will be forfeited.
BREAKAGE A N D FINE DEPOSIT - All
students at registration: $25.00. Refundable upon graduation, transfer to another
institution, or discontinuing education
program at Augsburg.
1979-80 COST SUMMARY
Settlement of Account
Application Fee - $10.00
A statement of estimated charges for the
year will be prepared and forwarded t o
the student early i n August. Payment of
the first half-year billing period i s due
August 20, and the second half-year isdue
January 20. Variation from this schedule
must be arranged with the Office of
Student Financial Services prior to August
Tuition - $3,660
Board and Room
- $1,760
Breakage and Fine Deposit - $25.00
(Refunded o n termination o f studies at
Augsburg)
Deposits
T U I T I O N DEPOSIT - New students,
$50.00 (not refundable). Required of
students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by April 15,
1979. (Payment is due February 1 under
Early Decision Program). The deposit is
applied to the tuition charge.
No student is permitted to register if hisor
her account for a preceding term has not
been paid in full.
A student cancelling part or all of his/her
registration and/or being released from
his/her housing contract will be refunded
charges for tuition and room except for
the minimum deduction of $100 of feesto
cover administrative costs according to
the following schedule:
100% through the first five daysof classes.
90% from the sixth day through the
tenth day of classes.
80% from the eleventh day through the
fifteenth day of classes.
70% from the sixteenth day through
the twentieth day of classes.
60% from the twenty-first day through
the twenty-fifth day of classes.
50% from the twenty-sixth day through
the middle of the term.
No refund will be made after the middle
of the term.
Should a student be forced to cancel his/
her registration during the first one-half
of the term due to illness or accident,
upon submission of a report from the
attending physician stating the inability or
inadvisability of continued matriculation,
the charges will be reduced by one-half.
In all cases board refunds a r e made on a
proportionate basis.
All refunds of charges will beapplied back
to the account of the student and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines and
deposits, etc. shall be gathered in the
student's account before eligibility for a
cash refund shall be determined.
Academic Administration
Students who enroll at Augsburg College
are encouraged to plan their own course
of study with the help of faculty
advisers
who are readily availablefor consultat;on
and guidance. A well-planned program of
liberal arts studieswillinclude courses in
the humanities, the natural sciences, and
the social sciences.
Augsburg graduates are expected t o be
able to write effectively; they are also
expected to be knowledgeable about
urban concerns and have some understanding of cultures outside the United
States.
The general recreational activities courses
at Augsburg are designed to acquaint
students with and t o equip students for
lifetime sports.
Courses in religion are intended to assist
students i n their reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the
study of its beliefs, its scripture, and its
mission.
Augsburg College offers the Bachelor of
Arts degree, the degree of Bachelor of
Music, and the Bachelor of Science degree. The degree, Bachelor of Science, is
awarded to graduates with majors in Medical Technology, Music Therapy, Nursing
and Social Work. Students who enter the
nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts
degree and who wish t o earn a Bachelor
of Science degree should contact the
Office of the Registrar for information on
the specific requirements for a second
bachelor's degree. Majors in Music may
select the program for either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Music degree.
Graduates with majors i n other fields
receive the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Divisional Organization
The college curriculum is organized into
four divisions in order to make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily
achieved. A chairperson for each division
is elected for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated i n the departmental statements in
the course listing section.
NATURAL SCIENCE A N D
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson:
Earl R. Alton
Department
Department
Department
Department
Biology
Chemistry
Mathematics
Physics
of
of
of
of
SOCIAL A N D BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Chairperson: Myles Stenshoel
Department of Business Administration,
Business Education, and Economics
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
Chairperson:
Marie 0. NcNeff
Department of Education: Elementary
Education, Geography, Library Science,
Secondary .Education
Department of Physical Education and
Health Education
Department of Music
Department of Nursing
Department of Social Work
HUMANITIES
Chairperson: Eugene Skibbe
Department of Art
Department of English
D e p a r t m e n t o f Foreign Languages:
Chinese, French, German, Greek,
Japanese, Linguistics, Norwegian,
Russian, Spanish
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
Department of speech, Communication
and Theater Arts
Minimum Graduation
Requirements Include the
Following:
1. A total of 35 courses of which 11 must
be upper division (numbered in the
300s and 400s) and not more than 13 in
one department, except in certain approved majors for the Bachelor of
Science/Arts degree and 17 for these
degrees: Bachelor of Music, Bachelor
of Science i n Music Therapy, and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
No more than these maximums may be
the 35
'Ourses
required: CHR
courses
independent study or directed study or
a combination of directed and independent study, 4 courses of internship
and 8 courses with a grade of P (two in
the major except Elementary Education
and one in the minor if approved by the
department chairperson).
Students who enter the nursing program with a B.A. degree and who wish
t o earn a B.S. degree should contact
the Office of the Registrar for specific
requirements for a second bachelor's
degree.
For transfer students, the maximum in
the areas listed in the paragraph above
is an average of two courses per year of
attendance at Augsburg.
2. Completion of a major. Requirements
for each major are listed under departmental headings.
3. A grade point average of 2.0 in all
courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major (except for
Elementary Education and Nursing,
where 2.5 averages are required).
4. The last year of full-time study at Augsburg College.
5. Three interim courses. For transfer
students, the number o f i n t e r i m
courses is one less than the number of
years at Augsburg.
6. The responsibility for seeing that all
degree requirements are satisfied rests
with the student. Academic advisers,
department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
7. Each student must apply for graduation
at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are availableinthe
Registrar's Office.
8. All degree and course requirements
must be completed prior to the anticipated date of graduation (i.e., there
may be no incompletes or open courses
on the academic record).
9. Satisfactory completion of distribution
requirements as follows:
A. A course in writing (EnglishI l l ) or
certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of
English. Exemption tests are administered .during the summer
and fall orientation periods.
B. An approved course from each of
the following seven areas (onecourse
may fulfill the requirement in one
area only):
courses in a semester are classified as fulltime students. Students must petition and
receive permission t o register for more
than 4.5 courses.
Mathematics - Physics
Chemistry - Biology
Psychology -.Sociology
Economics - Political Science
History - Philosophy
English -Speech, Communication &
Theater Arts
Art - Music
Although a student may register up t o two
weeks after the semester begins, it i s
advantageous to register at the regularly
scheduled time. A fee is charged for late
registration. A fee i s also charged for
changing registration, i.e., cancelling or
adding courses after the first five days of
the semester.
C. Students without prior study of a
foreign language will complete two
courses (111 and 112) of one foreign
language. Students who test above
111 level of a foreign language will
take one additional course at placement level in that language or two
courses (111 and 112) of another
foreign language.
Students are urged n o t t o abandon
courses for which they are registered.
Abandoned courses result i n a failing
grade. Cancellation of courses or cancellation from College must be done in the
Registrar's Office. Cancellations from
college and resulting adjustments i n
accounts are effective as of the date the
completed Cancel From College form i s
returned to the Office of the Registrar.
D. Three approved courses in religious
studies of which not more than one
may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is
one for each year of study (or equivalent) at Augsburg.
E. A course related t o urban concerns.
Courses approved t o meet this requirement are published each term.
F. Two lifetime sports or demonstrated
proficiency i n two lifetime sports.
Registration
A student must be registered for a course
i n order t o receive credit for it.
A normal load i s four courses per semester and o n e course i n t h e interim.
Students registered for three or more
Students who have completed at least
7 courses with a 2.0 average are classified
as sophomores, 16 as juniors, and 25 as
seniors.
Probation and Dismissal
A student may be placed on scholastic
probation at the end of a term if his or
her achievement i s unsatisfactory.
below 1.6 or 2 zero
grades having taken 6 or
fewer courses
SOPHOMORE, below 1.7 or 3 zero
grades having taken 7-15
courses
JUNIOR,
below 1.9 having taken
16-24 courses
SENIOR,
below 2.0 having taken
25 or more courses
FRESHMAN,
If a student has been on probation two or
more semesters consecutively, he/she i s
subject to dismissal at the end of the
following spring term. A student who has
a poor academic record may be strongly
advised t o withdraw before the end of the
spring term.
Dismissal from the College will not be
automatic. Each case will be reviewed by
t h e Committee o n Admissions and
Student Standing.
A student who has been o n probation for
two terms and withdraws from the Cod
lege voluntarily must havespecial permission to re-enroll.
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by means of final examinations. Shorter examinations or tests,
written papers, oral reports, and other
types of evaluation are also used.
Most courses are graded on a scale of 4.0
to 0 with definitions as follows:
4.0 Achieves highest standards o f
excellence.
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course
standards.
2.5
2.0 Meets basic standards for the
course.
1.5
1.0 Performance below basic course
standards.
.5
0. Unacceptable performance ( n o
credit for the course).
Most courses are also offered on a Pass/
N o Credit system, with P meaning a grade
of 2.0 or better and N meaning no credit
and a grade of less than 2.0. O n the P/N
grading system the grade is recorded but
not computed in the grade point average.
A student may count a maximum of eight
courses of P toward graduation. For transfer students the maximum is an averageof
two courses per year. Two courses in the
major (except Elementary Education) and
one in the minor may be on P/N grading
system if approved by the department
chairperson.
Sociology 383 and several interim courses
are graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded
only on the P/N system or only o n the
traditional system. English 111 is graded P
or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are
graded only P, 1.0, N. Students may select
the traditional grading system i n most
other courses. Students are cautioned t o
use the P/N grade option with care since
some graduate and professional schools
do not look favorably on a large number
of P-graded courses.
Students must indicate on their registration form those courses which they wish
to take on the P/N grading system. Any
changes in choice of grading system must
be made according t o dates published
each term. A fee i s charged after the first
five days of classes.
Music organizations and performance
studies, Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
An incomplete grade (I) may be given
only in the caseof extreme emergency. To
receive an I grade, a student must file a
petition with the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing stating the
reasons for requesting it, the plan and
date for removing it, and comments from
the instructor of the course. If permission
to receive an I grade is granted, it must be
removed during the following semester.
If the incomplete is not removed during
the following semester, it becomes the
grade submitted by the teacher along
with the incomplete.
A grade of X may be given for an Independent Study or Directed Study course
that i s t o be spread over more than one
semester. Such a course must be completed during the second semester or the
grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,1.5, N,
1, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. All courses taken remain on the
academic record. Only the credits and
grades earned the second time arecounted toward graduation and i n the grade
point average. Courses in which higher
grades have been earned may not be
repeated for credit; they may, however,
be audited.
Students who wish t o fake courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Such students should
confer with the professor within t w o
weeks of the beginning of the term to
determine expectations, attendance requirement, etc. If expectations have been
met, the course will be listed on the
student's transcript as having been
audited. If expectations have not been
met, the course will be listed witti a grade
of W (withdrawn).
Full-time students may audit a course
without charge. The charge for part-time
students i s listed under Expenses.
Dean's List
The Dean's List i s composed of students
whose grade point average for a semester
is 3.5 or better based on a minimum of
three full courses (or equivalent) graded
on the traditional grading system, with no
incompletes i n courses offered for credit.
The Dean's List i s published in the Augsburg College Now, and students receive a
letter of commendation from the Dean of
the College.
Graduation with Distinction
Graduation with distinction is determined
as follows:
Summacumlaude
Magnacumlaude
Cum laude
3.8 - 4.0 g r a d e
average
3.6 - 3.79 grade
average
3.3 - 3.59 grade
average
To qualify for graduation with distinction,
transfer students must have completed
two years (14traditionally graded courses)
of work at Augsburg.
Independent Study
An opportunity for independent study i s
offered through many departments. This
i s available to conscientious students who
demonstrate sufficient background and
preparation in a given field to carry out
work on an independent basis.
Most departments also offer an opportunity for directed study. As the term
suggests, this requires considerably more
faculty direction than for independent
study, and a student i s not expected t o
have as much background as for independent study. Directed study is offered
on a lower division level.
Students interested in registering for
either independent study or directed
study must first secure permission from
the faculty who will direct the study.
A student who registers for independent
study should normally expect to complete
it i n one semester but may extend it into
the next term by permission of the instructor. I n such cases, a grade of X i s
given at the end of the first term, and the
student will register again for the course
i n order t o receive the final grade.
A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may
count toward the 35 courses required for
the degree.
In the Five College Cooperative Program,
students may cross-register for independent studies only when the major field i n
which the independent study is proposed
is not available on their home campus.
Requests for exceptions t o this policy
should be made directly to their own
academic dean. The student will be
charged for any special costs attached t o
independent study by the host campus.
Veterans
Augsburg College is approved by the
State Approving Agency for Veterans
Training.
Veterans should consult with the Office of
the Registrar regarding completion of the
enrollment certificate and the forwarding
of other information t o the Veterans
Administration.
Students registered for three or more
courses are classified as full-time students.
It i s the responsibility of each veteran t o
report any change i n registration and/or
academic load to the Office of the
Registrar.
Veterans will be referred to the State
Approving Agency after any period of two
consecutive terms in which they did not
earn a minimum of three courses per
term. An incomplete grade (I) may be
given only i n t h e case of extreme
emergency. See section o n Grading.
Grade reports are issued t o students following each term.
A non-punitive grade which brings a
veteran'; academic load for the term
below three courses will be reported t o
the Veterans Administration. Veterans
will need to meet the requirements of the
Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds
received.
General Information
Credit by Examination
Students who are interested i n earning
credit by examinations should consult
with department chairpersons or with the
Registrar. Credit may be earned through
the College Level Examination Program
(CLEP) or by comprehensive examinations.
Classification
Sophomore.. . 7courses . .I4 grade pts.
Junior . . . .. .16courses . - 3 2 grade pts.
Senior. . . . . .25courses . -50 grade pts.
..
..
To be considered full time for the year, a
student must register for at least three
courses each of the two semesters and
one course during the interim (for a total
of seven courses). To be considered full
time for a semester, a student must register for at least three courses.
Courses
A full course i s offered for one course
credit. A few fractional courses (one-half
course credit) are offered i n the Division
of Professional Studies.
A full course has the approximatevalue of
4 semester credits. A total of 35 courses i s
required for graduation.
Most courses meet for three sixty-minute
periods or two ninety-minute periods a
week in addition t o laboratories. Each
semester is approximately 15 weeks in
length.
Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate
making changes in course offerings.
Courses with inadequate registration may
be cancelled. students shouid consult the
schedule of classes to determine definitely the current course offerings.
Numbering
Courses numbered below 300 are lower
division courses; those numbered 300and
above are classified as upper division. I n
general, courses numbered i n the 100's are
primarily for freshmen; 200's for sophomores; 300's for juniors; and 400's for
seniors. In some departments course
numbers also designate areas within the
deDartment
symbol
#Consent of instructor
T o t a l Student E n r o l l m e n t
Academic Year, 1978-79.. ............................................
Summer Session,1979 ...........................................
Summary o f Graduates
Graduates, 1870-1978 ................................................
Graduates, 1979 (August 31, 1978 - May 20, 1979).
.....................
1,712
408
7,290
337
Course Descriptions
The descriptions of courses listed in the
following pages are to be understood as
general characterizations of topics t o
be considered. For a more precise description and clarification of content and
requirements f o r individual courses,
please consult the respective instructors
bf the courses.
Consult Schedule of Classes for precise
offerings each term.
Courses and terms listed are subject t o
change.
The symbol # indicates "by consent of
instructor".
See preceding pages for information on
numbering and credit value.
American Studies
Director: Grier Nicholl
MAJOR: 13 courses including 295 or 495
and 399 or 499, plus 11 courses i n U.S.
History, Literature and the Fine Arts in the
U.S., and Social Sciences i n the U.S. (5
courses i n one of these areas and 3 i n each
of the others).*
History of the United States
American Studies, 231, 260
History 227, 222, 337, 332, 353, 495
(American Emphasis)
Religion 353, 363
Humanities i n the United States
American Studies 232, 265
Art 102, 389
English 241 (also Speech 247), 250,351,
490 and497 (
A
~
~
~
;
Philosophy 344
Social Sciences i n the United States
Economics 120, 122, 723, 251
Education 478#
Political Science 127,122,170,325,326,
370, 371, 427
Sociology 171, 373, 381, 383
Social Work 361, 463
*American area oriented courses taken
during the Interim, Summer School and at
other colleges should be approved by the
director for inclusion i n the major.
TEACHING M A J O R : 16 courses. Same as
above, plus 3 courses in foreign civilization to be approved by director.
M I N O R : 7 courses including 295 or 495
plus 2 courses in each of the above
groupings under MAJOR.
231 RELIGION IN AFRO-AMERICAN
HISTORY
An examination of selected topics related
to the black experience, e.g. African
backgrounds, religion under slavery~
evangelicalism.
Course content subject t o
~
~
~
change from year to year. Meets one
religion requirement. (Fall)
232 AFRO-AMERICAN HUMANITIES
Focuses on a significant period of the
black experience in urban America, e.g.
Harlem Renaissance, post-World War II,
with emphasis upon the contributions of
literature, art and music of the period.
Course content subject t o change from
year to year. (Spring. Offeredon demand)
260 CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
INDIANS
The situation of Indians in the United
States sipce the Indian Reorganization Act
(1934) with an emphasis upon current
issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights,
and education. Examples of the persistence o f religious/cultural traditions
among selected Indian tribes today.
(Spring)
phenomenon in American life. Includes a
study of the approaches of several disciplines to the topic and practice in the
integration of primary source materials.
Occasional use of Twin Cities resource
persons and the co-learning model when
appropriate to topic. Open to freshmen
and sophomores. (Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
A field project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
director to determine conditions of contract. lntended for majors only. Others#.
(Fall, Interim, Spring)
265 W O M E N IN AMERICAN CULTURE
495 TOPICS I N AMERICAN STUDIES
Through a discussion of works by women
historians and selections from women's
journals, speeches, articles, short stories,
poems, plays, and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the
position of black and white women i n
American culture from the founding of
the colonies to the present. (Fall)
295 TOPICS IN AMERICAN STUDIES
Focuses on a significant problem or
For description, see course 295. Open t o
juniors and seniors who will do a different
level of work (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
A research project of an interdisciplinary
nature in area of student's choice. Consult
with director to determine conditions of
contract. I n t e n d e d f o r majors only.
Others#. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
Art
Chairperson: Philip Thompson
STUDIO ART MAJOR: 9 studio courses
including 107, and 3 art history courses.
TEACHING M A J O R : Same as studio art
major but 250 required and 132 recommended.
STUDIO ART M I N O R : 4 studio courses
including 107, and 1 art history course.
Two required from 118,221,223,225,250;
one from 240,382,385,386,387,388,389.
ART HISTORY M I N O R : 5 art history
including 386, 3 8 7 ~388.
100, 300 SPECIAL TOPICS Occasional
courses dealing with subjects not usually
offered by the department.
102 ENVIRONMENTAL AESTHETICS
225 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I
Fine arts in the urban world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience
i n t h e environment leading toward
appreciation and criticism. (Spring 7980)
The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements
such as color, line, shape, texture, and
pictorial images. (Fall, Spring)
STUDIO ART
107 DRAWING
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and
pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures,
building interiors and exteriors, and
experimental work. (Fall, Spring)
118 PAINTING I
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o painting media and
technique in acrylic and oil. (Fall, Spring)
242 FILM M A K I N G
Film making through practical laboratory
experience. Discussion and observation
of the expressive and structural elements
of film. (Summer, Interim)
250 CERAMICS I
An introduction to the making of pottery
with an emphasis on handbuilding and
glazing. (Fall, Spring)
330 VISUAL C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I1
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
The camera used as a tool for visual
creativity and expression with attention
t o black and white photographic process.
Need access to 35 mm. camera.
A study of visual communications i n
magazines, television, film, advertising
symbols, and other mass media. Practice
in areas of photography, typography, and
illustration. (Prereq.: 225. Fall, Spring)
150 JEWELRY
351 CERAMICS I1
An introduction t o the making of jewelry
i n copper, brass, pewter, and silver.
(Spring)
Advanced work i n ceramics with an
emphasis on throwing or handbuilding
and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.:
250. Fall, Spring)
221 SCULPTURE I
355 PAINTING II
An introduction t o sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Fall, Spring)
Advanced study of painting.(Prereq.: 778.
Fall, Spring)
223 PRINT M A K I N G I
360 WATER-COLOR PAINTING
Principles and methods of print making i n
a variety of media including etching, silkscreen and woodcut. (Fall, Spring)
Seven weeks of descriptive and experimental drawing followed by seven weeks
of water-color painting with emphasis o n
the landscape. The functions of perception, structure, and gesture i n drawing
and transparent water-color. (Prereq.:
107. Offered alternate years).
368 PRINT M A K I N G I1
Advanced work in various media, including silk-screen, etching, and engraving.
(Prereq.: 223. Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult chairman or internship director
t o determine project.
478 SCULPTURE 11
Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of
media: clay, welded steel and bronze,
plaster, and stone. (Prereq.: 221. Fall,
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Advanced study in area of the student's
choice, intended for senior art majors.
(Fall, Spring)
ART HISTORY
proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture,
and architecture i n Europe. (Offered
7 982-83)
240 ART HISTORY SURVEY
A survey of art from prehistoric to modern
times. Includes reading, research, viewing
of slides, visits to museums. (Offered
7 980-87)
387 RENAISSANCE A N D BAROQUE ART
European painting, sculpture, and architecture through the 18th century.
(Offered 7987-82)
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
388 19TH A N D 20TH CENTURY ART
Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia
f r o m pre-history t o m o d e r n times.
(7 982-83)
European painting, sculpture, and architecture from neoclassic is^ through the
present. (Offered 7987-82)
385 PREHISTORIC A N D ANCIENT ART
389 AMERICAN ART
The art of the Ice Age through the Roman
period t o the 4th Century A.D. (Offered
7980-87)
386 MEDIEVAL ART
A study of early colonial art through
contemporary American art, with specific
emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and
its relationship to European art as well as
indigenous movements.(7980-87)
Early Christian through late Gothic and
Biology
Chairperson: Neal Thorpe
MAJOR: Option One: 7 courses, including 111, 112, 491 and at least one
course from each of the following three
groups: 351, 353, 361 (Group 1); 355,473,
474 (Group 11); 440, 471, 476 (Group Ill);
Chemistry 115,116 (or 105, 106), 351, 352;
Mathematics 124, 125; Physics 121, 122
also required. Students intending t o enter graduate school should ordinarily
choose this major.
MAJOR: Option Two: 9 courses,
cluding 111, 112, 491 and at least
course from each of the following
groups: 351, 353 (Group 1); 355,
inone
five
474
(Group 11); 361, 481 (Group 111); 471, 473
(Group IV); 440, 476, (Group V); Chemistry 115,116 (or 105,106), 223 (or 351,352)
also required. Students who plan to teach
in secondary schools often select this
major. Licensure for teaching after July,
1979, also requires three courses in earth
and life sciences. Students are advised to
consult with the Education Department
early in their planning.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including Ill,
ll2and
three upper division courses. Chemistry
115, 116 (or 105, 106) also required.
PRE-MEDICAL BIOLOGY MAJOR: The
same as Option I major. In addition,
medical schools usually require Chemistry 353 (Quantitative Analytical Chemistry).
H O N O R S M A J O R : GPA of 3.5 in biology
and 3.0 overall; active participation in
seminar; one course of approved independent study with an oral defense of the
research report. Application f o r t h e
honors major should be made no later
than the first term of the senior year.
101 H U M A N B I O L O G Y
Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to
answer such questions as: What makes
man just another member of the biotic
fold? Does man have a niche in .the
ecosystem? What influence does man
have on the environment? What influence
does the environment, especially the
urban environment, have on man? (3
hours lecture, 1-1/2 hours laboratory. A
student may not receive credit for both
Biology 707 and 103. Does not apply to the
major or minor).
103 H U M A N A N A T O M Y A N D
PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structureand
function of the human body. Lecture and
laboratory. (Fall for nursing and certair;
other paramedical students, or #; Spring
for Physical Education, Music Therapy
and other interested students. A student
may not receive credit for both Biology
101 and 103. Does not apply to the major
or minor).
105 B I O L O G Y A N D SOCIETY
What are some of the biologically-based
problems with which our society must
deal?What threats are posed by pollution,
the prospect of war, and by shortages of
food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of
genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of
health care? (3 hour lecture. Does not
apply to the major or minor. Spring)
108 M I C R O B I O L O G Y
Basic microbial features are considered as
well as applications of microbiology to the
fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours
lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student
nurses, health majors, or #. Prereq.:
Chemistry 103. Spring. Does not apply to
the major or minor).
109 SPECIAL TOPICS IN B I O L O G Y
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the
course together with college students i n a
co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. Applies
towards the Natural Science requirement.
111,112 GENERAL B I O L O G Y
A comprehensive introduction t o biological science. For biology and other science
majors. The course includes an introduction to molecular biology, cellular
b i o l o g y , genetics, d e v e l o p m e n t a l
biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be
taken in sequence except by permission
of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours
laboratory. 771, Fall; 712, Spring)
323 EXPERIMENTAL H U M A N
PHYSIOLOGY
A laboratory-based course i n which the
principles of human function are learned
by experimentation and class discussion
of the theory and results. Clinical applications will also be considered. Intended
for students i n nursing, medical technology, c o r r e c t i v e therapy, health,
physical education and related programs
as well as biology majors (primarily
Option 11). (3 hours lecture-discussion, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 703 or 772. Fall,
7980. Offered alternate years.)
361 PLANT BIOLOGY
A survey of the major divisions of the
plant kingdom including the study of
anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy and ecology. (3 hours lecture, 4
hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Fall)
367 BIOCHEMISTRY
An introductory consideration of the
chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates,
lipids and nucleic acids including intermediary metabolism. (3 hours lecture.
Prereq.: 772, Chernistry 352 or #. Fall)
440 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
351 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior,
life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 1981 and alternate
years).
353 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY
A comparative study dealing with the
classification, morphology, distribution,
evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772.
Spring)
A consideration of the chemical and
physical mechanisms involved i n photosynthesis, respiration, growth and development, and water relations i n vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes t o plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory.
Prereq.: 772. Spring, 7980 and alternate
years)
471 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
A study correlating cell function with
ultrastructure. Laboratory work includes
microtechnique, cytological studies, cell
physiology and tissue culture. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772,367
or #. Spring)
473 ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
355 GENETICS
The principles of heredity with emphasis
on recent advances in human genetics.
Laboratory w o r k stressing Drosophila
genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, Spring)
A study of animal function with emphasis
on the vertebrates. Wherever possible,
functions are explained on the basis of
physical and chemical principles. (3 hours
class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772;
Chernistry 706 or 776; Physics 703 or 722or
#. Fall, 7979; offered alternate years.)
474 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
481 ECOLOGY
A consideration of the physiological and
morphological changes which occur
during the development of organisms
with emphasis on the vertebrate animals.
Experimental as well as descriptive studies
are included i n the laboratory work. In
addition to embryonic development, the
topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4
hours lab. Prereq.: 772. Spring)
A survey of representative biological
communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their
environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours
laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
491 SEMINAR
Oral presentations and written papers
relating t o recent biological literature and
research. (For seniors m a j o r i n g i n
biology)
476 MICROBIOLOGY
An introduction t o the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and
viruses. M i c r o b i a l taxonomy, m o r phology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain
methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 772, 367 or #. Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors
who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 772,
and previous arrangement with instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer)
Business Administration and Economics
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
M A J O R I N ACCOUNTING: 9 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,261,
262, 263, 379, 381, and 483 or 484); 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least three upper
division courses are required. For those
planning careers in accounting, completion of the two remaining courses in the
sequence 381, 382, 483, 484 is recommended. Courses in data processing and
computer programming are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN FINANCE: 9 Business Administration courses (101, 102, 131, 261, 262,
373,379,478, and one from 381,382,483; 4
Economics courses (122,123,251, and one
from 258, 391, 392). At least five upper
division courses are required. Economics
392, Mathematics 114 and courses in data
processing and computer programming
are strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MANAGEMENT: 10 Business
Administration courses (101,102,131,145,
250, 261, 340, 379, 440, and 373 or 478; 5
Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 340,
445); Philosophy 120; Psychology 371,373;
Sociology 241 and 375 or 383; Speech 111
or English 223; Communications 354 or
355. Math. 114 i s strongly recommended.
M A J O R IN MARKETING; 9 B,usinys A$ministration courses (101, 102, 131, 135,
.,
J
0
250, 261, 330, 379, 430); 5 Economics
courses (122, 123, 251, 258, 445); Philosophy 120; Speech and Communications
351 or 352 and also 353. Mathematics114 is
strongly recommended.
Majors in Marketing and Management
are strongly encouraged t o take other
courses offered in the department in
addition to those listed above.
NOTE: The department is currently planning to introduce a new major in management information systems.
In addition to the courses listed below,
these are offered under Business Administration 295, 495 Topics: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income
Taxes for Individuals, and Computer Applications.
MINOR: 6 courses, including Business
Administration 101, 102, and one of 261,
373,379,478; and one of 262,379,381; and
Economics 122 and 123.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 i n the
major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination i n
the major field of concentration.
C.P.A. CERTIFICATION: Graduates who
wish t o take the Certified Public Accountants (C.P.A.) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must
have completed the major in Business
Administration-Accounting, taken all
accounting and business-law courses
offered, fulfilled the Mathematics-Physics
general college requirement by taking
mathematics, and completed at least 5
courses but not more than 12 courses of
related business subjects (Economics,
Finance and Mathematics). Students who
have completed the above requirements
are qualified under the rules of the
Minnesota State Board of Accountancy t o
sit for the examination immediately after
graduation.
Students who plan t o major in thedepartment are strongly encouraged to select a
department advisor as soon as possible, i n
order to carefully plan their program of
study.
101 PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL
ACCOUNTING
lntroduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of accounting,
the accounting cycle and preparation of
financial statements. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
102 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGERIAL
ACCOUNTING
Introduction to business activities, basic
concepts and fundamentals of managerial
accounting. Planning and controlling
processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: 101, Fall,
Interim, Spring)
131 BUSINESS LAW
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency,
negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. (Spring)
135 INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING
Principles of basic policy and strategy
issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and techn o l ~ g i c a lfactors as they affect product,
promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. (On Demand)
145 FUNDAMENTALS O F MANAGEMENT
Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and
control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the
role of the professional manager. (On
Demand)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fees)
261 FUNDAMENTALS O F FINANCE
Theory of acquisition, allocation, and
management of funds within the firm;
sources and uses of long and short term
funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting,
leverage, dividend policy, and related
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
262 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I
search methodology; marketing research
results; evaluation of the effectiveness of
research in marketing. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad.
135 or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
340 PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION
Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources;
desirable working relationships; effective
integration of the worker with the goals of
the firm and society. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 745
or consent of instructor. O n Demand)
373 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
THEORY A N D CASES
Advanced financial theory: a systems
approach to financial structure and policy.
Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures
and case material. (Prereq.: 267, Spring)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income
concepts, capital stock and surplus
accounts, current and long-term assets.
(Prereq.: 707, 702, Fall)
An introduction t o quantitative reasoning,
descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied
problems in business and economics.
(Prereq.: High School Afgebra. Fall)
263 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING I1
381 MANAGERIAL COST ACCOUNTING
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining t o investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and
reserved, actuarial topics. Additional
emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.:
262, Spring)
Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning,
budgeting, standard cost systems, as well
as other quantitative and behavioral
topics. (Prereq.: 707, 702. Spring)
330 MARKETING RESEARCH A N D
ANALYSIS
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business
enterprises. (Prereq.: 107, 702. Spring.
Offered alternate years.)
Research process as an aid to decision
making i n marketing management; re-
382 TAX ACCOUNTING
399 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation, but not to the
major. This program will afford the student the opportunity t o spend one full
t e r m w o r k i n g w i t h some industrial
organization. In addition the student will
write a report o n his or her activities.
(Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring, Summer.
Cannot be taken i n Interim only).
viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of
capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: 267. Economics 392 is
strongly recommended. Fall)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management
and decision making, planning marketing
programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 330 or consent o f
instructor. O n Demand)
Provides the opportunity to become familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials to be
presented in the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent o f instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
440 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
483 AUDITING
Concepts and principals related t o the
management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profi t organizations and manufacturing.
Taught from a managerial point of view.
Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory
management, principles of scheduling,
and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: lunior or Senior or consent o f instructor. O n Demand)
Internal and external auditing procedures.
Emphasis on internal checks and controls
for accounting systems. (Prereq.: 263. Fall)
430 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
484 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING
Accounting for business combinations,
governmental accounting, partnership
accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.:
263. Fall, Spring. Offered alternate years.)
295,495 TOPICS
Lecturer, discussions, meetings with
478 INVESTMENTS A N D FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS
Appraisal of the risk/return relationships
of various types of securities from the
members of the staff or visiting faculry
regarding research methodology and
readings in the areas of Accounting,
Finance or General Business. (Prereq.: ".
FaSI, Interim, Spring]
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed t o afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue i n depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
NOTE: In addition to the courses listed
below these topics are offered under 295,
495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History
of Economic Thought, Research Methods
for Economics and Business and Advanced Economic Theory.
MINOR: Economics 122,123,251,258 and
one other upper division economics
course.
ECONOMICS
MAJOR I N ECONOMICS: 8 Economics
courses (including 122,123,251,258,454);
Business Administration 101, 102, 379;
Mathematics 114. Mathematics 373 may
be substituted for Business Administration 379. The complete calculus sequence
is very strongly recommended for those
planning graduate study in economics.
I n addition, Mathematics 114 and courses
i n data processing and computer programming are strongly recommended.
MAJOR I N APPLIED ECONOMICS:
9 Economics courses (122, 123, 251, 258,
454 and 445 or 453 and three other upper
division);Business Administration 101,
102, 379, 479; Philosophy 130; Mathematics 124, 125, 215, 224, 314. Mathematics 211 is strongly recommended.
Mathematics 373 may be substituted for
Business Administration 379. The student
i s strongly encouraged t o take other
Economics courses in addition t o those
listed above.
-
COMBINED MAJOR I N ECONOMICS
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: 5 Economics courses (including 122, 123, 251,
258); 6 Business Administration courses
(including 101,102,261,373,379). Courses
in data processing and computer programming are highly recommended. The
student is very strongly encouraged t o
take additional courses both in business
administration and economics.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.50 in the
major, and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis
and comprehensive oral examination
in the major field of concentration.
Economics 120, 122 and 123 will satisfy
general education requirements.
Economics 120 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement.
Students who plan t o major in the department are strongly encouraged t o
select a department adviser as soon as
possible, i n order to carefully plan their
program of study.
120 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES
Study of economic implications of many
problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed
are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income ~ i s t r i b u t i o n ;
Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit
Systems, e t c . F u n d a m e n t a l m i c r o economic tools introduced t o facilitate
discussion of t h e above-mentioned
topics.
NOTE: Economics 120 is a basic course
designed for those students who do not
plan to major in Economics or Business
Administration. It does not apply toward
an Economics major or minor. Students
who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should instead
enroll in 122 and 123, which also are open
to non-majors. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
122 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MACRO)
An introduction t o macroeconomics;
national income analysis, monetary and
fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary
economic theory t o current economic
problems. May be taken independently
of Economics 123 or 120. Economics 122
and 123 may be taken in either order, or
may be taken in the same term i n order for
the student to progress more rapidly to
the other courses. (Fall, Interim, Spring)
123 PRINCIPLES O F ECONOMICS
(MICRO)
An introduction to microeconomics, the
theory of the household, firm, market
structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory
to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Economics 122 and 123 may be taken in either
order, or may be taken in the same term
in order for the student t o progress more
rapidly to other courses. (Fall, Interim,
Spring)
250 DATA PROCESSING
An introduction t o COBOL and other
non-scientific programming languages.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
economics. (Fall, Interim, Spring; Laboratory Fee).
251 INTERMEDIATE M I C R O ECONOMICS
Theory of resource allocation, analysis of
consumer behavior, firm and industry;
the pricing of factors of production and
income distribution; introduction t o welfare economics.(Prereq.: 123, Fall, Spring)
258 INTERMEDIATE M A C R O ECONOMICS
Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via
macro-models. Attention paid t o areas of
monetary-fiscal PO"'YJ growth and the
business cycle. (Prereq.: 122. Fall)
340 MANAGERIAL DECISION M A K I N G
Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students t o make
better business and economic decisions.
Emphasis is on applications, which are
taken from the areas of transportation,
marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route,
inventory models, information systems,
etc. (Prereq.: Econ. 723, Bus. Ad. 101 and
h i g h school algebra o r equivalents.
Spring, O n Demand)
379 QUANTITATIVE METHODS FOR
ECONOMICS A N D BUSINESS
See under Department o f Business
Administration.
391 PUBLIC FINANCE
Analysis of the principles of taxation and
public expenditures; the impact of fiscal
policy on economic activity; debt policy
and its economic implications. (Prereq.:
122, 123. Fall)
392 MONEY A N D BANKING
Functioning of the monetary and banking
systems, particularly commercial banks,
the Federal Reserve System and i t s role i n
relation to aggregate economic activity.
Emphasis placed on monetary theory and
policy. (Prereq.: 122. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP P R O G R A M
454 WELFARE E C O N O M I C S
A student may receive course credits
through an internship program which i s
applicable to graduation but not t o the
major. This program w i l l afford t h e
student the opportunity to spend some
time working with some organization. I n
addition, the student will write a report on
his or her activities. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring, Summer. Cannot be
taken i n Interim only)
Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto
optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare
functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: 257 or #. Spring,
alternate years)
442 LABOR E C O N O M I C S
Analysis of labor markets; labor as afactor
of production; determination of wagecollective bargaining; labor legislation
and effects upon society. (Prereq.: 257'or
#. O n Demand)
445 MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among
the topics considered are theories and
practices i n forecasting, estimation of
demand and cost functions, price and
non-price competition, production and
cost considerations, and an analysis of
economic problems o f relevance t o
management. (Prereq.: Econ. 257 or
equivalent o r consent o f instructor.
Spring, O n Demand)
479 INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE
METHODS FOR ECONOMICS A N D
BUSINESS
Provides the opportunity t o become
familiar with statistical research methods
through use of the electronic computer.
This course stresses the understanding of
statistical methods and computer programming techniques. The materials t o be
presented i n the course are: Computer
Programming Techniques; Statistical
Methods: General Linear Models, Analysis of Variance, etc. (Prereq.: Bus. Ad. 379
or equivalent or consent of instructor. N o
lab fee. Spring, O n Demand)
295, 495 TOPICS
Lectures, discussions, meetings w i t h
members of the staff or visiting faculty
regarding research methodology and
current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring).
453 MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Mathematical economics with emphasis
on the application of mathematical tools
t o the areas of micro and macro economic
theory. (Prereq.: Econ. 257, 258 and at
least Math. 722 or equivalent or consent
o f instructor. O n Demand)
The student may earn independent study
credits through individually supervised
projects designed to afford him or her the
opportunity t o analyze some topic or
issue in depth. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
Chairperson: Earl Alton
GRADUATION M A J O R IN CHEMISTRY:
115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352,353,361 and
one advanced course which may include
Biochemistry; participation in seminar.
Physics 121,122 and Mathematics 124,125
also required. Since upper division courses
have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan t o take
Mathematics 124, 125 in the freshman
year; and Physics 121, 122 in the sophomore year.
A M E R I C A N C H E M I C A L SOCIETY
APPROVED MAJOR: 11 courses including
115, 116 (or 105, 106) and all chemistry
courses above 350. Chemistry seminar
participation; Mathematics 224; and
Physics 121, 122 (which should be taken
during the sophomore year). Reading
ability in German equivalent t o one
semester also required.
M I N O R : 5 courses which must include
115,116 (105,106) and 3additional courses
i n chemistry. Chemistry 223, 353, and 361
are recommended; biochemistry may be
substituted for 361.
TEACHING MAJOR: PHYSICAL SCIENCE
EMPHASIS - CHEMISTRY MAJOR:
Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires general chemistry
(115, 116 or 105, 106); 3 courses i n earth
and life sciences; Chemistry 351,352,353,
361, 362, 482, 491 (Biology 367 may be
substituted for 362); Physics 245. Students
are advised t o consult with the Education
Department early i n t h e i r planning.
PRE-MEDICAL CHEMISTRY MAJOR: The
same as the graduation major. In addition,
medical schools expect at least two courses
(and usually more) in biology. Students
should consult members of the chemistry
department for assistance i n planning a
course program early i n their college
career.
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Full ACS
major; average of 3.5 i n chemistry, mathematics, and physics; 3.0 over-all; one
summer or course of approved research;
participation i n seminar.
Credit will not be granted for both 105
and 115; 106 and 116; 223 and 351,352.
Concerning prerequisites: Most courses
in this department have prerequisites,
courses that must be completed before
enrolling i n the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of
2.0 or higher i n order t o count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor i s
necessary. These requirements must also
be met when using the first term of a twoterm course i n registering for the second
term.
103 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
Designed for nurses at Lutheran Deaconess Hospital. Selected elements of
general, organic, and biological chemistry
around the theme: the molecular basis of
life. Does not apply toward the major.
(Credit cannot be earned for both Chem.
703 and any one o f Chem. 105, 106, 115,
176, 223, 351, 352, or Biol. 367.) (3 onehour lectures, 1 two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry within last 3
years or # . Fall
105,106 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Somewhat less rigorous than 115, 116;
designed especially for students who will
not major in chemistry, although students
may go from 106 into 351, 353. Concepts
and laws underlying chemistry illustrated
by a variety of examples including organic
and environmental systems. (3 one-hour
lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. 105, Fall;
106, Spring)
115, 116 GENERAL CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester
includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory
with examples from inorganic chemistry.
The second emphasizes equilibrium and
solution chemistry including kinetics and
electrochemistry. (One-hour lectures, 3
hours laboratory. Prereq.: high school
chemistry, algebra, plane geometry. 115
Fall, 116 Spring)
223 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC AND
BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Designed for non-chemistry majors and
those in allied health science programs
whose professional goals do not require
either the two-term organic or the oneterm biochemistry course. The organic
chemistry most relevant to a survey of
biochemistry is studied, followed by the
structures and metabolic reactions of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic
acids, enzymes and certain hormones. (3
one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Cannot serve as a prerequisite for
Biol. 367. Credit cannot be earned for
both Chem. 223 and any one of Chem.
103, 351, 352, or Biol. 367. Prereq.: 105 or
115, Spring)
351, 352 O R G A N I C CHEMISTRY
Important classes of organic compounds
with special emphasis on mechanisms and
multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material
i s correlated by means of modern theories
of chemical bonds, energy-relations, and
reactor mechanism; many applications of
organic chemistry t o biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour
lectures, one 4-hour laboratory. Prereq.:
106 or 116, 351 Fall; 352, Spring)
353 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Covers g r a v i m e t r i c a n d v o l u m e t r i c
analysis and solution equilibrium in detail
and gives an introduction t o spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The
laboratory involves quantitative analysis
of a variety of samples, and includes trace
analysis. (Prereq.: 106 or 116. Spring)
361, 362 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry: thermodynamics, kinetics, quantum
theory, and states of matter are studied in
the first semester. Applications of these
concepts to areas of molecular structure,
equilibria and electrochemistry in the
second semester. (3 one-hour lectures,
one 4%-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353;
Physics 121, 122; Mathematics 124, 125.
367, Fall; 362, Spring)
464 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Organized around t h e problems o f
identifying organic compounds in the
l a b o r a t o r y . Lecture t o p i c s i n c l u d e
structure-spectra correlations for IR, UV,
NMR, and mass spectroscopy; use of the
literature ( i n c l u d i n g Beilstein); and
further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance, and
ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory. Prereq.:
352,353,351 or#; some reading knowledge
of German. Spring)
481 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium
theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied t o analytical
methods as well as chromatographic and
electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (3
hours lecture, one 4%-hour laboratory.
Prereq. : 353, 362, or #. Fall)
482 ADVANCED INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
Correlation of inorganic reactions using
the electrostatic, valence bond, and
molecular orbital models. Coordination
chemistry is discussed i n terms of ligand
field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a
variety of techniques. (3 o n e - h o u r
lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 362 or #. Spring)
483 Q U A N T U M CHEMISTRY
Presents quantum theory in terms of
Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the
equation to solve the problems of the
harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen
atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular
orbital theory for molecules. Includes
commutators, electron spin, angular
momentum and group theory. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or #. Fall)
491 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
This seminar, which has no course credit,
i s a weekly meeting of chemistry majors
under the direction of the Augsburg
Chemistry Society. Juniorsand seniors are
expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are occasionally invited to participate.
497 INTRODUCTION T O CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH
Chemistry majors planning research
careers need research experience before
graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research
project i n the department (not counted as
a course) or by research participation
during the academic year (which may be
counted as a course). (Junior standing).
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Chemistry majors who are interested in
non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue
their interest via independent study.
(Junior Standing)
East Asian Studies
Coordinator: Khin Khin Jensen
The major i n East Asian Studies i s a cooperative program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This
program enables students t o obtain a
broad exposure to Japan and China as
important world cultures. Componentsof
the program include language, history,
cultural specialization, comparative
studies, and seminar work or independent studies.
Requirements for the major consist of a
minimum of ten courses, distributed as
follows:
4 courses in Japanese or
4 courses in Chinese
2 introductory history courses
2 courses in cultural specialization or
comparative studies
2 seminars or independent studies
Each student's major program must be
submitted to the coordinator for approval.
Economics
Chairperson: Edward M. Sabella
74
See under Business Administration and
Economics.
Education
Chairperson: Lauretta E. Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Education at these
levels: Elementary Education, Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary
Education.
Licensure programs for secondary education are offered i n the following areas:
American Studies, Art, Biology, Chemistry, English-Language Arts, French,
German, Health, History, Mathematics,
Music, Physical Education, Physics, Social
Studies, Spanish, Speech, and Theater
Arts.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
The courses, Orientation to Education,
both elementary and secondary, are open
t o all students of sophomore standing or
above. To enroll i n other education
courses, a student must first apply and be
admitted t o the teacher-education program. Students are advised t o apply for
admission in the spring semester of the
sophomore year, during or after the
Orientation course. Students who are
transferring from an education program
at another college must be re-admissable
to that program.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. A minimum of 8 education courses t o
include 255, 351, and two professional
semesters: 361,362,371 (1/2), 372 (1/2),
373 ( 1 4 , 374 (1/2); and 481, 482 and
electives.
2. Health Education 114 and 115.
3. Library Science 341 (%), 358
4. An academic minor. An academic
major i s recommended.
5. GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
6. Fulfill State Department of Education's
EDU 521 Regulation i n Human Relations.
Requirements for Kindergarten License
are the same as those for elementary
education plus Education 375 and 483.
Courses 371,372,373,374 are offered o n a
traditional grading system only.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
Bobbie Anderson, Coordinator
Requirements for license in Early Childhood Education are the same as those for
Elementary Education plus the following
courses:
Sociology of the Family
Soc 231
Psych. 351 Developmental Psychology:
Child
Ed. 325
Contemporary Influences i n
Early Childhood Education
Ed. 425
Early Childhood Curriculum
Ed. 484
Student Teaching (160 hours)
Coordinator: Marie McNeff
Requirements for the major and for licensure i n Elementary Education:
For an Early Childhood License with other
than an education major, consult with the
Early Childhood Education Coordinator.
255 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION I N
URBAN SElTING (ELEMENTARY)
371 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Art,
Music ('/z course)
Investigation of various aspects of the
teaching profession and opportunity for
in-school work. Open to all students.
(Prereq.: sophomore standing or above.
Fall, Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for art and music taught at
the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362. Spring)
325 CONTEMPORARY INFLUENCES I N
EARLY C H I L D H O O D EDUCATION
372 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Science, Mathematics (Y2 course)
Focus i s upon the young child as a person
and the importance of the early years of
his/her life in relation t o the effects of
present-day society and culture upon the
child. Current developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of
planned variations, and o t h e r i n t e r ventions and compensatory programs.
Class sessions and two hours per week of
lab. experience in a day care center
and/or nursery school. (Spring)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for science and mathematics taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265, concurrent registration i n 361, 362.
Spring)
341
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/z course)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
The study and utilization of a variety of
techniques and resources in the teaching
of reading at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
First Professional Semester (for juniors):
Courses 361, 362, 371, 372, 374.
373 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Phys.
Ed., Health ('/z course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for physical education and
health taught at the elementary level.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265. Fall)
374 ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM:
Social Studies, Language Arts
(Yi course)
Examination and preparation of materials
and resources for social studies and
language arts taught at the elementary
level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.:
255 or 265, concurrent registration i n 361,
362. Spring)
361,362 CREATlNG LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: ELEMENTARY
375 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD O F
KINDERGARTEN
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or
265 or #. Spring)
A study of the kindergarten curriculum,
exploration of materials, and review of
teaching approaches. The course requires
laboratory experience. Required f o r
Kindergarten licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the
Dept. o f Ed. Summer I)
382 TEACHING CHILDREN WITH
LEARNING PROBLEMS
Electives
483, 484 STUDENT TEACHING II
Additional experience in teaching. (Prereq.: 487, 482. Fall, Spring)
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
(See Secondary Education)
(See Secondary Education)
399 INTERNSHIP
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The student may select
Opportunity for advanced and special-
A learning'Ontract
m~~~~ be developed and must have education faculty
approval.
ized research projects not otherwise provided for in thedepartmental curriculum.
A projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
a
situations for professional work experi-
425 EARLY C H I L D H O O D CURRICULUM
Learning a b o u t a n d d e m o n s t r a t i n g
knowledge and skills of teaching the
young child. The course concentrates o n
details essential t o the organization of a
good program for children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment,
parental involvement, and working with
children who have uniquely different
needs. Class sessions and two hours per
week of lab experience in a day care
center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
(TEACHER LICENSURE PROGRAM)
Second Professional Semester: Student
Teaching and Electives
Suggested four-year outline of coursesfor
meeting requirements i n a teaching major
and licensure are available through the
Augsburg Computer terminal. (See Education faculty for access t o computer.)
481, 482 STUDENT TEACHING I
Observing and directing learning at the
following levels: N, K, and/or elementary
levels under the supervision of college
and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to student teaching and
program approval. Fall, Spring)
It is the responsibility of each student t o
meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised to consult
with Education faculty regarding state
requirements for teacher licensure. This
consultation i s recommended in addition
t o conferring with the student's major
field adviser.
Requirements of the Augsburg College
Licensure Program for Secondary Education:
1. Application for admittance and acceptance into the Department of Edu-
2.
3.
4.
5.
cation. This may be made before, concurrently with, or after the Orientation
course. Application forms are available
in the Education Department office.
Before applying for admission students
should receive approval from the department or division of their declared
major. A student may take education
courses after the Orientation course
only if heor she has been admitted into
the program of the Department of
Education.
GPA of 2.0 overall and maintain at least
a 2.5 average in the major.
Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching.
Completion of the State Department of
Education's EDU 521 Regulation i n
Human Relations (successful completion of Augsburg's Education program
meets this requirement.)
Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program:
Health Educ. 114 and 115; Educ. 265,
359, 388, 478; the required course(s)
in special methods i n t h e area
of t h e student's major, and two or
three courses in Student Teaching.
Requirements for State of Minnesota
Licensure for teaching i n Secondary
Schools (Through the Augsburg College
Education Department Program)
GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. For Art, Music and Physical Education
Licensure: Persons with teaching majors
in Art, Music and Physical Education
receive a special license which allows
them t o teach i n their area i n all grades
from Kindergarten through twelve
(K-12). A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the
secondary education program even
though he or she plans t o teach at the
elementary school level. A person with
a major in one of these special areas
will take three courses in student
teaching and do some student teaching
at both the secondary and elementary
levels. In addition to Educ. 359, the
art major will register for Educ. 361
and 362; the P.E. major for Educ. 365;
and the music major for Educ. 373.
2. The professional term: Student Teaching i s taken concurrently with School
and Society in a one full-time term in
professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening seminars are
held during the term as part of the
professional work. A student taking
two courses in student teaching may
elect t o take one course in Independent Study. All students are expected to be involved full time in the
activities of the professional term.
1. B.A. or B.S. degree
2. College major i n a teaching area
3. Fulfull State Department of Education
EDU 521 Regulation in Human Relations (Successful completion o f Augsb u r g Education p r o g r a m meets
requirement)
4. Health Educ. 114 and 115
5. Successful completion of Augsburg
Education Department Licensure Program courses.
265 ORIENTATION T O EDUCATION IN
A N URBAN SElTlNG (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teachi n g profession, with opportunity for
inschool work. Open t o all students.
(Prereq.: Sophomore Standing. Fall,
Spring)
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY (ficourse)
(See Library Science)
351 TECHNIQUES O F TEACHING
READING
(See Elementary Education)
359 CREATING LEARNING
ENVIRONMENTS: SECONDARY
(lh course)
The mastery of theories and their applications for teaching in learning settings.
Laboratory experiences, (Prereq.: Psychology 705, EDS 265)
With the general methodology course,
one or more of the following education
courses i n special methods must be taken
from the department in the major field.
Special Methods Courses ('/i to 1 course)
374 Natural Science Methods
% course (Spring)
375 Social Studies Methods
% course (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods
% course (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods
% course (Spring)
410 Health Methods (See Health Ed. 410,
Adm. and Superv. of School Health
Program)
1 course
382 TEACHING CHILDREN W I T H
LEARNING PROBLEMS
This course will examine characteristicsof
different kinds of learning problems
found i n regular classroom environment.
The primary focus of the course will be on
teaching strategies, but attention also will
be given t o procedures for the identification of different kinds of learning
problems, prescriptive procedures, referral processes, and alternatives for programming "mainstreamed" students.
(Fa 11)
Methods and materials in teaching special
areas
388 H U M A N RELATIONS % course
360 American Studies Methods
'/Z course (Spring)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and junior
high school)
1 course (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior high school)
'/Z course (Fall)
364 English Methods
% course (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
1 course (Fall)
366 Foreign Language Methods
(Consult with Language Department)
?hcourse
373 Music Methods (K-12)
1 course (Spring)
Emphasis o n the study of values, of
communication techniques, and of the
major minority groups i n Minnesota for
the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. Open to all.
(Fall, Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
The student may select from a variety of
situations f o r professional work experience. A learning contract must be
developed and must have education
faculty approval.
478 SCHOOL A N D SOCIETY
The emphasis in this course i s on the
school i n relation t o society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American
education, current major issues in education will be studied. (Prereq.: senior
standing. Fall, Spring)
481, 482,483, 484
STUDENT TEACHING
Observing and directing learning at the
secondary level under supervision of
college and secondary school personnel.
(A minimum o f two courses, except three
courses required o f Art, Music, Physical
Education majors. Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval.
Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Opportunity for advanced and specialized
research projects not otherwise provided
for in the departmental curriculum. A
projected program must be outlined
which meets the approval of education
faculty.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
M I N O R : Minimum of 4 courses, including 245, 358, 359, 475.
mensions of communication through the
use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production and evaluation
of effective audio visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
358 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
LIBRARY: MATERIALS SELECTION
A N D GUIDANCE
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of
evaluation sources, book talks, storytelling, curriculum needs. Concentration
on guidance in use of print and non-print
materials (Fall, Spring)
359 REFERENCE SERVICES I N THE
LIBRARY
Study of basic information sources most
frequently used by students and librarians.
Includes preparation of bibliographies
and library instruction. (Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity to do field work in a variety of
library situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 THE H I G H SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION A N D
GUIDANCE
245 THE MEDIA CENTER:
ORGANIZATION A N D
ADMINISTRATION
Survey and evaluation of library materials
on the secondary school level, with attention to their use in relation t o curricula
as well as for personal interest and needs
of adolescents. (Spring)
Organization of materials, including acquisition, processing and circulation.
Services of the media center and methods
of evaluation. (Fall)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
341 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY ('/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical d i -
Independent study and research o n some
topic of interest i n the field of school
library service, worked out in consultation
with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and
seniors, with department approval.
Engineering
Ken Erickson: Adviser
Augsburg College i s cooperating with the
Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science (St. Louis,
Missouri) and Michigan Technological
University (Houghton, Michigan), i n a
Three-Two Plan of studies which will
enable a student to earn the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College and
an engineering baccalaureate degree
from Washington University or Michigan
Technological University in a five-year
period. The first three years are spent at
Augsburg followed by two years at the
affiliated university. Students accepted
into the program are guaranteed admission t o the engineering school, provided
they have met course requirements, have
a B average, and are recommended by a
designated representative of Augsburg
College. Students receiving financial aid
who are participants in the Three-Two
Plan will be encouraged to apply to the
engineering school of their choice for
continuing support. Their applications
will be evaluated using need and academic performance as criteria. Minimum
course requirements for admission t o the
Three-Two Plan are: Math 124, 125, 224,
226; Physics 121,122; Chemistry 115, 116;
Computer Science 245; English 111; additional courses to meet general education
requirements and a total of 27 courses at
Augsburg. Normally Math 124, 125 and
Physics 121,122 are taken i n the freshman
year. Students are encouraged t o apply
for admission t o the program during their
sophomore year. Early consultation with
the adviser, Ken Erickson, i s encouraged.
English
Chairpersons: Catherine Nicholl, Richard
Sargent
MAJOR: 9 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course i n American literature, one
course i n the Western literary tradition
(271 or 272) and three courses in British
literature. Of the British literature courses,
one must concentrate on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and
one must survey a number of writers (for
example, 336,337, or 423). All majors must
take 225, Advanced Expository Writing.
Majors are encouraged to take, early in
their college work, course 245, Introduction t o Literature. Majors are strongly
urged t o consult their departmental
adviser regularly. A student with a double
major or special program that involves
considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an
adviser in the English department:
MAJOR FOR SECONDARY TEACHING:
English: 10 courses, including those listed
for the major and a course in the English
language. Courses i n early American litera t u r e , Shakespeare, a n d f i l m a r e
recommended.
Speech: (1) a course in public speaking:
Beginning Speech, Small Group Communication, Interpersonal Communication, Argumentation, Persuasion (2) Interpretative Reading or Stage Direction.
Library Science: 475, The High School
Library: Materials Selection and
Guidance.
In addition t o field experience and student teaching, as required by the Department of Education, English Education
majors will be required to gain practical
experience in the teaching of writing, t o
be arranged through the department
chairperson.
Students interested i n a teaching major
are encouraged t o take courses toward
their major during the freshman and
sophomore years, enroll in Orientation
to Education in the fall term of thesophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior
year. In addition to planningtheir courses
of study with the department chairperson,
students should consult an advisor in the
Department of Education.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 in the
major and 3.0 overall; submit program t o
department chairperson early i n senior
year; defend honors thesis before faculty
committee in senior year. Honors thesis
may be an independent study program.
M I N O R : 5 courses (above I l l ) , including
one course in British literature, and one
writing course. Teaching minors must
include both 225 and a course in the
English language.
The English Department recommends
but does not require that English majors
consider developing an area of emphasis
broader than the major as listed above.
The most likely areas would be a British
concentration, an American concentration, a world literature concentration, and
a writing concentration. A student arranges a concentration by careful selec-
tion of electives in the major, by the
design of an independent study course
that applies t o the concentration, and by
the selection of some related courses
outside the English department.
BRITISH LITERATURE C O N C E N TRATION: Select from: History 412,416;
English 261,331,332,336,337,367,368,423,
438 and sometimes 490, 491.
AMERICAN LITERATURE CONCENTRATION: Select from: History 221, 222;
American Studies 232; English 241, 250,
351, 367, 368, and sometimes 490, 491. A
student with an American literature concentration should take some of t h e
courses listed under the American Studies
major w h i c h are selected f r o m t h e
offerings of several departments at Augsburg.
W O R L D LITERATURE C O N C E N T R A TION: Select from: History 102,360, 361;
Philosophy 110, 242, 343, 370; German
244; French 243; Spanish 249; Scandinavian Studies 351,352; and sometimes 490,
491.
WRITING CONCENTRATION: In addition t o Advanced Expository Writing,
Creative Writing, and Journalism, elect
Interim courses i n writing.
A student electing a concentration should
work closely with his or her adviser.
lnterim courses, special courses, and other
courses given at the other cooperating
colleges will often fit well into a concentration.
English 111 i s strongly recommended but
not a prerequisite for a lower division
literature course. Prerequisite for an
upper division course i s successful completion of a lower division literature
course or consent of the instructor.
101 DEVELOPMENTAL WRITING
226 CREATIVE WRITING
A preparatory course for effective writing
for students identified by an examination
as needing additional preparation. Instruction and practice in basic writing
skills will be given. Students will write
short papers based on their own observation, experience, and thought. P/N
grading only. (Fall, Spring)
The purpose of the course is t o encourage
and guide, by means of appropriate
models, theories, and criticism, writing i n
narrative and poetic modes of expression.
Short stories, personal narratives, and
poems may be selected by students for
experimentation and development, according t o the student's preference.
111 EFFECTIVE WRITING
227 JOURNALISM
The study of composition with emphasis
on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the
research paper. The grading system for
this course i s either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. I n
order t o hold a place i n the course the
student must either attend class the first
day or personally notify the instructor that
s/he cannot be present. (Fall, Spring)
An introduction t o newswriting, with
secondary emphasis on the feature and
the news feature. The student i s first
introduced t o the principles of writing the
news story, what constitutes news, copy
preparation, and editing practices, then
goes on t o write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and
communitv news stories. A unit on the
feature and the news feature concludes
the course. Throughout the semester,
attention is paid to ethics, comparisons
and contrasts with the electronic media,
and stylistic trends inside and outside
the journalism establishment.
223 WRITING FOR BUSINESS A N D THE
PROFESSIONS
A practical course designed to improve
writing skills for those preparing for
business and professional careers. The
writing of reports, letters, and proposals
w i l l be emphasized. Students will be
encouraged to use material from their
own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 7 7 1
or Equivalent)
225 ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING
241 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O CINEMA ART
'
The development of essays i n a variety of
rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and
analysis. Particular attention will be given
t o stylistic and organizational matters
through the course's workshop format, i n
which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 777, Fall, Spring)
An investigation of the artistic qualities
and the historical development of the film
media. The course includes the viewing
and discussing of both feature length and
short films. See also description under
Speech, Communications and Theater
Arts.
245 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
An introduction to the study of fiction,
drama, and poetry. Particular attention
will be devoted to developing critical and
analytical skills in reading and writing
about literature. Strongly recommended
for English majors. (Fall, Spring)
Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe,
Dostoyevsky.
331 CHAUCER A N D HIS AGE
250 AMERICAN LITERATURE T O 1920
Reading and analysis of some significant
works of selected American writers from
colonial times t o t h e emergence o f
literary naturalism. Attention is also given
to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. (Fall, Spring)
While the primary study of the course will
be the writings of Geoffrey Chaucer,
attention will be given t o the medieval
literary milieu out of which Chaucer
wrote. Medieval poetry, romance, and
drama may be examined. (Alternate years,
1980-81)
332 M I L T O N A N D HIS AGE
261 M O D E R N FICTION
Significant works of selected prose
writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth
century. (Fall, Spring)
A study of Milton's major poems and
selected prose. I n addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which
Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
271 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: HOMER
T O DANTE
A study of major works of Greek and
Roman literature,for example the epics of
Homer and Virgil, t h e tragedies o f
Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the
comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's
Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be
studied as a work in which the Christian
and the classical traditions are combined.
These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations,
their cultural background, their influence
on later literature, and their enduring
relevance. (Fall)
272 EUROPEAN LITERATURE: F R O M
THE RENAISSANCE T O M O D E R N
PERIOD
Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly
European, from the medieval t o the
modern period, including such authors as
336 BRITISH LITERATURE, F R O M
D O N N E T O BLAKE
Reading, analysis and discussion of works
of selected writers from the metaphysical
poets to Blake, with attention t o the
historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall)
337 BRITISH LITERATURE, THE
ROMANTICS A N D THE
VICTORIANS
A study of major writers of the nineteenth
century, emphasizing Romantic poetry,
Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two
or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship t o their
own age and their lasting contribution t o
the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring)
351 AMERICAN LITERATURE SINCE 1920
A study of some recent and contemporary
writers and literary movements. Attention
i s given to the dynamics of American
society and i t s intricate relationship t o the
literature. Special emphasis i s given to the
city as setting and symbol i n modern
American literature. (Fall, Spring)
beginnings up t o the twentieth century.
Novels studied will be selected from the
works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens,
Bronte, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy, and
Butler. Attention will be given to the
conditions contributing t o the rise of the
novel and its emergence by the twentieth
century as the dominant literary form
(Alternate years. 1980-81)
367 M O D E R N POETRY
438 SHAKESPEARE
Study of major modern and contemporary poets and schools of criticism.
isc cuss ion may include the poetry and
aesthetics of the Imagists, French Symbolists, New Critics, Harlem Renaissance,
M o d e r n Romantics, Black M o u n t a i n
Poets, Beat Poets, Confessional Poets, and
other contemporary movements. (Alternate years, 1981-82)
368 M O D E R N D R A M A
Significant works of American, British,
and continental dramatists of the twentieth century, with emphasis on representatives from the major movements
such as Naturalism, Existentialism, Theater
of the Absurd, and Transformationalism.
Plays by women and minorities are included. (Alternate years, 1980-81)
399 INTERNSHIP
The department offers on-campus internships i n teaching writing and various offcampus internships. Interested students
should consult the department chairperson.
423 STUDIES I N THE BRITISH NOVEL
A survey of the development of the novel
i n England from its eighteenth century
Study of ten or twelve major plays comedies, histories, tragedies - with
attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis.
490,491 ENGLISH SEMINAR
Course 490, a theme or movement; course
491, a major writer or a major work.
Enrollment open t o juniors and seniors.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
Open t o junior or senior English majors
w i t h a grade of 3.0 or consent of
department chairperson. Provides directed independent study which makes
use of the resources of Augsburg's urban
location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Open to junior or senior English majors
with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed
independent study in the area of the
student's choice.
Foreign Languages
Chairperson: Cunta Rozentals
Students with previous foreign language
study should register in courses suited to
their level of preparation. Basically, placement in foreign language courses follows
the formula: 1 year of high school foreign
language equals 1 course of college
foreign language. However, final placement is made according to the results of a
placement test which may be taken at preregistration time after consultation with
the department. Students who register
below their level may only d o so for a
grade of P/N.
., be:
,c.J/.
--
,;.I
-
For majors, a minimum of four upper
division courses at Augsburg College i s
required for graduation. A maximum of
four upper division non-Augsburg courses
may be accepted. N o fewer than two of
these four courses should be taken abroad.
For minors, a minimum of two upper
division courses at Augsburg College is
required for graduation.
For transfer students intending to major
or minor, a minimum of one upper division credit per year attended i s specified.
See department faculty for limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information.
Course 112 completes basic elements of
the language. Courses numbered 211,212
meet useable skill levels.
Course 311 i s prerequisite to all upper
division courses.
Teaching majors and minors must consult
with the Department of Education for
program. Methods courses by language
are joint five-college offerings and should
be taken in the fallof the senior year. ~ 3 . 0
average in Advanced Conversation and
composition i s a. departmental requirement for teachingmaiors. MLA Competency Exam needed for licensure.
Departmental Honors: Majors seeking
departmental honors must apply no later
than early in the senior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA
overall, and honors thesis demonstrating
ability in independent study for one
course credit. Consult department chairperson for details.
Chinese
Offered in conjunction with the Five
College Cooperative Program. See Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
MINOR: 4 courses above 212, including
one in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and one in literature. Interim
or summer of study in France strongly
recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
European History, a second language,
philosophy, linguistics, English literature.
Study Abroad. Also see Interim catalog.
/
111 BEGINNING FRENCH
Designed to introduce the student with
no previous background in French to the
language and to pench culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence
structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary
level. Two hour? laboratory work. See
above on placehent. (Fall, Spring)
112 BEGINNING FRENCH
For those who have had 111or equivalent.
Through convepsations, sentence practice, and readings, the study of tenses and
forms i s completed to make possible basic
communication, beginning reading skills,
and acquaintaice with French culture
and way of life. Two hours laboratory
work. See above on placement. (Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
French
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
two in conversation-composition, one in
civilization, and three in literature, of
which one should be course 352. Study in
France strongly recommended.
20th Century selected articles and a grammar review are the-basis for practice in
communication, vocabulary building and
developing greater ease in reading. For
those who have studied most of the basic
structures. Two hours of laboratory work.
(Fall)
come acquainted with artistic qualities
and cultural-historical significance of
these works. Sophomore standing. Does
not count toward a French major or
minor. (Offered o n Demand)
212 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Through informative and controversial
articles, interviews and literary readings,
this course works toward the goals of oral
fluency, communication of ideas, and the
acquisition of sufficient skills t o pursue
general reading in French. Completes a
review of basic structures. Laboratory
work. (Spring)
311 C O N V E R S A T I O N - C O M P O S I T I O N
Explores topics of current interest in both
oral and written form to build fluency,
accuracy, a n d f a c i l i t y o f expression.
Emphasis o n vocabulary e n r i c h m e n t ,
grammatical refinements, effective
organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other upper division courses.
243 FRENCH LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major representative works of French
literature read i n English translation.
Through individualized background
reading and class discussion, students be.
.
--
.
,
.
a
.
-
-
%
.....
(Fall)
*
,,,...... . .
*
,
*
.
.
,
312 FRENCH EXPRESSION
A two-pronged approach t o coherent and
correct expression. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase
and elementary stylistics. French
phonology and speech groups practiced
to overcome inadequacies and incorrect
speech habits. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
331 FRENCH CIVILIZATION:
HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
A study of the diversified development of
the French from their beginnings to the
modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of their intellectual,
political, social and artistic self-awareness.
Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 317
or #. Alternate years)
332 FRENCH CIVILIZATION TODAY
Topics in twentieth-century problems,
ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French people and
their contribution to the contemporary
scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of
audio-visual materials and periodicals. I n
French. (Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing, and discussing
selected works o f French literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
317 or #. Offered o n demand)
352 CREATIVITY A N D RESTRAINT
A survey of the major literary creators of
the Renaissance and Classical periods,
and the French intellectual, social and
ethical currents reflected in their works.
Poetry and the essay, theater, early novel,
letters and other prose forms. Classes, oral
and written reports, and laboratory work
i n French. Required of all majors.
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate years)
354 REALITIES: INNER A N D
OUTER WORLDS
A survey of the romantics, major novelists,
Baudelaire and his successors i n poetry,
and the literature of ideas that led t o new
forms and emphases with the turn of the
century (Proust, Gide, Claudel, Apollinaire, etc.) Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Offered alternate years)
355 TWENTIETH CENTURY LITERATURE
A survey of the major French literary
movements since World War I, including
the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay,
and criticism. Classes, oral and written
reports, and laboratory texts in French.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Alternate years.)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATIONCOMPOSITION
By means of reading, speaking and writing
on topics of intellectual, social, or political
interest the student acquires extensive
training in the four skills at an advanced
level. Attention to accuracy and yffectiveness, characteristic levels of expression,
refinements in style and organization as
individual needs indicate. Provides for
self-improvement and self-evaluation.
Laboratory assignments. Required for all
majors. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n Demand)
451 THE FRENCH NOVEL
A study of major authors (LaFayette,
Proust, Balzac, Gide, Flaubert, Zola,
Mauriac, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, etc.1
that shows the evolution of this genre i n
theme and form. Analyses, discussion,
and Papers in French- (Prereq.: 311 or #.
Recommended 337. O n demand)
495 FRENCH SEMINAR
an
Or
Study in depth
genre in French literature (i.e., 18th Century, poetry, medieval works, b m a n ticism). Student presentations i n French.
For advanced students. (See also Interim
offerings. Prereq.: 352, 354 or 355. O n
Demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual pursuit of a topic, movement,
or genre at an advanced level. Designed
to complete a balanced program, enhance
research, or meet individual interests. In
literature a major paper and its defense
are included. (Consultations with French
teachers required. junior standing. Fall,
Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be
clarified early with study adviser.)
German
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and summer
in Germany strongly recommended.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses, including 311 and 411. lnterim and/or summer i n Germany strongly recommended.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
COURSES:
M e t h o d s i n M o d e r n Languages f o r
teachers; European History, a second
language, linguistics, English literature.
111,112 BEGINNING GERMAN
Course 111 is for students with no previous background; 112 isfor studentswho
have had 111 or equivalent or less
than
two years of high school German. Aims at
developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German.
Goals: Ability t o read extended narratives
in simple
G
~ insights
~ intoG~~~~~
~
~
culture and participation i n short conversations.
~~b~~~~~~~
materialsavailable.
(Fa//, spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
For students with two terms (or two years
high school) of previous German. Aims at
developing basic skills i n t o w o r k i n g
knowledge of German. Review of basic
structures with emphasis on extending
range of vocabulary and idiomaticexpression through reading and discussion of
materials representing contemporary
German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212,
Spring)
244 GERMAN LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION
Principal works of German literature
representing various periods and movements are read and discussed i n English.
The readings are considered not only i n
the particular context of German cultural
history, but also discussed in terms of their
relevance t o perennial human problems.
Credit for this course does not apply t o
a German major or minor. (On Demand)
311 GERMAN CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Aims at developing facility i n the use of
grammatical structures, vocabulary and
idiomatic expressions most common i n
colloquial German. Intensive practice in
speaking i s supplemented with exercises
i n written composition. (Fall)
331 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE I
The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistoric Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000
B.C.) t o the Thirty Years War (1643), with
emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergency of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle
Ages, and the intellectual and religious
upheavals of the Reformation. I n German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and different approaches t o literary analysis. I n the practical component,
students apply the elements of theory
through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of German literature.
Recommended for majors and minors.
Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.:
311 or #. Offered o n demand)
351 GERMAN LITERATURE T H R O U G H
18TH CENTURY
Brief survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Aufklarung and Sturm und
Drang literature. Extensive readings and
discussions i n Classic and Romantic
periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of
German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help t o
improve students' ability to express ideas
in German. (Prereq.: 311 or#. O n demand)
352 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 19TH CENTURY
332 GERMAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE II
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day
Germany, Austria and Switzerland since
the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered i n view of its
roots in the intellectual, geopolitical,
artistic and scientific history o f t h e
German-speaking peoples. In German.
(Prereq.: 311 or #. Alternate years)
I n c l u d e s later Romanticism, J u n g Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism
and Impressionism. The literary reaction
to the decline of idealistic philosophy and
the importance of the individual and the
rise of materialism, technology and mass
man. Readings in German. Class discussions help t o improve students' ability t o
deal with concepts and express themselves i n German. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
demand)
353 GERMAN LITERATURE:
THE 20TH CENTURY
Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed : Kaf ka, Hesse,
Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with
class discussibns are designed t o aid students' self-expression i n German.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED GERMAN
COMPOSITION A N D
CONVERSATION
literature, linquistics, which can apply
toward classics concentration in cooperation with Macalester College.
111,112 BEGINNING GREEK
Theoretical and practical study of Greek
grammar, w i t h special emphasis o n
morphology. Translation exercises from
and into Greek. (771, Fall; 772, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
Review of basic structures of Greek, exand d e v e l o ~ m e n t
pansion of
Aims at developing and refining the stuof
reading
skills
through
selections from
use of German as a vehicle for
the New Testament and other Hellenistic
expressing his own ideas and opinions.
writings (early fathers, historians, etc.)
Emphasis on written composition includOn parsing and 'yntax
ingcontrolof style. Oral practicethrough
the
Greek
text.
(Prereq.:
772 0' #. Fall)
language,
use of German as classroom
(Prereq.: 317 or #. Alternate
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
451 GERMAN PROSE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Reading and discussion of German prose
masterpieces from Goethe to the present.
Lectures treat the development of the
epic genre as a mirror of cultural and
geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or #. O n
Demand)
452 GERMAN D R A M A
Representative dramatic works from late
18th century to the present are discussed
and read as symptomatic of perennial
human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 377 or #. O n Demand)
A first course i n the theory and practiceof
literary studies. A theoretical component
(in English) treats the basic principles of
literature, literary genres, and different
approaches to literary analysis. I n the
practical component, the class will divide
into small groups according to foreign
language, where the elements of theory
will be applied through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works for
foreign literature in the langauge. Recommended for majors and minors.
Open t o all qualified students. (Prereq.:
272 or #. Offered on demand)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Japanese
Greek
See the instructor for supporting courses
at Augsburg in history, philosophy, art,
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of Classes for course offerings.
Linguistics
289 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LINGUISTICS
An introduction t o linguistic analysis and
general linguistic principles, with focus
on linguistic universals (organizational
principles and features common t o all
languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry
in t o the mechanics of language learning
and the structure of the mind as revealed
i n language.) Theoretical questions will
be approached by studying samples of
various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and
minors. (Fall)
Norwegian
MAJOR: 8 courses above 211, including
311,312, 331,350,353,411, and 499 (independent study). Interim or summer in
Norway recommended. (Academic credit
may also be earned through the Camp
Norway program in Norway.) Consult
department for details.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses including 311, and two of 331,350,353,411; plus
one course under Scandinavian Studies.
TEACHING M I N O R : 311, 331, 353, 411
plus required education courses, including special methods.
RECOMMENDED SUPPORTING
PREPARATION:
Study in Norway, a second foreign language, linguistics, additional courses under Scandinavian Area Studies.
writing. Stress on spoken rather than
literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (117, Fall; 712, Spring)
211 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition
to improve comprehension and facility of
expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion
and exercises. Laboratory work and some
field experience expected. (prereq.: 172
or equivalent.)
311 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
A N D COMPOSITION
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian
with emphasis on pronunciation and
original composition. Some attention
given to regional variations i n spoken
Norwegian and t o differences between
the two official languages of Norway.
Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent.)
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given to O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter i s desired but not required.
Norwegian language minors will have
special assignments. (Offered alternate
years)
331 NORWEGIAN CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
111,112 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language
skills: speaking, listening, reading and
This study of Norwegian cultural history
will include significant aspects of the
c o n t e m p o r a r y N o r w e g i a n society.
Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domestic
and foreign influences at work in the
comparatively homogeneous population
of Norway will be examined. Written and
oral reports i n the Norwegian language
will be required along with some field
work. (Prereq.: 371 or #. Alternate years)
350 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. In the practical component, students apply the elements of
theory through reading, analyzing, and
discussing selected works of Norwegian
literature. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
353 SURVEY O F NORWEGIAN
LITERATURE
Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the
study of original works from earlier
periods extending back to O l d Norse
literature. All genres are examined, and
considerable attention i s given t o writings
i n the Nynorsk language, particularly
poetry. Lectures, readings, oral and
written reports are in Norwegian language. (Prereq.: 217 or equivalent. Spring
1981. Alternate years)
411 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN
CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Further intensive practice i n spoken and
written Norwegian. Attention given to the
other Scandinavian languages and t o the
historical development of the Norwegian
language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 377 or #.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Russian
Offered in conjunction with the Five
C o l l e g e C o o p e r a t i v e Program. See
Schedule of class for course offerings, and
Russiam Area Studies in this catalog.
Spanish
MAJOR: 8 courses above 212, including
311,411, 456 or 457, two of 352, 353,354.
(Study i n Spain or Latin America i s
strongly recommended)
Recommended Supporting Courses:
Linguistics, a n o t h e r language, PreColumbian civilization, Latin-American
Area Studies. Consult department for
other supporting courses in humanities.
111,112 BEGINNING SPANISH
Aims t o develop the four basic skills:
understanding, speaking, reading, and
writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world.
Laboratory work is an integral part of the
course (711, Fall; 112, Spring)
211,212 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
A thorough review of grammar with
emphasis on active use of the language,
supplemented by readings in culture and
literature. (Prereq.: 172 or 2 years of high
school Spanish. 271, Fall; 212, Spring)
223 THE C H I C A N O EXPERIENCE
Through essays, short stories, and novels
written by Chicanos and leading sociologists, anthropologists, and psychologists,
the course will introduce the student t o
the world of the Chicano and his dual
struggle t o maintain his traditions and
culture on the one hand, and t o integrate
into American society on the other. (On
Demand)
249 SELECTED WORKS O F SPANISH A N D
LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE I N
TRANSLATION
Major works of Spanish and Latin American l i t e r a t u r e r e p r e s e n t i n g various
periods and movements are read i n
English translation. Through background
reading and class discussion in English the
student i s acquainted with the salient
artistic qualities and cultural-historical
significance of the readings. Credit in this
course does not count toward a major or
minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing
preferred. (On Demand)
311 SPANISH CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Thorough oral and written practice i n
correct expression with the aims of
fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course isa
p r e r e q u i s i t e f o r all u p p e r - d i v i s i o n
courses. (Prereq.: 272 or equivalent. Fall)
312 SPANISH EXPRESSION
Intended for students who have a basic
command of writing and speakingskills i n
Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice t o improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic
usage and the finer points of grammar.
Readings t o stimulate discussion and
broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine
articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand)
331 SPANISH CIVILIZATION A N D
CULTURE
Study of the Spanish character and of
Spanish contribution t o world civilization
through historical, intellectual, literary,
and artistic movements. I n Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or #, Spring 7987, alternate
years.)
332 LATIN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
A N D CULTURE
A study of the cultural heritage of the
Spanish American countries from the PreColumbian civilization~to the present. In
Spanish. (Prereq.: 377 or 272, with #.
Spring 7980, alternate years)
350 INTRODUCTION T O LITERATURE
FOR LANGUAGE STUDENTS
Theory and practice of literary studies. A
theoretical component (in English) treats
the basic principles of literature, literary
genres, and d i f f e r e n t approaches t o
literary analysis. I n the practical comp o n e n t , students a p p l y t h e t h e o r y
through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works o f literature i n
Spanish. Recommended for majors and
minors. Open to all qualified students.
(Prereq.: 377 or #. Offered on demand)
352, 353 SURVEY O F SPANISH
LITERATURE I, II
A study of representative authors i n
Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and de-
velopment of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports
in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or #. 352,
Fall, 1981; 353, Fall, 1982)
354 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC
AMERICAN AUTHORS
An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and
oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311
or #. O n Demand)
411 ADVANCED CONVERSATION A N D
COMPOSITION
Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression
through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions
and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311
or #. Alternate years)
456 SPANISH D R A M A
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic
literature i n Spain. Oral and written reports i n the language. Emphasis on the
Golden Age and the ~ d d e r nPeriod.
(Prereq.: One survey course. O n demand)
457 SPANISH NOVEL
Study of the outstanding novelists of the
nineteenth and twentieth century i n
Spain. Oral and written reports i n the
language. (Prereq.: One survey course.
Alternate years)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
History
Chairperson: Orloue Cisselquist
MAJOR: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least
four of these courses must be upper
division. A major must have at least one
course (either survey or upper level) from
each of the four areas. Ancient and
Medieval; Modern Europe; u.S.;
and
non-Western.
M A J O R FOR TEACHING: In addition t o
the regular history major a social science
major with history emphasis is also available. See "Social Science" in this catalog.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers see "Education Department" in
this catalog and consult with Education
Department faculty for requirements.
HONORS MAJOR: GPA of 3.6 in the
major and 3.0 overall; except in special
instances, application before the end of
the first term of the junior year; two years
a
language at the college level
(0' i t s equivalent); an honors thesis
(equal t o One course credit) to be
defmded before a faculty committee.
M I N O R : 5 courses, at least three of which
must be upper division.
Students are required to take at least one
survey course (numbered below 300) before registering for an upper level course.
Lower level courses need not be taken i n
sequence.
There are16upper division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this department. Five
or six are offered each term, or 11 per
year. Offerings depend u p o n faculty
schedules and student registration.
101 THE BEGINNINGS O F THE
WESTERN CULTURE
An analysis of the primary civilizations i n
the Near East, the classical world of
Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of
Europe into the 13th century. (Fal1,Spring)
102 THE SHAPING O F WESTERN
CIVILIZATION
A consideration of European institutions
and values from the waning of the middle
ages through the remodeling of Europe
by Napoleon. (Fall, Spring)
103 THE M O D E R N WORLD
A study of the main currents i n western
civilization from the time of Napoleon to
the present. (Fall, Spring)
104 THE M O D E R N NON-WESTERN
WORLD
An introduction to various centers of
cultural and political power in Asia and
Africa of the last 200 years. (Fall, Spring)
221 U.S. HISTORY T O 1877
A survey of Americans from Jamestown
through the efforts t o reconstruct a nation
torn apart by The Civil War. (Fall)
222 U.S. HISTORY SINCE 1877
An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. (Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
An opportunity for a student t o do readings or study on topics not covered i n the
scheduled courses. The proposed study
must be approved by the directing faculty
member and the chairman of the department before registration. A maximum of
one course i n directed study may be
applied to the major.
331 TOPICS I N U.S. HISTORY
Exploration i n depth of selected topics i n
U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see
History 332). The specific topics to be
offered will be announced prior to registration.
332 HISTORY O F AMERICAN
FOREIGN POLICY
The relationship of foreign policy t o
general American development is stressed
as is the period of the Cold War.
353 SELECT TOPICS I N MINNESOTA
HISTORY
A survey of topics relating t o the emergence of modern Minnesota: Indianwhite relations; immigration and ethnic
adjustments; rise of the Twin Cities;
economic and political development. Primary emphasis will be on the late 19th and
early 20th centuries.
360 THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST A N D
GREECE T O 338 B.C.
The development of civilization in the
Near East from earliest times through i t s
extension and elaboration by the Greeks.
Emphasis i s placed on the development of
writing, achievement in the arts and
sciences and political institutions.
361 HELLENISTIC GREECE A N D R O M E
T O 330 A.D.
A study of the development of Alexander's
Empire, the Hellenistic kingdoms and the
rise of Rome as the world's greatest power.
Emphasis is placed on personalities, the
arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process.
370 THE LATE MIDDLE ACES T O 1560
A study of the scholastic tradition and the
role of the Church and state through the
changes forced on these institutions
during the Italian Renaissance and the
early years of the Reformation.
399 INTERNSHIP I N HISTORY
A limited number of internships may be
available for qualified upper-division
students majoring i n history. See department chairperson.
431 EUROPEAN URBAN HISTORY
A history of the dynamics of urban growth,
the distinctive institutions, and the culture
of cities in Europe from the Roman Empire
to the 20th century, with focus on specific
historic cities as examples. The course is
designed for history students, urban study
majors, and those who desire a background to enrich further travel.
440 TWENTIETH CENTURY TOPICS I N
WORLD HISTORY
This course emphasizes such topics as
Hitler's fascism, the collapse of colonial
empires and the rise of the third world.
~h~ emphasis will be on Western Asia,
Europe, and Africa in the lastfifty years.
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
412 ENGLAND I N THE
TUDOR A N D STUART PERIODS
A study of English history from a 15th
century background through 1714. The
emergence of modern constitutionalism
is the major theme of the course. Emphasis
i s also placed on 16th and 17th century
aspects of England's subsequent role i n
the world economy and o n the English
literary renaissance of Elizabethan and
early Stuart periods.
416 EUROPE I N THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY
The study of this century as the most
critical period in the rise of the modern
state. Emphasis i s also placed on the
emergence of modern science and i t s
effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 15601714.
Emphasis is on the far-reaching changes in
the political, economic, cultural and social life of Denmark, Finland, Iceland,
Norway and Sweden during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries.
Attention i s given to overseas emigration.
463 M O D E R N SOUTHEAST ASIA
A study of the major historical events,
personalities and political developments
i n this area. A comparative analysis of the
nationalist movements and the process of
decolonization will especially focus o n
Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and
Vietnam.
464 M O D E R N CHINA
A selective treatment of Chinese history
since the Opium Warof 1839.Theerosion
of China's isolationism and collapse of the
imperial system. The Nationalist and
Communist revolutions o f the 20th
century.
465 M O D E R N JAPAN
An examination of the emergence of
Japan as a major world power i n the 20th
century. Components of the course will
include a study of the distinctive features
of t h e Pre-Meiji era, modernization
factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development,
ecological problems, role of women and
Japan's trade i n Asia and Africa.
breakdown of these imperial systems at
the end of the 18th Century.
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Admission by permission
of the instructor. (Fall, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Majors with an average of 3.5 or above i n
history courses are encouraged t o apply
for directed independent study. A maximum of one course i n independent study
may be applied toward the major.
474 THE WORLD A N D THE WEST
114 H U M A N GEOGRAPHY
This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers
cultural interaction and conflict, and the
building of European empires i n Asia and
the Americas, and concludes with the
An introduction t o the basicconceptsand
tools of geography followed by a survey of
the distribution patterns t o be found in
our physical and human environment.
MATHEMATICS
Chairperson: Beverly Durkee
MAJOR: 9 courses including 124,125,215,
224, 314, 324. Also required: Computer
Science 245. For teacher licensure,
courses 351, 373, 441 must be included.
Students wishing to become licensed
teachers are advised t o consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 124,125,224.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.5 i n mathematics; 3.1 overall. Comprehensive oral
examination. Program must be submitted
t o department during first term of junior
year, and must include advanced study i n
areas of Analysis, Algebra, Topology, and
Mathematics-Education.
104 BASIC MATHEMATICS
A review of basic arithmetic concepts and
a study of algebraic expressions including
exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities
i n one variable, including linear and
quadratic; and graphs of linear and
quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not apply
toward a major or ,,,inor in mathematics.
Does not satisfy the general education
requirement
in mathematics.
114 [NTRODUC-lON T O COLLEGE
ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY
Fundamental operations, factoring, factions, f u n c t i o n s a n d graphs, l i n e a r
equations, exponents a n d radicals,
quadratic equations, ratio and variation,
progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms
and trigonometric functions. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may register for credit only with consent
of instructor. (Fall)
121 FINITE MATHEMATICS
Topics of linearity and probability with
applications t o the social and behavioral
sciences. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in mathematics. (Fall)
122 CALCULUS FOR THE SOCIAL A N D
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES
Differential and integral calculus of a
single variable with applications t o the
social and behavioral sciences. Does not
apply toward a major or minor in mathematics. Students who have completed 124
may not register for credit. (Spring)
124, 125, 224 CALCULUS, I, 11, 111
Topics of the elements of plane and solid
analytic geometry integrated with differential and integral calculus including
calculus of several variables and series
with applications primarily from the
physical sciences. Primarily for students i n
the natural sciences. (724, Fall; 725,
Spring; 224, Fall)
211 NUMBER THEORY
A transitional course from computational
to abstract mathematics. A study of the
integers and their properties. (Prereq.: #)
215 ELEMENTARY LINEAR ALGEBRA
A study of systems of linear equations,
determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224.
Spring)
226 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by
special integral transforms; systems of
differential equations with matrix algebra
techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.:
224. Spring)
242 BASIC CONCEPTS O F
MATHEMATICS
The structure of mathematics underlying
arithmetic and geometry. Emphasis is
placed on the inductive techniques of
discovery. Includes the ideas of modern
elementary school mathematics curricula.
Does not apply toward a major or minor in
mathematics. (Prereq.: Admission to Elementary Education Program)
314 INTRODUCTION T O MODERN
ALGEBRA
131 MATHEMATICS FOR THE ARTS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e structure of
mathematical systems and mathematical
models which have had a primary historical impact on the other liberal arts.
Primarily f o r students n o t i n t e n d i n g
further study of mathematics. Does not
apply toward a major or minor i n mathematics. (Fall)
A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra including groups, rings,
integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: 275.
Fa/ I )
324,325 ADVANCED CALCULUS I, I1
A study of the fundamental concepts of
calculus for functions of several variables,
including the topology of Euclidean
spaces, transformations, sequences and
series of functions, improper integrals,
differential forms and manifolds, and
vector analysis. (Prereq.: 224.324, Spring;
325, Fall)
351 M O D E R N GEOMETRY
A study of Euclidean and other geometries
by synthetic, coordinate, vector and
transformation methods. (Prereq.: 122 or
125. Spring, 1982, and alternate years)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
145 INTRODUCTION T O GENERAL
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer methods
including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming
in a non-scientific higher level language,
such as COBOL. Primarily for students in
non-science areas.
Does not apply toward a major or minor
in mathematics. (Spring. Computer fee)
373 PROBABILITY A N D STATISTICS
An analytic study of probability and statistics, including probability distributions
and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses.
(Prereq.: 224. Fall)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship Director t o determine project.
441 FOUNDATIONS O F MATHEMATICS
Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and
d e v e l o p m e n t o f n u m b e r systems.
(Prereq.: 314, 324, concurrent registration, or #. Spring, 1981. Offered alternate
years)
481 TOPICS I N MATHEMATICS
Study of advanced topics selected from
real or complex analysis, abstract algebra,
topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314, 324, or #.
Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Topics d e f i n e d throu.gh consultation
between student and department.
245 INTRODUCTION T O SCIENTIFIC
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
An introduction to computer languages
and methods.Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardware register
operations, and computer organization.
Programming in machine language, assembly language, and FORTRAN. Examples and applications primarily from
science areas. Does not apply toward a
major or minor in mathematics. (Prereq:
Math 125 or #. Fall. Computer fee)
355 COMPUTER SCIENCE A N D
NUMERICAL METHODS
A study of methods used to solve problems
on computers. Analysis of computational
problems and development of algorithms
for their solutions, application of a procedure-oriented programming language
in numerical analysis. Topics include the
general concept of iterative formulas,
solution of equations, Newton's method,
linear systems, interpolation, numerical
differentiation and integration. Credit
may be granted toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Prereq: C.S. 245 and
Math. 224 or concurrent registration. Fall)
Medical Technology
This major involves the completion of Required science courses: 1) Biology 111,
three years of academicwork at Augsburg 112 and two additional upper division
College and twelve months of internship (usually 367 and 476); 2) Chemistry: 105,
at Hennepin County Medical Center,
106 (or 115,116), 351, 352,353; 3) Physics:
Metropolitan Medical Center or North- 103 (or 121, 122); one math course; one
western Hospital. Specific recommended course in immunology.
courses vary t o some extent depending
on the hospital with which the students
Students transferring to Augsburg Colplan to affiliate. I t i s important to work
lege with an Associate of Artsdegreeor i t s
closely with the Medical Technology
equivalent should expect to spend two
adviser. Augsburg College does not guaryears at Augsburg before participating in
antee that all students will be accepted by
the internship year. The Medical Technothe hospitals for the 12-month internship.
logy major is not designed for persons
Students must negotiate directly with the
w h o already have t h e baccalaureate
hospitals involved.
- degree from another institution.
Metro-Urban Studies Clnterdisciplinaryl
Director: Carry W. Hesser
MAJOR: 15-courses including the following core requirements: Economics
123; Political Science 122; History 431;
Sociology 111, 381; Either Economics 379
or Sociology 362; Political Science 384 or
Sociology 363; a minimum of one course
of internship or independent study; plus
two urban-related non-social science
courses with an urban emphasis, at least
one of which must be i n the humanities
(current options include: Art 102, Religion 354, English 351, Speech 342, Physics
103, Biology 101, 105).
To complete the major, the student has a
choice among three emphases or tracks:
Planning, Public Administration, or
GeneraVLiberal Arts. These five courses
must include a minimum of three disciplines. Options include a wide variety of
courses, interims, internships, independent studies, and urban courses at other
ACTC colleges, as well as those offered
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (see below).
M I N O R : To be linked with appropriate
majors (such as business administration,
history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). The following
core courses are required forthe Concentration: Economics 120; Political Science
122; Sociology 111; Sociology 381; an
a p p r o v e d Social Science Research
course; an approved internship and/or
independent study.
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
t h e m e t r o p o l i t a n c o m m u n i t y , e.g.
lectures, symposia, performances, hear-
ings. These resources become the core of
the course, supplemented by traditional
college resources. The course is designed
in consultation with and evaluated by a
department faculty member.
consultation with MUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and/or
field research related t o subjects of
seminars and/or major academic interests.
Other Urban Studies options available
through the Higher Educational Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA):
B. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term
(SUST)
A. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST)
This program focuses upon the Twin City
metropolitan area.
358 READINGS SEMINAR: URBAN
ISSUES
Reading materials are assigned to complement morning field seminar topics. Included are government and institution
publications, journal articles and books.
359 FIELD SEMINAR: T W I N CITIES
METROPOLITAN AREA
Using the community as a classroom,
students visit agencies, talk with specialists i n various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics
include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services.
399 INTERNSHIP
Students are placed in a variety of public
and private agenciesfor work experience.
A learning contract is developed with
MUST faculty approval. Students may
choose an internship of one or two
courses.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY (Optional)
Independent Study i s done in conjunction with a one-course internship. In
This program is located at the University
of Oslo and focuses upon Scandinavian
urbanization and city planning.
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE
A N D CULTURE
Students are placed in beginning, intermediate or advanced study. depending
on
.
proficiency. Instruction emphasizes conversational vocabulary t o support student
course work and daily living i n Oslo. An
orientation t o current issues in Norwegian life and society i s coordinated
with the language instruction.
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
Themes on the growth, function, distribution, and social organization of Scandinavian cities are approached through a
combination of lectures, guest speakers,
and field work. Emphasis is placed o n
Norwegian urban development w i t h
comparative analysis of other Scandinavian countries.
396 URBAN PLANNING IN
SCANDINAVIA
Theory and practice of Scandinavian approaches to urban development are
viewed through a series of topical lectures, field trips, and guest speakers.
Course focus is on the Norwegian planning system with comparative analysis of
other Scandinavian countries.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
363 FIELD SEMINAR: WEALTH,
POVERTY, A N D C O M M U N I T Y
DEVELOPMENT I N THE LATIN
AMERICAN CITY
In consultation with SUST faculty, student
selects a specific topic for library and field
research related to subjects of seminar
and/or major academic interests.
Structured field course focusing on plight
and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota,
with field trips to other Colombian and
foreign cities for comparison. Visits t o
various types of barrios and to public and
private agencies dealing w i t h urban
problems.
C. South American Urban Semester
(SA U S)
This "semester in the city" program is
located i n Bogota, Columbia. I t
focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h SAUS faculty,
student .elects a specific topic for library
and/or field research related to subjects
o f seminar and/or major academic
interests.
261 SPANISH LANGUAGE
Spanish instruction at intermediate or
advanced levels.
D. San Francisco Summer Term
An eight-week program integrating a
field seminar, an internship, and in-
362 PROSEMINAR: URBANIZATION I N
LATIN AMERICA
-
Readings.
discussions, and lectures in
" ,
both English and Spanish, with aid of
SAUS staff and v i s i t i n g C o l u m b i a n
urbanists.
-382
dependent study.
FIELD EN'ERlENCE
383 FIELD SEMINAR: sAN FRANCISCO
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Music
Chairperson: Robert Karlen
Students wishing t o major in Music at
Augsburg College must make application
t o the Music Faculty for acceptance into
the programs. Such application should be
made by the beginning of the sophomore
year. (See Music Department handbook
for further details.)
CORE CURRICULUM: All music majors
must take the Core Curriculum of 6 music
courses: 101,102,223,224,260,261;
pass a
piano proficiency test, perform in music
organizations for 3 years, participate i n
Performance Workshop, and pass 3 music
repertoire tests.
MAJOR: 12 courses: Core Curriculum
described above, plus 350 or 476; 354 or
355; 365 or 375; 457, 458; 4 years of
Performance Studies; recital performance.
TEACHING M A J O R : 11 courses: Core
Curriculum plus 350 or 476; 457,458; two
of 354,355,365,375; 3 years of Performance
Studies; education courses; and recital
performance. Consult with Department
of Education for requirements i n
education.
BACHELOR O F M U S I C DEGREE:
17
courses: Core Curriculum plus 350, 457,
458,476; two of 354,355,365,375,499 and
electives; 4 years of Performance Studies
with double periods in the last two years,
and junior and senior recitals.
MAJOR IN MUSIC THERAPY (Bachelor of
Science Degree): Core Curriculum plus
350 or 476; 354; 355 or 365; 457 or 458; 3
years of Performance Studies in'cluding at
least one term of voice; recital performance optional: Music Therapy 360, 382,
383, 395, 399, 435, 495; Psych. 105, 362,
and one of 264, 351, 355, 356, 357; Soc.
241 and one of 111,121,231,375; elective
in physical education (232 recommended);
elective i n speech (116 recommended). A
maximum of 17 courses in Music and
Music Therapy may be applied toward the
35 courses required for graduation.
Students need t o apply for internshipsites
nine months in advance of starting date.
Since the number of sites in Minnesota i s
limited, students may need to seek outof-state internship placements.
This major normally requires four and
one-half years for completion. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the
student i s eligible to apply for certification/registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
M I N O R : 5 courses, 101, 102, 260 or 261,
458 and elective; plus 1 year of Performance Studies; 2 years in music organ-
izations; piano proficiency; and 2 music
r e p e r t o i r e tests. A t t e n d a n c e at all
Performance Workshops during the year
of Performance Studies and 8 campus
recitals also required.
Those wishing t o minor in music should
declare their intent by the end of their
sophomore year, or at the completion of
Theory 102.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Students may qualify
for graduation honors i n music if they (1)
provide leadership in: the promotion of
higher music performance standards
within the Department of Music; breadth
of musical interests by attendance at concerts both on and off campus; the performing organizations; the creation and/
or promotion of smaller performing
ensembles; (2) have earned a GPA of at
least 3.3 i n music courses; and (3) apply for
the Honors Program at the beginning of
the second term of the junior year.
Honors may be achieved by any one of
the following ways: (1) two solo recitalsof
graduate quality; (2) a musical composit i o n f o r vocal and/or instrumental
ensemble of not less than 15 minutes
duration and either a senior thesis and its
defense before a faculty committee of a
solo recital of graduate quality; (3) a
senior thesis and i t s defense before a
faculty committee and a solo recital of
graduate quality.
Performance Workshop and Recital Requirements: Attendance at Performance
Workshop and 14 campus faculty and
student recitals is required of sophomore,
junior and senior music majors. Music
minors must attend 8 faculty and student
recitals as well as all Performance Workshops during the year of their Performance Studies. All music majors and
minors must register for Performance
Workshop at no credit. A recital in their
area of Performance Studies concentration
is required of majors during either the
junior or senior year, except Music Therapy majors. A recital in their area of
Performance Studies concentration is
required of Bachelors of Music in both
their junior and senior years.
Piano Profiency Requirement: All majors
and minors are required to pass a piano
proficiency examination by the end of the
sophomore year. Confer with department
regarding specific requirements.
During the junior and senior years, a
student who has been certified by the
Department of Music as a major for the
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Music
degree, receives required lessons in the
area of his concentration without extra
cost. The total of Performance Studies
credits earned under this provision may
not exceed four semesters of weekly halfhour lessons.
TRANSFER STUDENTS I N MUSIC: A
junior or senior student transferring to
Augsburg College as a music major must
take a placement test in music theory
before registration. Application f o r
acceptance into a music program should
be made at the end of the student's first
term at Augsburg, after passing the piano
proficiency test.
101,102, 223, 224 THEORY
Music Theory i s an integrated course
extending over four terms. Taught by a
team of instructors, the various aspects of
musical theory (i.e., ear training, harmony, counterpoint, and analysis) are
presented i n parallel, rather than i n
sequence. (101,223, Fall. 102,224, Spring)
350 CHORAL TECHNIQUE A N D
ARRANGING
Fundamentals of voice culture as related
to choral ensemble; methods, materials,
techniques and arranging. (Spring)
354 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The technique of playing and teaching
brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
230 INTRODUCTION T O THE FINE ARTS
355 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
The development of music through the
study of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis i s
placed upon relationships between music
and the other fine arts. For the non-music
major (Fall, Spring)
260 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
OF MUSIC
The technique of playing and teaching
woodwind instruments. (Spring)
365 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Elementary technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Fall)
375 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras.
(Fa 11)
261 HISTORY A N D LITERATURE
O F MUSIC
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras.
(Spring)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
I n a historical approach to the study of
music in the five Nordic countries, opportunity is offered for investigation into
topics of particular interest. Suitable for
both non-music and music majors.
330 VOCAL REPERTOIRE
A historical survey of solo vocal literature
from 1600 to the present. The study includes such aspects of concern for the
performer as interpretation, style, and
diction. (Fall)
Advanced technique i n the playing and
teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
Development and influence of the music
of the Christian church. Designed for the
general student as well as for organists,
choir directors, and pre-theological students. (Fall)
440 ADVANCED MUSICIANSHIP
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired i n music
theory and history classes t o the study of
20th century music. (Prereq. :224. Spring,
alternate years)
457 CONDUCTING
Techniques of conducting, preparation
of and conducting choral scores, organization of choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 CONDUCTING
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring)
476 ORCHESTRATION
The craft of orchestrating and arranging
music for instrumental ensembles of
varying sizes and types. (Fall)
488,489 PIANO TEACHING METHODS
Instruction in the principles, methods,
and techniques for teaching piano. students will give individual lessons to
d r e n under t h e supervision o f t h e
instructor. No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
382 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
OF MUSlC I
An objective approach t o musical stimuli
and response, with an emphasis on the
socio-psychological aspects of music. An
understanding of the research process
and development of an experimental research project.
383 PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATIONS
O F M U S l C II
Implementation of group and individual
research projects, emphasis on music in a
clinical setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
395 INFLUENCE O F M U S I C O N
BEHAVIOR
Permits advanced and specialized studies
and projects not otherwise provided for
in the departmental curriculum. Open
only to advanced students upon approval
of a member of the faculty. (Fall, Spring)
A study of man as he relates to music, with
emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
MUSIC THERAPY
110 INTRODUCTION T O M U S l C
THERAPY
A survey of the music therapy programs in
the surrounding area, with field trips to
various institutions; an i n t r o d u c t o r y
course for the freshmen and sophomores
considering music therapy as a major;
gives the students a broad background in
the ways in which music is used as a
therapy. (Interim)
360 THERAPEUTIC RECREATIONAL
MUSlC
Study of guitar and other non-symphonic
instruments; basic understanding of OrffSchulwerk; applications t o clinical settings. (Fall)
399 MUSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL
INTERNSHIP
Full-time placement in an internship setting approved by the National Association
for Music Therapy for six months. This is
started after completion of thesenior year
and is necessary for registration by the
NAMT. Applications for internship sites
must be made nine months i n advance.
Sites i n Minnesota are limited.
435 MUSlC I N THERAPY
The study and application of the uses of
music with the emotionally ill, mentally
retarded, and physically handicapped.
(Prereq.: 395)
495 PRACTICUM
IN
THERAPY
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two
hours a week, six terms. No credit.
PERFORMANCE WORKSHOPS
An informal setting for student performmces, seminars, and guest lecture dem~nstrations.
Voice
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear
training as needed, interpretation of
songs.
RECITALS
Woodwind, Brass, String, and Percussion
Student recitals afford an opportunity for
public performance and acquaint
students with all aspects of preparation
a quality perforand presentation
mance.
Instruments: Technique as
ertoire~performance.
rep-
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The music organizations exist not onlyfor
the benefit of the music student, but for
any student of the college who wishes t o
PERFORMANCE STUDIES
participate in groups affording
- opportun. .
Vocal and instrumental instruction i s
ity for musical expression. The student
available t o all students. For statement of
must be carrying at least two courses each
fees, see under Financial Information. No term. Participation for the full Year is
course credit. (Fall, Spring)
required. No course credit.
Brass Ensemble**
Piano
Choir*
Technique as needed, repertoire, perforChorale**
mance, accompanying. Only those lessons Concert Band*
in piano taken after the piano proficiency
Jazz Ensemble**
examination has been passed may be apOrchestra*
plied toward the music major or minor.
String Ensemble**
Woodwind Ensemble**
Organ
*Membership by audition.
Technique as needed, repertoire, per**Membership by audition or consent
formance, hymn-playing, accompanying. - o f instructor.
Natural Science
Chairperson: Earl R. Alton
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR for teaching
in Secondary Schools.
The Minnesota Board o f ~ e a c h i nhas
~
approved the licensure program for
science teachers and has authorized
Augsburg to recommend candidates for
licensure in:
Life Science, grades 7-12
Life Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Physical Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, grades 7-12
Earth Science, (minor) grades 7-12
Chemistry, (minor) grades 7-72
Physics, (minor) grades 7-12
Middle School Science, grade 5-9
PROGRAM COMPONENTS
The program of courses i s designed t o
provide a broad, basic background i n
science and allow for specialization in an
area. The following programs assume that
the student will meet the general educa-
tion requirements of the college and, i n
the physical science, have at least one year
of calculus.
BROAD BASE COURSES
7 COURSES
-
Seven courses comprise the set for the
broad base background.
1. Earth Science - 1 course
Physics 101 - Astronomy OR Physics
161 - Understanding the Weather
2. Life Science - 2 courses
Biology 111, 112 - General Biology
3. Physical Science - 4 courses
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics
Chemistry 115, 116 (or 105, 106) General Chemistry
I n order t o make the program slightly
more flexible, it i s recommended that
students with emphasis in life science
have both courses in earth science and
substitute Physics 103 - Physics for
Physics 121, 122 - General Physics.
LIFE SCIENCE EMPHASIS - 8 COURSES
1. Cognate - Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic Chemistry
2. Biology Component - 7 courses
Biology 491 - Seminar
At least one course from each of the
following groups:
Group I Biology 351 - Invertebrate Zoology
OR Biology 353 - Comparative
Vertebrate Zoology
Group II Biology 355 - Genetics OR Biology
474 - Developmental Biology
Group 111 Biology 361 - Plant -Biology OR
Biology 474 - Ecology
Group IV Biology 471 - Cellular Biology OR
Biology 473 - Animal Physiology
Group v Biology 440 - Plant Physiology OR
Biology 476 - Microbiology
SCIENCE
- 7 COURSES
Candidates may be recommended for
licensure i n Physical Science upon comp l e t i o n o f e i t h e r Physical Science
Emphasis-Chemistry major or Physical
Science Emphasis-Physics major. The
student licensed in Physical Science may
teach chemistry and/or physics in grades
7-12.
1. Chemistry Major
Chemistry 351,352 - OrganicChemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Chemistry 361,362 -Physical Chemistry OR Biology 367 - Biochemistry
in place of Chemistry 362
Chemistry 482 - Advanced Inorganic
Chemistry
Chemistry 491 - Seminar (no credit)
Physics 245 - Modern physics
2. Physics Major
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
Physics 351 - Mechanics I
Physics 362 - Electromagnetic Fields I
Physics 395 - Comprehensive Laboratory
Three additional Physics courses t o be
selected from the following: Physics
261, Electronics; Physics 270, Optical
Physics; Physics 352, Mechanics II;
Physics 363, Electromagnetic Fields II;
Physics 481, Thermal Physics; Physics
486, Quantum Mechanics.
BROAD BASE FOR TEACHING SCIENCE
Grades 5-9 - 7 courses
1. Earth Science - 2 courses
Either Physics 101 - Astronomy OR
Physics 161 - Understanding t h e
Weather (the alternative course not
taken i n the BROAD BASE section)
2. Life Sciences - 2 courses
Any two biology courses above 112.
3. Physical Science - 3 courses
Chemistry 223 - Elementary Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry 353 - Quantitative Analytical Chemistry
Physics 245 - Modern Physics
CERTIFICATION W I T H M I N O R
Candidates requesting certification bas'ed
upon minor preparation in life science
shall complete 7 courses in Biology i n
addition to the BROAD BASE.
Candidates requesting certification based
upon minor preparation i n chemistry or
physics shall complete the broad basic
competencies and shall have an additional 4 courses in either Physics or Chemistry. For Chemistry, these are Chemistry
351,352 or 223,353,361 and 362 or 482. For
Physics, these are any four courses above
122.
Nursing
Chairperson: Beverly Nilsson
Augsburg offers an upper division major
i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor of
Science degree.
Requirements for admission to the major
are: completion of an associate degree or
diploma program i n nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a
current license to practice as an R.N. i n
the state of Minnesota; and completion of
courses i n inorganic chemistry, organic or
biochemistry, anatomy and physiology,
microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses
at Augsburg or another accredited college or university prior t o admission t o the
nursing
- major.
.
I n addition, each applicant must successfully complete theoretical and simulated
clinical performance testing prior t o acceptance t o the major. These tests are
given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing.
Applicants must give evidence of current
nursing clinical practice, i.e. within the
past five years. This may include I ) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work
experience, or 3) completion of a nursing
refresher course or an acceptable equivalent.
MAJOR: 11 courses (10 course credits) i n
nursing including 303, 304, 310, 311, 325,
350,403,404,423,427, and 430. Speech 354
( I n t e r p e r s o n a l C o m m u n i c a t i o n s ) is
highly recommended. The required
courses i n sociology, psychology, English,
chemistry, and biology listed above may
apply toward distribution requirements as
well as toward admission t o the major. An
upper division science course is required
and must be completed during the first
year of study in the nursing major. This
is to be selected after consultation with a
nursing faculty advisor.
Courses in the nursing majoraredesigned
so that they may be completed within two
academic years. However, more than two
years may be required to complete the
total course of study, depending on the
number of credits transferred from other
colleges or universities.
303 CONTEMPORARY NURSING I
(!h course)
This course will present principles of
teaching and learning within a process
framework of assessment, planning, imp l e m e n t a t i o n a n d evaluation. The
students will have an opportunity t o assess
their own learning style, write behavioral
objectives and develop a teaching plan
for a selected client. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance into nursing major.)
304 CONTEMPORARY NURSING II
(1/2 course)
325 NURSING ASSESSMENT
I n this course the student will examine
elements of assessment and selected assessment tools in the nursing process.The
student will expand the use of communication skills for obtaining a health history
and negotiating health goals. A developmental framework will be used t o do a
holistic assessment of an elderly person.
(Fall-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
350 INTRODUCTION T O NURSING
RESEARCH
Students will assess their own leadership
style and examine concepts of management as they relate t o the professional
nurse's role. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.:
303.)
The research process and methods appropriate t o nursing are the focus of this
course. Issues of ethics i n nursing research are explored. Students will critique
nursing research and design a research
project. (Spring-Junior year. Prereq.: Acceptance into the nursing major.)
310 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING I
403 CONTEMPORARY NURSING Ill
Focuses on systems theory, change theory
and concepts of health as they apply to
current community health issues and the
practice of nursing. Students will do a
health assessment of a client and will
explore a community health issue related
t o the course content. (Fall-Junior year.
Prereq.: Acceptance to the nursing major.)
This course will examine the diversity of
American families. Content includes the
structure and the role, rule and communication patterns of families in light of
situational and developmental crisis
events. The emerging role of the nurse in
providing family health care will be explored. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.: 304,
377, 325, 350. To be taken prior to or
concurrently with Nursing 423.)
311 C O M M U N I T Y HEALTH NURSING II
404 CONTEMPORARY NURSING IV
This course provides a knowledge base
for understanding community values of
cultural groups as they relate to health
care and the nurse's role in a community
health team. Strong clinical component
for application of knowledge from Community Health I and [I. (Spring-Junior
year. Prereq.: 303, 370, 325.)
This course deals with the integration of
communication, leadership theory and
the professional nurse role in the context
of complex group interactions. (SpringSenior year. Prereq.: 403,430. To be taken
prior to or concurrently with Nursing
427.)
423 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I
The preceptorship practicum offers the
student an opportunity to implement a
negotiated learning contract in a selected
practice setting. This approach provides
opportunities for developing objectives,
selecting learning experiences and collaborating with faculty, preceptor(s),
client and agencies, in providing complex
nursing care. (Fall-Senior year. Prereq.:
To be taken concurrently with or followi n g Nursing 403.)
groups i n a selected practice setting.
(Spring-Senior year. Prereq.: 423, 430. To
be taken concurrently with or following
Nursing 404.)
430 TRENDS A N D ISSUES IN NURSING
A course designed t o investigate the current responsibilities of the professional
nurse. Contemporary social and professional trends and issues will be explored
in light of their implications for nursing
practice. (Interim. Prereq.: None.)
427 PRECEPTORSHIP IN NURSING I1
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
This course is designed in the same manner as Nursing 423. It i s a synthesis course
utilizing knowledge and skills from nursing and liberal arts courses. Opportunity
is provided to apply leadership theory t o
I n depth study of a learner-selected topic
or issue. Students must consult with
faculty and submit a written study proposal prior t o registration.
Philosophy
Chairperson: Kenneth Bailey
Courses 110, 120, and 130 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement.
MAJOR: 9 courses, including 130, 241,
242, 343, and 344.
110 I N T R O D U C T I O N T O PHILOSOPHY:
IDEAS A N D M E T H O D
M I N O R : 5 courses, including two courses
from 241,242, 343, and 344.
H O N O R S MAJOR: Admission t o the
Philosophy Honors program i s by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such
recommendations will be made at the end
of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved
topic of the student's choice, involving
research above the course level, and a
defense of this thesis before the faculty of
the department.
Though each person has his own set of
ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been
critically analyzed or evaluated for their
consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this i s that individuals lack the
needed skills. Another is that they may
have had little opportunity to examine
critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purposes of this course
are to provide the student with some
experience i n examining ideas, and
thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required t o evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall,
Spring)
120 ETHICS
Sometimes you say that a certain action i s
right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you
think it i s right? Because you like it? Are
there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a
long, hard look at possible grounds for
making moral decisions, and at the moral
judgments about personal and social
issues resulting from them. (Fall, Spring)
130 L O G I C
Suppose someone gives you reasons, and
then says you must accept a particular
conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion follow from premises? Here we
examine the rules which govern valid
arguments and work to develop your
ability to recognize and construct sound
arguments. (Fall, Spring).
241 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY I: P L A T 0
A N D ARISTOTLE
How, when and why did philosophy begin? Who were Socrates, Plato, Aristotle
and the Stoics; what did they believe?
Why did Plato think that the physical
world was not overly important, and what
did he value? How did Aristotle, the
scientist, respond to this? The answers to
these and other questions will be considered as to reveal what these great
philosophers can contribute to our contemporary problems and ideas. (Fall)
242 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY 11:
MEDIEVAL A N D RENAISSANCE
PHILOSOPHY
The Middle Ages are often regarded as a
period of darkness, whereas the Renaissance was a time of rediscovery and
enlightenment. H o w dark were t h e
Middle Ages; how enlightened the Renaissance?We shall attempt t o discover the
grandeur of the Medieval philosophers,
learn how the Christian tradition was
carried forward i n the Age of Faith, explore the worship of the world and the
individual i n the Renaissanceand the new
methodology of the 17th Century rationalists. (Spring. Suggested prior course,
247.)
343 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY Ill:
ENLIGHTENMENT A N D 19TH
CENTURY PHILOSOPHY
Where does knowledge begin? I n innate
ideas or with experience? What can we
really know about the world? What impact did Romanticism have on philosophy? This course studies the major
empiricists of the 18th century (Locke,
Berkeley, Hume). Kant's synthesis of philosophy, 19th century idealism, and the
reaction to idealism in men such as Marx,
Kierkegaard and Nietzsche. (Fall. Suggested prior course, 247 or 242.)
344 HISTORY O F PHILOSOPHY IV:
C O N T E M P O R A R Y PHILOSOPHY
What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? I s truth
that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and
other issues are dealt with in astudy of the
m a j o r representatives o f l i n g u i s t i c
analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, and
phenomenology. (Spring. Suggested
prior course, 247, 242, or 343.)
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
What is the relation between faith and
reason? Does God exist, and what can be
said about him if he does? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and
animal suffering? I s man really immortal?
Are miracles possible?We intend to conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of religious
beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in
philosophy.)
355 ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY
A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy.)
360 PHILOSOPHY O F LANGUAGE
Every day we use language to buy and sell,
praise and berate, communicate with
friends. What i s language? Could an individual be fully human without it? How
does language relate to the world - can
we really learn about the nature of things
from words? Do the mathematician and
the scientist have a language?I s it possible
to have a language which only one individual can understand?We shall explore
how philosophers have responded to
these and other important questions
about language. (Suggested prior course,
730 or 344.)
365
PHILOSOPHY O F SCIENCE
The scientist's knowledge of the world i s
purported to be profoundly different and
better than that of the non-scientist. I s this
true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions
which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist
to recover knowledge? In addition to
dealing with these questions,students will
work in researching and developing philosophical problems i n the special
sciences. (Suggested prior course, 730 or
one course in natural science.)
370 EXISTENTIALISM
Studies in the writings - both philosophical and literary - of prominent
Existentialist authors. We will examine
what it means to be a being-in-the-world,
and explore such themes as absurdity,
freedom, guilt, despair and paradox.
(Suggested: One prior course in philosophy)
380 MEDICAL ETHICS
Application of ethical principles to
problems which arise in the areas of
health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion,
care for the dying and euthanasia.
410 TOPICS I N PHILOSOPHY
Advanced studies covering a specific area
of philosophy, such as studies in the
thought of individual philosophers, philosophical movements, the history of an
idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May
be taken more than once for credit.
(Suggested prior courses, any from 247,
242, 343, 344 or #.)
430 STUDIES I N INDIVIDUAL
PHILOSOPHERS
Advanced studies in the philosophy of
particular philosophers, e.g., Plato,
Descartes, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard,
Wittgenstein, etc. Seminar format. (Suggestion prior courses: 247, 242, 343, or #)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Individual study and research on some
philosophical topic of interest to the
student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty adviser.
Physical Education and Health Education
Chairperson: Ernest Anderson
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R : H.Ed.
114, 115, 354, 355; P.E. 223, 231, 232, 350,
351, 471, 472, 474, 475; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N T E A C H I N G
M A J O R : H.Ed. 114, 115, 354,355; P.E.223,
231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472, 474;
Biol. 103. Students wishing to become
licensed teachers should consult with the
Education Department for requirements.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W l T H
SPECIALIZATION I N CORRECTIVE
THERAPY: H.Ed. 114, 115, 354, 355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 471, 472, 474,
491, 495; Biol. 103; Psychology 105, 355,
362. Approval for admission to Corrective
Therapy major must be secured from the
corrective therapy coordinator.
PHYSICAL E D U C A T I O N M A J O R W I T H
SPECIALIZATION IN ADAPTED PHYSICAL
EDUCATION: H.Ed. 114,115,354,355; P.E.
223, 231, 232, 243, 350, 351, 365, 471, 472,
474, 485, 491; Biol. 103.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION M I N O R : H.Ed.
114,115; P.E. 223,231,232 or 472, and 243.
C O A C H I N G ENDORSEMENT: H.Ed. 114,
115; P.E. 243,350,351,475, one of 476-480,
and practicum in coaching (Practicum
requires registration for Independent
Study 499).
Physical education major plus coaching
practicum meets the coaching requirement.
234 O U T D O O R EDUCATION
This course will look at a wide variety of
outdoor activities that can be taught in a
school setting. The following activities will
be emphasized: Canoeing, back-packing,
cycling, outdoor cooking, camping and
water safety. Students must be prepared
t o spend some weekends participating in
these activities. (7/2 course. Spring)
243 HISTORY A N D PRINCIPLES O F
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Coaches e n t e r i n g t h e i r f i r s t h e a d coaching assignment i n Minnesota high
schools are required t o have at least a
coaching endorsement in the field of
physical education and athletics.
102, 103 LIFETIME SPORTS
Three hours per week.Two lifetime sports
meet the general education requirement.
No course credit. (Fall, Spring)
History, principles, and philosophy of
physical education. (Spring)
Mechanics of movement with special
emphasis upon the action of the muscular
system. (Prereq.: Biology 703; Fall)
351 PHYSIOLOGY O F EXERCISE
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating team sports. (Spring)
The major effects of exercise upon the
systems of the body and physiological
principles applied to exercise programs
and motor training. (Prereq.: Biol. 703.
Spring)
231 INDIVIDUAL A N D DUAL SPORTS
354 TEACHING THE EXCEPTIONAL
223 TEAM SPORTS
CHILD
Theory and practice i n skills, teaching,
and officiating individual and dual sports.
(Fall)
(See Health Education)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT
232 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES A N D
RHYTHMS
Theory and practice i n teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon-hour
activities, camp nights, modified games,
simple rhythmic games, folk and square
dancing. (7/2 course. Interim)
(See Health Education)
365 PHYSICAL EDUCATION METHODS
(K-12)
Procedures, materials, and issues for
teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall)
373 MODERN DANCE
An introductory course in modern dance
technique and creative composition. Exploration of movement, energy, form,
and design. No previous dance experience
necessary. (1/2 course. Interim)
476 COACHING OF FOOTBALL
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (% course. Fall,
1st half of term, odd # years only)
477 COACHING OF BASKETBALL
% course
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult department chairperson
471 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and procedures.
(Prereq.: 243. Fall)
472 GYMNASTICS
Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics, stunts, tumbling, and special fitness activities. (7/2 course. Fall)
474 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving, and water safety. Open
only to junior and senior P.E. majors and
minors. (Prereq: Swimming competence
as determined by pre-test or satisfactory
completion of Lifetime Sports, Swimming.
1/2 course. Fall)
475 PREVENTION AND CARE OF ATHLETIC INJURIES1/2 course
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries.
Treatment of common athletic injuries.
Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350. Spring,
1st half of term)
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching basketball. (Fall, 2nd
half of term, odd # years only)
478 COACHING OF HOCKEY '/2 course
Theory, technique and administrative
aspects of coaching hockey. (Fall, 2nd half
of term, odd # years only)
479 COACHING OF TRACK AND FIELD
'/Z course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Spring,
2nd half of term, odd # years only)
480 COACHING OF BASEBALL/SOFTBALL % course
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball.
(Spring, 2nd half of term, odd years)
485 APPLIED ADAPTED ACTIVITIES
Course includesconsideration of ambulation, self care, adapted sports and games,
and swimming for the handicapped. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed. 354. Summer school
only)
491 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE
A study of the treatment of disease and
injury. Includes general principles and
administration of neuro-muscular re-
education. (Prereq.: 350, 351; H.Ed 354
Summer school only)
HEALTH EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION MAJOR: 110,114,
495, 496, 497 pROFESSlONAL
AFFILIATlON
115, 320, 354, 410; ~ i ~103,
l . 108, 111;
Hospital affiliation of 444 hours required.
Chem. 103 or 105;
105;
231,
Includes actual hospital experience i n
241.
four areas of corrective therapy: (1) Psychiatry, (2) Orthopedics, (3) Neurology,
and (4)Rehabilitation. Course497 isstudy
o f Neurology and Pathology (Prereq. 485,
HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING M A 491 and approval o f department.)
]OR: Same as health education major plus
H.Ed. 35% and Educ. sequence for teachi n g license.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Directed intensive study i n an area of
physical education. O p e n only t o junior
or senior majors.
HEALTH EDUCATION MINOR: 110,114,
115, 320; Biol. 103; Soc. 231,
110 PERSONAL A N D C O M M U N I T Y
HEALTH
354 T E A C H I N G T H E E X C E P T I O N A L
CHILD % course
Modern concepts and practices of health
and healthful living applied t o the individual and the community. (Fall)
Education of the exceptional child with
special reference t o the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the
role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: P.E. 350. Spring)
114 SAFETY EDUCATION % course
Princi~lesand practices of safety education i n school and community life. Includes American Red Cross First Aid
course. (Fall, Spring)
115 CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY EDUCAT l O N '/z course
An analysis of chemical abuse and what
can be done for the abuser. (Fall, Spring)
320 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM
Techniques for developing a course of
study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units
in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: A l l
courses i n the major sequence numbered
i n the 700 and 200 series; also #.)
355 TESTS A N D MEASUREMENT '/2 course
Survev of basic statistical ~roceduresand
evaluation of tests in heaith and physical
education. (spring)
410 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVIS l O N O F THE S C H O O L HEALTH
PROGRAM
Historical background,legal bases,school
health services, and relationships t o community health program and resources.
Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience i n classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320)
Physics
-
Chairperson: Kenneth Erickson
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 121, 122,
245, 351, 362 and 395 plus three courses
above 122. I n planning their courses of
study, students are encouraged to work
closely with members of the physics
faculty. Normally, students should have
Mathematics 124,125, and Physics121,122
the freshman year, and Mathematics 224
and 226 the sophomore year.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including 121, 122,
and three courses above 122.
-
-
H O N O R S MAJOR: A GPA of 3.6 i n physics and 3.0 overall. An independent
investigation of a physics topic with an
oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major
should be made no later than the first
term of the senior year.
TEACHING MAJOR: The same as the
major. Students are advised to refer to the
Education Department section of the
catalog and consult with the Education
Department early i n their planning.
SOCIETY OF PHYSICS STUDENTS: The
Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics
Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating i n the
physics community o n a professional
basis. Membership in SPS i s open to all
students interested in physics.
SIGMA PI SIGMA: Membership in the
Augsburg chapter of this national physics
honor society is open t o those students
who have completed the equivalent of a
minor i n physics and have a GPA of 3.0 in
physics and 3.0 overall.
101 ASTRONOMY
A descriptive course requiring elementary
algebra. Our solar system, stars and
galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use i s made of a
12-inch reflecting telescope, and eightinch Celestron, as well as a 3-inch Questar.
Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour
lectures. Fall, Spring)
103
FOR
LIFE SCIENCES
An introductory course in which the
applications, problems, and experiments
are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also t o demonstrate the relevance of physics t o the life
sciences. The course i s designed to serve
students i n biology, psychology, physical
education (therapy programs), medical
technology and other health science programs. The course i s also a very suitable
elective or distribution requirement for
the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Elem.
algebra. Fall)
121,122 GENERAL PHYSICS I, II
A rigorous study of the concepts of
mechanics, fluids, heat, sound, optics,
electricity and magnetism, and some
aspects of modern physics. For majors i n
physics and other specified majors. Must
be taken in sequence. (4 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics 124 or concurrent registration. 121,
Fall; 122, Spring)
245 MODERN PHYSICS
An introduction to modern physics from
a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state
physics. This course indicates the need
for, and develops the experimental basis
of quantum mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall)
261 ELECTRONICS
The emphasis is on basic electronic principles and instrumentation. A review of
D.C. and A.C. circuits before introducing
"
solid state devices. The study of diodes,
transistors and integrated circuits, with
applications t o both digital and analog
circuits. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour
laboratory. Prereq.: 122 o r 103 plus
Mathematics 122 or 125 and conseni o f
instructor. Spring)
270 OPTICAL PHYSICS
The emphasis is on physical optics, using
t h e complex expression f o r a wave
throughout. Interference, diffraction,
polarization, and an introduction to the
electromagnetic theory. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 122.
Fall)
A careful study of classical mechanics i n
terms of Newton's laws of motion and the
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.
Topics include conservation principles,
single particle motion, systems of particles,
oscillatory systems, central-force motion,
dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation,
kinematics of two-particle systems and
noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.
351, Fall; 352, Spring)
362,363 ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS I, II
The classical electromagnetic field theory
is developed using the vector calculus
t h r o u g h o u t . Electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's
equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of
electromagnetic radiation based o n
Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122; Mathematics 226.. 362,
Fall; 363, Spring)
395 COMPREHENSlvE
An emphasis on independent laboratory
investigations, including participation in
physics seminars. Experiments i n the area
of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum
physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics.(2 threehour laboratory and Iseminar hour per
week. Prereq.: junior standing or consent
o f instructor. Spring)
481 THERMAL PHYSICS
The study of properties of systems and
processes for which temperature is an
important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical t h e r m o dynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour
lectures. Prereq. : 351. Spring)
486 Q U A N T U M MECHANICS
A development from first principles, inc l u d i n g de Broglie's postulates, t h e
Schroedinger equation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular
momentum, and approximation
methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the
hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures.
Prereq.: 245, 351, 352. Fall)
488 TOPICS I N M O D E R N PHYSICS
The application of quantum mechanics t o
specific topics chosen from the areas of
solid state physics, atomic and molecular
physics, nuclear physics, and particle
physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.:
486. Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
An opportunity for students to explore
systematically a problem in experimental
or theoretical physics, worked out in
consultation with a faculty adviser. Open
to juniors and seniors with departmental
approval.
Political Science
Chairperson: Norma Noonan
M A J O R : 9 courses, plus Statistical
Analysis (Soc. 362). Required are 121 or
122 or 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5
other upper division courses i n 4 out of 5
areas.* A seminar in one of the five areas
may be counted for that area.
M I N O R : 5 courses, including: 121 or 122
or 170; 158; and at least 3 upper division
courses i n 3 out of 5 areas.*
H O N O R S MAJOR: The Honors Major i n
Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following:
The student's grade-point average must
be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The
student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1 of the senior
year, an Honors Thesis to be defended
before a faculty committee. Students may
work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific
requirements, consult the Honors Adviser, Dr. Noonan. Students should apply
for the Honors Major no later than the
first term of the junior year.
See the class schedule for precise listing of
terms in which courses are offered.
I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT
A N D POLITICS
121 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT A N D
POLITICS
The politics of American government including the pattern of participation; the
dynamics of congressional, executive,
and bureaucratic policymaking; the contemporary structure of federalism; and
current issues in American society.
122 METROPOLITAN COMPLEX
Politics in the urban setting, including
important issues, actors, and structures
influencing public policy in the modern
urban complex. Discussion-lecture,simulation, and meetings with political experts
and activists.
160 W O R L D POLITICS
Introduction t o the processes and issues
of international politics, including the
dynamics of the international system,
theories of international relations, and a
focus on recent problems.
*The five areas are American Government
and Politics, Comparative Politics and
Analysis, International Politics, Public
Law, and Political Theory and Analysis.
(Any course listed i n more than one area
may be counted i n only one area toward
major or minor requirements.)
325 AMERICAN POSITIVE STATE
Students interested i n secondary education may take a political science major
in combination with specified social
science courses, i n compliance with state
requirements. For more information, see
the department chairperson or the Social
Studies Education adviser.
The politics of public administration and
bureaucratic policy-making in the American welfare-warfare state; governmental
regulation, promotion and management,
emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: 7 ' course i n Political
Science or #)
326 POLITICAL PARTIES A N D
BEHAVIOR
158 POLITICAL PATTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
The political behavior of the electorate
emphasizing public opinion and political
parties in th: electoral process. Field work
with political parties and interest groups
and media i n presidential elections
(optional i n non-presidential election
years). (Prereq.: 121 or #. Fall term o f
election years.)
An analysis of basic patterns i n the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S I N
SOCIETY
Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of
mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship,
newsmaking, entertainment and public
affairs programming.
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
350 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRACIES
The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing
on political behavior, institutions, and
processes. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #)
351 C O M M U N I S T POLITICAL SYSTEMS
A comparative analysis of the Soviet
Union and other communist states i n
terms of political behavior, institutions,
processes and politics. (Prereq.: One
course i n Political Science or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
(See Section V for description)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I1
(Offered alternate years. See Section IV
for description).
421 TOPICS I N AMERICAN POLITICS
Selected themes, including legislative,
executive or judicial process, and policy
process in American politics; national,
urban or state focus; topic to be included
i n subtitle. (Prereq.: Two courses i n
Political Science or #. Offered on demand.)
11. COMPARATIVE POLITICS A N D
ANALYSIS
459 TOPICS I N ELITE A N D MASS
BEHAVIOR
In-depth study of the elite and/or mass
participation i n the political system.
( O f f e r e d o n demand. Prereq.: O n e
course i n Political Science or #.)
Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
160 ISSUES IN WORLD POLITICS
Contemporary issues and problems in
international politics in the context of
democratic values and processes; moralism, legalism, and realism i n foreign
policy.
363 C O M M U N I S T FOREIGN POLICIES
V. POLlTlCAL THEORY A N D ANALYSIS
Analysis of the motivation, formulation,
and implementation of foreign policies of
Communist nations with emphasis upon
the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.:
One course i n Political Science or #.)
158 POLITICAL PAlTERNS A N D
PROCESSES
(See Section II for description)
380 WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT
461 TOPICS I N INTERNATIONAL
POLITICS
Selected themes i n c l u d i n g i n t e r p r e tations of international politics, foreign
policy decision-making, simulations of
international problems. Topic t o be included i n subtitle. (Prereq.: One course i n
Political Science or #. Offered alternate
years.)
IV. PUBLIC LAW
170 LAW I N THE UNITED STATES
A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society;
roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries;
t h e U n i t e d States C o n s t i t u t i o n as
"supreme" law; law as politics; historic
and contemporary legal issues.
A study of influential political philoSophers f r o m Plato t h r o u g h Rawls,
emphasizing t h e values, goals, and
assumptions which continue t o inform
and t o rationalize human governance.
(Prereq.: One course i n Political Science
or #.)
381 DEMOCRATIC THEORY A N D
PRACTICE
A study of democratic theory and public
policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism
and the welfare state i n comparative
perspective. (Prereq.: One course i n Political Science or #.)
382 MARXIST VISIONS: PAST,
PRESENT, A N D FUTURE
370 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
The legal-political-philosophical role of
the judiciary in the American constitutional system, emphasizing significant
Supreme Court cases involving the United
States government and the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or #. Offered alternate
years.)
371 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW II
Constitutional limitations of the Bill of
Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment
as applied by the Supreme Court to the
protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or #.
Offered alternate years.)
Origins and evolution of Marxist theory
and movements emphasizing Marxism as
developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and
economic dimensions of the theories,
with some focus on the preferred futures
envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or
#. Offered alternate years.)
384 POLITICAL ANALYSIS
Theory and methods of empirical political
analysis, i n c l u d i n g c o m m u n i c a t i o n s
theory, simulation, systems' theory, structural-functionalism, power concepts,
psychological and economic approaches
to political study, and a survey of the
methods common to empirical social
science.(Prereq.:StatisticalAnalysis;Political science 158 and two upper division
courses, or #.)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult Chairperson or Internship
Director t o determine project. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
495 SEMINAR
VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY
A N D INTERNSHIPS.
Selected topics. Consult department
chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (prereq.: #,)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY:
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
199 INTERNSHIP
Lower division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the department t o
determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring.)
295 LOWER DIVISION SEMINAR
Special topics. Consult department chairperson concerning terms and subject
matter. (Offered on demand)
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available i n
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by afccijliy member of the department. (Prereq.: #. Fall,
Interim, Spring)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Independent study for lower division students. (Prereq.: #. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Topics d e f i n e d t h r o u g h consultation
between instructor and student. (Prereq.:
#. Fall, Interim, Spring)
Psychology
Chairperson: Norman Ferguson
M A J O R : 10 courses including 105, 264,
265, 381 or 399, and 493, with-a minimum
of 5 courses at Augsburg. Physics 103 is also
required. The major program should include 105 i n the freshman year, 264 and
265 in the freshman or sophomore year,
381 or 399 in the junior year, and 493 i n the
senior year. The major program i s planned in consultation with an adviser i n the
psychology department and it i s approved
by the department chairperson. The overall plan is directed toward a basic understanding of the discipline of psychology
and toward the particular educational,
vocational and professional goals of the
individual student. A written plan for the
major should be completed and approved by the beginning of the junior
year.
Not more than two courses from among
299, 399 and 499 may be counted toward
the minimum 10 psychology courses required for a major. I t should be noted that
this restriction applies toward the minimum requirement only. The stu.dent may
actually take more such courses.
I t i s recommended that psychology
majors take additional course work from
other areas that will complement and
strengthen their particular interests i n
psychology. For example, developing a
minor in business administration, biology,
or communication i s recommended for
many students.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 105, with a
minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not
more than one course from 299,399, and
499 may be counted toward the minor.
H O N O R S M A J O R : Students may qualify
for honors i n psychology with a 3.5 grade
point average in the major, a 3.0 grade
point average overall, and completion of
a high quality research project culminating the major program. Application for
honors consideration must be made
during the junior year. Please consult the
department chairperson for more detailed
requirements.
105 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
An introduction t o the methods and
approaches used in psychology for the
purpose of understanding behavior. The
structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, i s emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
251 SENSING A N D PERCEIVING
An ecologically oriented approach to the
study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on
the processing of environmental information and how this relates t o adaptive
behavior and subjective experience. Major topics include: adaptation to novel
environments such as outer space, animal
& machine intelligence, and anomalous
perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 705)
264,265 RESEARCH METHODS: DESIGN,
PROCEDURE, A N D
ANALYSIS I, II
A' two-term sequence including experimentation in human and animal learning,
problem solving, social psychology, and
sensation-perception. Emphasis will be
placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research
Methods I may be taken for credit without
c o n t i n u i n g i n Research M e t h o d s II.
Majors i n psychology must take both
terms of the two-term sequence; 264 must
precede 265; 265 should be taken i n the
term immediately following 264. (Prereq.:
705. 264, Fall, Spring; 265, Fall, Spring)
299 DIRECTED STUDY
Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must
be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration.
351 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
CHILD
Emphasis on normal child development
and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Active inquiry into practical implications and
applications of data and theory i n respect
to the development of children. (Prereq.:
7 05)
352 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY:
ADOLESCENT A N D ADULT
Emphasis on normal development and
behavior of the adolescent and adult.
Theoretical bases used f o r b u i l d i n g
understanding of and appreciation for the
developmental process. Active consideration of the meaning that data and theory
have for the development of people in
the adolescent and adult periods of life.
(Prereq. : 357)
359 MEASUREMENT
Theory and principles of measurement.
Analysis and practicum with achievement, interest, personality and intelligence tests. (Prereq.: 105)
361 PERSONALITY
An introduction to the field of personality
study with special attention directed
toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 705. Fall)
355 BRAIN & BEHAVIOR
362 BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
A survey of the functions of the nervous
system which are responsible for behavior
in animals and human beings. Major
topics include: sleep & wakefulness, motivation & emotion, learning & memory,
and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 705 and
one course i n biology. Fall)
A review of maladaptive human behaviors
from the social, organic and psychological
points of view. Experience in a variety of
community service units will accompany
classroom learning. (Prereq.: 367. Spring)
356 ENVIRONMENT A N D BEHAVIOR
A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made,
has on behavior. Major topics include:
overcrowding and environmental stress,
territoriality, defensible space & crime,
and built environments such as rooms,
buildings & cities. (Prereq.: 705. Spring)
357 LEARNING
Learning concepts, behavior change
principles and psychology of instruction.
Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 705)
371 PSYCHOLOGY O F THE
INDIVIDUAL: FEMALE A N D MALE
A study involving knowledge of materials
bearing on the development of sex differences and roles, the effect of society
upon values and goals, differential legal
status and feminist movement views, and
physiological data bearing on these differences. (Prereq.: 705 or #)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices
such as management styles, evaluation
and maintenance of work effectiveness,
and social influences. An organizational
field experience. (Prereq.: 705)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
381 PSYCHOLOGY IN HISTORICAL
PERSPECTIVE
490 CURRENT TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Historical development of psychological
viewpoints and theoretical positions.
(Prereq.: two psychology courses)
Study of selected areas and topics i n
psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings.
Specific topics will be published prior t o
registration. (Prereq.: 705 and #).
399 INTERNSHIP
493 SEMINAR: CONTEMPORARY
ISSUES
Interested students should consult with
the departmental internship coordinator
regarding requirements and permission
to register.
Discussion of contemporary societal
Issues from a psychological viewpoint.
Consideration of the approaches and
m e t h o d s used by psychologists i n
studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 courses.
.
485 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Principles, methods, and attitudes involved i n the counseling process. Consideration given t o goals and ethical
guidelines for a counseling relationship.
(Prereq.: 5 courses and senior standing.
Spring)
Limited registration by special permission
for advanced students i n psychology.
Students must present a written plan prior
t o registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the
proposed study.
Religion
Chairperson: Eugene M. Skibbe
Religion 111 or 221 i s prerequisite t o all
other courses.
Department approval i s necessary before
courses taken in other colleges can be
accepted for Religion Department and/or
general education course credit.
ACADEMIC M A J O R : 8 courses, including
111, 221, 356, 4 8 1 a n d a s e m i n a r
especially for majors to be taken i n the
junior or senior year. Only one interim
course may be applied to the major. One
upper division New Testament Greek
course may be applied t o the major. One
course required from those numbered
361-363 and one from those numbered
471-475.
C H U R C H STAFF WORKER RELIGION
M A J O R : 9 courses, including 111, 221,
356, 362, 399, 481, 354 or 358, 360 or 483,
471 or 473. These together with specified
courses in other departments can lead t o
Augsburg certification.
PUBLIC SCHOOL RELIGION MAJOR:
The Minnesota Department of Education
does not at the present timegrant teacher
certification for a religion major or minor.
To prepare for teaching about religion in
public schools, the student should work
closely with the Religion Department t o
design a program which includes: a) a
major in an academic field which i s certifiable by the state for elementary or
secondary teaching, and b) a religion
major of 8courses, includinglll,221,355,
356, 360, 363 and 471.
H O N O R S MAJOR: GPA of 3.3 in the
major and 3.0 over-all; research project
approved by the department and colloquim with the department.
M I N O R : 5 courses. Not more than one
interim course may be counted for the
minor.
sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered.
354 LlFE O F THE CHURCH I N
THE LlFE O F THE CITY
The Gospel and various forms of ministry
evident in urban structures.
355 THE STUDY O F RELIGION I N THE
PUBLIC SCHOOLS
The history of studying religion in public
schools, the problems associated with
such efforts, the resources available to the
teacher and the actual teaching itself will
be examined. The theological, as well as
the legal and educational implications will
be analyzed and discussed. (Spring, 798087)
111 INTRODUCTION T O THEOLOGY
356 HISTORY O F RELIGIONS
An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
between the church and the world which
concerns Christian doctrine. (Fall, Spring)
221 BIBLICAL STUDIES
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The
task of biblical interpretation. The history
of Israel and the emergence of the
church. (Fall, Spring)
An introductory survey of some of the
major living religions of the world, inc l u d i n g Hinduism, Buddhism, Conficianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary
documents from these religious communities.
358 LlFE A N D WORK O F THE C H U R C H
350 PHILOSOPHY O F RELIGION
Congregational life in its varied character
with attention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and
parish work. (Offered 7987-82)
See under Department of Philosophy
360 RELIGION A N D SOCIETY
353 DENOMINATIONS A N D SECTS I N
AMERICA
An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis o n contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society.
A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and
361 C H U R C H FATHERS
471 JESUS A N D HIS INTERPRETERS
A study of the early Christian Church in
the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and
martyrdom, the development of the
creeds, Christianity i n c o n f l i c t w i t h
Gnosticisms and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian
worship; also including the theology of
several early Christian leaders and a
special unit on the life and thought of
Augustine.
Consideration of the New Testament
Documents, particularly the Gospels,
dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention t o the
variety of interpretations given the person
of Jesus, including the "quest for the
historical Jesus." (Fall)
362 THEOLOGY O F THE REFORMERS
A n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e theological
thought of the Protestant reformersof the
sixteenth century. Special attention to the
writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall)
363 RELIGION I N AMERICA
A study of the development of religion i n
America. Special attention to the rise of
religious liberty, revivalism, d e n o m i nations and the responses of religion t o
the challenges of its environing culture.
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
Topics and themes related t o church history and Scandinavian immigration t o this
country.
380 MUSIC O F THE WESTERN C H U R C H
(See under Department of Music)
399 INTERNSHIP
Limited t o students who have completed
at least four academic courses, have at
least first semester Junior standing, and
satisfy department guidelines.
472 THEOLOGY O F PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his
historical background, his relationship t o
the early church, and some of the themes
to be found i n his writings. (Offered
1981-82)
473 THE MESSAGE O F THE O L D
TESTAMENT
The various types of O l d Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew
thought with emphasis on the message of
the prophets. (Offered 1980-81)
475 JUDAISM
A survey of the history of Judaism from
the end of the O l d Testament period to
modern times, with emphasis placed upon
the religious development. A special
interest in such modern Jewishthinkers as
Buber and Heschel. The JewishChatauqua
Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College i n support of this course in
Judaism offered in the religion department. (Fall)
481 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
An introduction to some representative
trends i n Christian theological thought
today, as seen from the systematic perspective, i n the light of the continuing
theological task of the Christian Church.
(Spring)
482 CONTEMPORARY R O M A N
CATHOLIC THEOLOGY
structive perspective for critical reflection
upon moral action.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology
as expressed i n the writings of some of i t s
representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical insights t o the dogmatic
definitions of the church. (Fall)
495 SEMINAR
Selected topics. Required of majors in the
junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall)
483 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
The bases of Christian social responsibility,
in terms of theological and sociological
dynamics. Emphasis on developing a con-
Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy departmental guidelines.
Russian A r e a Studies
Coordinator: Norma C. Noonan
The major i n Russian Area Studies i s a
cooperative program of the Associated
Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). It
seeks t o give the student the broadest
possible exposure t o Russian and Soviet
life, history, politics, literature, tradition,
and philosophy. In addition to providing a
good liberal education, the program can
enable students to prepare for graduate
study, or careers i n areas such as government, international business, or teaching.
MAJOR: 11 courses
4 courses (2 years) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
2 courses i n Russian history
1 course i n Marxist theory
1 course in Russian literature
1 course i n Soviet politics
2 other courses of approved electives.
M I N O R : 6 courses
2 courses (1 year) of basic college
Russian (or equivalent competencies)
1 course i n Russian history
1 course i n Soviet politics
1 course in Marxist theory
1 other course from the approved list
of electives
Each student's major program must be
approved by the Coordinator.
Scandinavian Area Studies
Director: Mildred l o e l
MAJOR: 8 upper division courses.
M I N O R : 4 upper division courses.
Major programs must contain 4 courses
listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred t o Augsburg as upper division
Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e.,
courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be
linguistic, literary or cultural. Students
graduating with a major or minor must
also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses
under Department of Foreign languages.
312 O L D NORSE
An introduction t o the structure of O l d
West Norse through the study of selections from O l d Norse literature. Some
attention given t o O l d East Norse and
aspects of the history of four modern
Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of
the latter is desired but not required.
Norwegian language majors and minors
will have special assignments. (Offered
Spring, 1981.)
325 SCANDINAVIAN M U S I C
See under Department of Music.
330 CONTEMPORARY SCANDINAVIA
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture
with special emphasis o n conditions and
developments i n the twentieth century.
Knowledge of a Scandinavian language
desirable but not required.
345 SCANDINAVIAN
EXPERIENCE
- AMERICAN
The O l d World background and use of
"America Fever," adaptation t o the New
Land, aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Offered on Demand)
351 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL
Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion based on
assigned reading of selected novels by
Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof,
Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor
Laxness and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language
majors and minors will be required t o d o
assigned readings and written work i n a
Scandinavian language. (Offered alternate
years. Spring, 7987)
352 THE M O D E R N SCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA
Readings include dramaticworks by Ibsen,
Bjornson, Strindberg, Lagerkvist, Munk
and other twentieth century dramatists.
Lectures provide a survey of Scandinavian
drama with emphasis on lbsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable.
Language majors and minors will be req u i r e d t o d o assigned readings and
written work i n a Scandinavian language.
(Offered alternate years. Fall, 7980)
364 SCANDINAVIAN I M M I G R A N T
CHURCH HISTORY
396 URBAN PLANNING I N
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of Religion.
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies,Scandinavian Urban Studies
Term (SUST).
372 NORWEGIAN LANGUAGE A N D
CULTURE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs. See MetroUrban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST).
373 G R O W T H A N D DEVELOPMENT O F
SCANDINAVIAN CITIES
450 NINETEENTH CENTURY
SCANDINAVIA
Offered under Department of History.
495 SEMINAR: ETHNIC/IMMIGRATION
EXPERIENCE
Offered under Higher Education Consortium for ~ r b a ; Affairs. See M e t r o - - Offered periodically under Department
Urban Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies of History 495 Seminar.
Term (SUST).
382 SCANDINAVIAN ARTS
See description under Department of Art.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
I n consultation with a faculty member,
student selects a specific topic for study.
Social Science
Adviser: Orloue N. Cisselquist
MAJOR: 14 courses. Particularly designed
for those preparing for secondary school
teaching i n social studies. The Social
Science major i s also recommended for
others, such as pre-law students, who
desire a broad major in this area. This
major may be earned i n any one of four
distributions. A student may not list a
double major in Social Science and one of
the several component disciplines unless
the distribution selected in the Social
Science major i s significantly different
from the other major.
Students wishing t o become licensed
teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements.
A. HISTORY EMPHASIS
1. 7 history courses; 2 American, 2 Anc i e n t - M e d i e v a l - M o d e r n Europe, 2
non-Western, 1 seminar. At least 4 of
these must be upper division.
2. 2 political science courses.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Quantitative
Methods for Economics and Business;
Psych. 264, Research Methods I; Soc.
362, Statistical Analysis: Soc. 365,
Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation.
4. 4 courses from any 4 of these disciplines: anthropology, economics,
geography, psychology, sociology.
vant topic; Philosophy 355; Religion
356; Sociology 241.
3. 1 social science methodology course
from: Bus. or con. 379, psych. 264, SOC.
362 or 365.
D. INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
EMPHASIS
6. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
1. 4 lower division courses: Econ. 122,
14 courses, at least 5 of them upper diviHist. 103 or 104, Poli. Sci. 158 or 160,4th
term of collegework in a modern
sion, from economics, history, political
foreign
language.
science, psychology, and sociology (including anthropology). These must in- 2. 3 upper division courses: Hist. 332,
clude:
Poli. Sci. 363, 461.
I.2 or more courses from each of 30f the 3. 7 electives, no more than 5 from any
disciplines.
one discipline, from: Econ. 251, 258,
2. 5 or more courses from another of the
495, seminar, independent study or
disciplines other than history.
interim course on a relevant topic;
3. 1 American history course (may be Part
Hist. 416,404,463,464,465,474, seminar,
of requirement 1).
independent study or interim course
4. 1 social science methodology course
on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci. 350, 351,
from: Bus. or Econ. 379, Psych. 264, Sot.
380, 381, 382, seminar, independent
362 or365 (may be Part of requirement
study or interim course on a relevant
1 or 2).
topic; Sociology 241; 4th term of colC. NON-WESTERN STUDIES EMPHASIS
lege work in a second modern foreign
language.
1. Hist. 103, The Modern World.
2. 12 courses in non-Western studies,
Social Science Minor: 5 courses, one from
with at least 4 disciplines represented,
each of five disciplines, selected from the
from the following: Econ. 122, 258;
f o l l o w i n g : anthropology, economics,
Hist. 104, 440, 463, 464, 465, 474, semigeography, history, political science,
nar, independent study, or interim
psychology, and sociology. The selection
course on a relevant topic; Poli. Sci.
of courses must be approved by one of
351, 363, 382, 461; seminar, independthe faculty supervising the social science
ent study, or interim course on a relemajor.
Social W o r k
Chairperson: Edwina Hertzberg
The core program of Social Work begins
i n the junior year, but all students are
advised to take Social Work 257 as freshmen or sophomores unless exempted by
the faculty, and should seek advisement
from faculty as to sequence of requisite
courses from other departments.
MAJOR: The Augsburg Social Work Program is a professional program in preparation for social work practice leading t o a
Bachelor of Science degree. The core
program consists of Bio. I O I * ; Psych. 105*,
351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*, 365,375*,
and 383*; and Social Work 257, 361, 363,
364, 461, 462, 463, 464, 465, 466 and 467.
Recommended courses are: one CHR,
Soc. 111, Econ. 123, Poli.Sci. 121,325,326,
Speech 354 and/or 355.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning o f the senior year.
SPECIALIZATION: Specializations i n
Aging Chemical Dependency, Youth and
Crime and Corrections are possible. Specialization consists of courses descriptive of
functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement
in the senior year in the special area.
Completion of aspecialization i s noted on
the transcript.
SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK: State Department of Education required Human Relations Certification for school social work
i s available through successful completion of Ed. 388.
257 PRACTICUM IN THE H U M A N
SERVICES
With faculty approval, student selects a
placement for 30 hours per week as a
volunteer in a social agency or institution.
.:
..
I..
.. -,:. ' -
Opportunity t o know social work professionals, social service delivery systems,
and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term
paper report and weekly review conferences. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Open to all students. (Interim)
viduals and small groups; development of
the student's repertoire of relationship
building skills. Two class periods of lecture-discussion sessions and/or laboratory
exercises per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior.
Spring)
340 POLICIES, PROGRAM A N D
SKILLS FOR THE A G I N G
Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on
interviewing experience and relationship
building. Ten hours per week, plus one
small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: 367, Junior, concurrent with 363. Spring)
This course will include the study of the
impact of social policy on the older population, older population impact on social
policy, services planned to address needs
of older population and skills needed t o
work with this population. Class conducted i n Senior Citizen Residence.
(Prereq.: Course work i n Human Development, Systems o f Social Welfare, experience i n work with the aged, #.)
361 SYSTEMS O F SOCIAL WELFARE
An examination of fundamental aspects
of the various systems of social welfare i n
the U.S. and the role of social work i n
them. Special emphasis on analysis of the
major assumptions and movements contributory to the rise of the welfare state;
description of a selection of modern service systems, the profession of social
work, its ethics, values, and historical
development. Three class periods per
week; guest lectures, research paper.
(Prereq.: Junior, o r #. Fall)
363 METHODS A N D SKILLS O F
SOCIAL W O R K
Basic features of the helping process;
theoretical foundations, principles and
techniques of social work interventive
methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with indi-
364 FIELD W O R K I
461 ADVANCED METHODS A N D SKILLS
IN SOCIAL W O R K
Enlargement and refinement of practice
skills through lecture, classroom exercise
and regular class work. Enlargement of
social group work skills, emphasis o n
development of generalist practice skills
and eclectic approaches. Two two-hour
class lectures, and/or laboratory exercises
per week. (Prereq.: 2.0 i n 363 and 364, or #.
Fa11)
463 C O M M U N I T Y DEVELOPMENT A N D
ORGANIZATION
Locality development and social change
through community organization, social
planning, and social action. Emphasis on:
1 ) surveyance of historical forms of social
change, 2) understanding the basic issues
and strategies relevant t o social protest
and change, 3) examination of the structure, function and dysfunction of various
community organizations and other corporate and political systems, and 4)
knowledge of the essential principles and
techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior
or #. Fall)
462, 464, FIELD W O R K I1 A N D IV:
Ten hours per week in a Social Service
agency. Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience
including work with individuals, families,
groups and/or communities. Ten hours
per week, plus one supportive/discussion
seminar per week. (Prereq: completion
and 2.0 i n 361, 362; concurrent with 467
and 467; Fall and Spring)
465 SOCIAL POLICY: ANALYSIS A N D
DEVELOPMENT
This course will include the study of
theories of Social Policy formulation and
methods of analysis associated with needs
and services and analysis of the impact of
policy on social work practice. Develapment and implemenration will be viewed
first hand through work with a public
policy maker, 4 hours per week. One class
period per week, readings, analytical
paper integrating class concepts with
practical experience. (Prereq.: 361, 463,
and senior or #. Spring)
466 FIELD WORK Ill
Continuation of 462 conducted during
Interim. ('/z course. Interim.)
467 THE SOCIAL WORKER AS
PROFESSIONAL
Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival,
professional job attainment, personnel
policies and practices, organizational
theory, and resource development will be
studied in the course. The field work
practice becomes the laboratory for class
exercises. (Prereq.: 467, 462, 463, 464;
Spring)
468 SPECIAL TOPICS
Current issues in social work theory or
practice. To be announced. (#half or full
credit. Interim)
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, sympolia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consulattion with and evaluated by a faculty member of the department.
Sociology
Chairperson: G . Nelson
MAJOR: 10 courses including 121, 362,
363, 375, 485. Highly recommended: a
CHR course, internship, independent
study or upper division interim course i n
sociology. This recommendation is made
in the hope that the student will take ad-
vantage of the variety of learning models
offered through the department. Consult
department chairperson concerning
areas of concentration.
M I N O R : 5 courses including 121 and two
upper division courses (i.e., 300 and
above.)
H O N O R S MAJOR: The student must
have a minimum GPA of 3.5 i n the major
and 3.0 overall. Application for honors i n
sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department
Chairperson before April 1 of the junior
year. Candidacy i s contingent upon departmental approval of proposal by April
30 of junior year. After acceptance as a
candidate, the student will register for
"Independent Study" (Sociology 499)
through which work on thesis will be
completed. Honors degree i n sociology
will be granted to a candidate if he/she
successfully defends the thesis before
March 31 of senior year and maintains
GPA through graduation.
111 H U M A N C O M M U N I T Y A N D THE
M O D E R N METROPOLIS
The cultural and structural dynamics of
the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation,
with a focus on the possibilities of human
community i n the context of urban institutions and processes. (Fall, Spring)
121 PRINCIPLES O F SOCIOLOGY
Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of
knowing. I t s applications to an understanding of basic aspects of society;
socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. (Fall, Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CULTURAL
ANTHROPOLOGY
An examination of the idea of culture; the
person's relation to culture; language as a
major organizing element i n the way we
see the world. An examination of the
ideas of "primitive", "civilized", and
"progress"; a comparison of alternate
realities as found in different cultures and
varying social contexts. An analysis of
selected aspects of US. culture. (Fall,
Spring)
300,301,302,303,304
SPECIAL TOPICS
I N SOCIOLOGY
Offered periodically through Augsburg's
Conservation of Human Resources (CHR)
program. Generally conducted off campus in such places as institutions for adult
felons, physically handicapped, emotionally disturbed, and senior citizens.
Residents and staff of these institutions
take the course together with college
students i n a co-learning model. Topics
will vary depending upon needs and
interest.
360 RELIGION A N D S O C I E N
An examination of the interaction of religion and society i n terms of sociological
analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research i n religious movements and institutions i n
American society.
362 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
231 SOCIOLOGY O F THE FAMILY
An examination of the family as a social
institution. The process of dating, mate
selection, marital adjustment and divorce.
The relationship of the family t o its institutional and cultural context.(Fall,Spring)
The first course in atwo-coursesequence.
Analysis of attempts to build a body of
k n o w l e d g e by way o f a s c i e n t i f i c
approach. Tools and approaches used to
evaluate ideas and describe social life
through the use of quantitative informa-
tion. Use of data processing equipment
and computers for statistical analysis.
Designed especially for political science
and sociology majors. Sociology majors
should take Soc. 363 the following term.
(Prereq.: high school algebra. Fall)
363 RESEARCH METHODS
The second course in a two-course sequence. Overview of commonly-used research designs and measurement techniques. Applications for program evaluations. Practice doing research by. wav. of
class activities and individual projects. To
be taken immediately after Soc. 362.
(Prereq.: Soc. 362 or #. Spring)
365 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS A N D
PROGRAM EVALUATION
Consumer overview o f methods o f
organizing, comparing and interpreting
quantitative information. Use of dataprocessing e q u i p m e n t f o r statistical
analysis. Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental
designs and applications t o program
evaluations. Designed for social work
majors. (Prereq.: high school algebra.
Spring)
373 CRIME A N D CORRECTIONS
An examination of the criminal and juven i l e justice systems and t h e various
theoretical components of criminology
and corrections. M a j o r attention is
focused on the causation and prevention
of crime and delinquency, and the various
modes of treatment. (Prereq.: 721, Fall)
375 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
An examination of the idea of "group", its
relationship to individual behavior and
society. An analysis of the ideas of "self"
and "identity" and what part they play i n
understanding interpersonal relations
and human behavior. A sociological view
of mental health. A look at the major
assumptions and processes underlying
our everyday life - a look at the trivial,
the ordinary and the taken-for-granted.
"Symbolic interaction", an important
orientation in social psychology, will be
used as a way of dealing with the major
issues in the course. (Prereq.: 721 and
Psych. 105. Fall, Spring)
381 THE CITY A N D METRO-URBAN
PLANNING
The changing city i n history and various
cultures; major theoretical perspectives
i n urban sociology; the metropolis as an
eco-system; metro-urban planning and
policy systems; major issues related to
shaping the future metropolis. The Twin
Cities metropolitan area i s utilized as an
important learning laboratory. (Prereq.:
777 or 127 or #. Spring)
383 RACIAL A N D MINORITY GROUP
RELATIONS
The dimensions of racial and minority
g r o u p relations. M a j o r attention i s
focused upon prejudice, racism, and the
role of self-understanding. (Fall, Spring.
P/N grading only)
388 SOCIAL INEQUALITY
Analysis of inequality i n regard t o wealth,
status and power in the U.S. and other
selected countries. Causes and ramifications of the amount and typeof inequality.
Detailed analysis of current issues and
policies concerning inequality i n the U.S.
(Prereq.: Soc. 721. Spring)
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson or
Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: #.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
485 M O D E R N SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
An examination of the major theoretical
traditions within sociology, tracing the
course of their development in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Prereq.:
2 courses i n sociology including 721 or #.
Fall)
-
498 INDEPENDENT STUDY
METROPOLITAN RESOURCES
An independently designed course a
student (or group of students) develops,
making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in
the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings.
These resources become the core of the
course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty
member of the department.
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Student must present written proposal
contai'ning rationale, objectives and
methodology of the proposed study
according t o department guidelines.
(Prereq. :721 and permission of instructor.
Fall, Interim, Spring)
Speech, C o m m u n i c a t i o n and T h e a t e r A r t s
Chairperson: Raymond Anderson
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: GPA of 3.25
in the major, 3.0 overall, two independent study projects of honors quality,
distinguished performance in at least one
of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration.
Application to be made early in the senior
year.
Courses 116 and 476 are strongly recommended for all students in elementary
education.
Supporting courses required but not
counting toward the major: Speech 111;
Philosophy 130; Psychology 105; Sociology 121 or 241; Sociology 375.
The communication major is a flexible
interdisciplinary program which allows
for different emphases -journalism, advertising and public relations, radio-television-film, human relations, and supervisory management. Program guides for
each area are available from the Department Chairperson or the Office of
Admissions.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N ARTS
C O M M U N I C A T I O N MAJOR: 10 courses,
including 342, 351 or 352, 354, 399 and
English 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory
performance on competency tests in
writing and typing.
Prospective majors should contact the
department as early as possible to work
out a plan for the major and a personal
career action plan. Freshmen should take
Speech I l l , Psychology 105, Sociology 121
or 241, and Philosophy 130.
C O M M U N I C A T I O N M I N O R : 5 courses.
243 RADIO-TELEVISION PRODUCTION
MAJORS FOR TEACHING: Students preparing to teach speech in secondary
schools may specialize i n any of three
majors: speech, theater arts, and speechtheater arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor,
preferably a major. The communications
major or minor does not qualify one for
teaching speech.
An introduction to radio and television
with an emphasis on the director's role;
emphasis on producing, programming,
writing, acting, casting, and lighting.
(Laboratory fee: $70. Fall)
SPEECH M A J O R FOR TEACHING: 10
courses, including 111, 241 or 243,351 or
355, 352, 354, 360, 476. Participation in
forensics, and a minor in English.
SPEECH M I N O R FORTEACHING: Course
111 and six of the following: 241 or 243,
351 or 355,352, 354, 360,476 and participation i n forensics.
342 MASS C O M M U N I C A T I O N S IN
SOCIETY
See under Department of Political Science.
351
Application of logic in public speaking,
discussion, and debates. (Fall)
352 PERSUASION
Theory of persuasion and propaganda,
practical work in speech and promotional
projects. (Spring)
111 BEGINNING SPEECH
Basic problems of effective speaking and
critica.1 listening. (Fall, spring)
132 PHOTOGRAPHY
See under Department of Art
227 ADVANCED WRITING:
JOURNALISM
See under Department of English
353 ADVERTISING
An introduction to print and broadcast
advertising and promotion as important
elements in modern marketing and communications. (Prereq.: /r., Sr., Communication major or #. Spring)
354 INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION
A study of the dynamics of human inter2259 230 "ISUAL
COMMUNICATlONS
action through verbal and non-verbal
I, II
messages; emphasis on factors that build
relatiokhips and help to overcome comSee under Department of Art
munication barriers. (Spring)
241 INTRODUCTION T O CINEMA ART
355 SMALL GROUP C O M M U N I C A T I O N
See under Department of English
A study of group dynamics and leadership
242 FILM-MAKING
with emtlhasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups
See under Department of Art.
and organizations. (Spring)
373 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Psychology.
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult the Department Chairperson for
details.
476 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction t o principles and methods of
speech correction. (Spring, a!ternate
years.)
480 SEMINAR I N C O M M U N I C A T I O N
Cooperative investigation o f topics i n
speech and communication. (Fall)
495 INDEPENDENT STUDY I N
COMMUNICATION
Selected topics i n speech and communication, with emphasis on the use
of primary sources and methodology of
research. (Fall, Spring)
THEATER ARTS
THEATER ARTS MAJOR: 10 courses, plus
Beginning Speech. This major should be
supported by an English minor or at least
by several courses in literature including
Shakespeare and M o d e r n Drama o r
Scandinavian Drama.
Majors should take part i n dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning
t o major i n theater arts should begin with
courses 111, 116, and 228. Course 111 is
not part of the major.
A. ACTING EMPHASIS: 116,228,232,233,
243, 360, 361, 362, 366, and the children's
theater interim. Strongly recommended:
courses i n voice and movement, dance,
cinema, art, and dramatic literature. Performance requirements for the acting
emphasis include 6 units of acting, 4 of
crew work, and 1 internship.
B. DIRECTING EMPHASIS: 116, 228, 229,
232, 360, 361, 362, 366, 367, plus the children's theater interim. Courses strongly
recommended: courses in voice and
movement, cinema art, and dramatic
literature. Performance requirements for
the directing emphasis include 4 units of
crew work, 3 units of acting, 2 of directing,
1 in stage management, and 1 internship.
DESIGN EMPHASIS: 228, 229, 361,
362,366,428,429, plus courses 225 and 290
C.
in Art. Strongly recommended: courses i n
cinema art, art, and dramatic literature.
Performance requirements for the design
emphasis include 5 units i n crew work, 2
in technical supervision, 1 in acting, 1 in
assistant design, 1 i n design, and 1 internship.
THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR TEACHING:
10 courses, including 111, 116, 228, 229,
232,241 or 243,360,361,366,467, or a voice
and diction course, the experience requirement specified above for theater arts
majors, and a minor i n English.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R FOR TEACHING:
courses 111,228,232,361,366, one of the
following: 241,243,476, and participation
i n dramatic productions.
THEATER ARTS M I N O R : 5 courses including 228, 232, 360, 361, 366.
SPEECH-THEATER ARTS M A J O R FOR
TEACHING: 12 courses, 111,228,229,232,
241 or 243, 351 or 355, 352, 354, 360, 361,
366,476 or a voice and diction course,and
participation in two activities (forensics,
interpretation, theater broadcasting), and
a minor i n English.
and Non-realism, Epic, and the Absurd.
(Spring, alternate years)
116 CREATIVE DRAMATICS
360 INTERPRETATIVE READING
A study of creative improvisation using
stories, poetry, nature, concepts, the self,
human relations, etc. Uses of creative
dramatics i n theater, school, church, recreation, therapy, and other settings. (Fall)
Basic principles of oral interpretation of
literature. Practice i n reading prose,
poetry, and drama. (Fall)
228 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I
An introduction to the backstage world of
the theater: its organization,crafts, magic,
and art. Practical craft projects, theater
tours, and production experience. Open
to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Lab fee.
Offered alternate years).
229 STAGE DESIGN I
lntroduction t o scenery and lighting
design; basic tools of the designer (drafting, drawing, painting, theory); practical
studio projects. (Open to all students.
Should be taken i n freshmen and sophomore years. Offered alternate years.)
232 ACTING
An introduction to the art of acting.
Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation i n dramatic presentations. (Spring)
361 THEATER HISTORY
Overview of theater history; examination
of plays from various periods. Attendance
at local theater productions. Introduction
to theories of drama and dramatic production. (Fall, Alternate years.)
362 THEATER CRITICISM
A study of forms and ideas as they are
expressed through the art of drama.
Attendance at local theater productions;
classical, experimental, and new plays.
Lectures and discussions on theory and
criticism using theater productions as
focus for discussion. (Fall, alternate years.)
366 STAGE DIRECTION I
Basic directorial process: choice of plays,
casting, organizing rehearsals and technical production; application of play
analysis, blocking, and characterization to
a specific play chosen by the class. Term
project: direct a one-act play. Upper
dividion students only. Spring)
233 ADVANCED ACTING
367 STAGE DIRECTION I1
This course explores t h e elements o f
characterization through improvisation
and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on
a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and
In-depth analysis and practice i n directing types of plays: serious, comic, experimental, musical. Term project: direct a
one-act or exerpt from a longer play.
(Prereq.: 366 or consent o f instructor.
Spring.)
429 STAGE DESIGN II
399 INTERNSHIP
Consult faculty in area of emphasis.
428 TECHNICAL PRODUCTION I1
Advanced construction and problemsolving techniques in costume, scenery,
and/or lighting. (Prereq.: 228 or consent
of instructor. Lab fee. Fall)
- Advanced design projech based on Stage
Design I course material. Introduction to
costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent
of instructor. Offered alternate years.)
499 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN D R A M A
Individual projects in oral interpretation
and theater. (Fall, Spring)
Transdisciplinary M a j o r
- -
-
.
Students wishing to develop their own
major by combining appropriate portions
of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary
Major enables students to respond t o a
particular career interest. While such an
individually developed major may satisfy
the particular interests of a student, broad
majors may not be suitable for those
wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic
fields. Students wishing to develop a
Transdisciplinary Major are to observe the
following:
a. The major program should include at
least two-thirds of the courses required
in the normal major programs of two
major fields offered at the college;
b. The student should design and sign a
contract for such a major prior to the
end of his or her sophomore year
(contract forms are available in the
Office of the Registrar)
c. The contract must be approved by the
student's adviser and by the Faculty
Committee on Admissions and Student Standing.
BOARD OF REGENTS+'
Charles W. Arnason
Senior Vice President and
Secretary
Minneapolis Star and Tribune
Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Clayton 1. LeFevere
Attorney
LeFevere, Lefler, Pearson,
O'Brien & Drawz
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Chairman
Oscar M. Austad
President
The Austad Company
Sioux Falls, South Dakota
James C. Lindell
Treasurer
West Publishing Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
Treasurer
Chairman, Finance and
Management Committee
Dr. Paul B. Batalden
Program Director, Health
Services Research
St. Louis Park Medical Center
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Arley R. Bjella
Chairman of the Board
Lutheran Brotherhood
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Norman R. Carpenter
Attorney
Faegre & Benson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Donald R. Crangaard
Chairman of the Board and
C.E.O.
First Bank System, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Lawrence 0. Hauge
Chairman of the Board
Citizens State Bank of St. Louis
Park
St. Louis Park, Minnesota
Norma E. Knutson
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Rev. Harris W. Lee
Pastor
Lutheran Church of the Good
Shepherd
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman
Chairman, Academic and
Student Affairs
Committee
*as of September, 1979
Dr. Harold I. Lunde
Executive Vice PresidentAdministration
Kobacker Stores, lnc.
Columbus, Ohio
Dr. Arthur Naftalin
Professor, Public Affairs
University of Minnesota
Minneapolis, Minnesota
William A. Nelson, jr.
Chairman of the Board
Nelson Resource Corp.
Secaucus, New Jersey
Dr. Oliver H. Peterson, jr.
Minneapolis Ob-Gyn Associates,
Limited
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Secretary
Chairman, Development
Committee
Dr. Carl N. Platou
President
Fairview Community Hospitals
Minneapolis, Minnesota
The Hon. Martin 0. Sabo
Member of Congress
Fifth District-Minnesota
Washington, D.C.
Bertil Sandberg
President, N. H. Sandberg
Erection Company
St. Paul, Minnesota
The Rev. Paul G. Sonnack
Professor, Church History
Lut.her Theological Seminary
St. Paul, Minnesota
N. Stanley Stake
Group Vice President
Honeywell, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Howard E. Olson
Mary Lou Williams
President
Sonford Products Corporation Minneapolis, Minnesota
St. Paul Park, Minnesota
Donald G. Padilla
Chairman of the Board and C.E.O.
Padilla and Speer, Inc.
Minneapolis, Minnesota
George T. Pennock
Chairman
Tennant Company
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College Faculty
R U T H L. AASKOV, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Wisconsin (French)
COURTLAND ACRE, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1937, University of Minnesota
EARL R. ALTON, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1961, University of Michigan, Department Chairperson
LYLA M A E ANDERECG, Associate Professor of Psychology, M.A. 1947, Northwestern
University
BARBARA L. ANDERSEN, Associate Professor of English, M.A. 1954, Northwestern
University
CHARLES S. ANDERSON, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College,
Ph.D. 1962, Union Theological Seminary
ERNEST W. ANDERSON, Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1947,
University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARGARET J. ANDERSON, Head Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1970, University
of Minnesota
OSCAR A. ANDERSON, President of the College, B.D. 1942, Luther Theological
Seminary, L.L.D. 1963, Concordia College
R A Y M O N D E. ANDERSON, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
(Communications), Department Chairperson
*SCOTT L. ANDERSON, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1976, Augsburg
College
B
*JAMES BACON, Lecturer in Library Science
KENNETH C. BAILEY, Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1960, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
VALERIA BALTINA, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Magester der Philologie 1933,
University of Latvia
*RABBI STEPHAN F. BARACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, Ph.D.
*MICHAEL BEERY, lnstructor i n Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1975, University of Minnesota
*ALLEN C. BENSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Percussion)
JOHNE. BENSON, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1967, Columbia University
*ROBERT E. BEVERLEY, Artist in Residence in Music (Woodwinds), M.M. 1948, Northwestern University
* D O N A L D F. BIBEAU, Lecturer i n American Studies
*JAMES BILLINGS, Lecturer in Economics, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
VERNON B L O O M , Director of the Conservation of Human Resources Program, M.S.W.
1959, University of Minnesota
R I C H A R D BORSTAD, Instructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*MARGARET SMITH BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice)
*MICHAEL BRAND, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Trumpet)
LOWELL BRANDT, College Pastor, M.Div. 1970, Luther Theological Seminary
*ROGER A. BROOKS, Lecturer i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, Michigan State University
*LAINE BRYCE, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Bassoon), B.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
*DOLORES BURTNESS, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion, M.A. 1979, Luther Seminary
*WAYNE CARROLL, lnstructor in Economics, M.S. 1976, University of Minnesota
CARL H. CHRISLOCK, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1955, University of Minnesota
BERNHARD M. CHRISTENSEN, President Emeritus, Ph.D. 1929, The Hartford Seminary
Foundation
ROSALIE V. CLARK, Instructor, M.S.W. 1978, University of Minnesota
T O N I CLARK, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1973, University of California
Barbara
-Santa
ROBERT W. CLYDE, Associate Professor, Ph.D. 1964, University of Iowa (Director of the
Social Science Research Center)
AILENE COLE, Professor of Speech, Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota (Theater Arts)
BENJAMING. COOPER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1971,Yale University
* J O H N COSGROVE, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.A. 1965, University of
Minnesota
*LIV DAHL, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
(Norwegian)
K. BERNER DAHLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1940, University of Minnesota
*C. WILLIAM DOUGLASS, Director of Augsburg College Orchestra, M.M. 1965, Northwestern University
*JULIE H. DRIVER-BOLTON, lnstructor i n Speech and Theater Arts, M.F.A. 1969,
University of Minnesota
BEVERLY C. DURKEE, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Ph.D. 1972, Arizona State
University, Department Chairperson
GRACE B. DYRUD, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1963, University of Minnesota
*EDGAR E. EKLOF, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.M. 1956, Manhattan School of
Music
M A R K J. ENGEBRETSON, Assistant Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
*ROBERT A. ENCELSON, Director of Augsburg Chorale, B.A. 1972, Augsburg College
*KENNETH N. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of Physics, Ph.D. 1970, Colorado State
University, Department Chairperson
*ROLF ERIKSEN, Soccer Coach
F
SHELDON FARDIG, Associate Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1966, Northwestern
University
N O R M A N B.L. FERGUSON, Associate Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
LARRY P. FLEMING, Associate Professor of Music and Director of Choral Activities,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota
HENRY G. FOLLINGSTAD, Associate Professor o f Mathematics, M.A. 1971, Northwestern University
*ROBERT A. FORNANDER, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Voice), M.F.A. 1979, University
o f Minnesota
BURTON P. FOSSE, Director of Facility Development, B.B.A., B.M.E. 1949, University of
Minnesota
*FABIOLA FRANCO-STEINMIXZ, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1979,
University of Minnesota (Spanish)
BARRY M. FRANKLIN, Assistant Professor of Education, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
*ROBERT FRIEDERICHSEN, Instructor i n Art, M.A. 1970, Pennsylvania State University
M A R K 1. FUEHRER, Assistant Professor o f Philosophy, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Minnesota
STEPHEN M. GABRIELSON, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1966, University of
Minnesota (Organ)
JERRY GERASIMO, Professor o f Sociology, Ph.D. 1966, University of Chicago
ORLOUE GISSELQUIST, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
ROBERT GRAMS, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1975, University o f Minnesota
PAUL H. GRAUER, Assistant Professor of Health & Physical Education, M.A. 1973,
University of Minnesota
*BRIAN GRIVNA, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Saxophone)
*JOHNGRYGELKO, Wrestling Coach
SATYA P. GUPTA, Assistant Professor o f Economics, Ph.D. 1975, Southern Illinois
University
D O N A L D R. CUSTAFSON, Associate Professor of History and Director of Interim, Ph.D.
1969, University o f Wisconsin
ARLlN E. GYBERC, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1969, University of
Minnesota
LElF E. HANSEN, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1950, University of
Minnesota (Norwegian)
THEODORE J. HANWICK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1950, New York University
MlLDA K. HEDBLOM, Associate Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1973, University of
Minnesota
*DOUGLAS HEIDENREICH, Lecturer in Business Law, L.L.B. 1961, William Mitchell
College of Law
MELVIN HELLAND, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1930, The Hartford Seminary Foundation
KATHERINE HENNIC, Artist in Residence Emeritus, M.A. 1956, University of Minnesota
ROBERT S. HERFORTH, Associate Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of
Nebraska
EDWINA 1. HERTZBERG, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S.W. 1972, University of
Minnesota, Department Chairperson
CARRY W. HESSER, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of Notre
Dame
CAROL HOFFMAN, Instructor in Nursing, M.S.N. 1976, University of Minnesota
NORMAN D. HOLEN, Associate Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1962, University of Iowa
(Sculpture)
JOHNR. HOLUM, Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1954, University of Minnesota
I. KHlN KHlN JENSEN, Professor of History, Ph.D. 1956, University of Wisconsin
MILDRED V. JOEL, Professor Emeritus, and Director of Scandinavian Area Studies, M.A.
1947, University of Minnesota
DUANE E. JOHNSON, Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1967, University of Minnesota
ElNAR 0. JOHNSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1961, University of Washington
GLEN W. JOHNSON, Vice President for Development, B.S.E. 1952, University of
Nebraska, and B.D. 1959, Luther Theological Seminary
JAMESD. JOHNSON,Assistant Professor of Music, M.S. 1958, Juilliard School of Music
(Piano)
JAMES LEE JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science,
Ph.D. 1973, University of Minnesota
*LEOLA JOHNSON, Visiting Lecturer i n Political Science, M.A. 1976, University of
Kentucky
MARY ELIZABETH JOHNSON, Associate Professor in Foreign Language, M.A. 1950,
University of Minnesota, M.A. 1950, Columbia University (French)
REES M. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.S. 1971,
Winona State University, Head Basketball Coach
A M l N KADER, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965, University
of Michigan
ROBERT KARLEN, Associate Professor of Music, M.A. 1959, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
*JOANNE KARVONEN, Lecturer i n English, M.A. 1962, University of Georgia
* D I A N A LEE KENNELLY, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Piano), M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
M A R Y MARIE KINCSLEY, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1964, Middlebury College (Spanish)
BERNHARDT J. KLEVEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1941, University of Minnesota
ALVIN L. KLOPPEN, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1970,
University of South Dakota (Head Football Coach)
SUSAN J. KNUST, lnstructor i n Nursing, M.S. 1979, Wright State University
* N O R M A KNUTSON, lnstructor i n Religion, M.A. Columbia University
B O Y D N. KOEHLER, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1967, University of Minnesota
*ANITA SUE KOLMAN, Assistant Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1977, University of
Minnesota
*ROY H. LAFAYETTE, Lecturer i n Business Administration, B.S.B. 1965, University of
Minnesota
ROBERTA LAMMERS, Assistant Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1976, University of Minnesota
LORRAINE K. LIVINGSTON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
GERTRUDE S. LUND, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1951, University of Minnesota
*MARY ELLEN LUNDSTEN, lnstructor i n Political Science, Ph.D. 1976, University of
Minnesota
M
J U D I T H MACCANELLI, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.Ed. 1965, University of
Minnesota
NANCY S. MALCOLM, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.P.H. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD MARKEN, Assistant Professor of Psychology, Ph.D. 1973, University of
California - Santa Barbara
KElSHlRO M A T S U M O T O , Assistant Professor of Business Administration, M.B.A. 1965,
University of Michigan
M A R T H A M. MATTSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1932, University of
Minnesota
*MARIE MCNEFF, Associate Professor of Education, Ed.D. 1967, University of Nebraska
*LYNNE E. MEDCALF, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1975, University
of Minnesota
ROBERTA A. METZLER, Assistant Professor of Music, M.M.Ed. 1971, University of Kansas
(Music Therapy)
ERWIN D. MICKELBERC, Professor of Biology, M.A. 1964, University of Minnesota
J O H N R. MITCHELL, Assistant Professor of English, M.A. 1971, University of Tennessee
*AUGUST MOLDER, Artist i n Residence i n Art, L.L.D. 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia
(Stained Glass)
JOEL MUCCE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Communications, M.A. 1976,
University of Minnesota
SUSAN K. NASH, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOUGLAS NELSON, Athletic Trainer - Manager
EDOR C. NELSON, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Ed. 1947, University of Minnesota
Head Baseball Coach
C O R D O N L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Sociology, Ph.D. 1972, University of
Chicago, Department Chairperson
RICHARD C. NELSON, Associate Professor of History, Ph.D. 1975, University of
Minnesota
*CATHERINE C. NICHOLL, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1971, University of
Minnesota, Department Co-Chairperson
*CRIER NICHOLL, Professor of English, Ph.D. 1964, University o f Minnesota, (American
Studies)
BEVERLY NILSSON, Associate Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Minnesota,
Department Chairperson
N O R M A C. N O O N A N , Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, Indiana University,
Department Chairperson
*CELESTE O'BRIEN, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. Hamline University (Piano)
RICHARD D. OLMSTED, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Ph.D. 1974, University of
Wisconsin
ESTHER OLSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota
JAMES F. OLSON, Librarian I, M.A. 1977, University of Minnesota
*JACK OSBERC, Assistant Football Coach
*WILLIAM OYLER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Language, M.A. 1963, University of
Minnesota (German)
R O N A L D G. PALOSAARI, Associate Professor of English, Ph.D. 1970, University of
Minnesota
PATRICIA PARKER, Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs,
Ph.D. 1974, University of Minnesota
KERMIT E. PAULSON, Associate Professor of Physics, M.S. 1963, University of Wisconsin
*PAMELA PAULSON, lnstructor i n Health and Physical Education, M.A. 1974, University
of Illinois - Urbana
ANNE PEDERSON, Professor Emeritus, M.A. 1945, University of Minnesota
WAYNE D. PEDERSON, Vice President for Finance and Management, B.S. 1963,
Concordia College
LAURETTA E. PELTON, Assistant Professor of Education, M.Ed. 1966, Marquette
University, Department Chairperson
DOUGLAS D. PERRY, lnstructor in Social Work, M.S.W. 1977, University of Minnesota
DANIEL PETERSON, lnstructor i n Physics, Ph.D. 1978, Iowa State University
LAVONNE J. PETERSON, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1953, Montana State University
JOYCE PFAFF, Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.Ed. 1969,
University of Minnesota
*GEORGE L. POWELL, lnstructor i n Business Administration and Economics, M.B.A.
1960, Dartmouth College
*ALICE PREVES, Artist in Residence i n Music, M.S. 1964, University of Illinois - Urbana
(Strings)
M A R T I N QUANBECK, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1952, University of Minnesota
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Seminary
Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1958, Princeton Theological
BRUCE R. REICHENBACH, Associate Professor of Philosophy, Ph.D. 1968, Northwestern
University
*BARBARA RICHARDS, lnstructor i n Political Science, B.A. 1972, Vanderbilt University
* J O H N F. RILEY, Associate Professor of Religion, Ph.D. 1964, CathoEc University of
America
*DENISE R. RIVET, Women's Gymnastics Coach
GUNTA ROZENTALS, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1968, University
of Minnesota (Spanish), Department Chairperson
*PAUL RUSTEN, Adjunct lnstructor i n Art (Film Making)
-
EDWARD M. SABELLA, Associate Professor of Business Administration and Economics,
Ph.D. 1971, University of Minnesota, Department Chairperson
MARIANNE SANDER, Vice President for Student Affairs, M.A. 1969, University of
Minnesota
RICHARD B. SARGENT, Assistant Professor of English, Ph.D. 1974, University of Exeter
(England), Department Co-Chairperson
LELAND B. SATEREN, Professor Emeritus, L.H.D. 1965, Gettysburg College, D. Mus.
1965, Lakeland College
E D W I N 1. SAUGESTAD, Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education, M.A.
1964, University of Minnesota (Head Hockey Coach)
A. M A Y 0 SAVOLD, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. Ed. 1963, MacPhail School of
Music
*WILLIAM 6. SCHEELA, Guest Lecturer i n Business Administration, M.B.A. 1974,
Mankato State University
*MARIA S. SCHWEIKERT, lnstructor i n Foreign Language, M.A. 1974, University of
Pittsburgh
IRENE SCHILLING, Librarian I, M.A. 1973, University of Minnesota
MARJORIE H. SIBLEY, Librarian, Associate Professor, M.A. 1943, University o f Illinois,
M.A. 1961, University of Minnesota
EUGENE M. SKIBBE, Professor of Religion, D.Th. 1962, University of Heidelberg
(Germany), Department Chairperson
* D A N A SKOGLUND, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.M. 1975, Augsburg College (Piano)
* E M M A SMALL, Artist in Residence i n Music (Voice)
* H O W A R D D. SMALL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Organ)
*LOUISA A N N SMITH, Lecturer i n Library Science, M.A. 1969, University of Minnesota
*PAUL C. SONNACK, Visiting Professor of Religion, M.A. 1960, University of Chicago
*SOTERIOS STAVROU, lnstructor i n Foreign Language (Greek), B.A. 1966, Augsburg
College
PAUL T. STEEN, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1962, University of Minnesota
D O N A L D 6. STEINMETZ, Associate Professor of Foreign Language, Ph.D. 1973,
University of Minnesota (German, Linguistics)
MYLES C. STENSHOEL, Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. 1965, University of Colorado
*VAL STRACHAN, Women's Basketball Coach, B.A., Mankato State University
*BRUCE STUART, Visiting Lecturer i n Religion
GRACE KEMMER SULERUD, Librarian, Assistant Professor, M.A. 1968, M.A. 1970,
University of Minnesota
RALPH L. SULERUD, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1968, University of Nebraska
*MARY T. SWANSON, Assistant Professor of Art, Ph.D. 1978, University of Minnesota
LARRY TALLMAN, Instructor i n Music, M.S. 1978, Michigan State University, Director of
the Augsburg Concert Band and the Jazz Ensemble
*JAMES TEN BENSEL, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Brass)
*PAUL THOMAS, Artist i n Residence i n Music (Cello)
PHILIP J. THOMPSON, Professor of Art, M.F.A. 1958, University of Iowa (Painting)
Department Chairperson
RICHARD J. THONI, Associate Dean of Students, Ph.D. University of Minnesota 1977.
NEAL 0. THORPE, Professor of Biology, Ph.D. 1965, University of Wisconsin, Department Chairperson
J O H N THUT, Associate Professor Emeritus, M.Mus. 1934, American Conservatory of
Music
VERA THUT, Instructor Emeritus, B.Mus. 1927, American Conservatory of Music
*MARY T I M M , Women's Volleyball and Softball Coach
JOEL S. TORSTENSON, Professor Emeritus, Ph.D. 1959, University of Minnesota
BEVERLY A. WEGGE, Registrar, M.A. 1974, University of Minnesota
*DOROTHY WILLIAMSON, Lecturer i n Art, M.A. 1963, University of Minnesota
*MARY WILSON, Artist i n Residence i n Music, B.A. 1938, Macalester College (Flute)
HELEN A. WOELFEL, Assistant Professor of Nursing, M.S. 1962, Marquette University
D A V I D C. W O O D , Professor of English, Ph.D. 1969, Bowling Green State University
*NANCY ZINGALE, Visiting Professor of Political Science, Ph.D. University of Minnesota
Administrative Personnel
GENERAL ADMINISTRATION
President ............................................. .Oscar A. Anderson
Director of Facility Development ........................ Burton P. Fosse
College Pastor ........................................ .Lowell Brandt
Secretary and Executive Assistant to the President..
.Avalon Okerson
......
FINANCE A N D MANAGEMENT
Vice President for Finance and Management ............ .Wayne Pederson
Director of Plant Services .............................. .Gerald Johnson
Director of Food Services .............................. .Carl Stromer
Manager, College Center .............................. .Mildred Nelson
Manager, Purchasing/Book Store/Vending .............. .Robert Gores
Director of Student Financial Services ................... .Herald Johnson
Director of Personnel.. ................................ .Bonnie-Jean M o r k
Manager, Ice Arena ................................... .James Carey
Custodial Supervisor. .................................. .Joseph Roberts
Maintenance Supervisor ............................... .Alfred Sandau
Grounds Supervisor ................................... .Fred Wolter
Chief Accountant ..................................... .Ronald Scherman
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean
of the College .....................................Charles S. Anderson
Associate Academic Dean .............................. .Pat Parker
.Beverly Wegge
Registrar .............................................
Head Librarian ........................................ .Margaret Anderson
Director of Audio Visual Services ....................... .James Olson
Coordinator, New Dimensions Program ................. .Charlene Weidenbach
.Bonnie Wallace
Counselor/Advocate, American Indian Programs
Coordinator, Black Student Affairs ...................... .Valerie Geaither
Recorder ............................................. .Hope Schutte
.Pamela Louisa
Assistant Registrar .....................................
Executive Secretary t o the Dean ........................ .Carolyn Magnuson
.........
DEVELOPMENT
........................ .Glen W. Johnson
...........................Sigvald Hjelmeland
............................. .Michael Walgren
Vice President for Development
Director of Deferred Giving..
Director of Annual Fund..
Asst. t o the Vice-president ..................... ,
Associate Director, Alumni and
Parent Giving .......................................
Executive Secretary ....................................
....... .A. B. Batalden
.Jeroy Carlson
.Irene Steenson
PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of Public Relations ............................ .Lois G. Wollan
Coordinator of Parent/Alumni Programs ................ .Janice Rykken
Coordinator of News Bureau and Sports Information..
Fine Arts Coordinator ................................. .Monica Maye
Manager, Graphic Center .............................. .Therese Morrison
....
ADMISSIONS
Director of Admissions.. ............................... .Kathryn E. Lange
Assistant Director
Bill Ross
.Sue Bonner
Coordinator of Transfer Programs..
Admissions Counselor ..................................Eric Anderson
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Sally Hough
Admissions Counselor ................................. .Tom Jackson
.....................................
.....................
STUDENT AFFAIRS
Vice President for Student Affairs and
Dean of Students.. .................................. .Marianne Sander
Associate Dean of Students ............................ .Rick Thoni
Director of Student Life (Housing) ...................... .Linda Schrempp-Alberg
Director of Career Planning and Placement ............. .Patricia M. Olsson
Director of Student Activities.. ......................... .Joan Slater
Head Resident, (UrnesdMortensen) .................... .Cindy Ragen
Director of Human Development.. ..................... .Judy Essman
Coordinator, Academic Enrichment ..................... .Don Warren
Area Apartment Manager .............................. .John Augustine
INDEX
...........
Academic Administration
47
Academic Life ..................... 14
Accreditation ....................... 7
Administration ................... 156
Admission to the College ........... 31
Advanced Placement ...............34
Advanced Standing ................ 34
American Indian Programs
26
American Studies .................. 56
Anthropology .................... 139
Art, Department of ................. 57
Biology. Department of ............. 60
Black Student Programs ............ 26
Board of Regents ................. 116
Business Administration ............ 63
Calendar ...................... Cover
Campus Map ...................... 70
Certification Programs .............. 22
Chemistry. Department of .......... 71
Chinese ........................... 87
Classification ...................... 54
Communications ................. 141
Computer Science ................ 101
Conservation of Human
Resources (CHR) ................. 19
Continuing Education .............. 22
Corrective Therapy ................ 19
Costs .......................... 35. 44
Course Descriptions ................ 56
Course Value ...................... 54
Credit by Examination .............. 54
Dean's List ........................ 52
Degrees ........................... 23
Divisional Organization ............ 47
East Asian Studies .................. 74
Economics ........................ 67
Education. Department of .......... 75
Engineering ....................... 81
English. Department of ............. 81
Enrollment ........................ 55
Expenses ....................... 35, 4
Faculty ........................... 147
Financial Aid ...................... 35
Five-College Cooperative ........... 18
Food Service ...................... 29
Foreign Language,
Department of ................... 86
French ............................ 87
44
Full-Time Student Defined
General Education
Requirements ................... 15
..........
..........
Geography ........................ 99
German ........................... 90
Glossary of Terms ................... 4
Grading ........................... 50
Graduates ......................... 55
Graduation Requirements
48
Graduation with Distinction
32
Greek ............................ 92
Health Education ................. 719
Health Service ..................... 29
History of Augsburg College
6
History. Department of ............. 96
Honors Program ................... 22
Housing ....................... 27, 45
Independent Study ................ 52
Intercollegiate Athletics ............ 25
Intercultural Center ................ 26
Inter-Institutional Programs
75
International Students .............. 27
Internship Program ................ 22
Japanese .......................... 92
Journalism ........................ 83
Library Science .................... 80
Location ........................... 6
Majors ............................ 15
Mathematics, Department of ........ 99
Medical Technology .............. 702
Metro-Urban Studies .............. 102
Music, Department of ............. 104
Music Therapy .................... 108
Nature and Objectives
.6
of Augsburg ...............
Natural Science ................... 109
22
New Dimensions Program
Non-Discrimination Policy ........... 7
Norwegian ........................ 93
Numbering of Courses ............. 55
Nursing .......................... 111
Personnel of the College .......... 147
16
Pre-Professional Training
113
Philosophy, Department of
Physical Education ................ 116
Physical Plant ...................... 12
Physics, Department of ............ 120
Political Science,
Department of .................. 123
Probation and Dismissal ............ 49
Psychology, Department of ........ 126
Regents, Board of ................. 146
45
Refunds .........................
Registration ....................... 49
..........
........
.........
.........
..,
..........
...........
........
Religion. Department of ........... 129
Religious Life ...................... 24
Russian Area Studies .............. 132
Scandinavian Area Studies ......... 133
Scholarships. Grants ................ 35
Social Science Majors ............. 134
135
Social Work. Department of
Sociology. Department of .......... 138
Spanish ........................... 94
Speech. Department of ............ 141
Student Life ....................... 24
Student Rights ..................... 29
.......
Student Services ................... 25
Study Abroad ...................... 20
Summer School .................... 22
Symbol (#) ........................ 55
Theater Arts ...................... 143
Transdiciplinary Major
145
Transfer t o Augsburg
32
Tuition and Fees ................ 35. 44
Veterans .......................... 53
Visiting the Campus ................. 7
Work-Study ....................... 35
............
...............
CATALOG
1980-82
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
This material was published t o supply information on additions and changes to the
1980-82 Catalog. Material i s arranged in the same order as in the 1980-82 Catalog,
with page number references. Although information was current at the time of
publication, it i s subject to change without notice.
It is the responsibility of each student to know the requirements and academic
policies contained i n this publication and the main 1980-82 Catalog. If you have
questions about anything in this bulletin, you should consult with a faculty adviser,
the Dean of the College, or the Registrar.
Accreditation and Memberships
National League for Nursing
National Association for Music Therapy, Inc.
College Costs 1981-82
Tuition (full-time enrollment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,300.00
600.00
Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course ...........................
300.00
Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course ........................
Room Rent (includes telephone) ................................... 1,091.00
986.00
Full Board (19 meals a week) .......................................
Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available
from the Office of Student Life.
Other Special Fees (not refundable)
ACTC Bus (Full-time students
only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical Technology
(Senior Fee)
..............
5.00
Music Lessons
Private, per semester
(14 lessons) ............
Class, per semester
.......
150.00
50.00
600.00
Music Therapy Internship (one
course credit) ............ 600.00
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 2
Summer 1981
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) i s published four times a year in Spring,
Summer, Fall, and Winter by AugsburgCollege,73121st Avenue South, Minneapolis
M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Financial Aid/l7-18
Gift Assistance
Augsburg Tuition Grant - Available to students w h o have shown academic
potential and have financial need. A grant may pay u p t o full tuition and fees. A
student's scholastic standing, test scores, and high school and community involvement 'are taken into consideration.
Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant - Awarded by the state to Minnesota
residents w h o have financial need. For 1981-82, they range f r o m $100 to $1050. All
applicants f r o m Minnesota are expected to apply before the priority deadline of
April 23.
Supplemental EducationalOpportunity Grant - A federal program administered by
the College. To be eligible, a person niust: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent
resident; (2) have sufficient financial need as defined by the program and
demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory
academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission.
Pel1 Grants [formerly Basic Educational 0 portunity Grants) - A federal program
ihat provider Rasic Grant awards to stufents who attend eligible institutions of
higher education. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1981-82 i s
$1670. minus t h c a m o u n t the studentand family can beexpected tocontribute. The
grants are based o n need as determined by the program guidelines. Application i s
made by filing the F F S (or FAF) and requesting o n the application f o r m that the
necessary information be sent t o the appropriate BEOG office.
Bureau of lndian Affairs Scholarships/Grants - American Indian students whomeet
federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian 4ffairs.fribal and/or
lndian Stare Scholarship monies. You must be "1 degree lndian ancesrrv and be
enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. lndian grants supplement a l l other
sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American
lndian Program Director or your tribal agency.
National Scholarship and Grant Program for Minority Students (sponsored by The
American Lutheran Church) - Members of American racial and ethnic minorities
and other eligible groups who are either seeking admission to an American
Lutheran Church (ALC) college OR are members of an ALC congregation may be
considered. Winners are selected by Augsburg's Student Affairs Committee.
Scholarships/20-23
Religion & Christian Service Scholarships
Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship - awarded to students preparing for full-time
service careers in the church.
The Reverend Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship -awarded to students preparing
in fields leading to full-time service in the church.
Departmental Scholarships
Chemistry
Ellenand Courtland Agre Chemistr Award -given toa chemistry major, preferably one going
into graduate studies to earn the dbctorate in chemistry.
Health-Related
Ellen and Courtland Agre Pre-Medicine Award - given to a student of any major who is
planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine.
History
Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship -awarded
The Rev. and Mrs.
study of history.
annually to a history major.
0.1. Haukeness Award - given t o a senior student for excellence i n the
Music
Edwin W. and Edith B. NorbergScholarship - awarded to music majors preparing for careers in
church music.
Schubert Club Scholarship -awarded
annually to a music therapy student.
Political Science
Political Science Scholarship - An award of recognition to an outstanding senior majoring in
political science.
Majors, Licensure/33
Majors and Minors
Majors, or concentrations of study. may be wirhin ane department, within one
division. or cror5 academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors
before they enter coIlege. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding.
Normally a majorshould be elec~edby rhe end of the Fourth semester and earlier in
some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section.
Majors available at Augsburg are:
Art History
Studio Art
Biology
Business Administration
(Accounting, Finance,
International Business,
Management, Marketing)
Chemistry
Communication
East Asian Studies'
Economics
Economics-BusinessAdministration
Elementary Education
Engineering'
English
Foreign Languages
Chinese,l French
German, Japanese,'
Norwegian, Russian,l
Spanish
Health Education
History
International Relations
Mathematics
Medical Technology3
Metro-Urban Studies
Music
Music Therapy
Natural Science
Nursing
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Russian Area Studies'
Scandinavian Area Studies'
Social Science
Social Work
Sociology
Speech
Theater Arts
Transdisciplinary
I t is possible for students to complete other majors through the ACTC. Students who wish to
complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg
Registrar's Office.
1 - Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with
the University of Minnesota
2 - Three-Two Plan with Washington University Schooi of Engineering and Applied Science
and Michigan Technological University
3 - Cooperative program with Metropolitan Medical Center and Abbott-Northwestern
Hospital
Teaching Licensure
Teaching Licensure programs are offered a t Augsburg in Elementary Education,
Kindergarren. Earlv Childhood Education, and these fields in secondarv Education:
Arf. English-Language Arts, French, German. Health, L ~ f eSc~ence,Mathematics.
Music, Fhvsical Education, Physical Science (Chem~srrvor Phvsics\, Science (Grade5
5-9)) Social Studies, Spanish. Speech. Theater Arts. A minor is offered i n Librarv
Science. 5tudcnts planning to teach on the secondarv level have advtjers both in the
Education department and the area of their academic majnrisl.
Graduation Requirements/39-40
Graduation Requirements
The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the
student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the
Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning.
Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar.
Application forms are available i n the Registrar's Office.
All degree and course requirements must be completed prior to the anticipated
date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses o n the academic
record).
1. Completion of 35 courses.
4r least 11 courses must be upper division, numbered in the 300sand 400s. Not more
than 1 3 may be i n one de artmenl, except i n certain approved majors for the
Bachelor of Science/Ani g g r e e . 17 for ,he Bachelor of Music a n d Bachelor of
Sc~encern Music Thera y degrees. and 18 in r he Bachelor oi Science in Nursing
degree. The course fotafmcsl include three l n ~ e r i r nfor
i i1udenr5 whore complete
academic work i s at Aupburg. For transfer studenrc. the course oral must include
one less interim course than the number of years at Augsburg.
No rnorerhan these maximums mav beapplied toward the 35 rota1 courses required:
4 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR] courses: 2 courses bv independent/
directed study: 4 courses of internship; and 8 courses w ~ t ha grade of Pass (P).
Non-traditional g r a d ~ n g( P ) also has these limits: 2 In the major except Elementary
Educar~on:7 i n the minor i f approved bv the departmen! chairperson.
Students who enter the Nursing program with a Bachelor of Arts degree should
contact the Office of the Registrar for specific requirements for the equivalent of a
major i n Nursing.
2. Completion of a major.
Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor
or double-major i s not required, but i s encouraged.
3. Grade Point average - 2.0 for most majors.
A grade point average of 2.0 i s required in all courses taken and in courses which
apply toward the major, except tor Nursing and licensure i n education, where 2.5
averages are required.
4. Residence
The last year of full-time s:udy or equivalent must be at Augsburg.
5. Distribution requirements
Writing - A course i n writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated
proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the
summer and fall orientation periods.
Liberal Arts
An approved course from each of these seven areas:
Mathematics-Physics
Chemistry-Biology
Psychology-Sociology
English-Speech, Communication
& Theater Arts
Economics-Political Science
History-Philosophy
Art-Music
Foreign Languages - Two courses (111 and 112) of one foreign language at
Augsburg. Students who test above the111 level of a foreign language will take one
additional courseat placement level i n that language or two courses (111and 112) of
another foreign language.
Religious Studies -Three approved courses i n religious studies, of which not more
than one may be an interim course. For transfer students, the number required is,
one for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg.
Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies - Courses approved to
meet this requirement are published each term. Information i s available at the
Office of the Registrar.
Lifetime Sports - Two lifetime sports or demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime
sports.
Evaluation a n d Grading/40-41
Evaluation and Grading
Student achievement in courses i s measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter
tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used.
Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N
means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N
grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools d o not look
favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". See P/N
limitations under Graduation Requirements.
Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 383 and several
interim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education c.ourses
are graded only on the P/N system or only o n the traditionalsystem. English 111 i s
graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N.
Music organizations and performance studies, Chemistry Seminar, and Lifetime
Sports are graded P/O.O.
In courses where there i s a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system
unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading
option. Any changes i n choice of grading system must be made according to dates
published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of
classes.
Explanation of Grades
Number grades are used with these definitions:
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
Achieves above basic course standards
Meets basic standards for the course
Performance below basic course standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. .4
grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or
below level.
A n incomplete rade may be given only i n the case of extreme emergency. To
receive i r , a 5;tu ent must file a petition with the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing stating he reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing
it,and comments from rhe instructor. If permission is granted. the incomplete must
be removed during the following semester, or i t becomes the grade submitted b v
the teacher along with the incomplete.
J
A grade of X may be given for an independenr or directed study course or internship
that is to be spread over morethan one semester. Such a course must be completed
during rhe second semester or the grade of X will remain on the record.
A course in which a grade of 0,1.0,f -5,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated
for credit. Courses i n which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated
for credit, but may be audrted. All courses taken remain on the academic record.
Onlythe credits and gradesearned thesecond time are counted toward graduation
and i n the grade point average.
A course i s given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping
classes without a notation on the record.
Art/49
352 Women's Art History
A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the
cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period.
Education
Marie McNeff (Chairperson), Bobbi Anderson, Sheldon Fardig, Barry Franklin, Einar
Johnson, Sallye Cooke McKee, Lauretta Pelton
Augsburg College offers programs leading to licensure i n Elementary Education,
Kindergarten, Early Childhood, and Secondary Education.
Students wishing to become licensed teachers are advised to consult with the
Education Department for licensure requirements. For students transferring t o
Augsburg College from other institutions of higher education, i t i s within the
jurisdiction of the Education Department and/or other appropriate departments t o
determine essential equivalency of course content taken at other institutions as
applicable to requirements of the approved teacher education program at Augsburg
College.
Orientation to Education, both elementary and secondary, and Techniques of
Teaching Reading are open to all students of sophomore standing or above. To
enroll i n other education caurse5.a student must first apply and be admitted to the
teacher education program. Students are advised to apply for admission in the
spring semester of the sophomore vear, during or after the Orientation course.
Students transferring from an education program at another college must be
readmissible to that program.
Elementary Education
Marie McNeff (Coordinator)
Major and Licensure Requirements: Minimum of 8.5 education courses (255, 351,
383,and two professional semesters); Health Education 114,115; Library Science341,
358; Academic minor (major recommended); GPAof 2.0 overall and 2.5 in major and
academic minor for licensure; fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in
Human Relations. The first professional semester, for juniors, includes Educ. 341,
352,353,381,382,384. (Courses 381,382,383,384 are one-half courses offered on a
traditional grading system only.) The second professional semester includes Educ.
481,482 and electives (483, 484,.478, 499).
Kindergarten License Re uirements: Elementary Education requirements plus
Educ. 385 and student t e a 3 i n g at the Kindergarten level.
Early Childhood Education
Bobbi Anderson (Coordinator)
License Requirements: Elementary Education requirements plus Soc. 231; Psych.
351; Educ. 325,425,483 or484(160 hoursof studentteaching). Foran Early Childhood
license with other than an education major, consult with the program coordinator.
255 Orientation to Education in Urban Setting (Elementary)
Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-schoo[
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above)
282 Introduction to Special Education
(See Secondary Education)
325 Contemporary Influences in Early Childhood Education
Focus is upon the young child as a person and the importance of the early years of his/her
life i n relation t o the effects of present-day society and culture upon the child. Current
developments include innovations, Head Start, implementation of planned variations.and
other interventionsand compensatory programs. Classsessions and two hours perweek of
lab. experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
The study and utilization of a variety of techniquesand resources i n the teaching of reading
at both secondary and elementary level. (Fall)
352, 353 Creating Learning Environments: Elementary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265 o r d. Spring)
381 Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the
elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265, concurrent registration i n
352. 353. Spring)
382 Elementary Curriculum: Science, Mathematics (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science and mathematics
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 o r 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
383 Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resources for physical education and health
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. Fall)
384 Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Language Arts, (1/2 course)
Examination and preparation of materialsand resourcesfor social studies and language arts
taught at the elementary level. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or 265. concurrent
registration i n 352. 353. Spring)
385 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten
A study of the kindergarten curriculum, exploration of materials. and review of teaching
approaches. The course requires laboratory experience. Required for Kindergarten
licensure. (Prereq.: Orientation to Ed. and acceptance into the Dept. of Ed.. Summer I)
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approvdl.
425 Early Childhood Curriculum
Learning about and demonstrating knowledge and skills of teaching the young child. The
course concentrates on details essential to the organization of a good program for
children: records, reports, physical facilities, equipment. parental involvement. and
working with children who have uniquely different needs. Class sessionsand two hours per
week of lab experience i n a day care center and/or nursery school. (Fall)
181,482 Student Teaching I
Observing and directing learning at the following levels: N. K, and/or elementary levels
under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. (Prereq.: Admission to
student teaching and program approval. Fall. Spring)
483,484 Student Teaching II
Additional experience In teaching. (Prereq.: 481. 482. Fall. Spring)
478 School and Society
(See Secondary Education)
499 Independent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the
elementary education faculty.
Secondary Education
Sheldon Fardig (Coordinator)
It i s the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the
Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult with
Education faculty regarding state requirementsfor teacher licensure, This consultation is recommended in addition to conferring with the student's major field
adviser.
Licensure Program Requirements for Secandary Education: ( 7 1 Application for
admittance and acceptance into the Department of Education teacher [icensure
program. This mav be made before, concurrently or afrer rhe Orierrtarion course.
Application formsare ava~lablein the Education Department office. Before applying
f o r admission, students should receive approval from the departmenr ordivision of
their declared major. A student may take education courses after the Orientation
course only if he or she has been admitted into the program of the Department of
Education; (2) GPA of 2.0overall,2.0 in required education courses,and at least 2.5 in
the major; (3) Application for admittance and acceptance into student teaching; (4)
Completion of Minnesota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3.041 in Human Relations
through Augsburg's Education program; (5) Successful completion of the required
courses of the education program: Psychology 105; Health Education 114, 115;
Education 265,354,388,478,special methods in the area of the student's major,and a
minimum of two or three courses in student teaching as required.
Requirementsfor State of Minnesota Licensurefor Teaching in Secondary Schools:
(through the Augsburg College Education Department Program): (1) 6.A. or F.S.
degree: ( 2 )Co[tege major i n a teaching a r e a ; 431 Fulfill Minnesota Board of Teaching
5 ,!VICAR 3.041 i n Human Relations (sucressfut completion of Augsburg Education
program meets requirement); (4) Psvchologv 105; ( 5 ) Health Educatton 114.175: (6)
Stlcce~sfulcompletion of Augsburg Education Program EOUTSPS.
Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in
one of rhese areas tollowsthe secondary education pragram even though h e or she
plans ta teach az t h e e l e m e n t a r y school level. A penon with a major in one of rhese
5petial areas will take three courses in student reach~ngand do some student
teach~ngarboth the secondary and elementarv levels. In addition to Edur. 354.rhe
art major will register { o r Educ. 361,362; the Phrsrcal Education major for Educ, 365:
and the music major for Educ. 373.
The Professional Term: Student Teaching is taken concurrently with Educ. 478 in
one full-rime term i n professional education. Special afternoon and/or evening
seminarsare held during the term a 5 par1 of the professional work. A studenr: taking
two courses in srudent teaching may elect to take one course i n Inde endent Study.
All studenrrare expected to be insolred full-time in the artivitim of tee professional
term.
265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (Secondary)
Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school
work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: Sophomore Standing)
282 Introduction to Special Education
Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes, and
educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardatinn, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, LD dnd ED and giftedness. (Spring)
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
(See Library Science)
351 Techniques of Teaching Reading
(See Elementary Education)
354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary
The mastery of theories and their applicationsfor teaching in learning settings. Laboratory
experiences. (Prereq.: Psychology 105, EDS 265)
Note on Special Methods Courses: With the general methodology course, one or
more education courses in special methods must be taken from the department of
the major field. (Prereq.: Educ. 255 or 265 and 354 or concurrent with 354. Courses
361,365,373 and 410 are one course; others are 1/2 course.)
361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art i n the elementary, middle,
and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall)
362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (1/2 course)
Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school.
'
(Fall)
364 English Methods (1/2 course)
Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the
preparation of lesson and unit plans. Teaching in a local high school. (Spring)
365 Physical Education Methods (K-12)
(See Physical Education Department)
366 Foreign Language Methods (1/2 course)
Language learning theory.The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the
Foreign Language Department.)
373 Music Methods (K-12)
Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching
procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Spring)
374 Natural Science Methods (K-12) (1/2 course)
Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability
levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. (Fall)
375 Social Studies Methods (1/2 course)
Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. (Spring)
376 Speech and Theater Arts Methods (1/2 course)
The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theater and the
directing of co-curricular speech and theater activities. (Spring)
377 Mathematics Methods (1/2 course)
Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics,
and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. (Spring)
410 Health Methods
-.
(See Health Education 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program)
388 Human Relations (1/2 course)
Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority
groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to
teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all.
399 Internship
The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience. A
learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval.
478 School and Society
-.I he emphas~si n this course is o n tne school in relation to society with particular ~ t t e n t i o n
to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. current major issues i n education will be studied. (Prereq.:
senior standing)
481,482,483,484 Student Teaching
Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. (A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of
Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Prereq.: Admission t o student teaching and
program approval)
499 lndependent Study
Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in
the departmental curriculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the
approval of education faculty.
Library Science
M a r j o r i e Sibley, G r a c e S u l e r u d ( C o o r d i n a t o r s ) , K a r e n H a r w o o d , B o y d K o e h l e r ,
James O l s o n , I r e n e Schilling, Louisa S m i t h
Minor: M i n i m u m o f 4'12 courses, i n c l u d i n g 341. 345,358, 359,475.
341 Media Technology (1/2 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of
instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective
audio visual materials for teaching/learning situations. (Spring)
345 The Media Center: Organization and Administration
Organization of materials, including acquisition,cataloging,classification.and processing.
Services of the media center and methods of evaluation. (Fall)
358 The Elementary School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Evaluation of materials
related to curriculum support and recreational needs. Study of selection sources and
guidance i n use of print and non-print materials. (Fall)
359 Reference Sources and Services
Study of basic English language reference sources. Students learn h o w to select and
evaluate reference books for home, school and other libraries; h o w to find information
and use libraries effectively.'(Spring)
399 Internship
Open to juniors and seniors. An opportunity t o d o field work in a variety of library
situations i n the metropolitan area.
475 The High School Library: Materials Selection and Guidance
Survey and e\,aluation of library materials on the secondary school level. with attention to
their use i n relation to curricula as well as for personal interest and needs of adolescents.
(Spring)
499 lndependent Study
Independent study and research on some topic of interest i n the field of library service.
worked out i n consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors, with
department approval.
Germad75
301 German Business Communication
German trade correspondence. (Prereq.: 212 or #. O n Demand.)
Major for Teaching: Students interested in secondart education may take a history
m a j o r i n c o m b i n a t i o n w i t h specified social s c i p n c ~courses a n d rhe r e q u i r e d
e d u c a t i o n courses, i n c o m liance with the state requiremenrs For m o r e information, see t h e d e p a r t m e n t c R i r p e r r o n o r t h e Social Srudiei Coordinator.
226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life i n the 20th Century
An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women i n China, Japan,
India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes cross-cultural perspective,
responses to impact of modernization and Western education.
345 Scandinavian-American Experience
(See under Scandinavian Area Studies)
M a t hematics/89-90
361 Numerical Analysis (Formerly CSC 355)
A study of merhods used 10 50h.e problems on comprlters. lnalys~sof computat~onal
ofoan procedures
problems and developnienr 0 1 alaorithms Inr [heir ~ u l u t i ~ n s , a p p l ~ c a t ~
l
Topics tnclude the general concept
or~entedprogrammrny ti:n$uapc In n u m ~ r i c aanalysr~.
of lteratlve tnrmulae, inlu;~anor squarrons. Newton's method. l~nearsystems, ~nterpolariiiierentiatinn and Integrallnn, IPrereq.: M 4 T 224, CSC 245)
tlon, numer~r-a1
Computer Science
Augsburg College offers a n e w p r o g r a m i n C o m p u t e r Science that w i l l prepare
students f o r f u r t h e r study i n c o m p u t e r science at a major university o r f o r entry i n t o
a substantial variety o f c o m p u t e r related jobs.
Augsburg has a PDP 11-60 with central memory at 256 kitobvtes and terminals a t
several campus locations. The College also has several Apple I1 microcomputers, a
Tektronix 4051 graphics m i c r o c o m p u r c r , a n d KEY(-1 l a b o r a ~ o r vmicrocomputers.
Augsburg also has access to large
r h r o u g h both Minnesota Educational
C o m p u t i n g Consortium a n d the Univers~ryof ~Minnesota.
~~~~~~~r.
Minor: 5 courses i n c l u d i n g 245, 261, 345, 350 a n d Mathematics 361 (formerly
C o m p u t e r Science 355) o r Business Administration 479 o r Sociology 363 o r
C o m p u t e r Science 395 o r 495.
Note: Business Administration 250 is strongly r e c o m m e n d e d f o r those p l a n n i n g a
career i n business a n d is an additional prerequisite if Business Administration 479 is
t o c o u n t t o w a r d the C o m p u t e r Science minor.
145 Introduction to General Programming
An introduction to computer methods including flowcharts, algorithms, and data
representation. Extensive programming i n a general higher level language. Primarily for
students in non-science areas. Does not count toward a computer science minor.
245 An Introduction to Computer Science
An introduction to computer languages and methods. Techniques studied include
flowcharts, algorithms, data representation and manipulation, hardwate register operations, and computer organization. Programming is done in machine language, assembly
language, and a higher level language such as PASCAL. (Prereq.: MAT 125)
261 Electronics
(See under Department of Physics)
345 Computer Systems
Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications. Comparison of batch, timesharing, and real time operating systems. Study of the social implications and applications
of computers through the use of various applications packages. Continued development
of competence in structured programmingand algorithms will be emphasized throughout
the course. (Prereq.: 245)
350 Data Structures and File Processing
Conceptsand algorithms used in thesolution of non-numerical problems. Applications to
data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 245)
355 Computer Science and Numerical Methods
(See Mathematics 361, new number for this course)
395 and 495 Topics in Computer Science
Specific topics are selected each year. Prerequisites will depend on the topics selected. 395
for Interim, 495 for fall and/or spring terms.
Music
L. L. Fleming (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Robert E. Beverley, Michael Brand, Laine
Bryce, Stephen Gabrielsen, Thomas Cilkey, Cynthia Coetz, James D. Johnson,
Robert Karlen, Diane Kennelly, Merilee Klemp, Nicholas Lenz, Paul Lohman,
Cynthia Melson, Roberta Metzler, Celeste O'Brien, Alice Preves, Dana Skoglund,
Emma Small, George Stahl, Daniel Sturm, James ten Bensel, Paul Thomas, David
Tubergen, Mary Wilson, Angela Wyatt.
See ~ u s i cDe artment Handbook for additional and explanatory information,
guidelines an8requirements. Students wishing t o major or minor i n music must
apply to the department.
Specific Music Major Requirements
Bachelor of Arts: 12 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350 or 476,354 or 355,
365 or 375, music elective. French or German.
Bachelor of Arts (Music Education): 11 courses: Core Curriculum plus 457,458,350
or 476, 354 or 355, 365 or 375. Consult with Department of Education for
requirements in education.
Bachelor of Music (Performance or Composition): 17 courses: Core Curriculum
plus 350, 457, 458, 476, 499, 354 or 355, 365 or 375, music electives. 4 years of
Performance Studies with double periods i n the last 2 years, and junior and senior
recitals; French o r German.
Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy: 17 courses: C o r e Curriculum plus 354.360,
382,383,395,399,435,457,495,350
or476, one of 355,365,375, and 470 Introduc!ion
to MusicTherapy (Interim).Spanish E Srecommended. Other requiremenrs: B i o l o g
103, Education 262: 2 Physical Educat~on(232 and 373 recommended); 3 Prychologv
and 1Sociology. ~ncluding
Psych. 105,362 and Psych. 264or 50c. 362 {Recommended
courses include Psych. 264,357,352,355, 356, 357, and Sac. 211,121,237,741, 362,
3751; 1 Speech (116 recommended],
Music Minor: 5 courses: 101,102, 260 or 261,457 or 458, elective. Applied Music:
Major Ensemble 2 consecutive years, Performance Studies 4 semesters, concurrent
with Ensemble; Examinations: 2 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Honors Major: Studenrs may qualify far graduation honors if they have earned a
GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses and have demonstrated leadership in
performance. Honors may be achieved by one oithefollowing: Senior thesisand i t s
defense before a faculty committee; presentation of an addi~lonalSenior recital of
graduate qua2ity: composition of a work for vocal and/orinstrurnental ensemble of
not less than 15 minutes duration. Application should be made before the senior
year.
Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors)
1. Courses: 101, 102, 223, 224, 260, 261.
2. Applied Music: Major Ensemble, 8 semesters; Performance Studies, 8 semesters;
Recital appearance.
3. Examinations: 3 Music Repertoire Tests, Piano Proficiency Test.
Applied Music
Ensembles: Membership is determined by audition during the first week of the fall
semester. Times and locations are posted on the department bulletin board. These
organizations exist nol only for the benefit of the musicstudent, but for any student
who wishes to particrpate:
Augsburg Choir
Brass Ensemble
Chorale
String Ensemble
Concert Band
Jazz Ensemble
Woodwind Ensemble
Orchestra
Performance Studies: Four synergistic elements are required: lessons, jury examinations, performance and listening.
Private Lrsxlns: Vocal and rnstrumental insrruction is avaifable to at! student5 in any area.
MUSICstudents must reqister on the traditional gradlng system and take a jury exam at the
end of each semes~erto fulfill the requiremen1 of prlvare studv toward a mus~cdegree.
Other students m a y register for private lessons in the same manner ur use P/N grading.
D ~ ~ r l nthe
g junior and senior vear. a studern accepted by the Department of Mucrc as a
major receives lessons In rhe area of concentration wirhaut ewrra cost. Practice rooms and
Instruments are available for rent.
jury Examination: All students taking private lessonsfor credit are required to perform each
semester for a faculty jury.
Performance Workshop: An informal setting for student performances,seminarsand guest
lecture demonstrations. All students studying applied music for credit must attend weekly
workshops and, once a semester, perform on their instrument.
Listening: All students studying applied music for credit must attend 30 (out of 50)
designated music events each year.
Recital: One-half recital i s required of B.A. and B.S. candidates. B.M. students must
present full Junior and Senior recitals.
Examinations
All music majors and minors are required to pass a Piano Proficiency Test. Music
majors must pass three Music Repertoire Tests, and Music minors must pass two.
101,102,223,224 Theory
MUSICTheory i s a n integrated course ewtcndlng over four terms. Taught by a team of
~nstructors.the variausaspectsoi mus~caltheory (1.e , eartralnlng, harmony, counterpolnt,
and analysis) are presenred rn parallel, rather than In sequence (101, 223. Fall 102. 224.
Spr~ng)
110 lntroduction to Music Therapy
A survey of the music therapy programs in the surrounding area. with field trips to various
institutions; an introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music
therapy as a major; gives the students a broad background in the ways in which music i s
used as a therapy. (Interim)
230 lntroduction to the Fine Arts
The development of music through the study of selected works of great composers from
each period. Emphasis is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
For the non-music major. (Fall)
260 History and Literature of Music
Music of the Baroque and Classical eras. (Fall)
261 History and Literature o i Music
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. (Spring)
325 Scandinavian Music
I n a historical approach to the study of music in the five Nordic countries. opportunity is
offered for investigation into topics of particular interest. Suitable for both non-music and
music majors. (Fall)
330 Vocal Repertoire
A historical survey of solo vocal literature from 1600 to the present.Thestudy includessuch
aspects of ccncern for the performer as interpretation, style. and diction. (Spring)
331 Diction for Singers
(Spring, alternate years)
350 Choral Technique and Arranging
Fundamentals of voice as related to choral ensemble; methods, materials, techniques and
arranging for various combinations of voices. (Spring)
354 lnstrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. (Fall)
355 Instrumental Technique
The technique of playing and teaching woodwind instruments. (Spring)
360 Therapeutic Recreational Music
Study of guitar and recorder.Orff instrumt.nts,applications of recreational musicactivities
to clinical settings. Practicum/experience required as part of course work.
365 lnstrumental Technique
Elementary technique in the playing and teaching of string instrument^. (Fall)
375 Instrumental Technique
Advanced technique in the playing and teaching of string instruments. (Spring)
380 Music of the Western Church
Development and influence of the music of the Christian church. Designed for the general
student as well as for organists, choir directo-s. and pre-theological students. (Spring)
382 Psychological Foundations of Music I
An objective approach to musical stimuli and response. with an emphasis on the sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project.
383 Psychological Foundations of Music II
Implementation of group and individual research projects. emphasison music i n a clinical
setting. Various theories of learning music, musical talent. and performance. (Prereq.: 382)
395 Influence of Music on Behavior
A study of man as he relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and
biological aspects of musical behavior.
399 Music Therapy Clinical Internship
Full-rime placement In an inrernrhip setting approved by the National Association for
Music Therapy for rix months. This ir started after completion of the senior year and is
nece5sary for regisrration by the NAMT. Appl~cationsfor ~nternsh~p
sites must be made
n i n e m o n t h In advance. 5ttes In Mrnne5o;a are lim~ted.
435 Music in Therapy
The study and application of the uses of music with the emotionally ill, mentally retarded.
and physically handicapped. (Prereq.: 395)
440 New Music Seminar
Offers an opportunity to apply information and techniques acquired in music theory and
history classes to the study of 20th century music. (Prereq.: 224. Spring)
457 Conducting
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores. organization of
choral ensembles. (Fall)
458 Conducting
Preparation of and conducting instrumental scores, organization of instrumental
ensembles. (Spring)
476 Orchestration
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental ensembles of varying sizes
and types. (Fall)
488,489 Piano Teaching Methods
instruction in the principles, methods, and techniques for teaching piano. Students will
give individual lessons to children under the supervision of the instructor. No course
credit.
495 Practicum in Music Therapy
Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours a week, s i x terms. No credit
499 Independent Study
Permits advanced and specialized studies and projects not otherwise provided for in the
departmental curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval of the faculty.
Natural Science/99
Science (Grades5-9): 7 courses,2 i n Earth Science (Physics 101 or 161.thealternative
course not taken i n the Broad Base section); 2 i n Life Science (and two biology
courses above 112); 3 i n Physical Science (Chemistry 223,353; Physics 245).
Nursing/99
Augsburg offers an u p p e r division major i n nursing leading t o a Bachelor o f Science
degree. The p r o g r a m is accredited by the National League f o r Nursing.
261 Electronics
A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of
the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating i n analysis
and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103 or 122 and
Mathematics 122 or 125)
486 Prvchology of Religion and Thenlogy
-\ rrtrdv ot cvrrenl pr-ychnlogiralvicrvsof religion in the context of the traditional Christian
riew o i human nature. Spec~alartention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud.
lung.and Wil[lamlames,~ncito thos~Christiantheologians who have been influenced by
them. (Spring 1982)
Scandinavian Area Studies/ll6
345 Scandinavian - American Experience
The O l d World Background and rise of "America Fever." adaptation to the New Land.
aspects of Scandinavian - American culture. (Alternate years. Spring, 1982)
Social Science/l17
Social Science
M y l e s C. Stenshoel (Division Chairperson)
T w a ernphafes exist w i t h i n the S o c ~ a Science
l
major: t h e General M a j o r and the
Van-Western emphasis. A student may n o t l ~ sat d o u b l e major I n Social Science a n d
es
t h e d ~ s t r ~ b u t ~selected
on
In the Soc~al
I n one of the componen7 d ~ s c ~ p l ~ nunless
Science major i_c s~gniticantlydifferent f r o m the other major.
GeneraIMajor: IScotrrses: 10 required courres(Ecanom1cs1~,1?3:
Hi5tory221,222;
G ~ o g r a p h v714: 5ociology 221,241: Psvchologv 105: Roltrical5r1ence158 and121 or
710t. 4 upper d ~ ~ ~ s courses
i o n
in one of rhe l o l l o w i n g d ~ s c i p l ~ n e rEconomics.
:
Hisrorv. Political Science, Psychobogy or Socrvlogy: a stat~sricscourse approved bv
the d~partrnentin which the 4 upper d i v i s ~ o ncourses are taken. The student should
rhnose an adviser who 1s a m e m b e r of ( h e d e p a r t m e n t i n w h i c h the upper division
course5 are ro be taken. (For supplementary information and a[rernatiwe ways to
fulf~llrhestate-approved competency-hared program tor secondary teacher educarlnn, sce the f o l [ o w i n g section on Social Studies tor Secondary education.^
Non-Western Major: 14 courses: History 703; 1social science methodology course
(Economics 379, Psychology 264, Sociology 362 or 365): and 12 courses,i n a t least 4
disciplines, from the followrng: Economics 122,258; History 104,322,323,324,440,
474: Political Science351,363,382,461; Philosophy 255; Religion356: Sociology241 :
seminars, independenr study or interim courses on relevant topics in History and~'or
Political Science. The student planning to fulfill this soc1a1science major should
consul^ the chairperson of the Department of Hisrory tn choosing a major adviser.
Social Studies
Myles C. Stenshoel (Coordinator)
on rhe high school level must complete, in
Students preparing10 teach social s t u d i e ~
addition t o the professional requirements to be met within the Department of
Education, a competencv-based program designed to provide a broad foundation
in the social sciences.
Social Studies ticensure: 7 courser; (Economic.; 122 or 123, Geographv 174, History
222, Political Science 756, Psychology 105, Sociology 121 and 141) plusa ma'or in one
of five fields - Economics, History. Political Sricnce, ~ r y c h o l o g or
v sociology - o r
incorporated in a Social Science Teaching Major. described in section above\.
Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as
possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator.
Social Work 118-119
Major: The Augsburg Social Work Program i s a professional program i n preparation
for social work practice leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The core program
consists of Bio. 101'; Psych. 105*, 351*, and 352*; Soc. 121*, 231*,365,375*,and 383*;
and Social Work 257*, 361*, 363*, 364*, 461,462,463,464,465,466 and 467. At least
one Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course is strongly recommended. A
minimum grade of 2.0 is required i n each upper division social work course required
in the major.
*These courses are to be completed before the beginning of the senior year.
Concentration: Concentrations i n Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corset tions, sorial Ministries,and Youth a r e possible. Concentration consists of courses
descriptive of functional. dy~functianal,and programmatic aspects, plus field work
placcment i n the senior year in the special area. Completion of a concentration i s
noted on the transcript.
Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative
internship: 361; 364; Psych. 351 or Soc. 375; Soc. 383; and Pol. 121 or 158 or 325 or
Social Work 465.
School Social Work Certification: State Department of Education-required Human
Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful
completion of Education 388.
466 Field Work 111 (1/2 or 1 course)
Continuation of 462 conducted during Interim.
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Official publication of
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue S.
Minneapolis, M N 55454
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE / MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA
CATALOG FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1968-69 AND 1969-70
RECORD FOR THE ACADEMIC YEARS 1966-67 AND 1967-68
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AFFl LlATlON
Augsburg College is a fouryear liberal arts college affiliated
with
The
American
Lutheran Church. The College
offers a broad education in a
Christian environment.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central
Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the National
Council for the Accreditation
of Teacher Education, the
American Chemical Society, and
the American Association of
University Women.
MEMBERSHIPS
Augsburg College holds membership also in the American
Council on Education, the Association of American Colleges, the
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, the
National Lutheran Educational
Conference, the Association of
Minnesota Colleges, the Minnesota Private College Council and
the Association of Protestant
Colleges and Universities.
COURSES OF STUDY
Augsburg College offers a Liberal Arts education with courses leading to a Bachelor d Arts
degree offered in 29 major fields
of study. Students are prepared
for teaching, business administration, social work, medical
technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. Students may prepare for further
study in the fields of engineering, theology, dentistry, medicine, nursing, and law, and for
graduate study in various fields.
LOCATION
Augsburg College is located
along Interstate Highway No.
94, just 20 blocks from the
downtown loop area of Minneapolis. Students have easy access to libraries, museums, and
art collections. They also have
the opportunity t o attend lectures, musical programs and
other cultural activities in the
Minneapolis-St. Paul area.
SETTING
The twelve-block Augsburg
campus is located in the heart
of Minneapolis and is adjacent
t o the University d Minnesota
West Bank campus and two of
the city's largest hospitals. In
this urban setting, Augsburg
students prepare for careers in
our increasingly urban society.
A friendly atmosphere prevails
on the Augsburg campus. Students participate in all phases
of campus community life under
the direction of a capable, wellprepared faculty.
DEVELOPMENT
A comprehensive development
program is in operation which
will, over the years, add additional land and buildings t o the
Augsburg College campus.
THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS
Augsburg College is located
near the Minneapolis loop and
the University of Minnesota.
The Administrative offices are
in Science Hall at the corner of
7th Street and 21st Avenue
South.
Prospective students and other interested persons are cor-
dially invited to visit the
campus. Visiting hours are
9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday through
Friday; Saturday by appointment. A letter or telephone call
in advance is recommended.
Write to the Office of Admissions, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404; or
telephone 332-5181.
ACADEMIC CALENDAR,
AUGUST 1968
S M T W T F
1 2
4 5 6 7 8 9 1
11 12 13 14 15 16
18 19 20 21 22 23
25 26 27 28 29 30
S
3
0
17
24
31
JANUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19202122232425
26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
OCTOBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER 1968
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
891011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
FEBRUARY 1969
S M T W T F S
MARCH 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
APRIL 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20212223242526
27 28 29 30
MAY 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18192021222324
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 3 4 5 6 7 :
9 10 11 12 13 14 I 5
16171819202122
23 24 25 26 27 28
SUMMER SESSION 1968
June 24
July 4
Aug. 2
........... (Mon.) ............
............
Final registration and
beginning of classes
(Thurs.) ........................ Holiday
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1968-69
FALL TERM
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Nov.
Nov.
Nov.
5-9 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
9, 10 ......... (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
11 .......... (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
19 .......... .(Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
20-26 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
27-Dec. 3 . . . . (Wed.-Tues.) .......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 3 ............. (Tues.) ...................... Registration
Dec. 4 ............. (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 20, 9:00 p.m. ... (Fri.) ............. Christmas recess begins
Jan. 6, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
Feb. 25 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 26-March 4 . . . (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
March 5-10 . . . . . . . (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ...................... Registration
March 11 .......... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
April 2, 9:00 p.m. . . (Wed.) ............... Easter recess begins
April 8, 7:45 a.m. ... (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Fri.) ............... Last day of classes
May 2 6 3 0 ......... (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
June 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
ACADEMIC CALENDAR, 1969-1970
AUGUST 1969
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
JANUARY 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
S
1
8
15
22
FEBRUARY 1970
M T W T F S
2 3 4 5 6 7
91011121314
16 17 18 19 20 21
23 24 25 26 27 28
,
OCTOBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
MARCH 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL 1970
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
FIRST SUMMER SESSION 1969
Final registration and
beginning of classes
July 4 ............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Holiday
July 18
(Fri.) ................. Final examinations
June 9
............ (Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
July 21
Aug. 8
SECOND SUMMER SESSION 1969
(Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
............ (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
............
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-70
FALL TERM
Sept. 4-8 .......... (Thurs.-Mon.) ... Freshman Welcome Week
Sept. 8, 9 . . . . . . . . . (Mon., Tues.) ................ Registration
Sept. 10 ...........(Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
Nov. 18 . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) ............... Last day of classes
Nov. I S 2 5 ........ (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Final examinations
Nov. 26-Dec. 2 ..... (Wed.-Tues.) ......... Thanksgiving recess
WINTER TERM
Dec. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registration
Dec. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . (Wed.) ..................... Classes begin
Dec. 19, 9:00 p.m. .. (Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Christmas recess begins
Jan. 5, 7:45 a.m. . . . (Mon.) ................... Classes resume
Feb. 24 ............ (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
Feb. 25-March 3 . . . .(Wed.-Tues.) . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
March 4-9 ......... (Wed.-Mon.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term break
SPRING TERM
March 9 . . . . . . . . . . . (Mon.) ....................... Registration
March 10 . . . . . . . . . . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin
March 25, 9:00 p.m. . (Wed.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Easter recess begins
March 31, 7:45 a.m. . (Tues.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes resume
May 22 . . . . . . . . . . . .(Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Last day of classes
May 25-29 ........ (Mon.-Fri.) . . . . . . . . . . . Final examinations
May 31 . . . . . . . . . . . (Sun.) . . . . . . Baccalaureate, Commencement
DECEMBER 1969
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
MAY 1970
S M T W T F
1
3 4 5 6 7 8
10 11 12 13 14 15
17 18 19 20 21 22
24 25 26 27 28 29
31
S
2
9
16
23
30
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
Augsburg College is a Christian liberal arts college of The
American Lutheran Church. The
faculty and the Board of Regents of the College affirm the
following as their understanding of the aims, philosophy, objectives and character of this
institution.
ULTIMATE AlMS
TO contribute to the true good
of human life and society.
To contribute to the building
of free and living congregations
in the community of the Christian Church.
BASIC PHILOSOPHY
The Christian message concerning the redemptive act of
God in Christ constitutes the
greatest potential for good in
human life and society; but this
potential is realized only insofar
as it is actualized in the minds
and hearts of individuals.
The redemption of the mind
constitutes the unique educational task laid upon the Christian
Church; in seeking to relate all
learning to the truth of the
Christian faith, the Christian college performs its greatest service both to the Church and to
society.
Where there is an atmosphere
of free and honest inquiry, truth
has the overwhelming advantage;
the Christian college, therefore,
pursues its purposes not by indoctrination or coercion, but by
inviting teachers and students
to join in a common search for
truth and in a common attempt
to see all truth in relation to
ultimate Truth.
PRIMARY OBJECTIVES
To attract to the college students of high ability and genuine religious concern who can
reap the maximum benefit from
a program of Christian higher
education.
To provide a campus setting
that is conducive to the spiritual,
mental, moral and physical wellbeing of its students.
To stimulate its students' intellectual interest, and to assist
them to develop the habits and
skills necessary for sound academic work.
To acquaint its students with
the spiritual, cultural and intellectual riches of mankind, both
for the sake of the enrichment
of their own lives and, through
them, for the enrichment of their
homes and communities.
To confront its students with
the problems and benefits of
living and serving in an increasingly urban culture.
To lead its students to a deeper understanding and experience
of the Christian Gospel in its
relati,on to every area of life
and learning.
To assist its students in discovering and clarifying their
peculiar aptitudes and interests,
and to provide training and
counsel that will assist them
in preparing for a life work appropriate thereto.
To aid its students in the development of Christian attitudes
and Christian qualities of character; and to encourage each
GENERAL
INFORMATION
student to look upon his life
as a Christian vocatio,n, and an
opportunity for service t o God
and man.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER
Augsburg College is a Christian community of life and learning.
As a Christian academic community, Augsburg seeks that
high level of excellence which
is appropriate to such a community.
Augsburg treasures its religious and cultural heritage as an
institution founded by Lutheran
immigrants from Norway who
sought t o play a creative role
in American life and society,
and seeks to preserve the enduring values of this heritage
in the life of the college community today.
As a metropolitan college,
Augsburg attempts to relate its
faculty and students t o an urban
culture by utilizing the educational, social, cultural and religious resources of the growing
metropolitan
community
in
which it is located.
THE PHYSICAL PLANT
Instructional facilities and student housing a t Augsburg are
conveniently located in relation
to each other.
Old Main, erected in 1900, contains a large number of classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 194849, includes the general administration offices; well-equipped
laboratories for chemistry, phys-
ics, and biology; a medium-sized
auditorium; and several classrooms and faculty offices. The
Lisa Odland Observatory, on the
roof of Science Hall, was completed in the summer of 1960.
The George Sverdrup Library,
named in honor of Augsburg's
fourth president, was erected
and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent
to Science Hall and of similar
contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious reading rooms, seminars, work
rooms, a visual-education center,
the Augsburg Archives, classrooms, and a number o~f faculty
offices. There is stack space for
approximately 100,000 volumes.
Melby Hall, the new auditorium-gymnasium, was completed in 1961. This building,
named in honor of Professor J. S.
Melby, dean of men from 1920
to 1942, basketball coach and
head of the Christianity department, provides excellent facilities for the health and physical
education program, intercollegiate athletics, chapel services and
general auditorium purposes.
East Hall, purchased in 1966,
provides a rehearsal hall for the
Concert Band and Repertoire
Band as well as rehearsal and
instruction rooms for instrumentalists.
The Music Hall was acquired
by purchase in 1947 and has
been remodeled to provide vocal, string and piano rehearsal
rooms together with a rehearsal
room for large groups.
The Speech and Drama Building was acquired in 1959 and remodeled to make an extremely
functional building for dramatic
and other speech activities.
The Augsburg College Center,
completed in 1967, is a center
of non-academic activity on
campus. The building houses the
Commons, which is the name for
the main dining area, plus private dining rooms and coffee
shop. Student government and
student publications have quarters in this building. The bookstore is also located here. Spacious lounges and recreational
areas are provided in this threestory building containing 55,000
square feet of space.
Urness Tower Residence for
Women, completed in 1967, is
an eleven-story building providing living quarters for 324 women students. The building was
named in honor of Mr. and Mrs.
Andrew Urness who have given
several generous gifts to the
college. A unique feature of the
building is that each floor is
considered a "house unit" providing the 36 residents, housed
two to a room, with their own
lounge, study and utility areas.
The second floor level with
main lounge, also provides an
apartment for the head resident.
There is an observation lounge
a t the top of the structure.
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial
Hall, erected in 1938, was
named in honor of Augsburg's
second and third presidents. The
building houses about 65 men
students and provides for some
faculty and administration offices in one wing.
Sivertsen-Mortensen Hall in-
corporates a building donated
to the college in 1939 from the
late Dr. Iver Sivertsen and Mrs.
Sivertsen, and a larger addition
erected in 1955 and named in
honor of Miss Gerda Mortensen,
dean of women at Augsburg
from 1923 to 1964. The building
provides housing for about 144
men students as well as apartments for the resident head.
The Studio Building, dedicated
in 1964, houses the Department
of Art on its two floors.
West Hall is an apartment
building purchased in 1966
shortly after it was constructed.
The building houses 38 women
students and an apartment for
the head resident.
Cottage Houses. A large number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years in the
expanded campus area to provide accommodations for men
or women students, married students and for faculty and staff
members.
The President's Home, an attractive colonial residence, is
located on the West River Road.
THE ARCHIVES
The Augsburg Archives seeks
to gather and make available
for use documents, books, and
other articles of historical value.
The George Sverdrup Library
provides adequate, fire-proof
quarters for the archives. Here
are found a large collection of
periodicals, manuscripts, letters
and pictures, affording extensive
resources for scholarly research.
-
LIBRARY FACILITIES
The beautiful and spacious
George Sverdrup Library provides a central study-workshop
for both faculty and students.
It contains about 70,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets,
and is adding approximately
7,000 new volumes each year.
Students and faculty working in
either of the two large reading
rooms find the atmosphere conducive to quiet study and research materials close at hand.
All books are kept on open
shelves. Reference service, provided by an able and welltrained staff, is available to
students.
Special collections have been
developed in the Music Library,
the Chemistry Library, the Curriculum and Library Science Libraries, and in the Audio-Visual
Center. In 1966, the AmericanScandinavian Foundation presented its collection of Scandinavian music to the College. Additional conveniences
include conference rooms for
larger groups or small classes. A
typing comer is provided in the
first-floor reading room.
The library subscribes to
nearly 600 of the best periodi-
cals dealing with a large variety
of subjects, as well as a number
of serials devoted to the interests of special fields. Current
issues are displayed in a pleasant browsing area.
The library plays an active
role in promoting general reading, presenting regular book displays, and sponsoring monthly
book discussions for faculty,
staff, and students.
In the Twin City area are
other libraries which make their
holdings available to Augsburg
students, notably, the St. Paul
and Minneapolis public libraries,
the latter of which issues library
cards to out-of-town students
for each school year.
NATURAL SCIENCE
LABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall. Four laboratories
and storeroom and office space
for bidogy are located on the
second floor; three larger laboratories and two special research
laboratories for chemistry and
two laboratories for physics are
located on the third and fourth
floors. A chemistry library is
located near the research facilities. Storerooms and faculty offices are also located here.
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
1968-69
COMPREHENSIVE FEE
Includes tuition, board and room and General fee
as described below.
(per year)
TUITION
New freshmen entering September, 1969
(per year)
This rate is guaranteed for four consecutive years.
In case of time lost due to illness or accident, the rate,
upon application and approval, may be extended for a
fifth year.
Transfer students and returning students not on a prior
year-guaranteed plan.
(per year)
Part-time students (carrying less than 12 credits per
term)
(per credit hour)
Fee for auditing is one-half the fee for credit.
Students carrying more than 51 credits for the academic
year are charged $25.00 per credit hour for excess hours.
BOARD AND ROOM
Residence Halls
Honor Houses (upper-class students only)
The board plan provides 21 meals per week.
(per year)
(per year)
OTHER REQUIRED FEES
General Fee
(per year)
(Covers subscription to yearbook, newspaper, admissions to all regularly scheduled athletic events, dramatic
productions, convocations, and the support of Student
Society activities and the College Center.) Part-time
students are charged on a proportionate basis.
Application Fee
Required of all new students, non-refundable.
Initial Payment-New Students
Required of students whose application for admission
has been accepted; to be paid by May 1, 1969. The payment is applied to the tuition fee, but is not transferable
or refundable.
Room Reservation Deposit-Returning
Students
Required by July 1, 1969, to reserve a housing assignment for the term beginning September, 1969.
Breakage Deposit
Required of all students. Refundable upon graduation,
transfer to another institution, or discontinuing educational program at Augsburg College.
SPECIAL FEES
Change in registration after classes begin (per cancel
or add)
Late registration after classes begin
(per day)
Graduation fee
Transcript fee: first copy free, additional copy
Arrangements for special examinations are made in
Registrar's office, with charges according to schedule
on file.
SPECIAL COURSE FEES
Computer Science
Student Teaching
Improvement of Reading
Music Lessons (10 per term)
Practice Studio Rental
Organ (one hour per day)
Piano or Voice (one hour per day)
Books and supplies are available from the Bookstore.
Estimated costs
(per year) $
Linen service, required in residence halls
(per year) $
Personal expenses for clothing, entertainment and transportation vary from student to student. In planning a
yearly budget, a student should add
(per year) $
(7 SETTLEMENT OF ACCOUNT
A statement of charges for the year will be prepared
and forwarded to the student early in August. Payment of one-third of the annual charge is due a t the
beginning of each term except that for the fall term
payments will be due on or before August 20, so that
all necessary processing of financial arrangements can
be completed in time to clear the student for registration.
Variation from this schedule must be arranged with the
Treasurer's Office prior to August 20. No student is permitted to register if his or her account for a preceding
term has not been paid in full.
REFUNDS
If a student decides to cancel his registration, refunds of tuition and room charges are allowed as
follows: during the first week of classes, 80%; during
the second week, 70%; during the third week, 60%;
during the fourth week, 50%; and during the fifth week,
40%. No allowance is given after the fifth week.
If a student is forced to cancel his registration because
of accident or illness during the first five weeks of
the term, the charge is one-half of the rate indicated.
Students required to enter military service will
receive a full refund of tuition and a proportionate refund on room charges.
In all cases, board refunds are made on a proportionate
basis.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aid in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and parttime employment is available a t Augsburg College.
Augsburg participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of
the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a
student should be based uposn financial need. The CSS assists the
college's financial aid officer in determining the student's need for
financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance
are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement
(PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Augsburg College as one of the recipients, by March 15. The PCS form
may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 881, Evanston, Illinois 60204. All upper-class students
are required to submit a Parents' Confidential Statement-Renewal
form each year.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is maintained chiefly by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
National Defense Student Loans, established by the National Defense Education Act of 1958, are available t o students capable of
maintaining good standing in their chosen course of study. Special
consideration will be given to all students with a superior academic
background. Loans will normally be granted for the academic year,
September through June, or the remaining balance thereof. Reapplication will be necessary for each succeeding loan period.
United Student Aid Funds is a program of endorsing loans made
by local banks to college students requiring financial assistance. A
grant to the college by the Gamble-Skogmo Foundation provided
the funds to establish the initial reserves required. The United
Student Aid Fund Incorporation also handles the Federal Insured
Loan program.
Arrangements for all types of loans are made through a conference
with the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on financial aid. In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels
students on financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO FRESHMEN
Foundation Fellowships are offered to students with outstanding
high school records and high scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test
of the College Entrance Examination Board. Recipients are guaranteed enrollment in hon,ors course work. These awards range in
amount from $100 to full tuition and are renewable for four years
for students with a grade point average of 3.0 (B average). TO
qualify for a Foundation Fellowship a student should rank in the
upper five percent of his high school class and have a combined
score of 1200 or higher on the Scholastic Aptitude Test. The scholarship committee also considers an individual's interests, abilities,
and character.
Honor Scholarships are offered to good students who have strong
potential for academic success at Augsburg College. These awards
range in amount from $100 to full tuition and may be renewed for
four years for students with a grade point average of 2.50.
Students who rank in the upper fifteen percent of their
high school class and have above average scores in the Scholastic
Aptitude Test are eligible for Honor Scholarships.
Chemistry Scholarships and Research Awards are offered each year
by the Department of Chemistry to students strongly interested in
chemistry or medicine. The six awards vary in amount from $2,000
to $4,000 over four years. A student qualifies for a Chemistry
Scholarship on the basis of his high school performance, a special
chemistry examination, financial need, and vocational objective.
Summer Research Awards are also available t o students in chemistry. This award provides a stipend of $600 for each student
to do research under the guidance of the chemistry department.
Academic Grants are awarded to students on the basis of financial
need as demonstrated by the College Scholarship Service. Students who are admitted t o Augsburg College but do not qualify
for a scholarship may be considered for an academic grant or financial award'. These awards range in amount from $100 t o $600 and
may be renewable for four years with a grade point average of 2.0
(C average).
SCHOLARSHIPS AVAILABLE TO UPPERCLASSMEN
Departmental Scholarships of varying amounts are awarded each
year to students who are highly recommended by the chairman of
their maj,or department. These scholarships are renewable if the
student maintains a scholastic average of 2.75 or better.
Alumni Achievement Scholarships are awarded to outstanding students in the freshman, sophomore, and junior classes for use the
following academic year. The scholarship fund., which is equivalent to three half-tuition scholarships, is awarded on the basis of
previous academic performance. No award will be in excess of
financial need.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Schdarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her husband, Thomas I. Benson. The Scholarship
is awarded annually to a student studying choral music.
The Thorvald Olsen Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship Fund was
established in 1960 by gifts from the Burntvedt family and through
a church-wide offering, to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0. Burntvedt
who was President of the Lutheran Free Church from 1930 to 1958.
One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a student or
students in the senior class who are preparing for the ministry.
The Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarships were established in 196.1 by Mrs. Alma Jensen Dickerson, a member of the
Augsburg faculty from 1943 to 1954. One or more scholarships are
awarded annually to able and deserving junior or senior students.
The M. J. Estrem Scholarship was established in 1965 by Mr. and
Mrs. M. J. Estrem of Minneapolis to provide an annual scholarship
for some worthy student of the College, such student to be selected
upon the recommendation of the Scholarship Committee of the
College.
Augsburg awards Foreign Student Scholarships each year to deserving students from other countries. These scholarships may be
awarded in amounts up to the equivalent of full tuition.
The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship Fund, established
in 1965, makes possible the awarding of one or more scholarships
each year to upperclass male students interested in careers in the
field of business.
The 0. I. Hertsgaard Scholarship was established in 1966 by Mr.
and Mrs. 0 . I. Hertsgaard. One or more scholarships will be awarded
annually to junior or senior students who have demonstrated a
proficiency in choral and/or instrumental music, who show interest
or potential in conducting and show promise of overall academic
success.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa.
The scholarship is awarded annually to a student selected on the
basis of academic achievement, personal character, and ability in
the field of athletics.
International Milling Company Scholarships are funded by contributions made by the International Milling Company to the Minnesota Private College Fund. These scholarships of variable amounts
are awarded annually to able and deserving upper-class students.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be awarded
to an American Indian student selected on the basis of scholarship
and economic need.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It
is awarded annually to a student in the College. The award, in the
amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Magnus A. Kleven Family Scholarship was established in 1956
by members of the family to honor their parents. The scholarship
is awarded annually t o a student on the basis of academic achievement, personal character, and promise of achievement in the field
of physical education.
Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $500 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are
selected by the College in the spring of the junior year on the basis
of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
Aid Association for Lutherans Scholarships were established in
1966 from funds given by Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance
Company. These scholarships of variable amounts are awarded
annually to able and deserving upper-class students who are policy
holders.
David Mathre Memorial Scholarship for Student Teachers is available to qualified full-time students in need of financial assistance
during the term in which they are doing student teaching.
The Onesirnus Scholarship, established in 1962 by Mr. and Mrs.
James Helleckson, is awarded annually in the amount d $300 to
an Augsburg student or graduate who is preparing for service in
the Christian ministry.
The Henry P. Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore or junior student s f outstanding promise
in the field of music.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught social science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the field of Christian sociology. The
amount of the prize is $50.
The Quanbeck Scholarship Fund was established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck. The income from this fund is awarded
annually to freshman students who, without assistance, would be
unable to pursue higher education.
The Reader's Digest Endowed Scholarship Fund, established in
1965, provides an annual scholarship for a deserving and able upperclassman.
The Reverend Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarships were established
in 1958 by two anonymous donors to honor the memory of Reverend Olaf Rogne, business administrator of the college from 1940
to 1952. Three awards of $500 each are made annually to selected
students preparing for Christian service.
The Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship was established in 1964 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
As an expression of Christian concern for the problems of social
injustice, this scholarship is awarded periodically to an American
Negro student.
Social Service Scholarship Program is sponsored by the Division
of Charities of the American Lutheran Church. Two scholarships of
$300 or three scholarships of $200 will be awarded each year to
students at Augsburg College. The recipients must be juniors or
seniors of the Lutheran faith who are enrolled in social work
courses and plan to continue training in a graduate school of social
work. In addition to scholastic achievement, a student's interests,
aptitude, and skills in working with people are considered in making this award.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Ausgburg College Choir from
1950 until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955
by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Doman.
It is awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major
or minor and who shows outstanding promise or achievement in
the art of singing.
The Marguerite Hamilton Storley Memorial Scholarship was established in 1965 by her family and friends to honor her memory.
A scholarship of $300 will be awarded annually to an able and
deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
The Professor P. A. Sveeggen Memorial Scholarship was established in 1959 by friends t o honor the memory of P. A. Sveeggen,
professor of English at Augsburg from 1915 to 1952. The award
of variable amount is made annually to an outstanding student in
the field of English.
Tozer Scholarships of $500 each are awarded annually to outstanding Junior or Senior students who are residents of the state of
Minnesota. Monies for these scholarships are provided by the Tozer
Foundation, Inc., of Stillwater, Minnesota.
The Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship was established in 1962
by E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie, daughters of Edward
Yokie. A scholarship will be awarded annually t o an able and deserving junior or senior student recommended by the scholarship
committee.
Memorial Scholarship Foundation. Undesignated memorial gifts are
placed in the Foundation Fund. Income from these endowment gifts
is used to provide scholarships of varying amounts. The scholarship committee selects students who are able and deserving.
The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship was created by the Augsburg College Board of Regents on the occasion of the visit by Crown
Prince Harald o'f Norway to the Augsburg campus in October,
1965. This annual scholarship provides one year's full tuition for
a student from Norway who wishes to s,tudy at Augsburg. The
recipient is chosen from applicants by a committee in Norway
set up for this purpose.
The Manivald Aldre Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in 1960 by friends and the Department of Chemistry t o honor
the memory of Manivald Aldre, assistant professor of chemistry
at Augsburg from 1949 t o 1958. The annual award is made t o a
student whose academic record indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Carl Fosse Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1960 by the Department of Chemistry to honor the memory of Carl
Fosse, professor d chemistry at Augsburg from 1921 to 1942. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic record indicates
promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Covey Hendrickson Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1967 by the family and friends and the Department
of Chemistry to honor the memory of Covey Hendrickson, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until his death in June, 1966. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background
indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Chemistry Scholarship
was established in 1961 by the chemistry staff. The award is made
annually to a chemistry student whose record indicates promise
in the field of chemistry.
The Dr. W. M. Saudstrom Chemistry Scholarship was established in
1963 by a gift from Dr. Sandstrom, retired professor of bi,ochemistry
at the University of Minnesota. The annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement
in the field of chemistry.
The Walter Gordon Schnell Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established by friends and the Department of Chemistry in 1960
to honor the memory of Walter Gordon Schnell, a student of chemistry at Augsburg until the time of his death in January, 1960. The
annual award is made to a student whose academic background indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry.
The Walter E. Thwaite, Jr., Memorial Chemistry Scholarship was
established in 1963. This annual award is made to a student whose
academic background indicates promising achievement in the field
of chemistry.
GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIPS
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order
to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of
projects of graduate study.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President d Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vwation of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
STUDENT
ElMPLOYlVIENT
An employment service, located in the Student Personnel Office,
assists students in obtaining part-time remunerative work during
the school year, Christmas vacation, and summer. Both on-campus
and off-campus jobs are available.
ADMISSION
APPLICATION PROCEDURE
Applications for admission are provided by and submitted to the
Office of Admissions, Applications may be obtained by visiting,
writing, or calling (332-5181). A majority of the applications are
received between September and January of the students' senior
year in high school. Although the closing date for making application for the fall term is August 1, the class may be filled well
in advance of this date.
An early decision plan is available for highly-qualified applicants
who apply before December 1. These applicants are notified concerning admission on the basis of grades through the junior year
and college aptitude test scores. Students applying after December 1 will generally not be notified concerning admission until after
the Scholastic Aptitude Test scores have been received by the
college. A $100 tuition deposit is due before May 1, with earlier
payment giving preference in the assignment of campus housing.
Students admitted after May 1 are required to make the $100 tuition deposit within two weeks of notification of acceptance. The
tuition deposit is not refundable but applies to the cost of tuition.
An interview on campus is encouraged.
Instructions for applying for admission:
1. Return the application form with a $10 application fee
(non-refundable) and a photograph to:
Off ice of Admissions
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
2. Request your counselor or principal to send us a transcript
of your high school record and all test results. Transfer
students will request the previous college or colleges to
send an official transcript of grades together with results
of standardized tests taken.
3. The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board is required for admission. The test should
be taken early in the senior year or late in the junior year.
See your counselor or principal about registering for the
SAT or write to College Entrance Examination Board, c/o
Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Transfer students are not required to take the SAT.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The quality of a student's work in high school, type of course program, scores on college aptitude tests, extra-curricular participation, and recommendations are important factors in considering an
application for admission. Augsburg College seeks students who
rank high in their high school graduating class, at least in the upper half, and who have satisfactory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board.
It is recommended that a student have a least 12 academic subjects in his college preparatory curriculum, which should include
four units of English, and a t least two units each of a foreign language, social studies, mathematics, and science. A unit is defined
a s a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least
120 hours of classwork.
A recent physical examination is also required. Students will be
provided with blanks early in the summer to be filled out and returned to the Student Personnel Office by August 1. The health
report must be received before the student will be permitted to register.
TRANSFER
Students are accepted by transfer from other colleges and universities if their academic record and test results are satisfactory
and they are in good standing. College credit is granted for liberal
arts courses satisfactorily completed a t accredited institutions. A
maximum of 95 quarter credits is allowed on transfer from a junior
college. The college reserves the right not to grant credit for
courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, and to grant
provisional credit for work taken in unaccredited institutions. The
grade point average for gra-duation is based on work taken a t
Augsburg.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Advanced placement is granted to students who qualify, on the
basis of work taken in high school or elsewhere, to enroll in courses
beyond the beginning course. Placement may be determined by
tests, or by the level and length of the course previously completed.
ADVANCED STANDING
Advanced standing, that is, college credit, is granted t o high school
students who have successfully completed a college-level course
provided they received a grade of 3, 4, or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examinations.
MPUS
There are many influences which mould life and character in c01lege. While the exercises d classroom, laboratory, and library
form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but very
real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
climate of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed
upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
At the center of Augsburg's program is the daily chapel service,
where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer,
and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular attendance
is expected of all students and faculty.
COMMISSION OF
RELIGIOUS ACTIVITIES
The Commission of Religious Activities, composed of students and
faculty, is responsible to the Augsburg community for the implementation of the religious program. Chairman of this Commission is a student, who is also a member of the Student Council.
Although Augsburg College does not believe that religious life
can be separated from the rest of life, this Commission does see
its major responsibility in relation to worship, devotional life, and
the stimulation of faith through discussion and service.
RECREATION STANDARDS
AND DISCIPLINE
At Augsburg all of the work of the college rests on certain Biblical affirmatives about human nature and man's relation to God.
As a Christian liberal arts college, Augsburg takes these relationships seriously and therefore seeks to educate the whole man.
It follows that one of its important responsibilities is to establish
programs and policies that contribute to this end.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct and influence, both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian college, and students who do not feel drawn to this
quality of life should not seek to be enrolled at Augsburg.
Without attempting to dictate to the individual conscience, the
college reserves the right to ask its students to adapt themselves
to the social and recreational program approved by the college.
It reserves the right to dismiss any student whose continuation
in college is deemed undesirable for social as well as for academic
reasons.
It is the policy of the college that such action shall be taken only
after the available campus resources of counseling and judicial
processes have been utilized. Thus, disciplinary problems are first
dealt with through counseling. Those not solved this way are
channeled to a student-faculty Judicial Council through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and
the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action.
In seeking to develop a constructive recreational program, some
limitations have been placed on certain activities. The college is
opposed to all forms of gambling. The college does not allow
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in residence
halls, in any college-approved place of residence or at any collegesponsored event. Minnesota state law forbids the possession or
consumption of alcoholic beverages by people who are not 21
years of age.
CONVOCATION
Convocations are held on Wednesdays throughout the year. These
programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is covered,
including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
SOCIAL, CULTURAL
AND RECREATIONAL
PROGRAM
In attempting to meet the needs and interests of Augsburg students, use is made of all existing facilities on campus and many
of those which are available in the Twin Cities. Much activity
outside the classroom occurs in the College Center. There the college community is drawn together by social, recreational, and cultural activities. The activities program is designed to complement
the classroom experience and to enhance the student's college experience.
Throughout the year a variety of social activities are held in the
center, in residence halls, and elsewhere on campus. These social
activities include parties, teas, picnics, films, banquets, dances,
talent shows and special dinners and big-name entertainment.
Traditional highlights of the year are Homecoming, the Christmas
Buffet, Sno-Days, the Carnival, and the spring formal dance.
Many students take part in the social society system at Augsburg
by joining either a men's or women's society. These societies are
small groups which provide a natural contact between upperclass
students and freshmen, and commuter and residence students,
as they plan activities. The society system is governed by the InterSociety Council which, in turn, is responsible to the Student Council.
The recreation program has activities for both participants and spectators. The intramural program under the direction of the Physical
Education Department features touch football and basketball. On
campus such recreational facilities as pool tables, ping-pong, and
bicycles are available in addition to the facilities in Melby Hall.
Students also enjoy tennis at nearby parks and swimming at Fairview Hospital. In the winter, students go on skiing outings or stay
on campus to ice skate. There are informally organized soccer and
boot-hockey teams. For the spectator there are the intercollegiate
athletic contests. Students may attend home games on their activity card. For many of the away games bus transportation is
arranged for those wanting to attend.
The cultural program includes activities from the creative and performing arts. In the College Center there are art exhibits, discussions, music listening facilities, small recitals, concerts, drama
readings and films. Art works are also exhibited in the Studio and
the Scholarshop. Augsburgians also enjoy the annual choir, orchestra, and band concerts in Melby Hall. The college also features
a major dramatic production each term in the Little Theatre. Students are admitted free to on-campus dramatic and musical programs by their activity card.
Major responsibility for programming is handled by the Program
Commission. The committees under the Program Commission are
Social, Recreation, Fine Arts, Forum and Lecture, Hospitality, and
Promotion.
METROPOLITAN OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art
collections are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
the Walker Art Center and several other art galleries. The Twin
Cities' libraries are extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other
concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music. Several theaters in the Twin Cities such as the Tyrone Guthrie Theater,
Theater-in-the-Round, the Old Log Theater, the Firehouse Theater,
and St. Paul Civic Opera Company provide a variety of dramatic
and musical presentations.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement. Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and for drama productions at the University and Tyrone
Guthrie Theaters. Students also enjoy Minnesota Twins baseball
and Viking football games a t Metropolitan Stadium.
The Student Society consists of all full-time and part-time students
enrolled a t Augsburg College.
The central concern of student government is focused on education
to the end that individuals may develop their full capabilities
through intellectual growth. The student government relates to
this broad objective by assuming responsibilities for furthering
student affairs, educating members to the democratic process, developing a sense of community, fostering intellectual activity, and
participating in policy making.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The administration, under the direction of the president, resides in
the executive branch. Seven commissioners are each responsible
to the president for one of the major areas of student life. Eight
boards also assist him in his work.
The Student Council, presided over by the vice-president, is the
twenty-member legislative branch of the government. Each of the
college classes has its own officers and participates in student
government through its representatives on the council.
The Judicial Council is a student-faculty judiciary whose rulings are
subject to appeal only to the President of the College.
The Student-Faculty Council, composed of students, administration
and faculty, discusses campus problems, considers legislation
adopted by one group or the other which affects the college as
a whole, and promotes cooperation and understanding between the
students, the faculty, and the administration. The students also
have representation on college committees such as the President's
Cabinet, the College Center Cabinet, and several faculty committees.
The Student Society is a member of the National Student Association, the largest representative national union of students in the
United States. Through this organization the students receive programming aids for use on the campus, and add their voice to the
voice of all American students before the national government and
other organizations in matters of student concern.
The Student Government directs several projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual OneAppeal Campaign, Leadership Training Workshops, Political Action Week, Homecoming, Student Lecture Series, Development
Council, Welcome Week, Sno-Days, International Students Program, Faith-in-Life-Week, College Center Programming, relationships with community organizations and contacts with
neighboring institutions of higher education.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop meaningful selfgovernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship,
to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity
in personal conduct, and to encourage participation in all college
activities. It is affiliated with the Inter-collegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization. AWS has an on-campus council and an off-campus council which deal with the problems and
programs of their respective areas.
The college newspaper, The Augsburg Echo, is published by a student staff. The Echo serves as a voice of the student body as well
as a medium of information. It provides an opportunity for experience in the many phases of journalistic work.
PUBLICATIONS
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgian, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity for creative expression in artistic design as well as in
photography.
The Publication Commission is comprised of the editors, business
managers, and advisers of the Augsburgian and the Echo. The chief
responsibility of the Commission is to select editors and business
managers for the campus publications.
The Auggie is a directory of students, staff, and faculty and is
published under the direction of the Office of Public Relations.
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation, students with similar interests have united to form clubs.
Several of these are extensions of courses beyond the classroom.
Others are devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum.
All these organizations are co-ordinated through the Student Organizations Commission of the Augsburg Student Society. This
Commission acts to evaluate club activities, to approve annual
schedules, and to represent clubs at Student Council and Executive
Council meetings.
The Augsburg Chemical Society is open to both majors and minors
in chemistry. The meetings consist of seminars on current topics
in this specific area.
The Augsburg College Association for Childhood Education is an
organization especially for students in the elementary education
program. It is concerned primarily with professional standards in
the teaching profession, educational changes, and needs of children in the field of elementary education.
CO-CURRICULAR
PROGRAM
Augsburg College Children's Groups involves students who meet
weekly with a group of neighborhood children. The students provide such activities as games, crafts, field trips, and sports as they
show their concern for these children by their own personal invoIvement.
The Augsburg YGOP Club and YDFL Club aim to stimulate interest
in public affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local, state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members
an opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations
and from field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays
produced. Membership is open to all students. Membership in
National Collegiate Players represents recognition for continued
excellence in drama participation. It is open to qualified upperclassmen.
The "A" Club is limited to men who have won a major "A" at
Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men
of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language, and
people of various countries.
The Debate Club fosters debate activity at Augsburg as it meets
to develop skills necessary in debating. Members of the club
represent Augsburg in the Twin Cities Debate League and other
intercollegiate tournaments.
The French Club is composed of students interested in the French
language and culture.
The German Club is open to all students who are studying or
have studied German. In addition to providing opportunity for
conversational practice, the club also promotes understanding
and appreciation of the German people, their achievements and
customs.
Karate Club is organized to provide instruction in classical Karate
for Augsburg men and women students. It also promotes better
understanding of Karate itself and of the various schools of Karate.
The Norse Club is composed of students who are interested in
Norwegian culture as reflected in Norwegian literature, music,
art and history.
The Pre-Sem Club, composed of all pre-seminary students at Augsburg, is an organization that expresses concern for spiritual life
at Augsburg, as well as acquaints its members with the vocation
of the Christian ministry.
The Psychology Club promotes interest in various fields of psycholowThe Ski Club is a recreation group promoting interest and developing skills in skiing.
The Spanish Club serves as a means of interpreting Spanish culture to students in an informal way.
The Sociology Forum is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Student National Education Association, Martin Quanbeck
Chapter, offers to its members associate membership in professional education associations and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession.
The Ushers' Club is a service organization providing trained ushers
for public events scheduled for the campus.
The Writers' Club includes students who enjoy creative expression in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual
criticism. They publish The Arkai, a collection of the best creative writing each year.
The Women's Recreation Association at Augsburg is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women. Membership in this organization is gained by participation in individual
and group recreational activities with awards given on a point basis.
The Augsburg Concert Band numbers fifty members selected by
audition from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the
band tours annually to various parts of the United States.
The Augsburg Choir has sixty-five members selected by audition
from all classes. In addition to local appearances, the choir goes
on tour each year to various parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada. The choir toured Norway and other European countries in 1965.
The Augsburg College Choral Club performs frequently in campus
programs and concerts and sings at various churches in the Twin
City area. Membership is by audition or consent of the director.
The Augsburg College Orchestra presents programs of standard
repertoire for orchestra alone as well as with soloists and choral
groups. In addition to campus and local appearances, the orchestra tours in the Midwest. Membership is by audition.
Larger campus musical groups also include the Repertoire Band
and the Symphonia.
MUSIC
ORGANIZATIONS
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND
RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Health and Physical Education, a wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general
student participation. Every student is urged to participate in some
activity for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the
intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the
winners of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY
OF INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the
college recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part
of human life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if
physical, mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to
the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of
student interests, skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in
and out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be
of special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching
or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational activities.
Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in any way
competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate
athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his other educational activities. (3) The student
spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of
Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high-grade performance on the part of both opponents
and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The
intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy "school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other co-curricular activities should not
overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it take
the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general
recreational program.
ELIGIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS
In order to participate in certain extra-curricular activities, students must meet established eligibility requirements. Organizations
check eligibility of candidates by submitting a list to the Director
of Student Activities for approval.
Eligibility f w participation in intercollegiate athletics is governed
by the rules of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference.
A student on academic probation may not be a member of the
Augsburg College Choir, Concert Band, or the Orchestra. He is not
eligible to participate in a major dramatic production, cheerleading,
student publications, societies, or to accept elected or appointed
student-government otfices or chairmanships. This list is not inclusive and o,ther activities may be designated.
HONORS
AND
AWARDS
The purpose of Beta Chi Epsilon is to honor those senior
women who have maintained a high level of academic achievement and who have shown loyalty by giving service and
leadership to the college community. In turn, it is the responsibility
of these women to foster the development of academic excellence,
leadership, and service among women students of Augsburg College.
On the 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship Trophy is engraved the
name of each s.tudent who has achieved the highest scholastic standing in his college graduating class. He must have attended Augsburg for a t least two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society,
is open to students with a major or minor in English or a foreign
language, who have attained a high scholastic average and have
presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The purposes of the Timia Society, the Augsburg honor society, are
to recognize academic achievement and to promote scholarship.
Juniors and seniors who have earned a 3.5 grade point accumulative average are eligible for membership, while freshmen and
sophomores with a 3.25 grade point average may be admitted as
pledges.
Augsburg has a Chapter of Pi Gamma Mu, the National Social
Science Honor Society, which is affiliated with the Association of
College Honor Societies. A high level of scholarship in the social
sciences is required for election to membership.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved a grade point
average of 3.5 or better in the previous term of work a t Augsburg
College.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be
the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Outstanding seniors are nominated annually by a Student-Faculty
Committee for membership in Who's Who Among Students in
American Colleges and Universities. Special attention is given
to scholarship, leadership and participation in extra-curricular activities such as athletics, drama, music organizations, societies,
student government and community activities.
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student
Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Admissions,
Counseling, Testing, Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The
Student Health Service, Housing and Food Service, Placement,
Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The
administration of these services is centered in the Office of the
Dean of Students.
ADMISSIONS
Pre-college counseling concerning admissions requirements, college entrance examinations, financial aids, and career planning
is available from qualified personnel in the Office of Admissions.
Counseling can be obtained either on campus or in schools and
homes as the counselors travel throughout the Upper Midwest.
In addition to high school seniors, sophomores and juniors are
encouraged to use these services and also to visit the campus if at
all possible.
STUDENT
PERSONNEL
SERVICES
COUNSELING
Counseling services are maintained in an effort to assist each
student to obtain the maximum benefits from the learning experiences offered a t Augsburg College. Matters such as uncertainty
over vocational choice or educational planning, religious uncertainty, health or financial problems, personal and social adjustment and personal deficiencies can interfere with the learning
process and are dealt with in counseling sessions. It is hoped that
through counseling, students will develop a more realistic understanding of themselves and the surrounding world, and keener
awareness of resources available to them as they meet the problems of daily life.
At Augsburg the counseling process is carried on a t several levels.
All faculty members participate in the counseling program, and
each new student is assigned to a faculty counselor who works
with him until he chooses a major field of study. At that time,
the major adviser becomes his counselor. In addition, there are staff
members who have specialized training in counseling and techniques
for dealing with problems of adjustment. The personnel deans
serve as special counselors. The counseling program is coordinated
through the Director of Psychological Services in the Office of
the Dean of Students in accordance with the plans and policies
established by the Student Personnel Committee.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under
the supervision of the Registrar. These records include admission
data, academic achievement, student participation and achievement
in non-academic activities, test scores, reports of counseling, and
other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of student government
officers, of clubs and societies, including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership rosters.
THE STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The Student Health Service provides dispensary service with
two registered nurses on duty. The college physician has daily
office hours for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Infirmary roloms are provided. The Health Service is located in
Fairview Hospital, adjacent to the campus.
Physical examinations are given to all seniors. Before registering,
each entering student is required to have on file the report of a
physical examination given by his family physician. Corrective
treatment is prescribed where needed.
Students who have personal problems are encouraged to seek help
through counseling conferences. If a serious problem develops
which demands professional skill, the student is referred to the
offices of the personnel deans. Referrals may be made to the College Chaplain, or the College Psychologist.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginnkg of classes each year. The students take tests,
attend classes, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted
with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with
their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students
have several conferences during which they plan the student's
program of study.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman
Days. Scholastic Aptitude Test scores and special placement test
scores are used by counselors to help students plan their initial
programs. Personality inventories and the vocational interest profiles help the students to know more about themselves, in order to
make a good choice of subjects and occupational goals.
A special course in improvement of reading is offered for interested students. Freshmen who expect difficulty with the increased
quantity and complexity of the reading material encountered in
college are especially urged to enroll in this course.
IJ HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICE
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of
others. At the same time, the college realizes that students' happiness, comfort, and emotional adjustment in the residence halls
are direct influences on their general efficiency in the classroom.
In an effort to provide these opportunities for development, student
residence councils assume the responsibilities for the administration of dormitory life policies in consultation with the head residents and personnel deans.
Upper-class students serve as counselors in the residences and attempt to help residents with problems of personal adjustment. The
head residents and personnel deans serve as resource people for
these counselors and handle cases referred to them.
All students not living at home are required to live in collegeoperated housing. Students desiring to reside in the city with
relatives must first secure approval for such an arrangement from
the Student Personnel Office. All students living in residences
take their meals in the Commons. The college also provides a
number of houses for men and women with a cooperative houseplan option.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules become effective, and they close a day after the term closes.
Students who wish to stay in residence during vacations must
apply for the privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen,
towels, blankets, and bedspreads. Laundry facilities are available
in each residence. Bed linens and towels may be rented with
laundering service a t a reasonable cost. This service is required
of all students in residence halls. An optional linen service is
available to students living in houses.
Students engage a room a t the beginning of the fall term for the
entire school year. A room deposit is required of upper-class students to hold a room. This fee is payable a t the Treasurer's Office
by May 15. Students who have not paid the room deposit by this
date are automatically removed from the housing roster. No refunds are made after August 1.
All men living in Memorial Hall, Mortensen-Sivertsen Hall and
cottage housing, are required to pay a $20 key and breakage fee
a t the beginning of each school year. At the end of the year the
fee is refunded if the condition of the room and furniture is satisfactory and the key is returned.
GRADUATE PLACEMENT
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions a t the local, state,
and national levels. The services of the Placement Bureau are free
t o graduating seniors. Alumni seeking the services of the Placement
Bureau will be charged a re-registration fee of $5. There is no
placement fee.
CO-ORDINATION OF STUDENT ACTIVITIES
The Director of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps
on file the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings.
Faculty advisers to student organizations are approved by the Director. The program of student activities is a primary responsibility of the Program Commission and the Student Organization
Commission in addition to other Boards and Commissions under
the Augsburg Student Society.
A weekly bulletin of events is prepared for the Echo by the Student Personnel Office. The college Master Calendar is kept in the
Office of Student Activities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Following are the requirements for graduation with the Bachelor of
Arts degree from Augsburg College:
1. Satisfactory completion of the General Education Requirements
described below.
2. Completion of a major.
3. A total of 180 quarter credits. (186 for students above junior
standing in fall of 1968)
4. At least 54 credits in courses numbered above 50.
5. A minimum of "C" average in all courses taken.
6. Proficiency in English.
7. The last year of course work a t Augsburg.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The general education program a t Augsburg College consists of
core and distribution requirements as follows:
1. English 11, 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2. History 1 or 2 or 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3. Religion 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
4. Sociology 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5. Physical Education 1, 2, 3 (one year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6. Art 1 or Music 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7. Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8. Religion 21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-18
10. Natural Science or Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
11. Political Science or Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12. Speech or Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13. Religion (upper division) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
credits
credits
credits
credits
credit
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
The first five courses listed above should be taken in the freshman
year, except that students with majors in biology, chemistry, music,
or medical technology may postpone history or sociology until the
sophomore year. Religion 21 is required in the sophomore year. It is
recommended that the general education requirements be completed
in the first two years of college, except item 13 above. One upper
division religion course should be taken in each of the junior and
senior years.
Students who enter college with a high proficiency in English will
enroll in English 15 instead of English 11 and will substitute a literature course for English 12.
The number of credits required in a foreign language is determined
by proficiency examinations. The student is required to have the
equivalent of four terms of a foreign language for graduation, that
is, two terms of the beginning course and two terms of the intermediate level course. He is exempt from this requirement if he
has had four years or more of one foreign language.
In the natural sciences, two courses in biology, chemistry, mathematics, or physics satisfy the requirement. It is recommended
that the two courses be taken in the same department. Students
ACADEMIC
ADMINISTRATION
who obtain a grade of A or B in the first course of science have
the option of taking Philosophy of Science for the second course.
Philosophy 21 and 22 are designed to meet the philosophy requirement. Philosophy 23 may be used also.
Students may choose from Political Science 20, 21, 22 or Economics 22 for the requirement in political science or economics.
The general education requirement in speech or literature will be
satisfied by: Speech 11 or 51; English 35, 40, or 45. Upon request
a student may substitute another literature course by permission
of the instructor.
MAJORS AND MINORS
The following majors are offered:
American Studies
Art
Biology
Business Administration: Accounting
Business Administration: Finance
Business Education
Chemistry
Economics
Elementary Education
English
French
German
Greek
Health and
Physical Education
History
Mathematics
Medical Technology
Music
Natural Science
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Scandinavian Studies
Social Sciences
Sociology
Spanish
Speech
Students are required to prepare a plan for the major with the
head of the department offering the major. This is normally done
in the spring term of the sophomore year.
A student may earn a minor in any of the fields listed above except
Elementary Education and Medical Technology. Minors are also
offered in Library Science and Latin.
For major and minor requirements, see departmental statements.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Most courses of study are designed to give the student an opportunity t o elect credits beyond those which are required for the
major and for general education.
To ensure a bro'ad range 08felectives, a limitation of 60 credits has
been set as the maximum number of credits from one department
which may count toward the Bachelor of Arts degree. (Exception
is made for music majors who may count 68 credits in music.
Business Administration and Economics are c o n s i d e ~ dseparate
departments for this purpose.) A student may earn up to five
credits in independent study courses in one year. A maximum
of ten credits earned by independent study may be applied toward
the 180 (or 186) credits required for the degree.
PROFICIENCY IN WRITING
All students are required to take an English test a t the end of the
sophomore year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in
order to qualify for the A.B. degree. See under Department of English.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
Graduation with distinction is determined as follows:
Summa Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8-4.0 grade average
grade average
Magna Cum Laude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.5-3.79
Cum Laude .......................... 3.1-3.49
grade average
+
+
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
a t least two years of work a t Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg, as well as his total record, must meet the requirements as
given above.
GRADE VALUES
A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Superior, 4 grade points per credit
B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Very good, 3 grade points per credit
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Satisfactory, 2 grade points per credit
D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Passable, 1 grade point per credit
F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure, 0 grade points per credit
E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Condition
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incomplete
WP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Passing
WF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Withdrew-Failing
W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Course withdrawn during first four weeks;
or student withdrew from college.
S (satisfactory), P (pass), N (no credit) indicate level of achievement; they do not affect grade point average.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of a term must
be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
term. If conditions and incompletes are not removed within five
weeks of the following term, the condition automatically becomes
a failure and the incomplete becomes the grade submitted by the
teacher along with the Incomplete. The final grade after the con,dition examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of
$5 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a
condition received a t the end of a term.
REPEATING COURSES
A course which has been failed or in which a D has been earned
may be repeated for credit. Only the credits and grade earned the
second time are counted toward graduation. Courses in which
higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit;
they may, however, be audited.
-
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Those who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1 per day after
classes begin. The last date on which a student may register for
or enter a course is one week after the beginning of classes. Registration for audit requires the same procedure as registration for
credit. Audit registration is considered equal to one-half the credit
registration in determining load and fees.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course for whichthere
is not sufficient registration.
The normal registration is 15 credit hours. A credit hour is nonnally defined as one recitation period a week throughout a term. The
privilege of registering for more than 17 credit hours is granted to
students who have gained an average record of B, or three grade
points per credit, in the preceding term. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 19 credits per term. Students
working part-time are urged to arrange the amount omf their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
A student who desires to make a change in his registration should
obtain a form from the Registrar's Office. The approval of the
teachers concerned, the student's adviser, and the Registrar are
needed. A fee of $2 is charged for each change of registration after
the first three days of classes. No course may be added after the
first week of classes.
A course which is cancelled during the first four weeks of classes
is followed by W. After the first four weeks and before the last
three weeks of the term, a course which is cancelled is given a grade
of WP if the student is passing and WF if he is failing the course.
No course may be cancelled during the last three weeks of the
term.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a term must cancel his registration at the Registrar's Office in
order to remain in good standing.
CLASSIFICATION IJ
In order to be classified in one of the regular college classes, a
student must be carrying a minimum of 12 hours of work in which
college credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of
the following number of credit hours with a t least twice that number of grade points:
Credits
Grade Points
36
72
Sophomore
84
168
Junior
130
260
Senior
Students are classified by this regulation a t the time of their registration each school year.
Students registered for less than 12 credits are classified as special
students.
PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
A student is placed on scholastic probation a t the end of any term
in which his achievement is unsatisfactory. The following guidelines are used in placing a student on probation with the overall
average entering in as an additional factor.
First-year students with a grade point average o,f 1.5 or below
Second-year students with a grade point average of 1.6 or below
Third-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
Fourth-year students with a grade point average of 1.8 or below
All students with 7 or more credits of F.
In order to be removed from probation, a student must achieve a
grade point average of 2.1 or better for at least one term.
A student will usually be allowed to continue on probation for two
terms. If his academic achievement has continued to be unsatisfactory, he will be dropped for low scholarship.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular class attendance is required of all students in lo'wer division courses. Attendance in upper division courses is voluntary
for juniors and seniors unless required by the teacher of the class.
In classes for which attendance is required, a record of attendance
is kept and periodic reports on absences are submitted to the Registrar.
Students wh'o find it necessary to be absent because of illness or
for other reasons should report the reasons for the absence to their
teachers. For prolonged absence of over one week due to illness,
the student may obtain an excuse signed by the Health Service if
this is requested by the teacher.
Students with an excessive number of absences not excused by the
teacher may be dropped from the course with a grade of F.
Absences for tours, field trips, and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by
the Dean to all instructors involved, but the student is still responsible for any work missed.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout each term. In the middle
of the fall term, reports of the grades attained by freshmen are
made to the Registrar who forwards them to the counselors, parents, and students. Final reports are sent at the end of each term
to the parents and students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled a t the close of each
term. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination will result in a grade of failure
unless the student presents a reasonable excuse immediately to the
teacher concerned.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled,
he is charged a fee of $5 for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the
Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing believes the
student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish
to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $5
($10 for students not currently enrolled) is charged for each credit
hour and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the
answers will be filed in the Registrar's Office.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registrations will
not be allowed unless the student has a C average in his courses
at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any term
must not exceed 17. The credits thus gained a t the University may
be transferred to Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
COURSES
OF
STUDY
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1968-70 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled.
Students should consult the schedule o,f classes t o determine definitely the current course offerings.
NUlMBERING OF COURSES
Courses numbered below 50 are lower division courses; those numbered 50 and above are classified as upper division. In general,
courses numbered 1-19 are primarily for freshmen; 20-49 for
sophomores; 50-74 for juniors; and 75-99 for seniors.
SYMBOLS
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective
of prerequisites.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of quarter credits. Unless otherwise
stated a four-credit course meets four times a week and a fivecredit course five times a week. A term or quarter is 11 weeks in
length, and the normal load for a student is 15 credit hours per
term.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman for each division is
appointed for a two-year term.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION of the HUMANITIES
Mr. Raymond E. Anderson, Chairman
Department of Art
Department of Classical Languages
Greek; Latin
Department of English
Department of Modern Languages
French; German; Scandinavian Studies; Spanish
Department of Music
Department of Speech
DIVISION of NATURAL SCIENCES and MATHEMATICS
Mr. Theodore Hanwick, Chairman
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Department of
Biology
Chemistry
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Physics
DIVISION of RELIGION and PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Chairman
Department of Philosophy
Department of Religion
DIVISION of the SOCIAL SCIENCES
Mr. Einar 0. Johnson, Chairman
Department of Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education
Department of Education
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Library Science
Geography
Department of History
Department of Political Science
Department of Psychology
Department of Sociology
AMERICAN STUDIES
Mr. Nicholl, Director of Program
The aim of the program in American Studies is to develop the
student's understanding of American culture, past and present,
in breadth as well as some depth. The major is interdepartmental,
built primarily upon American area courses now offered in various
departments.
The program should offer the student a good foundation for graduate studies in law and the ministry, for the M.A. in library science
and the M.A.T. in secondary school teaching. The major would
also provide a good background for careers in the U.S. Government, particularly civil service positions and the foreign service.
Major: 56 credits, minimum
Requirements for the major include a core of foundation courses
(29 crs.); a program of elective courses for integrated study (minimum, 18 crs.) and American Studies 99 (5 crs.); and American
Studies 95 (4 crs.), a seminar of concentrated study.
The core of courses, to be taken in the departments of English,
History, Political Science, and Religion aim to give the student a
broad foundation of subject matter in major areas of American
culture, past and present, and introduce him to the methodologies
of various disciplines.
The following are required core courses:
English 45: Major American Writers (5 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 11-12
History 21-22: United States History (10 crs.) Prereq. Hist. 1
or 2 or 3
Political Science 20: American Government I, Foundations of
Amer. Dem. (5 crs.)
Political Science 21: Am. Gov't 11, Amer. National Gov't (5 crs.)
Religion 63: American Protestantism (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11
and 21
In his program of elective courses the student would attempt to
achieve a measure of integrated study of major themes in American civilization. Papers written in Independent Study, Am. S. 99,
would attempt to accomplish this.
From the following elective courses the student must choose a
minimum of 18 credits from a t least 3 departments:
Education 87: School and Society (4 crs.)
English 82: The American Novel (4 crs.) Prereq. Eng. 45
History 55: Twentieth Century United States History (4 crs.)
History 56: History of American Foreign Policy (4 crs.) Prereq.
Hist. 21 or 22
Political Science 22: Amer. Gov't 111, State and Local Gov't;
Public Administration (5 crs.) Prereq. Political Science
20-21
Political Science 70: Constitutional Law I (4 crs.) Prereq.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, 22
Philosophy 65: American Philosophy (5 crs.) Prereq. Phil. 21
Psychology 81: History and Theory (4 crs.) Prereq. #
Sociology 59: Religion and Society (4 crs.) Prereq. Rel. 11 and
21
Sociology 42: Rural American Community (4 crs.) Prereq. SOC.
11
Sociology 43: Modern Urban Community (4 crs.) Prereq. Soc. 11
Refer to course listings under the various departments for full
descriptions of the above elective courses in the program.
American Studies courses (required):
95 Seminar
4 crs.
Focuses on a limited, significant problem or phenomenon in American culture. Use of primary source material from various disciplines. Practice in the integrated use of these materials for an
understanding of the topic in depth. To be taken in the senior
year. For majors or #. (Winter)
99 Independent Study
5 crs.
Major themes or topics cutting across courses elected in the program are chosen by the student for integrated study. The writing
of several papers of an interdisciplinary nature. To be taken in the
senior year. For majors only. (Spring)
MR. THOMPSON, chairman, MR. HOLEN, MR. MOSAND,
MRS. JENSON; MR. MOLDER, MR. WESTPHAL, artists in residence
DEPARTMENT
The Department of Art endeavors to further the student's technical
and conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines
of drawing, print making, painting, sculpture, and ceramics, emphasis
is given to the function of art in history and religion. Because of the
place art has in contemporary life, students are encouraged to consider the areas of teaching, graduate study, commercial designing,
and avocational art.
ART
OF
In addition to the courses oirered for credit, students have the opportunity to study and discuss rr-ith -4ugust Molder, artist in residence,
problems of art related to the m a h g of stained gIass windows. David
Westphal, cinematographer in residence, is available to those interested
in film making as a fine art medium.
Major: 46 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21, 67, 83, 84, 85, 99.
Minor: 26 credits, including 7, 8, 12, 18, 21 or 50, and 83 or 84 or 85.
Majors prepanng for teaching in secondary or elementary schools are
required to take 50.
It is recommended that art majors and minors take Introduction to
Fine Arts under the Department of Music.
1 I INTRODUCTION TO FINE ARTS
4 crs.
Historical and topical studies in fine arts. The visual arts seen in relation to music. Participation in the cultural life of the community
leading towards appreciation and criticism. [3 lect., 1disc. Fall, Spring,
1 7 DRAWING
2 crs.
Drawing in pencil, charcoal, pastel, ink, and mixed media. Emphasis
on still-life and interiors. [2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 DRAWING
2 crs.
Figure drawing. C2 double labs. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 12 COMPOSITION
6 crs.
A study of the elements of form and composition. Two- and threedimensional studies executed on a small scale. C4 lect., 2 double labs.
Fall, Winter.]
18 PAINTING I
4 crs.
Painting in aqueous media and oil. Emphasis on still-life, landscape,
and figurative painting. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall, 1968-69. Fall,
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 2 I SCULPTURE I
4 crs.
Modeling head studies, figures, and animal forms in terracotta and
plaster. C4 double labs. Prereq.: 7. Fall.]
1 25 GRAPHIC DESIGN
4 crs.
A study of the techniques and goals of business art. A concern for
graphic design through calligraphy, typography and the preparation
of art work for reproduction. [Winter, 1968-69.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
1 50 CERAMICS I
4 crs.
An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. C4 double labs. Winter.]
51 CERAMICS II
4 crs.
A continuation of hand-building and glazing with an introduction to
throwing techniques. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
1 55 PAINTING II
4 crs.
Further study of painting in oil and aqueous media. [4 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 18. Spring.]
1 58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Theory, methods and materials of art in elementary education. C2 lect.,
2 double labs. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 67 PRINT MAKING I
Principles and methods of color printing and composition. Emphasis
on the woodcut. [4 double labs. Prereq.: 7, 8. Spring.]
4 crs.
1 68 PRINT MAKING II
Serigraphy and intaglio methods in plastic and copper. 14 double labs.
Prereq.: 12, 67. Winter.]
1 78 SCULPTURE II
4 crs.
Three major works in any three of the following media: steel (welding), plaster, lead, wood, fiberglass, and stone. [4 double labs. Prereq.
7, 8, 21. Winter, 196-9.
Spring, 1969-70.1
1 8 3 ART HISTORY I
4 crs.
Survey of architecture, sculpture, and painting in western civilization.
Prehistoric to Renaissance. [Fall.]
1 84 ART HISTORY II
4 crs.
Continued historical survey. Renaissance to the 1860's. [Winter.]
1 85 ART HISTORY Ill
4 crs.
Modern art and its developing trends from the 1860's to the present.
[Spring.]
1 99 STUDIO Ill
2-5 crs.
Advanced study in either painting, sculpture, print making, or ceramics.
Art majors will be granted up to 8 credits in this course. [Prereq. : second
course in the studio area and#.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
BIOLOGY
MR. SULERUD, chairman, MR. HERFORTH, MR. MICKELBERG,
MR. THORPE, MR. URDAHL
It is intended that the offerings of the Department of Eiology should be
extensive enough to meet the needs and interests of a tvide variety
of students. For the nan-science major the aim is to pmvidc a reliable
basic understanding nf biological science and, more generally, of the
character of scieniifie Colmvlcclgc. The more ad\-anced courses are designed to provide a good preparation for students who elect to pursue
the study of biological science for a career in the profession of biology
or in a related area such as the medical profession.
All students who intend to complete a major or minor in biology should
plan their program carefully with specific reference to their intended
career. It is important that a prospective binlogy major consult with
the biology staff concerning this planning as soon es possible. In
general, a broad background in the supportihg sciences and in mathematics is essential. Students who plan to enter graduate or medical
school or to teach secondary school upon graduation must be certain
to meet the appropriate preparatory requirements. Recommended fouryear programs for such students are given under Curriculums in the
catalog as are the programs for pre-dental, pre-nursing and medical
technology students.
Major: Two programs leading to a biology major are available. Option
I i s recommended, with few exceptions, for students who intend to
obtain an advanced degree in biology, medicine or related fields. Option
II may be preferable for potential secondary school teachers and others
whose intended careers require relatively more work in biology and
somewhat less in the related sciences.
Option I: 38 credits in biology, including 11, 12, 72, and two terms of
seminar; introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and two terms
or organic chemistry (Chem. 51, 52); one year of physics (Physics 21,
22, 23); two terms of calculus (Math. 41, 42) in addition to introductory
math. Note: Medical schools also normally require quantitative analysis
(Chem. 53).
Option 11: 46 credits in biology, including 11,12, 72, one additional course
in the 70 series, and two terms of seminar; four terms of chemistry,
normally introductory chemistry (Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6) and either two
terms of organic Chemistry (Chem. 51, 52) or one term of organic
chemistry (Chem. 23) and one term of analytical chemistry (Chem.
53); introductory mathematics (Math. 13, 14; or Math. 40; or equivalent).
Minor: 30 credits in biology including 11 and 12; introductory chemistry
(Chem. 15, 16; or 5, 6).
Biology 1, 3, 4, 6 and 8 do not count toward a major or minor in biology.
Biology 1and 6 satisfy the general education requirement in science; for
this purpose Biology 1must precede Biology 6.
H I PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY
5 crs.
The basic concepts of biology. A general education course, not intended
for majors in biology. Does not normally apply toward a biology major
or minor. Students who receive a grade of B or better may be allowed
to enter Biology 1 2 on consent of instructor. [4 lect., 1 double lab. Fall,
Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
A professional course in the structure and function of the human body.
Designed for student nurses only. [Biol. 3: 2 lect. and 2 double lab.
Fall; Biol. 4: 3 lect. and 1double lab. Winter.]
W 6 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
5 crs.
Designed to make the student aware of the structure and function of the
human body. Required for physical education majors. Does not apply
toward a biology major or minor, but does apply to the general education requirement in science if preceded by Biology 1. [4 lect., 2 double
lab. Spring.]
8 MICROBIOLOGY
4 crs.
Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses only.
[Prereq. :Chem. 3.3 lect., 2 double lab. Winter, Spring.]
1 1 , 12 GENERAL BIOLOGY
6, 6 crs.
A comprehensive introduction to biological science. For biology and other
science majors. First term. molecular and cellular biology, genetics
and development, evolutionary mechanisms. Second term: vertebrate
anatomy and physiology, phylogenetic relationships of organisms, ecology. Must be taken in sequence. C5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: Chem. 5 or
15. 11, Winter. 12, Spring.]
5 1 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
5 crs.
The major invertebrate types stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. [4 lect., 2 double lab.
Prereq. :12. Fall.]
53 COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
6 crs.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution of the larger vertebrate phyla. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12,
Winter.]
61 PLANT MORPHOLOGY
5 crs.
The structure, reproduction, and development of the major taxonomic
plant groups. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12. Fall, 1969.1
W 63 PLANT TAXONOMY
5 crs.
Principles of plant classification with special emphasis on the flowering
plants. Includes field collecting and classifying some plants indigenous
to our state. [4 lect., 2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.:
12. Spring, 1968.1
W 71 CELLULAR BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of the ultrastructure, function, and genetics of cells. Laboratory
work includes microtechnique, cytological studies, studies in cell physiology, and a n introduction to tissue culture. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.:
12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
W 72 GENETICS
5 crs.
The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in molecular,
cellular and human genetics. Laboratory, with work on Drosphila and
certain micro-organisms, is optional for one additional credit. [5 lect.,
1double lab. plus individual work if lab is taken. Prereq.: 12. Spring.]
W 73 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY
6 crs.
A study of physical and chemical processes occurring in animals with
emphasis on the vertebrates. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12, and
Chem. 23 or 51. Winter.]
74 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
6 crs.
A consideration of the chemical, physiological, and morphological changes which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on
the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are
included in the laboratory work. [5 lect., 2 double lab. Prereq.: 12.
Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
76 MICROBIOLOGY
6 crs.
An introduction to the study of micrclorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics,
and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. [5 lect.,
2 double lab. Prereq. : 12, Chem. 23 or 51. Fall.]
E 81 ECOLOGY
5 crs.
A survey of representative biological communities; the shtdy of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. [4 lect.,
2 double lab. Saturday field trips required. Prereq.: 12. Spring, 1969.1
91, 92, 93 SEMINAR
I cr. each
Discussions of topics based on biological literature and research. Topics
may concern the history and philosophy of science as well as current
literature. Biology majors are required to register for at least two
terms in their senior year. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
Individual work on a research project. [Prereq.: Previous arrangement
with instructor. Fall, Winter, Spring.)
MR. BUDGE, chairman, MISS LUND, MR. SABELLA, MR. SLESNICK,
MR. TEDEFAIAK
Majors in this department supplement the liberal arts program with
general and specialized knowledge in business and economic affairs.
The business administration major offers a basic core of courses, and
then allows the student to choose a limited specialization in accounting
or finance, and hence to prepare for careers in these fields. The
economics major concentrates on fundamental theoretical and policy
matters so that the student learns to analyze economic issues. He
is prepared thereby for graduate study in economics. Either of these
majors also can provide the background needed for general administrative careers in business, government, or various public and private
institutions. In particular, either major could be the basis for graduate
study in such fields as hospital and public administration, industrial
relations, or law.
DEPARTMENT
OF
ADMINISTRATION,
ECONOMICS,
AND
EDUCATION
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Business Administration-Accounting : 38 credits, including Bus.
Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 63, 81, 83. Major in Business Administration-Finance:
38 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31, 61, 62, 73, 78. Both programs also
require Econ. 22, 23, 51, 58 or 91 or 92; and Soc. 61.
Minor: 18 credits, including Bus. Ad. 1, 2 ; and two courses from Bus. Ad.
61, 62, 63, 73. Econ. 22, 23 also required. Other combinations may be
allowed by permission.
1 , 2 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING
4, 4 crs.
Basic concepts of accounting, accounting for individual proprietorships,
partnerships, and corporations. Special topics including manufacturing
accounting, taxes, and budgeting. [I, Fall. 2, Winter.]
31 BUSINESS LAW
5 crs.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code.
[Fall.]
W 61 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCE
5 crs.
Capital structures of business organizations, use of financial statements,
cash flow, raising and control of short and long-term funds for a
business enterprise. [Prereq.: 1 , 2 . Fall. 1
62 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements,
income concepts, capital stock and surplus accounts, current and longterm assets. [Prereq.: 1, 2. Winter.]
63 INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible
and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics.
Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level
changes. [Prereq. : 62. Spring.]
73 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
5 crs.
Financial problems relating to budgeting, short and long-term fund
requirements, debt and equity choices, mergers and reorganizations
presented in case materials. [Prereq. : 62. Spring, 1969-70.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
78 INVESTMENTS
5 crs.
The nature of various types of securities. Analysis of securities of
industrial, utility, and financial enterprises and various governmental
units. Portfolio management. [Prereq. :41. Spring, 196849.1
8 1 COST ACCOUNTING
5 crs.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing
emphasis on management control. [Prereq. 1, 2. Fall.]
82 TAX ACCOUNTING
concerns with
5 crs.
The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes
for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. [Prereq.:
1, 2. Winter.]
83 AUDITING
5 crs.
Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks
and controls for accounting systems. [Prereq.: 63. Spring.]
ECONOMICS
Major: 37 credits, including Econ. 22, 23, 51, and 58. Soc. 61 and Bus. Ad.
1, 2 also required. Mathematics through course 43 is highly recommended
for those planning on graduate study in economics.
Minor: 22 credits, including Econ. 22, 23.
22 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS I
4 crs.
Analysis of economic institutions, problems, and policies. Emphasis
upon the foundations of economics, economic systems, and specific issues,
such as unemployment, poverty, monopdy, inflation, role of government. [Fall,Winter, Spring.]
23 PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS II
4 crs.
Micro- and macroeconomic theory examined with the analytical tools
of economics. Topics include determination of the level of national
income and employment, money and bankjng. monetary-fiscal policy,
economics of the firm, product and resource pricing and allocation, etc.
[Prereq. : 22. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
E 5 1 INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Theory of demand, theory of the firm, price and output determination
under various market conditions, factor price determination. [Prereq.:
23. Fall.]
52 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
5 crs.
Determinants of growth, theories, and historic patterns. Analysis of
the present developing nations a s to characteristics, problems, and
policies to promote growth. [Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter, 196849.1
53 LABOR ECONOMICS
4 crs.
Economics of the labor market. Wage determination, collective bargaining, role of unions, level of total employment, economic security, and
governmental activity. [Prereq. : 22 or # Spring.]
.
E 58 INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS
5 crs.
Determinants of national income, employment, and price level analyzed
via a macro-model. Some consideration of macremeasurement, the
business cycle, growth, monetary-fiscal policy. [Prereq.: 23. Winter,
1961)-70.1
91 PUBLIC FINANCE
5 crs.
Governmental taxation, spending, borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. [Prereq.: 22 o r #. Fall.]
92 MONEY AND BANKING
5 crs.
Functioning of the monetary and banking system, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis upon monetary theory and policy.
[Prereq. : 23. Winter.]
9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Individual supervised projects designed to give the student opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. [Prereq.: #. Fall,
Spring.]
BUSINESS EDUCATION
These courses a r e planned to prepare students to teach business
education in high school, for stenographic and secretarial positions in
business offices, for parish secretarial work, and to provide a n o p
portunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Major: 51 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22, 50, 53, 63; Bus. Ad. 1, 2, 31;
Econ. 22, 23.
Minor with secretarial emphasis: 26 credits, including 8, 10, 21, 22,
50 and 53.
Minor with accounting emphasis: 25 credits, including 8, 50; Bus. Ad.
1, 2 ; and Econ. 22, 23.
For those who have had elementary shorthand in high school, the
major may be 47 credits and the minor, 22 credits. Students with two
years of shorthand from high school may be exempted from a total of
8 credits in shorthand, but they must elect one other course in the
business field.
I ELEMENTARY TYPEWRITING
2 crs.
The fundamental skills of typewriting. Emphasis on personal use. Not
open to students who have had one year of high school typewriting.
[5 hours. Fall.]
8 CALCULATING MACHINES
4 crs.
Operation of ten-key and full-key adding machines and the rotary calculator. Introduction to automation. [4 hours. Fall, Winter.]
10 DUPLICATING, TRANSCRIPTION, AND
RECORDS MANAGEMENT
4 crs.
Operation of transcription machines, stencil and spirit duplicating machines. An introduction to and application of basic principles of filing
and organization of records in the office. 14 hoilrs. Prereq.: 1 or equiv.
Spring.]
21 ELEMENTARY SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Fundamentals of Gregg shorthand (Diamond Jubilee) with emphasis
on theory, reading and writing shorthand. Introduction to transcription.
Not open to students who have had one year of shorthand in high
school. [5 hours. Prereq. : 1 or equiv. Fall.]
22 INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND
4 crs.
Review for those with previous shorthand instruction. Development of
speed and accuracy in taking and transcribing mate?ial dictated a t
speeds of 80-100 words a minute. 15 hours. Prereq.: 21 or equiv. Winter.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W
50 ADVANCED TYPEWRITING
5 crs.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, manuscript typing, and the typing of
legal documents. [Prereq.: 1 or equiv. Winter.]
53 ADVANCED SHORTHAND
5 crs.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation and transcription
of material dictated a t speeds of 100-120 words a minute. [Prereq.:
22 or equiv. Spring.]
63 SECRETARIAL PROCEDURES
4 crs.
Dictation, business letter writing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making
applications for a job. An introduction to automation. [Prereq.: 22 or
equiv. Spring.]
65 BUSINESS SEMINAR
3 crs.
A study in special problems in the field of business education through
research and-inforial
discussion. Special emphasis on general business.
l-Fd.1
DEPARTMENT
OF
CHEMISTRY
MR. AGRE, chairman,MR. ALTON, MR. GYBERG,
MR. HOLUM, MR. INGEMANSON, MR. LYLE
I t is the purpose of this department to give students an understanding
and an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which
this has been elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an
opportunity to examine the chemical aspect of the structure, the power,
and the beauty of one of the great intellectual accomplishments of
man-modern science-and it provides dramatic examples of effective
ways to handle certain types of problems.
Courses in chemistry are offered as part of a liberal arts education, and
as a preparation for: (1)high school teaching, (2) the study of biology,
medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, medical technology, nursing and allied
professions, (3) graduate study in chemistry and molecular biology, and
(4) the chemical profession.
The chemistry department is approved by the American Chemical Society
for the preparation of chemistry majors.
Students planning to majo-. in chemistry in preparation for graduate
school, medical school, or high school teaching, are urged to consult
with the chemistry staff a t the earliest possible time.
Major: 40 credits, including Chem. 51, 52, 53, 61, and one additional
upper division course. Also required are Physics 21, 22, 23; Math. 41, 42.
Recommended for pre-medical students: 15, 16, 51, 52, 53, 61, and 62; for
pre-dental students: 15, 16 (or 5, 6), 51, 52; for graduate study: 15,
16, and all courses above 50. Additional mathematics and physics strongly
recommended for graduate study.
Majors participate in informal, weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years in Chem. 91.
Minor: 27 credits; must include Chem. 15, 16 (or 5, 6) and other courses
to complete the 27 credits. Chem. 23 and 53 are strongly recommended.
Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
3 ELEMENTARY CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Selected elements of general, organic, and biological chemistry are
organized around the theme: the molecular basis of life. Designed for
prospective nurses from Lutheran Deaconess, Fairview, Methodist,
and Swedish Hospitals. 13 lect., 1double lab. Prereq.: H.S. Chem. Fall.]
5 , 6 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Primarily for non-majors. The concepts and laws underlying chemistry
illustrated by examples from inorganic and organic chemistry. Semimicro qualitative analysis included in the laboratory. [5 lect., 2 double
labs. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
6, 6 crs.
15, 16 GENERAL AND QUALITATIVE CHEMISTRY
An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists;
others only by permission of instructor. First term devoted to fundamental principles, and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative
analysis. [5 lect., 2 double labs. Proreq.: H.S. Chem., elem. alg., plane
geom. 15, Fall. 16, Winter.]
6 crs.
2 3 ELEMENTARY ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Designed for medical technology and other students 1.. ho desire less
than the more intensive two-term course. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to bio-chemistry. [5 lect., 1 three-hour
lab. Prereq. :5 or 15. Spring.]
5 1 . 52 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
6 , 6 crs.
Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on
types of mechanisms and multi-step syntheses. Descriptive material is
correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelationships, and reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is a study
of techniques while synthesizing or identifying typical compounds.
Normally taken in the sophomore year. [5 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
53 QUANTITATIVE ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 or 6 crs.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis with some instrumental analysis.
Ionic equilibria and treatment of data. Normally taken in the sophomore
year. Medical technology students register for 6 credits, others for 5.
[4 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. : 6 or 16. Spring.]
61, 62 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6, 6 crs.
Atomic structure, states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium, solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics,
and colloids. [5 lect., 1 three-hour lab. Prereq.: 53, Physics 23, Math.
42. 61, Fall. 62, Winter.1
63 ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in
the laboratory, the lecture topics include : structure-spectra correlations
for TTe. UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy; classical methods; use
of the literature (inc. Beilstein); and further study in reaction mechanisms. IR and UV spectra routinely used. [4 lect., 2 four-hour labs.
Prereq.: 52, 61, and some reading knowledge of German. Spring.]
1 72 QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
4 crs.
Classical mechanics, uncertainty principle, Schrediiger's equation, approximate methods of solution, commutators, conservation laws, electron
spin, angular momentum, the hydrogen atom, many electron problems.
[4 lect. Prereq. :61 or #. Winter.]
8 1 ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy and their application
to modern analytical methods. Includes instrumental methods, such as
spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic techniques.
[3 lect., 2 three-hour labs. Prereq. :53, 62 or #. Fall.]
83 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
5 crs.
Correlation of inorganic chemistry using the electrostatic, valence bond,
and molecular orbital models. Coordination compounds are discussed
using the ligand field theory. Preparations of typical inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques including vacuum manipulations.
[4 lect., I four-hour lab. Prereq. : 62 or #. Spring.]
91 CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
0 crs.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate
in weekly seminars to present and discuss research papers of general
interest. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
97 CHEMISTRY RESEARCH
Cr. arr.
During the summer after the junior year or during the senior year,
each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in chemistry may
participate in independent research in cooperation with staff members.
By staff permission only. [Fall, Winter, Spring, or special summer program.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
CLASSICAL.
LANGUAGES
MR. COLACCI, chairman, SISTER M. GERTRUDE WARD
The purpose of the courses offered in the department is two-fold; first
to provide the students with a linguistic foundation in order that they
may have a direct approach to the classical tradition which is an essential part of our Western literary heritage; second, to introduce the
studects to some of the major works of the Greek and Latin world in
the original language. Courses 11 through 52 are designed to meet the
two-year requirement in New Testament Greek of most theological seminaries.
GREEK
Major: 42 credits in Greek. Also required: Latin 1, 2.
Special arrangements will be made for students who intend to major
in Greek. If the number of students is not large enough to permit regular offering by the College, provisions will be made so that they may
complete the major at the University of Minnesota. When this is the
case, in addition to courses 11, 12, 13, 51, 52, 59, they are required to
take a t the University, five courses to be chosen from those listed under
Greek, 61 to 163.
Minor: 27 credits.
H 1 1 , 12 BEGINNING GREEK
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Greek grammar, with special emphasis an morphology. Translation exercises from and into Greek. CPrereq.:
Latin 2 or 2 yrs., H.S. Latin or #. 11, Fall, 12, Winter.]
13 INTERMEDIATE GREEK
5 crs.
Continuation of grammar with special emphasis on syntax. Reading
and parsing of easy selections from classical and New Testament Greek
writings. [Prereq. :12. Spring.]
5 1 , 52 NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
4, 4 crs.
Selections from the synoptic Gospels and the book of Acts. Special
emphasis is given to parsing and syntax of the Greek text. [Prereq.:
13. 51, Fall; 52, Winter.]
H 55 GREEK EXEGESIS
4 crs.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is
given to the syntactical and exegitical approach to the Greek text. COffered on demand. Spring.]
H 59 CLASSICAL GREEK
4 crs.
Selections from classical Greek prose and poetry. [Prereq. : 52. Offered on
demand.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
LATIN
Minor: 28 credits. Also required: Eng. 35.
Courses 52, 53 offered only if there is sufficient enrollment. If they are
not offered, a minor may be completed a t the University of Minnesota.
Consult the department chairman a t Augsburg.
Students who wish to major in Latin may complete all courses in Latin
offered a t Augsburg, plus 61, 62, 63 and 9 additional credits in courses
numbered above 63 a t the University of Minnesota.
1 , 2 BEGINNING LATIN
5, 5 crs.
Theoretical and practical study of Latin grammar, with special emphasis
on morphology. Exercises in translation from and into Latin. [I, Fall, 2,
Winter.]
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE LATIN
4, 4 crs.
Continuation of grammar. Reading of prose and poetry selections from
Latin authors; e.g. Caesar, Cicero, Livy, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine,
and the Medieval Latin writers. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv., determined by
placement test. 3, Fall; 4, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
52 VERGlL
5 crs.
Selections from Vergil's "Aeneid" and pastoral poems. [Offered on demand.]
53 CICERO
5 crs.
Selections from Cicero's works. [Offered on demand.]
ECONOMICS
See under Department of Business Administration, Economics, and
Business Education.
DEPARTMENT
OF
EDUCATION
MR. JOHNSON, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. FARDIG,
MR. GROENHOFF, MRS. LUDEMAN, MISS MATTSON,
MRS. PARKER, MR. M. QUANBECK
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work with youth is encouraged to study in the area. The work
in this department will qualify the graduate for teaching on the elementary or the junior and senior high school level. as well a s for further
study in the field of education. The program is accredited by the State
of Minnesota, the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, and the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Admission to the education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must
be made during the second semester of the sophomore year. Approval
is granted on the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics and a satisfactory scholastic achievement. For
elementary teaching candidates, this means essentially a 2.5 grade-point
average in work completed in the minor and a 2.0 over-all; for secondary
teaching candidates a 2.5 in work completed in the major and a 2.0
over-all. Both are expected to maintain a 2.5 average in their major
and 2.0 over-all average. Candidates in both fields must make application
for student teaching as juniors and are required to meet the 2.5 major
and 2.0 general average at this point.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major: 51 credits in professional education courses. In addition, the
following general education courses are required: Psych. 5; Hist. 2 1 or
22; Math. 56; Geog. 14; and three terms of Group Activities (Ed. 52,
53, 54).
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
0 crs.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITIES 1 , 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 55 and 56. Includes such experience as teaching,
supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
The growth and development of the human organism from conception
through adolescence. Emphasis on process of learning, factors influencing learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5. Fall.]
1 56 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHING
5 crs.
The qualifications of teachers; the teaching profession. Survey of American schools: philosophies, curricula, policies, and practices. Learning
theory and tests and measurements. Includes observation of teaching
situations. [Prereq. : Admission to Elementary Education. Fall.]
1 57 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, MUSIC
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques for teaching health and physical
education a t the elementary school level. Methods pertaining to rote
singing, notation, rhythm, part singing. Integration of music in total
elementary program. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Winter.]
58 ART IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
4 crs.
See under Department of Art.
1 63 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
MATHEMATICS, SCIENCE
4 crs.
Principles, methods and techniques of teaching arithmetic and science
in the elementary school. Use of instructional materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56.
Spring. I
64 METHODS AND MATERIALS:
LANGUAGE ARTS, READING
6 crs.
Objectives and techniques in the language arts : listening, speaking,
writing, and reading. Application of principles of learning in acquisition
of skills, interests, attitudes. Examinations of modern methods and
materials. [Prereq. : 55, 56. Spring.]
65 METHODS AND MATERIALS: SOCIAL STUDIES
2 crs.
Objectives, principles, methods and techniques in the social studies.
Development of units. [Prereq.: 55, 56. Spring.]
15 crs.
77 PROFESSIONAL LABORATORY EXPERIENCE
Student spends ten weeks in the classroom, assisting the regular teacher, and doing actual teaching. Supervision is carried out by the cooperating teacher and the college staff. This is followed by one week of
seminar with discussion of problems encountered in the classroom. [Prereq. : # Fall, Winter.]
.
79 CHILDREN'S LITERATURE
3 crs.
Study of literature suitable to the elementary school child. Role of
literature in the classroom, in life outside of school. Extensive reading
and evaluation of children's books, compiling bibliography. [Prereq. : 55,
56 or #. Spring.]
87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
ment of American education. [Prereq. : Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Prereq.: Senior standing. Winter, Spring.]
0
SECONDARY EDUCATION
For the Minnesota teacher's certificate students are required to complete 28 credits in professional education courses including 50, 52, 53, 54,
59, 83, 84, 87. All students must register for three terms of Group Activity (Education 52, 53, 54). Secondary education students must take
Phy. Ed. 10 and Psych. 5 in addition to other general education requirements.
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Physical, mental, social and emotional development of adolescents with
special emphasis placed on educational implication. The nature and
conditions of learning. [Prereq.: Psych. 5 and junior standing. Fall,
Winter.]
0 cr.
52, 53, 54 GROUP ACTIVITY I, 11, 111
Required without academic credit as a laboratory experience in connection with Education 50 and 59. lncludes such experience as teaching, supervising recreation, advising clubs in cooperation with city organizations and agencies. Three terms required. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
M 59 METHODS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
5 crs.
Teaching procedures, materials and problems at the secondary level.
Three class sessions per week will be devoted to general methods and
two to four class sessions to the specific methods and materials of the
student's major field. [Prereq. : 50. Spring.]
68 TEACHING OF MUSIC IN ELEMENTARY AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOLS
4 crs.
Materials, organization, and teaching procedures in the field of music
a t the elementary and junior high school levels. For music majors.
[Prereq.: 50. Spring.]
8 3 SEMINAR FOR STUDENT TEACHING
5 crs.
Preparation for the student teaching experience including observation
and planning. Special attention will be given to tests and measurements.
[Prereq. : Admission to student teaching. Fall, Winter.]
84 STUDENT TEACHING
10 crs.
Experience in observing and directing learning experiences a t the secondary school level under supervision of college and high school personnel.
Course fee $20.00. [Prereq.: Admission to the student teaching program.
Fall, Winter.]
W 87 SCHOOL AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
Problems in education and the relation of the American school system
to modern society. A study of educational philosophy and the development of American education. [Winter, Spring.]
88 GUIDANCE
4 crs.
The guidance function of the classroom teacher; tools and techniques
used in studying students; and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling. [Fall.]
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of
specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a
report of his findings on the requirements, present status, and future
possibilities of his own field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar basis. Open to seniors with the approval of the department. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
LIBRARY SCIENCE
The following courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements for a minor in library science. Preparation for selection of books
and related materials, efficient and effective management of library
materials, intelligent use of library sources are included. While the
minor in library science is planned to prepare the graduate in the area
of school librarianship, it is also a valuable minor for any student planning a teaching career, since it introduces him to many avenues of
curriculum enrichment. The courses provide a foundation for the student
who wishes to do advanced work in the field of library science.
Minor: 23 credits.
45 FUNCTIONS OF THE SCHOOL LIBRARY
5 crs.
The role of the library in the school and community. Types of library
services and activities; methods of evaluation. Organization of library
materials, including cataloging and circulation. [Fall.]
W 46 SELECTION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
4 crs.
Theory, principles and techniques of selection. An introduction to basic
selection tools; analysis of book reviews and annotations. C3 lects., 1
disc. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
58 THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY:
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
5 crs.
Characteristics and purposes of an elementary school library. Extensive study of book lists, book talks, story-telling and a wide exposure
to individual titles of books and related materials. Emphasis on preparation of papers and bibliographies. C3 lects. Fall.]
59 INTRODUCTION OF REFERENCE MATERIALS
4 crs.
Intensive study of outstanding and useful reference books most frequently used by students and librarians; bibliographies, indexes, and periodical guides. Development of skills in the performance of reference duties
-of a librarian. Laboratory work. C3 lects. Winter.]
75 THE HIGH SCHOOL LIBRARY:
5 crs.
MATERIALS SELECTION AND GUIDANCE
Survey and evaluation of library materials on the secondary level, with
attention to their use in relation to school curricula as well as for personal interests and needs of young adults. Emphasis on preparation of
papers and bibliographies. [3 lects. Prereq.: 45. Spring.]
GEOGRAPHY
14 HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
4 crs.
An intxoduction to the basic concepts and tools of geography followed
by a survey of the distribution patterns to be found in our physical and
human environment. [Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
MR. GRAY, chairman, MR. BERGSTROM, MR. BLY,
MRS. BOLSTERLI, MRS. CHRISTENSEN, MR. DAHLEN,
MRS. KARVONEN, MISS LILLEHEI, MRS. LIVINGSTON,
MR. NICHOLL, MR. PALOSAARI, MISS PEDERSON, MR. SARGENT,
MRS. TRAUTWEIN
The aim of the Department of English is to develop the student's ability
in oral and written expression, to increase his proficiency in reading
and analyzing literature, to acquaint him with the English language
and with the beginnings of Western literature and its development,
especially in England and America, and to stimulate his appreciation and
understanding of the fundamental human problems and situations revealed in great literature.
The department prepares for the teaching of English in the elementary
and secondary school and for graduate study.
Major: 46 credits above 15, Including, 35, 45, 47, 61, 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar, one modern literature course,
and electives.
Major for secondary teaching: 54 credits above 15, including course
55 in addition to those listed for the major. Writing course 31 required.
Speech 12 or 52, or 55, and 60 or 66, as well as Library Science 75 are
also required.
Students preparing for graduate study should include 86, 88, and a t least
one tsrm of Independent Study. Proficiency in one or more foreign languages is recommended. Foreign languages most generally required
for graduate study in English are Latin, German, French.
Minor: 32 credits above 15, including 35, 45, 47 or 61 or 62, 84, plus one
writing course above 15, one seminar course, and electives.
Minor for secondary school teaching: 32 credits including course 31 for
the writing course, and 55 in addition to those listed for the minor.
Minor for elementary school teaching: 24 credits above 15, including
31, 35, 45, 55, and 47 or 61 or 62.
Concerning English Proficiency: Juniors who do not have a satisfactory grade on the sophomore English Test must improve their use
of English in preparation for a second test. The English Department
will, upon request, advise the student how to direct his studies in preparation for the second test.
Satisfactory completion of course 11 is prerequisite to 12; satisfactory
completion of course 12 or 15 is prerequisite to all other English courses.
W I I COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
4 crs.
The study of language and composition with emphasis on expository
writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, reading and
analysis of expository and narrative selections, especially the short story.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Continued stress on expository writing, including the reference paper,
the study and analysis of drama, poetry, novel. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 15 COMPOSITION AND LITERATURE
5 crs.
Honors course for students with high proficiency in English. Covers
basically the material listed under 11 and 12 with more emphasis on
critical analysis. Students completing this course meet the freshman
English requirement by completing English 35 or 40 or 45. [Fall.]
W 2 1 INTRODUCTION TO JOURNALISM
4 crs.
A brief survey of the ethics and history of journalism, with emphasis on
the techniques and practices in news, feature, and editorial writing.
rWinter.1 ,
3 1 EXPOSITORY WRITING
4 crs.
A course in expository and argumentative writing, including reading
analysis of selected models. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 32 CREATIVE WRITING
4 crs.
Study of the techniques of descriptive and narrative writing, both prose
and poetry. Class discussion and evaluation of the student's work. [Fall.]
W 35 THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
5 crs.
Study of the works of selected Greek and Roman writers in the various
genre, and the influence of the classical tradition on later Western literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 40 LITERARY CLASSICS
4 crs.
Reading, analysis, discussion of selected European classics from the
Renaissance to the Modern Age, chiefly non-English writers. [Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
45 MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS
5 crs.
Works of selected American writers from Colonial times to the present,
noting their contribution to the historical development and the literary
movements of American literature. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
47 MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE LITERATURE
5 crs.
The development of Western literature, chiefly British, from "Beowulf"
to Shakespeare through study of significant works and their relation to
the literary and historical context. [Prereq.: 35 or #. Fall, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
55 INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ENGLISH
5 crs.
A study of modern English viewed from a historical perspective, with
reading in recent linguistic studies. Designed to give the student an
introduction to structural linguistics and a view of the development of
the English language. [Spring.]
6 1 BRITISH LITERATURE, 16 16-1 800
5 crs.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of works of selected writers from the
metaphysical poets through Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. [Prereq. :47 or
# .Fall.]
62 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY 5 crs.
Study of the works of the major Romantic and Victorian poets, critics,
essayists and novelists and of the major literary movements of the
century. [Prereq. : 61 or # Winter.]
.
72 MODERN FICTION
4 crs.
Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly British and American, of the twentieth century. [Winter.]
74 MODERN POETRY
4 crs.
Study of the work of selected twentieth century poets, chiefly British
and American, with attention to recent criticism. [Spring.]
78 ADVANCED WRITING: PROSE AND POETRY
4 crs.
A course for students with demonstrated proficiency in writing. Assignments based on students' needs and interests. Class discussion of students' work. [Prereq. :31 or 32 or #. Spring.]
80 THE BRITISH NOVEL
4 crs.
Survey of the development of the novel in England through study of
the work of selected major novelists from the eighteenth century to the
present. [Winter, 196%70.]
82 THE AMERICAN NOVEL
4 crs.
A study of major and representative wokks of selected American novelists. [Winter, 196849.1
84 SHAKESPEARE
5 crs.
Study of ten or twelve major plays-comedies, histories, tragedieswith attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic
art. Additional plays assigned for reading -and analysis. [ ~ r e r e i . :47.
Spring.]
86 MILTON
4 crs.
A study of major poems and selected prose with reference to the intellectual and historical background of Milton's works. [Prereq.: 61
or #. Spring, 196849.1
88 CHAUCER
4 crs.
Study of CXmucer's works and language, with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." [Prereq. :47 or #. Spring, 1968-69.1
9 0 , 9 1 , 9 2 ENGLISH SEMINAR
3, 3, 3, crs.
Course 90, methods and problems of bibliography and research; 91,
a major American or British writer; 92, studies in criticism. Open, with
limited enrollment, to any junior or senior with permission of the
instructor. [90, Fall. 91, Winter. 92, Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of B or above.
Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
As an aid to students who are handicapped in their college work by
inefficient reading skills, Augsburg College offers a non-credit class in
Improvement of Reading. The fee for the class is $25 per term. Arrangements to take the course must be made at the time of registration
for the fall term.
FRENCH AND GERMAN
See under Department of Modern Languages.
GEOGRAPHY
See under Department of Education.
GREEK
See under Department of Classical Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF HEALTH
AND
EDUCATION
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS ANDERSON, MR. NELSON,
MISS OLSON, MR. PEARSON, MRS. PETERSON, MR. PFEFFER,
MR. SAUGESTAD
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to
promote health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical
education program, to develop character and good sportsmanship,
to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective
training program for prospective teachers of health and physical
education.
All students are required to take a physical examination as a part
of the registration procedure before participating in any phase of the
physical education program.
One year of physical activities, course 1, 2, 3, is required of all students.
Physical Education major: 40 credits including 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43,
51, 52, 71, 72.
Broad teaching major in Health and Physical Education: 68 credits
including 10, 11 or 13, 23, 31, 32, 43, 50, 51, 52, 57, 59, 60, 71,
72, 73, Biol. 6, plus P.E. 82 for men, and Soc. 31 for women.
Physical Education teaching major: 53 credits includhg 10, 11 or 13,
23, 31, 32, 43, 51, 52, 59, 71, 72, and Biol. 6.
Physical Education teaching minor: 29 credits including 10, 23, 31, 32,
43, and 72.
Health teaching mfnor: 31 credits including 10, 50, 51, 60, 73, and Soc.
31, and Biol. 6.
Coaching endorsement: 25 credits including 10, 43, 51, 82, and Biol. 6.
Coaches entering their first head-coaching assignment in Minnesota
Public Schools are reauired to have a t least a coaching endorsement
in the field of physical education. Sports included under this requirement
are football, basketball, track, hockey, wrestling, and baseball.
1, 2, 3 PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES
1/3, 1/3, 1/3 crs.
Two hours per week. Meets the general education requirement. [I, Fall.
2, Winter. 3, Spring.]
10 HEALTH AND FIRST AID
5 crs.
Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community. Includes also the American Red
Cross First Aid Course. [Winter, Spring.]
I I , 13 SWIMMING AND AQUATICS
I , I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching swimming, life-saving and water
safety. Open only to majors and minors. C2 hrs. per wk. 11, (Women),
Fall. 13 (Men), Spring.]
23 TEAM SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching and officiating team sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per wk. Spring.]
31 INDIVIDUAL AND DUAL SPORTS
5 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual sports. Separate
sections for men and women. [lo hrs. per week. Fall.]
32 RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND RHYTHMS
4 crs.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation,
quiet games, low organized games, noon-hour activities, camp nights,
relays, modified games, simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
43 HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
5 crs.
History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. [Spring.]
50 INSTRUCTOR'S COURSE IN FIRST AID
I cr.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid
Course. [Prereq.: Currently valid Standard First Aid card. Winter.]
51 KINESIOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE 6 crs.
Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the action of the
muscular system. The major effects of exercises upon the systems
of the body. [5 lect. and 1hr. arr. Prereq. : Biol. 6, Chem. 5. Fall.]
52 ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND
EVALUATION
4 crs.
Physical education for the exceptional child with special reference to
the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of
physical education. Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation
of tests in physical education. [Winter.]
57 TEACHING OF HEALTH EDUCATION AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 5 under
Department of Education. [Winter.]
59 TEACHING OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
2 crs.
Methods and materials. Offered in connection with course 59 under
Department of Education. Separate sections for men and wGrnen.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
60 SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION CURRICULUM
4 crs.
Curriculum content in a school health education program. [Fall.]
7 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMING
5 crs.
Curriculum analysis and preparation. Administrative techniques and
procedures. [Fall.]
72 SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of teaching stunts, tumbling, and special fitness
activities. Men and women meet separately. C8 hrs. per wk. Winter.]
73 ADMINISTRATION OF SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION PROGRAM
5 crs.
Methods, techniques, and procedures. [Spring.]
82 COACHING OF SPORTS
4 crs.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Prevention and care of athletic
injuries. [Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Directed intensive study in the area of Health Education or Physical
Education. Open only to majors.
DEPARTMENT
OF
HISTORY
MR. CHRISLOCK, chairman, MR. GISSELQUIST, MR. GUSTAFSON,
MR. HAUGE, MRS. JENSEN
The Department of History aims to introduce students to the study of
history as an intellectual discipline; to prepare students for secondary
teaching and graduate work; to deepen students' understanding and appreciation of their own and other civilizations; and to enhance students'
effectiveness as contributing members of society.
Major: 49 credits. Minor: 33 credits. Both the major and minor require
History 1, 2, 3, 21, 22, and 3 credits of seminar work.
1 , 2, 3 WESTERN CIVILIZATION IN A WORLD
SETTING
4, 4, 4 crs.
Western civilization from its beginnings in the Ancient Near East to
the present. Other great world civilizations and their relationship to the
West are surveyed. Course 1 carries the survey to 1300; course 2, to
1815; and course 3, to the present, becomes a survey of world civilization. Students may take any one, any two, or all three courses. [All offered each term.]
5, 5 crs.
2 1 , 22 UNITED STATES HISTORY
The development of the ideas, institutions, and culture of the American
people. Special seminar for one additional credit for students selected
for the honors program. C21, Fall, ,Winter. 22, Winter, Spring.]
2 5 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
See under Department of Modern Languages.
UPPER 3 M S I O N
COURSES
W 55 TWENTIETH CENTURY UNITED STATES HISTORY 4 crs.
Exploration in depth of such topics as the Progressive Movement, the
New Deal, the background of World War I and World War n, and the
coming of the Cold War. (Prereq. :22, Winter.)
56 HISTORY OF AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY
4 crs.
The relationship of .foreign policy to general American development is
stressed. [Prereq. :21 or 22. Spring.]
1 57 HISTORY OF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIA
4 crs.
Modern period since 1800. Historical survey of cultural and political institutions. Expansion and consolidation of European power in the area,
Western impact on non-European societies, nationalist movements and
emergence of independent governments after World War 11. [Fall.]
1 61 ANCIENT HISTORY
4 crs.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions to modern cultures. [Fall.]
1 62 ENGLAND TO 1714
Emphasis is placed on constitutional development. [Winter.]
66 EUROPE IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
4 crs.
The main emphases are: the study of this century as the most critical
period in the emergence of the modern state; and the beginning of a
secular and scientific world view. [Spring.]
1 68 CHINA AND JAPAN SINCE EARLY
NINETEENTH CENTURY
4 crs.
A study of the major domestic developments in, and foreign affairs of
China and Japan. [Prereq.: 3 credits of Western Civilization or consent
of instructor. Winter.]
1 71 EUROPE IN THE AGE OF REVOLUTION,
1780's t o 1850
4 crs.
The period in which major revolutionary movements periodically erupted
in Europe. Population movements and economic changes which contributed to the "isms" that articulated the demands for change. [Fall.]
1 74, 75 EXPANSION OF EUROPE
4, 4 crs.
The spread of European people, ideas, and power into the non-Western
world and the impact on non-Western peoples. Case studies from Africa,
South America, and Asia are used to illustrate exploration, trading
post empires, the plantation system, adaptation and rejection by nonEuropean peoples, colonization, and economic and territorial imperialism. [74, Winter. 75, Spring.]
1 82 TWENTIETH CENTURY EUROPE
4 crs.
Europe from the outbreak of World War I to the present. [Fall.]
1 95 SEMINAR OR ADVANCED READINGS
3 crs.
Topics will vary from year to year. Students may earn up to 9 credits
in this course. [Prereq. : #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
LATIN
See under Department of Classical Languages.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
See under Department of Education
DEPARTMENT
OF
MATHEMATICS
MR. GULDEN, chairman, MISS DURKEE, MR. FOLLINGSTAD,
MRS.NAUCK
The Department of Mathematics aims to develop the student's knowledge
and skill in the major branches of elementary and higher mathematics,
an appreciation of its cultural and practical values, and the background
for teaching and for professional and graduate study.
Major: 24 credits above 43, inclucling 58, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84.
Teaching major: 32 credits above 43, including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 80,
83, 84.
Recommended for those considering further study: 40 credits above 43,
including 58, 61, 64, 67, 72, 73, 83, 84, 85, 92.
Minor: U credits above Math. 43.
See under Curriculums for suggested course of study.
W 13, 14 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE
MATHEMATICS
5, 5 crs.
A liberal arts course in mathematics with an introduction to analytic
geometry, abstract algebra, trigonometry, logic, statistics, differential
and integral calculus. Primarily for students not intending further study
of mathematics. [Prereq.: Higher Algebra and CEEB placement. 13,
Fall, Winter. 14, Winter, Spring.]
40 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS I
5 crs.
An introduction to the concepts and terminology of mathematical
analysis through the areas of algebra, logic, functions, systems. Students
may not receive credit for this course if they have credit for 13, 14
(or 19). [Prereq.: Higher Algebra, Trig, and CEEB placement. Fall.]
4 41, 42, 43 MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS 11, Ill, IV
(Calculus1
5, 5, 5 crs.
Topics of the elements of plane and solid analytic geometry integrated
with differential and integral calculus including calculus of several variables, applications, and series. [Prereq.: 40, or #. 41, Winter. 42,
Spring. 43, Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 56 BASIC CONCEPTS OF ARITHMETIC
4 crs.
Presents the patterns of mathematics underlying arithmetic and g e e
metry. Emphasis is placed on the inductive techniques of discovery of
such patterns. Includes the ideas of modern elementary school mathematics curricula. Primarily for elementary education majors. [Fall.]
58 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
4 crs.
Ordinary differential equations with applications, series solutions, systems of differential equations ; solution by special transforms ; numerical
methods; and an introduction to partial differential equations. [Prereq.:
43. Winter.]
61 LINEAR ALGEBRA
4 crs.
A course intended to aid in making the transition from the concrete to
the abstract. Such topics as elementary matrix algebra and its application to the physical and social sciences; linear equations; vector spaces
and linear transformations ; unitary and orthogonal transformations ; the
characteristic equation of a matrix and bilinear, quadratic, and Hermitian forms are presented. [Prereq. :43. Fall.]
1 64 MODERN GEOMETRY
4 crs.
An analytic study of advanced Euclidean, projective, non-Euclidean,
and finite geometries. An introduction to the geometry of transformations
of the plane. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
67 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
4 crs.
An analytic study of probability, distribution, random sampling estimation of parameters, central limit theorem, tests of hypotheses, regression, and other topics in statistics. Calculus and set theory are stressed
as tools for modern mathematical approach. [Prereq.: 43. Spring.]
1 72, 73 MODERN ALGEBRA
4, 4 crs.
The basic algebraic systems presented from an abstract point of view.
Topics include the theory of groups, rings, fields, vector spaces and
modules, and linear transformations. A development of the real and
complex number systems. [Prereq.: 43. 72, Winter. 73, Spring.]
1 80 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS
4 crs.
The underlying structure of mathematics considering set theory, mathematical logic and the axiomatic method. Applications are made to various
branches of mathematics such as number theory, algebra, geometry,
and topology. [Prereq. : 43, Winter.]
83, 84, 85 ADVANCED CALCULUS
4, 4, 4 crs.
Considers the fundamental notions of calculus for functions of several
variables. A treatment of differentiable forms and manifolds in ndimensional Euclidean space as well as a more traditional vector analysis approach. Stress is placed on the theory of functions of real and
complex variables especially during the last term. [Prereq.: 43. 83,
Fall. 84, Winter. 85, Spring.]
1 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
Student chooses an area to study independently; meets with a mathematics faculty member at least one hour per week. [Prereq.: 73 and
85. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
COMPUTER SCIENCE
45 COMPUTER SCIENCE
4 crs.
Theory of modern digital computers. Terms such as algorithms, flow
charts, storage, control, input-output units, and simulation are defined.
Includes a survey of computer applications. A particular computer language is presented and used to solve a variety of problems. [Prereq.:
Math. 42, Fall term. None, Winter. Fall, Winter.]
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. LANDA, chairman, MISS AASKOV, MISS ANDERSON,
MRS. BALTINA, MRS. BONDEVIK, MRS. CAIRNS, MR. CREPEAU,
MR. HANSEN, MRS. JAUNLININS, MRS. JOHNSON, MRS. KINGSLEY,
MISS ROZENTALS, MR. SANDVEN, MR. WHITESIDE
The Department of Modern Languages seeks to give the student a
knowledge of a modern language : its pronunciation, its structure, and
its idiomatic expression, in terms of listening, speaking, reading and
writing skills. At the same time it aims to develop in the student a
sympathetic jnterest in the history and life of the people whose language
he is learning, transmitting the best of their literary, cultural and religious heritage.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MODERN
LANGUAGE
The department prepares specifically for communication skills, for
teaching at the junior and senior high school level, and for graduate
study.
The beginning and intermediate courses of a second modern language
are needed for graduate study. Two terms of Latin are also recommended.
Students may not receive credit for both 3, 4 and 5, 6 in the same language.
O FRENCH
Major: 30 credits above 6 including 55, 72, 74, 84; and two of 56, 57, 63,
64, at least one of which must be 63 or 64.
Minor: 15 credits above 6 including 55 and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
1, 2 BEGINNING FRENCH
5, 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in understanding, speaking and reading French
with oral and writing practice in the basic structural patterns of the
language, both in class and in laboratory assignments. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in aural-oral skills, structure of the language and
reading comprehension that will lead to cultural appreciation and the
reading knowledge needed for general pursuits. Grammar review, selected reading and laboratory practice included. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
5, 6 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
4, 4 crs.
Continues training in comprehension, conversation and reading skills
with grammar review as a means to accuracy and facility in oral and
written expression. Class discussion, selected reading, and laboratory
material with cultural emphasis. Required for continuing study in French.
[Prereq. :2 or #. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
55 FRENCH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough practice in correct oral and written expression with the aims
of both fluency and facility. Classroom and laboratory emphases on VOcabulary enrichment, organization of materials, accuracy of pronunciation and grammatical refinement. Required for majors and minors.
[Prereq. :6 or #. Fall.]
56, 57 FRENCH CIVILIZATION
5, 5 crs.
The development of political, social, intellectual and artistic movements
and their outstanding manifestations as essential to the understanding
of the French people. Readings, lectures, reports, discussions and laboratory materials in French. [Prereq.: 6 or permission of instructor.
Spring. Offered on demand.]
5, 5 crs.
63, 64 SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE
The study of major French authors and literary movements in France,
with the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in the language. One term required
for the major. [Prereq.: 55 or #
.]
72 THE FRENCH NOVEL
5 crs.
Significant and representative French novels that show the evolution
of this prose form to the present. Emphasis on literary works with
lecture, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq.: 55, and 64 or #.
Spring, 1969.1
74 THE FRENCH DRAMA
5 crs.
Significant and representative French plays that show the evolution of
this genre from the classical to the modern period. Emphasis on the
literary works with lectures, discussion, reports in the language. [Prereq. : 55, 63 or
# .Spring, 1970.1
84 ADVANCED FRENCH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Extensive training in accurate and effective speech and writing, with
attention in listening and reading to the characteristic levels of French
expression. Emphasis on refinement in style, organizational techniques,
variety in form and subject. For majors and those intending to teach
French. [Prereq.: 55, and 57 or #. Junior or senior standing. Fall.]
9 2 FRENCH SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in French literature for advanced students. Discussion and papers in French. May substitute for
72 or 74. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. Junior or senior standing. Winter, on
demand.]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FRENCH
2-5 crs.
Individual study of a topic, movement, genre of interest to the advanced
student. May serve to replace 72 or 74. No more than 3 credits may be
earned in a given term. [Prereq.: 55, 63, 64 or #. FaU, Winter, Spring.]
GERMAN
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72, 74, 84, and any two of 56,
57, 63, 64. At least one of 63, 64 recommended.
Minor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING GERMAN
5 , 5 crs.
Provides basic experience in speaking, understanding, and reading the
German language, and comprehension of its structure through the
acquisition of basic patterns of expression. Laboratory experience in the
language is an integral part of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
3 , 4 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue in German. Provides a foundation for reading knowledge adequate for cultural and
professional purposes. Some experience in oral expression and understanding of spoken German. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
5 , 6 INTERMEDIATE GERMAN
4, 4 crs.
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility in expression. Selected readings for class discussion in the foreign
language, with cultural emphasis. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. :
2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
W 5 5 GERMAN CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in the spoken word, with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Audio-oral exercises in language laboratory.
Required for teachers, majors, and minors. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Fall.]
UPPER DWISIOrj
COURSES
56, 57 GERMAN CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5, 5 crs.
Topics dealing rrith the intellectuaI, geo.gaphic, artistic, and scientific
history of thc German-speaking countries, including attention to contemporary developments. Class discussions and lecmcs supplemented with
demonstration materials. Taught in Ckrman. [Prereq.: 55, or
56,
Winter. 57, Spring. Offered on demand.]
+.
W 63,64 SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE
5, 5 crs.
From the beginning to modern times. Reading of significant authors in
German, supplemented by lectures on the history and development of
German literature and culture. Reports and discussion of selected works.
For majors and minors. Taught in German. [Prereq.: 55 or equiv., or#.
63, Winter. 64, Spring. Offered on demand.]
72 GERMAN NOVEL AND NOVELLE
5 crs.
Reading in German and discussion of well-known prose writers representing various periods and movements in German literature. Especially
for majors. [Prereq.: Any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 196849.1
W 74 GERMAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Reading in German and class discussion of outstanding dramatic works
in the various representative periods (classical, 19th century, naturalism,
impressionism, expressionism.) Especially for majors. [Prereq. : Any
two of 56, 57, 63, 64, or equiv. Spring, 1969-70.1
W 84 ADVANCED GERMAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
This course aims to give the major and prospective teacher more intensive training in oral expression, with stylistic refinement and organizational practice in writing. Laboratory work required. [Prereq. : 55. Fall.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
May serve as substitute for German 72 or 74, if necessary. It is suggested
that no student register for all five credits within one term. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 25, 26, 55, 72, 74, 84.
Minor: 19 credits above 6.
Teaching minor: 19 credits, including 55, 72 or 74, 84.
5, 5 crs.
1 , 2 BEGINNING NORWEGIAN
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading, and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian.
Laboratory work and regular class attendance expected. [I, Fall, Winter,
Spring. 2, Winter, Spring.]
4, 4 crs.
W 3, 4 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
A terminal course for students not intending to continue with Norwegian language study. Vocabulary building and study of syntax through
extensive readings in Norwegian literature. Some experience in oral
expression. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 3, Fall. 4, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN
Continued conversation and composition to further comprehension and
facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for
class discussion and exercises. Brief literature survey. Laboratory work
expected. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall. 6, Winter.]
1 25 SCANDINAVIAN HISTORY
5 crs.
A survey of the history of Norden, including Finland and Iceland, with
particular attention given to the historical development of political democracy. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. [Fall,
196%70.]
26 MODERN SCANDINAVIA
5 crs.
A broad survey of Scandinavian culture with special emphasis on con-
ditions and developments in the twentieth century. Knowledge of a
Scandinavian language desirable but not required. [Spring, 1964-70.1
55 NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Laboratory work expected. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv.
Spring.]
62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
4 crs.
See description under Department of Music. This course may substitute
for 25 or 26 for the major or minor by permission d the department
chairman. CSpring.1
1 72 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN NOVEL
5 crs.
Lectures will give a survey of the Scandinavian novel. Class discussion
based on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset,
Selma Lagerlef, Par Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Haldor Laxness, and
others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written
work in the Norwegian language. [Fall, 196849.1
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
74 THE MODERN SCANDINAVIAN DRAMA
5 crs.
Assigned readings will incIude dramatic works by lbsen, l3prnson,
Stsfndkrg; Ua~:trfirirrt,Nunk, and o t h ~ rtwentieth century dramatists.
Lectures
stress Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian
language desirable. Language majors and minors w.ill be required to
do assigned readings and twitten work in t h e Nor~reaian Imguage.
[Spring, 1868-83.1
W 84 ADVANCED NORWEGIAN CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Further intensive -training in ma1 and written rx-presslon in Nonvegian.
Some attention given to the other Seandinatqan Ianpages and to the
historical deveIopment of x ~ ~ t t e g i a nLabmatory
.
work. Required for
all majors and tcaching minors. [Prer~q.:55 or equiv. FaU, 196S70.1
W 99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-5 crs.
This is primarily intended as an enrichment course, tfiough it may serve
as a substitute for 72 or 74 under special conditions. Paper must he
n ~ i t t c nIn Konx-egian. Available any term to majors and minors. LFaII,
Winter, Spring.1
SPANISH
Major: 30 credits above 6, including 55, 72 or 74, 84; and any two of
56, 57, 63, 64, of which at least one must be 63 or 64.
IMinor: 15 credits above 6, including 55, and any two of 56, 57, 63, 64, 84.
W 1 , 2 BEGINNING SPANISH
5, 5 crs.
Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading
and writing of elementary Spanish. Laboratory work is an integral part
of the course. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
3, 4 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
4, 4 crs.
Grammar review with emphasis toward reading comprehension and
cultural appreciation. Further laboratory work. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv.
3, Fall, Spring. 4, Fall, Winter.]
4, 4 crs.
W 5, 6 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH
Continued conversation, composition, and review of grammar to further
comprehension and facility in expression in Spanish. Further laboratory
work. Required for the major and minor. [Prereq.: 2 or equiv. 5, Fall,
Winter. 6, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
OOURSES
W 55 SPANISH CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims
of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Extensive laboratory
work. [Prereq. :6 or equiv. Fall.]
56 SPANISH CIVILIZATION AND CULTURE
5
crs.
Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contribution to world
civilization through its historical, intellectual, literary, and artistic movements. In Spanish. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter or Spring. Offered on
demand.]
W 57 REPRESENTATIVE HISPANIC AMERICAN
AUTHORS
5 crs.
An introduction to Spanish American literature. Lectures, discussions,
written and oral reports in the language. [Prereq.: 6 or equiv. Winter
or Spring. Offered on demand.]
111 63, 64 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
5. 5 crs.
A stady of representative authors in Spanish literatare, supplemented by
lectures on the literaty movements and develuyment of Spanish l i t ~ r a ture. Lectures, rliscussion. ~irittcn and oral repc~rts in t l ~ clanguage.
Laboratory w r k , !Pwreq.: ki or eqnlv. 83, KLnt~r.a,Spring. Offered
on demand.]
72 SPANISH NOVEL
5 crs.
Study of the outstanding novelists of the nineteenth and twentieth century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or
64, or equiv. Fall, 1968.1
74 SPANISH DRAMA
5 crs.
Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and
written reports in the language. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 or equiv. Fall, 1969.1
84 ADVANCED SPANISH CONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION
5 crs.
Aims to give an extensive training in oral expression, organizational
practice in writing with stylistic refinement. Appreciation of differences
in speech existent in the Spanish-speaking countries. Laboratory work
required. For majors and those intending to teach Spanish. [Prereq.:
55. Spring.]
92 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Study in depth of an author, topic or genre in Spanish or Hispanic
American literature. Discussion and papers in Spanish. May substitute
for Spanish 72 or 74. [Prereq.: 63 or 64 and Junior standing. Winter.
Offered upon demand.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
Individual study of an author, theme or movement of interest to the
student. May substitute for Spanish 72 or 74. It is suggested that no
student register for all five credits within one term. [Prereq.: 63 or 64.
Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SATEREN, chairman, MR. BEVERLY, MR. COAN, MR. EKLOF,
MR. GABRIELSEN, RiISS HENNIG, MR. JOHNSON, MR. KARLEN,
MRS. MOEN, MR. NIELSEN, MR. SA170LD, MRS. THUT,
MR. VUICICH
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to be-
come teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
or who are primarily interested in performance, as well as preparation
for those who expect to pursue the study of music on the graduate level.
General instruction is afforded other students who wish to broaden their
cultural background with an understanding of and appreciation for
the music of the masters.
Through its performing organizations, both choral and instrumental, the
department gives all students of the college varied experiences in creating music as a participant.
Further enriching the program are opportunities, open to all students
of the college, for private instrumental and vocal instruction with professionally qualified teachers.
DEPARTMENT
OF
MUSIC
Major: 68 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 57, 58, 60-62, and
76; 12 credits in applied music, and two years as a member of one of
the college music organizations.
Teaching major: 57 credits. Courses 1 through 22, 50 or 53, 54, 58, 60,
and 61; 9 credits in applied music, and two years a s a member of one
of the college music organizations.
Minor: 27 credits. Courses 1-3, 20, 57, and 4 elective credits; 3 credits in
applied music, and one year a s a member of one of the college music
organizations.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of
majors during either the junior or senior year. This requirement may
be fulfilled by satisfactory participation in the bimonthly Performance
Workshops. Formal public recitals are encouraged and, upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the requirement.
Sophomores, juniors and seniors are required to attend the bimonthly
Performance Workshops. Freshmen are encouraged to attend.
All majors and minors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination by the end of the sophomore year. It includes: (a) major and
harmonic minor scales with triads and inversions, played two octaves,
ascending and descending, hands together and with correct fingering,
a t moderate speed and from memory; (b) a Bach two-part invention
or a classical sonata; (c) a romantic or modern piece showing expression; and (d) sight reading pieces of hymn-tune grade. One of the
pieces (b or c) must be played from memory.
During his junior and senior years, a student who has been certified
as a music major by the Department of Music is given required applied
music lessons in the area of his concentration without extra cost
provided such study is with a member of the Augsburg College music
faculty. The total of applied music credits earned under this provision
may not exceed six.
See under Curriculums for suggested courses of study.
l THEORY l
4 crs.
Principles of notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads and
rhythms, and their application in written exercises; aural skills, sight
reading, dictation, and part-singing. [5 lect. Prereq.: Passing theory
entrance test. Fall.]
2 THEORY 2
5 crs.
The use of scales, intervals, and chord formations in written exercises.
Harmonization of figured and unfigured bass and melody. [Prereq.:
1. Winter.]
3 THEORY 3
4 crs.
Sixteenth century vocal counterpoint with examples from the music
of Palestrina and di Lasso. Writicg two-, three-, and four-part polyphony in the church modes. [Prereq.: 2. Spring.]
20 THEORY 4
4 crs.
Advanced work in harmonization; modulation, advanced chord progressions, suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music. [Prereq.: 3.
Fall.]
W 21 THEORY 5
4 crs.
Eighteenth century counterpoint with examples from the music of
J. S. Bach; synthesis of tonal harmonic and contrapuntal writing. Writing
two- and three-part inventions, a four-voice fugue, and a chorale prelude. [Prereq. : 20. Winter.]
1 22 THEORY 6
4 crs.
Form and structure in music; harmonic analysis. [Prereq.: 21. Spring.]
1 30 INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE ARTS
4 crs.
The development of music from 1600 to the present through the study
of selected works of great composers from each period. Emphasis
is placed upon relationships between music and the other fine arts.
Participation in the cultural life of the community leading towards
appreciation and criticism. For the non-music major. [Winter, 1968-69.
Fall, Spring, 1969-701.
1 50 CHORAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs. UPPER DIVISION
Fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral ensemble; methods, COURSES
materials, and techniques. [Spring.]
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing reed and string instruments. [Fall.]
1 53 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
1 54 INSTRUMENTAL TECHNIQUE
4 crs.
Class instruction in the techniques of playing brass and percussion
instruments. [Winter.]
1 57 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Techniques of conducting, preparation of and conducting choral scores,
organization and administration of choral ensembles. [3 double periods.
Prereq.: 22 or #. Winter.]
1 58 CONDUCTING
3 crs.
Preparation of and conducting instrumental and combined vocal-instrumental scores, organization and administration of instrumental ensembles. [3 double periods. Prereq.: 57 or #. Spring.]
1 60 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
5 crs.
Music of the Renaissance, Baroque, and Classical eras. [Fall.]
1 6 1 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF MUSIC
4 crs.
Music of the Romantic and Modern eras. [Winter.]
1 62 SCANDINAVIAN MUSIC
The music of Scandinavia since 1700. [Spring.]
70 HYMNS AND MUSIC OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
4 crs.
Development of the music of the Christian church, with special attention
to the Protestant heritage. Designed for the general student as well
as for organists, choir directors, and pre-theological students. [Fall.]
1 76 ORCHESTRATION AND CHORAL ARRANGING
4 crs.
The craft of orchestrating and arranging music for instrumental and
vocal ensembles of varying sizes and types. 14 1ect.-labs., 1 disc. Prereq.: 22, 53, 54, 58. Fall.]
1 87 PERFORMANCE WORKSHOP
0 cr.
Student recitals affording opportunity for public performance. Acquaints
students with a repertoire of musical excellence. [Two evenings per
month. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
APPLIED MUSIC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Credit
for the first term of lessons is given to majors and minors only after
completion of. the second term in the same area with the same teacher.
Others receive one credit for ten thirty-minute lessons per term. Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees
see under Financial Information.
1 PIANO
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, accompanying. Only
those credits earned in piano after the piano proficiency examination
has been passed may be applied toward the music major or minor.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 ORGAN
I cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance, hymn-playing, accompanying. [Prereq.: Basic piano technique and #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 VOICE
I cr.
Correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control, flexibility, ear-training a s needed, interpretation of song classics-both
sacred and secular. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS, BRASS INSTRUMENTS,
STRING INSTRUMENTS
I
cr.
Technique as needed, repertoire, performance. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
MUSIC ORGANIZATIONS
The musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music
student, but for any student of the college who wishes to participate in
groups affording opportunity for musical expression. Membership for
the full year is required of participants.
CHOIR
Membership is by audition and restricted to 65 singers. [4 rehearsals per
wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CONCERT BAND
Membership is by audition. [4 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
ORCHESTRA
Membership is by audition. [3 rehearsals per wk. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
CHORAL CLUB, REPERTOIRE BAND,
SYMFONIA, INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Membership is by audition or consent of director. [2 rehearsals per
wk. Fa, Winter, Spring.]
MR. SANDIN, chairman, MR. BAILEY, MR. CHRISTENSON,
MR. JOHNSRUD
The department of philosophy conceives its task as an instructional
department in a liberal arts college to be twofold: (1) to make a significant contribution to the liberal education of all students regardless of
their college major; and (2) to provide a strong undergraduate program
of study for students who desire to complete a major or minor in
philosophy.
Major: 46 credits, including 41, 42, 43; either 23 or 51; and either 8 1 or
4 credits of 99.
Minor: 32 credits, including 41, 42, 43, and either 23 or 51.
See under Curriculums for a suggested course of study.
21 PROBLEMS OF PHILOSOPHY
4 crs.
Seeks to give the student a basic understanding of the nature and aims
of philosophy, an acquaintance with some of its central problems, and
a mastery of the terminology employed in philosophical discussion.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
[Fall, Winter, Spring.]
DEPARTMENT
OF
PHILOSOPHY
22 INTRODUCTION TO ETHICS
4 crs.
Approaches ethics through a consideration of movements, such as
relativism, naturalism, etc.; or problems, such as the nature of the
good, conscience, etc.; or important figures, such as Plato, Kant, Hume.
Designed to meet the General Education requirement in philosophy.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
[Spring.]
23 LOGIC
5 crs.
A study of the formal rules of sound reasoning. Topics discussed include :
the nature and functions of language ; fallacies in reasoning ; definition;
principles of deductive reasoning; induction; a brief introduction to the
notation of modern symbolic logic. [Fall, Spring.]
41 ANCIENT AND EARLY MEDIEVAL
4 crs.
A historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the
development of philosophical thought from the Greeks through St.
Thomas Aquinas. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Fall.]
W 42 LATE MEDIEVAL AND EARLY MODERN
4 crs.
A survey course in which the development of Western philosophical
thought is traced from the breakdown of the Medieval synthesis to
the systems of Kant and Hegel. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Winter.]
43 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY
4 crs.
A survey of the most important trends in Western philosophical thought
in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Prereq.: 21 or #. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
5 1 SYMBOLIC LOGIC
5 crs.
Treats deduction and the analysis of statements by means of special
symbols. Topics include propositional functions and quantifiers, the logic
of relations, the concept of an axiom system. [Prereq.: #. Winter.]
61 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience, with
special attention to the problem of the nature of religious language.
[Fall, 1968-69.1
63 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
5 crs.
A stcdy of the meaning, methods, and implications of modern science
by means of an analysis of basic concepts, presuppositions and p r e
cedures. [Prereq.: 23 or #. Winter.]
65 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
American philosophical thought from colonial times to the present.
Puritanism, and Revoluntionary period, transcendentalism, idealism,
pragmatism, naturalism, and realism. [Fall.]
71 ETHICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the principles of morals and ethics, the nature of
moral experience, and an analysis of the language of ethical discourse.
[Winter, 1968-69.1
73 METAPHYSICS
5 crs.
An inquiry into the nature of metaphysics, the function of metaphysical
language, and an examination of major historical and contemporary
views. [Prereq.: #. Winter, 1969-70.1
75 EPISTEMOLOGY
5 crs.
An inquiry into the bases of claims to knowledge of various sorts and
into the possibility of general criteria of truth and falsity. [Prereq.:
# .Fall, 1969-70.1
H 81 SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY
5 crs.
A careful study of some selected man or movement in the Western
philosophical tradition, with heavy emphasis on the careful reading of
primary source materials. [Prereq. : #. Spring.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5 crs.
For philosophy majors. Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with
the faculty advisor. CPrereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
See under Department of Health and Physical Education.
DEPARTMENT MR. HANWICK, chairman, MR. KWE, MR. SPIESS
OF
PHYSICS Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing
that keeping abreast of the rapid advances in some areas is almost
impossible, although necessary, it is the desire of the department to
bring to the students not only the basic concepts, but also insights
into recent developments. By so doing it is hoped that challenges will
arise, be met, and so stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment,
and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end the department
prepares some students for graduate studies and some for the teaching
profession. The liberal arts tradition is served by offering courses that
will enable a student to follow developments with some degree of comprehension.
Major: 48 credits, including 21, 22, 23, 51, 52, 61, 62, 63, 81, 82, and
5 credits of 77.
Recommended for graduate school: 53, 70, 75, 83 in addition to courses
listed for the major.
Minor: 29 credits.
H l ASTRONOMY
4 crs.
A descriptive course requiring only elementary mathematics. Our
solar system, the stars, and galaxies. The necessary optical i n s h m e n t s
are explained, and use is made of a 12" reflecting telescope. Occasional
night viewing. [Fall, Winter.]
3 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS
4 crs.
A survey of physics, touching on some aspects of mechanics, heat,
sound, electricity and magnetism, optics and atomic physics. The
goals, methods and concepts are studied in a historical and contemporary context. Not intended for majors in physics. C4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
Spring.I
1 2 1 , 22, 23 GENERAL PHYSICS
5, 5, 5 crs.
A rigorous study of the concepts of mechanics, fluids, heat, sound,
optics, electricity, and magnetism, and some aspects of modern physics.
For majors in physics and other specified fields. Must be taken in
sequence. [5 hrs. 1ect.-recit., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: Math. 41. 21, Fall.
22, Winter. 23, Spring.]
1 5 1 , 52 MECHANICS
4, 4 crs.
The classical equations of motion are presented for a single particle,
a system of particles, and for rigid bodies. Stationary and moving
frames of reference are used. Must be taken in sequence. [Prereq.:
23, Math. 58. 51, Fall. 52, Winter.]
53 MECHANICS
4 crs.
A restatement of classical mechanics employing Lagrange's equations.
Rigid body mechanics and small oscillations are included. [Prereq.:
52, Math. 58. Spring.]
1 6 1 ELECTRONICS
5
A review of D.C. and A.C. circuits b e f e e introducing the electron
and some circuit applications. The study of solid state diodes
transistors with applications to certain circuits. [4 lect., 2 hrs. lab.
req. : 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
crs.
tube
and
Pre-
1 62, 63 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
4, 4 crs.
Treats the classical electromagnetic theory using vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solutions of Laplace's
and Poisson's equations and the use of Maxwell's equations to the
solution of problems in electromagnetic wave phenomena. [Prereq.:
61, Math. 58. 62, Winter. 63, Spring.]
70 OPTICS
5 crs.
Both geometrical and physical optics are presented with the greater
emphasis on the latter. Reflection and refraction, interference, diffraction and polarization. [ 4 lect., 2 hrs. lab. Prereq.: 23, Math. 43.
Spring.]
1 75 MODERN PHYSICS
4 crs.
A phenomenological introduction to modern physics that includes the
Special Theory of Relativity, atomic theory, radiation, particles and
nuclear models. [Prereq.: 23, Math. 43. Fall.]
I cr.
77 ADVANCED PHYSICS LABORATORY
Independent laboratory investigations. Numerous experiments including mechanics, electricity, spectroscopy, nuclear physics. Students may
take this course five times for credit with the last term devoted to some
research project. [3 hrs. per wk. Prereq.: 23. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
1 8 1 , 82 THERMAL PHYSICS
4, 4 crs.
Study of thermal properties, using as illustrative material the properties
of gases, low temperature phenomena, and Curie's law substances.
Three main divisions : classical thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and an
introduction to statistical mechanics. [Prereq.: 52, Math. 84. 81, Fall.
82, Winter.]
1 83 INTRODUCTION TO SOLID STATE PHYSICS
4 crs.
A study of the physical properties of solids, particularly the properties
exhibited by atoms and molecules by virtue of their location in a
regular crystal lattice. [Prereq.: 82, Math. 84. Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
DEPARTh'IENT
OF
POLITICAL
SCIENCE
MR. STENSHOEL, chairman, MR. DEWEY, MRS. NOONAN
Augsburg's offerings in political science are intended to facilitate an
understanding of the processes, concepts, and institntins of governance;
to provide an intellectual basis for effective and informed citizenship;
and to help prepare interested students for additional work at the
graduate or professional level, in such areas as law, political science,
public administration, and international relations.
Major: 45 credits in political science, plus 5 credits in Social Statistics
(Soc. 61). Political science courses required include 20, 21, 22, and a t
least one course in each of the following areas: Comparative Government (numbered in the 50's) ; International Relations (60's) ; Public
Law (70's) ;and Political Theory (80's).
Minor: 27 credits, including 20, 21, 22; and a t least one course in each
of three of the four areas indicated above.
A maximum of nine credits toward a political science major may be
earned from among certain specific courses offered by the departments
of history and economics. For information, see the Chairman of the
Department of Political Science.
.
.
Course 20, 21, or 22 will meet the general education requirement in
political science or economics.
20 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT I:
FOUNDATIONS OF AMERICAN DEMOCRACY
5 crs.
The nature, assumptions, and conditions of democratic politics in the
United States. Historical, economic, social, and constitutional factors
are considered, as well as the roles of political parties and interest
groups. The American system is compared briefly with democratic and
nondemocratic alternatives. [Winter.]
2 1 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT II:
AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT
5 crs.
The Presidency, Congress, and the Supreme Court as instruments of
conflict and consensus in the American political system. The role of
the national government is examined in the context of social and economic interdependence and of ideological and pragmatic conflict.
[Spring.]
2 2 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT Ill:
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT;
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
5
crs.
Problems and patterns of state and local government, including urban
and metropolitan development and intergovernmental relationships. Public administration is introduced from several perspectives : as discipline,
as political process, as concrete expression of the positive state. [Fall.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
.
.
50 COMPARATIVE DEMOCRATIC GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
A comparative analysis of the respective political theories, institutions,
and processes of selected democratic states. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or 22, or #.
Winter.]
51 CONTEMPORARY COMMUNIST GOVERNMENTS
4 crs.
The political processes of the Soviet Union and other Communist states
are analyzed in terms of ideological assumptions, the party role and
institutional forms. [Prereq. : 20, 21, or 22, or #. Fall.]
W 60 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS
4 crs.
General theories of international politics, the basic factors involved in
international relations, and the formulation of foreign policy as background for study of recent international problems. [Prereq.: 20, 21, or
22, or #. Fall.]
62 COMMUNIST FOREIGN POLICIES
4 crs.
Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign
policies of Communist nations, with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and
China. [Prereq. :51 or 60. Spring.]
70 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I
4 crs.
The legal-political-philosophical role of the judiciary in the American
constitutional system is analyzed via a study of significant cases decided
by the U.S. Supreme Court. [Prereq.: 10 credits in American Govt. or
#. Winter.]
W 71 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW I I
4 crs.
A continuation cf course 70, emphasizing the protections afforded individ~lc.1righ's and liberties cnder the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment. [Prereq. : 70. Spring.]
W 80 POLITICAL THOUGHT TO 1800
4 crs.
Analysis of selected readings from outstanding political philosophers
from Plato throxgh Burke. Emphasis is placed upon elements reflected
in Western democratic thought. [Fall.]
W 8 1 RECENT POLITICAL THOUGHT
4 crs.
Conflicting ideologies of recent political thinkers, including anarchist,
Communist, elitist, and democratic views. [Winter.]
W 84 CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL ANALYSIS
4 crs.
An investigation of the theory-building and model-building of selected
contemporary political scientists, and of their philosophical and methodological assumptions. For majors in political science. [Spring.]
W 9 5 SEMINAR
3 crs.
Consult department chairman for information concerning terms and
subject matter. [Prereq. : # .]
W 9 9 INDEPENDENT STUDY
Registration by special permission. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
2-5
crs.
DEPARmNT
OF
PSYCHOLOGY
MRS. DYRUD, chairman, MRS. ANDEREGG, MR. HOLMAN,
MRS. HOWARD
The objectives of this department are: (1) to acquaint the student with
the principles and methods in the scientific study of behavior; and (2)
to enable the student to better understand the processes which influence
behavior. Emphasis is on the study of human behavior.
.
.
..
.
.
Major: 36 credits, including 5, 59, 61, 62, 64, 81, 91, and 99. In addition,
Soc. 61 is required.
Minor: 24 credits including 5, 59, and 87.
5 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
A study of basic processes underlying behavior. The general principles
and methods of psychology are examined as they apply to the many
areas of specialization in psychology. [Prereq.: So. or #. Fall, Winter,
Spring.I
7 GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY SEMINAR
I cr.
Offered in connection with course 5 for one additional credit. I t includes advanced readings and discussion on general psychology topics.
[Prereq.: #. Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
50 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
See under Secondary Education.
5 1 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: CHILD
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior of children, with emphasis
on theoretical considerations and empirical findings regarding socialization, cognition, family relationships, and general psychological development. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Fall.]
52 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADOLESCENT 4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adolescents,
with emphasis on theory and empirical findings regarding physical
and sexual development, parent-child relationships, identity and the
peer group, cognitive development and achievement, and social class
differences. [Prereq.: 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of
statistics. Winter.]
53 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: ADULT
4 crs.
Development of personality and/or behavior patterns of adults, with
special emphasis on young adults. Some theory and empirical findings
regarding personality, values, interests and vocational choice, sexuality, adjustment and behavior change. A brief discussion of findings in
geriatric psychology. [Prereq. : 5 and concurrent registration in or completion of statistics. Spring.]
55 HUMAN GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
4 crs.
See under Elementary Education.
W 59 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT I
4 crs.
Theory and principles of measurement and testing. Examination given
to the purposes, construction and use of measurement devices in personnel work of business and industry. [Prereq.: 5, and Soc. 61. Fall.]
.
60 PSYCHOLOGICAL MEASUREMENT II
4 crs.
Administration and interpretation of standardized tests of intelligence,
aptitude, interest, achievement and personality. Special emphasis given
to the use of the Revised Stanford-Binet and Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale in supervised practice situations. [Prereq. : 59. Winter.]
W 61 PERSONALITY I: APPROACHES TO PERSONALITY 4 crs.
A study of the dynamics of human adjustment with emphasis on behavior
that customarily falls within the normal range. Includes an introduction
to major theories of personality. [Prereq.: 5. Fall.]
W 62 PERSONALITY II: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
A study of the sociological, biological, and psychological factors involved
in abnormal behavior. Contains an examination of diagnostic categories,
treatment, and research in mental illness. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
W 64 EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to experimental n~ethodologyin psychology : experimental
design, operations, and data analysis. [Prereq.: 5 and Soc. 61. Spring.]
W 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
See under Department of Sociology.
5 crs.
81 HISTORY AND THEORY
4 crs.
A survey of ideas and events of importance in the development of
current areas of psychology. [Prereq.: 13 crs. in psych. or #. Fall.]
85 COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to the basic principles, methods, and techniques of
counseling. Consideration given to goals and ethical problems in a
counseling relationship. [Prereq. : 62. Winter.]
87 DIFFERENTIAL PSYCHOLOGY
4 crs.
Survey of individual and group differences and factors such as age,
heredity, sex and environment which contribute to variations in ability
and temperament. [Prereq. : 5. Fall.]
91 SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 crs.
A study of psychological problems in the contemporary world. [Prereq.:
17 crs. in psych. or
#.
Spring.]
99 RESEARCH PROBLEMS
2-3 crs.
Independent study in which students conduct individual research projects.
[Prereq. :
# . Fall,
Winter, Spring.]
MR. P . A. QUANBECK, chairman, MR. BENSON, MR. COLACCI,
MR. FRETHEIM, MR. RTANDSAGER, MR. OLLILA, MR. SKIBBE
The courses in religion are intended to assist the student in his
reflection on the meaning of the Christian Church through the study
of its beliefs, its scripture, and its mission.
The graduation requirement includes 18 credits in religion. Of these
credits 10 must be in the lower division, and at least 8 must be upper
division. Freshmen are required to take course ll: sophomores, course
21. Courses ll and 21 are prerequisites for all upper division courses.
Only one of courses 53, 54 may apply toward the graduation requirement.
Requirements for transfer students will be determined a t the time of
admission.
Major: 46 credits, including one course from each of the following
groups of courses plus one seminar: 51-59; 61-63; 71-74; 81-85. Also
required are: two courses each in history, literature, philosophy (above
21); and one course in either sociology or psychology (above 5). Two
courses of upper division Greek may be counted toward a major in
religion.
Minor: 26 credits.
DEPARTMENT
OF
RELIGION
W I l INTRODUCTION TO THEOLOGY
5 crs.
.An inrroduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue
beriveen the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine.
1 Fall, Winter. S ~ ~ r i n1g .
21 BIBLICAL STUDIES
5 crs.
The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and
the emergence of the church. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 5 1 THE TEACHING MINISTRY OF THE CHURCH
4 crs.
The historical development and theological foundation of education in
the church, The relationship of the teaching and preaching ministries.
Methods and means of teaching, and the task of Christian education
today. [Winter.]
52 THE THEOLOGY AND FORM OF CHRISTIAN
WORSHIP
4 crs.
A study of the origin of Christian worship, the development of the various liturgical traditions and the recent liturgical innovations. Attention will be given to both the theology and the form of worship. Visits
will be made to a variety of worship services. [Winter.]
53 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I
4 crs.
A study of primitive religion and several religions of the Near East,
including Islam and Zoroastrianism. [Fall.]
W 54 HISTORY OF RELIGIONS I1
4 crs.
A study of several religions of the F a r East, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and Taoism. [Winter.]
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
See under Department of Sociology.
W 61 EARLY CHRISTIAN FATHERS
4 crs.
The development of certain f ~ n d a m e n t a ltheological doctrines from the
time of the Apostolic Fathers up to the Ecumenical Councils of the
early church. [Fall.]
W 62 THEOLOGY OF THE REFORMERS
4 crs.
An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers
of the sixteenth century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther,
John Calvin, and other representative figures. [Winter.]
63 AMERICAN PROTESTANTISM
4 crs.
The Protestant ethos in the United States. Special attention to the rise
of religious liberty, revivalism, the American denominational structure,
and the responses of American Protestantism to the challenges of its
environing culture. [Spring.]
71 JESUS AND HIS INTERPRETERS
4 crs.
Consideration of the New Testament Documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their content, literary structure and relationships.
Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus,
including the "quest for the historical Jesus." [Fall.]
4 crs.
7 2 THE THEOLOGY OF PAUL
A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his
relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found
in his writings. [Spring.]
73 THE MESSAGE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT
4 crs.
The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of
Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. [Winter.]
74 STUDIES IN GENESIS ONE TO ELEVEN
4 crs.
A detailed study of these chapters, with discussion of their theological
significance and their background in Israel and the ancient Near East.
Special attention will be given to interpretive problems, particularly
a s related to history and science. [Fall.]
81 CONTEMPORARY THEOLOGY
4 crs.
An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological
thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of
the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. [Spring.]
82 CONTEMPORARY ROMAN CATHOLIC THEOLOGY 4 crs.
New trends of Roman Catholic theology a s expressed in the writings of
some of its representatives. Relation of new theological and biblical
insights to the dogmatic definitions of the church. [Fall.]
83 CHRISTIAN ETHICS
4 crs.
The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and
sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. [Fall.]
84 CHRISTIAN VIEW OF MAN
4 crs.
The Christian doctrine of man and salvation. Its uniqueness and relevance to certain other contemporary views of the nature and destiny
of man. [Spring.]
85 THEOLOGY OF THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMENT
4 crs.
A study of the theological factors inherent in the origin, the various
participating churches and the main results of the modern Ecumenical
Movement. Representatives from various religious groups will be invited to lecture and lead discussions. [Winter.]
86 SEMINAR
4 crs.
Special study in some field of theology. Registration is by permission
of the instructor.
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
2-5
crs.
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES
See under Department of Modern Languages.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
See under Curriculums.
MR. TORSTENSON, chairman, MR. BLOOM. MR. HUSFLOEN,
MRS. MADSON, MR. NELSON, MR. NORDLIE, MR. VETVICK
The objectives of this department are to help students attain a better
understanding of society, its social order and forces of social change; to
prepare students for social service occupations and for post-graduate
studies in such fields as sociology, social work, industrial relations, urban
planning, etc. The Department seeks to maximize its urban setting by
promoting research and participant-observation experiences in the TwinCity Metropolitan region.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SOCIOLOGY
Major: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower division credits a.nd 30 upper
division credits, including 61, 62, 76, 91. Psych. 5 also required.
Philosophy of Science i s strongly recommended.
Major with Social Work Sequence: 50 credits consisting of 20 lower
division credits and 30 upper division credits including 51, 52, 53, 54.
55, 56, 61. Psych. 5 also required.
Minor: 25 credits including 12, 43, 61.
Sociology 11 is prerequisite to all other sociology courses.
W I I MAN IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
The cultural and structural dynamics of the Western world as seen
through sociological perspectives. A focus on normative patterns, social
organizations, social institutions, and socialization in the context of
social change. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
W 12 SOCIAL PROBLEMS
4 crs.
The dynamic processes a t the root of contemporary social problems
in the context of historical, social and cultural change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 31 MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
5 crs.
The course is designed to help the student in his preparation for marriage and parenthood and focuses on such issues as the interpersonal
relationships of dating, selection of a marriage partner, constructive use
of the engagement period, early marriage adjustments, childbirth, discipline of children, and sex education. Integral parts of the course
include films, personal analysis papers, and the discussion of case
studies. A secondary emphasis is given to such sociology of the family
concerns as tracing the family historically and cross-culturally, and
viewing the contemporary American family against a background of
modern society and social change. [Winter, Spring.]
W 41 INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
4 crs.
Man's prehistory and contemporary primitive societies. An analysis
of the origins of life and man, race and culture, and cultural and
social anthropology including subsistence and crafts, marriage and
kinship, social control, religion and magic, personality and culture,
and cultural growth. [Fall.]
W 42 RURAL AMERICAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The social origins, development, and contemporary forms of rural
society and the small community. The historic roots of the American
rural community; rural social movements; and rural life in world
perspective. [Winter.]
W 43 MODERN URBAN COMMUNITY
4 crs.
The cultural and social organization of the city in historical perspective
including the forms, processes, and problems of the modern metropolis.
[Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
W 51 FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK
4 crs.
Examines basic concepts and values in the practice of social work;
historical development and trends in Social Policy and Programs in the
U.S.; and surveys the social services offered through the various public
and non-profit agencies and institutions. [Prereq.: Concurrent registration
in 54. Fall.]
52 INTRODUCTION TO METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK 4 crs.
Provides a beginning understanding of the three methods of social workcasework, group work, and community organization. Explores basic
concepts of human growth and behavior and social process and their
relationship to the methodology of social work. [Prereq.: 51, and concurrent registration in 55. Winter.]
53 WELFARE ISSUES IN MODERN SOCIETY
4 crs.
Examines Social Welfare's responsibility and relevance to the problems
of modern society including poverty, mental illness, automation, deviant behavior, mental retardation, and civil rights. Explores some of
the recent experiments and new approaches to these problems both
within and outside the Social Welfare field. Points up some of the
current and re-occurring issues within and about Social Welfare in
modern society. [Prereq.: 52 and concurrent registration in 56. Spring.]
54,55,56 FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SOCIAL
AGENCIES
I cr. per term
Students are assigned five hours per week to work in a social agency
such as a settlement house, or a hospital, public welfare, family service
correction and services to the mentally retarded. Responsibilities vary
according to the agency. From one to four students are assigned to each
agency. The agency provides the supervision and recommended grade
for the course. No credit given unless all three quarters are completed.
Must be taken concurrently with Soc. 51, 52, and 53. [54, Fall. 55, Winter.
56, Spring.]
57 SUMMER WORK STUDY IN CORRECTIONS
AND SOCIAL SERVICE
5 crs.
A summer experience for undergraduate students combining independent study and paid work experience in the fields of Corrections and
Social Services.
59 RELIGION AND SOCIETY
4 crs.
An examination of the social sources and structure of the church.
Particular emphasis is given to the study of bureaucracy and its relation to religious systems. Some exploration of the changing patterns of
society and the relationship of these changes to the institutional church.
[Fall.]
6 1 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL STATISTICS
5 crs.
Scientific methods of collecting, organizing, comparing and interpreting socio-psychological data. Constructing graphs and tables, finding
measures of central tendency, variability and association, and h y p e
thesis testing. IPrereq. : high school algebra or equir. Fall, Spring.]
62 SOCIAL RESEARCH
5 crs.
Methods of investigation in sociology and psychology. An examination
of procedures and problems of the research prccess. An analysis of
research designs and techniques. The construction of questionnaires
and other data-gathering tools. [Prereq.: 61. Winter.]
5 crs.
Non-normative behavior with an emphasis upon crime and delinquency.
Gang-delinquencv, white-collar crime, organized crime. The theories
of crime causation, treatment, and prevention. [Spring.]
W 73 CRIME AND DELINQUENCY
M 75 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
5 crs.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development
of personality, the impact of group norms. The various theoretical
schools of social psychology. Selective forms of collective behavior
such as cro-.vd, rumor, and audience. [Fall.]
82 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP RELATIONS
5 crs.
The historical, cultural, structural and psychological dimensions of
minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice,
racism and civil rights in the American setting. [Winter.]
83 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
5
crs.
Large-scale organizations in contemporary industrial society. Bureaucracy, decision-making.. formal and informal or~anizational
structure and
labor-management relations. [Spring.]
85 SEMINAR IN THE MODERN METROPOLIS
I cr.
A study of the nature, dynamics and challenges of the emerging metropolitan community.
91 MODERN SOCIOLOGY THEORY
5 crs.
The development and nature of the major theoretical schools of contemporary sociology, in the context of their historical settings in the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries. [Winter.]
SPANISH
See under Department of Modern Languages.
DEPARTMENT
OF
SPEECH
MR. ANDERSON, chairman, MISS COLE, MRS. OLSON
This department aims to foster in students those skills which contribute
to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical
listening hzbits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and
drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
Major: 40 credits. Students who do not plan to go into secondary or
elementary school teaching should consult with the department regarding
preparation for graduate school or other post-graduate opportunities.
Teaching major: 44 credits. For secondary education students: 11, 32,
12 a 52, 51 or 55, 60, 61, 66, and 76. In addition, a course in logic is
required, but credits in this course do not count toward the major.
Minor: 28 credits.
Teaching minor: 28 credits. For secondary education students: Y, 32,
51 or 55, 60, and 66. Course 76 is strongly recommended. For elementary
education students: ll, 16, 60, 61, ond 76.
For elementary education students, courses 16 and 76 are recommended.
Elementary education students who have had speech in high school
may request substitution of course 16 to fuliill the literature/speech
requirement. Normally, courses 11 and 51 fulfill this requirement.
I I BEGINNING SPEECH
4 crs.
Basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening. Meets five
times per week. [Fall, Winter, Spring.]
I 2 FORMS OF PUBLIC ADDRESS
4 crs.
Public speaking projects with emphasis on style, audience psychology,
and adaptation to various situations. [Prereq. : 11. Winter.]
16 STORY TELLING AND CREATIVE DRAMATICS
4 crs.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation,
and practice in story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended
for parish workers and elementary school teachers. [Fall, 196849.1
2 1 DEBATE
I cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year.
Participation in intercolle$ate debates. Open to all students. May be
repeated four times for credit. [Fall, Winter.]
28 STAGECRAFT
4 crs.
Construction, painting, and other aspects of scenery preparation. Open
to all students. [Winter.]
32 ACTING
4 crs.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and
improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations. [Spring.]
UPPER DIVISION
COURSES
H 5 1 ARGUMENTATION
5 crs.
Application of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debates. [Fall.]
52 PERSUASION
5 crs.
Theory of persuasion and propaganda; study of great speeches; practical work in speech writing. [Prereq. :11. Spring, 1968-69.1
55 GROUP LEADERSHIP AND DISCUSSION
5 crs.
Theories of group leadership: principles and types of discussion; practice in discussion techniques. [Winter.]
60 INTERPRETATIVE READING
5 crs.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading
prose, poetry, and drama. [Fall, Winter.]
61 INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC ARTS
5 crs.
An introduction to history of the theater and to theories of drama and
dramatic production. [Fall.]
66 STAGE DIRECTION
5 crs.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning productions and conducting rehearsals. [Spring.]
67 LIGHTING AND SCENE DESIGN
5 crs.
History, theory, and practice of stage lighting and scene design. [Fall,
196%70.]
68 DRAMA IN THE CHURCH
5 crs.
History of drama in the church, reading and discussion of plays, study
of uses of drama by the local congregation. [Spring, 1969-70.1
76 SPEECH PATHOLOGY
5 crs.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal
speech. An introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
[Winter.]
99 INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-3 crs.
Selected topics in oral interpretation, acting, theater history, rhetorical
theory, or speech pathology; individual projects with emphasis on the
use of primary sources and methodolgy of research. [Fall, Winter,
Spring.]
SPECIAL
PROGRAMS
OF
--
STUDY
AFFILIATION WITH SCHOOLS OF NURSING
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing a t the Lutheran Dwconess, .Swedish, Fairview, and ~ e t h o d i i tHospitals in Minneapolis receive some of their instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission to the Schools df Nursing should be made to
the hospitals directly.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a
college degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three
years of this work are taken a t Augsburg and a final twelve-month
program is completed a t one of the two hospitals.
CORRECTIVE THERAPY [7
A program in Corrective Therapy worked out in cooperation with
the Veterans Administration Hospital is available to students who
complete a major in Physical Education a t Augsburg. Tke program
requires 250 hours of clinical observation. practice, and orientation under the direction of the Chief of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation Service at the Veterans Hospital. The work may be
done either during the senior year or after graduation. It carries
no college credit.
SPAN
Augsbrrrg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for AmiQ
among Nations) program. Tnis is a joint venture of the University
of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students
are selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. -4ppplications are made in the spring of the sophomore year.
JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD [7
Arrangements have been made under which Augsburg College students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study a t a
number of European educational institutions. These institutions are:
The University of Oslo, Norway; Schiller College and The Goethe
Institute in Germany; and The Institute for American Universities a t Aix-en-Provence in France. Study a t other institutions
may be possible through special arrangements. Applications for
such foreign study must be approved by the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing. In addition, the student's program
of study while in Europe must be approved by his faculty adviser
prior to making application to the Committee on Admissions and
Student Standing. A year of foreign study is recommended only
for students with good scholastic records whose programs of study
can be followed satisfactorily a t the institutions chosen. Credit
earned through foreign study can usually be applied to the student's graduation requirements as electives or, occasionally, as
elements of his major sequence. Such credit ordinarily does not
satisfy the general education requirements with some exceptions
such as the study of a foreign language.
HONORS PROGRAM
For superior freshman sudents, some special accelerated sections
are available in such subjects as English and History. For superior
students of all classes, special colloquia are offered each term.
Many departments of the college offer a program through which
the student can earn honors in his major field. Students of high
ability who are interested in pursuing an honors curriculum are
invited to write to the Director of the Honors Program for infomation regarding the Honors Programs which may be open to them.
Honors students are selected on the basis of previous academic
achievement and test results.
NORTH-SOUTH STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
In order to promote better understanding in the area of race relations and to encourage better cultural exchange between the
students of Augsburg College and colleges in the South, Augsburg
has entered into an agreement with various southern colleges
whereby an interchange of students may take place. This exchange
may take place during either the second or third, term, or both,
depending upon the schedules of the cooperating colleges.
In order to qualify for the exchange program, the Augsburg student must secure the approval of his/her parents (if he/she is a
minor), his/her major adviser, and various college officials. A
further general requirement is approval by the student exchange
board which will, among other things, require a grade point average of a t least 2.50.
Further details and application forms may be secured from the office of the Dean or the President of the Student Society.
THE PASS/NO CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM
Effective with the 196748 academic year, a Pass/No Credit
grading system is available to juniors and seniors only, applicable
to a maximum of one course per term. The provisions of the system
are as follows:
1. Juniors and Seniors only may choose to be graded on the
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
basis of Pass/No Credit instead of a regular grade for a
maximum of one course in any one term.
The Pass/No Credit option may not be applied to courses
in the student's major field.
Each department of the college shall determine which,
if any, of the courses it offers may not be taken by any
student on a Pass/No Credit basis. Students will be informed by the Registrar's Office a t each registration day
of the courses which may not be taken under the system.
Although credits earned under the system will be counted
toward fulfilling the requirements for graduation, Pass/No
Credit grades will not be used in computing the student's
Grade Point Average.
The student must exercise the option of taking a course
under the Pass/No Credit grading system at the time of
his registration for the course, and may not change after
the end of the first week of the term.
Under the Pass/No Credit grading system, the grade of 'S'
shall be assigned to the student earning the equivalent of
a grade from 'A' to 'C'; the grade of 'N' to the student earning the equivalent of a grade from 'D' to 'F'.
AUGSBURG SUMMER SCHOOL
Students may earn up to ten credits of college work in a sixweek summer session from June 24 through August 2, 1968.
For 1969, tentative plans call for a similar six-week term beginning June 9, followed by a short term of three weeks set for
July 21 through August 8, during which additional five credits may
be earned.
Most courses will meet mornings, Monday through Friday. Others
will meet for longer periods two evenings a week, in order to accommodate part-time students employed during the day.
Eligible to attend Augsburg summer school are present students
and graduates of Augsburg and other accredited colleges and universities, as well as recent high school graduates whose class
standing and scores in college aptitude examinations indicate a
high probability of success in college work.
Courses to be offered during the summer sessions will be determined, in part, by demand. Most will not require prerequisites. In
addition to formal classes, provisions are being made for independent study in several areas, and for individual instruction in
voice and instrumental music.
For 1968, summer tuition for 8-10 credits is $220.00, plus a registration fee of $5.00. The latter fee will, however, be waived for
those completing registration not later than June 14. Private lessons will be charged separately.
A single board and room charge for the 1968 summer session will
be $100.00, and will provide morning and noon meals exclusive
of weekends, and a room from the evening of June 23 through the
morning of August 3.
For specific information, interested persons are asked to write:
Director of Summer School
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55404
CURRICULU'MS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student and his adviser in planning a program for a selected major,
or a particular vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
The course of study given below suggests a sequence which may
be followed to include the required general education courses. For
electives, students should take care to include all courses required
for the major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed
under departmental headings.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreign Language
Electives
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
4
-
4
- - 5
5-6 -
4
5
5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22, or
Economics 22
Electives
Term
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
II III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
- - 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
5
4 4
5-6 5-6 4
-
- -
6
-
-
- 4-5
6
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
12 12 12
AMERICAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is suggested for a major in American Studies.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Foreien Laneuaee
~ i s t o 621. 22 H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Economics 22 (Optional)
Speech or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Religion 63
Sistory 55.
Psychology 81s
Sociology 42'; 43'
Philosophy 65
Electives (non-major)
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
English 45
Political Sci. 20. 21
- -
4
-4 -
-
4
4
4
4
-
-
4
4
4
4
- -
4
4
SENIOR
Sociology 59.
Political Sci. 70*
Histon 56'
~ d u c a i i o n87.
English 82.
Political Sci. 22'
American Studies 95
American Studies 99
Electives (non-major)
* Electives in the major program
ART MAJOR WITH HISTORY MINOR AS
PREPARATION FOR GRADUATE STUDY
FRESHMAN
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
F o r & n Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosouhy 21
Art 21Art 18, 55
History 2
History 61
I
Term
I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83. 84
Art 67
Art 50
History 3
Speech 11 or Literature
Music 30
History 21, 22
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
-
4
4
-
4
4
-
4
-
4
-- 4 5
5
- 4
4
-
SENIOR
Religion
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 68
Art 78
History 95
History 71
Art 99
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
- Cr.
4 Cr.
-
--
4
8
-
4-5
4
4
3
-
- - 4
-
8
ART MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Art.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Art 7
Art 8. 12
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 83, 84
Art 67
Art 50
H. P.E. 10
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Music 30
Electives
Term
I 11 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Art
---. 21
-Art 18 and 55
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics 2 2
Art 68, 99
Art 78
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
do graduate work in biology. Where choices of biology are indicated,
the student should choose carefully the course best suited to his
field of interest. At least one term of botanical work is usually
desirable. Biology 72 is required.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Englsh 11. 12
History 3
Sociology 11
Chemistry 5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
Biology 11, 12
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
----------
Foreign Language
Physics 21. 22. 23
Biology 61; 71; or 76
Biology 63, 72 or 74
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Chemistry 51, 52, 53
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Biology 53 or elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
- 6 6
1 / 3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21 or 23
Biology 51, 71, or 76
Biology 73 or elective
Biology 72. 74, or 81
Biology 91, 92, 93
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
BIOLOGY MAJOR FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
The program suggested below provides for the recommended courses
in chemistry as well as for a good background in the biological
sciences. When making the choices between the biology course
options, it is important that the various disciplines of biology are
represented. Biology 72 and one other course in the 70 series are
required.
Term
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
History 3
Socioloev 11
I
I1 111
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
-
-
-
- 5-
6
-
6
-
4
4
6
- -
6 1/3 1/3 1/3
Relieion 21
~ o r G g nLanguage
Biology 51
Psychology 5
Chemistry 23
H. P.E. 10
Mathematics 13 or 40*
Mathematics 14 or elective*
Religion
Speech 11 or Literature
Foreign Language
Education 50. 59
Chemistry 53'
Biology 61. 71, or 76
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 63, 72, or 74
Education 52, 53, 54
I
I1 I11
5
5
5
-
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
6
5
-
-
Term
Term
JUNIOR
I
Cr Cr. Cr.
TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
4 4 5
4
5
5-6
6
5-6
0 0 0
-
-- -
SENIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
Biology 61, 71, or 76
Biology 72, 74, or 81
Biology 91, 93
Education 83
Education 84
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 - 5-6
- - 5-6
1 - 1
- 5 10
4
4-5 4
- -
- - -
Elective if the student is allowed to take Mathematics 40 rather than Math. 13 and 14.
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(ACCOUNTING SPECIALIZATION)
Students with a major in Business Administration may specialize
in accounting or finance. Students are urged to read carefully the
statement under the Department of Business Administration.
Term
FRESHMAN
I
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Relieion 11
E n g E s h 11, 12
History 1. 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1. 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Business Ad. 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 62, 63
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 - - 5
5 5 - 5 5
- 4 5
-
5
-
5
-
5
5
4
4
- -
Term
Term
JUNIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Business Ad. 81
Business Ad. 83
Electives
MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(FINANCE SPECIALIZATION)
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ad. 1, 2
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
Elective
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
4
4 4 - - 4
5-6 5-6 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
--
- -
- -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Business Ad. 31
Economics 22, 23
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
5
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
4
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51
Business Ad. 61, 62
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Business Ad. 78
Business Ad. 73
Electives
BUSINESS EDUCATION
MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Business Ed. 1
Business Ed. 10
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
Business Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 50
Economics 22, 23
Business Ed. .63
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Relieion 21
ForGgn Language
Natural Science or Math.
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Business Ed. 21
Business Ed. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed.. 8
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cy. Cr.
4 - 6
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Business Ad. 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
CHEMISTRY MAJOR
The following course of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree a t Augsburg College and is approved by
the American Chemical Society for students who plan to do graduate study in chemistry.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
Mathematics 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Chemistry 61. 62
Chemistry 63
Mathematics 83
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
6
-
5
-
5
-
4
6
- 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Chemistry 51, 52
Chemistry 53
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Sociology 11
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
â¬hemism 81. 83
C h ~ m l s m$2
Forcim L ~ ~ g u a g e
Speech 11 or Literature
Pol. Sci. 80. 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Chemistry 91
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
5
6
6
5
5
-
5
5
4
-
-
5
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5 - 5
- 4 4 - 4 - -
DENTISTRY
Students planning to enter the pre-dental curriculum should take
geometry, trigonometry, and higher algebra in high school. Courses
in physics and chemistry are highly desirable.
The following schedule will meet the requirements for admission to
most dental schools. Prospective dental students, however, should
inquire of the dental schools in which they are interested about
specific requirements.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Mathematics 40. 41
Biology 11, 12 '
Chemistry 15, 16 or 5, 6
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
I
Term
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 - 5
5 5
- 6 6
6 6 1/3 1/3 1/3
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
Sueech. Lit. or Hist.
~;ychology 5
Chemistry 51, 52
Physics 21, 22, 23
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 5
- - 4
-
-
ECONOMICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Business Administration, Economics, and Business Education.
Term
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2, or 3
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
F o r s g n Language
Sociology 61
Economics 51, 58
Electives
I
Term
I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
4
5-6 5-6
- 4
- - 10
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 4
4 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Art 1 or Music 30
Business Ad. 1, 2
Economics 22, 23
Electives
I
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 5 5 - - 4
- - 4
- - 4
4
4 4 - 4
4 - Term
SENIOR
Religion
Electives
I
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 15 12 15
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning t o prepare for elementary school teaching are
required t o complete the following curriculum. Except where a
choice is indicated substitutions may be made only upon the approval of the Director of Elementary Education. Since the optional
subjects and free electives are limited, the program must be followed carefully from the first year.
For the science-mathematics general education requirement, elementary education students are required to take one course in
biological and one in physical science. For the speech-literature
requirement in general education, they are required to take Beginning Speech unless exempted.
The major in this program is Elementary Education. Each student
is required t o complete a minor. Variations in the requirements of
the minor from those prescribed by the department may be permitted subject to special departmental approval. An academic major is highly recommended.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Engljsh 11, 12
Foreign Language
Historv 1. 2. or 3
~ i o l o & o a lscience
H. P.E. 10
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 55
Education 56
Education 52, 53, 54
Geography 14
Education 64
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 5
4
5 5
- 4
5 - 5
- 4
1/3
. 1/3
. 1/3
.
- 4 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5 - 4 - 0 0 0
- 4 - - 6
rn
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Phvsical Science
poi. ~ c i 20,
.
21 or 22
Music 30
History 21 or 22
Elective (minor)
SENIOR
Relieion
r ducat ion 77
Philosophy 21
Speech 11
Education 79
Education 87
Education 65
Electives (minor)
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4
5
4-6
- 5 4
5
- 4 5
- - ~
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - -
Elective (minor)
JUNIOR AND SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The program outlined below satisfies the requirements for
certification a t the junior and senior high school level in Minnesota and most of the neighboring states. The student should, during his sophomore year, apply t o the Committee on Teacher Education for admission t o the education curriculum. He will also need
to apply for student teaching during the junior year. Admission will
be determined on the basis of scholarship and other qualifications.
Areas in which students may obtain teaching majors or minors
are:
Art
Business Education
English-Language Arts
English
Speech
Foreign Language
French
German
Scandinavian Studies
Spanish
Health and Physical Education
Mathematics
Music
Natural Science
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Social Sciences
History
Political Science
Minors for teaching are also offered in Latin and Library Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign L a n g ~ a g e
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Education 52, 53. 54
H. P.E. 10
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5 4 5 5
5
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
5-6 5
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - - 4 - 4
5
4
0
0 0
-
-
5
-
8
8
8
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Music 30 or Art 1
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
Psychology 5
Electives
SENIOR
Reliigon
Education 83. 84
Education 87
Electives in the major
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
ENGINEERING
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
enroll in a school of engineering. Students planning t o enter this
program should have completed four years of high school mathematics and be qualified by the Mathematics Placement Test to
enter Mathematics 41. Those who plan t o transfer to the Institute
of Technology at the University of Minnesota will also need, in
some cases, a course in Rigid Body Mechanics (Statics) and Engineering Graphics. These may be taken in summer session a t the
U. of M.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ n g l k h11. 12
Sociology 11
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
Chemistry 15. 16 or 5, 8
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 75
Physics 62, 63
Physics Lab.
Mathematics 83, 84
Biology 11, 12 or, Elective
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
History 1, 2, or 3
Literature
Sociology 12
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43. 58
Art 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
4
ENGLISH MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department o'f
English.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1 or Music 30
English 61. 62, 84
English 72 or 74
English Elective
Electives*
Term
I TI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4-5
- 5 5
5 5 4
-
A
-
-
Term
I II 111
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---4
-
5
- -
4
5
-
5
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~conomics'22
Speech 11
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45
or Elective in the major
English 47; and 31, 32, or 78
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- -
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
English 90
Electives*
* Electives recommended for students planning to enter graduate school: English 80
or 82, 86, 88, 92, 95; and foreign language.
ENGLISH MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11 or 15
Enelish 12 or 35. 45
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Speech 11 and 12. 52 or 55
Pol. Sci. 20, 21. or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Natural Science or Math.
English 35 or 45 or 55
English 47, 31
Term
I 11 I n
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Psychology 5
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education 59
'
English 61. 62, 55
English 72 or 74, 84
Speech 60 or 66
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 5
- 4
0 0 0
5
5 5 5
- 4 5
5 -
-
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 10
5
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
H. P.E. 10
Art 1 or Music 30
English 21 or 40, 86 or 88
English 90. 91, or 92
Library Science 75
-- -- -45
.
4
4
3
--
- -
4
-
5
FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH MAJORS
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 21
Intfr. Foreign Language
Sueech 11 or Literature
~ h i l o s o p h y 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. lo*
Electives or 56, 57
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Beg. Foreign Language
History 1. 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Natural Science or Math.
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50'
Education 52.. 53.. 54'
Education 59*
Psychology 5.
Conversation 55
Survey 63, 64"
Literature
74~~~c~~~.;- 72- or
--
Term
I I1 I11
Cr, Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
5
5
5
-
-
5
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education
Education
Education
Ad. Conv. and Comp. 84
Literature 72 or 74
Indep. Study 99
Electives
5
-
2
5
-
-
-
5
2
5
5
5 5
Students who do not plan to take t h e education sequence may substitute 92.
99 or other electives for these courses.
* * Courses 56, 57 may be elected for either 63 or 64.
-
GREEKMAJOR
Students who plan to major in Greek should confer with the chairman of the department regarding electives and courses to be taken
in the senior year.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 1, 2. or
Latin 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I fI 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 4 4 4
4 4 4
4
- 8 8
- -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Naturll Science
Greek 11. 12,
Philosouhv 21
POI. sG. 30, 21,
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music
SENIOR
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
Math.
22 or
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
-
BROAD MAJOR IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR TEACHING
Two teaching majors are offered in the Department of Health and
Physical Education. Students are urged to read carefully requirements listed in the departmental course descriptions.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 10
H. P.E. 23
H. P.E. 11, 13 (W,M)
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
Econ. 22
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 57'
H. P.E. 51, 52
H. P.E. 71, 72
H. P.E. 82 or Soc. 31.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOWOBE
- - 5
1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
H' P E: 335. P.E. 43
R. P.E. 5D'
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4
4
0 0 0
- - 5
- -
-
6
5
-
-
2
4
4
4-5
4-5
4
-
-
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 73.
H. P.E. 60.
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
-
-
5
-
4
4
5
4
4
-
n
-
10
-
-- -4 - -
-
4
-
-
Starred courses are required for the broad major in Health and Physical Education
but may be omitted for the Physical Education teaching major.
HISTORY MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged t o read carefully the statement under the Department of History.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
301. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Economics
Art 1 or Music 30
Minor or Elective
Literature
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
- 4 4-5 1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 5 5 4 8 4
4 - - - 4
- 4 4
- - 4
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Laneuage
Historv 21, 22
P h i l o s o ~ h y 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Foreign Language
History
Seminar
Minor or Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
5
-
-
5
-
4
5
4
5
5-6 5-6
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
HISTORY MAJOR FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
~ n g l i s h11, 12
Foreian Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociolonv 11
~ c o n o m i c s 22
H. P.E. 1. 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52. 53. 54
Education
59
-~
-.-...
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Science 20. 22
H. P.E. 10
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - 4 5
- 5 5
4 4 4
4 - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosowhv 21
~ s y c h o i o g y5
Natural Science or Math.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
F,ueech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- 5
5-6 5-6 Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
LAW
College preparation for law school is flexible, and does not require
a specific course of study or a particular major. Students considering law as a profession are urged to study the requirements and
suggested curricula for the following majors:
American Studies, pages 50 and 108.
English, pages 68 and 114.
History, pages 34 and 116.
Political Science, pages 92 and 121.
While any of the above majors is appropriate as a pre-law curriculum, other majors are also highly acceptable. For most law
schools a broad background in the liberal arts constitutes a better
preparation than specialization and expertise in narrower fields.
While not all law schools require a baccalaureate degree as a
condition for admission, it is normally to the advantage of the
student to have completed his undergraduate degree program.
Nearly all law schools in the United States require applicants
to take a standardized Law School Admission Test, administered
several times each year a t prescribed times.
Students interested in law as a possible vocation should contact
the pre-law adivsor, chairman of the Department of Political Science.
MATHEMATICS MAJOR
The following course of study is designed for students who have a
strong background in mathematics from high school. Students who
lack this background may need to complete Mathematics 13, 14
before registering for Mathematical Analysis.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Math. 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1. 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Mathematics 83. 84, 85
mathematics 72, 73
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 61
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5
5 5
4
-
-
- -
-
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I LI I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4 4 4
4 4
4
- 4 4
4 4 4
-
-
- - -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Pol. Sci. 20. 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Socioloev 11
~6riign"~anguage
Art 1 or Music 30
Physics or Chemistry
Mathematics 43, 58, 64
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5 - -
- -
4-5
4
4 4
4 5-6 5-6
5 4 4
-
-
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 80
Mathematics 99
Electives
MATHEMATICS MAJOR 0
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Mathematics 40, 41, 42
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Cr. C
4
5
5
5
- -
-
4
5 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Econ. 22
Mathematics 43, 58. 64
Physics or Chemistry
4
-
4
4
-
-
-
45
5 4 4
5-6 5-6
-
I
Relieion
Art l or Music 30
Education 50, 59
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Mathematics 83. 84
Educatiun 52, 53, 54
Philosophy 21
Mathematics 61. 72
Elective
Term
II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4 5
- 4
5
4
4 0 0 0
4
- --
SENIOR
Term
I
Religion
Education 87
Education 84
Education 83
mathematics 80
Mathematics 67
Mathematics 99
H. P.E. 10
Electives
I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
- -4
-
10
4
-
~
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MAJOR
Students may c,omplete a course of instruction leading to the
Bachelor osf Arts degree with a major in medical technology by
completing three years of academic work a t Augsburg College and
twelve months of preparation at General Hospital or Swedish Hospital in Minneapolis. A minimum of 24 credits each of biology
and chemistry, and one term of mathematics, is required. A college
course in physics is strongly recommended. The program outlined
prepares students for certification in medical technology, and it
also includes the Augsburg graduation requirements. In the senior
year students taking this program must register a t Augsburg a s
well as a t the affiliated hospital.
FRESHMAN
Relieion 11
~ngnsh
11, 12
History 2
Sociology 11
SioloEv 11. 12
~ h e m G t r y'5 or 15
Chemistry 6 or 16
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
I
Term
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4
5
4
- - - 4
- 6 6
6 - - 6 -
1/3 1/3 1/3
I
Term
I1 I11
SOPHOMORE
I
I1 In:
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Mathematics 13
Chemistry 23
Biology 53 or 73
Biology 72
SENIOR
Cr.
r.
-.
. C
. Cr.
-.
Religion
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21 or 23
Physics 3
Chemistry 53
Biology 71 or electives
Biology 76
-
4
-
-
-
-
5-6
6
4
4
4-5
4
-
4
-
-
Lectures, laboratory and practical work
at General or Swedish Hospital for 12
months.
45 credits
4
6
-
-
MEDICINE
Since mo'st pre-medical students at Augsburg have gone to the
Medical School of the University of Minnesota, the following is
based on its requirements for admission. Information for other
medical schools may be obtained from "Medical School Admissions Requirements," published by the Association of American
Medical Colleges, and available in the Augsburg library. It is the
responsibility of the individual student to see that he has completed
the requirements for admission to the medical schools to which he
intends to make application.
The "Minimum Requirements" for the Medical School, University
of Minnesota, as translated into courses a t Augsburg College, are
as follows:
Credits
12
12
12
Biology 11, 12
Chemistry 15. 16
ChemIstrv 51. 52
&jal
science and Humanities
General electives
Recommended:
Physical Chemistry 61
Mathematics 42 (calculus)
5
5
Medical schools emphasize the word "minimum" in listing their
minimum requirements. In addition to the required and recommended courses listed, pre-medical students are encouraged to
take a t least two additional courses in biology and one course in
psychology. Some medical schools require or strongly recommend
this work. Broad studies in the liberal arts are highly desirable.
Pre-medical students normally complete a major in either biology
or chemistry. The minimum requirements for a biology major are
shown under Department of Biology; for a chemistry major under
Department of Chemistry. Students are strongly urged to consult
these departments early for advice on scheduling these majors.
MUSIC MAJOR FOR TEACHING
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students are
urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Music.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2. 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 68
Education 59
Art 1
Music 53'. 54
Music 60, -61
Music 57, 58
Music Organization
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- -
4
5
-
5
5
-
5
-
-
4
5 4
1 1 1
1/3 1/3 1/3
4
Term
I 11 In
Cr.
- .. Cr.
- - . Cr.
.
- .
- - 4
- -
4
0
-
0
0
-
4
5
4
3
0
1
3
0
1
- - 5
- 4 4
4 -
0
1
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Sociology 11
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Music 4, 5, 6
Applied Music
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 4 -
-
4
5
-
4
1
-
-
- 5-6 5-6
4 4
1 1
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22 or
Economics 22
H. P.E. 10
Philosophy 21
Music Organization
Electives
MUSIC MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Music 1, 2, 3
Applied Music
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 5 -
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Sociology 11
Music 4, 5, S
Applied Music
Music Organization
Elective
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
-
4
4
1
0
4
4
5
-
4-5 4-5
4
4
1
0
-
1
0
-
JUNIOR
Religion
Art 1
Music 60, 61, 62
Music 53*, 54
Music 57, 58
Applied Music
Music Organization
Electives
*
Term
I II m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 4
5
4
4
4
1
0
3
1
0
-
4
-
4
-
4
-
3
1
0
4
SENIOR
Religicn
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or ~ c o n o m i c s22
Philosophy 21
Music 76
Applied Music
Music Organization
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
I
Term
IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 4 - - 4-5
-
-
4
-
1
0
1
0
4
-
1
0
4 8 10
-
5
Choral Technique may be substituted for Instrumental Technique in the fall term.
NATURAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in natural science consists of 63 credits in science and
mathematics with at least 27 credits in each of two of the areas
of biology, chemistry, physics; or at least 27 cred,its in each of three
of the areas of biology, chemistry, mathematics, physics.
The following program is suggested.
I
Term
nrn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
1IIm
Cr. Cr. Cr.
For&
Language
Art 1 or Music 30
Natural Science or Math.
Pol. Sci. 20. 21. or 22
or Economics. 22
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Philosophy 21
Speech 11 or Literature
Education 50, 59
Natural Science or Math.
Education 52, 53, 54
H. P.E. 10
- 4
-4 -9 8
0 0
- 5
4
-
4
5
8
0
Term
SENIOR
Religion
Natural Science or Math.
Education 84
Education 83
Education 87
~
n
0.
Cr. Cr.
-
-
10
5
-
4
-
13 13
- -
-
-
4
-
PHILOSOPHY MAJOR
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Philosophy 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
JUNIOR
Religion
Speech 11 or 51 or Literature
Philosophy Elective
Electives
Term
I II m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
---5
4
5
5 5 4
-
SOPHOMORE
4 - - - 4
- - 4
1/3 1/3 1/3
- - 4
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Art 1 or Music 30
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Phdosophy 23
Philosophy 41. 42, 43
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Term
I n m
Cr.
Cr.
Cr.
-5
4 - 5-6 5-6
4 - -
-
-
5
4
-
-
4-5
- 4-
4
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. (Sr.
Religion
Philosophy 99
Philosophy Elective
Electives
PHYSICS MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Physics.
m
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ o & i g n~ a $ u a g e
Math. 14 or 40
Mathematics 41. 42
History 1, 2, or'3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Physics 61
Physics 51, 52
Mathematics 83,
Art 1 or Music
Physics 62. 63
Physics 77
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
4 5 5 5
5
- 5 5
4
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
- - -
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Physics 21, 22, 23
Mathematics 43
Mathematics 58
Pol. Sci. 20, 21 or 22
or 3conomics 22
Philosophy 21
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr Cr.
SENIOR
Reliigon
Physics 81, 82
Physics 77
Speech 11 or Literature
Electives
POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR
0
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Political Science.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
History 3
Philosophy 21
Math. or Natural Science
Sociology 11
Political Sci. 20, 21
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
~ o r e i g nLanguage
Political Sci. 60
Political Sci. 80, 81. 84
Economics 22. 23
Psvcholow 5
~iferaturF
Elective
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4 5
4
4
- 5-6 5-6
4 5 5
1/3 1/3 1/3
-
-
-
-
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
- 5 5
4
4 4 4
- 4 4
-
-
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Art 1 or Music 30
Sociology 61, 62
Philosophy 23
Political Sci. 22, 50
Computer Science 45
History 21, 22
SENIOR
Religion
Political Sci. 51, 62
Political Sci. 70, 71
Foreign Language
Electives
Tern
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
-
PSYCHOLOGY MAJOR IJ
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Speech 11 or Literature
Psychology 5
Electives
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science or Math
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr Cr. Cr.
- 4 4 4
5
4
-
- - - 4
4
4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Religion
Psvcholoev
~&ychol
Psychology
Psychology
Electives
81
o99
~~
91
Elective
RELIGION MAJOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Natural Science
History 1, 2
Sociology 11
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Math.
I
Term
n m
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Religion
.-P O ~ . 2"i.
-
20,-21,-or
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Philosophy 21
Electives
I
Religion
Philosophy
Foreign Language
Psychology 5
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4
4
4
4
4
- 4 4
5
- 4 6
-
- -
SENIOR
Term
I II rn
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Religion 86
Literature
Sociology
Electives
SCANDINAVIAN STUDIES MAJOR
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Modern Languages.
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
Eneldh 11. 12
scGa. 1. 5
EListov 1. 2. or 3
Natural Seience or Math.
Soziology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
-
-
5
Term
I II I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Scand. 5, 6
Scand. 55
Scand. 26
or Economics 22
H. P.E. 10.
Art 1 or Music 30
Term
I nrn
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- -
Religion
Psychology 5.
Education 50.
duoa at ion 52, 53, 54.
Education 59.
Scand. 72
Philoso~hv 21
Scand. -74Scand. 62
Electives
SOPHOMORE
- 4 5
- - 4 0
0
- - 05
5 - 4 -
SENIOR
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Education 84'
Education 83'
Education 87;
Scand. 84
Scand. 99
Electives
* Students who do not plan to take the education sequence may substitute electives for these courses.
SECRETARIAL WORK
The first year of the f'ollowing program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis
of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for
teaching business subjects in high school appears under Business
Education.
A secretarial-work certificate is awarded on completion of the twoyear program.
A student in the two-year program must select three courses from
the general education requirement making a total of 90 credits.
FIRST YEAR
Religion 11
Enelish 11. 12
~ u i i i e s s~
- d 1.
Business Ed. 50
Business Ed. 21. 22
Business Ed. 53
Business Ed. 10
Electives
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SECOND YEAR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
psychology 5
Speech 11
Busixess Ad. 1, 2
Business Ed. 63
Business Ed. 8
Electives
SEMINARY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum is intended to prepare
the student for admission into a theological seminary course. The
following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the seminary adviser as early as possible since the major selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even
in the freshman year.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Historv 1. 2. 3
~ o r e i & ~anguage'
Sociology 11
H. P.E. 1, 2 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Greek
Philosophy 41, 42, 43
Speech 11
Electives
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Philosophy 21
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Art 1 or Music 30
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 5 5 5
4 4 4
-
4
-
-
SENIOR
Term
I 11 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Greek
Literature
Electives
* Since Latin 2 is a prerequisite to Beginning Greek. students who have not studied
Latin in high school will need to take Latin 1, 2 in college.
SOCIAL SCIENCE MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
A major in the social sciences consists of 65 credits including at
least 37 credits in history; 4 credits in geography; and 8 credits
in each of economics, political science, and sociology.
The following program includes the requirements for a teaching
major in the social sciences.
FRESHMAN
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr Cr.
Religion
Education 50
Education 52, 53, 54
Education 59
Art 1 or Music 30
Geography 14
Political Sci. 20, 22
H. P.E. 10
Economics 23
History
Term
I I1 111
Cr Cr. Cr.
Religion 21
Foreign Language
History 21, 22
Philosophy 21
Psychology 5
Natural Science or Math.
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, 3
Sociology 11
Economics 22
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
4 - 4
0 0 0
- - 5
4 4
5 5 - 5
4
4 4 -
-
- -
SENIOR
Relieion
ducati ion 84
Education 83
Education 87
Sociology 12
Speech 11 or Literature
History
History 95
Electives
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
A social science minor consists of 45 credits including at least
29 credits in history; and 4 credits in each of the following: geography, economics, political science, sociology.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR
The following program is recommended for students who plan to
study sociology in graduate scho,ol.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Socioloev 11. 12
A& 1
~ u s i c30
H. P E . 1. 2, 3
or
JUNIOR
Religion
Philosophy 63
Sociology 31
Sociology 61,' 62'
Psychology 5
Speech 11
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- 5
4
5
5 5 4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
-
4
-
4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr.
Cr. Cr.
- 4 - 5 - 5 5 5
-
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Natural Science or Math.
Foreign Language
Pol. Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 41. 42, 43
Electives
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
5-6 5-6 -
-
4
-
-
-
-
4-5
4
-
4
-
4
4
4
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75'
Sociology 82, 83
Socioloas 91.
* Required for the major.
SOCIOLOGY MAJOR WITH THE
SOCIAL WORK SEQUENCE
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department of
Sociology.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11. 12
Foreign Lannuaae
ist tory 1,r .2
3
Sociology 11, 12
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Sociology 51.' 52.* 53.
Sociology 54,* 55,' 56"
Sociology 61;
Psychology 5
Sociology 31
Electives
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
5
- 4 5
5 5 4
4
-
- 4
- -4
1/3 1/3 1/3
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion21
Foreign Language
Natural Science or Math.
Soeech 11 or Literature
~ b l Sci.
.
2 0 , 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Philosophy 21
Sociology 42, 43
Elective
SENIOR
Term
I I1 111
Cr. Cr. Cr.
- - 5
4 4 5-6 5-6 - 4
-
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
Religion
Sociology 75. 82
Psychology 61, 62
Electives
Required for the major.
SPANISH MAJOR
See under Curriculum for French major.
0
SPEECH MAJOR
FOR TEACHING IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
The following program is a suggested course of study. Students
are urged to read carefully the statement under the Department
of Speech.
FRESHMAN
Religion 11
English 11, 12
Foreign Language
History 1, 2, or 3
Sociology 11
Art 1 or Music 30
H. P.E. 1, 2, 3
JUNIOR
Religion
Soeech 61
~ b l .Sci. 20, 21, or 22
or Economics 22
Speech 60
Speech 51. 55
Education 50
Educction 52, 53, 54
Education 59
H. P.E. 10
Electives
Term
I 11 n I
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SOPHOMORE
Religion 21
Foreign Langu.age
Speech 11
Natural Science or Math.
Philosophy 21
Philosophy 23
Speech 12 or 52
Speech 32
Psychology 5
Term
I I1 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
-
4
4
-
4
5
5
6
4-5
-
-
6
4
5
-
Term
I I1 III
Cr. Cr. Cr.
SENIOR
Relieion
speech 16
Speech 76
Speech 66
Education
Education
Education
Electives
Term
I 11 I11
Cr. Cr. Cr.
or 67
84
83
87
PERSONNEL
THE BOARD
OF REGENTS
Officers of the Board
Mr.
Dr.
Dr.
Mr.
Leonard F. Ramberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chairman
Luthard 0.Gjerde . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-Chairman
Philip S. Dybvig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . Secretary
Herbert A. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Mr. Ernest A. Alne, Pasadena, California
Partner, Alne, Warnick & Mayhew
Mr. Elmer L. Andersen, St. Paul, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board,, H. B. Fuller Company
Mr. Albert E. Anderson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Assistant Manager, Augsburg Publishing House
Mr. Marvin F. Borgelt, West St. Paul, Minnesota
President, Bituminous Surface Treating Co.
Dr. Philip S. Dybvig, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President and Business Manager, Luther Theological Seminary
Mr. Jerome Formo, St. Paul, Minnesota
Vice President, Plastics, Inc.
Dr. Luthard 0. Gjerde, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Social Service of Minnesota
Dr. John K. Grotting, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
Mr. Ruben G. Hovland, Northfield, Minnesota
High School teacher, Northfield Public Schools; Farming
Mr. Herbert A. Johnson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Director, Special Markets, Investors Diversified Services
Mr. John Lienemann, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Minnesota National Life Insurance Company
Mr. G. S. Michaelsen, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Professor, Director Environmental Health & Safety,
University of Minnesota
Dr. E. Clifford Nelson, Northfield, Minnesota
Professor, St. Olaf College
The Rev. David W. Preus, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, University Lutheran Church of Hope
Mr. Cyrus Rachie, Appleton, Wisconsin
Senior Vice President and General Counsel,
Aid Association for Lutherans
t:.
I
,l.t
Mr. Leonard F. Ramberg, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Clair E. Strommen, St. Paul, Minnesota
General Agent, Central Life Assurance Company
The Rev. Johan Thorson, Eau Claire, Wisconsin
Senior Pastor, Grace Lutheran Church
Mr. John L. Werness, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Partner, Werness Brothers Funeral Chapel
Mr. John R. Winsor, Wayzata, Minnesota
Partner, Piper, Jaffray & Hopwood
ADMINISTRATION
Oscar A. Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
Kenneth C. Bailey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
Burton P. Fosse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Business Affairs
Kenneth P. Fagerlie ............. Vice President for Development
Glen W. Johnson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dean of Students
Fern I. Martinson .................. Associate Dean of StudentsDean of Women
Mildred Joel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar, Secretary of the Faculty
Beverly Wegge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
Karlis Ozolins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
Carl R. Hammarberg ......... Director of Placement and Testing
S. V. Hjelmeland ............ Associate Director of Development
Jeroy Carlson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Alumni Relations
Richard Holy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Church Relations
Donald Sorlien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Public Relations
John Bostrom .............. Manager of Publications and Sports
Michael Walgren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager of Music Organizations
and Convocations
Donovan Lundeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Admissions
Mark Johnson ................ Associate Director of Admissions
Marilyn McKnight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Admissions Counselor
Richard Berg .............................. Business Manager
Eugene Ecklund ..................... Director of Plant Services
Elton L. Erdahl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller
Mrs. Elaine Swanson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Food Services
John J. Salchert ............................ College Physician
Orlin Mandsager .............................. Campus Pastor
Irving Hoe1 ........................... Manager of Book Store
Bjarne Landa ......................... Curator of the Museum
Agnes Tangjerd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Archivist
Mrs. Julie Thompson ............. Director of Student Activities
PRESIDENT'S BOARD OF ADVISORS
Dr. Walter H. Judd, Washington, D.C.
Former Congressman from Minnesota, Chairman
Mr. Oscar H. Batzli, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Batzli Electric Company
Mr. Robert J. Bjorklund, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Agency Manager, Bankers Life Company
Mr. Robert P. Boblett, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, A. D. Strong Company
Mr. R. J. Brix, Minnetonka, Minnesota
General Manager, Sears, Roebuck & Company
Mr. Robert W. Fischer, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, First National Bank
Mr. Armand Evans, Chanhassen, Minnesota
President, Warner Hardware Company
Mr. J. Roscoe Furber, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice President, Northern States Power Company
Mr. A. L. Gallop, St. Paul, Minnesota
Executive Secretary, Minnesota Education Association
Mr. Roy N. Gesme, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Gamble-Skogmo, Inc.
Mr. Elling Halvorson, Seattle, Washington
President, Elling Halvorson, Inc.
Mr. Donald T. Knutson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Knutson Companies, Inc.
Mr. Paul W. Kraemer, Hopkins, Minnesota
President, Minneapolis Gas Company
Mr. Lloyd L. McBurney, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Tescom Corporation
Mr. Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa
President, First National Bank
Mrs. Burton F. Myers, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mrs. George N. Nelson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Homemaker
Mr. William A. Nelson, Jr., New York, New York
President, Gilbert Systems, Inc.
Mr. Wendell L. Olson, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Mr. Donald Padilla, Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Padilla, Sarjeant, Sullivan and Speer, Inc.
0
Mr. Leslie C. Park, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Vice Chairman, Executive Committee, Baker Properties, Inc.
Mr. Raymond Plank, Wayzata, Minnesota
President, Apache Corporation
Mr. Dean B. Rar dall, Excelsior, Minnesota
Vice President, Honeywell, Inc.
Mr. Olaf G. Sandbo, Columbus, Ohio
President, 0.G. Sandbo Company
The Honorable Luther Sletten, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Judge of the District Court
General L. J. Sverdrup, St. Louis, Missouri
Chairman of the Board, Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates, Inc.
Mr. Arnulf Ueland, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Midland National Bank
Mr. Lester P. Wakefield, Excelsior, Minnesota
Chairman of the Board, Jefferson Transportation Co.
Dr. A. Cabot Wohlrabe, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Physician and Surgeon
COMMI'ITEES OF
THE FACULTY
Administrative Committee: 0. Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Fosse,
Fagerlie
President's Cabinet: 0. Anderson, Miss Martinson, Miss Joel, Sorlien,
Berg, Ecklund, Mrs. Swanson, Mrs. Thompson, M. Johnson, Mandsager
Faculty Senate: 0 . Anderson, Bailey, P. Quanbeck, Skibbe,
R. Anderson, Nicholl, Torstenson, Gisselquist, Agre, Sulerud
Educational Policies: Bailey, 0 . Anderson, Sandin, Ollila, Miss
Pederson, Karlen, Follingstad, Mickelberg, M. Quanbeck, Stenshoel,
Miss Joel
Library: Miss Kemmer, Fardig, Thorpe, Bergstrom, Colacci
Student Personnel: G. Johnson, Miss Martinson, Benson, Gustafson,
Mrs. Karvonen, Gulden
Admissions and Student Standing: Bailey, Miss Joel, Holum, Miss
Rozentals, Mrs. Dyrud, Holman
International Education: Mrs. Johnson, Mrs. Jensen, Miss M.
Anderson, Miss Joel, Mrs. Kingsley
Athletics: E. Anderson, Mickelberg, Savold, Dahlen, Kiive
Faculty Social Functions: Miss Lund, Holen, Mrs. Anderegg, Miss
Kemmer, Miss M. Anderson
Teacher Education: E. Johnson, Miss Mattson, Mrs. Parker,
E. Anderson, J. Johnson, Ollila, Mrs. Olson
Faculty Personnel Policies: Pfeffer, Budge, Mrs. Jensen, Sateren,
Holum
t:;
,C:
'%
D
*Judicial Council: Nelson, Chrislock, Herforth, Stenshoel
*Student-Faculty Council: 0.Anderson, Bailey, G. Johnson, Miss
Martinson, Fretheim, Mrs. Kingsley
*Convoctations:Agre, Miss Aaskov, Mrs. Noonan, Benson
"Religious Life: Mandsager, Husfloen, Miss Martinson
Archives: Miss Tangjerd, Miss Kemrner, Chrislock, Landa, Miss
Mortensen
* Joint Student-Faculty Committees
THE FACULTY
Ruth Aaskov (1960-63, 1965), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., Middlebury College, 1960.
Courtland Agre (1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.CH.E., 1934 and Ph.D., 1937, University of Minnesota.
Earl Alton (1960), Associate Professor of Chemistry (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1955; MS., 1958 and Ph.D., 1961, University
of Michigan.
Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959), Assistant Professor of Education and
Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University,
1947.
Ernest Anderson (1946), Professor of Health and Physical Education,
Basketball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
"Hildur Anderson (1965), Librarian I, Catalog Librarian
A.A., North Park College, 1938; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.
"Joyce M. Anderson (1966), Instructional Assistant in Health and
Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
Mary Marie Anderson (1965), Instructor in Spanish
B.A., St. Olaf Co'llege, 1962; M.A., Middlebury College, 1964.
Oscar A. Anderson (1963), President of the College
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1938; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1942; LL.D., Concordia College, 1963.
Raymond E. Anderson (1949), Professor of Speech
B.S., 1946, M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
"Stewart C. Anderson (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
Kenneth C. Bailey (1965), Dean of the College and Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.A., 1952 and Ph.D., 1960, University
of Minnesota.
Valeria Baltina (1967), Instructor in German
Diploma, Municipal Gymnasium, 1926; Diploma, 1931 and Magester
der Philologie, 1933, University of Latvia.
John Benson (1963), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1955; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary,
1959; M.A., 1961 and Ph.D., 1967, Columbia University.
*William Bergstrom (1963), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1950 and M.A., 1952, University of Minnesota.
"Robert E. Beverley (1966), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M.E., 1946 and M.M., 1948; Northwestern University.
"Vernon M. Bloom (1965), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., 1956 and M.S.W., 1959, University of Minnesota.
Philip M. Bly (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1961.
Margaret J. Bolsterli (1967), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Arkansas, 1952; M.A., Washington University,
1952.
"Dagrun Bondevik (1967), Instructor in Norwegian
B.A., Logndal Gymnas, Logndal, Norway, 1955; Kristiansand
Officiale Laerarskole, 1955-59.
Bruce P. Budge (1960), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., 1953 and M.S., 1957, University of Idaho.
Penelope Cairns (1967), Instructor in French
B.A., Carleton College, 1964; certificate, McGill University French
Summer School, 1962; M.A.T., Duke University, 1967.
Carl H. Chrislock (1952), Professor of History
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., 1947 and Ph.D., 1955, University
of Minnesota.
Bernhard M. Christensen (1938-63), President Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1929.
:':Gracia Christensen (1959-60, 1961-62, 1963), Instructor in English
B.A., Hunter College, 1932; M.A., Radcliffe College, 1935.
Thomas J. Christenson (1967), Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Concordia College, 1963; M.A., 1965 and Ph.D., 1967, Yale
University
Robert W. Clyde (1967), Director of the Social Science Research
Center with rank of Associate Professor
B.A., Coe College, 1949; M.A., Rockford College, 1958; Ph.D., State
University of Iowa, 1964.
"John R. Coan, Jr. (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Brass)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Mario Colacci (1952), Professor of Classical Languages
D.Th., Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, 1932; L.R.B.,
Pontificium Institutum Biblicum de Urbe, Rome, 1934; D.Litt., University of Naples, 1940.
Ailene Cole (1956), Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; M.A., University osf Minnesota. 1949.
Thomas E. Crepeau (1964), Assistant Professor of German (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1958; M.A., University of MinnesMa,
1964.
K. Berner Dahlen (1941), Associate Profess'or of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1931; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
Carlyle C. Dewey (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1964, University of Minnesota.
Beverly C. Durkee (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., 1952; B.S.L., 1953; B.S.Ed., 1963; M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Grace H. Dyrud, (1962), Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., 1957 and Ph.D., 1963, University of Minnesota.
Wilfried Edner (1967), Visiting Professor of Modern Languages
Diploma, 1954, and Ph.D., 1963, Bavarian State University, Erlangen, West Germany.
*Edgar E. Eklof (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; M.A., Manhattan School of
Music, 1955.
Kenneth P. Fagerlie (1963), Vice President for Development
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950.
Sheldon Fardig (1962), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Carleton College, 1940; M.M., 1952 and Ph.D., 1966, Northwestern University.
Henry G. Follingstad (1962), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.E.E., University of Minnesota, 1947; C.D.T. diploma, Bell Telephone
Laboratories, Inc., 1950.
Burton P. Fosse (1953), Vice President for Business Affairs
B.B.A. and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.
Terence E. Fretheim (1961-63, 1967), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Luther College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1960;
Th.D., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1967.
Stephen Gabrielsen (1963), Instructor in Music, Director of Male
Chorus (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963, M.A., University of Minnesota, 1966.
Daryl Gibson (1954), Associate Professor of Music (Brass Instruments) (on leave 1967- )
B.S., 1934 and M.A., 1941, University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University
of Iowa, 1947.
Orloue Gisselquist (1956), Assistant Professor of History
B.A. 1943 and M.A., 1956, University of Minnesota.
William S. Gray (1966-67), Associate Professor of English (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Centenary College, 1950; M.A., Louisiana State University,
1962; Ph.D., University of Exeter, 1964.
*Edwin L. Groenhoff (1966), Instructor in Education
B.A., Northwestern College, 1955; M.Ed., Macalester College, 1957.
Dean B. Gulden (1966), Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1963; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Donald R. Gustafson (1961-63, 1966), Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1955; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
Arlin E. Gyberg (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Mankato State College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Carl R. Hammarberg (1953), Director of Placement and Testing with
rank of Assistant Professor
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Leif E. Hansen (1961), Assistant Professor of Scandinavian (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Theodore J. Hanwick (1956), Professor of Physics
B.E.E., 1933 and M.S., 1937, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; Ph.D.,
New York University, 1950.
*Kare Hauge (1967), Instructor in History
B.A., University of Oslo, 1965; Alliance Francaise, Diplome Superior, 1964.
Melvin Helland (1941-64), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T. Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1918; S.T.M., 1919 and Ph.D., 1930, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
*Katherine A. Hennig (1966), Artist in Residence of Music (Voice)
B.A., 1933 and M.S., 1956, University of Minnesota.
Robert S. Herforth (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Wartburg College, 1960; M.S., University of Nebraska, 1963.
Norman Holen (1964), Instructor in Art
B.A., Concordia College, 1959; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1962.
Thomas R. Holman (1966), College Psychologist and Assistant
Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1966.
John R. Holum (1957-58, 1959), Professor of Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
"Richard F. Holy (1967), Lecturer of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., 1954 and J.D., 1955, University of Wisconsin; B.A., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1959.
Mary T. Howard (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., West Virginia State College, 1948; M.A., University of Kansas
City, 1952; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Richard Husfloen (1962-63, 1964), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1961; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1964; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1964.
James W. Ingemanson (1967), Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Augustana College, 1965; B.S., Iowa State University, 1967.
Valija Jaunlinins (1965), Instructor in German
Interpreter, Heidelberg University, 1948; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Irene Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56, 1959), Associate Professor of
History
B.A., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; M.A., Bucknell University,
1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956.
*Olive J. Jensen (1966), Lecturer in Art
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
Mildred V. Joel (1947), Registrar with rank osf Associate Professor
B.A., Augsburg College, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Einar 0. Johnson (1956), Professor of Education
B.A., Concordia College, 1938; M.A., 1950 and Ph.D., 1961, University of Washington.
Glen W. Johnson (1961), Dean of Students with rank of Assistant
Professor
B.S.E., University of Nebraska, 1952; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1959.
James D. Johnson (1961), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; M.A., Julliard School of Music,
1958.
*Mary E. Johnson (1962), Assistant Professor of French
B.A., Smith College, 1947; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Sherman J. Johnsrud (1960-61, 1965-66, 1967), Assistant Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1953; M.A., University of Chicago, 1955.
Robert Karlen (1959), Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1950; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1959.
Joanne Karvonen (1965), Instructor in English
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1961; M.A., University of Georgia,
1962.
Grace E. Kemrner (1966), Librarian I, Acting Head Librarian
B.A., Augsburg College, 1958; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1967.
Priidu Kiive (1966), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Berea College, 1953; M.A., University of Buffalo, 1959.
:!:Mimi B. Kingsley (1947), Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Maryville College, 1936; M.A., University of Mexico, 1944.
Bemhardt J. Kleven (1937-46, 1947-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; M.A., 1930 and Ph.D., 1941, University of Minnesota.
"Carolyn R. Knutson (1966), Librarian I, Reference Librarian
B.A., Grinnell College, 1955; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Boyd N. Koehler (1967), Librarian I, Circulation Librarian
B.A., Moorhead State College, 1966; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1967.
Bjarne E. Landa (1947), Professor of German
B.A., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; B.A., 1928 and M.A., 1930,
University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1952.
Bertha Lillehei (1937-40, 1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1934; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1960.
(on leave 1967- )
Lorraine K. Livingston (1960), Assistant Professor of English
B.A., 1930 and M.A., 1932, University of Minnesota.
Ruth G. Ludeman (1967), Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Colorado State College, 1959; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1961.
Gertrude S. Lund (1950), Associate Professor of Business Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1936; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951.
David Lyle (1964), Instructional Assistant in Chemistry
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964.
*Kay L. Madson (1966), Instructor in Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1962.
Orlin L. Mandsager (1960-61, 1962), Campus Pastor and Instructor
of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1956; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary, 1961.
Fern Martinson (1964), Dean of Women-Associate Dean of Students
B.A., Concordia College, 1947; M.A., Syracuse University, 1950.
Martha M. Mattson (1960), Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1928; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1932.
Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1954; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*Kathryn Moen (1967), Artist in Residence of Music (Organ)
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
*August Molder (1963), Artist in Residence and Instructor of Art
Graduated, 1938 and LL.M., 1944, University of Tartu, Estonia.
Gerda Mortensen (1923), Professor Emeritus and Executive Secretary of Centennial Committee
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; M.A., Columbia University,
1928.
John B. Mosand (1967), Instructor in Art
Examen Artium, Gymnasium, Trondheim, Norway, 1954; Norwegian
Institute of Technology, 1957-60; University of Illinois, 1960-61.
Arthur Nash (1922-66), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Cecilia Y. Nauck (1966), Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Hofstra University, 1964.
Edor C. Nelson (1946), Associate Professor of Physical Education,
Football and Baseball Coach
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
t:;
,C:
Gordon L. Nelson (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., 1958 and M.A., 1959, University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther
Theological Seminary, 1963; M.A., University of Chicago Divinity
School, 1965.
Grier Nicholl (1961), Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1951; M.A., Columbia Teachers College,
1956; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1964.
*John L. Nielsen (1966), Artist in Residence and Instructor in
Music (Brass)
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1956; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1963.
Norma C. Noonan (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1959; M.A., 1962 and Ph.D., 1965,
Indiana University.
David Nordlie (1961), Assistant Professor of Sociology (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1965.
Douglas J. Ollila (1966), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; B.D., Suomi Theological Seminary,
1956; Th.D., Boston University, 1963.
Esther J. Olson (1960), Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., 1945; M.A., 1945 and Ph.D. 1956, University of Minnesota.
Judith Olson (1965), Instructional Assistant in Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
*Nils W. Olsson (1967), Visiting Professor of Scandinavian
A.M., 1938 and Ph.D., 1949, University of Chicago.
Karlis Ozolins (1955), Librarian with rank of Associate Professor
(on leave 1967-68)
B.A., Augsburg College; 1951; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1952; M.A., 1961 and M.Ed., 1966, University of Minnesota.
Ronald G. Palosaari (1965), Assistant Professor of English (on
leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1955 and B.D., 1959, Bethel College; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1963.
*Patricia A. Parker (1960), Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Eastern Michigan College, 1949; M.A., University of Michigan,
1952.
Howard E. Pearson (1956), Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Anne Pederson (1932-44, 1946), Professor of English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1932; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1945.
LaVonne Peterson (1950), Associate Professor of Physical Education
for Women
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; M.A., Montana State University,
1954.
Ronald D. Pfeffer (1966), Instructor in Physical Education
B.S. Concordia College, 1962; M.S., University of Montana, 1966.
Martin Quanbeck (1938), Professor of Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; M.A., 1933 and Ph.D., 1952, University omf Minnesota.
Philip A. Quanbeck (1957), Professor of Religion
B.A., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1951; M.Th., 1954 and D.Th., 1957 Princeton Theological
Seminary.
Gunta Rozentals (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., 1956 and M.A., 1961, University of Minnesota.
Edward M. Sabella (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1960.
Robert T. Sandin (1958-60,, 1967), Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Bethel College, 1949; B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1954;
M.A., 1956 and Ph.D., 1959, University of Minnesota.
'!:Lars A. Sandven (1967), Instructional Assistant in Norwegian
Richard Sargent (1967), Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1965.
Leland B. Sateren (1946), Professor of Music
B.A., Augsburg College, 1935; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1943;
L.H.D., Gettysburg College, 1965; D.Mus., Lakewood College, 1965.
Edwin J. Saugestad (1960), Assistant Professor o,f Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University d Minnesota, 1964.
A. Mayo Savold (1952), Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Luther College, 1941; M.Mus.Ed., MacPhail School of Music,
1963.
Marjorie H. Sibley (1961), Librarian I1 (on leave 1967-68)
B.A., 1942 and M.A., 1943, University of Illinois; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1961.
Eugene Skibbe (1964), Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1952; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1956; D.Th., University of Heidelberg, 1962.
'"Frank L. Slesnick (1967), Instructor in Economics
B.A., Oberlin College, 1964.
George Soberg (1926-65), Professor Emeritus
B.A., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
James R. Spiess (1967), Instructor in Physics
B.A., Augsburg College, 1964; M.S., University of Colorado, 1967.
*Charles A. Stendahl, Jr. (1967), Instructional Assistant in Biology
*Roger R. Stem (1967), Instructor in Computer Science
B.S., 1961 and M.A., 1964, University of South Dakota.
Myles C. Stenshoel (1965), Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Concordia College, 1948; M.A., 1958 and Ph.D., 1965, University of Colorado.
Ralph Sulerud (1964), Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1954; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1958.
*Agnes B. Tangjerd (1940), Librarian Emeritus and Archivist
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., 1939 and M.A., 1944, University
of Minnesota.
*Rolf K. TedefaIk (1967). Instructor in Business Administration
Graduated, Hvilans Gymnasium,Sweden, 1955; Commissioned, Military Academy, Sweden, 1956; B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
Philip J. Thompson (1959), Associate Professor of Art (on leave
1967-68)
B.A., Concordia College, 1955; M.F.A., Iowa State University, 1958.
Neal 0.Thorpe (1967), Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
John Thut (1947), Associate Professor Emeritus
B.A., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., 1930 and M.Mus., 1934, American Conservatory of Music.
*Vera Thut (1947), Instructor in Music (Piano)
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927.
Renate Tietz (1963), Librarian I, Acquisition Librarian
B.A., 1962 and M.A., 1965, University of Minnesota.
Joel S. Torstenson (1938-42, 1947), Professor of Sociology
B.A., Augsburg College, 1938; M.A., 1940 and Ph.D., 1959, University
of Minnesota.
*E. Margaret Trautwein (1950-54, 1961), Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Augsburg College, 1937; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1953.
Erling J. Urdahl (1943), Professor of Biology
B.A., Concordia College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1940.
*Leo B. Vetvick (1966), Instructor in Sociology
A.A., 1948, North Park College; B.A., 1953, Augsburg College; diploma, North Park Seminary, 1955.
Eugene Vuicich (1967), Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.M., Indiana University, 1967.
*Sister Marie Gertrude Ward (1967), Assistant Professor of Classical Languages
B.A., College of St. Catherine, 1940; M.A., University of Minnesota,
1945.
Beverly A. Wegge (1966), Assistant Registrar
B.S., St. Cloud State College, 1958.
*David Westphal (1966), Artist in Residence in Art
Dale R. Whiteside (1967), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
A.B., Augustana College, 1956.
Robert M. Zeller (1965), Director of Instructional Services
B.A., Augsburg College, 1965.
"'Alvin A. Arens (1966-67), Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota.
*Norman K. Bakken (1966-67), Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; S.T.M., Hamma Divinity School,
1954; Th.D., Union Theological Seminary, 1963.
*Eric 0. Giere (1966-67), Artist in Residence in Music (Voice)
B.A., Luther College, 1949; M.A., University of Iowa, 1964.
:'tLoren E. Halvorson (1966-67), Adjunct Professor and Director,
Academic Town Meeting
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1949; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary,
1953; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1958.
'Vohn W. Knudsen (1966-67), Instructor in Business Administration, Economics and Business Education
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962.
*Mary C. Preus (1966-67), Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Luther College, 1963; A.M., Harvard University, 1964.
'!:Harley J. Refsal (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Modern Languages
"Henriette Rodary (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Modern
Languages
*Marjorie Rodberg (summer, 1967), Librarian I, Assistant Catalog
Librarian
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1963.
David A. Sjogren (1966-67), Teaching Aide in Biology
'!'Paul H. Zimmennan (1966-67), Instructional Assistant in Health
and Physical Education
B.A., Augsburg College, 1966.
Part-time faculty
Ahlson, Margaret Ann . . . . Williston, N. Dak.
Anderson, Allen Kenneth . . . . . . . . Paynesuille
. . . . . . . Benron
Anderson, Barbara W e n
Minneapolis
Anderson, Carol Louise . . . . . .
Anderson, David Elbert . . . . . Grossion
Anderson, Donald Eric . . . . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Janet Marie . . . . . . . St. Paul
Anderson, John Luther . . . . . . . . . . .C l i m
. . Badger, la.
Anderson, Karen Ann .
Anderson, Mary Kay . . . . . . . . . . Red Wing
Andreasen, John Gabriel .
. Viroqua, Wis.
. . . . . . Glencoe
Arlt, Nancy Jeanne
.
.
. Hinckley
Ausmus, Duane G .
Bagley, Harold James
. . . . Zimmerman
.
.
Robbinsdale
Bakke, Judith M
Beiningen, Janet Marie
Cnnbr
Benson, Carolyn Mae . . . . . . . . IIin~ropuIix
Berg. Anita Christine . . .
IT>ldl
Berg, David Clarence . . . . . Minneapolis
Bcmsvr)m. llnhrfi D P U I I ! ~
.\linncapnl~:
Ilcri... Lmr;or~:\ nk:unrl
.
. Ilinr>opoik
B!d:r. Rn.;s!d Pichord .
. Sfishrd. Tl'mh
nlnm. Cochcrjne T;lir.>betlr
Bricrll-n
E-XF?. Thc1r1at 5 P
l!inncape!fi
Rol:ta.l. PIJAIAil.:rnm(i
. . .lli-u~~:ap+~#i
.
:\1inr~-2poIi$
Eokrb~l.Flo<.gmia !.I
no~rn~?:.
C1t.1-IPS I?<ril>
afic,rap&
h : h - Tir1.b lr>~ir!g*::-n For: I;:nr:cir. On: , COK.
h ~ ~ i cC*x .n i c LII*,
. 3Iimrrrrrolir
E r n z w r ~ I:IIIP5w;m~ll~r
, Ddmrnh. la.
BCII>~~,IIJT.Ri~,iianl n'ilhom .
IE~ncc,mliBruzek, Barbara
. . . . . Minneionka
Buhler, Joan
Butterfield
...
Carlson, Lee Diron
Cartwright, Paul Otis
Cerkvenik, Paula Kay .
Christenson, Bruce G. .
Cole, Larry
....
Coleman, T. Patrick . . . .
Coltvet, Benjamin H . . . .
Coltvet, Helen B
.
.
Corson. Corbin G
Coryell, Charles Emerson
Daniels, Brian Howard
Danielson, Margaret C.
Davis, Kathleen Marie
Degen, Heidemarie
.
Delany, Marjorie
Drews, Ellen Udine
Minneapolis
Anoka
Princeton, N.J.
.... Edina
, Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Estheruille, l a
Esiherville, In.
Stockton, Calif.
.
Richfield
....
Onalaska, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . Minneapolis
i:rm;A-!urr am Main
1l'rj-r Germany
. . . Waucou, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
,
Egesdal, Miriam Ruth ,
Emerson, Douglas A.
Engle, Judith Lynn
.
Erickson, Caren D. .......
Erickson, Janet Kathryn
Erickson, Judith J. . . .
Erickson, Judith Marie
Erickson, Karen Kaye
Ericson, Rodger Tilden
Estenson, Grace Rolinda
Elmore
?q-m.sci!lr
ze;l$.*!d
St. Pau!
Rich,GrZJ
. K~rWwr
llinmcpolt,
. Ricllficld
. S?mch/i~:Id
. Sun5urg
...
.
.
,
,
. . . Thief Riuer Falls
Ferber, Rebecca Ellen
Fercheq Duane V. . . . Niagara Falls, N.Y.
. . . .
St. Louis Park
Finke, Rodger Gary
Fist, Le Mar Jack . . . . . . . St. Louis Park
Fischer, Alberta Mary Elizabeth . . . . . Winona
Franson, C. Vinal . . . . . . . . . . Richfie!
Frick, Phyllis G ,
....
Minneopohs
G i l b e m n , JoAnn Gayle . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Duluih
Gilleland, Richard E
Grant, Ordean Leonard . . . . . . . . . . . . . Austin
.. . . Sheridan, Wy.
Greenfie14 John Nelson .
Gunderson, Darlene Ojakangas . . . Moniicello
Gustafson, Jack Edward . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osseo
Haag, Mary Lynne Kurth . . . . . . . . Hutchinson
Hallcock, Beverly Marie . . . . . Northfield
Hamberg Sandra Diane Edstrom
Red Wing
Hanse, Joel G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Hansen Jean Mosal . . . . . . . . . Richfield
. . . . . Richfield
Hanson, Cynthia Ann
. . . . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Ronald A.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Hanson, Thomas Frederick
Minneapolis
Hanwick, Theodore Thor . . . .
. . . . . . . . . Wesibrook
Hauberg, Lila Lee
Hedman, Dave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seattle, Wash.
Helvig, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Truman
Hendricksoq Alan Albert . Negaunee, Mich
Hendrickson, John R , Jr . . . . . . Minnetonka
. . . . . . . Maple Lake
Hoekstra, Harold J.
...
Brooklyn Center
Hoff, Larry Eugene
Hokkanen, Jerry David
.
.
Kimble
. Piermont, S. D d .
Holm, Marilyn Franzen
...... Tigerion, Wis
Holm, Steven Andreas
Holmgren, Sharon Joy . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Holtan, Judith Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. Radcliffe, la.
Hoversten, Linda Marie
Huntzicker, Carol Diane Nelson
Minneapolis
. Permock
Huseby, Edward J
.
Jacobson, David R
Joesting, Susan Jean
Johns, Russell H .
Johnson, David Lawrence
Johnson, Dennis Carl ,
Johnson, Donna Marie
Johnson, Douglas Arthur
Johnson, Duane Elmer
.
Johnson, Gary Steven
Johnson, Gay A.
.
.
Johnson, Irene M.
Johnson, Karen Janice
Johnson, Mardelle B
Johnson, Robert Leslie .
Johnson, Sally Ann
.
Johnson, Sandra Lee
.
Joing, Bonnie Jean
Minneapolis
. . . . St. Paul
..
..
.
Gheni, N.Y
Bloomington
Lake Mills, la.
. Minneapolis
Lahr, N. Dak.
Columbia Heights
Red Wing
. Grantsburg, Wis
. . Minneapolis
,
. Minneapolis
... Kirkland, Ill.
.
Willmar
McCaIlsburg, Ia
. . . Annandale
.
Minneaoolis
. . Hector
Kalberg, Eileen Marguerite
.
.
Pmkers Prairie
Kalpiq Kathleen L
Klemp, Joy Carol . . . . . . . . . . . . Ezcelsior
Klepp, John DeWayne
. . .
Bag*
.... Ezcelszor
Koepcke, Janet Lorraine .
Kosloskc, Daryl Gordon .
. Fairmonl
Kotval, Sandra Jeanne . . . . . . . . Broweruille
Kristenson, Allan Jerome
Wanamingo
.
Kruse, Verland E.
. Bloomingion
KJ-110, Loren Jon
Burnsuille
. .
Faribauli
Landa, Mark
Lange, Walter 5.
Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Larsen, Oliver A , J r
, St. Paul
Larson, Allen James
. Newman Grove, Neb.
Larson, Carole Jane
Ht.c:nr
Larsou, Mary Lynn
LaSalle, Judith Carol
I I ~ ~ ~ ~ t o r ~ o
Lce, Henry Albert
Ccn:rr.v. ;llbrr:a Can
f.aCr.isr. R'i.
Lee. Thomas Robert
, <(!~iir .ihdja, Z:hiop~c
Legesse, Hagos
Lund, John W
.Ilirms;unkc
Lund, Karen 0
. . .
Rusm~i
Lundgren, Ida Elizabeth
St. Croiz Falls, Wis
.
Minneapolis
Luoma, Gracia A. Nydahl
.
Maas, Jerry LeRoy
Mattison, Donald Roger
Mattson, Dean ElRoy
Mattson, Kathlyn Elvera
Mattson, Philip Dale . . . .
McCaughan, Charles A
McGregor, Thomas Robert
Meland, John Kristoffer
Miklos, Geraldine Charron
.
Miller, John Richard
Minear, Spencer E.
. .
Moland, Lucille Sharon . .
Moore. James Ral-mond
,
Mork, Richard 3Iilk1n
Morreim, Jeanne Wanner
Muehlenthaler, Sharon B
Myrvik, Karen Ann . .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Luck, Wis
Roseau
,
Milaca
. . Bloomingion
Minot, N. Dak
. Minneapolis
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Malia, Ill.
,
. Si. Paul
. Benson
cumberland, Wis
. . St. Paul
. Rockford, Ill.
Nelson, Anne Moen ........ Hillsboro, N. D d .
Nelson, Blair Russell ............... Lakeville
Nelson, Jacqueline .................. Richfield
Neseth, Carmen Lois .......-......... Kenyon
Nor& Sandra Roth ..............., .. St. Paul
N o m , Grant Marvin .......... Clayton, Wis.
N o m l d , Douglas Berg ....... Wooduille, Wis.
Nygaard, Marie T. ......... Columbia Heights
Oelschlager, Karen .............. Wanamingo
Oguamanam, Cletus Onyeama ... Abba, Nigeria
Olson, Gracia Naorni ............. Robbinsdale
Olson, Joseph Andrew ............ Minneapolis
Olson, Larry Howard ........... Granite Falls
Olson, Mary Ann ...............Minneapolis
Olson, Sanfred N . .................. Roseville
Ostby, John Leonard ............ Minneapolis
Ostenson, Karen L. ................. Dennison
Palmgren, P a ~ c i aClaire ............ St. Cloud
Paulson, Dennis Edward ............ Clitherall
Pautz, Lynn Eagen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Wayne Kenneth . . . . Brooklyn Pmk
Persons, Warren Lee - . . - . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Darrel A. .................. Fmwell
Peterson, Janice L. ............. Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald David .............. Cosmos
Petzke, Bonita Kae .................. W i l l m r
Pierson, Diana L. ............... Minneapolis
Pinke, Paul August ................ Hustings
Podas, Gary Charles ........... Minneapolis
Poeschel, Richard Albert ............ Ezcelsior
Popp, Kathleen Ann ............... Hutchinson
Prokofieff, Philip E. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Quam, Marilyn A.
.................
Kenyon
Ree, James R. ................St. Louis Pmk
Rejff, Paul G. ................... Si. Paul
Reiman, Dennis B. .................Princeton
Rindal, Terence W . ................. St, Paul
Ring, Vernice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wanamingo
Robbins, Richard Raymond . . . . . . Minneapolis
Ronning, Donald David . . . - . . . .Fmgo, N. Dak.
Ronning Sharon Bjugstad ........ Barron, Wis.
Rosenquist, A d e l i e E. ........... Alezandria
Rossing, Melvin 0. ...... Tulem, Madagascar
Rosvold, L , Beverly ............... Cottonwood
Rued, Mary Margaret . . , ....... Minneapolis
Rykken, Dennis Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . W i l l m m
Minneapolis
Sandau, Ivan D. .................
Minneapolis
Sandin, Shirley Ann . . . . . . .,
.......... Minneapolis
Sather, Bonnie Louise
Sawai, Noboru ................. Minneapolis
Sawyer, Carol Ann ...... Newman Grove, Neb.
Scharmer, Bonita Boll . .,............ Winona
Schulz, Niles R. . . . . . . . ., ........ Zumbrota
Schumann, Carolyn A. ............ Long Lake
Scot% Michael David ............ Beloit, Wis.
Senn, James A. ........ , ........... Hopkim
Severson, Roland 0. . . . . . Blanchardville, W i s
Sexton, Lela M. ................. Chicago, Ill.
Shaleen, Esther A. ................ Richfield
Shores, Stanley Bernard ............. W i l l m m
Sigurdson, Eunice E. . . . . . . . . .New Hope
Simonson, Ronald Marvin . . . . . . . . . . .McGraih
Sorenson, Richard Edward . . Eau Claire, Wis.
Sprague, P a ~ c i aJean .... , , . . St. Louis Park
Stavmu, Soterios G. .. Diorios, Kyrenia, Cyprus
Stende, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stenson, Charles 0. ............... Minneapolis
Stensrud, Alan T. ............. Golden Valley
Stivland, Rodney L. ................. Lowry
Strand, Carol Ruth .. , ........ Silverton, Ore.
Streufert, Paul R. ........... Columbia Heights
Strom, Dale L. ................... Richfield
Struve, James Kenneth .............. Rochester
Sundberg, Lois E. .................... Fridky
...
Thimsen, Marcia Ann ............ Minnetonko
Thompson, Judy M . .............. Minneapolir
....... Badger
Torrin, Darryl Douglas Arne1
Torstenson, Beth Marie . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Torstenson, Sylvia Steinbeck . . Lake Pmk, la.
Wagner, Dean Eldon ......... Lake Mills, la.
Wagner, Nicholas E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Fmington
Wall, Kathryn Elizabeth
Wallen, Lynn Louise .............. Richfield
Warzyniak, Robert W . ......... Lester Prairie
Weimer, Martha E. . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Westby, Steven Arnold ............ Robbinsdale
Will, Connie D. Clarine ........ Wmrsau, Wis.
Williams, Richard Keith ............ Austin
Windingstad, Ronald M. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Woida, Duane Arthur ......... Peshtigo, Wis.
Woolson, Cynthia Lee .............. Hmings
........
Zimmerman, Paul Henry, Jr. ...... Zumbrota
Zinn, Richard Carlton ............... St. Paul
GRADUATES, 1967 (through August 31)
Aas, John Edward ........... Pelican Rapidr
Adams, Marcia Louise ............ Minneapolis
Albaugh. Marilyn Rae ............... Aurora
Anderson. Barbara J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Anderson, Bruce Edward .-........ Eagle Bend
Anderson, Joyce Ardell . . . . . . . . . . . .Austin
Anderson, Patricia P.
. . . . . . . . . . . Smgeant
Andreason, Shirley M. .......... Minneapolis
Arends, Ardell Martha . . . . . . . . . . Wubasso
Asp, Julie Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peterson
Asper, Victoria Sharon . . . . . . Frederick. Wis.
Axberg, Robert Atle . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bnrnaal. Lnis b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smwd N w j
Rarsners. .bite > M e . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1J'a~wm
BaidL;lld.~.Szndm Jcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . W n l m
Bntnldm, S!eph.cn Kolmer . . . . . . . FfinnicpoEis
Ecouclair ir.Sil&~l 31, . New Roclford. iV Dak.
Ecnsorr. I7n:lcr; R . . . . . . . . . . Rw,kl?-rr Crnlrr
............... d i i w o ~ a
n e ~ Carol
.
>J+k
Bdhk@.c,Iuel Lce . . . . . . . . . . . . . C m o n Fdh
Hnlllt M u i l ~ pfmn
............. H u f c k i m n
Bp[Imnn. L.4. ............... ?rlimnpolis
Born-ic!c S k v m i7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . RndcIif!~.Ic.
Brdtsch Keith nirhml . . . . . . . . . . . . . .%+n~ilk
&ewerh Chstanm T. Elizabeth ...... S!. PR::~
Burke, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Chilgren, Donald L. ....... St. Anthony Village
Christianson, Donna Dean . . . Wolf Point, Mont.
Cina, Stephen Alan ................ Richfield
Clawson, John T . ............... Bloomington
Cooper, Grant William ........... Minneapolis
Dahlquisf Kathleen
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Danielson, Thad Carl ..........Amarillo, Tezas
Deden, Ruth Ann
............... Zumbrota
Doering, Sandra Lee ............. Robbinsdale
Dolan, Mary Margie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H a m 1
Donald, William Paul ............ Minneapo1i.i
Dunham, Loren J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enlund. Marian I ................. Richfield
Enstad, John C. ......... , ...........-. Revere
Erickson, C o ~ o eLeRq. . . . . . Cannon Falls
Erickson, Douglas R. . . . . . . . . . .Seattle, Wash.
Erickson. Elaine Marie . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Erickson. Steven I. ................. Cambridge
Evenson, Larry Kent . . . . . . . . . . .Hamka
. . . - . . . . . . . . . . Dululh
Feddick, Kathleen A.
. . . . . . . Ceylon
Fenrich, Robert C. ......
. . . . . . . Milaca
Feryson, Ronald Morris
Filreis, Lucille Randall ................ Edina
Fischer, Janet Susan ............ Buffalo Lake
Forseth, Stephen W . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Frovik, Terry James . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Gaard, Marilyn Kay . . . . . - . Boyceville, Wis.
Geisness, Carmolita K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Alerandria
Gerschwitz, Paul Roy . Streaky Bay, S. Australia
. . . - . . . .Minneapolis
Gierke, Alan Raymond
Gisselquist, Kathleen Margaret Kraft
Minneapolis
Gisselquisf Rebecca Joan ...... Sioux City, l a
Gjerde, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . Miles City, Mont.
Goldenman, Dennis Alan ......... Zimmerman
Gosewisch, Lorraine J. ........... Racine, Wis.
Gronberg, Sharon Merle Hendrickson . -Id
Groth, Fredric Ivan
&hu
Grover, John Robert .............
Rock&,
Gundale, John David
$4
h k wk
Gunderson, Barry L.
&&ttm
Gunderson, Karen Mildred
,
Wash.
Hamen, Bruce Lyle
Hansen, Lee Anne
W i b
Haugen, David Allen
M q >
Hedquist, Willard A.
&W
Heitman, Sharon Kathleen ...... South St. Paul
Heleesen, Rebecca L j n n .. , ......... Burnsville
Helgesen, Sonja Jean
Minnetonka
Robbinsd.de
Helskom, Gary K. .....:..........
Hetland, Duane Gordon
Radcliffe,
Highum, Gayle Elaine
RILEhford
...................
:.......
Fa
..........
...
..............
..................
.............
................
............
.a.4.....
.-..........-..
...'.....'lory Zumbrota
Ia
.................
Hirdman,
Hoeft, Ardis Freda
Hoffman, Sheldon
Minneapolis
Hofteig, John Haldor ............. , ... Mound
Hokamon, Dale H. ............... Minneapolis
Hosman, Robert Mur, , ,
Oak Lawn, 111.
Hoveland, Dawn Diane .............. St. Paul
Huber, Ronald R. ............... Montgomery
Hueoson. Eueene Leiehton ......... Easi Chain
Huseby, Rebecca Ann ............. Albert Lea
Jacobson, Carol Beske ................ Atwater
Jacobson, Karen Lee .................
Hawick
Jensen, Cheryl Marie ............... St. Paul
Johnson. Bonita Phyllis ........... Minneapolis
Johnson. Dale I. ................. Rockford, Ill.
Johnson, Kaylene Ruth
New Richmond, Wis.
Johnson, Lance S. ............... ,. .. S t Paul
Johnson, Peter N. ... Tananariue, Malagmy Rep.
Jorgensen, Michael Theodore ...... Minnetonka
Kivi, Eileen Emch ................... Glenme
Klune, John Gradie ...... .; ...... Minneapolis
Knutson, David Walter ............... St. Paul
Lamprccht, Gloria Dianne ........... Wabasso
Lanes, Mary Lou ................ Montevideo
Lang, Donald George ............. Lamberton
Larsen, Frederic Clinton
Culbertson, Mont.
Larson, Karen A.
Virginia
,.
Climas
Larson. Linda Rae
Lechnyr, Patricia Ann ............ Minneapolis
Lee, Robert Lloyd
Wells, Mich.
Leschensky, James E. ................... Edina
Lewis, Janice Joan
Coon Rapids
Lewis. John Carl ...............
Minneapolis
Lewis, Pichard John
Coon Rapids
Liebers, Myma Gail .... , ........ Wmerly, la.
Lier, Peter C. ................... Minneapolis
Lillquist. George E., Jr. ... Spring Lake Park
Lindekugel, Sandra Pleis ......... Lake Crsytal
Lindell. Jamcs Gerald. Jr. ...... South St. Paul
Lohn, ~ a r y~ o w a r d ...............
'
Hayfield
Dell Rapih, S, Dak.
Loken, Ruth Mae
Lyons, Kenneth Russell .......Columbia Heights
............
..,.
...
....
....................
........... .......
...............
...............
.............
.........
Madsen, Janet Marie .................. Canby
Minneapolis
Magnuson, Stanley Richard
Mattson, Carol Jayne ...............Lakeuille
Madison, Wis.
McKnight, Marilyn S.
............ Osseo
Menzel, Lawrence H. .... ,
Zimmerman
Meyer, Marlys Bertha
Michaelsen, Jennifer Else ......... Minneapolis
Eden, S. Dak.
Miller, Dennis D.
Moe, Eleanor Solveig ............. Viroquq Wis.
Moore, Susan Diane Christianson ... Minneapolis
Willmar
Mork, Carol J. .....................
Munderovski, Roy Vitauts ........... Owdonna
Munson, Diane Shirley ........... Robbimdale
.......
.........
............
...............
St. Paul
Nelsen, Kay Eileen ..................
Nelson, Linda Louise ............ Barron, Wis.
Nelson, Paulette ....................... Spicer
Mirznegpolis
Nelson, Philip John ...........:..
Nelson, Susan Ann ............. Spooner, Wis.
Nerdrum, Carol Joan ............ Stanley, Wis.
Niles, Richard Allen .................. Hopkins
Nordin, Marion Eileen Rudser ... Golden Valley
Nyquist. Joel Victor .................. Cokato
Columbia Heights
Ocel, Roger
.................
.................Ocomo, Wis.
.................. Roseuille
............... Spring Valley
Olsen, Myron Lee
Omundson, L. Jean
Overholt, Suzanne
Ozbolt, Anthony C.
.......... Kansas City, Mo.
Pederson, Thomas Calvin
Stmbuck
Persson, Maxine Marie ........... Minneapolis
Petersen, Cheryl Christine
Robbinsdale
Peterson, Daniel Lean
Jackson
Peterson, Donovan David ......... Minneapolis
Peterson. Gerald B. ............... Minneapolis
Peterson, Kenneth R.
Minneapolis
Peterson, Ronald Steven Vincent
Minneapolis
Pimnan. William V.. Jr. ............... Anoka
Pudas, Grant Peter ............... Minneapolis
.............
.........
................
............
...
............ Minneapolis
Rakow, Dorm Edward
Ramnarine, David James CFlmcron
....
Skeldoa
Guyana
Refsal, Harley J. .................... H o f f m n
Reiff. Jamcs E.
St. Paul
Frank
............ *M
Rice' Linda Jane .................
Roe. Janice Elaine . . - - . .* - - - FQ+E?,N. D+
.......................
-
Ruona'
RUpp'
Emma
-
*-*'
............
..
' '.... ' ' ....' ..a P~
Ann .......... trr(?maca*
M i h
Sackreiter. Dennis Arthur
Sahl, Thomas James .............
Salo. Susan
Sandbo, Mark R. ............... Minneapolis
Sather. Sylvia Carolyn ............ Minneapolis
Schlachtcnhaufen, Salame Ann . . Dcs Moines, la.
Scholla, Muriel Berg .............. Bird Island
Forest Lake
Schrocder. Marian Ethel
Scbultz, Michael Louis .......... Lester Prairie
Lester Prairie
Schwartz, John Norman
Selstad. John Leslie ............ Minneapolis
Nmhua, N. Hump.
Senner. Priscilla Ruth
Scttcrholm, Richard Dale ...... Brooklyn Center
Sjerslee. Sallic Stephenson ......... Minneapolis
Sjogren, David August ...... , .......... Hector
Skottegaard, Robert Charles ....... Minneapolis
Slavik, Robert Alan .............. Minneapolis
Sletten, Jerilyn Kay ............. Barron. Wis.
Smith, Paul D. .............. , .. Seattle, Wash.
Snyder, Thomas Stanley ......... Minneapolis
Sorenson, John Arthur ............ Minneapolis
Sparks, Carol1 ...................
Minneapolis
Stensvaag. Ruth Ingrid ........... Minneapolis
Glencoe
Stradtmann, Phyllis Ann
Strornmen, Mary Ellen ......... Rockford, 111.
Stromsmoe, Gail Marie ...... Thief River Falls
... Minneapolis
Sulzbach, Ann E. ......... ,
Suomela, Adele Joan Hermes ...... Minneapolis
Swanson, Karen Dahlin .......... Minneapolis
Swenson, Joan A. Alden
Minneapolis
Minnea~olis
Syl~.ester,David Ernest
RUUd'
..............
"X
...........................
...........
.........
......
.............
..........
...........
............
Teige, M. Philip
Wateruille, Maim
Tesdell, Darlene Joyce ............. Slafer, In.
Thiesfeld, Susan Paulette ............. Glencoe
Thompson, Robert Nathen
Lake Lillian
Tibbitr, Lorene Monmn ............... Canby
Tinseth, Phyllis Dianna ............. Willmar
Center City
Titmd, Mark ....................
True, David Jon ............. Columbia Heights
........
Utgaard, Stuart Brady
Vaagenes, Bonnie Bicri
..... Star Prm'rie.
.............. St.
Wis.
Paul
Walen, Barbara E. ............... Minneapolis
Wall, Geraldine Neff ............
Minneapolis
Warner, Ronald Dean ....... Granduiew, Wash.
Wcsley, Lynn Carol ................. St. Paul
Westenno. Mary Ellen ........... Minneapolis
White, Clyde Edward ............ Minneapolis
Wilfrid, Luther Jon ............. Minneapolis
Wilson: Carolyn Jean ............... Hayfield
Woida, Karen Leslic Horton ......... St. Paul
Wold, Philip Arlen ...........S i o u City, la.
Wood, Virginia Joanne ......... New Brighton
Wyckoff. Madeleine Jeanne . . Colun~biaHeights
Youngquist, Michael William
Richfield
Yue, Samuel Ka-Sheng ............ Hong Kong
Yuzer, Barbara Ann
Wood Lake
.......
..............
.
Graduates - 1870-1965 ................................ 3496
OF Graduates - 1966 .....................................
247
GRADUATES Total ................................................
3743
SUMMARY
ENROLLMENT
SUMMARY
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1966-67
Class
Senior .....
Junior ....
Sophomore
Freshman .
Special ....
Nurse (D. H.)
Nurse (F. H.)
Nurse (M. H.)
Nurse (S. H.)
Total .....
First Term
Men Women Total
Second Term
Men Women Total
Thii Term
Men Women Total
98
158
218
242
31
95
156
211
232
28
91
154
205
254
28
747
112
149
204
255
26
35
210
307
422
497
57
35
44
44
44
44
79
948
79
1695
98
150
199
254
25
34
40
41
75
916
193
306
410
486
53
34
40
41
75
1638
732
92
150
198
259
24
34
35
41
75
908
183
304
403
513
52
34
35
41
75
1640
TOTAL ACADFJMIC YEAR
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior ...................................
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse @. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (M. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nurse (S. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total ....................................
Men
Women
105
162
222
256
35
114
157
207
262
31
35
44
44
79
973
780
Total
219
319
429
518
66
35
44
44
79
1753
TOTAL STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 196G1967
Men Students ......................................... 780
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973
Total ..................................................1753
'DEX
Academic Administration . . .
Accounts. Payment of . . . . .
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administration . . . . . . . . 41.
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Placement . . . . . . .
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . .
Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
Aims and Obiectives . . . . . .
American Studies . . . . . 50.
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . .
Art. Department of . . . . . 51.
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . .
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
13
2
128
22
23
23
102
7
108
9
108
32
46
34
Biology. Department of . . 54.
Board. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Regents . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration . 57.
Business Education . . . . . 59.
109
12
126
8
110
111
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . 24
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 111
Classical Languages . . . . . . . . 62
Classification of Students . . . 45
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Coaching Endorsement . . . . . 72
Co-curricular Program . . . . . 29
College Center . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
Committees of the Faculty . . 130
Comprehensive Examinations 47
Computer Science . . . . . . . . . 77
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Corrective Therapy . . . . . . . . 97
12
Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . 48
C d i t s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
American Studies . . . . . . . . 108
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Business Administration . . 110
Business Education . . . . . . . 111
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Dentistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Elementary Education . . . 112
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
General Liberal Arts . . . . . 108
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Health and Physical Ed. . . 115
High School Teaching . . . . 113
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Medical Technology . . . . . . 118
Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Ministry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 120
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Political Science . . . . . . . . . 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Scandinavian . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sectetarial Work . . . . . . . 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . .
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
41
111
24
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education. Department of . . .
Education. Elementary . . 65.
Education. Secondary . . 66.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eligibility Requirements . . . . .
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engineering. Pre-Engineering
Course . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English. Department of . 68.
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entrance Requirements . . . . .
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
112
58
112
113
42
34
20
43
48
100
114
114
146
22
47
12
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . 14
Financial Information . . . . . . 12
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52, 85
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78, 115
General Education
Requirements . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . .
Geography . . . . . . . . . . .
German . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . .
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870-1 966).
Summary of . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Ed. . 72.
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . .
High School Teaching
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . .
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 43.
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the . .
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
North-South Student Exchange
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Norwegian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . 48
Nursing. Affiliation with
Schools of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
115
37
113
7
116
103
102
38
48
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Intercollegiate Athlfetics. Purpose
and Philosophy of . . . . . . . 32
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Junior Year Abroad . . . . . . . . 103
Laboratories. Natural Science 10
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Liberal Arts Curriculum . . . . . 108
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. 3
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . 76.
Medical Technology . . . 103.
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses
Membership in Educational
2
Associations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metropolitan Opportunities . 27
Ministry. Preparation for the 123
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Modern Languages.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music. Departmtent of . . 83. 119
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Musical Organizations . . . 31. 86
42
117
118
118
Objectives and Aims ...... 7
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Pass/No Credit Grading
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . 13
Personnel Services. Student . . 35
Philosophy. Department of 87. 120
Physical Education . . . . . 32. 72
Physical Plant . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
Physics. Department of . . 90. 120
Placement Service for
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Plant. The Physical . . . . . . . .
8
Political Science . . . . . . 92. 121
Pre-Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . 123
President's Board of Advisors 129
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Psychology.
Department of . . . . . . 94. 121
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Recreatio'n . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24. 32
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Regents. Board of . . . . . . . . 126
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Registration. Change of . . . . . 45
Religion and Philosophy.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Religion, Deparhnent of . 95, 122
Religious Activities . . . . . . . . . 24
Repeating Courses . . . . . . . . . 43
Requirements, Graduation . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Scandinavian Studies . . . 80, 122
Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14
Sec~tarialCourses . . . . 59, 122
Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Social and Recreational
Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Social Sciences, Division of the 50
Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sociology, Deparhnent of 97, 124
SPAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 115
Special Programs of Study . . 102
Speech, Department of . 100, 124
Student Activities,
Coordinution of . . . . . . . . . 39
Student Government . . . . . 27
Student Personnel Services . . 35
9
Studio Building . . . . . . . . . . . .
Summer School . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Suspension of Students . . . 24, 45
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Teacher's Certificate . . 64, 113
Transfer and Advanced
Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Tuition and Fees . . . . .
12
University Courses . . . . . . . . .
Upper Division Requirements
47
41
Show less
2002-2005
My life-changing experience in the Augsburg MAL Program has
provided me with a strong foundation to pursue a leadership role in
both my personal and professional life. In addition to being a strong,
challenging program, it is also geared toward flexibility to accommodate
the adult... Show more
2002-2005
My life-changing experience in the Augsburg MAL Program has
provided me with a strong foundation to pursue a leadership role in
both my personal and professional life. In addition to being a strong,
challenging program, it is also geared toward flexibility to accommodate
the adult learner. A program in my opinion that goes unmatched!
-Ann Dejongh 02
1
MASTER OF ARTS
Attaining the MAL degree was a
transforming experience both
personally and professionally. It
increased my self-confidence, enabled
me to recognize and develop my
strengths, and also provided a
valuable networking opportunity with
fellow students and faculty.
-Luann Watson '02
IN LEADERSHIP
INTRODUCTION
The primary mission of the Center for Leadership Studies (CLS) at Augsburg
College is to develop leaders for organizations and the community. The core
program of the center is the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL). The
program, which was launched in 1987, responds to the leadership
development needs of both profit and not-for-profit organizations. While
different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the
following qualities: a vision that is ethically and morally responsible,
extending beyond immediate concerns; an understanding of how change
occurs and affects the immediate environment; a sensitivity to the complex
problems organizations face and an ability to achieve solutions consistent
with an organization's mission; the ability to motivate and inspire individuals
and groups to work toward a common goal; and the ability to effectively
represent the organization both internally and externally. The MAL program
provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine these and
other abilities fundamental to effective leadership.
ACCOMMODATING THE FULL-TIME WORK SCHEDULE
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL
program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are careeroriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals, seeking a balance
of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study. Most
courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and
dialogue. Classes meet on alternate Saturdays for four hours.
COMMUNITY OF LEARNERS
Essential to the goals of the MAL program is participation in a community of
learners gathered together on the Augsburg campus. This community is
enriched by the students, who have a variety of work and life experiences. To
facilitate community interaction, students are encouraged to make use of the
Augsburg library, computer labs , and Christensen Center. The Center for
Leadership Studies also offers some special colloquia and seminars each year
to supplement and complement the course work of the master's program.
A SAMPLE CLASS SCHEDULE IN THE MAL PROGRAM
PERIOD I
Saturday
8:00 a.m . to 12:00 noon
PERIOD II
Saturday
1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I or Period II;
on average two meetings a month.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL-AUGSBURG COLLEGE
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that
1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and
beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this,
individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to
persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are a broad range of abilities and awareness,
outlined in the Leadership Development Model, that serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg's
model of leadership development is designed to assess , promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the
individual.
Leadership
Orientation
Toward Action
Sense of Vision
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental awareness
• Tolerance of religious and
philosophical differences
• Appreciation of situational
complexity
Creative
•
•
•
•
Long-term perspective
Flexibility
Adaptability
Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
Communicative
•
•
•
•
•
•
Risk Assumptive
• Curiosity
• Achievement motivation
• Self-esteem
-
Effective listener
Effective speaker
Effective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team member
Interpersonal sensitivity
Decisive
•
•
•
•
•
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think critically
Understanding of research
Ability to manage conmct
Culturally Aware
• Appreciation for
cultural differences
• World-view perspective
• Tolerance of individual
differences
There are two ways to complete the MAL degree. In the Thesis/Leadership Application Project (Thesis/ LAP) Option,
students complete a thesis or a major leadership application project and 10.5 credits. In the Non-Thesis Option,
students must complete 11 credits, two papers, but no thesis.
Augsburg uses a course system rather than a credit system in its curriculum. An Augsburg course is equivalent to
four semester credits or six quarter credits. Each course includes two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages
pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners.
Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These
techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative
abilities.
THESIS/LAP OPTION
Students who select the Thesis/LAP Option are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of
leadership or of a leadership-related topic. This research-based study gives the student the opportunity to "tie
together" what has been learned from the study of leadership and course-related activities.
The principal distinction between the thesis and the Leadership Application Project lies in their underlying
orientation. A thesis has a more theoretical orientation, while the Leadership Application Project is based on practical
application. Both require similar rigor and preparation. For either alternative, the student must register for ML 592,
593, and 594. Differences between these two options will be explored in ML 514 Research Methods and in ML 593
Leadership Research Seminar I.
For more information regarding the Thesis/LAP option, refer to the Information and Guidelines for the Thesis and
Leadership Application Project booklet.
Students who do not complete their thesis or Leadership Application Project while enrolled in ML 594 Leadership
Research Seminar II are required to pay a continuation fee.
-
NON-THESIS OPTION
An alternative to the thesis is the successful completion of two major papers, as described below. The first of these
papers will be written in conjunction with ML 580. The second paper will be written while enrolled in ML 597 NonThesis Independent Project. The independent research projects approved each year will be presented in an annual
colloquium. Students who do not complete their independent project while enrolled in ML 597 are required to pay a
continuation fee.
For more information regarding the Non-Thesis option, refer
Project booklet.
to
the Information and Guidelines for the Non-Thesis
CORE COURSES FOR THESIS/LAP OPTION:
(3.5 course credits)
The following core courses are required for all Thesis/LAP students in the MAL program:
ML 510
Visions of Leadership
ML 514
Research Methods
ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation (0.5 course)
ML 592 is taken in conjunction with ML 594.
ML 593
Leadership Research Seminar I (0.5 course)
ML 594
Leadership Research Seminar II (0.5 course)
(ML 592, 593, and 594 are to be taken in a student's last two
consecutive terms or after the student has completed at least five
electives and ML 510.)
CORE COURSES FOR NON-THESIS OPTION:
(4.0 course credits)
-
Ml 510
Visions of Leadership
ML 514
Research Methods
ML 580
Contemporary Theories of Leadership
Ml 597
Non-Thesis Independent Project
ELECTIVE COURSES FOR BOTH OPTIONS: (at least 7.0 course credits)
The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list:
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520
Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 521
Methods of Critical Thought
ML 525
Personality and Systems Theory: Perspectives on Leadership
ML 527
Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 530
Ethics in Communication
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change
ML 535
Organizational Theory and Leadership
ML 540
Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
ML 545
Decision Making and Leadership
ML 550
Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 557
Language of Leadership
ML 560
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
ML 565
Women and Leadership
ML 580
Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership (elective for Thesis/ LAP Option students)
ML 598
Independent Study
ML 599
Special Topics
ML 500
Leadership Practicum
The MAL program sponsors professional development workshops
and seminars. These workshops are offered to students and
alumni who desire more applied case studies or wish to address
topics not included in the courses. (Offered occasionally)
ML 510
Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary journey
(1.0 course)
Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a
historical and philosophical framework for the program. This
course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety
of disciplines and perspectives.
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process (1.0 course)
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This
course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for
solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for seeking an integrative world view.
ML 514
Research Methods (1.0 course)
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice.
Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed.
ML 520
Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth (1.0 course)
Study of the concepts of self-identity, value formation, and personal growth as they relate to professional life; factors
that influence the development of self-identity and personal values; and the effect of personal values of learning and
leadership strategies.
ML 521
Methods of Critical Thought (1.0 course)
Investigation of the processes of critical thinking, drawing from philosophy as well as natural and social science. The
course will survey a variety of contemporary approaches to critical thinking, including the use of logic and analytical
reasoning, the relationship of evidence to the confirmation of theories and the value of appeals to scholarly studies. A
special focus of the course will be an assessment of the ways in which natural and social sciences can (and cannot)
assist leaders in addressing problems and seeking solutions.
ML 525
Personality and Systems Theory: Perspectives on Leadership (1.0 course)
Study of leadership in the dual context of personality theory and systems theory. Contributions of Jung, Fromm,
Maslow, May, and others to personality theory are considered as are the systems theories of von Bertalanffy and Bateson.
The theories are applied to the concrete realities of leadership in a variety of settings.
-
ML 527 Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace (1.0 course)
The wide-ranging spirituality movement in the workplace is a notable feature of contemporary life. This course
explores the dimensions of this trend and its implications for leadership through a variety of sources and perspectives.
ML 530
Ethics in Communication (1.0 course)
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within
human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics,
advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social and
organizational settings.
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change (1 .0 course)
This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways
of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The
course explores these various perspectives, including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and
organizational change. Sociological, human development, and economic theories are applied to contemporary public
and private sector issues for social change.
ML 535
Organizational Theory and Leadership (1.0 course)
In-depth exploration of organizational theory plus related concepts, issues, and concerns. The course is designed to
enable the student to acquire knowledge and develop skills in order to function as a responsible, ethical participant
within various types of organizational structures and cultures.
ML 540
Political Leadership: Theory and Practice
(1.0 course)
Analysis of leadership perspectives in selected
political systems and other organizations. Special
focus on significant leadership theories and leaders,
past and present. Most theories studied are
interdisciplinary and relevant to business and nonprofit organizations as well as to politics.
ML 545
Decision Making and Leadership (1.0 course)
Review of the decision-making process-the setting,
goals, and contingencies-as it affects leaders and
leadership. Analysis of arguments and explanations;
analysis of basic statistical concepts and their
relationship to decision making. Assessment of major
social decisions, past and present-their intentions,
consequences, arguments, explanations, and
justification.
-
ML 550
Communication, Decision Making, and Technology (1.0 course)
Analysis of the role various forms of digitally-mediated
communication play in our society and how communication, decision
making, and leadership have been altered by these technologies.
Students examine how they can engage and manage these processes in
their organizations.
ML 557
Language of Leadership (1.0 course)
Students analyze language from a variety of rhetorical and
sociolinguistic perspectives and learn to make judgments about
rhetorical and stylistic strategies. Topics include the use of language as an organizing principle for social interaction;
speech act theory; strategies for giving effective directives; the creation and manipulation of style; the development of
persuasive appeals; the protection of "face;" and strategies for maintaining personal relationships across hierarchical
levels in organizations.
ML 560
Developing a Multicultural Perspective (1.0 course)
This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in culturally diverse contexts within the U.S. Goals include
improved communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity, appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic
groupings, and awareness of key issues facing those groups.
ML 565
Women and Leadership (1.0 course)
A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. An
interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches to
leadership, women and careers, and women in society past and present. The course is intended to enhance the
analytical and leadership skills of the participants.
ML 580
Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership (1.0 course)
Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by instructors
who participate in the seminar. Emphasis on critical thinking,
discussion, written analysis. Prerequisite: One-year coursework in
MAL program and ML 510.
ML 592
Thesis/LAP Consultation (0.5 course)
A series of meetings with a faculty thesis/project adviser, taken
simultaneously with ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II. Graded
on PIN basis. Students not completing the thesis/application project
during the same term in which they are enrolled in ML 594 are
required to pay a continuation fee for each subsequent term until the
Thesis/LAP is completed.
ML 593
Leadership Research Seminar I (0.5 course)
First half of a two-course thesis capstone sequence for the MAL program to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms or after the student has completed at least five electives and ML 510. This course provides each individual the
opportunity to develop a research topic, to synthesize previous study and work experience, and to demonstrate an
understanding of the program's principles. Graded on a PIN basis.
ML 594
Leadership Research Seminar II (0.5 course)
Continuation of the "capstone" seminar, taken following the student's registration in ML 593 Leadership Research
Seminar I. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. By the completion of the
seminar, students should have made significant progress on their thesis or Leadership Application Project. Graded on a
PIN basis.
ML 597
Non-Thesis Independent Project (1.0 course)
Major written project to be completed in an area of the student's choice, in consultation with an adviser and a reader.
The research is presented in a colloquium in partial fulfillment of requirements for the non-thesis option. Students
who do not complete the project during the term in which they are enrolled are required to pay a continuation fee for
each subsequent term until the project is completed.
ML 598
Independent Study* (1.0 course)
Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least
three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed
by the supervising professor. Proposals must be approved by the MAL program director prior to registration for the
course.
ML 599
Special Topics (1.0 course)
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not
treated extensively through current course
offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to
registration.
*A student may count only one of the following
for credit toward the MAL degree: ML 597 or ML
598, except with permission of the MAL program
director.
Please refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis
Project booklet for additional information.
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university and must
have a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0) and a minimum
cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Applicants
holding a master's or other advanced degree from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. Should an applicant
not meet the minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case
basis. Applicants to the program must have three years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in
a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are
handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, winter, and spring terms. Selection of
candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's:
I Previous college record
I Letters of recommendation
I Experience and organizational background
I Written statement
I Interview, if requested
To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the MAL Program Office:
I Completed application form
I $35.00 non-refundable application fee
I A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to leadership aspirations
I Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential
I Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work-style
leadership potential
I Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred
I Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any.
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
-
The Augsburg College MAL Program Office encourages qualified applicants from other countries. International
applicants should keep in mind that classes meet on alternate Saturdays and that students can take only two classes for
a yearly total of six classes. With this schedule students can complete the required course work in less than two years.
See Admission Requirements for a description of the admission process, selection criteria, and work experience
requirements.
Application materials required for international applicants are:
I Completed application form
I $35.00 application fee (non-refundable) payable in U.S. dollars
I A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to leadership aspirations
I Completed Declaration of Finances (see below for further information)
I Letter of recommendation in English from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential
I Letter of recommendation in English from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style
and potential as a leader
I Official mark-sheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken,
marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; plus, a U.S. evaluation from an
evaluation center
I Official mark-sheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing all courses taken,
marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; plus, a U.S. evaluation from an
evaluation center
I Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 590
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members, if the
applicant is in the United States.
Students and their financial sponsor must complete
a Declaration of Finances as part of the application
for admission, along with appropriate certifications.
In accordance with federal regulations, students on
F-1 visas must provide reliable documentation that
they have financial resources adequate to meet
expenses while studying at Augsburg.
NOTE: Additional information may be needed to
issue an I-20 or J-1 for students admitted to the
MAL program. Information requested for the I-20
or J-1 will not be used to make an admission
decision.
-
-
EVALUATION STANDARDS
Evaluation of academic performance in the MAL program will
be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale and as defined
below.
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in
the course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on PIN basis.
In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a
grade of 2.0. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will
count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of
or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted in the grade point average.
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0
1.5
Achieves the minimum passing standard
1.0
Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive-not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline without notation on the record
Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the
student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the MAL Program Office
stating reasons for the request, the plan
and date for removing the incomplete
grade, the signature of the instructor, and
any other necessary documentation.)
ATTENDANCE POLICY
Because leadership issues are presented, discussed
and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is
highly important and should be considered a
responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's
classmates and course instructor.
ACADEMIC PROBATION AND
DISMISSAL POLICIES
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point
average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on probation for the following
term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be
restored in order for a student to be removed from
probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a
course, the student must petition successfully with the
MAL Advisory Committee before being allowed to
continue in the program. A plan for the student to
follow would be outlined at that time. If a second
grade of N or 0.0 is received , the student may be
dismissed from the program by the MAL Advisory
Committee. Students may also be dismissed by the
MAL Advisory Committee for behavior detrimental to
the program, such as a gross violation of college policy
(as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would
occur only after established procedures were followed.
CREDIT FOR PRIOR EDUCATION
Due to the interdisciplinaiy nature of the courses in the
MAL program, it is unlikely that courses taken
elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in
the curriculum. Students may petition the MAL program
director for approval of any variation in the curriculum
including the transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be
evaluated on an individual basis.
The only courses that will be considered for transfer
credit are those earned from accredited colleges and
universities, whose course content is comparable to
those in the MAL program. No more than two courses
will be accepted for transfer credit.
CREDIT AND CONTACT HOURS
Each full-credit graduate course in the MAL program is
the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Students meet in class a total of 28 hours and
are responsible for a significant amount of individual
study and preparation.
ENROLLMENT POLICY/ LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Students may take either one or two courses per
trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester
enables a student to complete the coursework in the
program within two years. All students are required to
complete all components of the program within five
years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered
on the basis of petition to the MAL Advisory
Committee. Students who leave the program for more
than one trimester must request a leave of absence in
writing from the MAL program. A leave of absence may
be granted for one calendar year. Time spent on an
official leave of absence will not count toward the fiveyear deadline for degree completion.
LAST DAY TO WITHDRAW FROM CLASS
The last date on which students may withdraw from a
class and receive a "W" on their records is published
annually in the MAL Supplement.
STUDENT RIGTHS
The College has adopted a statement of student rights
and responsibilities and has provided for due process
in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and
grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg College
-
Catalog and the Student Guide. Students have a right to experience
education without discrimination.
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as
amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education
records. Each year Augsburg is required to give notice on the various
rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. A copy of Augsburg's
policy is published in the Augsburg College Catalog and in the
Studertt Guide distributed to students.
Augsburg College understands that no information other than
"directory information" can be released without the written
permission of the student. Students must give permission in writing
for educational information to be released to anyone outside of the
official personnel (faculty and administration) at Augsburg. This
means that faculty or others cannot write letters of
support/recommendation or nominate students for awards unless
explicit written permission is given by the student to release non"directory information." It is not sufficient to ask for letters of
recommendation.
Complete information about Augsburg's procedures with regard to
FERPA are available from the registrar's office.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree. Augsburg is
accredited by The Higher Leaming Commission, North Central Association* and is a member of the Associated Colleges of
the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and the Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is registered with the
Minnesota Higher Education Services
Office. Registration is not an endorsement
of the institution. Registration does not
mean that credits earned at the institution
can be transferred to other institutions or
that the quality of the educational
programs would meet the standards of
every student, educational institution or
employer.
*The Higher Leaming Commission,
North Central Association
1-800-621-7440 or 312-263-0456
www.ncahigherleamingcommission.org
-
A schedule of fees is published separately in the MAL
Catalog Supplement. Tuition is determined annually.
ML 592, ML 593, and ML 594 are half-credit courses
and are charged half of the current full credit tuition. A
continuation fee is charged to students who do not
complete their capstone project during the terms they
are enrolled.
PAYMENT OPTIONS
Various payment plans are available:
1)
2)
Payment in Full:
Due after registration and before the beginning of
the trimester. No finance charge or administrative
fee. Late payment fee $25 . Finance charge of 8%
APR will apply toward any unpaid balance after
the start of the term.
Payment Plan:
A three-payment plan is available each trimester
upon application and after College approval.
Payment plans will be approved only if previous
plans have been satisfactorily completed.
Payments for each trimester are due in three equal
installments. There is an administrative fee of $35
per trimester. No finance charge if paid in full by
end of payment plan. Late payment fee $25.
Finance charge of 8% APR will apply if not paid in
full by the end of the payment plan period.
3)
Company Reimbursement:
Full courses, or equivalent, that are company
reimbursed, require a deposit of $100 per course
reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days
after the end of the term. An application for
Employer Reimbursement Payment Plan must be
filed once each academic year. Student is
responsible for payment if employer does not pay
for any reason. Finance charge of 8% APR will
accrue on the deferred balance once the term has
begun.
Registration is permitted only if the student's account
for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg
College will not release diplomas or academic
transcripts until a student's account is paid in full. This
also applies to student loans administered by the
College (e.g., Perkins Student Loan). They must be
current according to established repayment schedules.
REFUND SCHEDULE
Students who withdraw from Augsburg College may be
eligible for a refund of a portion of their charges based
on the appropriate refund schedule (except for the
minimum charge of $100 to cover administrative
costs) . Financial aid may also be adjusted for those
students who withdraw from the College or drop one
or more courses and receive financial assistance.
[NOTE: Tuition refunds and financial aid
adjustments are not necessarily made on a one-to-one
basis. For example, you could receive a 60% tuition
refund but have 80% of your financial aid returned.
Be sure you understand the financial consequences of
making adjustments to your registration.]
Students are responsible for canceling courses through
the Enrollment Center in order to be eligible for any
refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop
attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are
responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be
adjusted based on the student's last recorded date of
attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date
that the drop/add form is processed.
The refund schedule is effective whether or not a
student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will
be applied to the student account and all adjustments
for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before
eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit
balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for
a refund.
-
The refund is a percentage of the full tuition charged,
not a percentage of any deposit paid toward tuition,
e.g. deposits made under the employer reimbursement
payment plan.
For information about refunds and the refund
schedule, see the Payment Information Booklet or visit
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll ..
A per-course tuition refund will be made on the
following basis:
I Through the first scheduled class meeting - 100% of
tuition (less a $100 administration fee if
withdrawing from current term entirely).
I Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% of
tuition.
I Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% of
tuition.
I Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 40% of
tuition.
I No refund after the fourth scheduled class meeting.
Financial assistance is available to degree-seeking
students enrolled in the MAL program. Non-degreeseeking students are not eligible for any type of
financial aid through Augsburg College. Two full-credit
courses per trimester are considered full time. One
course is considered half-time enrollment. The
Enrollment Center, 612-330-1046, or 1-800-458-1721,
or <www.augsburg.edu/enrolb, assists students in
assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid
from available alternatives, including the following:
SPONSORED SCHOLARSHIPS
Augsburg actively pursues non-Augsburg funding for
special scholarships. The availability of such
scholarships may enable the participation of
individuals of limited financial means as well as
individuals working for volunteer agencies and other
organizations not likely to provide tuition
reimbursement.
COMPANY TUITION ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full
or partial tuition assistance to employees who
participate in work-related or degree-related college
programs. Augsburg College offers a payment plan by
which employees may handle tuition reimbursement.
Students should contact the Enrollment Center to
make payment arrangements using the company
reimbursement payment plan.
BUREAU OF INDIAN AFFAIRS, TRIBAL, AND
STATE INDIAN SCHOLARSHIPS
American Indian students who meet federal, state, or
tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships.
Indian grants generally supplement other sources of
financial aid. For assistance in application, please
contact Augsburg's American Indian Student Services
Program director at 612-330-1144 or your tribal
agency
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN PROGRAM
Common Loan Provisions
Borrowing Limits: Graduate students may borrow up
to $18,500 per year with an aggregate of $138,500
(undergraduate and graduate).
A student may borrow from either the unsubsidized or
subsidized programs or a combination of both but
cannot exceed the annual loan limits.
Interest Rates: The annually variable interest rate is
determined by the 91-day T-Bills +2.3%, capped at
8.25% and changes eachJuly 1. For example, the
interest rate from July 1, 2002 to June 30, 2003 is
4.06% for repayment.
Repayment Terms: Repayment begins six months after
you cease to be enrolled at least half time in an eligible
program leading to a degree or certificate. Repayment
may extend up to 10 years.
Deferments: In most cases, deferments are granted for
continued education, disability, and unemployment.
Contact your lender if you think you are eligible for a
deferment.
FEDERAL AND STATE AID PROGRAMS
The Enrollment Center uses standard, nationally
accepted methodology to determine eligibility for
federal and state financial aid programs.
-
-
FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM
A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program
administered through the College for students who
demonstrate financial eligibility No checks are issued,
but the student is required to sign a promissory note at
least once per term. Funds are put on the student
account after the note is signed.
Borrowing Limits: You may borrow up to $6,000 per
year as a graduate student with a $40,000 maximum.
Interest and Repayment: Simple interest of 5% and
repayment of principal begin nine months after you
graduate or leave school. Partial or total loan
cancellation privileges exist for certain types of
teaching, disability and, in certain circumstances,
military service.
Deferments: No interest accrues nor do payments need
to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half
time or for serving three years in the military, Peace
Corps, or VISTA. Contact the Enrollment Center if you
think you are eligible for a deferment.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)
The SELF is administered through the Minnesota
Higher Education Services Offices. Applications are
available from the Enrollment Center and should be
completed by the borrower and co-signer and returned
to the Enrollment Center for further processing. Loan
proceeds are released through electronic funds transfer.
Borrowing Limits: Graduate
students may borrow up to $9,000
per year minus any other student
loan indebtedness. Maximum
graduate borrowing cannot exceed
$40,000 including undergraduate.
The minimum annual loan is $500.
Interest and Repayment: The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is
disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter while the
student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in
the 13th month after you leave school.
Deferments: There are no deferments. Contact the
Minnesota Higher Education Services Office regarding
special circumstances and repayment.
TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID
Financial aid application materials are available at
<www.augsburg.edu/enrolb. Applicants must be
admitted to Augsburg as regular students or be
returning students in good academic standing.
The financial aid application will be processed when
the following documents are received:
1)
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) or the renewal FAFSA. Apply online at
<www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
2)
Augsburg Financial Aid Application (for new
students)
3) Federal income tax return(s) .
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT
Enrollment Center 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721,
enroll@augsburg.edu, or <www.augsburg.edu/enrolb.
ABOUT AUGSBURG
HISTORY
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian
Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith
presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530.
Augsburg opened in September 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin,
and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities,
surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City
of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and
one of the city's largest medical complexes-Fairview
University Medical Center-are adjacent to Augsburg, with the
Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theatre district just a
few blocks away.
ACCESSIBILITY
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the
most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels, and
elevators provide accessible connections among major
buildings-student housing towers, the Christensen Center,
main academic and administrative halls, the library, and the
music building. In addition, there are programs for students
with learning, physical, and psychiatric disabilities.
CHURCH AFFILIATION
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America. It has a diverse community with many strong
religious traditions represented among the students, faculty,
and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic,
Jewish, American Indian spirituality and thought, Buddhist,
and Islamic faiths.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national
or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual orientation, marital status,
status with regard to public assistance, or disability in its
education policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic and/or school administered programs, except
in those instances where religion is a bona fide occupational
qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to its employees and students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal
or state regulations implementing equal access and opportunity
can be directed to the Office of Human Resources, CB 79,
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN
55454, or 612-330-1023.
-
LEADERSHIP STUDIES FACULTY
Faculty who teach in the MAL program are predominantly full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate
professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by faculty from different disciplines or occasionally by combining
a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. All of the program's faculty have extensive experience
teaching adult learners.
ANDREW AOKI, Associate Professor of Political
Science B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D.,
WILLIAM D. MORRIS, Assistant Professor of
Political Science B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin.
Carnegie-Mellon University. President, Decision
Resources, Ltd.
JOHN BENSON, Professor of Religion B.A., Augsburg
College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University.
NORMA NOONAN, Professor of Political Science;
Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and
the MAL Program B.A., University of Pennsylvania;
CASS DALGLISH, Associate Professor of English B.A. ,
M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University.
College of St. Catherine; M.FA., Vermont College; Ph.D.,
The Union Institute.
JOSEPH A. ERICKSON, Associate Professor of
Education B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A.,
Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
MAGDALENA PALECZNY-ZAPP, Associate Professor
of Business Administration B.A. , M.S., Academy of
Economics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Academy of Economics,
Krakow, Poland.
CATHERINE PAULSEN, Instructor of Psychology
B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College.
ROBERT C. GROVEN, Assistant Professor of Speech/
Communication and Theatre Arts B.A., Concordia
College-Moorhead; M.A.,j.D., University of Minnesota.
CURTIS PAULSEN, Associate Professor of Social
Work B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W, University of
Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute.
GARRY HESSER, Professor of Sociology and Director
of Metro-Urban Studies B.A., Phillips University;
DIANE PIKE, Professor and Chair, Department of
Sociology A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D. , Yale
M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D. ,
University of Notre Dame.
University.
DAVID LAPAKKO, Associate Professor of Speech/
Communication, and Theatre Arts B. A., Macalester
MILO A. SCHIELD, Professor of Business
Administration B.S., Iowa State University; M.S.,
College, M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University.
VELMA J. LASHBROOK, Instructor
JOHNS. SCHMIT, Associate Professor of English and
Associate Dean for Adult Programs B.S., St. john's
B.S. , Iowa State University; M.S., Illinois State University;
Ed.D., West Virginia University. President, Strategy
Implementation Associates.
ROSEMARY LINK, Professor of Social Work, BA.,
B.A., University of Southampton, Post graduate diploma
& C.Q.S.W , University of London; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
THOMAS MORGAN, Professor of Business
Administration and Vice President for Enrollment
and Market Development B.S.,juniata College; M.B.A.,
University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The
University of Texas-Austin.
KATHRYN SWANSON, Professor and Chair,
Department of English B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JOSEPH VOLKER, Instructor of Psychology B.A.,
University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota. Licensed psychologist at MDA Associates.
AUGSBURG
LOCATION MAP
+
AUGSBURG CAMPUS MAP
6th Street S.
Master of Arts in Leaderhip offices
Visitor Parking
Augsburg campus buildings
Student /Staff Parking
Butler Place
~Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East ~
Show less
aster ofArts in
Leadership
Augsburg
College
1989-1990
. ...
-- John Gardner
Augsburg ollege
731 21 t A enue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
IJnformation Sessions
Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program
at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11lle... Show more
aster ofArts in
Leadership
Augsburg
College
1989-1990
. ...
-- John Gardner
Augsburg ollege
731 21 t A enue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612/330-1786
IJnformation Sessions
Individua ls interest din the l<tsler of Arls in L ader-!1ip program
at Augsburg ollcgc are encouraged to 11llend an inform<1tion
sessil n . Thes free, two-hour essit1n arc sch duled at various
times prior to the beginning of a h trimester. Please call the
Graduate Program Office (330-1786) to receive further details or to
register for one of these information sessions:
Saturday, October 21, 1989
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, February 24, 1990
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Saturday, April 21, 1990
9:00 - 11:00 AM
Thursday, May 24, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Thursday, June 21, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
Tuesday, July 17, 1990
6:00 - 8:00 PM
For more information write or call:
Graduate Program Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
6U/330-1786
Information Sessions ....... . ................ . . . . . ... .. . . . . . 2
Calendar for 1989-90 ........ .. . .. .......... ............... . 4
Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ........... . .. .. 6
Leadership Development Model ............. . ... . ..... . ... .. 7
Curriculum Design .. .. ..... .. . .. ...... .... ... .. ..... . .... . 9
Course Descriptions ......... ...... . .. . . . . .. ....... . .. .... . 10
Graduate Faculty ........... . ......... . .. .. . . .. ... .. ..... . 12
Library . ............. . ............ .... ... ................ 12
Accreditation and Affiliations ...... . ......... ............... 12
Student Support Services ......... ..... . ... ... . . . . . ....... . 13
Student Rights . .. ..... .... . .... .......... . .... .... . ...... 13
Admission Requirements .................. ... . ... . .. . ..... 14
Application Procedures .. . ...... ..... .. . .... ........... .. .. 14
Deadlines ........ . ...... . . . .............. ... , .. . . . ... . . . . 14
Evaluation Standards ....... . .. . .... . ...... .. . ........ .. . . . 15
Academic Policies .................. . .. . ... ... .. ......... . . 16
Fee and Payment Schedule ................. . .. ........... . 17
Financial Aid . ............................ .. . ... . ..... ... . 18
About Augsburg ............... .... . .. . . .. ................ 19
Campus Map . ... . .. . ... . ......... .. ...... ....... ... .... . 20
Campus Location ............. ..... .. . .. .. . . .... . ... .. .... 21
Faculty and Administration ................ . ... . ........... 22
Advisory Council to the Graduate Program .... . .... .......... 24
Jllaster of Arts in
Leadership
1989-90 Calendar
Saturday Schedule: 8:30 - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM
Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM
Fall, 1989
Monday, August 14
Tuesday, September 5
Thursday, Sep tember 7
Saturday September 9
Monday, September 11
.
"
Ap plication Deadline
Orientation/Registration
Classes Begin
Leader. hi p Practicum
Last day to register and/or drop class
without record notation
Classes Meet
Saturday, September 16
Classes Meet
Thursday, September 21
Saturday, September 23
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturday, September 30
Classes Meet
Thursday, October 5
Classes Meet
Saturday, October 14*
Thursday, October 19*
Classes Meet
Classes Meet
SClturday, October 21*
Classes Meet
Thursday, October 26
Thursday, November 2
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturday, November 4
Classes Meet
Thursday, November 9
Classes Meet-Last day
Saturday, November 18
to withdraw from class
Last Class
Saturday, December 2
Final Grades Due
Monday, December 18
*denotes one week period between classes
Attendance Policy
Ea h la ·s meet for s vcn Saturdcy sessio ns a nd . ix 11rnr day
session . Sine · it i. in the la. sn < m that l cide rs hip is ues are
presl'nted, discussed ;md anal 1zed, rcgul,1 r al te nd. nee is high ly
important , nd hmlid b unsidered a re pan ·ibility, not only to
o ne's s If, but to on 's cla smM s a n Lhe our e in tructo r.
Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor,
adversely affect one's grade.
Winter, 1990
Wcdnc d, y, Jan uary 3
Thursday, January 4
Saturday, January 6
Monday, January 8
rie ntal ion / Registrnlion
Classes Begin
Leadership Practicum
Last day to register and/or drop
class without record notation
Classes Meet
Saturday, January 13
Classes Meet
Thursday, January 18
Classes Meet
Saturday, January 27
Thursday, February 1
Classes Meet
Silturday, February 10
Classes Meet
Classes Meet
Thursd av, February 15
Thursday, February 22
Leadership Practicum
Classes Meet
Saturdily, February 24
Classes Meet
Thursday, March 1
Classes Meet-Last day to
Saturday, Milrch 10
withdraw from class
Thursday, March 15
Classes Meet
Saturday, Milrch 24*
Classes Meet
Saturday, March 31*
Last Class
Final
Grades
Due
Monday, A11 ril 9
*denotes one week period between classes
Spring, 1990
Tuesday, April 3
Thursday, April 5
Silturday, Ap ril 7
Monday, April 9
Orientation/Registration
Classes Begin
Leadership Practicum
last day to register and/or drop
class without record notation
Classes Meet
Thursday, April 12
Classes Meet
Saturday, April 21
Classes Meet
Thursd(ly, April 26
Classes Meet
Saturday, May 5
Thursday, May 10
Classes Meet
Leadership Practicum
Thursday, May 17
Classes Meet
Saturday, May 19
Thursday, May 24
Classes Meet
Classes Meet-Last day to withdraw from class
aturd ay, June 2
Classes Meet
Thursday, June 7
SatL1rday, June 16*
Classes Meet
Saturday, June 23*
Last Class
Final Grades Due
Monday, July 2
*denotes one week p eriod between classes
6Jntroduction to the
Master ofArts in Leadership
Developing Leade1·s for Organizations and the
Community
The !faster of Arts in Lead rship re pond l the I ad r hip
d ·velopm nt need of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While
differ nt in lru lur and purpo e, m t organizati n eek I· aders
with th fol lowin qualiti :
• a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns;
• an understanding of how change occurs and affects the
immediate nvironment;
• a sensitivity to the mpl x problems organizations face, and an
ability to achieve soluti ns consistent with an organization's
mission;
•
the abil ity to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to
work tow, rd a common goal; and
• the ability to effectively represent the organization both
internally and externally.
The .J, stcr of Arl in Leader ·hip prnvides a m n b , whi h
individuals aspiring to enhan c their leadership skill may discover
and r fine the '· and th r abilities and aw< nm es fundamental
to effective leadership.
Acconunodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Th
la t r f Arts in Leadership program i de ign d L meet the
n d · <md pref r nc s of working adu lts. The program is based on
the assumption that the men and women who enroll are
employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who
seek a balance ()f cla room experience, group interaction and
individual study. ~ach course is, therefore, divided into periods f
tudy, gr(lup fhrt and la. prepardion. To accommodate this
format for learning, each cla meet · on alternate Sahird, y fo.r
thre and ne half hour and alternate Thursday evening· for one
and on hal hours.
leadership Development Model
he Master of Arts in Leadership program promote lead r hip,
a pro ess which 1) in pires cooperation among people who mu l
compete for Umited resour es, 2) prom()te. productivity within a nd
beyond the organization and 3) works t ward progr ·ss. To
a compli h thi , individual aspiring to positions of lead rship
must poss ss three k y attributes: a ens of vi ion, the abi.IHy to
per ·u d and the, biJity to direct action. Underlying the e
<1ltribu t i a broad range of abilitie and< waren sses. These
<bilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram n page 7, s rv
a p ifi outcomes for th Master of Arts in Leadership.
Augsburg's model of I ader hip dev •lopme.nt i d signed t a ·ess,
prom tc, enhanc and refin these capabilities within the individual.
Leadership Development Model
/~
/ \
Creative
•
nda l
Lo ng-le rm
pers pe li ve
Y:lt,>xibilll y
Adaptability
lr111ovati\1e11ess
aw, rcness
•
•
"rwin.mni •11t,1I
a\.varencs . .
1i l ~r.rnc
or
•
•
•
•
Effe live
•
Di pl omari c
•
abil ity
Effective
team memb >r
! nterpersunal
Ap prl;'ci. tinn
u( sit uational
sensitivity
Rik
Ded ive
Ass umptive
•
•
C urio ily
A hicvern ent
motivation
•
' if-este •m
•
· f~ ·c live
•
•
•
clfo nfid nee
A11<1l)'lic11 l
a b il ity
•
Abilit y to
•
think
cril ica lly
Understand ing
of research
Ab il ity lo
manage
connict
A ppr •ela tion
fo r ultural
Effecti ve
· pe11ker
d iffemnc
cnmp lexit
•
liste n •r
writer
phi loso phirn l
Cul tucally
Aware
ommunicat ive
r·elig iuu a nd
•
Fa~ i lit for
Pers uasion
O rientation toward
Action
Se nse of
Vi ion
•
dirfet n es
World·vicw
per. peclive
lblenrnce of
indi vidual
d iffcrences
Community of Learners
Ess nti.a l to the goals of th Master of Arts in Lead ership is
participali n in a community of I arner . Learning can b
enh, need when the stud nt is involved in a stab! immunity that
pr vide opportunity and n uragem · nt for active participation
both in and out of the classro m. Thi community will be enri hed
by the pres n of men and wom en who bring to the program a
vari ty of work and life exp ri n e . To facil itat th i kind f
community interaction, Augsburg ' ncourages gradual stud · nts to
make LLS of colleg faciliti .s u h as th library, meeting room and
college center; to take the opportun it y of having ·ha red menls and
off e br ak. ;to parlicipat in option al lunchtimes minars; and t
, ttend th r college acti vities uch as nrnsi and dramatic
presentations and athletic events.
Leadership Practicum
.
,.
Ma ter of Arts in Leadersh ip students e nroll in a half ourse all d
"Leadership Pra ticum ." Student. ar r 1uired t enroll in th is
professional assessment ;md development course fo r ix term
d uring their graduate work at Augsburg. Upt n completion of lh
entire practicum , tudimt r eive a half cour ·e red it. In ach
term, one Saturday and one Thursday evening are devoted to
"Leadership Practicum ."
Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a fullday professional assessment to determine students' abilities and
p oten tial 1 Jative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership
Oevelopm nt Model (see page 7). Assessment instruments
in lude paper and pen i1 i:xercise ilnd simulati n and grol1 p
e p · riences. r lluwing the as ssment student meet individually
with a trnined asse sor who pr vid guidance in p 1· o.nal goal
etling and in th e reation of a professiom1l development pl<l n r
''bl ue print :•
In subsequent terms "Lendershi p Practicum" includes works h ps
designed !o meet th ne cl (th , tudents in the following areas:
·ommunication kills, sdf-assessmenl mea:mP , group proces e ,
and other prof i nal developm nt l pies id ntified b graduate
students and staff.
"Leadership Practicum" concludes with a fin al assessment followed
by an individual meeting with a trained assessor.
The Master of Arts in Leadership program is composed of 12
courses. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines,
en ourages pursuit of the d signated outcomes, and uses a vari ty
of learni ng techn ique approprial to <1dull learners. lnstTuctional
t -hniques .ir VMied, such as a e tudy, d bate, written a nd ora l
pr s nl<1lions and group activity. These t liniqu , which have
had demonstrated u es in advan ed ourses, develop targeted
I adersh ip abililie · and under. landings. ontinual reinfo.rc m · nl
oc ms as students employ th s capacitie in mul tiple ourses.
Students Me en ouraged to se abilities and understandings as
cm ·-disciplinar and to see content area · a inlegrat d. The very
form of the prngrnm reflect the vi w that lhe world in which w
op mt i omplcx and that dea ling with it successfull y requires
well dt-vcloped integTative ability.
Required Courses Include:
ML 510
ML590
ML591
ML 592
ML500
Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during one
of the first three trimesters)
Thesis-Research Seminar I
Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are
to be taken in a student's last two consecutive
terms.)
Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken
simultaneously with ML591 and in the term in
which the thesis is completed)
Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six
trimesters)
Students are required to complete eight additional
courses chosen from the following courses:
ML 511
Creativity and th e Problem-Solving Process
Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
ML 520
ML 521
Methods of Critical Thought
ML 530
Ethics in Communication
Th Dynamics of hange
ML 531
I olitics, History and Leadership
ML 540
ML 545
Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
ML 550
Decision-Making Technology
ML 560
Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Other courses as added
D]ourse Descriptions
MC. 510 Foundation of Leadership
lntroducti n t the oncept of 1 ader hip, pr viding an histori al
and philo ophi al framework for the progra m . Thi
the nAtme and purp >se f lead 1" hip fr m a v<lriet
< nd pers pectives. The rol of th liberal arts, vari u
·tyle , m thod of res arch and inquiry. student
out mnes and progra m expectation are amin d .
ML 511 Creativity and th e Prob! m-Solving Process
E plor<i tion of a-ea tivity rom the per pe ti ve of trad itional
, sthe L-i · as well , c nt mporar ' orga nizational thinking . Th ' ·
cour e uses er alivity a , method and it exa min ·s t · hnique for
( lving problem s in orga11izalions, fo r nh i'l n ing innovation, <1 nd
for eeking an int grativ world-vie1 .
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth
Ludy of U1e oncept of If-identity, value c nd p r ·
a related to profess ional and personal life. Thi C() Ul'S ma
mploy p y h Jo ice I, philo "(>phi , I, , nd theolog ica l p rs pectives
Lo explore the rol of the individual In the I, rger so ial ontext.
Major topic in Jud th > cquis ition, development and ev lution of
self- identity and values, the lnflue nc >f s rol , , nd th
relationship to spiritual growth.
ML 521 Methods of Cdtical Thought
Investigation f the pro s e of criti al thinking drawing fr 111
philo phy and other di ip line . Thi· ours fo u son the
relati 11ships between ideas a nd th expre ion nd appli at ion of
ideas. Students, pply d ial ctical processes in the -ffective
fo rmation, pre nlation and LIS f ideas in rga nizationa l
structures.
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
lnterdi ciplinary study of ethics and c mmunication through the
in\lestigation of a variety of ethical pers pe tives within human
ommunic, lion. Thi course places pcu·ticul11r, ttenti n on the use
1111d abu e of communicati n in politi , advertising and interp rsonal r lationships. It mpha iz a ensitivity to ethicaJ
o nflicts which ri e in social , nd organ izational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
Examination f th processe by which change occurs. This course
applies economic , nd sociological theories to such critical social
i sues a human <111d na tural resource management. Emphasis is
on identifying the need fo.r change, the m ans of initiating it and
the ada ptation of social gr o ups to ch anije.
ML 540 Politics, History and Leadership
Ana lys is f the political a ·pects f n <1 tio n-sta t sa nd o ther
rgan iz<ltions. This course Io u es on th p r e s f a hi ving
individual . g rnup o r nali nal goal . Drawing n a variety of
cultures nnd nati ns, it exarnines sig nificant his torical ven ts, nd
the leaders who shaped them.
ML 545 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions
··xp.loration of the m •tho d s of ma th >matica l reasoning as a
.tru tu re for a pproa hing prob! m s. This course fo use o n th
logi and rationale underlying mathe matica l mod I and an aly tica l
d ecis i n meking techniq ues.
ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology
I i tori al a n. ly ·i (>f th d ecision ma king and prob! m olving
pr es. . Th is course fo uses on the dcvelupm nt of te Im logy as
both the a u. a nd the olutio n of pro bl m b inv stiga ting
various cases.
ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective
Investigation of inter-cultural is u s. This our e nha n e the
abilit' to lead c nd wo rk more effe·tively with peopl, of d iff r nt
cultural backgro unds th ro ugh the tud of di ve r vnlu es. b lief
a nd traditio ns within tlw g loba l community.
ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in leadership
First hal of n two- o ur e" ap to ne" equ n , f r the M s ter o
r in Leadership prog rnm . T his comse provides ad1 ind ivid ucil
th e o pportunity to dev lop a res ar h topi to ·y nthe ize pr vious
tudy and wo rk exp ·•rience ;i nd to d em mstrate an und e rstand ing
o f the prog rnm's principles. raded on a Pl ba i .
ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings
intinuatio n of th "c. ps to n "s mi nar. This e min ar focu s on
th metho d of inquiry a nd resul ts of individual projects. t the
om pl tio n of th semina r tu dents prese.nt their fin, I result orally
a nd submi t wr.itte n th se . rad d o n a PIN ba is.
ML 500 Leadership Practicum
A prof·ssional ass s ment a nd d ev l prnen l ourse wh ic h span s
·ix term . Thi course includ es a full-day pr fess io na l a · me nt
and s ubsequen t work. ho p · in the fc !lowing nreas: co mmunicatio n
kill , elf-a sessme nl mea ure , gr(lup process s. he cours •
culminat sin a fin al professional ass ssm n t. H nlf er •d it. ra d ed
on a P/N basis.
ML 592 Thesis Consultation
A ri s f meetings wi th a fac ulty th is ad ls r simultane u
with ML 591 and during Lhe h·im •ster in w hi h the thesis is b ing
pre par d fo r fin nl ubmi s io n . Half red it. raded o n I /N bas i .
tudenls not o mpleling the l'hesis during th • sa m · t rm in w hich
they are enrolled in M 591 , r requir d to regi te r fo r •rn1e is
in ultation" during ead1 . u b quent te rm un l'il the thesis is
completed.
~raduate
Faculty
faculty leaching in the gradual pr gram ar full-lime senior
fa lilty with doctorates or a ppro priate profe sional degr · e . ome
courses are tea m taug ht, by bringing together faculty from diffe rent
disciplin s or combining a fac ul ty memb r with prnfe sio nal from
relevant field . l. n th s itu ations, at leas t one mem b r f the team
has a Ph.D. and substantial leaching perience. All of the program
faculty have extensive expedence teaching adult learners. Gradu, te
faculty are listed at th nd of this bulletin.
• ibrary
\•
The Augsburg library houses ovei: 160,000 books, period ica ls,
r ords, tap sand films. Mu i , ' hemi try ctnd A rt I is tory
librarie ,1re lo ated within the departmentctl ct r as. Ac e s to over
1,000,000 volume is a ailable via laily interloan and courier service
among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill R ference
Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional
resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to
Augsburg faculty and students.
B)ccreditation and
Affiliations
tudents who u C' sfti llyc m plete Au ·burg' l , dershi p
progrc m will receive a Maste r of Arts 0 gre . Augsburg is
a credit •d by th North enh·a l Association of oil ges and
ch.uols. Th college is, m mb r of th As o iated o lleg of the
Twin itie (ACT1 ), uth eran Educa tio n oun ii in orth America
and Minnesota Private College Council.
Augsburg College is regi tered with th Minnesota Hi >her
Education oordinati ng Board . Registrati n i not a n e ndorsement
of the in titution. R gis trnlion does not (necessarily) mea n that
redit fl rned ctt the in tituli n can
transferred to other
institutions or that the quality of the edu alional programs would
meet the s tiindards of every student, educationa l institution, or
employer.
L:Jtudent Support Services
The Augsburg Graduate Program assists students in making
education and career plans, in working on their personal
development, and in participating in activities beyond the
classroom. Some of these services a re Ii t · d below.
Academic Planning
In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice,
academic planning is guided by the Leadersh ip Practicum
assessors, thesis advisers, and the Graduate Program staff.
Career Planning Services
Career Services available are
• professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum
• self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services
Office (3 O-Tl62)
• development of a resume and a career-search plan through the
Career Services Office
• work experience related to a student's field of specialization
through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148)
• tudent Rights
Th College has, dopted a statement of tudent right and
responsibilities and has provided for due pro ss in the matters of
disciplinary action, grievanc s <n'd gr, de appe, I. Any tudent w ho
wi he to identify appropriate procedmes for a com plain t should
contact the Vi Presid nt for tudent Affairs. (Ph.on 330-1160)
The
lhge operates in compliance with the Family Rights and
Privacy A l, nd Title TX. Students hav the right to in pe tall
official r c rd whi h pertain to th m and which are mainta in din
the .Registrar's Off.i e and the Pl acemen! ffice ( c pt where a
waiv r f ac · s h, · been igned) and to hallenge inac urale or
misleading information. Students have a right to experience
education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or
cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age.
Bldmission Requirements
Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from
an accredited four-year college or university.
Applirnnts to the program are expected to have a minimum
undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0).
Applicants to the program mu.st have five y ar of xp rien (or
equivalent) with one OJ" mor organization in, position(s) of
leadersh ip or position(s) demons trating leader ·hip potential.
Decisions about admission to the progr. m will be made on an
individual basis by the Graduate Pn.Jgram Committee. Admission
to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly
qualified individuals. Selection of candidates will be made on the
basis of an evaluation of each applicant's
•
•
•
•
•
previous college record,
letters of recommendation,
experience and organizational background,
Miller Analogies Test scores and
written statement and possible interview.
Alpplication Procedures
To apply, students must submit the following materials to the
Graduate Program Office:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
ompleted application form with $25 (non-refundable)
application fee.
Written statement relating the applicant's career and life goals
focusing n leadership aspirations.
Lett r of recommendation from an imm diat st1p · rvisor,
a ·sessin leadersh ip pot ntial.
Letter of r omm ndation from o-worker (at-the sa me lev 1)
describing applicant's work style and potential a a leader.
Official transcripts of undergraduate and grn duat work from
>a h insLitution attended indicating degrees conferred.
Official set of results on the Mi.Iler Analogie Te l .
Po ·sible interview with grad uate pr gra m staff m mber.
Fall Trimester, 1989-Monday, August 14, 1989
Winter Trimester, 1989-Monday, November 27, 1989
Spring Trim ster, 1989-Monday, March 5, 1990
Fall Trime lei~ 1990-Monday, August 13, 1990
Jlvaluation Standards
Evaluation of academic perform ance for the Master of Arts in
Leadership will be based o n num ber grades using a 4.0 point scale
with these definitions:
4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0 Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point
average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive - not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when course is dropped
Inco mplete grade g iven in a e w he re s tud nt is unabl Lo
C\lm pl le o ur c requir "ments foi' reaso ns b yond th e
student's co ntrol (to receive a n inc:umpl ct , a tud nt mu st file
, p ·lit io n with lh
rn ctua l Progran1 s ta ff ra ting reas ns fo r
th r ·quest, the plan , n l dal'e for re moving the incom p le te
g rad e, Lhe s ig nature of th ins tru ·to1;, nd ;m y o t'h r n ·e sa ry
documentation) .
. ot mo re than l\ <> o ur e w ith a grad e below 3.0 w ill count
towa rd Lhe d g r e. N l mo re than two courses w ith a grade below
2.0 can be re peated . O nly the redit nnd rild
arned th e second
time are counted in the grade point average.
Alcademic Policies
Academic Probation and Dismissal
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumu lativ<:> grade point average. lf a
student fall below a 3.0 average, the t:udent will b plnced on
probation for the following te rm. A 3.0 cumulative grade point
average must be restor d in ord r fl r a stud nt t b r moved fro m
probation. lf a student receiv ·' a grade f in a cour·s , the
tudent mu t petition successfu lly with the raduate Program
ommitl e before being permitted t onlinu in th program. A
plan for the student to follow wou ld be ou tlined at tlrnt tim . If the
umulative grade point· averag again fu ll b low .0, the student
may be dismissed fr m the program b ' U1e raduate Program
mm itt . tudcnts al ·o may be dismiss cl by the raduat
Progra m ommill' for b havior d trimental lo th program such
a a gr · violation of college policy (as publ' h d in Lhe tudcn l
uide). Di missal would o ur nl ,1ft 1· stabli hed pro edm s
were followed.
Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of
Arts in Leadership program, it is unlik I that course taken
elsewhere ma b ub tituted for a particular course in the\
urri ulum . Stt1dents may petition the radu ate Program
ommill'e for appm al of any vilrin tion in the urri ul um
including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other
training.
Credit and Contact Hours
·Cl h g raduate cour e in th Master o( Arts in Le. dership program
is the equivalent of four emestcr credit or six quarter redil .
tudents meet in cln • total of 30 hou rs (e eluding fimil s) and are
responsible for a ign ificant amount of individu I ·tudy and
preparation.
Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence
tudent ma r take either one or two courses each trimester.
Enrolling in two cour 'S per trimest · r enables a tudent to
ompl •t · th pr gram in two year . All students are requir d to
complete th program with in fo ur year . · tensions beyond four
years will be onsidered on the ba i of p titi n t the ,raduat•
Program Commit! e. Students wht> I ave the program for more
than one term mu ·tr ques t a leilve of ab en e in writing from th
Graduate Program ommittee.
Last Date to Withdraw from Class
The las t date on which students may withd raw from a class and
receive a "W" on their record s is noted on p p. 4 and 5.
$25.00
Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable)
$750.00
Tuition (per trimester course)
(one course = 6 guarter credits or 4 semester credits)
$100.00
Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable)
$125.00
Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms)
$50.00
La~ fi· ( harg d to a ny student regi teri ng aft r
the · hedu l d registration date. Late registration
per day
includes in o mplet t ·gistrati n as d ·fined:
, ) Unsig n •d R gi !ration form r b) Unapprov d Payment Plan)
Registration Change After First Class Meeting
$5.00
(cancel/add /change grade option, or combination
at one time)
$2.00
Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free)
Finance Charge : A finance charge is applied at a
simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an
open balance of 30 days or more.
Fees
The application fee ($25) i due on or bef r th , pplication
deadline for a given term . Th' $100 no n-refundabl d posit
reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is
accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration .
Payment Options*
1) Paymen t in Full:
ue Day of Registration.
2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a
3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be
offered only if previous plans have been adhered to.
3) Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or eguivalent, which
are company reimbursed require ad · p(> it of $150 per course
reimbursed, with full payment d ue with in 45 days after the end
of the term.
A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any
amount with an open balance of 30 days or more.
Tuili n is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at
the begin ning of each trim est r. R >gistrat i.on is permitted only if the
student's accmml for a previ u term i paid in full as agreed.
Augsburg ollege will not release diplomas or a ad -mi transcripts
until all student accounts are paid in full . This also appl'ies for
student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student
Loan); they must be current according to established repayment
schedules.
*A non-s ufficien t-fund check w ill declare yo ur registratio n in va lid and cou ld affect furth er credit
extended by the college-
Refund Schedule
A per-course tuition r fund will be made n the fo llow ing ba is: (In
order to b ligi bl > fo r th r~·fund, students arc res pon ibl for
c,in elling om se with the Registrn r's ffice.)
Prior to th first ch du led la · m ting - 100%
Prior to the second sch eduled la me ting - 90%
Prior to the third chedul d c.lass meeting - 80%
Prior t th fo ur th ~ heduled cl<i meeting - 70%
Prior to the fifth scheduled class m eting - 60%
Prior to th ·ixth s h duled clas m elin - 50%
D inancial Aid
... .
In fl number o wa , student ma 1 r ei v a i ta n e in m ting
G rad uat Pr grn m co. t ·. Enrollm ·nt in two courses per trimc ter
, llow the tudent to b classified as full-tim ' · O n omse i •
considered half-time enrollment. The Financial Aid Office
(330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial need and
constructing an aid/payment program from available alternatives,
including the following:
Company Tuition Assistance Programs
Ma ny compa nie , gencie and corporation off r full r partial
tui tion assistan ce to employ s w ho participate in work-r>laLed or
deg r' -r l a t~ d olleg p rogram . Augs bu r ollcge prov.ides
v nil pay m nt plan by w hich employe may ha nd l tuit i n
reimburscm n t.
Federal and State Aid Programs
The Fi na ncial Aid Offic w ill assist stud ents in determining
el igi bil ity for a ny Fi deral or t te g rant or loa n program availabl
to graduat students. Det r111irn1tio11 of eligibili ty will be based on
slu nda rd nationally acce pted fo rms an d method.ologie incl ud ing:
• Family Financial Statement (FFS)
• Financial Aid Form (FAF)
• Graduate and Professional Scholastic Aid Service
Funded Scholarships
Augsbur active.I purs ue outside funding ror p cial scholarships
to facilit, le the participation of qualifi d ca nd ida t wi th limited
fi nancial resO LLrC s. The availability of uch ·cholar h ip enabl
th p rogra m to guarante the participation f indi viduals of limi ted
fi nancial means a well a individual worki ng for v lunteer
agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition
reimbursement.
Alternative payment plans will be available to all students for the
payment of tuition.
Veterans of Military Service
Aug bmg Co!Jege is a pproved by the State A ppr ving Ag ncy for
Vet ran' · Trnining . Vi teran hould c ntac t the Reg i ·trn r's O ffice
about 'Clmpl tion of the enrollment rtifica ti n an d forwarding
oth r inf rm ation to the Veteran's Administratio n.
Albout Augsburg
History
ugsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
ill America . Named after the confession of faith presented by
Lu thera n in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in
Sept mb r 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to
Minneapolis in 1872.
Campus Location
ampu s i lncnt din the he(lrt of th Twin it:i •s,
uar , the firs t of 'JS~ pm·ks in th e '1 ity of
Llikes:' · djacen t to the , mpu are Faii;vi w an I I. Mary'
I lo:;pita l , th' We t l3ank ·a mpu of the Univ 1 ii of inn . ot·1
and Mississippi River parkways.
ugsburg'
su 1'1'o unding Murph
Accessibility
Augsburg College ha s made i major eff rt· tti b Cl>me n of the
mo lccc ssiblecampu · in he r -g io n. kywa • , tunnels;ind
el valor provide accc ·sible connections bet we n 9 of the 1 l major
bu ild in · - stude nt ho us in towe r , o llege en te 1~ main
a adem i and ad mini trativ · ha lls, ll e librnry and mus ic build ing.
In addition, there is a program for students with learning or
physical disabilities .
Church Affiliation
Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. About 59% of th e students are Lutheran, 14% other
Protestant and 19% Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are
re presented among students and faculty.
Non-Discrimination Policy
Aug·burg ollcgedoesnotdiscrimin ateon th • ba ·i. fra e, r'ed,
na tional or thni o rigin, a , rnal.'il11l tatu , " or h<111'di ap «
r qu iPd by Till IX f th ·1 72 Education al Amendments of ection
504 o the Rehabilitation Act of 1 73 as< m · nded in it ,id mi ssi n
policies, educational programs, activities, and employment
practices.
• ampusMap
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Admissions House
George Sverdrup Library
Science Hall
OldMain
West Hall
Mortensen Tower
Urness Tower
College Center
Sverdrup-Oftedal
Memorial Hall
10. Music Hall
11. 2222 Murphy Square
12.Melby Hall
13. Ice Arena
14. Stage II Theatre
15. Center for Global
Education
16. Scandinavian Center
17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center
for Worship, Drama and
Communication
18. Youth and Filmily Ministry
A. Admissi ('l n Parki ng
B. Student Parking
C. Visitor Parking
D. The Quad
E. Faculty/Staff Parking
F. Murphy Square
G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic
Field
H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp
I. Husby-Strommen Tennis
Courts
I~
J
Accessible Entrance
Parking
All po ted Aug burg 'ollege parking I I ill' fre and op n f r
student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through aturday v ning. Lo is
are I cated on 7th Slr l between 2'1 t and 22nd Avenues and south
of 8th Street on 21st Avenue.
liampus Incation
I
I
I
N
I
I
<$>
From Minneapolis
Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left
to 21st Avenue South, left to Augsburg sign.
From St. Paul
Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st
Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign.
llaculty and Mministration
The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in
the Master of Arts in Leadership program:
Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry.
BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan.
Margaret Anderson, Associate Professor, Head Librarian . BS, MA,
University of Minnesota .
Raymond Anderson, Professor of Speech, Communication and
Theatre. l3A, S, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
.· .·.·
John Benson, Professor of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD,
Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D. Columbia University.
Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MA,
American University; MSW, University of Minnesota.
John Cerrito, Assistant Professor in Business Administration and
Economics. BA , Rhode Island College; MS, University of
Wisconsin-Stout.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS,
Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota.
Larry Crockett, s ist<1nt Professor of Mathemati
mpul r
Science. BA, MA, Pacilic Lutheran University; M . iv. Luther
Theologica l eminar .
Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Mark Engebretson, As ·ociale Pro ess >.r & Dept. Chairperson of
Physi . BA, Lulher oll g ; I. Div., Luther Theological
eminnr ; M , Ph .D., Un iversity of Minn sotn.
Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. BA, Franklin and
Marshall Colleg ; MS, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin .
Jerry Gerasimo, Professor of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College;
MA, Ph.D. , University of Chicago.
Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester
College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of
Faculty Development. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Prof ssor of Socio logy, Director of Cooperative
Edu alion Program. BA, Phillip Univer ·ity; I.Div., Union
Theolog i al Sem inary; Ph.D., Univer ity of N >Lre Dame.
Joanne Karvonen, Graduate Program Coordinator. BA, Gustavus
Adolphus College; MA, University of Georgia.
Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. BA, Hamline University; MA,
University of Minnesota.
Ryan LaHurd, Vice Pre idenl for Acad mi Affairs, Dean of the
ollege. BA, Mt. Cann I oil ge; MA, Univcr ity or hicago;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
David Lapakko, Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication
and Theatre. B.A., Macal ster College; MA, Ph.D., University
of Minnesota.
Rosemary Link, A sista nl Pr C ssor of So ial Work. I , London
University (Bedford illege); Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Janet M. Mathison, Instructor, part-time, Religion. Associate
Directo1~ Center for Global Education. BA, Alverno College; MA,
Ed.D, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
Marie McNeff, Associate Professor of Education. BS, M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Nebraska.
Nancy Medcraft, Co-director, Counseling Services, BA, MA,
University of Minnesota.
Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Ad mini tration
and E nomi s. BS, Juniata Colle e; Ml3A, Universit of Denver;
MS, University of Oregon.
Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of
History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
Beverly Nilsson, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Nursing.
BSN., MS, University of Minnesota.
Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of
Pennsylvania; MA, Ph.D., University of Indiana.
Ronald Palosaari, Professor of English. BA, Bethel College; B. Div.,
Bethel Seminary; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut
College; Ph.D., Yale University.
Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer
Science. BS, MA., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D.,
University of Texas at Austin.
Richard Thoni, Director of Weekend College. BA, St. Olaf College;
PH.D., University of Minnesota.
Elizabeth Vander Schaaf, Associate Dean for Graduate and Special
Programs. BA, Swarthmore College; MA, Ph.D., University of Iowa .
Maria Woroby, Reference Librarian & Weekend Supervisor. BS,
MA, University of Minnesota.
Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager,
City of St. Paul.
Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division,
Land-0- Lakes, Inc.
Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel
Decisions, Inc.
Dean Newman, Consultant.
Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of US Specialty Divisions,
HB Fuller Company.
Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc.
Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul
Companies, Inc.
The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an
irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The
College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements
at any time within the student's term of residence.
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Form
To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a
co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do,
however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to
review the recommendation once it is written or waive your
right of access to this information.
I (
reserve)
recommendation.
waive) my right to review this
Signed,
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Checklist
NAME OF APPLICANT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions.
Scale:
1
2
3
Low, needs much
development
1) Self-Awareness - - 2) Self-Confidence
4
5
6
High, welldeveloped
(Circle one)
- - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Form
To the applicant: Please give this recommendation form to a
co-worker or supervisor with whom you work. Before you do,
however, please indicate whether you reserve the right to
review the recommendation once it is written or waive your
right of access to this information.
I (
reserve)
recommendation.
waive) my right to review this
Signed,
. ....-. ·-·
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP
Augsburg College
Recommendation Checklist
NAME OF APPLICANT
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
Please evaluate the applicant on each of the following dimensions.
Scale:
1
3
2
Low, needs much
development
1) Self-Awareness - - - - - - - 2) Self-Confidence
- - - - - - - -
4
5
6
High, welldeveloped
(Circle one)
- 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
3) Integrity, Well-developed Value System - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Augsburg College
Master of Arts in Leadership
Application Form
omplete all sections of the attached application form. Please print
or type.
Application Fee
Make check or money order payable to Augsburg College.
Mail application form with the $25, non-refundable application
fee to:
Graduate Program Office
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Transcripts
Have official transcripts from each post-secondary institution
attended (including credits/degrees and dates) sent to the Graduate
Program Office.
Test Scores
Scores from the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) must be submitted to
the Graduate Program Office. The MAT may be taken at the
University of Minnesota Testing Office at Room 9 Eddy Hall
(624-3323). The one-hour test is given Monday through Friday on a
walk-in basis either at 10:00 a.m. or 2:00 p.m. Please ask to have
your scores sent to Augsburg. The results will be available in 4 or 5
working days. The cost is $30
Recommendations
Please ask for a recommendation (please use the forms available
from the Graduate Program Office) to be sent to the Graduate
Program Office from each of the following:
Immediate Supervisor - Assessing your leadership potential.
Co-worker (at the same level) - Describing your work style and
potential as a leader.
Written Statement
Submit a written statement relating your career and life goals,
focusing on leadership aspirations and describing how you
anticipate the Master of Arts in Leadership will facilitate your
development.
Interview
You may be asked to have a personal interview with a member of
the Graduate Program Staff.
.
·~
'·
'
.....
Augsburg College
Application for Admission
Name
First
Last
Middle Initial
Other surname used at
a college or university
Address
City _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ __ State _ _ _ _ _ _ Zip _ _ _ __ _ County _ __ _ __
Telephone
Horne Phone
Male D Female D
Work Phone
Social Security Number
Age - -- -- - - Birthdate - -- - -- - - Marital Status _ _ __
Citizen of U.S. Yes D No D Religious Affiliation _ __ _ _ __ _ Denomination _ _ _ __ __ _
Predominant Ethnic
Background (optional)
Caucasian D Black/Afro American D Asian American D
Chicano/Mexican American D American Indian D Other D
Current Occupation
Preferred Entry Date
September, 1988 D
January, 1989 D
April, 1989 D
Previous Education
Please list in chronological order all post-secondary institutions you have attended.
Indicate the approximate number of credits earned and any degrees received.
School _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __
Location - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - -- - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- -- Degrees or
Dates Attended - - - -- - - - - -- - - Credits Earned - - - -- -- - - - -- School _ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __
Location - - - -- - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - -- - -- - -- -- - - - -- -Degrees or
Dates Attended - - -- -- - - -- - - - Credits Earned - -- -- - -- -- - - School _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ __
Location
Degrees or
Dates Attended - - - -- -- - - -- -- Credits Earned - - -- - - - - -- -- School _ __ _ __ __ __ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __
Location - - -- - -- -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - -- - - -- -- - - - - - Degrees or
Dates Attended - - -- - - -- - -- - - Credits Earned - -- - - -- -- - - - -
Professional Experiences
Position - - -- - - -- - --
Employer
Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ Dates _ _ _ _ _ __ _
Position - - - - - - - - - - - Employer - - -- -- - - - -- -- - - -- - -- - Location _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ _ __ __
Position - -- - -- - -- - Employer
Location _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ Dates _ _ _ __ __ _
Forthcoming Recommendations
Please have your supervisor and a co-worker send recommendations (please use the forms
available from the Graduate Program Office) on your behalf to the Graduate Program Office.
List the people writing recommendations below:
Title
Name
Organization/Institution
Transcripts
Have you requested that your post-secondary transcripts be sent to the
Graduate Program Office?
YesD
NoD
Test Scores
Have you taken the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) and requested that the
scores be sent to the Graduate Program Office?
YesD
NoO
Written Statement
Are you enclosing your written statement with this application?
Yes D
NoO
Financial Aid
Do you wish to apply for financial aid?
Yes D
NoO
Date I plan to take the MAT - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - -- -
To the best of my knowledge the above information is true and complete.
Date
Signature
Please send this completed application, along with a non-refundable application fee of $25, to Graduate
Program Office, Augsburg College, 73121st Avenue South, Minneaplis, MN 55454.
Augsburg Collegu
-4 J
-root-i vation, Acnievement or iefnta ti on
5) Flexibility, Adaptability
-
-
-
-
-
i
l
j
4
~
b
- - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
7) Tolerance of Individual Differences
- - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to
the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of
this sheet.
Signature of person writing recommendation
Position
Date
Organization
To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your
willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions Committee. Please fill out the
checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a
letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's
potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced
leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you
have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please
mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate
Program Office at the following address. Thank you.
Graduate Program Off ice
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
"t J
1'1U LJ.. VC1 LJ..UU r
l"\\,;UJ..'CV'Clm:::u1..
V.L .Ll:::Ul..C.1...LVU
5) Flexibility, Adaptability
-
-
-
-
-
.L
'
j
~
J
u
- - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
6) Creativity, Innovativeness - - - - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
7) Tolerance of Individual Differences
- - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
8) Broad World View (beyond organization) - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
9) Overall Potential for Leadership - - - - - - - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Please send this checklist and your letter of recommendation to
the Graduate Program Off ice at the address on the reverse side of
this sheet.
Signature of person writing recommendation
Position
Date
Organization
To the writer of this recommendation: Thank you for your
willingness to-Provide information to the Augsburg College
Graduate Admissions Comrnittee. Please fill out the
checklist on the reverse side of this sheet and then in a
letter expand on your evaluation of the applicant's
potential for graduate study and for assuming more advanced
leadership positions. Include in your letter how long you
have known the applicant and in what capacities. Please
mail the checklist and your letter directly to the Graduate
Program Office at the following address. Thank you.
Graduate Program Off ice
Augsburg College
731 21st Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55454
Show less
"If we are not for our children, who shall we be for?"
-Paul Wellstone
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome ... .............. ... . ... ....... . ..... .... .. .... .... 1
Education Department ..... . .. . .. ........ . .. . ... . ............ .2
Introduction ..... . .... . .. .... . ............ ..... Show more
"If we are not for our children, who shall we be for?"
-Paul Wellstone
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Welcome ... .............. ... . ... ....... . ..... .... .. .... .... 1
Education Department ..... . .. . .. ........ . .. . ... . ............ .2
Introduction ..... . .... . .. .... . ............ ... ..... .. . ...... .3
Elementary Education ..... .. ................ . . . ...... ........ 5
Secondary Education .... .. ............... .. .. . . .............. 6
Special Education . . ... . .. . . .......... . . . ...... ... . .... . ...... 7
Reading Endorsement .. . .. ............................... . .. .9
Student Teaching .... . .... ... . ... . ... . ........ . .....•... . .... 9
Graduate Degree Completion ........ .. .. ...................... 10
Course Descriptions ... ... .. .................. . . . ..... . ...... 12
Admissions Requirements .. .............. . .. . . . .... . .. . ...... 18
International Applicants .... . . .. . ............................. 19
Academic Policies ......... .. .... ............ .... . . . . .. . ... . .20
Fee and Payment Information . . .. ... . .. . ...................... 23
Financial Aid ........ . . . . ............................ . ..... 25
About Augsburg .. .... .... ............... . . .. . ........ . . . ... 27
MAE Faculty . .... . . .. . ... ............... .. .. . ... . . . . . ...... 28
Campus Maps ........ . ... ........................... back cover
WELCOME TO THE AUGSBURG COLLEGE
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
We are pleased that you are interested in the Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
program, which offers teaching licensure within a master's degree. Augsburg has a
long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout
Minnesota. We know that Augsburg College is an excellent choice for you to pursue
your teaching dreams and goals-and here's why.
OUR PHILOSOPHY. The Education Department program theme-Teacher as
developing professional from classroom decision-maker to educational leadersuggests the expectations we have that our students will leave our programs prepared
to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the institution. Our
department mission statement goes beyond leadership to also lay out our expectations
for fostering "student learning and well-being by being knowledgeable in content,
being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice, building relationships,
embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively. "
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through course content, field experiences, and
classroom instructors. Our goal is that students leave our programs prepared to be knowledgeable, collaborative,
capable beginning teachers who imbue their practice with ethics, tolerance, and compassion.
OUR FACULTY. Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct
instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12
settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field
experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do
and what you hope to do . We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
OUR ACCESSIBILITY. We realize that though teaching is your dream, your reality likely includes work, family, and
personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face , we offer flexible scheduling. A
majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings and weekends to allow you to manage
these responsibilities while pursuing your goals.
As a student in Augsburg's Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among
interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly qualified
teacher-the teacher you can become.
Vicki Olson, Ph.D.
Program Director
The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself to developing future educational leaders who foster student
learning and well-being by being knowledgeable in content, being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice,
building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively.
PROGRAM THEME
Teacher as developing professional, from competent classroom decision-maker to educational leader.
PROGRAM DIMENSIONS
What we do-concepts and strategies of teaching (being competent in pedagogy; building relationships)
I How to assess and evaluate student ability and performance (MSEP 8: Assessment).
I How to plan instruction to meet student needs (MSEP 7: Planning Instruction)
I How to implement instruction to promote student learning (MSEP 4: Instructional Strategies)
I How to manage children and classroom life effectively (MSEP 5: Learning Environment)
I How to help students develop emotionally and socially (MSEP 2: Student Leaming; MSEP Standard 5: Learning Environment)
I How to integrate technology and service learning into a learning environment.
Who we teach-knowledge of children and youth (embracing diversity)
I How students develop and learn (MSEP 2: Student Learning)
I Similarities/differences across communities, cultures, learning styles, abilities, special needs , and lifestyles (MSEP 3:
Diverse Learners)
I Current issues affecting children and youth (MSEP 9: Reflection and Professional Development; MSEP 10 Collaboration,
Ethics, and Relationships)
Where we work-contexts of schools (collaborating effectively; being knowledgeable in content)
I Foundational knowledge of schools and education in the U.S. (MSEP 9: Reflection and Professional Development)
I Collaboration and teaming skills (MSEP 10: Collaboration, Ethics, and Relationships)
Who we are as individuals and teachers-personal stance and
knowledge base (reflecting critically; being knowledgeable in content;
being ethical in practice; developing future educational leaders)
I Leadership skills (MSEP 9: Reflection and Professional Development;
MSEP 10 Collaboration, Ethics, and Relationships)
I I know and how I learn (MSEP 1: Subject Matter)
I How I think: critically, creatively, ethically, reflectively (MSEP Subject
Matter; MSEP 9: Reflection and Professional Development)
I What I believe to be true about education and people; personal
philosophy of education (MSEP 9: Reflection and Professional
Development)
I What I can do to develop as a professional (MSEP 9: Reflection and
Professional Development)
I How I communicate and understand the communication of others
(MSEP 6: Communication: MS 10: Collaboration, Ethics, and
Relationships)
-
I
At Augsburg College you can pursue your dreams of becoming a teacher
while continuing to work. We offer you an opportunity to earn your
education licensure as a component of a Master of Arts in Education
(MAE) degree through classes that primarily meet every other weekend
and limited weekday evenings.
Augsburg's MAE degree is flexible, for people who:
I have a baccalaureate degree already and are seeking teaching
licensure with an option to complete a master's degree;
I are licensed teachers seeking a master's degree;
I are seeking a master's degree in education without teaching
licensure.
Through weekend and weekday evening classes, students can earn
licensure in:
I Elementary education with a middle school specialty. Specialty
areas in communication arts, math, and social studies are available
through this program. The science specialty is available through a
combination of weekday, weekday evening, and weekend courses. All
education courses are available through weekend and weekday
evening courses.
I Secondary and K-12 education. Undergraduate majors in licensable content areas serve as the foundation for secondary
and K-12 education licensure. These majors are evaluated by Augsburg's content area departments to determine
remaining content area courses necessary for licensure. In general, a minimum of two courses within the licensure major
must be completed at Augsburg. Social studies, art, and communication arts/literature are available entirely through
weekend and weekday evening classes. Other licensure majors are offered primarily through weekday courses, including
biology, chemistry, health education, mathematics, music education, physical education, physics, and theatre arts. All
education courses are available through weekend and weekday evening courses.
I Special education. Licensure areas in special education include emotional/behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities.
These programs, designed primarily for people who have already earned a baccalaureate degree and now want a
teaching license, are comprised of two distinct parts.
First is the licensure component. If you are seeking licensure and qualify for admission into the MAE program, you can take
a portion of the licensure courses at the graduate level. While these courses do not fulfill all MAE degree requirements, they
form the core of the master's degree.
Second is the graduate degree completion component. Between four to six licensure courses completed at the graduate level
with a 3.0 or better cumulative GPA can be applied towards the MAE degree. Once licensure is achieved, you can continue
to take graduate classes in education and leadership to complete the MAE degree.
-
Already licensed teachers can work towards the MAE degree through the following options:
I Special education E/BD and LD
I Reading licensure
People seeking an education-related master's degree who do not want licensure can pursue an MAE degree, as well. These
programs are made up of a core of graduate level education courses plus additional courses in leadership.
Whether seeking licensure and/or a master's degree, this program allows you to change or enhance your career while fulfilling
your family and professional commitments in the company of adults with similar goals.
PROGRAM CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The Augsburg
Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and
communities.
,.
The leadership focus plays out in two ways. First, the additional work required in
focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well a:
requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required
courses from our Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program. This provides the :
aspects of leadership as part of their degree program.
WEEKEND & EVENING
WEEKEND, EVENING, & DAY
Communication Arts
Social Studies
Mathematics
Science
ELEMENTARY
SECONDARY & K-12
Art
Communication Arts/Literature
Social Studies
Biology
Chemistry
Health Education
Mathematics
Music
Physical Education
Physics
Theatre Arts/Dance
SPECIAL EDUCATION
-
he graduate versions of the "slash" courses
extend their knowledge beyond the basic
o include at least two graduate-level
udents the chance to focus on some
Emotional/Behavioral Disorders
Learning Disabilities
LICENSURE COMPONENT
The K-6 elementary with a middle school specialty license
allows you to teach in grades K-6 and in your specialty
area of math, science, social studies, or language arts in
middle school. Augsburg Weekend College offers this
license to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and
meet admissions requirements, as well as to people seeking
a bachelor's degree.
Licensure requirements are offered at undergraduate/
graduate level. That means classes will consist of both
undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate
students having additional course responsibilities. The
graduate course numbers are taken at the 500 level.
The following requirements are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be
taken for licensure, and between four and six may also be
applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522
EDC 206/566
EDC 310/533
EDC 410/544
EDC 480/580
EED 320/520
Orientation to Education (1.0) *
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
Learning and Development (l.O) *
Special Needs Learner (I.O) *
School and Society (1.0)
K-6 Methods: Reading (l.O) *
To complete the license, you will also need to complete
certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE ll5
Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
EED 310
K-6 Methods: Health/PE (.5)
EED 330
K-6 Methods: Children's Lit./Lit. Arts (1.0)
K-6 Methods: Art (.25)
EED 34 I
EED 342
K-6 Methods: Mustic (.25)
EED 350
K-6 Methods: Math (1.0)*
EED 360
K-6 Methods: Science (l.O)
EED 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies (.5)
EED 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5) *
Middle School methods in specialty* (.5-1.5)
Student Teaching (2.0)
EED 48I,483
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings are required prior to student teaching. Students spend
approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
UNDERGRADUATE LIBERAL ARTS REQUIREMENTS
The number of supporting liberal arts courses required for
licensure depends upon the courses taken previously as part
of the bachelor's degree. Requirements are determined by:
I Minnesota licensure standards for specific college level
coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science
for all students seeking elementary licensure.
I Minnesota licensure standards in a specialty area for
middle school. Subject area specialties are offered in
language arts, social studies, math, and science.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure
program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C
or better was achieved. The Education Department
determines the courses that are accepted. Transcripts,
course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make
these determinations.
In limited cases, life experience can be considered as a
substitute for specific program requirements. In such cases
students must provide significant evidence of competency
in the affected standards. The College's Applicat~on of Prior
Learning (APL) process is used as a framework. The
Education Department determines what is accepted.
-
K-12 and 5-12 licensures in several content areas are
offered in Weekend College through a combination of
graduate and undergraduate coursework. Education
requirements are offered primarily on a weekend schedule
(along with a limited number of weekday evening courses) .
Graduate-level licensure coursework is available to people
who already hold a bachelor's degree and meet admissions
criteria.
The following majors are offered almost entirely through
Weekend College: communication arts/literature, history or
economics or psychology or sociology (all for social
studies), studio art.
The following requirements are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be
taken for licensure, and four to six may also be applied
toward the master's degree in education.
People seeking 5-12 licensure in social studies and biology,
chemistry, or physics must complete a broad-based core of
courses in their selected field in addition to the major.
Previous coursework is accepted when appropriate. This is
part of the evaluation of major coursework.
EDC 200/522
EDC 206/566
EDC 310/533
EDC 410/544
EDC 480/580
ESE 300/500
Orientation to Education (1.0) *
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
Learning and Development (l.O) *
Special Needs Learner (l.O) *
School and Society (1.0)
Reading and Writing in Content Area (l.O)
To complete the license, students also will need to complete
certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115
Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5)
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments (l.O)*
ESE 3XX
K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods (1.0 -2.0)*
ESE 481 , 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0)
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings are required prior to student teaching. Students spend
approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
UNDERGRADUATE LIBERAL ARTS REQUIREMENTS
The equivalent of a major in a content area is required for
K-12 and 5-12 licensure. Students who have majored in a
field in which we offer licensure must have their previous
coursework evaluated by the major department at
Augsburg. Additional coursework tied to licensure
standards is generally required.
-
The following majors are offered primarily or entirely
through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics,
health and physical education, theatre/dance, mathematics.
LICENSURE COMPONENT
Learning Disabilities Core
There are two licensure options in the K-12 Special
Education program: emotional/behavioral disabilities, and
learning disabilities. Both of these programs qualify you to
teach in special education programs and positions. Many
students get licensure in both emotional/behavioral and
learning disabilities.
Students wishing to earn a Learning Disabilities licensure in
addition to a Emotional/Behavioral licensure will take the
above courses in the Emotional/Behavioral core, and two
additional specialty courses.
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Core
SPE 434/534
The following requirements are offered at both the
undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be
taken for licensure, and up to six may also be applied
toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522
EDC 206/566
EDC 310/533
EDC 410/544
EED 320/520
SPE 400/500
SPE 410/510
Orientation to Education (1.0) *
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
Learning and Development (1.0) *
Special Needs Learner (1.0) *
K-6 Methods: Reading (l.O)*
Teaching Students with Emot./Behavioral
Disabilities (1.0)**
Implementing Assessment Strategies
SPE 420/520
SPE 430/530
Planning, Design, and Delivery (1.0) **
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
SPE 440/540
Parent and Professional Planning (1.0)**
SPE 424/524
Etiology and Origins of Learning
Disabilities (l.O)**
Teaching Content Areas to Students with
Learning Disabilities (1.0)**
A student wishing to earn only a Learning Disabilities
licensure would take all of the Emotional/Behaviorial
Disabilities core class as well, with the exception of SPE
4 30/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices.
(1.0)**
(1.0)**
-
To complete the license, students will also need to complete
certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115
EDC 220
EED 330
EED 350
EED 360
Chemical Dependency (.5)
Educational Technology (.5)
K-6 Methods: Children's Lit.IL.Arts (1.0)
K-6 Methods: Math (1.0)*
K-6 Methods: Science (1.0)*
Student Teaching (1.0-2.0)
*10-20 hours of field experience are required as part of this
course. Students currently working in schools can often use
their school employment for their field experience.
**These courses are taken during the internship year. A
significant amount of contact with students labeled EBD or LD
is required. The ideal situation for the internship year is to be
working in a K-12 setting with these students. Students not
currently employed in schools must be available for extensive
volunteer field placements during the internship year.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure
program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C
or better was achieved. The Education Department
determines the courses that are accepted. Transcripts,
course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make
these determinations.
Eligibility
To be eligible to apply to the Special Education program,
students must:
I have college credits, an associate degree, or degree and/or
licensure in another field; and
I be currently employed in a K-12 setting as a
paraprofessional or licensed teacher; and/or
I have experience working with students who are labeled
with emotional, behavioral, or learning disabilities, as
well as considerable time available for volunteer field
placements.
-
Innovative Model
This program is based on an internship model that allows
coursework and experience to occur simultaneously In
addition to student teaching, students must complete two
40-hour field placements where they will gain experience
working with students from age groups different from their
internship site.
This program is built on an inclusive education model.
Under this model, students learn how to work closely with
both special and regular educators to facilitate inclusion of
special education students into the regular education
classroom.
Augsburg College also offers a K-12 Reading Endorsement program. This endorsement has been established to provide teachers
with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to expand their knowledge and practices in the area of reading instruction.
Candidates for this license will complete 4.5 credits of coursework that have been designed to meet the requirements
established for this license by the Minnesota Board of Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for
the Master of Arts in Education degree.
These courses include:
EED 520
K-6 Methods: Reading (LO)*
ESE 500
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas (LO)*
EDC 505
K-12 Literature in the Classroom (.5)
EDC 508
K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation (LO)
EDC 510
Clinical and Reading Program Leadership (LO)
EED 320/520 and ESE 300/500 are offered to both undergraduate and graduate students. EED 320/520 is part of the
elementary and special education initial licensure programs, and ESE 300/500 is part of the secondary initial licensure
program. The rigor of the course is increased for those taking it at the graduate level. The following policies apply for
licensed teachers seeking the reading endorsement:
I Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching license and who are graduates of Augsburg
College or completers of Augsburg licensure programs within the past seven years will not be required to retake the
entire version of EED 520 or ESE 500. However, they will be expected to complete the requirement for the graduate
portion of the course that they may have taken at the undergraduate level (EED 320 or ESE 300) within the context of a
half-credit graduate level independent study. If the graduate level of the course was taken as part of the initial license
(EED 520 or ESE 500) within the past seven years, students do not need to repeat it or do the independent study.
I Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching license and who are graduate/completers of
Augsburg College, but not within the past seven years, will be required to take EED 520 and/or ESE 500 at the graduate level.
I Reading license candidates who have already received their initial teaching license and who are not graduates of Augsburg
College will be expected to take EED 520 and ESE 500 at the graduate level as part of the endorsement program.
STUDENT TEACHING
All education students are required to complete student teaching in their content area. In the MAE program, student teaching
is completed after the core education classes are completed, but before the master's completion electives and final project.
Student teaching generally lasts for 12 weeks; however, it may vary slightly for some specific content areas. During that
time, students work full time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for
two credits of student teaching, and meet at Augsburg College for a student teaching seminar three times during the term.
Most placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area. However, students do have the opportunity to teach
abroad, where students do half of the student teaching experience in the metro area, and the remaining portion in
another country. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful opportunity to
build a global perspective in education.
-
Students progress in graduate coursework during the licensure program. The licensure coursework forms the Master of Arts
in Education core, with up to six Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling the master's requirements.
Declaration of Intent to Complete
Students who have been admitted into the MAE program must formally declare their intent to complete the master's degree
beyond licensure. This can be done any time during coursework, and up to one year after completing student teaching.
Students have seven years to complete the degree after filing the intent to complete form
The declaration of intent is made to the MAE program coordinator. Graduate-level courses in which a 3.0 or better is
achieved will be accepted into the degree program. If a graduate course is graded 2.5 it can be accepted into the MAE
degree completion program as long as the cumulative GPA remains at 3.0 or higher. A maximum of two courses at 2.5 can
be used to complete the MAE degree. Students need nine graduate-level courses to complete the MAE. Between four and six
courses can be drawn from the appropriate core; the remaining courses will be education or leadership requirements and
electives.
Once graduate-level students have declared their intent to complete the master's degree, they are eligible to take Master of
Arts in Leadership and other education graduate courses. If education graduate courses are used as electives in the degree
completion component, they must be drawn from a pool of education non-licensure courses offered at the graduate level. In
most cases students will complete the licensure component prior to the graduate degree.
The MAE program is also open to students seeking a master's degree without licensure. Students taking this path file Intent
to Complete forms with the MAE program director prior to taking their first graduate-level course. The same GPA standards
apply (3.0 or better on coursework) and the core of the graduate program is made up of four to six graduate-level licensure
courses, plus the degree completion options outlined for those seeking licensure. The difference is that these students are
not required to complete the undergraduate courses in education and liberal arts that are required for licensure.
Graduate Degree Completion
To earn a master's degree beyond the core of education classes, students
will need to successfully complete a minimum of three additional
graduate-level courses. They are:
I A research methods course, typically ML 514
I An elective course, chosen from leadership-focused courses in the Master
of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program (see page 11)
I A research- or leadership-based final project
Students bringing fewer than six graduate-level licensure courses into the
degree program must complete additional leadership or education
graduate courses to reach the total of nine required courses.
-
The research methods course will help prepare students to evaluate and
document research for use in their final project or paper. In this course, both qualitative and quantitative research methods
will be examined. The leadership elective courses allow students to examine issues of leadership at a personal or
institutional level. The goal for the graduate degree completion component is to foster the development of teachers as
leaders within the institution and community as is in line with our program theme and department mission statement.
FINAL PROJECT OPTIONS
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts in
Education final project, which serves as the capstone of the
master's program: a Leadership Application Project or action
research.
LEADERSHIP ELECTIVE OPTIONS
The Leadership Application Project is a research-based study
that links issues of leadership and education with the degree
candidate's personal interests. The character of the project will
vary with the nature of the investigation and the materials
involved, but will always be application oriented. The central
component of the Leadership Application Project is the
demonstration of leadership ability through a concrete
research-based project appropriate to the candidate's
workplace or place of service. Students taking this option will
register for EDC 585 Independent Study and work closely
with a project adviser from Augsburg College.
ML510
Visions of Leadership
ML 511
Creativity and Problem-Solving
ML 520
Self Identity, Values, and Personal
The second option is action research in education. Action
research is a collaborative, self-reflective research method
designed to be used in real situations, and is aimed at solving
real problems. The goal of action research is to gain better
knowledge of one's practice while improving the situation in
which the practice is conducted. This option is composed of
two half-credit courses taken in sequential terms. The first
course, EDC 586, introduces students to action research, a
form of research that simultaneously contributes to the
practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of
social science. The second course, EDC 587, is focused on
collecting and analyzing data. It culminates in a symposium
where students present their research in a public forum.
Growth
ML525
Personality and Systems Theories
ML 530
Ethics in Communication
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change
ML 545
Decision Making and Leadership
ML 550
Communication, Decision Making,
and Technology
ML 560
Developing a Multicultural
Perspective
ML 565
Women and Leadership
-
Many education courses in the Master of Arts in Education
program are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate
level. Both undergraduate and graduate students take
courses together, with graduate students having additional
responsibilities and expectations. Graduate courses are
offered at the 500 level. All courses are 1.0 credit unless
noted otherwise.
EDC 410/544
The Special Needs Learner
The study of students with disability, special needs, and
giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help
all students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus
on needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EDUCATION COURSES
EDC 200/522
Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENG 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566
Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in
modern society, relationships with parents and community,
collaborative models, leadership, and professional
development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for
student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EDC 505
Literature in the Classroom (.5 course)
This course will examine human diversity and human
relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis
of how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us
personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is
Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand
the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government,
history, language, and culture.
The study of student reading development, the knowledge
and use of gathering and analyzing data of students'
reading, and designing and applying appropriate reading
curriculum based on this information.
EDC 220
Educational Technology (.5 course)
EDC 510
Clinical and Reading Program Leadership
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication
through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio
and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations.
The study of effective leadership and professional
development strategies for individual schools and school
districts, reading standards, state and federal reading
legislation, and fiscal and budgetary operations. The
focused implementation of knowledge and skills gained in
reading licensure coursework.
EDC 310/533
Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on
classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
-
EDC 480/580
School and Society
The study and use of literature in the K-12 classroom.
EDC 508
K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION COURSES
EEO 310
K-6 Methods: Health/Physical Education (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education and health at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EEO 320/520
K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admissions to department)
EEO 330
K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EEO 331
Middle School Methods: Communication
Arts/Literature-Writing (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school
level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EEO 341
K-6: Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EEO 342
K-6: Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EEO 350
K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EEO 360
K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EEO 370
K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies (.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EEO 380
Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EEO 481, 483, 485
Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom
experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory
completion of licensure program and program portfolio.
-
SECONDARY EDUCATION COURSES
ESE 340
5-12 Methods: Science
ESE 300/500
Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Middle school
portion required for elementary concentration in science
taught concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods:
Science (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
The study and use of a variety of middle school and
secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and
writing through the content areas. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
.
•.
ESE 325
Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and
classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation
Rule, state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on
creating environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 310
5-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle
and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and
curriculum development. Middle school portion required
for elementary concentration in social studies taught
concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social
Studies (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
ESE 320
5-12 Methods: Theatre/Dance
Introduction to the teaching of theatre and dance in
schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and
curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 330
5-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and
high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and
curriculum development. Middle school portion required
for elementary concentration in mathematics taught
concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods:
Mathematics (.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
-
ESE 350
5-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Required for
elementary concentration in communication arts/literature
and for communication arts/literature license. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department.
NOTE: Students seeking 5-12 communication arts/literature
license do not need to take ESE 300.)
ESE 351
5-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Required for
communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
ESE 352
5-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle
school and high school. Emphasis on instructional
strategies and curriculum development. Required for
communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
ESE 360
K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Fieldwork experience.(Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
ESE 370
K-12 Methods: Music
SPE 420/520
Planning, Design, and Delivery
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum
development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
This course provides students with skills to write and
implement individual program plans and to create effective
learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular
attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student
need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel.
(Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 481, 483, 485
Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching
required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory completion of
licensure program and program portfolio.
SPECIAL EDUCATION COURSES
SPE 315
Critical Issues: Special Education Seminar (.5)
This course is designed to support students seeking special
education licensure throughout their internship year. Issues
related to special education and their specific settings are
the focus of the course. The department portfolio is
completed as a part of this course.
SPE 400/500
Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional
and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It
addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the
EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and
student learning styles, and addresses theoretical
perspectives and conceptual models as they relate to this
category of disability. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the
department)
SPE 410/510
Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the prereferral to the recommendation stage. Students gain
understanding of key assessment tools and how they
influence student placement and programming. A
qualitative and person-centered assessment process is
emphasized. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the
department)
SPE 424/524
Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of
learning disabilities, which includes the medical and
sociological aspects specific to learning disabilities. It will
also teach students how to access information relevant to
the field.
SPE 430/530
Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with
students who are labeled EBD . It emphasizes the use of
reflective, pro-active, and non-aversive approaches drawn
from current best practices and including positive
behavioral supports, person centered planning, and
functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the
department)
SPE 434/534
Teaching Content Areas to Students with Learning
Disabilities
This course will teach students how to identify, adapt, and
implement developmentally appropriate instruction and
strategies that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The specific focus will be on the
areas of reading, writing, and listening comprehension; and
math, reasoning, and problem solving skills.
SPE 440/540
Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with
special needs, specifically those families of students labeled
EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and
applied. The need to form strong connections with
community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111,
PPST and admission to department).
-
GRADUATE-LEVEL RESEARCH REQUIREMENTDEGREE COMPLETION
ML 514
Research Methods
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and
ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice.
Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed.
ML 530
Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication
through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives
within human communication. This course places particular
attention on the use and abuse of communication in
politics, advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It
emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social
and organizational settings.
GRADUATE-LEVEL ELECTIVES
At least one elective must be taken from the following
Master of Arts in Leadership courses.
ML 510
Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey
Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a
historical and philosophical framework for the program.
This course views the nature and purpose of leadership
from a variety of disciplines and perspectives.
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This
course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques
for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative world-view.
ML 520
Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
Study of the concepts of self-identity, value formation, and
personal growth as they relate to professional life; factors
that influence the development of self-identity and personal
values; and the effect of personal values of learning and
leadership strategies.
ML 525
Personality and Systems Theories
-
Study of leadership in the dual context of personality theory
and systems theory. Contributions of Jung, Fromm, Maslow,
May, and others to personality theory are considered as are
the systems' theories of von Bertalanffy and Bateson. The
theories are applied to the concrete realities of leadership in
a variety of settings.
ML 531
The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social
change and varying responses to diverse human needs.
Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by
leaders in public and private domains and across cultures.
The course explores these various perspectives, including
areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social
and organizational change. Sociological, human
development, and economic theories are applied to
contemporary public and private sector issues for social
change.
ML 545
Decision Making and Leadership
Review of the decision-making process-the setting, goals,
and contingencies-as it affects leaders and leadership.
Analysis of arguments and explanations; analysis of basic
statistical concepts and their relationship to decision
making. Assessment of major social decisions, past and
present-their intentions, consequences, arguments,
explanations, and justification.
ML 550
Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
Analysis of the role various forms of digitally-mediated
communication play in our society and how
communication, decision making, and leadership have been
altered by these technologies. Students examine how they
can engage and manage these processes in their
organizations.
concrete project appropriate to the candidate's workplace or
place of service.
EDC 586
Action Research in Education (.5 course)
This course will introduce students to action research, a
form of research that simultaneously contributes to the
practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of
social science. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and
collaboration. Action research is used in real situations, and
is aimed at solving real problems. The goal of action
research is to gain better knowledge of one's practice while
improving the situation in which the practice is conducted.
This is the first of a two-trimester course.
ML 560
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
EDC 587
Action Research (.5 course)
This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in
culturally diverse contexts within the U.S. Goals include
improved communication skills and interpersonal
sensitivity, appreciation for the complexity of the racial and
ethnic groupings, and awareness of key issues facing those
groups.
The second term of this course involves intensive data
analysis, writing, and sharing of the degree candidate's
research. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and
collaboration. The trimester will culminate with a
symposium in which student work will be presented in a
public forum.
ML 565
Women and Leadership
A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and
leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. An
interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and
leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches
to leadership, women and careers, and women in society
past and present. The course is intended to enhance the
analytical and leadership skills of the participants.
MAE FINAL PROJECT OPTIONS
EDC 585
Leadership Application Project
The Leadership Application Project is a research-based
study that links issues of leadership and education with the
degree candidate's personal interests. The character of the
project will vary with the nature of the investigation and the
materials involved, but will always be application oriented.
The central component of the Leadership Application
Project is the demonstration of leadership ability through a
-
Admission into the Master of Arts in Education program is a two-step process: admission into Augsburg College Graduate
Studies, and admission into the Education Department.
AUGSBURG GRADUATE ADMISSION
Immediate graduate admission requires applicants to hold a baccalaureate
degree from an accredited four-year college or university with a minimum
undergraduate cumulative grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0).
Any graduate courses taken will also be factored into the cumulative grade
point average. However, if an applicant holds a graduate degree with at least a
3.0 grade point average, he or she is waived from holding a minimum
undergraduate cumulative grade point average .
·.·
.
Applicants with cumulative grade point averages between 2.5 - 3.0 will be
admitted to the undergraduate-level licensure program until they achieve a
3.0 or better in 2.0 courses at Augsburg College.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual
basis by the Education Department Admissions Committee. Admissions are
handled on a rolling basis, with students being admitted at the beginning of
the fall, winter, and spring terms.
To apply to the College, the following materials must be submitted to the
Office of Graduate Admissions:
I Completed application form
I $35 non-refundable application fee
I A one-to-three page statement about the applicant's teaching aspirations
I Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions
attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s)
conferred
I Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended,
listing all courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any.
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ADMISSION
Once accepted into the College, students may take lower
division courses in education and required content areas. Prior
to taking the upper division courses, students must be
admitted to the Education Department. In order to be accepted
into the Education Department, students must take the PreProfessional Skills Test (PPST), have the required cumulative
grade point average, and submit two letters of
recommendation.
-
To obtain an Education Department admissions packet, go the
Education Department office in Sverdrup Hall 11.
Augsburg College encourages qualified applicants from
other countries. See Admission Requirements for a
description of the admission process and selection criteria.
Application materials required for international
applicants are:
I Completed application form
I $35 application fee (non-refundable) payable in U.S.
dollars
I A one-to-three page statement relating the applicant's
career and life goals to leadership aspirations
I Completed Declaration of Finances (see below for
further information)
I Official mark-sheets with certified translations from all
undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses
taken, marks earned, dates attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s)
conferred, if any; plus, a U.S. evaluation from an evaluation
center
I Official mark-sheets with certified translations from all graduate
institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates
attended, and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; plus, a
U.S. evaluation from an evaluation center
I Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL) with a minimum score of 600 for the paper test, or 250
for the computer version
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview, in person or
over the phone, with graduate program faculty and/or staff
members.
Students and their financial sponsor must complete a Declaration of
Finances as part of the application for admission, along with
appropriate certifications.
In accordance with federal regulations, applicants seeking an F-1
student visa or J-1 exchange visitor visa must provide
documentation to the school that they have financial resources
adequate to cover all expenses for the duration of the program.
Once a student has been accepted into the program, the appropriate
school official will issue the student an 1-20 (if seeking an F-1) or
DS-2019 (if seeking aj-1).
-
EVALUATION STANDARDS
Evaluation of academic performance in the MAE program will
be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale and as defined below.
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the
course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on PIN basis. In order
to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. No
more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the
degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be
repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are
counted in the grade point average.
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
Achieves above basic course standards
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
Achieves the minimum passing standard
Performance below basic course standards
0.5
0.0
Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course)
P
Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point
average)
N
Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive-not computed in grade point average)
W
Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline without notation on the record
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student
emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of
passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements.
To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Office of the Registrar
that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor's
signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion. The student must complete
the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final
day of the following academic term. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade
for the course becomes a 0.0.
ATTENDANCE POLICY
Attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course
instructor.
-
ACADEMIC PROBATION AND
DISMISSAL POLICIES
Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point
average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student
will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0
cumulative grade point average must be restored in order
for a student to be removed from probation. If a student
receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must
petition successfully with the MAE program director
before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan
for the student to follow would be outlined at that time.
If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may
be dismissed from the program by the MAE program
director. Students may also be dismissed by the MAE
program director for behavior detrimental to the
program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as
published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur
only after established procedures were followed.
CREDIT FOR PRIOR EDUCATION
Students may petition the MAE program director for
approval of any variation in the curriculum including the
transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an
individual basis.
The only courses that will be considered for transfer
credit are those earned from accredited colleges and
universities, whose course content is comparable to those
in the MAE program. No more than two courses will be
accepted for transfer credit.
CREDIT AND CONTACT HOURS
Each full-credit graduate course is the equivalent of four
semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in
class a total of 28 hours and are responsible for a
significant amount of individual study and preparation.
LAST DAY TO WITHDRAW FROM CLASS
The last date on which students may withdraw from a
class and receive a "W" on their records is published
annually in the Weekend College class schedule and on
the Weekend College Web site <www.augsburg.edu/weccurrent> and on the registrar's Web page at
<www.augsburg.edu/enroll/registrar>.
-
FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM
A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program
administered through the College for students who
demonstrate financial eligibility. A signed a promissory
note is required per term after which funds are credited
to the student account. Awards are made based on
available funds.
Borrowing Limits: You may borrow up to $6,000 per
year as a graduate student with a $40,000 aggregate
maximum.
Interest and Repayment: Simple interest of 5% and
repayment of principal begin nine months after you
graduate or leave school. Partial or total loan cancellation
privileges exist for certain types of teaching, disability
and, in certain circumstances, military service.
Deferments: No interest accrues nor do payments need
to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half time
or for serving three years in the military, Peace Corps, or
VISTA. Contact the Enrollment Center if you think you
are eligible for a deferment.
SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)
The SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher
Education Services Offices. Applications are available
from the Enrollment Center and should be completed by
the borrower and co-signer and returned to the
Enrollment Center for further processing. Loan proceeds
are released through eiectronic funds transfer.
Borrowing Limits: Graduate students may borrow up to
$9,000 per year minus any other student loan
indebtedness. Maximum graduate borrowing cannot
exceed $40,000 including undergraduate. The minimum
annual loan is $500.
Interest and Repayment: The interest rate is variable.
Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is
disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter while the
student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in
the 13th month after you leave school.
Deferments: There are no deferments. Contact the
Minnesota Higher Education Services Office regarding
special circumstances and repayment.
TO APPLY FOR FINANCIAL AID
Financial aid application materials are available at
<www.augsburg.edu/enrolb. Applicants must be admitted
to Augsburg as regular students or be returning students
in good academic standing.
The financial aid application will be processed when the
following documents are received:
1)
The Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA) or the renewal FAFSA. Apply online at
<www.fafsa.ed.gov>.
2)
Federal income tax return(s) .
3) Verification worksheet. Obtain a copy at
<www.augsburg.edu/enrolb and return it to the
Enrollment Center.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, CONTACT
Enrollment Center 612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721,
enroll@augsburg.edu, or <www.augsburg.edu/enrolb.
ABOUT AUGSBURG
HISTORY
Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in
Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869 in
Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872.
CAMPUS LOCATION
Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities,
surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in the "City of
Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the
city's largest medical complexes-Fairview University Medical Centerare adjacent to Augsburg, with the Mississippi River and the Seven
Corners theatre district just a few blocks away.
ACCESS I Bl LITY
Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most
accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels, and elevators
provide accessible connections among major buildings-student
housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and
administrative halls, the library, and the music building. In addition,
there are programs for students with learning, physical, and psychiatric
disabilities.
CHURCH AFFILIATION
Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church
in America. It has a diverse community with many strong religious
traditions represented among the students, faculty,
and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic, Jewish,
American Indian spirituality and thought, Buddhist, and Islamic faiths.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, does not discriminate on
the basis of race, color, creed, religion, national or ethnic origin, age,
gender, sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public
assistance, or disability in its education policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school administered
programs, except in those instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg College is committed to providing
reasonable accommodations to its employees and students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's compliance with federal or state
regulations implementing equal access and opportunity can be directed
to the Office of Human Resources, CB 79, Augsburg College, 22Il
Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454, or 612-330-1023.
\
-
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION FACULTY
JOY E. BARTLETT, Assistant Professor
MARY BETH KELLY, Instructor, part-time
B.A., West Virginia State College; M.A., University of
Minnesota.
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.Ed., Bethel College.
WILLIAM P. BIERDEN, Instructor, part-time
B.S., Southwest State University; M.S., Mankato State
University; Ed.D., University of St. Thomas.
CAROL KNICKER, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., Mankato State University.
CHRIS BROWN, Instructor
LYNN E. LIN DOW, Assistant Professor
B.S., Bemidji State University; M.Ed., University of Sydney,
Sydney, Australia.
B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JOSEPH A. ERICKSON, Professor
PATSY H. MOGUSH, Instructor, part-time
B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Seminary; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota.
B.A., .B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of
St. Thomas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
JEANINE A. GREGOIRE, Assistant Professor
SUSAN E. O'CONNOR, Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
B.S., University of Minnesota; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
RICHARD A. GRESCZYK, Instructor, part-time
VICKI L. OLSON, Associate Professor, Dept. Chair
B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota.
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
LISA L. HYLAND, Instructor, part-time
B.S., M.S., University of Wisconsin.
B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas.
RICHARD W. PEARL, Instructor, part-time
GRETCHEN K. IRVINE, Assistant Professor
RONALD W. PETRICH, Assistant Professor
B.A., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of WisconsinRiver Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary.
MARY J. JACOBSON, Assistant Professor
B.S., University of North Dakota; M.A.Ed., Ed.D., Hamline
University.
DEBORAH D. KATZ, Instructor, part-time
A.B., Stanford University; Ed.M., Harvard Graduate School of
Education; Ed.D., National-Louis University.
LINDA L. STEVENS, Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Mankato State
University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
BARBARA A. WEST, Instructor/Director of Student
Teaching Placement and Licensing
B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.S., Syracuse University.
ANNE M. KAUFMAN, Associate Professor
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota .
-
.A-UGSBURG
C 0 L L E G E
Transforming Education
AUGSBURG LOCATION MAP
AUGSBURG CAMPUS MAP
6th Street S.
Master of Arts in Education Admissions office
Visitor Parking
Augsburg campus buildings
Student /Staff Parking
I\)
g
::r
~
::J
c
<D
fll
Butler Place
~Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East ~
'·
Show less